As filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2018

 

Registration No. 333-__________

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

———————————

 

FORM SF-3

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC

(Depositor to Synchrony Card Issuance Trust)
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   32-6494512
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

Commission File Number of depositor: 333-__________
   
Central Index Key Number of depositor: 0001724786
   
Central Index Key Number of sponsor: 0001602566

 

Synchrony Bank
(Exact name of sponsor as specified in its charter)

 

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, CT 06902

(877) 441-5094

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Paul Clancy, Esq.

Structured Finance Counsel

Synchrony Bank

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, CT 06902

(203) 585-6818

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

 

Copies To:

 

Julie A. Gillespie, Esq.
Mayer Brown LLP
71 S. Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
(312) 701-7132

(Counsel to Sponsor, Registrant and
Depositor)

Jan C. Stewart, Esq.
Mayer Brown LLP
71 S. Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
(312) 701-8859

(Counsel to Sponsor, Registrant and
Depositor)

Robert Moyle, Esq.

Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP

51 West 52 nd Street

New York, NY 10019

(212) 506-5189

(Counsel to Underwriters)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : From time to time after this registration statement becomes effective, as determined by market conditions.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form SF-3 are to be offered pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: x

 

If this Form SF-3 is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

If this Form SF-3 is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of
securities to be
registered
  Amount to be
registered
    Proposed maximum
offering price per
unit (1)
    Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)
    Amount of
registration fee
 
Asset-Backed Notes     (2)(3)     100%       (3)       (3)   

 

 

(1) Estimated for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
(2) With respect to any securities denominated in any foreign currency, the amount to be registered shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent thereof based on the prevailing exchange rate at the time such security is first offered.
(3) The Registrant is registering an unspecified amount of Asset Backed Notes in reliance on Rule 456(c) and Rule 457(s) of the Securities Act.

 

 

 

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated [●] [●], 20[●]

 

Prospectus

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

Issuing Entity
Central Index Key Number: 0001724789

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

Depositor
Central Index Key Number: 0001724786

Synchrony Bank

Sponsor

Central Index Key Number: 0001602566

 

$[●] SynchronySeries Class [●](20[●]-[●]) Asset-Backed Notes (1)

 

 

Class [●](20[●]-[●]) Notes [(2)]

Initial dollar principal amount $[●] (3)
Interest rate [[LIBOR (4) ] plus] [●]% per year
Interest payment dates monthly on the 15 th , beginning [●] [●], 20[●]
Scheduled principal payment date [●] 20[●] payment date
Legal maturity date [●] 20[●] payment date
Price to public $[●] (or [●]%)
Underwriting discount $[●] (or [●]%)
Proceeds to issuing entity $[●] (or [●]%)

 

 

(1) The Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes are a tranche of the Class [●] notes of the SynchronySeries.
[(2) Any Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes not sold pursuant to this prospectus will be retained by the depositor or purchased by an affiliate of the depositor. No underwriting discount will be paid to the underwriters in respect of the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes retained by the depositor or purchased by an affiliate of the depositor and such notes will not be publicly registered by this prospectus.]
(3) The issuing entity may offer and sell Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes having an aggregate initial dollar principal amount that is either greater or less than the amount shown above.
[(4) Further disclosure of how LIBOR is determined and how the interest rate for the initial interest payment date is calculated is included in “ Summary of Terms—Interest on the Notes ” on page [●].]

 

Enhancement for the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes is provided in the form of [outstanding subordinated notes and] the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Collateral Amount—SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount .” [In addition, the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes will benefit from credit enhancement in the form of a [cash collateral account][cash collateral guaranty].] [In addition, the issuing entity will enter into an interest rate [swap][cap][collar] for the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes with [●], as the initial counterparty.]

 

The Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes will be paid from the issuing entity’s assets consisting primarily of receivables in a portfolio of revolving credit card accounts owned by Synchrony Bank.

 

We expect to issue the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes in book-entry form on or about [●] [●], 20[●].

 

You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on page [●] in this prospectus.

 

A note is not a deposit and neither the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes nor the underlying accounts or receivables are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. The Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes are obligations of Synchrony Card Issuance Trust only and are not obligations of or interests in Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, Synchrony Bank, SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, their respective affiliates or any other person.

 

[CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

[Note: The following table will be included for each pay-as-you-go takedown.]

 

Title of each class of
securities to be
registered
  Amount to
be registered
    Proposed
maximum
offering
price per
unit (1)
    Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering
price (1)
    Amount of
registration
fee
 
Class [●](20[●]-[●]) Asset-Backed Notes   $ [●] [(2)]     100 %   $ [●]     $ [●]  

 

 

(1)        Estimated for purposes of calculating the registration fee.

(2)        [With respect to any securities denominated in any foreign currency, the amount to be registered shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent thereof based on the prevailing exchange rate at the time such security is first offered.]

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved these notes or determined that this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Underwriters

 

[●] [●]
[●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
           

 

[●] [●], 20[●]

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
Summary of Terms 1
Offered Notes 2
Structural Summary 4
Issuing Entity 4
Synchrony Card Funding, LLC 4
Collateral for the Notes 4
Compliance with Underwriting Criteria 5
Addition of Assets to the Trust 6
Removal of Assets from the Trust 6
Other Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes 7
SynchronySeries 7
Equity Amount 8
Allocations of Collections and Losses 9
Collateral Amount 9
Required Collateral Amount 11
Discount Option 11
Application of Finance Charge Collections 12
Application of Principal Collections 13
Interest on the Offered Notes 15
Credit Enhancement 15
[Interest Rate Swaps] 18
Early Amortization Events 19
Events of Default 19
Servicing and Servicer’s Fee 20
Asset Review 21
Optional Redemption 21
Tax Status 21
State Tax Consequences 21
Certain Considerations for ERISA and Other U.S. Benefit Plans 22
Credit Risk Retention 22
Risk Factors 22
Ratings 22
Risk Factors 24
Risks Relating to the Securitization Structure 24
Risks Relating to the Credit Card Business 34
Risks Relating to Regulation 47
Security Interest and Bankruptcy Related Risks 59
The Sponsor 61
Synchrony Bank 61
Credit Card Activities 62
Program Agreements 64
Account Origination 65
Underwriting Process 66
Marketing Programs 67
Sponsor’s Securitization Experience 68
Bank’s Ability to Change Account Terms and Procedures 69
Assignment of Bank’s Obligations; Additional Sponsors and Sellers 69
Credit Risk Retention 71
The Depositor 73
Synchrony Card Funding, LLC 73
Assignment of Depositor’s Interests 73
The Trust 74
Synchrony Card Issuance Trust 74
Restrictions on Activities 75
Administrator 77
Capitalization of Trust; Minimum Free Equity Amount 79
Transfer and Assignment of Receivables 80
Perfection and Priority of Security Interests 81
Conservatorship and Receivership of Synchrony Bank 82
FDIC Safe Harbor 83
Bankruptcy of us or the Trust 86
FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act 86
Annual Compliance Statement 89
The Servicer 89
Synchrony Bank 89
Servicing Procedures 90
Data Processing 91
Collection Account and Other Trust Accounts 91
Deposit of Collections; Commingling 92
Delinquency and Collections Procedures 94

 

  i  

 

 

Charged-Off Receivables; Dilution; Investor Charge-Offs 95
Servicer’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants 96
Limitations on Servicer’s Liability 98
Servicer Default; Successor Servicer 98
Resignation of Servicer 101
Merger or Consolidation of Servicer 101
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses 102
Evidence as to Servicer’s Compliance 103
The Indenture Trustee 103
Indenture Trustee 103
Duties and Responsibilities of Indenture Trustee 104
Limitations on Indenture Trustee’s Liability 104
Compensation and Indemnification of Indenture Trustee 105
Resignation or Removal of Indenture Trustee 105
The Owner Trustee 106
Owner Trustee 106
Duties and Responsibilities of Owner Trustee 108
Limitations on Owner Trustee’s Liability 109
Compensation and Indemnification of Owner Trustee 109
Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee; Eligibility 110
The Delaware Trustee 111
Delaware Trustee 111
Duties and Responsibilities of Delaware Trustee 111
Indemnification of Delaware Trustee 111
Resignation or Removal of Delaware Trustee; Eligibility 111
[Derivative Counterparty] 112
The Asset Representations Reviewer 112
[Originators] 112
The Trust Portfolio 113
Account Terms 114
Consumer Protection Laws 115
Representations and Warranties of the Depositor 117
Representations and Warranties of the Bank 120
Addition of Trust Assets 122
Removal of Accounts 124
Notice of Changes in Trust Portfolio 124
The Selected Portfolio and the Trust Portfolio 125
Selection of the Trust Portfolio 125
Review of Pool Asset Disclosure 125
Compliance with Underwriting Criteria 127
Static Pool Information 128
Asset Representations Review 129
Delinquency Trigger 129
Asset Review Voting 130
Fees and Expenses for Asset Review 131
Asset Review 131
Resignation and Removal of the Asset Representations Reviewer 132
Amendment of the Asset Representations Review Agreement 133
Repurchase of Receivables 133
Demands for Repurchase 133
Dispute Resolution Procedures 134
Maturity Considerations 135
Description of the Notes 135
General 136
New Issuances of Notes 136
Collateral Amount; Allocation of Collections 138
Excess Funding Account 138
Credit Enhancement 139
Global Notes 139
Definitive Notes 142
Interest Payments 143
Principal Payments 144
Early Amortization Events 144
Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default 145
Actions Upon FDIC Repudiation 148
Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections 149
Shared Excess Available Principal Collections 149
Discount Option 150
Voting Rights; Amendments 150
Fees and Expenses Payable From Collections 152
Final Payment of Principal 154

 

  ii  

 

 

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture 154
Description of SynchronySeries Provisions 154
General 154
Collateral Amount 155
Required Collateral Amount 157
Allocation Percentages 158
Required Deposit Amount 160
Allocations of Finance Charge Collections to the SynchronySeries 162
Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections 162
Interest Payments 164
Credit Enhancement 165
[Interest Rate Swaps 169
Allocations of Principal Collections to the SynchronySeries 171
Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections 171
Series Accounts 174
Withdrawals from the Interest Funding Account 174
Withdrawals from the Note Retirement Account 175
Withdrawals from the Principal Funding Account 175
Allocation of Charged-off Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs 176
Sharing Provisions 177
Accumulation Reserve Account 177
Class D Reserve Account 178
Early Amortization Events 179
Events of Default 180
Distributions after Repudiation and Payment of Damages by the FDIC 181
Redemption Amount 181
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses 181
Reports to Noteholders 182
Investor Communications 182
Legal Proceedings 183
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 183
Ownership of Transaction Parties 184
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences 184
Tax Characterization of the Trust 185
Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes 185
State and Local Tax Consequences 189
Certain Considerations Applicable to ERISA and Other U.S. Employee Benefit Plans 190
UNDERWRITING 194
Use of Proceeds 196
European Investment Restrictions 196
Legal Matters 198
Where You Can Find More Information 198
[Forward-Looking Statements 199
Glossary of Terms for Prospectus 200
INDEX 207
Annex I  Other Outstanding Series, Classes and Tranches A-I-1
Annex II  Static Pool Data A-II-1
Annex III  Monthly Noteholder’s Statement A-III-1
Annex IV The Selected Portfolio and the Trust Portfolio A-IV-1
Annex V  Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures A-V-1

 

  iii  

 

 

Important Notice about Information Presented in this Prospectus

 

You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus, including the information incorporated by reference. We (Synchrony Card Funding, LLC) have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not offering the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes in any state where the offer is not permitted.

 

We include cross-references in this prospectus to captions herein where you can find further related discussions. The preceding Table of Contents provides the pages on which these captions are located.

 

This prospectus uses defined terms. You can find a glossary of these terms under the caption “ Glossary of Terms for Prospectus ” beginning on page [●] in this prospectus. Except as the context may otherwise require in this prospectus, references to “Synchrony” are to SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL and references to the “Company” are to Synchrony and its subsidiaries.

 

Volcker Rule Considerations

 

The issuing entity is not now, and immediately following the issuance of the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes pursuant to the indenture on the closing date will not be, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”).  In making this determination, on the date of this prospectus and immediately following the issuance of the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes pursuant to the indenture on the closing date, the issuing entity will be relying on an exemption from registration set forth in Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act, although the issuing entity may be entitled to rely on other statutory or regulatory exclusions and exemptions under the Investment Company Act on the date of this prospectus, on the closing date or in the future.  The issuing entity has been structured so as not to constitute a “covered fund” for purposes of the regulations adopted under Section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, commonly referred to as the “ Volcker Rule .” 

 

Compliance with Registration Requirements

 

We have performed various reviews relating to compliance with the registration requirements and as of the date of this prospectus we have met the registrant requirements required by General Instruction I.A.1 of Form SF-3.

 

  iv  

 

 

Summary of Terms

 

Issuing Entity :   Synchrony Card Issuance Trust
     
Depositor :   Synchrony Card Funding, LLC
     
Sponsor, Originator, Servicer and Administrator:   Synchrony Bank  (the “ bank ”)
     
Indenture Trustee :   The Bank of New York Mellon
     
Owner Trustee :   Citibank, N.A.
     
Delaware Trustee:   Citicorp Trust Delaware, National Association
     
Asset Representations Reviewer:   [●]
     
Expected Closing Date :   [●] [●], 20[●]
     
Commencement of Accumulation Period (subject to adjustment):   The first day of the [●] Monthly Period immediately  preceding the scheduled principal payment date
     
Scheduled Principal Payment Date :   [●] 20[●] payment date
     
Legal Maturity Date :   [●] 20[●] payment date
     
Clearance and Settlement:   DTC/Clearstream/Euroclear
     
Denominations :   Minimum denominations of $[100,000][1,000] and in integral multiples of $[1,000][1]
     
Servicing Fee Rate :   [●]% per year
     
Primary Assets of the Issuing Entity:   Receivables generated by a portfolio of revolving credit card accounts owned by the bank
     
Offered Notes:   The Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes (the “ offered notes ”) are a tranche of the Class [●] notes of the SynchronySeries

 

  1  

 

 

Offered Notes

 

    Class [●](20[●]-[●])
Initial Dollar Principal Amount (subject to increase or decrease):   $[●]
     
Anticipated Ratings (1) :   We expect that the offered  notes will receive credit ratings from [●] nationally recognized statistical rating organizations hired by the sponsor to rate the offered notes (the “ Hired Agencies ”).
     
Credit Enhancement:   Credit Enhancement for the offered notes is provided in the form of [outstanding subordinated notes,] the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount [and an interest rate [swap][cap][collar]][cash collateral account][cash collateral guaranty][surety bond][insurance policy].
     
Required Subordinated Amount:   An amount equal to (a) the result of (i) the aggregate of the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of [Class A notes] [Class B notes]  [Class C notes]  [Class D notes] of the SynchronySeries; provided that if an early amortization event has occurred with respect to any tranche of [Class A notes] [Class B notes] [Class C notes]  [Class D notes] of the SynchronySeries, the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of notes used for such calculation shall be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the early amortization event, divided by (ii) [●], minus (b) the aggregate adjusted outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of [Class A notes] [Class B notes] [Class C notes] [Class D notes] of the SynchronySeries.
     
Interest Rate:   [[LIBOR (2)(3) ] plus] [●]% per year
     
Interest Accrual Method:   [30][Actual]/360
     
Interest Payment Dates:   Monthly (15th), beginning [●] [●], 20[●]
     
[Interest Rate Index Reset Date:]   [Two [London] business days before each interest payment date]

 

  2  

 

 

ERISA Eligibility:   Yes, subject to certain considerations described under “ Certain Considerations Applicable to ERISA and Other U.S. Employee Benefit Plans.
     
Debt for United States Federal Income Tax Purposes:   Yes, other than such notes beneficially owned by the trust or the single beneficial owner of the trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, subject to important considerations described under “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences .”

 

 

(1)    Ratings on the offered notes are expected to be monitored by the Hired Agencies while the offered notes are outstanding.

[(2)    Further disclosure of how LIBOR is determined is included in “ Summary of Terms—Interest on the Notes ” on page [●].]

[(3)    LIBOR may be replaced with another benchmark index for floating rate tranches.]

 

  3  

 

 

Structural Summary

 

This summary is a simplified presentation of the major structural components of the trust’s notes, including the offered notes. It does not contain all of the information that you need to consider in making your investment decision. You should carefully read this entire document before you purchase any offered notes.

 

 

 

Issuing Entity

 

The offered notes will be issued by Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, which is referred to in this prospectus as the issuing entity or the trust. The owner trustee of the trust is Citibank, N.A. and the Delaware trustee of the trust is Citicorp Trust Delaware, National Association. The offered notes will be issued under an indenture, as supplemented by an indenture supplement and a terms document, each between the trust and the indenture trustee. The trust’s principal offices are at the following address: c/o Synchrony Bank, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902. The contact phone number is (877) 441-5094.

 

The indenture trustee is The Bank of New York Mellon.

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

 

Our address is 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902. Our phone number is (877) 441-5094.

 

Collateral for the Notes

 

The notes are secured by a pool of receivables that arise under certain of the bank’s revolving credit card accounts. The accounts designated to the trust were originated under the bank’s Retail Card platform. Retail Card is a leading provider of private label credit cards, and also provides co-branded cards and small and medium-sized business credit products. Unless the context requires otherwise, references herein to co-branded cards are references to dual cards, which combine features and benefits of private label credit cards with multi-merchant acceptance of general purpose credit cards. We refer to the receivables securing the notes as the transferred receivables, and we refer to the accounts that have been designated as trust accounts as the trust portfolio. The bank has selected the accounts in the current trust portfolio from among a subset of its dual card and private label credit card programs.

 

The following information regarding the trust portfolio is as of [●] [●], 20[●]:

 

total transferred receivables: $[●];

 

principal receivables: $[●];

 

finance charge receivables: $[●]; and

 

  4  

 

 

total number of accounts designated to the trust portfolio 1 : [●].

 

As of [●] [●], 20[●]:

 

the accounts designated for the trust portfolio had an average total receivable balance of approximately $[●] and an average credit limit of approximately $[●];

 

for accounts designated for the trust portfolio, the percentage of the aggregate total receivable balance to the aggregate total credit limit was [●]%; and

 

the average age of the accounts designated for the trust portfolio was approximately [●] months.

 

For additional information, see “ Composition of the Trust Portfolio ” in Annex IV.

 

We have performed a review of the transferred receivables and the disclosure required to be included in this prospectus relating to the transferred receivables by Item 1111 of Regulation AB. This review was designed and effected to provide us with reasonable assurance that such disclosure is accurate in all material respects. For additional information, see “ Review of Pool Asset Disclosure .”

 

Compliance with Underwriting Criteria

 

As described in “ The Sponsor—Underwriting Process ,” the bank makes virtually all underwriting and authorization decisions using an automated system. In cases where a newly approved cardholder or an existing cardholder has requested a credit limit that exceeds the amount set for such cardholder by the automated system, the request is forwarded to the Credit Solutions group for consideration if such cardholder received the highest internal credit rating from the internal system. Applicants with lower credit ratings are offered the maximum credit line permitted by the automated system without any review by the Credit Solutions group.

 

We have reviewed the credit line decisions made by the Credit Solutions group that were identified by the bank’s surveillance team as described in “ Review of Pool Asset Disclosure ” between [●] [●], 20[●] and [●] [●], 20[●] for credit line decisions relating to the Retail Card platform that were exceptions to the underwriting guidelines disclosed in this prospectus. Based on our review, the number of credit line decisions for which exceptions were identified represents less than [●]% of accounts for which credit was granted during such time periods. Our review of the transferred receivables and the disclosure and the results of the review are described in “ Review of Pool Asset Disclosure ” and “ Compliance with Underwriting Criteria ” below.

 

 

1 As described under “ Annex IV: Performance of the Selected Portfolio and Trust Portfolio ,” the total number of accounts disclosed in this prospectus as of any date and used for purposes of calculating certain other statistical information presented in this prospectus, including the statistical information presented in this structural summary, includes certain accounts that have been closed due to the related credit card or cards being lost or stolen or the account being subject to fraudulent activity.

 

  5  

 

 

Addition of Assets to the Trust

 

When an account has been designated as a trust account, the bank continues to own the account, but we buy all receivables existing at the time of designation or created later and transfer them to the trust. The bank has the option to designate additional accounts, which must meet the criteria for eligible accounts described in “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ,” as trust accounts from time to time. If the volume of additional accounts designated exceeds specified periodic limitations, then additional new accounts can only be designated if the rating agency condition is satisfied.

 

See “ The Trust Portfolio—Addition of Trust Assets ” for a more detailed description of the limitations on our ability to designate additional accounts. In addition, the bank is required to designate additional accounts as trust accounts if the amount of principal receivables held by the trust falls below a specified minimum, the free equity amount is less than a specified minimum free equity amount or the risk retention transferor amount is less than the required risk retention transferor amount. The requirements to designate additional accounts upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing shortfalls—referred to herein as an “asset deficiency”—are more fully described in “ The Trust Portfolio—Addition of Trust Assets .”

 

Removal of Assets from the Trust

 

Optional Removals

 

We have the right to remove accounts from the list of designated accounts and to repurchase the related receivables from the trust in two circumstances. First, when the trust holds excess receivables, we may remove accounts and repurchase the related receivables, subject to the satisfaction of the rating agency condition. Second, some program partners have the right to purchase or to designate a third party to purchase receivables relating to their credit card program if the program is terminated. If a program partner exercises this right, we will remove the related accounts from the list of designated accounts and repurchase the related receivables and are not required to satisfy the rating agency condition or obtain the consent of noteholders. The conditions that must be satisfied when we remove accounts from the list of designated accounts are more fully described in “ The Trust Portfolio—Removal of Accounts .”

 

Required Removals

 

We are required to repurchase receivables from the trust if it is discovered that they did not satisfy eligibility requirements in some material respect at the time that we transferred them to the trust and the ineligibility results in a charge-off or an impairment of the trust’s rights in the transferred receivables or their proceeds. Similarly, the servicer is required to purchase receivables from the trust if the servicer permits any rescission or cancellation of a transferred receivable except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental authority or in accordance with the bank’s credit and collection policies and such rescission or cancellation results in a material impairment of the trust’s rights in the transferred receivables or their proceeds. These repurchase and purchase obligations are subject to cure periods and are more fully described in “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ” and “ The Servicer—Servicer’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants .”

 

  6  

 

 

Other Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes

 

The trust has issued other series of notes and may issue additional series of notes from time to time in the future. The trust [has also issued other classes and tranches of SynchronySeries notes and] may issue additional classes and tranches of SynchronySeries notes in the future. A summary of the series, classes and tranches of notes expected to be outstanding as of the closing date is in “ Annex I: Other Outstanding Series, Classes and Tranches .” Neither you nor any other noteholder will have the right to receive notice of, or consent to, the issuance of future series, classes or tranches of notes.

 

No new series, class or tranche of notes may be issued unless the conditions described in “ Description of the Notes—New Issuances of Notes ” are satisfied, including:

 

the trust certifies, based on facts known to the certifying officer, that the new issuance will not cause an early amortization event or an event of default or materially and adversely affect the amount of distributions to be made to the noteholders of any series, class or tranche of notes;

 

after giving effect to the new issuance, no asset deficiency exists; and

 

an opinion with respect to certain tax matters is delivered.

 

SynchronySeries

 

The offered notes are a tranche of the Class [●] notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

The offered notes have, and each other tranche of notes has, an initial principal amount, an outstanding dollar principal amount and a nominal liquidation amount. The initial dollar principal amount of the offered notes is the initial dollar principal amount specified in “ Offered Notes .” The outstanding dollar principal amount is determined by subtracting from the initial principal amount all amounts remitted in respect of principal with respect to the offered notes pursuant to “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Withdrawals from the Principal Funding Account ” since the closing date. For a description of how to determine, as of any date, the nominal liquidation amount of the offered notes, see “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Collateral Amount—Nominal Liquidation Amount .”

 

Tranches of notes within a class of SynchronySeries notes may be issued on different dates and have different stated principal amounts, interest rates, interest payment dates, scheduled principal payment dates, legal maturity dates and other varying characteristics.

 

The SynchronySeries consists of four classes of notes: Class A notes, Class B notes, Class C notes and Class D notes. The Class A notes are senior to the Class B notes, Class C notes and Class D notes. The Class B notes are senior to the Class C notes and Class D notes. The Class C notes are senior to the Class D notes. The scheduled principal payment dates and the legal maturity dates of the tranches of senior and subordinated notes will in most cases be different. Some tranches of subordinated notes may have scheduled principal payment dates and legal maturity dates earlier than the offered notes or all of the tranches of senior notes. However, tranches of subordinated notes will not be repaid before their legal maturity dates unless, after payment of those tranches of subordinated notes, the remaining tranches of

 

  7  

 

 

subordinated notes and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount provide the required enhancement for the senior notes. In addition, tranches of senior notes will not be issued unless after issuance the outstanding subordinated notes and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount provide the required subordinated amount for all outstanding tranches of senior notes. See “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections .”

 

See “ Annex I: Other Outstanding Series, Classes and Tranches ” for additional information on other outstanding notes issued, or expected to be issued, on or prior to the issuance of the offered notes, by the trust.

 

Equity Amount

 

We refer to the excess of (A) the sum of (i) the total amount of principal receivables held by the trust, plus (ii) any balance in the excess funding account and the amount of principal collections on deposit in other trust accounts, over (B) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all of the trust’s notes as the equity amount. A portion of the equity amount in an amount equal to the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount provides credit enhancement by absorbing losses on the transferred receivables allocated to the SynchronySeries to the extent not covered by finance charge collections available to the SynchronySeries.

 

The equity amount at any time may exceed the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount and any subordinated transferor amounts maintained for other series of notes. We refer to this excess amount, if any, as the free equity amount. We are required to maintain a minimum free equity amount equal to the product of the highest required minimum free equity percentage for any series, class or tranche of outstanding notes and the aggregate transferred principal receivables. The minimum free equity percentage for the SynchronySeries is [●]%. [The highest required minimum free equity percentage for any outstanding series, class or tranche of notes as of the date of this prospectus is [●]%.] The servicer may, from time to time, change the minimum free equity percentage for a series, class or tranche of notes; provided, that the servicer must satisfy the rating agency condition before reducing the minimum free equity percentage of a series, class or tranche of notes.

 

The SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount and a portion of the free equity amount also enhance the likelihood of timely payment of principal on your notes through cash flow subordination because of two features of the SynchronySeries:

 

The first feature is that the numerator for the SynchronySeries’ allocation percentage for principal collections includes the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount. This results in the share of principal collections allocated to the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount being available for required principal payments on the SynchronySeries notes.

 

The second feature is that the numerator for the SynchronySeries allocation percentage for principal collections generally will exceed the collateral amount for the SynchronySeries during an amortization period. This results in a portion of your principal allocation during an amortization period effectively coming from principal collections corresponding to a portion of the free equity amount.

 

  8  

 

 

Allocations of Collections and Losses

 

Your notes represent the right to receive principal and interest, which is secured in part by the right to payments from a portion of the collections on the transferred receivables. The servicer, on behalf of the trust, will allocate to the collateral amount for the SynchronySeries a portion of collections and charged-off principal receivables.

 

The portion of collections and charged-off principal receivables allocated to the collateral amount for the SynchronySeries will be based mainly upon the ratio of the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts for all classes or tranches of SynchronySeries notes plus the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount to the aggregate amount of principal receivables held by the trust. The nominal liquidation amounts used to calculate this ratio for purposes of allocating principal collections will vary depending on whether tranches of SynchronySeries notes are in a revolving period, an accumulation period or an amortization period.

 

For most purposes, the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche of notes and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount used in determining these ratios will be reset no less frequently than at the end of each Monthly Period. However, for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes in an amortization or accumulation period, the nominal liquidation amount for such tranche as of the end of the revolving period will be used for purposes of the ratio used for allocations of principal collections.

 

References in this prospectus to the Monthly Period related to any payment date for the offered notes refer to, for the [●] 20[●] payment date, the period beginning on the closing date and ending on [●] [●], 20[●], and for each payment date thereafter, the calendar month immediately preceding such payment date.

 

Investor Charge-Offs

 

With respect to each Monthly Period, if the aggregate amount of charged-off principal receivables allocated to the SynchronySeries exceeds the sum of (x) the amount of finance charge collections and certain investment earnings and other amounts treated as finance charge collections available to cover such amount as described in “— Application of Finance Charge Collections ” below and in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ,” (y) the amount of shared excess available finance charge collections that would have been allocated to your series if all noteholder collections had been deposited into the collection account minus the amount of servicing fee and interest due on you notes and (z) other amounts received as a result of derivative agreements that are specified to be treated as finance charge collections, an investor charge-off will occur. Investor-charge offs will first reduce the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount, and if the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount is reduced to zero, the portion of such investor charge-offs allocated to the notes of the SynchronySeries will reduce the nominal liquidation amount for the SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, as described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Allocation of Charged-off Receivables; Investor Charge-offs.

 

Collateral Amount

 

As of any date of determination, the collateral amount for the SynchronySeries is equal to the sum of the nominal liquidation

 

  9  

 

 

amounts of all the SynchronySeries notes and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount, each as of such date.

 

Nominal Liquidation Amount

 

The nominal liquidation amount for any class of SynchronySeries notes will equal the aggregate of the nominal liquidation amounts for all tranches of that class of SynchronySeries notes. The nominal liquidation amount for the SynchronySeries notes will equal the aggregate of the nominal liquidation amounts for all classes of SynchronySeries notes.

 

The nominal liquidation amount for each tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, will initially equal the initial dollar principal amount of such tranche of notes, which, for the offered notes, is set forth in “ Offered Notes .” The nominal liquidation amount will be increased from time to time by:

 

the amount of funds released from the note retirement sub-account related to such tranche of notes;

 

reimbursements of the nominal liquidation amount deficit of such tranche of notes; and

 

the aggregate initial dollar principal amount of any additional notes of such tranche issued after the initial issuance date.

 

The nominal liquidation amount of each tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, will be reduced from time to time by:

 

the SynchronySeries’ share of reallocated principal collections and investor charge-offs allocable to such tranche of notes;

 

the amount deposited in the principal funding sub-account for such tranche of notes; and

 

the amount deposited in the note retirement sub-account for such tranche of notes.

 

SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount

 

As described in “— Credit Enhancement ” below and in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Collateral Amount—SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount ,” the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount provides credit enhancement to the SynchronySeries notes by absorbing reductions in the collateral amount because of reallocated principal collections and investor charge-offs. If the total amount of these types of reductions exceeds the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount, and the nominal liquidation amount is reduced as a result of investor charge-offs, then the offered notes may not be repaid in full.

 

The SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount as of the issuance of the offered notes will equal $[●]. The SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount will be increased from time to time by:

 

additional portions of the transferor amount designated as SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amounts in connection with the issuance of additional tranches of SynchronySeries notes and any of increases in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount with our consent, in each case which are permitted so long as such increases do not cause an asset deficiency; and

 

  10  

 

 

reimbursements of prior reductions in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount to the extent the SynchronySeries has finance charge collections and other amounts treated as finance charge collections available for this purpose in future Monthly Periods.

 

The SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount will be reduced from time to time by:

 

investor charge-offs allocated to the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount;

 

the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount’s allocable share of principal collections reallocated to cover interest and servicing fee payments for the SynchronySeries; and

 

reductions to the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount made pursuant to the terms of the indenture supplement, which are permitted to the extent the collateral amount exceeds the required collateral amount.

 

Required Collateral Amount

 

Immediately after giving effect to the issuance of a tranche of SynchronySeries notes, the SynchronySeries collateral amount must be at least equal to the required collateral amount. The required collateral amount for the SynchronySeries notes is an amount, rounded to the second decimal place, equal to the greatest of:

 

the result of (i) the aggregate of the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries divided by (ii) [●];

 

the result of (i) the aggregate of the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes and Class B notes of the SynchronySeries divided by (ii) [●];

 

the result of (i) the aggregate of the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes, Class B notes and Class C notes of the SynchronySeries divided by (ii) [●]; and

 

the result of (i) the aggregate of the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes, Class B notes, Class C notes and Class D notes of the SynchronySeries divided by (ii) [●];

 

provided, in each case, that if an early amortization event has occurred with respect to any tranche of notes of the SynchronySeries, the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the early amortization event will be used for the above described calculations. The adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount for any tranche of notes of the SynchronySeries will equal the outstanding dollar principal amount of all outstanding notes of such tranche, less any funds on deposit in the principal funding sub-account or the note retirement sub-account for such tranche.

 

Discount Option

 

For each program partner, we have the option to reclassify a fixed discount percentage of principal receivables existing in the accounts related to such program partner as finance charge receivables to be

 

  11  

 

 

allocated with all other collections of finance charge receivables. We may not designate, increase, reduce or eliminate a discount percentage unless we (i) obtain the consent of the trust, (ii) deliver to the trust an officer’s certificate certifying that we reasonably believe that doing so would not (a) cause an early amortization event or an event of default or (b) materially and adversely affect the amount of distributions to be made to the noteholders of any series, class or tranche of notes and (iii) provide prior written notice to the trust, the servicer and each rating agency hired to rate any outstanding series, class or tranche of notes. See “ Description of the Notes—Discount Option .”

 

Unless otherwise indicated, references to principal receivables and principal collections exclude the discount percentage, if any, of principal receivables and principal collections, and references to finance charge receivables include the discount percentage, if any, of principal receivables and principal collections.

 

Application of Finance Charge Collections

 

The indenture trustee will apply the SynchronySeries’ share of collections of finance charge receivables each month in the following order of priority:

 

if the servicer has elected to receive a monthly servicing fee, to pay the monthly servicing fee for the SynchronySeries (to the extent not retained by or paid to the servicer);

 

to pay interest on the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries [[,][and][describe any amounts to be paid to Class A derivative counterparties and any other amounts to be paid pursuant to the terms agreements of any outstanding Class A notes of the SynchronySeries]];

 

to pay interest on the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries [[,][and][describe any amounts to be paid to Class B derivative counterparties and any other amounts to be paid pursuant to the terms agreements of any outstanding Class B notes of the SynchronySeries]];

 

to pay interest on the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries [[,][and][describe any amounts to be paid to Class C derivative counterparties and any other amounts to be paid pursuant to the terms agreements of any outstanding Class C notes of the SynchronySeries]];

 

to pay interest on the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries [[,][and][describe any amounts to be paid to Class D derivative counterparties and any other amounts to be paid pursuant to the terms agreements of any outstanding Class D notes of the SynchronySeries]];

 

to be treated as available principal collections to cover the amount of charged-off receivables allocated to the SynchronySeries notes solely to the extent such amounts were included in the required finance charge deposit amount for the related Monthly Period;

 

to be treated as available principal in an amount equal to the sum of the nominal liquidation amount deficit for the SynchronySeries notes and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount deficit;

 

  12  

 

 

to the accumulation reserve account up to the amount by which the accumulation reserve account required amount exceeds the accumulation reserve account available amount; [and]

 

to make targeted deposits to the Class D reserve account, if any[; [and]][.]

 

[ insert description of any additional amounts to be paid pursuant to the terms document of any tranche of notes of the SynchronySeries.]

 

Collections of finance charge receivables, recoveries and certain other amounts that are initially allocated to another series will be used to cover any shortfalls to the extent those amounts are not needed by those other series and the excess funds are allocated to the SynchronySeries as described in “ Description of the Notes—Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections .”

 

If the SynchronySeries’ share of collections of finance charge receivables for any month is insufficient to make the payments described in the second bullet point through the fifth bullet point above, then the SynchronySeries’ share of such collections will be paid first , to each tranche of Class A notes, second , to each tranche of Class B notes, third , to each tranche of Class C notes, and fourth , to each tranche of Class D notes, in each case pro rata within the related class based on the ratio of the amount targeted to be paid to a tranche of notes to the amount targeted to be paid to all tranches of notes of such class.

 

Application of Principal Collections

 

After applying the SynchronySeries’ share of principal collections to make up for shortfalls in the SynchronySeries’ share of finance charge collections as described below in “ —Reallocation of Principal Collections ,” the indenture trustee will apply the SynchronySeries’ remaining share of collections of principal receivables to make targeted deposits to the principal funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts for the SynchronySeries notes. The targeted deposits to the principal funding sub-account and note retirement sub-account for each tranche of SynchronySeries notes will be determined based on whether that tranche is in a revolving period or an amortization period and whether the credit enhancement for such tranche is at least equal to the required subordinated amount for the related class. [[Insert description of any deposits targeted to be made with respect to any payments to a derivative counterparty.] On [each date on which payment is required under the [derivative agreement]][the scheduled principal payment date], amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-account for [insert applicable tranche of notes] will be withdrawn to the extent necessary make the payments due to the derivative counterparty on such date.]

 

If the SynchronySeries’ share of principal collections is not sufficient to make all deposits targeted to be made to the principal funding sub-accounts and note retirement sub-accounts for all tranches of SynchronySeries notes, then such deposits will be allocated among the classes and tranches of SynchronySeries notes as described under “ Credit Enhancement—Subordination ” in this summary.

 

Revolving Period

 

The revolving period for a tranche of SynchronySeries notes will begin on the date such tranche is issued and will end on the earlier of the accumulation

 

  13  

 

 

commencement date and the date an early amortization event occurs with respect to such trance. During the revolving period for a tranche of SynchronySeries notes, no principal will be paid to, or accumulated for the benefit of, such tranche of notes.

 

Accumulation Period

 

Beginning on the accumulation commencement date of each tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, available principal collections will be used to deposit to the principal funding sub-account for each tranche of notes the controlled accumulation amount for such tranche of notes, plus any controlled accumulation amounts due on prior payment dates that have not yet been deposited into the principal funding sub-account for such tranche of notes, plus , in the Monthly Period immediately preceding the scheduled principal payment date for such tranche of notes, any additional amounts necessary so that the amount on deposit in the principal funding sub-account for such tranche of notes equals the nominal liquidation amount for such tranche of notes. On the scheduled principal payment date for such tranche of notes, amounts on deposit in the related principal funding sub-account will be paid to the holders of the notes of such tranche.

 

Amortization Period

 

After an early amortization event with respect to any tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, such tranche’s share of principal collections will be paid monthly to the holders of the notes of such tranche until such tranche of notes is paid in full. The early amortization events are described below in this summary and in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Early Amortization Events ” and in “ Description of the Notes—Early Amortization Events .”

 

Reallocation of Principal Collections

 

During any of the above periods, principal collections allocated to the SynchronySeries may be reallocated, if necessary, to make required payments of interest [and required swap payments] on the SynchronySeries notes and servicing fee payments not made from the SynchronySeries’ share of finance charge collections and other amounts treated as finance charge collections and excess finance charge collections available from other series that share with the SynchronySeries. This reallocation is one of the ways that the offered notes obtain the benefit of subordination, as described in “ Credit Enhancement ” in this summary. The amount of reallocated principal collections available to each class of SynchronySeries notes is limited by the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of the SynchronySeries notes subordinated to such class plus the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount. Each reallocation of principal collections will cause a reduction first , in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount, second , in the nominal liquidation amount of the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries, third , in the nominal liquidation amount of the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, fourth , in the nominal liquidation amount of the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, and fifth , in the nominal liquidation amount of the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

Shared Principal Collections

 

The SynchronySeries is a principal sharing series. See “ Description of the Notes—Shared Excess Available Principal Collections .”

 

  14  

 

 

Collections of principal receivables allocated to the collateral amount that are not needed to make deposits or payments for the SynchronySeries will be: first , made available to other series, second , deposited into the excess funding account if needed to cure an asset deficiency, and third , distributed to us or our assigns.

 

Interest on the Offered Notes

 

The offered notes will accrue interest from and including the closing date to but excluding the initial payment date, and for each following interest period at the applicable rate per annum specified below:

 

[[LIBOR] plus][●]%

 

Interest on the offered notes will be calculated based on [the actual number of days in the related interest period and] a 360-day year [of twelve 30-day months (and in the case of the initial interest period, for a period of [●] days)].

 

[For purposes of determining the interest rate applicable to the offered notes for each interest period, LIBOR will be determined two London business days before that interest period begins. For each date of determination, LIBOR will equal the rate per annum displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets system as the composite offered rate for London interbank deposits for a [●]-month period, as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on that date; provided that if LIBOR for such interest period is less than 0.00%, then LIBOR for such interest period will be deemed to be 0.00%. If that rate does not appear on that system, LIBOR will be determined as described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Interest Payments .”]

 

Credit Enhancement

 

Subordination

 

Credit enhancement for the offered notes includes the subordination of [the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries] and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount.

 

Subordination serves as credit enhancement in the following way. The more subordinated, or junior, classes of notes will not receive payments of interest or principal until required payments have been made to the more senior classes. As a result, subordinated classes will absorb any shortfalls in collections or deterioration in the collateral for the notes prior to senior classes. The SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount is subordinated to all of the classes of notes of the SynchronySeries, so it will absorb shortfalls and collateral deterioration before any class of notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

If the SynchronySeries’ share of principal collections is not sufficient to make all deposits targeted to be made to the note retirement sub-accounts and principal funding sub-accounts of the SynchronySeries notes, then such amounts will be allocated first , to the note retirement sub-accounts and principal funding sub-accounts of each tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries, second , to the note retirement sub-accounts and principal funding sub-accounts of each tranche of Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, third , to the note retirement sub-accounts and principal funding sub-accounts of each tranche of Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, and fourth , to the note retirement sub-accounts and principal funding sub-accounts of each tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries, in

 

  15  

 

 

each case pro rata based on the ratio of the amount targeted to be deposited for a tranche of notes to the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited for all tranches of notes of the related class.

 

A tranche of subordinated notes that reaches its scheduled principal payment date, or that has an early amortization event, event of default and acceleration, or an optional redemption, will not be paid to the extent that that tranche is necessary to provide the required subordination for tranches of senior notes. If a tranche of subordinated notes cannot be paid because of the subordination provisions of the senior notes, prefunding of the principal funding subaccounts for tranches of senior notes will begin. With respect to any Monthly Period and any class of SynchronySeries notes other than the Class D notes, after giving effect to all allocations, payments and deposits to be made with respect to such Monthly Period and the immediately succeeding Monthly Period, an aggregate amount, which we refer to as the prefunding target amount, for such senior class, equal to the excess of (i) the required subordinated amount for such class of notes over (ii) the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts for all subordinated classes of SynchronySeries notes and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount, will be deposited into the note retirement sub-accounts for each tranche of such class of notes, pro rata based on the nominal liquidation amount of each such tranche.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, principal collections will not be deposited in the principal funding sub-account of any tranche of SynchronySeries notes unless (i) the prefunding target amounts for the more senior classes of notes would be equal to zero after such deposit or (ii) all targeted deposits have been made to the note retirement sub-accounts for the related Monthly Period.

 

[Cash Collateral Guaranty][Cash Collateral Account]

 

The offered notes will benefit from credit enhancement in the form of [a cash collateral guaranty, secured by the deposit of cash or permitted investments in a cash collateral account, reserved for the beneficiaries of the cash collateral guaranty][a cash collateral account].

 

[The cash collateral account will be funded by an initial cash deposit.] The amounts [on deposit in the cash collateral account] [available under the cash collateral guaranty] may be increased under the circumstances described below under “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Credit Enhancement—[Cash Collateral Guaranty][Cash Collateral Account] .”

 

The amount available from [the cash collateral guaranty] [the cash collateral account] will be limited to $[●]. Payments will be made [to beneficiaries of the cash collateral guaranty from the cash collateral account] [from the cash collateral account] under the circumstances under “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Credit Enhancement—[Cash Collateral Guaranty][Cash Collateral Account] .”]

 

[Derivative Agreement

 

The offered notes will benefit from credit enhancement in the form of [a currency swap][a cap (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay all interest in excess of a specified percentage rate)][a collar (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay all interest below a specified percentage rate and above a higher specified percentage rate)]. In general, the trust will

 

  16  

 

 

receive payments from the counterparty to the derivative agreement in exchange for the trust’s payments to the counterparty, to the extent required under the derivative agreement. [Describe specific terms of the derivative agreement and a description of the related counterparty.]

 

Based on a reasonable good faith estimate of maximum probable exposure, the aggregate significance percentage of each derivative agreement is [less than 10%][at least 10% but less than 20%][20% or more].

 

The initial counterparty for the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) derivative agreement is [●], a [●]. See “ Derivative Counterparty.

 

[If the aggregate significance percentage of the derivative counterparty is greater than 10%, but less than 20%, financial data required by Item 1115(b)(1) of Regulation AB will be provided.]

 

[If the aggregate significance percentage of the derivative counterparty is greater than 20%, financial statements meeting the requirements of Item 1115(b)(2) of Regulation AB will be provided.]

 

For a discussion of certain risks arising from a default by the swap counterparty under the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) derivative agreement or from the early termination of the derivative agreement, see “ Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Securitization Structure—Default by a counterparty to a derivative contract or termination of a derivative contract could lead to the commencement of an early amortization ” and [“ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Credit Enhancement—Derivative Agreement ” and “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Early Amortization Events. ”]

 

[[Surety Bond][Insurance Policy]

 

[Insurance with respect to the offered notes will be provided by one or more insurance companies. This insurance will guarantee, with respect to the offered notes, [distributions of interest or principal in the manner and amount specified in this prospectus.]

 

[A surety bond will be purchased for the benefit of the holders of the offered notes to assure distributions of interest or principal with respect to the offered notes in the following manner and amount: [specify manner and amount distributions of interest or principal are assured].

 

The provider of the [surety bond][insurance policy] is [●], a [●]. [Insert description regarding general character of the business of the enhancement provider.]

 

[If any entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support is liable or contingently liable to provide payments representing 10% or more of the cash flow supporting the offered notes, provide the name of such enhancement provider, the organizational form of such enhancement provider and the general character of the business of such enhancement provider as required by Items 1114(b)(1)(i)-(iii) of Regulation AB.]

 

[If any entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support is liable or contingently liable to provide payments representing 10% or more, but less than 20%, of the cash flow supporting the offered notes, provide financial data required by Item 1114(b)(2)(i) of Regulation AB.]

 

[If any entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support is liable or contingently liable to

 

  17  

 

 

provide payments representing 20% or more of the cash flow supporting the offered notes, provide financial data required by Item 1114(b)(2)(ii) of Regulation AB.]]

 

Class D Reserve Account

 

Support for the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries will be provided by the Class D reserve account. The Class D reserve account will be funded by deposits of finance charge collections allocated to the SynchronySeries as described above in “ —Application of Finance Charge Collections .” The Class D reserve account will be established to assist with the subsequent distribution of principal or interest on the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

[Interest Rate Swaps]

 

The trust [has][will] enter[ed] into an interest rate swap for the offered notes covering the period from the closing date through the legal maturity date.

 

The notional amount of the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) interest rate swap will, for each interest period, equal the outstanding dollar principal amount of the offered notes as of the end of the first day of the related interest period. Under the swap, prior to each payment date, two interest amounts will be calculated on the outstanding dollar principal amount of the offered notes:

 

a floating interest amount, accruing at the applicable [LIBOR] and based on the actual number of days in the interest period and a year of 360 days; and

 

a fixed interest amount, accruing at the specified fixed interest rate and based on twelve 30-day months and a year of 360 days.

 

If the floating interest amount is greater than the fixed interest amount, the trust will receive a payment from the swap counterparty in an amount equal to the difference. Alternatively, if the fixed interest amount is greater than the floating interest amount, the trust will be required to make a payment to the swap counterparty in an amount equal to the difference. The specified fixed interest rate for the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) interest rate swap is not expected to be higher than [●]% per year.

 

Based on a reasonable good faith estimate of maximum probable exposure, the aggregate significance percentage of the interest rate swap agreement is [less than 10%][at least 10% but less than 20%][20% or more].

 

The initial swap counterparty for the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) interest rate swap is [●], a [●]. See “ Derivative Counterparty.

 

[If the aggregate significance percentage of the derivative counterparty is greater than 10%, but less than 20%, financial data required by Item 1115(b)(1) of Regulation AB will be provided.]

 

[If the aggregate significance percentage of the derivative counterparty is greater than 20%, financial statements meeting the requirements of Item 1115(b)(2) of Regulation AB will be provided.]

 

For a discussion of certain risks arising from a default by the swap counterparty under the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) interest rate swap or from the early termination of the interest rate swap, see “ Risk Factors— Risks Relating to the Securitization Structure—Default by the swap counterparty or termination of the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) interest rate swap could reduce or delay payments and may cause commencement of an early amortization or a reduction in the

 

  18  

 

 

ratings of the offered notes ” and “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Interest Rate Swaps ” and “ —Early Amortization Events. ”]

 

Early Amortization Events

 

The early amortization events with respect to each tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, are:

 

our failure to make required payments or deposits or material failure by us to perform other obligations, subject to applicable grace periods;

 

material inaccuracies in our representations and warranties, subject to applicable grace periods;

 

the tranche is not paid in full on the scheduled principal payment date;

 

bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events relating to us or the bank;

 

we are unable to transfer additional receivables to the trust or the bank is unable to transfer additional receivables to us, subject to applicable grace periods;

 

we do not transfer receivables in additional accounts to the trust when required;

 

any servicer default, as further described in “ The Servicer—Servicer Default; Successor Servicer ,” which has a material adverse effect on the tranche of notes;

 

the average excess spread percentage for any three consecutive Monthly Periods is less than 0.00%;

 

the trust becomes subject to regulation as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act; [and]

 

an event of default occurs for the tranche of notes and their maturity date is accelerated[.][; and]

 

[ describe any additional early amortization events specified in the terms documents.]

 

The early amortization events for the SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, are more fully described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Early Amortization Events .”

 

Events of Default

 

Each class and tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, is subject to the events of default described in “ Description of the Notes—Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default .” These include:

 

failure to pay interest on the class or tranche of notes for 35 days after it becomes due and payable;

 

failure to pay principal on the class or tranche of notes when it becomes due and payable on the legal maturity date for the class or tranche notes;

 

bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events relating to the trust; and

 

material failure by the trust to perform its obligations under the indenture, subject to applicable grace periods.

 

In the case of an event of default involving bankruptcy, insolvency or similar

 

  19  

 

 

events relating to the trust, the principal amount of the SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, and the principal amount of all other series, classes and tranches of notes automatically will become immediately due and payable. If any other event of default occurs and continues with respect to the SynchronySeries notes or a specific class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, the indenture trustee or holders of more than 66⅔% of the then-outstanding principal amount of the applicable notes may declare the principal amount of such notes to be immediately due and payable. These declarations may be rescinded by holders of not less than a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of the SynchronySeries notes or the specific class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes, as applicable, if the related event of default has been cured, subject to the conditions described in “ Description of the Notes—Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default .”

 

After an event of default and the acceleration of the SynchronySeries notes or a specific class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes, funds allocated to the applicable notes and on deposit in the collection account, the excess funding account and the other trust accounts will be applied to pay principal of and interest on such notes to the extent permitted by law. Principal collections and finance charge collections allocated to the SynchronySeries notes or the specific class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes, as applicable, will be applied to make monthly principal and interest payments on such notes until the earlier of the date those notes are paid in full or the legal maturity date.

 

If the SynchronySeries notes or a specific class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes are accelerated or the trust fails to pay the principal of such notes on the legal maturity date, subject to the conditions described in “ Description of the Notes—Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default ,” the indenture trustee may, or if directed by the holders of more than 66⅔% of the then-outstanding principal amount of the SynchronySeries notes or the specific class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes, as applicable, will cause the trust to sell principal receivables in an amount equal to the collateral amount for such notes and the related finance charge receivables.

 

Servicing and Servicer’s Fee

 

The bank will act as servicer for the trust. The bank may from time to time enter into sub-servicing arrangements with affiliated companies. See “ The Servicer .” The bank, as servicer, receives a fee for its servicing activities, which the servicer may elect to receive on a daily basis from the collections processed on that day or monthly on each payment date. The daily servicing fee allocable to the SynchronySeries for each day will be equal to the product of (a) the result of (i) the aggregate amount of transferred principal receivables determined as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or, if a reset date has occurred since the last day of the preceding Monthly Period, the most recent reset date), multiplied by (ii) the result of [●]% divided by twelve (12), multiplied by (iii) the result of one (1) divided by the actual number of days during such Monthly Period and (b) the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage for such day (or, if such day is not a date of processing, then for the immediately preceding date of processing), calculated as described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Allocation Percentages .”

 

The servicer may alternatively elect to receive a monthly servicing fee for a Monthly Period in lieu of the daily servicing

 

  20  

 

 

fee described in the preceding paragraph. The monthly servicing fee allocable to the SynchronySeries for a Monthly Period will equal to the product of (a) the sum of the amount calculated pursuant to clause (a) in the preceding paragraph for each day in the Monthly Period and (b) the average of the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentages for each day during such Monthly Period, calculated as described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Allocation Percentages .”

 

The servicing fee allocable to the SynchronySeries for each payment date will be paid from the SynchronySeries’ share of collections of finance charge receivables each month as described in “— Application of Finance Charge Collections ” above and in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections.

 

Asset Review

 

The asset representations reviewer is [_____]. If the asset review conditions have been satisfied, then the asset representations reviewer will review the transferred receivables and related accounts for compliance with the pool asset representations. See “ Asset Representations Review ”. The asset representations reviewer will be paid an annual fee by the bank in accordance with a letter agreement between the bank and the asset representations reviewer. Additionally, the asset representations reviewer will be entitled to receive a fee in connection with each asset review, which fee will be paid by the bank.

 

Optional Redemption

 

We have the option to redeem each tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, in whole but not in part on any payment date on which the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche has been reduced to 10% or less of its highest outstanding principal amount at any time.  The purchase price will be the outstanding principal amount of such tranche of notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and any additional interest on such tranche notes to but excluding the applicable date of redemption.

 

Tax Status

 

Subject to important considerations described in “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ,” Mayer Brown LLP, as tax counsel to the trust, is of the opinion that under existing law the offered notes (other than such notes beneficially owned by the trust or the single beneficial owner of the trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes and that the trust will not be classified as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. By your acceptance of an offered note, you will agree to treat your offered note as debt for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes. See “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” for additional information concerning the application of U.S. federal income tax laws.

 

State Tax Consequences

 

The tax discussion in this prospectus does not address the tax treatment of the issuing entity, the notes or noteholders under any state or local tax laws, which may differ materially from the federal income tax treatment of such persons and instruments. The jurisdictions in which these state and local tax issues may arise include those in which the holder is taxable, the bank and any sub-servicer carry on their activities, and the obligors on the accounts and receivables are located. You are urged to

 

  21  

 

 

consult with your own tax advisors regarding the state tax treatment of the issuing entity as well as any state tax consequences to you of purchasing, holding and disposing of your notes.

 

Certain Considerations for ERISA and Other U.S. Benefit Plans

 

Subject to important considerations described under “ Certain Considerations for ERISA and Other U.S. Benefit Plans ” in this prospectus, the offered notes are eligible for purchase by persons investing assets of employee benefit plans or individual retirement accounts. Before purchasing any of the offered notes, fiduciaries of such plans or accounts should determine whether an investment in the offered notes is appropriate for such plan or account and are urged to review carefully the matters discussed in this prospectus and to consult with their own legal and financial advisors before making an investment decision. See “ Certain Considerations for ERISA and Other U.S. Benefit Plans ” in this prospectus for additional information.

 

Credit Risk Retention

 

In accordance with Regulation RR, either we, as depositor and a wholly-owned affiliate (as defined in Regulation RR) of the bank, or the bank, as sponsor, is required to retain an economic interest in the credit risk of the transferred receivables. We intend to satisfy the risk retention requirements by maintaining a seller’s interest, calculated in accordance with Regulation RR, together with the amounts on deposit in the excess funding account, in a minimum amount not less than five percent of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all outstanding notes of the issuing entity, other than notes that are at all times held by the bank or one or more wholly-owned affiliates of the bank and designated as risk retention retained notes pursuant to the related indenture supplement.

 

With reference to the Existing EU Retention Rules as in effect on the closing date, the bank, as originator, will agree to retain a material net economic interest in an amount not less than five percent of the nominal value of the securitized exposures, in a form that as intended to qualify as an originator’s interest as provided in the applicable regulations. For more information about the EU Retention Rules, see “ European Investment Restrictions .”

 

For more information about the bank’s retained interest in the transaction, see “ The Sponsor—Credit Risk Retention .”

 

Risk Factors

 

There are material risks associated with an investment in the offered notes, and you should consider the matters set forth in “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page [●].

 

Ratings

 

We expect that the offered notes will receive credit ratings from the Hired Agencies.

 

Any rating assigned to the offered notes by a Hired Agency will reflect the rating agency’s assessment solely of the likelihood that noteholders will receive timely payments of interest and the ultimate repayment of principal on the legal maturity date for the offered notes, and will be based primarily on the value of the transferred receivables and the credit enhancement provided. The rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell any notes. The rating does not constitute a comment as to the marketability of any notes, any market price or suitability for a particular investor. Ratings on the offered

 

  22  

 

 

notes are expected to be monitored by the Hired Agencies while the offered notes are outstanding. Any rating can be changed or withdrawn by a Hired Agency at any time. In addition, a rating agency not hired by the sponsor to rate the transaction may provide an unsolicited rating that differs from (or is lower than) the ratings provided by the Hired Agencies.

 

This prospectus uses defined terms. You can find a glossary of terms under the caption “ Glossary of Terms for Prospectus ” beginning on page [●].

 

  23  

 

 

Risk Factors

 

The following is a summary of the principal risk factors that apply to an investment in the offered notes. You should consider the following risk factors before deciding whether to purchase the offered notes:

 

Risks Relating to the Securitization Structure

 

It may not be possible to find a purchaser for your notes.

 

There is currently no secondary market for the offered notes and we cannot assure you that one will develop. As a result, you may not be able to resell your notes at all, or may be able to do so only at a substantial loss. The underwriters may assist in resales of the offered notes, but they are not required to do so. We do not intend to apply for the inclusion of the offered notes on any exchange or automated quotation system. A trading market for the offered notes may not develop. If a trading market does develop, it might not continue or it might not be sufficiently liquid to allow you to resell any of your notes. The secondary market for asset-backed securities could experience an onset of significant reduced liquidity. If a period of illiquidity occurs, it may adversely affect the market value of your notes.

 

[Payments on the Class B notes are subordinate to payments on the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

Your interest payments will be subordinate to interest payments on the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries, and your principal payments will be subordinate to principal payments on the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries as follows:

 

You will not receive any interest payments on your notes on any payment date until the full amount of interest then payable on the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries [has][and swap payments, if any, due from the trust under the Class A interest rate swap have] been paid in full.

 

In addition, you will not receive any principal payments on your notes on any payment date unless there is sufficient subordination in the form of other subordinated notes or an increase in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount that is available for the outstanding Class A notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

As a result of these features, any allocation of charge-offs or reallocation of principal to the SynchronySeries notes will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries before reducing the nominal liquidation amount of the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries. If the total amount of these reductions exceeds the sum of the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount and the nominal liquidation amount of the Class C notes and Class D notes of the SynchronySeries, then the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries may not be repaid in full. If receivables are sold after an event of default, the net proceeds of that sale would be paid first to the Class A SynchronySeries noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to the Class A SynchronySeries noteholders have been paid in full before any payments would be made to the Class B SynchronySeries noteholders.]

 

  24  

 

 

[Payments on the Class C notes are subordinate to payments on the Class A notes and the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

Your interest payments will be subordinate to interest payments on the Class A notes and the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, and your principal payments will be subordinate to principal payments on the Class A notes and the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries as follows:

 

You will not receive any interest payments on your notes on any payment date until the full amount of interest then payable on the Class A notes and Class B notes of the SynchronySeries [has][and swap payments, if any, due from the trust under the Class A and Class B interest rate swaps have] been paid in full.

 

In addition, you will not receive any principal payments on your notes on any payment date unless there is sufficient subordination in the form of other subordinated notes or an increase in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount that is available for the outstanding Class A notes and Class B notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

As a result of these features, any allocation of charge-offs or reallocation of principal to the SynchronySeries notes will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries before reducing the nominal liquidation amount of the Class A notes or the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries. If the total amount of these reductions exceeds the sum of the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount and the nominal liquidation amount of the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries, then the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries may not be repaid in full. If receivables are sold after an event of default, the net proceeds of that sale would be paid first to the Class A SynchronySeries noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to the Class A SynchronySeries noteholders have been paid in full and then to the Class B SynchronySeries noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to the Class B SynchronySeries noteholders have been paid in full before any payments would be made to the Class C SynchronySeries noteholders.]

 

[Payments on the Class D notes are subordinate to payments on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

Your interest payments will be subordinate to interest payments on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, and your principal payments will be subordinate to principal payments on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries as follows:

 

You will not receive any interest payments on your notes on any payment date until the full amount of interest then payable on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries [has][and swap payments, if any, due from the trust under the Class A, Class B and Class C interest rate swaps have] been paid in full.

 

In addition, you will not receive any principal payments on your notes on any payment date unless there is sufficient subordination in the form of other subordinated notes or an

 

  25  

 

 

increase in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount that is available for the outstanding Class A notes, Class B notes and Class C notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

As a result of these features, any allocation of charge-offs or reallocation of principal to the SynchronySeries notes will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries before reducing the nominal liquidation amount of the Class A notes, the Class B notes or the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries. If the total amount of these reductions exceeds the sum of the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount, then the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries may not be repaid in full. If receivables are sold after an event of default, the net proceeds of that sale would be paid first to the Class A SynchronySeries noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to the Class A SynchronySeries noteholders have been paid in full, then to the Class B SynchronySeries noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to the Class B SynchronySeries noteholders have been paid in full and then to the Class C SynchronySeries noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to the Class C SynchronySeries noteholders have been paid in full before any payments would be made to the Class D SynchronySeries noteholders.]

 

The bank may change the terms and conditions of the accounts in a way that reduces or delays collections.

 

The bank transfers the receivables but continues to own the credit card accounts. As owner of the accounts, the bank retains the right to change various account terms or treatment, including finance charges, other fees, the required monthly minimum payment, payment due dates and allocation of payments. These changes may be voluntary on the part of the bank or may be required by law, market conditions or other reasons. Changes in the terms or treatment of the accounts may reduce the amount of receivables arising under the accounts, reduce the portfolio yield, reduce the amount of collections on those receivables or otherwise alter payment patterns. Payments to you could be accelerated, delayed or reduced as a result of these changes. Changes could also cause a reduction in the credit ratings on your notes.

 

Charged-off receivables could reduce payments to you.

 

The primary risk associated with extending credit to the bank’s customers under its credit card programs is the risk of default or bankruptcy of the customer, resulting in the customer’s account balance being charged-off as uncollectible. The bank relies principally on the customer’s creditworthiness for repayment of the account and usually has no other recourse for collection. In certain circumstances, the bank may not be able to successfully identify and evaluate the creditworthiness of cardholders to minimize delinquencies and losses. General economic factors, such as the rate of inflation, unemployment levels and interest rates, may result in greater delinquencies that lead to greater credit losses among customers.

 

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions and the success of the servicer’s collection and recovery efforts, the trust’s delinquency and net credit card receivable charge-off rates are affected by the average age of the various credit card account portfolios. The average

 

  26  

 

 

age of credit card receivables affects the stability of delinquency and loss rates of the portfolio because delinquency and loss rates typically increase as the average age of accounts in a credit card portfolio increases. The servicer, on behalf of the trust, will charge-off the receivables arising in accounts designated to the trust in accordance with the bank’s collection policies if the receivables become uncollectible. The collateral securing your notes will be allocated a portion of these charged-off receivables, which will then be allocated to each class and tranche of SynchronySeries notes. See “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Allocation Percentages ” and “— Allocation of Charged-off Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs .”

 

If the amount of charged-off receivables allocated to the SynchronySeries exceeds the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount plus the nominal liquidation amounts of any SynchronySeries notes subordinated to the offered notes, you may not receive the full amount of principal and interest due to you. See “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Allocation of Charged-off Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs ” and “ The Servicer—Charged-off Receivables; Dilution; Investor Charge-Offs .”

 

Limited remedies for breaches of representations could reduce or delay payments.

 

When we transfer the receivables to the trust, we make representations and warranties relating to the validity and enforceability of the transferred receivables, and as to the perfection and priority of the trust’s interest in the transferred receivables. However, neither the owner trustee nor the indenture trustee will make any examination of the transferred receivables or the related assets to determine the presence of defects or compliance with the representations and warranties or for any other purpose.

 

A representation or warranty relating to the transferred receivables may be violated if the related obligors have defenses to payment or offset rights, or our creditors or creditors of the bank claim rights to the trust assets. If a representation or warranty is violated, we may have an opportunity to cure the violation. If we are unable to cure any violation within the specified time period and the violation has a material adverse effect on the transferred receivables or the availability of the proceeds to the trust, we must, if requested, accept reassignment of the transferred receivables affected by the violation. See “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor .”

 

It may be difficult to find a suitable successor servicer if the bank ceases to act as servicer.

 

If the bank is terminated as servicer as described in “ The Servicer—Servicer Default; Successor Servicer ,” the trust may have difficulty finding a suitable successor servicer. Potential successor servicers may not have the capacity to adequately perform the duties required of a successor servicer or may not be willing to perform those duties for the amount of the servicing fee currently payable under the servicing agreement. If no successor has been appointed and has accepted the appointment by the time the servicer ceases to act as servicer, the indenture trustee will automatically become the successor servicer. The Bank of New York Mellon, the indenture trustee, does not have credit card operations. If The Bank of New York Mellon is automatically appointed as successor servicer it may not have the capacity to perform the duties required of a successor servicer and current servicing compensation under the servicing agreement may not be sufficient to cover its actual cost and expenses of servicing the accounts.

 

  27  

 

 

The bank may not be able to designate new accounts to the trust when required by the transaction documents.

 

If at the end of any Monthly Period, the amount of receivables in the trust falls below a specified level described in “ The Trust Portfolio—Addition of Trust Assets ,” we will be required to cause the bank to designate additional accounts to the trust and transfer additional receivables to the trust on or before the tenth business day following that Monthly Period, or, in some cases, the last day of the next following Monthly Period. There is no guarantee that the bank will have sufficient accounts to designate to the trust. This could cause a possible delay or reduction in payments on your notes. If we do not transfer sufficient receivables to the trust within the grace period specified in this prospectus, an early amortization event would occur. If this were to happen, you could be paid sooner than expected and may not be able to reinvest the amount paid to you at the same rate you would have been able to earn on your notes.

 

Other series of notes may have different terms that may affect the timing and amount of payments to you.

 

The trust has issued other series of notes and expects to issue additional series of notes from time to time. Other series of notes may have terms that are different than the terms for the SynchronySeries, including different early amortization events or events of default. In addition, the early amortization events and events of default for other series of notes may be subject to grace periods or rights to cure that are different than the grace periods or rights to cure applicable to the same or similar early amortization events or events of default for the SynchronySeries. As a result, early amortization events may occur with respect to other series of notes prior to the payment of principal on the SynchronySeries. This could reduce the amount of principal collections available to the SynchronySeries at the time principal collections begin to be accumulated or paid for the benefit of your notes and could cause a possible delay or reduction in payments on your notes. Additional series of notes may be issued without any requirement for notice to, or consent from, existing noteholders. For a description of the conditions that must be met before the trust can issues new notes, see “ Description of the Notes—New Issuances of Notes .”

 

The issuance of new notes could adversely affect the timing and amount of payments on outstanding notes. For example, if additional notes are issued after your notes and those notes have a higher interest rate than your notes, this could result in a reduction in the amount of excess funds from other series available to pay interest on your notes. Also, when new notes are issued, the voting rights of your notes will be diluted.

 

Recharacterization of principal receivables would reduce principal receivables and may require the addition of new receivables.

 

As described in “ Description of the Notes—Discount Option ,” we may designate a portion of some or all transferred receivables that would otherwise be treated as principal receivables to be treated as finance charge receivables. This designation should decrease the likelihood of an early amortization event occurring as a result of a reduction of the average net portfolio yield for a given period. However, this designation will also reduce the aggregate amount of transferred principal receivables, which may increase the likelihood that we will be required to add

 

  28  

 

 

receivables to the trust. If we were unable to add receivables, one or more series of notes, including the SynchronySeries, could go into early amortization.

 

The note interest rate and the receivables interest rate may reset at different times, resulting in reduced or early payments to you.

 

Some accounts have finance charges assessed at a variable rate based on a designated index, which rate may or may not be subject to a specified floor. A series of notes may bear interest either at a fixed rate or at a floating rate based on a different index. If the interest rate charged on the accounts declines, collections of finance charge receivables may be reduced without a corresponding reduction in the amounts of interest payable on your notes and other amounts required to be paid out of collections of finance charge receivables. If the interest rate on the accounts declines or the interest rate on a series increases, this could decrease the spread, or difference, between collections of finance charge receivables and those collections allocated to make interest payments on your notes. This would increase the risk of early repayment of your notes, as well as the risk that there may not be sufficient collections to make all required payments on your notes.

 

We may assign our obligations as depositor and the bank may assign its obligations as servicer.

 

Either we or the bank may transfer our rights and obligations in our respective capacities as depositor or servicer to one or more entities without noteholders’ consent so long as specific conditions are satisfied. See “ The Depositor—Assignment of Depositor’s Interests ” and “ The Servicer—Resignation of Servicer ” and “— Merger or Consolidation of Servicer .” The entity assuming the rights and obligations may or may not be affiliated with us or the bank, as applicable. After the assignment, either we or the bank, as the case may be, would have no further liability or obligation under the documents relating to the notes and the trust, other than those liabilities that arose prior to the transfer.

 

Addition of credit card accounts to the trust may decrease the credit quality of the assets securing the repayment of your notes. If this occurs, your receipt of payments of principal and interest may be reduced, delayed or accelerated.

 

The assets of the trust securing the offered notes change every day. We may choose, or may be required, to add credit card receivables to the trust. The credit card accounts from which these receivables arise may have different terms and conditions from the credit card accounts already designated for the trust. For example, the new credit card accounts may have higher or lower fees or interest rates, or different payment terms, and may be co-branded cards or private label credit cards. We cannot guarantee that new credit card accounts will be of the same credit quality as the credit card accounts currently or historically designated for the trust. If the credit quality of the assets in the trust were to deteriorate, the trust’s ability to make payments on the offered notes could be adversely affected. See “ The Trust Portfolio—Addition of Trust Assets .”

 

  29  

 

 

The ratings for the offered notes are limited in scope and may be lowered or withdrawn, or the offered notes may receive an unsolicited rating, which may have an adverse effect on the liquidity or the market price of the offered notes.

 

Security ratings are not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the offered notes, inasmuch as the rating does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. A rating of the offered notes addresses the likelihood of the timely payment of interest and the ultimate repayment of principal of the offered notes on the legal maturity date pursuant to their respective terms. There is no assurance that a rating will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if in its judgment circumstances in the future so warrant. None of us, our affiliates, the sponsor or any of the sponsor’s affiliates will have any obligation to replace or supplement the credit enhancement, or to take any other action to maintain any ratings of the offered notes. A rating agency may revise or withdraw the ratings at any time in its sole discretion, including as a result of a failure by the sponsor to comply with its obligation to post information provided to the Hired Agencies on a website that is accessible by a rating agency that is not a Hired Agency.

 

The Hired Agencies have been hired by the sponsor to provide their ratings on the offered notes. We note that a rating agency may have a conflict of interest where, as is the case with the ratings of the offered notes by the Hired Agencies, the sponsor or the issuer of a security pays the fee charged by the rating agency for its rating services.

 

It is possible that other rating agencies not hired by the sponsor may provide an unsolicited rating that differs from (or is lower than) the rating provided by the Hired Agencies. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of the existence of any unsolicited rating provided (or to be provided at a future time) by any rating agency not hired to rate the transaction. However, there can be no assurance that an unsolicited rating will not be issued prior to or after the closing date, and none of us, the sponsor or any underwriter is obligated to inform investors (or potential investors) in the offered notes if an unsolicited rating is issued after the date of this prospectus. Consequently, if you intend to purchase offered notes, you should monitor whether an unsolicited rating of the offered notes has been issued by a non-hired rating agency and should consult with your financial and legal advisors regarding the impact of an unsolicited rating on a class of offered notes. If any non-hired rating agency provides an unsolicited rating that differs from (or is lower than) the rating provided by the Hired Agencies, the liquidity or the market value of your offered note may be adversely affected.

 

Geographic concentration may result in more risk to you.

 

As of [●] [●], 20[●], the servicer’s records indicate that, based on billing addresses, obligors on the accounts were concentrated in [●], [●], [●], [●] and [●]. No other state accounted for more than 5% of the number of accounts or 5% of the total receivables balances as of that date. Economic conditions or other factors affecting these states in particular could adversely impact the delinquency or credit loss experience of the trust portfolio and could result in delays in payments or losses on the offered notes. Further, because of the concentration of obligors on the accounts in the trust portfolio in certain states, any adverse economic factors or natural disasters in those states may have a greater effect on the performance of the trust portfolio than if such

 

  30  

 

 

concentration did not exist. See “C omposition of the Trust Portfolio—Composition by Billing Address of the Trust Portfolio ” in Annex IV.

 

Charge-offs may increase which could reduce payments to you.

 

The global financial and economic crisis has had an adverse effect on the financial condition of many consumers in the United States, which was also reflected in the performance of the bank’s credit card portfolio in recent years. Despite certain signs of improvement, including recent declines in the domestic unemployment rate, the global economic environment remains volatile and could continue to present challenges having an adverse effect on the bank’s credit card portfolio for the foreseeable future. More specifically, increases in delinquencies and charge-offs could occur, particularly if conditions in the general economy deteriorate.

 

If the amount of charged-off receivables allocated to the SynchronySeries exceeds the amount of funds available to reimburse those amounts, you may not receive the full amount of principal and interest due to you. See “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Allocation of Charged-off Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs ” and “ The Servicer—Charged-off Receivables; Dilution; Investor Charge-Offs .”

 

[Default by the swap counterparty or termination of the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) interest rate swap could reduce or delay payments and may cause commencement of an early amortization or a reduction in the ratings of the offered notes.

 

The interest rate swap exposes you to risks arising from the failure of either the swap counterparty or the trust to perform its obligations thereunder or from the early termination of the interest rate swap. If the swap counterparty does not make a required payment, the trust will have less funds available to make interest payments on the offered notes. [Continuance of such failure for five business days will cause an early amortization event.] If either the swap counterparty or the trust does not make a payment due under the interest rate swap, the other party may initiate an early termination of the interest rate swap. If the ratings of the swap counterparty are reduced below certain levels established by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“ Standard & Poor’s ”), Moody’s Investors Service (“ Moody’s ”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“ Fitch ”), that swap counterparty will be required to assign its rights and obligations under the interest rate swap to a replacement swap counterparty, obtain a letter of credit or guaranty or make other arrangements satisfactory to the rating agencies within certain grace periods. The interest rate swap may be terminated if the swap counterparty fails to do so. If the interest rate swap is terminated or the swap counterparty fails to perform its obligations (whether following a downgrade or otherwise), we cannot assure you that the trust would be able to enter into a replacement interest rate swap or make other arrangements to hedge the trust’s interest payment obligations. [The early termination of an interest rate swap will cause an early amortization event and commencement of an early amortization if the trust does not enter into a replacement interest rate swap or enter into an alternative arrangement satisfactory to the rating agencies.

 

If early amortization commences as a result of any of the foregoing, you could be paid sooner than expected and may not be able to reinvest the amount paid to you at the same rate you would have been able to earn on your notes.] If the affected interest rate swap is not terminated following the swap counterparty’s failure to perform, the trust may have less funds available to

 

  31  

 

 

pay interest on the offered notes. In addition, the ratings of the offered notes may be reduced, which could affect your ability to sell your notes. See “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Interest Rate Swaps ” and “ —Early Amortization Events .”]

 

[Default by a counterparty to a derivative contract or termination of a derivative contract could lead to the commencement of an early amortization.

 

The trust may enter into one or more derivative contracts for the benefit of your notes. Derivative contracts include interest rate swaps, currency swaps, credit swaps, interest rate caps or interest rate floors.

 

If a counterparty to a derivative contract for your notes does not make a required payment, the trust will have less funds available to make payments on your notes. This could cause delays or reductions in the amount of interest or principal paid to you. [The failure of a counterparty to make a required payment may also, subject to any applicable grace periods specified in this prospectus, cause an early amortization event and commencement of an early amortization. If this were to happen, you could be paid sooner than expected and may not be able to reinvest the amount paid to you at the same rate you would have been able to earn on your notes.]

 

If any derivative contract for your notes were to terminate, the trust might not be able to enter into a replacement derivative contract. For example, a derivative contract may terminate if the counterparty is downgraded or if the counterparty defaults on its obligations. [The early termination of a derivative contract may, subject to any applicable grace periods specified in this prospectus, cause an early amortization event and commencement of the early amortization period if the trust does not enter into a replacement derivative contract. If this were to happen, you could be paid sooner than expected and may not be able to reinvest the amount paid to you at the same rate you would have been able to earn on your notes.]]

 

An increase in the initial principal amount of the offered notes may dilute your voting rights.

 

The trust may offer and sell notes of your tranche having an initial principal amount that is greater than the principal amount shown on the cover page of this prospectus depending on market conditions and demand for the offered notes of your tranche. As a result, the voting rights of your notes will be diluted. Dilution of voting rights decreases your ability to influence actions under the indenture and other transaction documents to the extent such actions are subject to a vote.

 

[Our review of the pool asset disclosure in this prospectus does not provide absolute certainty that the pool asset disclosure is accurate in all material respects.

 

We performed a review under Rule 193 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the information required to be included in this prospectus relating to the receivables pursuant to Item 1111 of Regulation AB. Such information is referred to in this prospectus as “Rule 193 Information.” This review is further described under “ Review of Pool Asset Disclosure .” Our review was designed to provide reasonable assurance that the Rule 193 Information is accurate in all material respects, however, the review was not designed, and was not likely, to be sufficient to provide absolute certainty that the Rule 193 Information is accurate in all material respects. We used judgment to determine the scope of the review, and the completion of the review

 

  32  

 

 

process required the application of a significant level of human diligence and judgment. As a result, our review was designed and effected to provide reasonable assurance that the Rule 193 Information is accurate in all material respects. Investors should be aware that the review did not provide complete assurance that the Rule 193 Information is, in fact, accurate in all material respects.

 

The asset representations review process has not been used in credit card securitization transactions and no assurance can be made as to its effectiveness.

 

If the percentage of receivables that are 60 or more days delinquent reaches or exceeds the delinquency trigger, as discussed in “ Asset Representations Review—Delinquency Trigger ,” and the requisite votes are obtained as described in “ Asset Representations Review—Asset Review Voting ,” the asset representations reviewer will perform a review in accordance with the procedures set forth in the asset representations review agreement.

 

Credit card securitizations have not previously been subject to an asset representations review process of the nature set forth in the asset representations review agreement. Furthermore, at the time the asset representations reviewer was selected, there were no asset representations reviewers with experience reviewing representations and warranties in credit card securitization transactions.

 

The review procedures for the asset representations review have been designed to determine whether a receivable under review was not in compliance with the representations and warranties made about it in the transaction documents at the time it was transferred pursuant to the transaction documents. The review is not designed to determine why the obligor is delinquent or the creditworthiness of the obligor. The review is not designed to determine whether the receivable was serviced in compliance with the servicing agreement. The review is not designed to establish cause, materiality or recourse for any non-compliance. The review is not designed to determine whether our origination or underwriting policies and procedures are adequate, reasonable or prudent.

 

Following any asset representations review, we, the indenture trustee, the bank and the servicer will receive a report of the findings of the asset representations reviewer. If the report identifies any instance of non-compliance with the representations and warranties, as evidenced by a failure to pass the applicable review procedure set forth in the asset representations review agreement and referred to in this prospectus as a “test failure,” and all additional conditions for repurchase have been met, including that the breach met the materiality requirements of the transaction documents and had not been cured during the relevant cure period, then the transferor will be required to repurchase the ineligible receivable. There is no guarantee that a test failure will automatically result in a repurchase obligation. In addition, investors may request that the indenture trustee provide notice to the transferor requesting repurchase of an ineligible receivable, but there is no guarantee that the indenture trustee will decide to do so.

 

In addition, there may be no correlation between any breach of representations or warranties and any increase in delinquencies.

 

  33  

 

 

The certification provided by our chief executive officer does not guarantee that the securitization will produce expected cash flows at times and in amounts to service scheduled payments of interest and the ultimate repayment of principal on the offered notes in accordance with their terms as described in this prospectus.

 

One of the transaction requirements for the use of a shelf registration statement is the filing at the time of each offering from the shelf of a certification from the chief executive officer of the depositor of the issuing entity concerning the disclosure contained in the prospectus and the structure of the securitization.

 

While in the certification the chief executive officer expresses a belief that there is a reasonable basis to conclude that the securitization is structured to produce expected cash flows at times and in amounts to service scheduled repayments of interest and the ultimate payment of principal on the offered notes in accordance with their terms, investors should be aware that the certification does not guarantee that the securitization will produce those expected cash flows or that you will not suffer from delays or reductions in or acceleration of repayment on the offered notes.]

 

Risks Relating to the Credit Card Business

 

Economic and social factors may adversely affect cardholder payment patterns, finance charge rates and credit card usage, and may affect the timing and amount of payments to you.

 

The amount of principal collections and finance charge collections available to pay your notes on any payment date will depend on many factors, including:

 

the rate of repayment of credit card balances by cardholders, which may be earlier or later than expected;

 

the periodic finance charge rates applicable to the accounts designated to the trust;

 

the extent of credit card usage by cardholders, and the creation of additional receivables in the accounts designated to the trust; and

 

the rate of default by cardholders, which means that receivables may not be paid at all.

 

Changes in payment patterns, finance charge rates and credit card usage result from a variety of economic and social factors. Economic factors include, among others, the rate of inflation, unemployment levels, the availability and cost of credit (including mortgages) and real estate values. Social factors include, among others, consumer and business confidence levels and the public’s attitude about incurring debt and the stigma of personal bankruptcy. In addition, acts of terrorism or natural disasters in the United States and the political and/or military response to any such events or the commencement of hostilities between the United States and a foreign nation or nations may have an adverse effect on general economic conditions, consumer and business confidence and general market liquidity.

 

Key macroeconomic conditions historically have affected the performance of the bank’s credit card portfolio and the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition

 

  34  

 

 

and are likely to affect them in the future. Consumer confidence, unemployment and housing indicators are among the factors that often impact consumer spending behavior and demand for credit. Poor economic conditions reduce the usage of Synchrony Bank’s credit cards and other financing products and the average purchase amount of transactions on the credit cards, which reduces the amount of principal collections and finance charge collections available to make payments on your notes and the rate of creation of additional receivables in the accounts designated to the trust. Poor economic conditions also adversely affect the ability and willingness of customers to pay amounts owed to us, increasing delinquencies, bankruptcies, charge-offs and allowances for loan losses, and decreasing recoveries. The assessment of the Company’s credit profile includes the evaluation of portfolio mix and account maturation, as well as broader consumer trends, such as payment behavior and overall indebtedness. During 2017, these factors contributed to increases in the Company’s delinquent accounts and the Company’s forecasted net charge-off rate. The Company believes the delinquency rate and net charge-off rate in its portfolio will continue to increase modestly from the credit trends the Company has experienced in recent years, and are likely to increase materially if economic conditions deteriorate.

 

Economic growth in the United States since the recession has been slow and uneven as consumers continue to recover from previously high unemployment rates, lower housing values, concerns about the level of U.S. government debt and fiscal actions that may be taken to address this, as well as economic and political conditions in the U.S. and global markets. A prolonged period of slow economic growth or a significant deterioration in economic conditions or broader consumer trends, including consumer indebtedness, would likely affect consumer spending levels and the ability and willingness of customers to pay amounts owed on the trust accounts, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition, and could have a material adverse effect on the performance of the transferred receivables and your notes.

 

We cannot assure the creation of additional receivables in the accounts designated to the trust or that any particular pattern of cardholder payments will occur. A significant decline in the amount of new receivables generated could result in the occurrence of an early amortization event for one or more series, classes or tranches of notes, including your notes. If an early amortization event occurs, you could receive payment of principal sooner than expected. In addition, changes in finance charges can alter the monthly payment rates of cardholders. A significant decrease in monthly payment rates could slow the return of principal during an amortization period. See “ Maturity Considerations .”

 

Termination of certain credit card programs could lead to a reduction of receivables in the trust.

 

The bank operates its private label and co-branded credit card programs with various program partners under program agreements, some of which, if not extended, are scheduled to expire while your notes are outstanding. Historically, there has been turnover in the bank’s program partners, and the bank expects that this will continue in the future. There is significant competition for the bank’s existing program partners, and its failure to retain its existing larger partner relationships upon the expiration of a relationship or its earlier loss of a relationship upon the exercise of a program partner’s early termination rights as described below could have a material adverse effect on the bank’s results of operation and financial condition to the extent it

 

  35  

 

 

does not acquire new program partners of similar size and profitability or otherwise grow its business. Such a failure could have an adverse effect on the volume of receivables in the trust. The bank expects to have significant concentration in its largest relationships for the foreseeable future.

 

The program agreements typically have contract terms ranging from approximately [●] to [●] years and remaining terms ranging from approximately [●] to [●] years. Some of those program agreements provide that, upon expiration or termination, the program partner may purchase or designate a third party to purchase the receivables generated with respect to its program, including the receivables in the trust. Approximately [●]% of the accounts would be subject to removal from the trust and approximately [●]% of the total receivables in the trust as of [●] [●], 20[●] would be subject to purchase prior to the scheduled principal payment date for your notes if the related program agreements were not extended.

 

In addition, the program agreements generally permit the program partners or the bank to terminate the program agreements prior to the respective termination dates for the programs if the other party materially breaches its obligations under the related program agreements, subject to any cure rights under the related program agreements. Certain program agreements are also subject to early termination in the event the related program partner becomes insolvent, becomes subject to a bankruptcy proceeding or has a material change in financial condition, upon the occurrence of a significant change in law or upon the occurrence of other specified portfolio-related performance triggers or other events of default. The program agreements generally may be terminated prior to scheduled expiration upon mutual agreement between the bank and the related program partners.

 

If a program agreement were terminated as described above and the related program partner were to exercise its right to purchase the related accounts and receivables and the bank were unable to provide receivables arising under newly designated additional accounts to replace those purchased by the program partners, an early amortization event could occur. If an early amortization event occurs as a result of a termination of one or more program agreements, you could be paid sooner than expected and may not be able to reinvest the amount paid to you at the same rate you would have been able to earn on your notes.

 

The bank’s results are impacted, to a significant extent, by the financial performance of the bank’s program partners.

 

The bank’s ability to generate new receivables and the finance charges and fees and other income associated with them is dependent upon sales of merchandise and services by its program partners. The retail industry in which the bank’s program partners operate is intensely competitive. The bank’s program partners compete with retailers and department stores in their own geographic areas, as well as catalog and internet sales businesses. The bank’s program partners’ sales may decrease or may not increase as we anticipate for various reasons, some of which are in the program partners’ control and some of which are not. For example, retailer sales may be adversely affected by macroeconomic conditions having a national, regional or more local effect on consumer spending, business conditions affecting a particular program partner or industry, or catastrophes affecting broad or more discrete geographic areas. If the bank’s program partners’ sales decline for any reason, it generally results in lower credit sales,

 

  36  

 

 

and therefore lower receivables volume and associated interest and fees and other income for the bank from their customers. In addition, if a program partner closes some or all of its stores or becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding (or if there is a perception that it may become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding), its customers who have used the bank’s financing products may have less incentive to pay their outstanding balances to the bank, which could result in higher charge-off rates than anticipated and the bank’s costs for servicing its customers’ accounts may increase. This risk is particularly acute with respect to the bank’s largest program partners. Moreover, if the financial condition of a program partner deteriorates significantly or a program partner becomes subject to a bankruptcy proceeding, the bank may not be able to recover for customer returns, customer payments made in program partner stores or other amounts due to the bank from the program partner. A decrease in sales by the bank’s program partners for any reason or a bankruptcy proceeding involving any of them could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and the ability of the bank to originate additional receivables to be transferred to the issuing entity. See “— The bank may not be able to designate new accounts to the trust when required by the transaction documents .”

 

Origination patterns of receivables and operations of program partners could reduce collections; and a program partner bankruptcy or other adverse events relating to a program partner included in the trust portfolio may affect the timing and amount of payments to you.

 

Except for co-branded credit cards, the bank’s ability to generate new receivables is dependent upon sales at or through the program partners. The retailing and credit card industries are intensely competitive. Generally, the program partners compete not only with other retailers and department stores in the geographic areas in which they operate, but also with numerous other types of retail outlets, including catalog and internet sales businesses. We cannot assure you that the program partners will continue to generate receivables at the same rate as in prior years. Also, if a program partner were to close some or all of its stores or otherwise stop honoring the related credit cards, the loss of utility of the affected credit cards could reduce the cardholders’ incentive to pay their outstanding balances.

 

During the period from 2007 through 2010, the United States experienced a period of economic slowdown. While certain economic conditions in the United States have shown signs of improvement, economic growth has been slow and uneven as consumers continue to recover from previously high unemployment rates, lower housing values, concerns about the level of U.S. government debt and fiscal actions that may be taken to address this, as well as economic and political conditions in the global markets. A prolonged period of slow economic growth or a significant deterioration in economic conditions would likely affect consumer spending levels and may increase the risk that a program partner becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy or other similar law. The bankruptcy of a program partner could lead to a significant decline in the amount of new receivables and could lead to increased delinquencies and defaults on the receivables associated with a program partner that is subject to a proceeding under bankruptcy or similar laws. Any of these effects of a program partner bankruptcy could result in the occurrence of an early amortization event for one or more series, classes or tranches of notes, including your notes, particularly if such an event were to occur with respect to a program partner relating to a large percentage of the trust assets. The largest program partner programs included in the trust portfolio are disclosed in “ Composition of the Trust Portfolio—Composition by Program Partner of the Trust Portfolio ” in

 

  37  

 

 

Annex IV. If an early amortization event occurs, you could receive payment of principal sooner than expected. See “ Maturity Considerations .”

 

The bank’s ability to generate new receivables is also dependent upon its ability to compete in the current industry environment. The bank’s program partners generally accept most major credit cards and various other forms of payment, and therefore the bank’s success depends on their active and effective promotion of its products to their customers. The bank depends on its program partners to integrate the use of its credit products into their store culture by training their sales associates about the bank’s products, having their sales associates encourage their customers to apply for, and use, the bank’s products and otherwise effectively marketing the bank’s products. Program partners may also implement or fail to implement changes in their systems and technologies that may disrupt the integration between their systems and technologies and the bank’s systems, which could disrupt the use of the bank’s products. The failure by the bank’s program partners to effectively promote and support its products as well as changes they may make in their business models that negatively impact card usage could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations, and the rate at which new receivables are created. In addition, if program partners engage in improper business practices, do not adhere to the terms of the program agreements or other contractual arrangements or standards, or otherwise diminish the value of the bank’s brand, the bank may suffer reputational damage and customers may be less likely to use the bank’s credit cards, which could reduce the rate at which new receivables are created. Additionally, sometimes upon expiration of a credit card program with the bank, a program partner may choose to transfer its program to a competitor.

 

Adverse financial market conditions or the Company’s inability to effectively manage its funding and liquidity risk could have a material adverse effect on its funding, liquidity and ability to meet its obligations.

 

The Company needs to effectively manage its funding and liquidity in order to meet its cash requirements such as day-to-day operating expenses, extensions of credit to its customers, payments of principal and interest on its borrowings and payments on its other obligations. The Company’s primary sources of funding and liquidity are collections from its customers, deposits, funds from securitized financings and proceeds from unsecured borrowings. If the Company does not have sufficient liquidity, the Company may not be able to meet its obligations, particularly during a liquidity stress event. If the Company maintains or is required to maintain too much liquidity, it could be costly and reduce the Company’s financial flexibility.

 

In addition, regulatory reforms have recently been proposed or adopted in the United States and internationally that are intended to address certain issues that affected banks in the last financial crisis. These reforms, generally referred to as “ Basel III ,” subject banks to more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements.  To the extent that the Basel III requirements result in increased costs to the banks providing undrawn committed capacity under the Company’s securitization programs, these costs are likely to be passed on to the Company.  In addition, in response to Basel III, some banks in the market (including certain of the private lenders in the Company’s securitization programs) have added provisions to their credit agreements permitting them to delay disbursement of funding requests for 30 days or more. If the bank lenders require delayed disbursements of funding provisions and/or higher pricing for

 

  38  

 

 

committing undrawn capacity to the bank, the bank’s cost of funding and access to liquidity could be adversely affected.

 

While financial market conditions have generally stabilized and improved since the financial crisis, there can be no assurance that significant disruptions, uncertainties and volatility will not occur in the future. If the Company is unable to continue to finance its business, access capital markets and attract deposits on favorable terms and in a timely manner, or if the Company experiences an increase in its borrowing costs or otherwise fails to manage its liquidity effectively, its results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected, which could affect the bank’s ability to originate new receivables and the Company’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

The Company’s inability to securitize its loan receivables would have a material adverse effect on its business, liquidity, cost of funds and financial condition.

 

The Company uses the securitization of its loan receivables as a significant source of funding. Although the securitization market for credit card loan receivables has been re-established following the financial crisis that began in 2008, the market may experience future disruptions. The Company’s ability to securitize its loan receivables in the future will depend on a variety of factors, including the conditions in the securities markets in general and the credit card asset-backed securities market in particular, the overall credit quality of the Company’s credit card loan receivables and the conformity of the loan receivables and its securitization program to rating agency requirements, the costs of securitizing loan receivables and the legal, regulatory, accounting and tax requirements governing securitization transactions. If the Company is unable to refinance existing asset-backed securities with new asset backed securities, it may be limited by structural and regulatory constraints on its ability to refinance these asset-backed securities with bank deposits or other funding at the bank, and therefore the Company would be required to rely on sources outside of the bank, which may not be available or may be available only at higher cost. A prolonged inability to securitize the Company’s loan receivables on favorable terms, or at all, or to refinance the Company’s asset-backed securities would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, liquidity, cost of funds and financial condition and the ability of the bank to originate new receivables and to service the trust portfolio.

 

The bank’s inability to grow its deposits in the future could materially adversely affect its liquidity and ability to grow its business.

 

The bank obtains deposits directly from retail and commercial customers or through brokerage firms that offer the bank’s deposit products to their customers. A key part of the bank’s liquidity plan and funding strategy is to continue to fund its growth through direct deposits.

 

The deposit business is highly competitive, with intense competition in attracting and retaining deposits. The bank competes on the basis of the rates it pays on deposits, features and benefits of its products, the quality of its customer service and the competitiveness of its digital banking capabilities. The bank’s ability to originate and maintain retail deposits is also highly dependent on the strength of the bank and the perceptions of consumers and others of its business

 

  39  

 

 

practices and its financial health. Adverse perceptions regarding the bank’s reputation could lead to difficulties in attracting and retaining deposits accounts. Negative public opinion could result from actual or alleged conduct in a number of areas, including lending practices, regulatory compliance, inadequate protection of customer information or sales and marketing activities, and from actions taken by regulators or others in response to such conduct.

 

The demand for the deposit products that the bank offers may also be reduced due to a variety of factors, such as demographic patterns, changes in customer preferences, reductions in consumers’ disposable income, regulatory actions that decrease customer access to particular products or the availability of competing products. Competition from other financial services firms and others that use deposit funding products may affect deposit renewal rates, costs or availability. Changes that the bank makes to the rates offered on its deposit products may affect its profitability and liquidity.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “ FDIA ”) prohibits an insured bank from accepting brokered deposits or offering interest rates on any deposits significantly higher than the prevailing rate in the bank’s normal market area or nationally (depending upon where the deposits are solicited), unless it is “well-capitalized,” or it is “adequately capitalized” and receives a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “ FDIC ”). A bank that is “adequately capitalized” and accepts brokered deposits under a waiver from the FDIC may not pay an interest rate on any deposit in excess of 75 basis points over certain prevailing market rates. There are no such restrictions under the FDIA on a bank that is “well-capitalized” and at December 31, 2017 the bank met or exceeded all applicable requirements to be deemed “well-capitalized” for purposes of the FDIA. However, there can be no assurance that the bank will continue to meet those requirements. Limitations on the bank’s ability to accept brokered deposits for any reason (including regulatory limitations on the amount of brokered deposits in total or as a percentage of total assets) in the future could materially adversely impact the bank’s funding costs and liquidity. Any limitation on the interest rates the bank can pay on deposits could competitively disadvantage the bank in attracting and retaining deposits and have a material adverse effect on its business, which could consequently have a material adverse effect on the bank’s ability to continue to originate new receivables.

 

The Company’s business depends on its ability to successfully manage its credit risk, and failing to do so may result in high charge-off rates.

 

The Company’s success depends on its ability to manage its credit risk while attracting new customers with profitable usage patterns. The Company selects its customers, manages their accounts and establishes terms and credit limits using proprietary scoring models and other analytical techniques that are designed to set terms and credit limits to appropriately compensate the Company for the credit risk it accepts, while encouraging customers to use their available credit. The models and approaches the Company uses to manage its credit risk may not accurately predict future charge-offs due to various reasons.

 

The Company’s ability to manage credit risk and avoid high charge-off rates also may be adversely affected by economic conditions that may be difficult to predict, such as the last financial crisis. The assessment of the Company’s credit profile includes the evaluation of portfolio mix and account maturation, as well as broader consumer trends, such as payment

 

  40  

 

 

behavior and overall indebtedness. During 2017, these factors contributed to increases in the Company’s delinquent accounts and the Company’s forecasted net charge-off rate. The Company believes the delinquency rate and net charge-off rate in its portfolio will continue to increase modestly from the low credit trends the Company has experienced in recent years, and are likely to increase materially if economic conditions deteriorate. See “ —Risks Relating to the Credit Card Business—Economic and social factors may adversely affect cardholder payment patterns, finance charge rates and credit card usage, and may affect the timing and amount of payments to you .” In addition, the Company remains subject to conditions in the consumer credit environment. The Company’s credit underwriting and risk management strategies are used to manage its credit exposures; however there can be no assurance that those will enable it to avoid high charge-off levels or delinquencies, or that the Company’s allowance for loan losses will be sufficient to cover actual losses.

 

A customer’s ability to repay the transferred receivables or other obligations owed to the Company can be negatively impacted by increases in their payment obligations to other lenders under mortgage, credit card and other loans (including student loans). These changes can result from increases in base lending rates or structured increases in payment obligations, and could reduce the ability of the Company’s customers to meet their payment obligations to other lenders and to the Company. In addition, a customer’s ability to repay the transferred receivables and other obligations to the Company can be negatively impacted by the restricted availability of credit to consumers generally, including reduced and closed lines of credit. Customers with insufficient cash flow to fund daily living expenses and lack of access to other sources of credit may be more likely to increase their card usage and ultimately default on their payment obligations to the Company, resulting in higher credit losses in the Company’s portfolio and the trust portfolio. The Company’s collection operations may not compete effectively to secure more of customers’ diminished cash flow than the Company’s competitors. The Company may not identify customers who are likely to default on their payment obligations to the Company and reduce the Company’s exposure by closing credit lines and restricting authorizations quickly enough, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition, and may result in increased delinquencies and losses on the transferred receivables. In addition, the Company’s collection strategy depends in part on the sale of debt to third-party buyers. Regulatory or other factors may adversely affect the pricing of the Company’s debt sales or the performance of the Company’s third-party buyers, which may result in higher credit losses in the Company’s portfolio.

 

The Company’s ability to manage credit risk also may be adversely affected by legal or regulatory changes (such as bankruptcy laws and minimum payment regulations) and collection regulations, competitors’ actions and consumer behavior, as well as inadequate collections staffing, techniques, models and performance of vendors such as collection agencies.

 

Competition in the consumer finance industry is intense.

 

The success of the Company’s business depends on its ability to retain existing program partners and attract new program partners. The competition for program partners is intense and becoming more competitive. The Company’s primary competitors for program partners include major financial institutions, such as Alliance Data Systems, American Express, Capital One, JPMorgan Chase, Citibank, TD Bank and Wells Fargo, and to a lesser extent, potential program

 

  41  

 

 

partners’ own in-house financing capabilities. Some of the Company’s competitors are substantially larger, have substantially greater resources and may offer a broader range of products and services. The Company competes for program partners on the basis of a number of factors, including program financial and other terms, underwriting standards, marketing expertise, service levels, product and service offerings (including incentive and loyalty programs), technological capabilities and integration, brand and reputation. In addition, some of the Company’s competitors for program partners have a business model that allows for their program partners to manage underwriting (e.g., new account approval), customer service and collections, and other core banking responsibilities that the Company retains but some program partners may prefer to handle. As a result of competition, the Company may be unable to acquire new program partners, lose existing relationships to competing companies or find it more costly to maintain its existing relationships.

 

The Company’s success also depends on its ability to attract and retain customers and generate usage of its products by them. The consumer credit and payments industry is highly competitive and the Company faces an increasingly dynamic industry as emerging technologies enter the marketplace. As a form of payment, the Company’s products compete with cash, checks, debit cards, general purpose credit cards (including Visa and MasterCard, American Express and Discover Card), other private label card brands and, to a certain extent, prepaid cards. The Company also competes with non-traditional providers such as financial technology companies. In the future, the Company expects its products may face increased competition from new emerging payment technologies, such as Apple Pay, Android Pay, Chase Pay, Samsung Pay and Square, to the extent that the Company’s products are not accepted in, or compatible with, such technologies. The Company may also face increased competition from current competitors or others who introduce or embrace disruptive technology that significantly changes the consumer credit and payment industry. The Company competes for customers and their usage of the Company’s products, and to minimize transfers to competitors of customers’ outstanding balances, based on a number of factors, including pricing (interest rates and fees), product offerings, credit limits, incentives (including loyalty programs) and customer service. Although the Company offers a variety of consumer credit products, some of its competitors provide a broader selection of services, including home and automobile loans, debit cards and bank branch ATM access, which may position them better among customers who prefer to use a single financial institution to meet all of their financial needs. Some of the Company’s competitors are substantially larger than the Company, which may give those competitors advantages, including a more diversified product and customer base, the ability to reach out to more customers and potential customers, operational efficiencies, more versatile technology platforms, broad-based local distribution capabilities and lower-cost funding. In addition, some of the Company’s competitors, including new and emerging competitors in the digital and mobile payments space, are not subject to the same regulatory requirements or legislative scrutiny to which the Company is subject, which also could place the Company at a competitive disadvantage. Customer attrition from any or all of the Company’s credit products or any lowering of the pricing of the Company’s products by reducing interest rates or fees in order to retain customers could reduce the Company’s revenues and therefore the Company’s earnings, as well as reduce collections available to make payments on the offered notes and the creation of additional receivables in the accounts designated to the trust.

 

  42  

 

 

If the Company is unable to compete effectively for program partners and customer usage, its business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected, and the bank’s ability to originate new receivables and to service the trust portfolio could be materially adversely affected.

 

The Company’s business is heavily concentrated in U.S. consumer credit, and therefore its results are more susceptible to fluctuations in that market than a more diversified company.

 

The Company’s business is heavily concentrated in U.S. consumer credit. As a result, the Company is more susceptible to fluctuations and risks particular to U.S. consumer credit than a more diversified company. For example, the Company’s business is particularly sensitive to macroeconomic conditions that affect the U.S. economy, consumer spending and consumer credit. The Company is also more susceptible to the risks of increased regulations and legal and other regulatory actions that are targeted at consumer credit or the specific consumer credit products that the Company offers (including promotional financing). Due to the Company’s CareCredit platform (which is not currently designated to the trust), the Company is also more susceptible to increased regulations and legal and other regulatory actions targeted at healthcare related procedures or services, in contrast to other industries. The Company’s business concentration could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and the trust portfolio.

 

Fraudulent activity associated with the Company’s products and services could negatively impact the Company’s operating results, brand and reputation and cause the use of its products and services to decrease and its fraud losses to increase.

 

The Company is subject to the risk of fraudulent activity associated with its program partners, customers and third parties handling customer information. While the Company’s fraud-related operational losses stabilized in 2016, they have increased significantly in recent years. The Company’s fraud-related losses have shifted away from counterfeit fraud losses with the implementation of the EMV chip in dual cards and general purpose co-branded credit cards and towards application fraud and mail/phone fraud (including as a result of well-publicized security breaches at retailers unrelated to the Company). The Company’s products are susceptible to application fraud, because among other things, it provides immediate access to the credit line at the time of approval. In addition, sales on the internet and through mobile channels are becoming a larger part of the Company’s business and fraudulent activity is higher as a percentage of sales in those channels than in stores. The Company’s products are susceptible to different types of fraud, and, depending on the Company’s product channel mix (including as a result of the introduction, if any, of a Synchrony-branded general purpose credit card), the Company may continue to experience variations in, or levels of, fraud-related expense that are different from or higher than that experienced by some of the Company’s competitors or the industry generally.

 

The risk of fraud continues to increase for the financial services industry in general, and credit card fraud, identity theft and related crimes are likely to continue to be prevalent, and perpetrators are growing more sophisticated. The Company’s resources, technologies and fraud prevention tools may be insufficient to accurately detect and prevent fraud. High profile fraudulent activity also could negatively impact the Company’s brand and reputation, which

 

  43  

 

 

could negatively impact the use of the Company’s cards and thereby have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and the bank’s ability to originate receivables. In addition, significant increases in fraudulent activity could lead to regulatory intervention (such as increased customer notification requirements), which could increase the Company’s costs and also negatively impact the Company’s operating results, brand and reputation and could lead the Company to take steps to reduce fraud risk, which could increase the Company’s costs.

 

Cyber-attacks or other security breaches could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and the performance of the trust portfolio.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company collects, processes and retains sensitive and confidential information regarding its program partners and its customers. The Company also has arrangements in place with its program partners and other third parties through which it shares and receives information about their customers who are or may become the Company’s customers. Although the Company devotes significant resources and management focus to ensuring the integrity of its systems through information security and business continuity programs, its facilities and systems, and those of its program partners and third-party service providers, are vulnerable to external or internal security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming or human errors, or other similar events. The Company and its program partners and third-party service providers have experienced all of these events in the past and expect to continue to experience them in the future. These events could interrupt the Company’s business or operations, result in significant legal and financial exposure, supervisory liability, damage to the Company’s reputation or a loss of confidence in the security of the Company’s systems, products and services. Although the impact to date from these events has not had a material adverse effect on the Company, we cannot be sure this will be the case in the future.

 

Information security risks for large financial institutions like the Company have increased recently in part because of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies (including mobile and other connected devices) to conduct financial and other business transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists and others. In addition to cyber-attacks or other security breaches involving the theft of sensitive and confidential information, hackers recently have engaged in attacks against large financial institutions that are designed to disrupt key business services, such as consumer-facing web sites. The Company’s successful business performance and marketing efforts may increase the Company’s profile and therefore its risk of being targeted for cyber-attacks and other security breaches, including attacks targeting its key business services and websites. The Company is not able to anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently and because attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources. The Company employs detection and response mechanisms designed to contain and mitigate security incidents, but early detection may be thwarted by sophisticated attacks and malware designed to avoid detection.

 

The Company also faces risks related to cyber-attacks and other security breaches in connection with credit card transactions that typically involve the transmission of sensitive information regarding its customers through various third-parties, including its program partners,

 

  44  

 

 

retailers that are not the Company’s partners where the Company’s dual cards and general purpose co-branded credit cards are used, merchant acquiring banks, payment processors, card networks (e.g., Visa and MasterCard) and its processors (e.g., First Data Corporation (“ First Data ”) and Fiserv, Inc. (“ Fiserv ”)). Some of these parties have in the past been the target of security breaches and cyber-attacks, and because the transactions involve third parties and environments such as the point of sale that the Company does not control or secure, future security breaches or cyber-attacks affecting any of these third-parties could impact the Company through no fault of its own and in some cases, the Company may have exposure and suffer losses for breaches or attacks relating to them. The Company also relies on numerous other third-party service providers to conduct other aspects of its business operations and faces similar risks relating to them. While the Company regularly conducts security assessments of significant third-party service providers, the Company cannot be sure that their information security protocols are sufficient to withstand a cyber-attack or other security breach.

 

The access by unauthorized persons to, or the improper disclosure by the Company of, confidential information regarding its customers or its own proprietary information, software, methodologies and business secrets could interrupt the Company’s business or operations, result in significant legal and financial exposure, supervisory liability, damage to its reputation or a loss of confidence in the security of its systems, products and services, all of which could have a material adverse impact on its business, financial condition and results of operations, and its ability to originate new receivables and service the trust portfolio. In addition, there have been a number of well-publicized attacks or breaches directed at others in the credit card industry that have heightened concern by consumers generally about the security of using credit cards, which have caused some consumers, including the Company’s customers, to use the Company’s credit cards less in favor of alternative methods of payment and has led to increased regulatory focus on, and potentially new regulations relating to, these matters. Further cyber-attacks or other breaches in the future, whether affecting the Company or others, could intensify consumer concern and regulatory focus and result in reduced use of the Company’s cards and increased costs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, and consequently a material adverse effect on the bank’s ability to continue to originate new receivables.

 

The failure of third parties to provide various services that are important to the Company’s operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and the bank’s ability to service the trust portfolio and results of operations.

 

Some services important to the Company’s business are outsourced to third-party vendors. For example, the Company’s credit card transaction processing, production and related services (including the printing and mailing of customer statements) are handled by First Data, and the technology platform for the Company’s online retail deposits is managed by Fiserv. First Data, Fiserv and, in some cases, other third-party vendors, are the sole source or one of a limited number of sources of the services they provide for the Company. It would be difficult and disruptive for the Company to replace some of its third-party vendors, particularly First Data and Fiserv, in a timely manner if they were unwilling or unable to provide the Company with these services in the future (as a result of their financial or business conditions or otherwise), and the Company’s business and operations likely would be materially adversely affected. First Data has publicly disclosed that it is highly leveraged. The Company’s principal agreement with First

 

  45  

 

 

Data expires in November 2026, unless it is terminated earlier or is extended pursuant to the terms thereof. The Company’s principal agreement with Fiserv expires on March 26, 2020, unless it is terminated earlier or is extended pursuant to the terms thereof. In addition, if a third-party provider fails to provide the services the Company requires, fails to meet contractual requirements, such as compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or suffers a cyber-attack or other security breach, the Company’s business could suffer economic and reputational harm that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations and could have a material adverse effect on the bank’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

Disruptions in the operation of the Company’s computer systems and data centers could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, the bank’s ability to originate new receivables and the bank’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

The Company’s ability to deliver products and services to its program partners and its customers, service its loans and otherwise operate its business and comply with applicable laws depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of its computer systems and data centers, as well as those of its program partners and third-party service providers. These computer systems and data centers may encounter service interruptions at any time due to system or software failure, natural disaster or other reasons. In addition, the implementation of technology changes and upgrades to maintain current and integrate new systems may also cause service interruptions, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays and may cause the Company’s failure to comply with applicable laws, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and the bank’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

The Company expects that new technologies and business processes applicable to the consumer credit industry will continue to emerge, and these new technologies and business processes may be better than those currently used by the Company. The pace of technology change is high and the consumer credit industry is intensely competitive, and we cannot assure you that the Company will be able to sustain its investment in new technology as critical systems and applications become obsolete and better ones become available. A failure to maintain current technology and business processes could cause disruptions in the Company’s operations or cause its products and services to be less competitive, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, the bank’s ability to continue to originate new receivables and the bank’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

The Company has international operations that subject the Company to various international risks as well as increased compliance and regulatory risks and costs.

 

The Company has international operations, primarily in India, the Philippines and Canada, and some of its third-party service providers provide services to the Company from other countries, all of which subject the Company to a number of international risks, including, among other things, sovereign volatility and socio-political instability. For example, the Philippines has in the past experienced severe political and social instability. Any future political or social instability in the countries in which the Company operates could have a material adverse effect on its business operations.

 

  46  

 

 

United States regulations also govern various aspects of the international activities of domestic corporations and increase the Company’s compliance and regulatory risks and costs. Any failure by the Company or its service providers to comply with applicable United States regulations, as well as the regulations in the countries and markets in which the Company or its service providers, as applicable, operate, could result in fines, penalties, injunctions or other similar restrictions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition and the servicing of the trust portfolio.

 

Risks Relating to Regulation

 

The Company’s business is subject to government regulation, supervision, examination and enforcement, which could adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company’s business, including its relationships with its customers, is subject to regulation, supervision and examination under U.S. federal, state and foreign laws and regulations. These laws and regulations cover all aspects of the Company’s business, including lending and collection practices, treatment of the Company’s customers, safeguarding deposits, customer privacy and information security, capital structure, liquidity, dividends and other capital distributions, transactions with affiliates and conduct and qualifications of personnel. As a savings and loan holding company and a financial holding company, Synchrony is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ Federal Reserve Board ”) and subject to the capital requirements as prescribed by Basel III capital rules and the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “ Dodd-Frank Act ”). As a large provider of consumer financial services, the Company is also subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“ CFPB ”). The bank is a federally chartered savings association. As such, the bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“ OCC ”), which is its primary regulator, and by the CFPB. In addition, the bank, as an insured depository institution, is supervised by the FDIC. The Company and the bank are regularly reviewed and examined by their respective regulators, which results in supervisory comments and directions relating to many aspects of the Company’s business that require response and attention.

 

Banking laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect federally insured deposits, the federal Deposit Insurance Fund and the banking system as a whole, and not intended to protect the Company or holders of notes issued by the trust. If the Company or the bank fails to satisfy applicable laws and regulations, the Company’s and the bank’s respective regulators have broad discretion to enforce those laws and regulations, including with respect to the operation of the Company’s business, required capital levels, payment of dividends and other capital distributions, engaging in certain activities and making acquisitions and investments. The Company’s regulators also have broad discretion with respect to the enforcement of applicable laws and regulations, including through enforcement actions that could subject the Company to civil money penalties, customer remediation programs, increased compliance costs, and limits or prohibitions on the Company’s ability to offer certain products and services or to engage in certain activities. In addition, to the extent the Company undertakes actions requiring regulatory approval or non-objection, the Company’s regulators may make their approval or non-objection

 

  47  

 

 

subject to conditions or restrictions that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. Any other actions taken by the Company’s regulators could also have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, reputation and brand, results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, some of the Company’s competitors are subject to different, and in some cases less restrictive, legislative and regulatory regimes, which may have the effect of providing them with a competitive advantage over the Company.

 

New laws, regulations or policies, or practical changes in enforcement of existing laws or regulations applicable to the Company’s business, or the Company’s own reexamination of its current practices, could adversely impact its profitability, limit its ability to continue existing or pursue new business activities, require the Company to change certain business practices or alter its relationships with customers, affect retention of its key personnel, or expose the Company to additional costs (including increased compliance costs and/or customer remediation). These changes may also require the Company to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes and could adversely affect its business, results of operations and financial condition. For example, the CFPB has broad authority over the Company’s business. See “ —There continues to be uncertainty as to how the CFPB’s actions will impact the Company’s business; the agency’s actions have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on the Company’s business .”

 

The Company is also subject to potential enforcement and other actions that may be brought by state attorneys general or other state enforcement authorities and other governmental agencies. Any such actions could subject the Company to civil money penalties and fines, customer remediation programs and increased compliance costs, as well as damage the Company’s reputation and brand and limit or prohibit the Company’s ability to offer certain products and services or engage in certain business practices. For a discussion of risks related to actions or proceedings brought by regulatory agencies, see “ —Litigation, regulatory actions and compliance issues could subject the Company to significant fines, penalties, judgments, remediation costs and/or requirements resulting in increased expenses and the trust could be named as a defendant in litigation or be subject to regulatory actions .”

 

Litigation, regulatory actions and compliance issues could subject the Company to significant fines, penalties, judgments, remediation costs and/or requirements resulting in increased expenses and the trust could be named as a defendant in litigation or be subject to regulatory action.

 

The Company’s business is subject to increased risks of litigation and regulatory actions as a result of a number of factors and from various sources, including the highly regulated nature of the financial services industry, the focus of state and federal prosecutors on banks and the financial services industry and the structure of the credit card industry.

 

In the normal course of business, from time to time, the Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its business activities. Certain of the legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages, or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In addition, while historically the arbitration provision in the Company’s customer

 

  48  

 

 

agreements generally has limited the Company’s exposure to consumer class action litigation, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in enforcing the arbitration clause in the future. There may also be legislative, administrative or regulatory efforts to directly or indirectly prohibit the use of pre-dispute arbitration clauses, or the Company may be compelled as a result of competitive pressure or reputational concerns to voluntarily eliminate pre-dispute arbitration clauses. If the arbitration provision is not enforceable or eliminated (for whatever reason), the Company’s exposure to class action litigation could increase significantly.

 

As an assignee of credit card receivables, the trust could likewise be subject to the risks of litigation and regulatory actions discussed above. In particular, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, Madden v. Midland Funding, LLC (No. 14-2131-cv, 2015 WL 2435657), created some level of uncertainty as to whether non-bank entities purchasing loans originated by a bank may rely on federal preemption of state usury laws, and such decision may create an increased risk of litigation by plaintiffs challenging the trust’s ability to collect interest in accordance with the account terms of certain receivables. In Madden , the Second Circuit concluded that a non-bank assignee of a loan originated by a national bank is not entitled to rely on the National Bank Act’s preemption of state usury laws. The U.S. Supreme Court denied the petition for certiorari filed by Midland Funding, LLC, and the case was remanded to the district court.

 

Although the Madden decision specifically addressed preemption under the National Bank Act, such decision could support future challenges to federal preemption for other federally-chartered depository institutions, including federal savings associations like the bank. Although there can be no assurances as to the outcome of any potential litigation, or the possible impact of the litigation on the trust, we believe that the Second Circuit’s decision in Madden and the subsequent opinion by the district court on remand should not limit the ability of the bank to securitize its credit card receivables or the ability of the trust to collect interest on the trust receivables in accordance with their account terms. We believe the facts presented in the Madden case are distinguishable from the sale of receivables by the bank to the trust in that the bank continues to own the credit card accounts giving rise to the transferred receivables, the bank continues to service the trust receivables and the trust is a subsidiary of the bank.

 

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental agencies regarding the Company’s business (collectively, “ regulatory matters ”), which could subject the Company to significant fines, penalties, obligations to change its business practices or other requirements resulting in increased expenses, diminished earnings and damage to its reputation. The current environment of additional regulation, increased regulatory compliance efforts and enhanced regulatory enforcement has resulted in significant operational and compliance costs and may prevent or make it less attractive for the bank to continue providing certain products and services. There is no assurance that these regulatory matters or other factors will not, in the future, affect how the bank conducts its business and in turn have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. Any such regulatory matters may also cause the transferred receivables to be unenforceable, give rise to defenses to payments by the obligors on the transferred receivables or require the bank to make downward adjustments on the transferred receivables, resulting in reductions in the aggregate principal balance of the transferred receivables in the trust portfolio and/or a reduction in the related finance charges, either of which

 

  49  

 

 

may cause an early amortization of your notes, a delay in payments on the offered notes or losses on your notes.

 

In addition to litigation and regulatory matters, from time to time, through the Company’s operational and compliance controls, the Company identifies compliance issues that require the Company to make operational changes and, depending on the nature of the issue, result in financial remediation to impacted cardholders. These self-identified issues and voluntary remediation payments could be significant depending on the issue and the number of cardholders impacted. They also could generate litigation or regulatory investigations that subject the Company to additional adverse effects on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act has had, and may continue to have, a significant impact on us, the issuing entity, the bank or the Company.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act was enacted on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act is extensive and significant legislation that, among other things:

 

created a liquidation framework for the resolution of certain bank holding companies and other nonbank financial companies, defined as “covered financial companies,” in the event such a company, among other things, is in default or in danger of default and the resolution of such a company under other applicable law would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States, and also for the resolution of certain of their respective subsidiaries, defined as “covered subsidiaries,” in the event any such subsidiary, among other things, is in default or in danger of default and the liquidation of that subsidiary would avoid or mitigate serious adverse effects on the financial stability or economic conditions of the United States, as described in more detail in “ The Trust—FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act ”;

 

created a new framework for the regulation of over-the-counter derivatives activities;

 

strengthened the regulatory oversight of securities and capital markets activities by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”); and

 

created the CFPB, an agency responsible for administering and enforcing the laws and regulations for consumer financial products and services.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also required the SEC to review any references to or requirements regarding credit ratings in its regulations, remove those references or requirements and substitute other appropriate standards of creditworthiness in place of the credit ratings, and undertake a number of rulemakings related to the asset-backed securities market. One aspect of these rulemaking efforts will involve a review by the SEC of certain exclusions and exemptions that allow asset-backed issuers to avoid being regulated as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”). The SEC has issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking indicating that it is considering proposed amendments to these exclusions and exemptions under the Investment Company Act and requesting comment as to the scope and content of any future amendment proposal. If the SEC were to narrow or eliminate the exclusions and exemptions under the Investment Company Act

 

  50  

 

 

that are currently available to the issuing entity, or were to impose additional conditions for relying on such exclusions and exemptions, the issuing entity could be required to stop issuing asset-backed securities or could be required to comply with additional conditions that could affect the notes issued by the issuing entity. If any future amendment adopted by the SEC were to cause the issuing entity to be subject to regulation as an investment company, an early amortization event would occur for the notes. The effects of the SEC’s review of the Investment Company Act and other rulemaking efforts relating to asset-backed securities will not be known for an extended period of time, and no assurance can be given that future rulemakings will not have a significant impact on the issuing entity, including on the amount of notes issued in the future.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act and regulations promulgated thereunder have had, and may continue to have, a significant adverse impact on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations restrict certain business practices, impose more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements, as well as additional costs (including increased compliance costs and increased costs of funding raised through the issuance of asset-backed securities), on the Company, limit the fees the bank can charge for services and impact the value of the Company’s assets.

 

Many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require the adoption of additional rules to implement. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislative or regulatory action. As a result, the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations remains unclear and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. In particular, no assurance can be given that the new standards will not have a significant impact on the issuing entity, us, the bank or the Company, including on the level of transferred receivables held in the issuing entity, the servicing of those transferred receivables, or the amount of notes issued in the future and on the regulation and supervision of the Company or its affiliates (including us, the issuing entity or the bank).

 

In addition, no assurances can be given that the liquidation framework for the resolution of covered financial companies or their covered subsidiaries would not apply to the Company, resulting in a repudiation of any of the transaction documents where further performance is required or an automatic stay or similar power preventing the indenture trustee, the noteholders or other transaction parties from exercising their rights. This repudiation power could also affect certain transfers of the interests in receivables as further described in “— If we or the issuing entity became a debtor in a bankruptcy case or became subject to the Orderly Liquidation Authority of the FDIC, delays or reductions in payment of your notes could occur ” below. Application of this liquidation framework could materially adversely affect the timing and amount of payments of principal and interest on your notes.

 

There continues to be uncertainty as to how the CFPB’s actions will impact the Company’s business; the agency’s actions have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on the Company’s business.

 

The CFPB, which commenced operations in July 2011, has broad authority over the Company’s business. This includes authority to write regulations under federal consumer

 

  51  

 

 

financial protection laws and to enforce those laws against and examine large financial institutions, such as the Company, for compliance. The CFPB is authorized to prevent “unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices” through its regulatory, supervisory and enforcement authority. The Federal Reserve Board and the OCC and state government agencies may also invoke their supervisory and enforcement authorities to prevent unfair or deceptive acts or practices. These federal and state agencies may be authorized to remediate violations of consumer protection laws in a number of ways, including collecting civil money penalties and fines and providing for customer restitution. The CFPB also engages in consumer financial education, requests data and promotes the availability of financial services to underserved consumers and communities. In addition, the CFPB maintains an online complaint system that allows consumers to log complaints with respect to various consumer finance products, including the products the Company offers. This system could inform future CFPB decisions with respect to its regulatory, enforcement or examination focus.

 

There continues to be uncertainty as to how the CFPB’s strategies and priorities, including in both its examination and enforcement processes, will impact the Company’s business and its results of operations going forward. Actions by the CFPB could result in requirements for the Company to alter or cease offering affected products and services, including deferred interest products, making them less attractive to customers, less profitable to the Company, and restricting the Company’s ability to offer them. For example, on May 9, 2017, the bank received a Civil Investigative Demand from the CFPB seeking information related to the marketing and servicing of deferred interest promotions. In addition, since 2013, the bank has entered into two consent orders with the CFPB – one in 2013 (the “ 2013 CFPB Consent Order ”), which required the Company to provide remediation to certain customers and to make a number of changes to its CareCredit training, sales, marketing and servicing practices, and another in 2014 (the “ 2014 CFPB Consent Order ” and together with the 2013 Consent Order, the “ Consent Orders ”) with respect to a debt cancellation product and sales practices and an unrelated issue that arose from the bank’s self-identified omission of certain Spanish-speaking customers and customers residing in Puerto Rico from two offers that were made to certain delinquent customers. The bank’s resolutions with the CFPB and the New York Attorney General do not preclude other regulators or state attorneys general from seeking additional monetary or injunctive relief with respect to CareCredit, and any such relief could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Although the Company has committed significant resources to enhancing its compliance programs, changes by the CFPB in regulatory expectations, interpretations or practices or interpretations that are different or stricter than those of the Company or those adopted in the past by other regulators could increase the risk of additional enforcement actions, fines and penalties. For example, in December 2015, the CFPB published its second biennial report reviewing the consumer credit card market. In the report, the CFPB identified areas of concern for consumers, including deferred interest products, subprime specialist credit card issuers and unexpected rate increases with respect to variable interest rate products. In addition, the report analyzed issues regarding debt sales and debt collection practices, the adequacy and availability of online disclosures, as well as of the disclosures associated with rewards products and grace periods.  The biennial report published in December 2017 also discussed these areas. Actions by the CFPB with respect to any of these areas could result in requirements to alter the Company’s

 

  52  

 

 

products and services that may make them less attractive to consumers or less profitable to the Company.

 

Future actions by the CFPB (or other regulators) against the Company or its competitors that discourage the use of products offered by the Company or suggest to consumers the desirability of other products or services could result in reputational harm and a loss of customers. If the CFPB changes regulations which it adopted in the past or which were adopted in the past by other regulators and transferred to the CFPB by the Dodd-Frank Act, or modifies, through supervision or enforcement, past related regulatory guidance or interprets existing regulations in a different manner than they have been interpreted in the past by the Company, the industry or other regulators, the Company’s compliance costs and litigation exposure could increase materially. If future regulatory or legislative restrictions or prohibitions are imposed that affect the Company’s ability to offer promotional financing, including deferred interest, for certain of the Company’s products or require the Company to make significant changes to its business practices, and the Company is unable to develop compliant alternatives with acceptable returns, these restrictions or prohibitions could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, and could have a material adverse effect on the bank’s ability to originate new receivables or the bank’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes certain state officials to enforce regulations issued by the CFPB and to enforce the Dodd-Frank Act’s general prohibition against unfair, deceptive or abusive practices. Furthermore, the Dodd-Frank Act could make it more difficult than in the past for federal financial regulators to declare state laws that differ from federal standards to be preempted. To the extent that states enact requirements that differ from federal standards or state officials and courts adopt interpretations of federal consumer laws that differ from those adopted by the CFPB, the Company may be required to alter or cease offering products or services in some jurisdictions, which would increase compliance costs and reduce the Company’s ability to offer the same products and services to consumers nationwide, and the Company may be subject to a higher risk of state enforcement actions.

 

Regulations relating to privacy, information security and data protection could increase the Company’s costs, affect or limit how the Company collects and uses personal information and adversely affect the Company’s business opportunities.

 

The Company is subject to various privacy, information security and data protection laws, including requirements concerning security breach notification, and the Company could be negatively impacted by them. For example, in the United States, certain of the Company’s businesses are subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“ GLBA ”) and implementing regulations and guidance. Among other things, the GLBA: (i) imposes certain limitations on the ability of financial institutions to share consumers’ nonpublic personal information with nonaffiliated third parties, (ii) requires that financial institutions provide certain disclosures to consumers about their information collection, sharing and security practices and affords customers the right to “opt out” of the institution’s disclosure of their personal financial information to nonaffiliated third parties (with certain exceptions) and (iii) requires financial institutions to develop, implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing safeguards that are appropriate to the financial institution’s size and complexity, the nature and

 

  53  

 

 

scope of the financial institution’s activities, and the sensitivity of customer information processed by the financial institution as well as plans for responding to data security breaches.

 

Moreover, various United States federal banking regulatory agencies, states and foreign jurisdictions have enacted data security breach notification requirements with varying levels of individual, consumer, regulatory and/or law enforcement notification in certain circumstances in the event of a security breach. Many of these requirements also apply broadly to the retailers that accept the Company’s cards. In many countries that have yet to impose data security breach notification requirements, regulators have increasingly used the threat of significant sanctions and penalties by data protection authorities to encourage voluntary notification and discourage data security breaches.

 

Furthermore, legislators and/or regulators in the United States and other countries in which the Company operates are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security and data protection laws that potentially could have a significant impact on its current and planned privacy, data protection and information security-related practices, its collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of consumer and/or employee information, and some of its current or planned business activities. This could also increase the Company’s costs of compliance and business operations and could reduce income from certain business initiatives. In the United States, this includes increased privacy-related enforcement activity at the federal level, by the Federal Trade Commission, as well as at the state level, such as with regard to mobile applications. In the European Union, this includes the General Data Protection Regulation, effective May 2018.

 

Compliance with current or future privacy, data protection and information security laws (including those regarding security breach notification) affecting customer and/or employee data to which the Company is subject could result in higher compliance and technology costs and could restrict the Company’s ability to provide certain products and services (such as products or services that involve the Company sharing information with third parties or storing sensitive credit card information), which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s profitability. The Company’s failure to comply with privacy, data protection and information security laws could result in potentially significant regulatory investigations and government actions, litigation, fines or sanctions, consumer or retailer actions and damage to the Company’s reputation and its brand, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operation, the ability of the bank to originate new receivables or the bank’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

Failure to comply with anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws could have significant adverse consequences for the Company.

 

The Company maintains an enterprise-wide program designed to enable the Company to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act. This program includes policies, procedures, processes and other internal controls designed to identify, monitor, manage and mitigate the risk of money laundering or terrorist financing posed by the Company’s products, services, customers and geographic locale. These controls include procedures and processes to detect and report suspicious transactions, perform customer due

 

  54  

 

 

diligence, respond to requests from law enforcement, and meet all recordkeeping and reporting requirements related to particular transactions involving currency or monetary instruments. The Company cannot be sure its programs and controls will be effective to ensure the Company’s compliance with all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations, and the Company’s failure to comply could subject the Company, including the bank, to significant sanctions, fines, penalties and reputational harm, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition, the ability of the bank to originate new receivables or the bank’s ability to service the trust portfolio. In May 2016, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network promulgated a final rule under the Bank Secrecy Act that required the bank to adopt due diligence procedures to identify and verify a legal entity customer’s beneficial owner(s) at the time a new account is opened and to understand the nature and purpose of the customer relationship. The bank will be required to comply with the final rule by May 11, 2018, and is currently working on changes to its product and channel strategies, application and servicing processes and systems to ensure compliance.

 

FDIC receivership or conservatorship of the bank or other regulatory action could cause delays or reductions in payment of your notes.

 

If the bank were to become insolvent, or if the bank were to violate laws or regulations applicable to it, the FDIC could act as conservator or receiver for the bank. In that role, the FDIC would have broad powers to repudiate contracts to which the bank was party if the FDIC determined that the contracts were burdensome and that repudiation would promote the orderly administration of the bank’s affairs. Among the contracts that might be repudiated is the receivables sale agreement under which the bank transfers receivables to us, the administration agreement and the servicing agreement.

 

Also, we, the trust or the indenture trustee, as applicable, could not exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate, or declare a default under the receivables sale agreement, the administration agreement or the servicing agreement, or otherwise affect the bank’s rights under the receivables sale agreement, the administration agreement or the servicing agreement without the FDIC’s consent, for 90 days after the receiver is appointed or 45 days after the conservator is appointed, as applicable. During the same period, the FDIC’s consent would also be needed for any attempt to obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of the bank. The requirement to obtain the FDIC’s consent before taking these actions relating to a bank’s contracts or property is sometimes referred to as an “ automatic stay .”

 

In a conservatorship or receivership of the bank, the FDIC, as conservator or receiver, could:

 

attempt to recharacterize the securitization of the transferred receivables as a loan or otherwise attempt to reclaim, recover or recharacterize the transferred receivables as property of the bank;

 

require the issuing entity or any of the other transaction parties to go through an administrative claims procedure to establish its rights to payments collected on the transferred receivables;

 

  55  

 

 

request a stay of proceedings to liquidate claims or otherwise enforce contractual and legal remedies against the bank;

 

argue that a statutory injunction automatically prevents the indenture trustee and other transaction parties from exercising any right to terminate, accelerate or declare default under any contract to which the bank is a party, including the servicing agreement, the administration agreement or the servicing agreement, or otherwise exercising any of their rights, remedies and interests under such contracts for up to 90 days;

 

repudiate, without compensation, the bank’s ongoing obligations under the servicing agreement, such as its duty to collect and remit payments or otherwise service the receivables and prior to any such repudiation of the servicing agreement, prevent the indenture trustee or the noteholders from appointing a successor servicer;

 

repudiate, without compensation, the bank’s ongoing obligations under the administration agreement and prior to any such repudiation of the administration agreement, prevent the trust from appointing a successor administrator; and

 

repudiate any ongoing repurchase or indemnity obligations of the bank under the transaction documents.

 

There are also statutory prohibitions on (1) any attachment or execution being issued by any court upon assets in the possession of the FDIC, as conservator or receiver and (2) any property in the possession of the FDIC, as conservator or receiver, being subject to levy, attachment, garnishment, foreclosure or sale without the consent of the FDIC.

 

If the FDIC were to successfully take any of these actions, delays in payments on the offered notes could occur and the amount payable to you could be lower than the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the offered notes, thus resulting in losses to you.

 

If a conservator or receiver were appointed for the bank, an early payment of principal on all outstanding series could result. Under the terms of the agreement that governs the transfer of receivables from us to the trust, new principal receivables would not be transferred to the trust.

 

To limit the FDIC’s potential use of any of these powers, the bank has structured the transactions described in this prospectus to comply with one of the “safe harbors” adopted by the FDIC in a regulation entitled “Treatment of financial assets transferred in connection with a securitization or participation.” This safe harbor limits the rights of the FDIC as conservator or receiver to delay or prevent payments to noteholders in a securitization transaction, as described in “ The Trust—FDIC Safe Harbor .”

 

As described below in “— If we or the issuing entity became a debtor in a bankruptcy case or became subject to the Orderly Liquidation Authority of the FDIC, delays or reductions in payments of your notes could occur ” and “— The Dodd-Frank Act has had, and may continue to have, a significant impact on us, the issuing entity, the bank or the Company ” and in “ The Trust –FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act ,” the Dodd-Frank Act gives the FDIC authority to act as receiver of bank holding companies, financial companies and their respective non-bank subsidiaries in specific situations under the Orderly Liquidation Authority

 

  56  

 

 

(the “ OLA ”) and there is no assurance that the FDIC’s authority would not extend to Synchrony, which is the holding company for the bank, or their respective subsidiaries, including us or the issuing entity.

 

The operations and financial condition of the bank, as a federal savings association, are subject to regulation and supervision under federal law. The OCC, which is the primary federal agency empowered to regulate and supervise federal savings associations, has broad enforcement powers over the bank. If, at any time, the OCC were to conclude that any securitization agreement of the bank, or the performance of any obligation under such an agreement, or any activity of the bank that is related to the operation of its credit card business or its obligations under the related securitization agreements, constitutes an unsafe or unsound banking practice, or violates any law, rule or regulation applicable to the bank, the OCC has the power to take action the OCC determines to be appropriate, including taking actions that may violate the provisions of the securitization agreement or may cause delays or reductions in payment of your notes.

 

Current, pending and proposed regulation and legislation relating to consumer protection laws may impede collection efforts or reduce collections.

 

Various federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations regulate the creation and enforcement of consumer loans, including credit card accounts and receivables. Such laws and regulations, among other things, limit the fees and other charges that the bank can impose on customers, limit or prescribe certain other terms of the bank’s products and services or require specified disclosures to consumers. In addition, legislative and regulatory proposals are advanced each year which, if adopted, could have a material adverse effect on the amount of collections available to the trust or further restrict the manner in which the servicer may conduct its activities on behalf of the trust.

 

The Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the “ CARD Act ”) was enacted in 2009 and most of the requirements became effective in 2010. The CARD Act made numerous amendments to the Truth in Lending Act, requiring the bank to make significant changes to many of its business practices, including marketing, underwriting, pricing and billing. The CARD Act’s restrictions on the bank’s ability to increase interest rates on existing balances to respond to market conditions and credit risk ultimately constrain the bank’s willingness to extend credit to new customers and provide additional credit to current customers. Other CARD Act restrictions, such as limitations on late fees, have resulted and will continue to result in reduced interest income and loan fee income.

 

The requirements of the CARD Act and any future adverse changes in federal and state consumer protection laws or regulations, or adverse changes in their applicability or interpretation, could make it more difficult for the servicer to collect payments on the receivables or could reduce the finance charges and other fees that can be charged, resulting in reduced collections. If as a result of the requirements of the CARD Act or any adverse changes in these laws or regulations or in their interpretation, the bank or its affiliates were required to reduce their finance charges and/or fees, resulting in a corresponding decrease in the effective yield of the credit card accounts designated to the trust, an early amortization event could occur and could result in an acceleration of payment or reduced payments on your notes.

 

  57  

 

 

Also, the Military Lending Act (the “ MLA ”) became effective with respect to Synchrony Bank’s credit card programs on October 3, 2017. The MLA applies to certain consumer loans, including credit extended pursuant to a credit card account, and extends specific protections if an accountholder, at the time of account opening, is a covered active duty member of the military or certain family members thereof (collectively, the “ covered borrowers ”). These protections include, but are not limited to: a limit on the military annual percentage rate that can be charged to 36%, delivery of certain required disclosures and a prohibition on mandatory arbitration agreements. If the bank were to extend credit to a covered borrower without complying with certain MLA provisions, the credit card agreement could be void from its inception.

 

Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, a federal consumer protection regulator with authority to make further changes to certain federal consumer protection regulations. For example, in July 2016, the CFPB issued an outline of proposed rules for third-party debt collectors and stated that it expects to address proposed rules for first-party debt collectors in the future. Furthermore, among other things, the CFPB may take action to prevent the bank and other entities from engaging in unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with any transaction with a consumer involving a consumer financial product or service. Evolution of the “abusive” standard could result in changes to pricing, practices, procedures and other activities relating to the accounts in ways that could reduce the associated return. It is unclear what changes will be promulgated by the CFPB and what effect, if any, such changes would have on the trust assets. The Dodd-Frank Act also transferred supervisory responsibility for the bank on July 21, 2011 to the CFPB for consumer regulatory matters and to the OCC for other matters. See “ —The Dodd-Frank Act has had, and may continue to have, a significant impact on us, the issuing entity, the bank or the Company ” and “ There continues to be uncertainty as to how the CFPB’s actions will impact the bank’s business; the agency’s actions have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on the bank’s business ” below.

 

Receivables that do not comply with consumer protection laws may not be valid or enforceable under their terms against the obligors on those receivables. If a cardholder sought protection under federal or state bankruptcy or debtor relief laws, a court could reduce or discharge completely the cardholder’s obligations to repay amounts due on its account and, as a result, the related receivables would be charged off as uncollectible. See “ The Trust Portfolio—Consumer Protection Laws .”

 

From time to time, Congress and state legislatures may also consider legislation to regulate credit card interchange fees and other credit card practices. It is not clear at this time what new limitations on credit card practices, new required disclosures or new restrictions on interchange fees may be adopted by these legislative bodies, if relevant or applicable legislation will be adopted at the federal or state level and, if adopted, what impact any new limitations or requirements would have on the bank or the Company.

 

[European Union regulatory requirements for investments in securitization may adversely affect certain investors and the price and liquidity of the offered notes in the secondary market.

 

Various types of European Economic Area regulated investors are or may in the future be subject to EU Retention Rules, which restrict investments in securitization transactions unless

 

  58  

 

 

certain disclosures are made with respect to retention of an economic interest in the securitization transaction by the sponsor or originator and certain due diligence requirements are met. Such requirements are further described in “ European Investment Restrictions .”

 

None of the bank, us nor any underwriter makes any representation or agreement that it is undertaking or will have undertaken to ensure that it will comply (or to take or refrain from taking any action to facilitate compliance by affected investors) with the requirements and criteria set out in the EU Retention Rules. As a result, any EEA-regulated entity required to comply with the EU Retention Rules that is seeking to invest in the offered notes (either on the closing date or thereafter) will generally be unable to satisfy the requirements of the EU Retention Rules in respect of such investment. Failure to comply with one or more of the requirements set out in the EU Retention Rules may result in the imposition of a penalty regulatory capital charge through additional risk weights levied in respect of the offered notes acquired by applicable noteholders that are subject to the EU Retention Rules, or in the imposition of other regulatory sanctions. Prospective noteholders are responsible for analyzing their own regulatory position and are advised to consult with their own advisors regarding the suitability of the offered notes for investment and compliance with the applicable EU Retention Rules.

 

Any changes to the regulation or regulatory treatment of asset-backed securities, whether in the EU or elsewhere, may negatively impact the regulatory position of affected investors and have an adverse impact on the value and liquidity of asset-backed securities such as the offered notes. Noteholders should analyze their own regulatory position, and are encouraged to consult with their own investment and legal advisors, regarding compliance with the EU Retention Rules or other applicable regulations and the suitability of the offered notes for investment.]

 

Security Interest and Bankruptcy Related Risks

 

Some liens may be given priority over your notes, which could cause delayed or reduced payments.

 

We and the bank account for our respective transfers of the receivables as sales or contributions, as applicable. Even so, a court could conclude that we or the bank own the receivables and that the trust holds only a security interest in the receivables. Even if a court would reach that conclusion, however, steps will be taken to give the indenture trustee a first-priority perfected security interest in the receivables. Nevertheless, a federal or state tax, governmental or other nonconsensual lien on our property or the property of the bank arising prior to the time a receivable is transferred to the trust may have priority over the trust’s interest in that receivable. Regardless of whether the transfers of the receivables are sales or contributions, as applicable, or secured borrowings, if any such liens exist, the claims of the creditors holding such liens would be superior to our rights or the rights of the trust, thereby possibly delaying or reducing payments on the offered notes. Furthermore, if the FDIC were appointed as the bank’s receiver or conservator, administrative expenses of the receiver or conservator may have priority over the trust’s interest in the receivables. See “ The Trust—Perfection and Priority of Security Interests .”

 

  59  

 

 

If we or the issuing entity became a debtor in a bankruptcy case or became subject to the Orderly Liquidation Authority of the FDIC, delays or reductions in payment of your notes could occur.

 

We and the issuing entity are bankruptcy remote subsidiaries of the Company, and our limited liability company agreement and the trust agreement of the issuing entity limit the nature of our respective businesses. If, however, we became a debtor in a bankruptcy case, a court could conclude that we effectively still own the transferred receivables. This could happen if a court presiding over our bankruptcy were to conclude either that the transfers of transferred receivables by us to the trust were not “true sales” or that we and the trust should be treated as the same person for bankruptcy purposes.

 

If we or the issuing entity were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case, then you could experience delays or reductions in payments as a result of:

 

the automatic stay which prevents secured creditors from exercising remedies against a debtor in bankruptcy without permission from the court and provisions of the bankruptcy code that permit substitution of collateral;

 

tax or government liens on our property that arose prior to the transfer of a transferred receivable to the trust having a right to be paid from collections before the collections are used to make payments on the notes; or

 

the fact that the trust might not have a perfected security interest in any cash collections on the transferred receivables held by the servicer at the time that a bankruptcy proceeding begins. See “ The Servicer—Deposit of Collections; Commingling ” for a description of the conditions under which the servicer is allowed to commingle collections with its funds.

 

As discussed in more detail in “ The Trust—FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act ,” if the FDIC were appointed receiver of the Company, as a covered financial company, or receiver of us or the issuing entity as covered subsidiaries of Synchrony under the OLA, the FDIC would have various powers, including the power to repudiate any contract to which Synchrony, we or the issuing entity, as applicable, was a party, if the FDIC determined that performance of the contract was burdensome and that repudiation would promote the orderly administration of that entity’s affairs.

 

In addition, if we were placed in receivership under the OLA as a covered subsidiary, the FDIC could assert that we effectively still own the transferred receivables because the transfers of transferred receivables by us to the issuing entity were not true sales or true contributions, as applicable. In such case, the FDIC could repudiate the transfer of the transferred receivables by us as a secured loan and the issuing entity would have a secured claim in our receivership, but delays in payments on the offered notes and possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur. See “ The Trust—FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act .”

 

  60  

 

 

Regardless of whether the transfers under the receivables sale agreement and the transfer agreement are respected as legal true sales or true contributions, as applicable, the FDIC, as receiver for us or the issuing entity, could:

 

require the issuing entity or any of the other transaction parties to go through an administrative claims procedure to establish its rights to payments collected on the transferred receivables; or

 

request a stay of proceedings to liquidate claims or otherwise enforce contractual and legal remedies against us or the issuing entity.

 

There are also statutory prohibitions on (1) any attachment or execution being issued by any court upon assets in the possession of the FDIC, as receiver, (2) any property in the possession of the FDIC, as receiver, being subject to levy, attachment, garnishment, foreclosure or sale without the consent of the FDIC and (3) any person exercising any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare a default under any contract to which Synchrony or a covered subsidiary of Synchrony (including us or the issuing entity) subject to the OLA as a covered financial company is a party, or to obtain possession of, or exercise control over, any property of a party subject to the OLA or affect any contractual rights of a party subject to the OLA, without the consent of the FDIC for 90 days after appointment of the FDIC as receiver.

 

If the FDIC, as receiver for us or the issuing entity, were to take any of the actions described above, payments or distributions of principal and interest on the offered notes could be delayed or reduced.

 

[Insert any additional risk factors as necessary.]

 

The Sponsor

 

Synchrony Bank

 

Synchrony Bank (the “ bank ”) is the sponsor of the transactions described in this prospectus and is primarily responsible for structuring the transactions. The bank has designated a pool of accounts and transfers receivables in the designated accounts to us on an ongoing basis. The bank may also designate additional accounts under the receivables sale agreement in the future, and the receivables existing in those accounts and any receivables arising in those accounts in the future will be transferred to us. See “ The Trust—Transfer and Assignment of Receivables ” for a more detailed description of the agreement under which the bank transfers receivables to us.

 

The bank is an FDIC-insured federal savings association which is regulated, supervised and examined by the OCC. The bank is also subject to the supervision of the CFPB for consumer regulatory matters. The predecessor to the bank, GE Capital Consumer Card Co., was established in 1988 under a previous name, Monogram Bank, USA, as a limited purpose credit card bank and converted to a federally chartered savings association in 2003. On February 7, 2005, Monogram Credit Card Bank of Georgia merged into GE Capital Consumer Card Co. and the surviving entity changed its name to GE Money Bank. The bank changed its name from GE Money Bank to GE Capital Retail Bank on October 1, 2011 and from GE Capital Retail Bank to Synchrony Bank on June 2, 2014.

 

  61  

 

 

On February 5, 2006, all of the common stock of the bank was contributed by GE Capital to its direct, wholly owned subsidiary, GE Consumer Finance, Inc., a newly created holding company. On April 1, 2013, GE Consumer Finance, Inc. in turn contributed all of the common stock of the bank to its wholly owned subsidiary, Synchrony (formerly named GE Capital Retail Finance Corporation).

 

Synchrony is a holding company primarily for the legal entities that historically conducted GE’s North American retail finance business. During the period from April 1, 2013 to September 30, 2013, as part of a regulatory restructuring, substantially all of the assets and operations of GE’s North American retail finance business, including the bank, were transferred to Synchrony.

 

On November 15, 2013, GE announced that it planned a staged exit from its North American retail finance business. The first step in that exit was an initial public offering of the common stock of Synchrony on August 5, 2014, followed by an additional issuance of shares of its common stock on September 3, 2014 pursuant to an option granted to the underwriters in Synchrony’s initial public offering. On October 14, 2015, Synchrony received approval from the Federal Reserve Board to become a stand-alone savings and loan holding company, to retain control of the bank and to retain control of its nonbank subsidiaries following the completion of GE’s offer to exchange shares of GE common stock for all of the shares of Synchrony’s common stock owned by GE. On November 17, 2015, GE completed the previously announced split-off of Synchrony by accepting 671,366,809 shares of GE common stock from GE’s shareholders in exchange for 705,270,833 shares of Synchrony common stock representing all the Synchrony shares that GE owned.

 

[If applicable for any prospectus included in this registration statement: Information regarding the sponsor’s financial condition to the extent there is a material risk that the effect on its ability to comply with the provisions in the transaction documents relating to the repurchase obligations for those assets resulting from such financial condition could have a material impact on the performance of the trust portfolio or performance of the offered notes.]

 

Credit Card Activities

 

The bank offers its credit products through three sales platforms: Retail Card, Payment Solutions and CareCredit. The accounts designated to the trust were originated under the bank’s Retail Card platform. Retail Card is a leading provider of private label credit cards, and also provides co-branded cards (some of which are also referred to as dual cards, since they can combine features and benefits of private label credit cards with multi-merchant acceptance of general purpose credit cards) and small and medium-sized business credit products. Private label credit cards are program partner-branded credit cards that are used primarily for the purchase of goods and services from the program participant or within the program network. The bank’s patented dual cards are credit cards that function as a private label credit card when used to purchase goods and services from the bank’s program participants and as a general purpose credit card when used elsewhere.

 

The bank predominantly offers private label credit card accounts. The private label credit card account business consists of revolving consumer credit account programs established with

 

  62  

 

 

program partners that have been approved by the bank. Open-end revolving credit card accounts are offered to customers of those program partners. Each credit card account is established primarily for the purchase of goods and services of a particular program partner. In addition, in some cases, cardholders may be permitted to access their credit card accounts for cash advances.

 

In certain cases, the bank, together with its retail partners, have been replacing private label credit cards offered to their customers with co-branded MasterCard and Visa general purpose credit cards that may be used to purchase goods and services wherever MasterCard and Visa cards, as the case may be, are accepted, and the bank has the ability to issue co-branded cards for use on the American Express and Discover networks. For many programs, the bank also offers such co-branded credit cards to new customers at the point of sale. Such co-branded cards may in the future make up a larger or smaller portion of the bank’s portfolio. The bank currently offers to originate co-branded credit cards for several program partners including Wal-Mart, Sam’s Club, JCPenney and Gap. The bank has previously offered co-branded credit cards for other program partners including Lowe’s, and may in the future offer co-branded credit cards for other program partners. Certain holders of private label credit card accounts have been solicited to replace their private label credit cards with co-branded credit cards. In the future the bank expects to solicit other holders of private label credit card accounts to replace their private label credit cards with co-branded credit card accounts.

 

Generally, when a cardholder receives a co-branded credit card as a replacement for its private label credit card, the cardholder will have up to approximately 120 days, depending on the applicable replacement process, to accept a co-branded credit card. If the cardholder does not accept a co-branded credit card, its existing private label credit card account will remain open. In addition, in most cases, the co-branded credit cards are offered at the point of sale at the same retail locations where private label credit cards are offered. When a cardholder’s private label credit card that is currently designated to the trust is replaced by a co-branded credit card, the private label credit card account will be removed from the trust in accordance with the provisions of the securitization documents. The balance, if any, on the private label credit card that is replaced by a co-branded credit card will be reduced to zero and in connection therewith the balance will be transferred to the successor co-branded credit card account.

 

The bank’s co-branded cards are currently offered in association with either the MasterCard or Visa network. Merchants that accept co-branded cards receive a portion of the total purchase price reduced by an interchange fee imposed by the network, a portion of which is used to compensate card issuing banks. Since the co-branded cards issued by the bank can be used for purchases through one of these systems, charges on those cards will generate interchange revenue for the bank in connection with purchases by cardholders other than at the program partner related to the co-branded card. When co-branded card accounts are designated as part of the trust portfolio, the bank transfers to us, and we will in turn transfer to the trust, a portion of the interchange from accounts in the related program partner’s co-branded card program. The portion of interchange to be transferred is meant to approximate the interchange attributable to cardholder charges for merchandise and services on the co-branded accounts that are designated to the trust portfolio. Interchange received by the trust will be treated as collections of finance charge receivables.

 

  63  

 

 

Program Agreements

 

Program partners that are approved and accepted into a private label or co-branded credit card program, enter into a credit card program agreement with the bank. Our use of the term “program partners” to refer to these entities is not intended to, and does not, describe the bank’s legal relationship with them, imply that a legal partnership or other relationship exists between the parties or create any legal partnership or other relationship. The program agreements vary on a program partner-by-program partner basis, and may be amended from time to time. Under these agreements, the bank issues credit cards to approved customers and owns the underlying account and all receivables generated thereunder from the time of origination, unless otherwise sold following origination.

 

The program agreements typically have contract terms ranging from approximately [●] to [●] years and remaining terms as indicated in this prospectus in “ Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Credit Card Business—Termination of certain credit card programs could lead to a reduction of receivables in the trust .” Many program agreements have renewal clauses that provide for automatic renewal for one or more years until terminated by the bank or the related program partner. The bank typically seeks to renew the program agreements well in advance of their termination dates, however there is no assurance that the bank and the program partners will mutually agree on any such renewal.

 

The program agreements set forth the circumstances in which a party may terminate the agreement prior to expiration. The program agreements generally permit the bank and its program partners to terminate the agreement prior to the scheduled termination date for various reasons, including if the program partner breaches its obligations. Some program agreements also permit the program partner to terminate the program if the bank fails to meet certain service levels or changes certain key accountholder terms or credit criteria, if the bank fails to achieve certain targets with respect to approvals of new customers as a result of the credit criteria it uses, if the bank elects not to increase the program size when the outstanding receivables under the program reach certain thresholds or is not adequately capitalized, or if certain force majeure events occur or certain changes in the bank’s ownership occur. Certain of the program agreements are also subject to early termination by a party if the other party has a material adverse change in its financial condition. Historically, these rights have not been triggered or exercised. Some program agreements provide that, upon termination or expiration, the program partner may purchase or designate a third party to purchase the accounts and receivables generated with respect to its program, including receivables in the trust, at fair market value or a stated price, including all related customer data. If these terminations and purchases were to occur with respect to program partners whose programs generate a significant portion of the trust’s receivables, and the bank were unable to provide receivables arising under newly designated additional accounts to replace those purchased by a program partner, an early amortization event could occur. See “ Risk factors—Risks Relating to the Credit Card Business—Termination of certain credit card programs could lead to a reduction of receivables in the trust .”

 

The program agreements typically provide that the bank may chargeback a purchase if a customer raises a valid dispute concerning the merchandise which is not resolved or the validity of the charge or if there is a violation of certain terms of the program agreement. The program

 

  64  

 

 

agreements may also provide for chargeback of a purchase if there is fraud and the merchant failed to follow the operating procedures documented in the program agreement or otherwise provided by the bank. In most other cases there is no recourse to the merchant because of the failure of the customer to pay.

 

Account Origination

 

The bank has separately developed programs to promote credit with each of the program partners and has developed varying credit decision guidelines for the different program partners. The bank originates revolving credit card accounts through several different channels, including in-store, mail, internet, mobile, telephone and pre-approved solicitations. Additionally, and as further described in the last paragraph of this section, the bank has and may in the future acquire accounts that were originated by third parties in connection with establishing programs with new program partners.

 

Applicants provide information such as name, address, telephone number, date of birth and social security number. Once inputted into the credit application system, the application is screened for information such as applicant age or critical missing information which would result in a policy rejection of the application. After clearing these screens, the application is scored based on the applicant’s credit bureau report obtained from one of the three major credit bureaus using industry and proprietary credit models. Applicants who are identified as having a higher potential for fraud will go through an additional authentication process(es) before being approved. The bank also compares applicants’ names against the Specially Designated Nationals list maintained by The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), as well as screens that account for adherence to the USA PATRIOT Act and CARD Act requirements, including ability to pay requirements. Qualifying credit scores and initial credit line assignments are determined for each portfolio and product type by the credit management team.

 

The process for submitting an application through a retail client location requires the program partner to transmit the applicant’s information to the bank after obtaining positive identification and providing the applicant with key account terms. Once received, the bank’s proprietary application review system automatically screens the application for content, credit worthiness and ability to pay. If the application is approved, the customer is provided an account number and advised of an initial credit line either electronically or by phone. When an application is approved, the retail client offers the new account holder the opportunity to shop immediately on the account. Initial disclosures are provided to the customer at the retail client location, and the credit cards and a copy of the account agreement are mailed to the cardholder following approval.

 

Applications submitted through the mail or over the internet or mobile channel are processed similarly. Internet and mobile applicants enter their application information to a secure website, which transmits the information onto the bank’s screening system. Approvals are generally instant and are communicated online or via the mobile device used to apply for the card. If the application is declined or referred for additional reviews, the applicant is advised that it will be notified of the final decision by mail. If an applicant applies by mail, application information is submitted to the bank by mail and entered into our screening system. Mail applicants are notified of the bank’s credit decision by mail.

 

  65  

 

 

The bank occasionally uses pre-approved account solicitations for certain credit card programs. Potential applicants are pre-screened using information provided by the program partner or obtained from outside lists, and qualified individuals each receive a pre-approved credit offer by mail or email.

 

When the bank enters into a new credit card program agreement, it may acquire a portfolio of existing accounts and receivables that were originated by a predecessor under a prior program with the same program partner (or in certain circumstances, originated by the program partner itself). In such cases, the bank evaluates the portfolio of accounts and receivables that may accompany the program partnership in the context of the broader terms of the transaction to determine whether to acquire some or all of the pre-existing accounts and receivables. In those instances when the bank does elect to acquire accounts and receivables originated by a predecessor, the bank manages the accounts in the manner described in “ Underwriting Process—Customer Account Management ,” “ Underwriting Process—Credit Authorization of Individual Accounts ” and “ Underwriting Process—Fraud Investigation ” below.

 

Underwriting Process

 

Account Underwriting and Credit Guidelines . Regardless of the channel through which a credit account is originated, in making the initial credit approval decision to open a credit account or otherwise grant credit, the bank follows a series of credit risk and underwriting procedures. In most cases, when applications are made in-store or by internet or mobile, the process is fully automated and applicants are notified of the bank’s credit decision immediately. The bank generally obtains certain information provided by the applicant and obtains a credit bureau report from one of the major credit bureaus. The credit report information the bank obtains is electronically transmitted and translated into industry scoring models and the bank’s proprietary scoring models developed to calculate a credit score. The credit management team determines in advance the qualifying credit scores and initial credit line assignments for each portfolio and product type. The bank periodically analyzes performance trends of accounts originated at different score levels as compared to projected performance, and adjusts the minimum score or the opening credit limit to manage risk. Different scoring models may be used depending upon bureau type and account source.

 

Virtually all underwriting and authorization decisions are automated. In some situations, a customer may request a higher credit limit than what is initially offered by the bank. In these instances, the request is evaluated through the bank’s automated credit line increase underwriting process. To the extent that an evaluation of a particular applicant’s request cannot be accommodated through the bank’s automated evaluation process, a manual decision could occur which would be supported by additional information obtained from the customer. The bank also applies additional application screens based on various inputs, including credit bureau information, to help identify potential fraud and prior bankruptcies before qualifying the application for approval.

 

Acquired Portfolio Evaluation . The bank’s credit management team evaluates each portfolio the bank acquires in connection with establishing programs with new program partners to ensure the portfolio satisfies its credit risk guidelines. As part of this review, the bank receives data on the third-party accounts and loans, which allows the bank to assess the portfolio on the basis of

 

  66  

 

 

certain core characteristics, such as historical performance of the assets and distributions of credit and loss information. In addition, the bank benchmarks potential portfolio acquisitions against its existing programs to assess relative current and projected risks. Finally, the bank’s credit management team must approve the acquisition, taking into account the results of its risk assessment process. Once assets are migrated to the bank’s systems, the bank’s account management protocols will apply immediately as described in “— Customer Account Management ,” “ —Credit Authorization of Individual Transactions ” and “— Fraud Investigation ” below.

 

[Describe underwriting policies for receivables originated by a third-party to the extent acquired portfolio has not been evaluated as described above.]

 

Customer Account Management . The bank regularly assesses the credit risk exposure of its customer accounts. This ongoing assessment includes information relating to the customer’s performance with respect to its account with the bank, as well as information from credit bureaus relating to the customer’s broader credit performance. To monitor and control the quality of the bank’s loan portfolio (including the portion of the portfolio originated by third parties), the bank uses behavioral scoring models that the bank has developed to score each active account on its monthly cycle date. Proprietary risk models, together with the FICO ® credit scores obtained on each active account no less than quarterly, are an integral part of the bank’s credit decision-making process. Depending on the duration of the customer’s account, risk profile and other performance metrics, the account may be subject to a range of account actions, including limits on transaction authorization and increases or decreases in purchase and cash credit limits.

 

Credit Authorizations of Individual Transactions . Once an account has been opened, when a credit card is used to make a purchase in-store at one of the bank’s program partners’ locations or on-line, point-of-sale terminals or on-line sites have an on-line connection with the bank’s credit authorization system, which allows for real-time updating of accounts. Each potential sales transaction is passed through a transaction authorization system, which takes into account a variety of behavior and risk factors to determine whether the transaction should be approved or declined, and whether a credit limit adjustment is warranted.

 

Fraud Investigation . The bank provides follow up and research with respect to different types of fraud such as fraud rings, new account fraud and transactional fraud. The bank has developed a proprietary fraud model to identify new account fraud and deployed tools that help identify transaction purchase behavior outside a customer’s established pattern. The bank’s proprietary model is also complemented by externally sourced models and tools used across the industry to better identify fraud and protect the bank’s customers. The bank also is continuously implementing new and improved technologies to detect and prevent fraud. In 2015, the bank reissued all active dual cards (Visa and MasterCards that were active at the time when the portfolio was reissued) with new EMV chip cards with all of its program partners.

 

Marketing Programs

 

Following new account opening, the bank has an ongoing lifecycle marketing program, the primary purpose of which is to promote cardholders’ loyalty to the program partners. Working in close collaboration with each program partner, the bank develops card marketing programs that

 

  67  

 

 

promote program partners’ cardholder sales for creditworthy cardholders. Direct mail, email and monthly billing statement messages and inserts provide direct marketing communications for cardholders. This supports the program partner’s in-store programs by encouraging both store traffic and card usage. These programs include promotional financing offers, cardholder events, product discounts, dollar-off certificates, accountholder sales, reward points and offerings, new product announcements and previews and free or reduced cost gift wrapping, alteration or delivery services.

 

Through the bank’s customer relationship management and data analytics teams, the bank tracks cardholder responsiveness to marketing programs and uses this research to target marketing messages and promotional offers to cardholders based on their individual characteristics, such as length of relationship and spending pattern. For example, if a cardholder responds positively to a coupon sent by email message, the bank will tailor future marketing messages so that they are delivered by email message. The bank’s ability to target marketing messages and promotions is enhanced for co-branded programs because the bank receives, collects and analyzes data on in-store and other spending.

 

The bank also manages a number of ongoing retail loyalty programs as part of the private label and co-branded credit card benefits offered to specific program partners. These programs typically provide cardholders with rewards in the form of merchandise discounts that are earned based on achieving a pre-set spending level on the card. The merchandise discounts can be mailed to the cardholder, accessed online or may be immediately redeemable at the program partner’s store. Other programs provide cash back or reward points, which are redeemable for a variety of products or awards. These loyalty programs are designed to generate incremental purchase volume per customer, while reinforcing the value of the card to the customer and strengthening customer loyalty.

 

The bank is also continuously working with its retail clients to identify improved private label card and co-brand strategies and to increase overall card demand and usage through improved value, card utility, functionality and convenience. Major product improvements may be introduced from time to time through widespread card reissues, direct mail and in-store marketing campaigns.

 

[Describe any changes in the solicitation, credit-granting or underwriting criteria as required under Item 1111(a)(3) of Regulation AB.]

 

Sponsor’s Securitization Experience

 

The bank has been engaged (including through predecessor entities) in the securitization of credit card receivables since 1997. The bank continues to engage in credit card securitization transactions through both public and private offerings of asset-backed notes. The bank also may from time to time assume the role of sponsor and servicer in pre-existing securitizations of acquired businesses.

 

None of the bank’s securitization transactions have experienced early amortizations or events of default. On a few occasions, private transactions have been modified to adjust for a program partner’s insolvency or the termination of a credit card program. Neither we nor the bank or the

 

  68  

 

 

trust can guarantee that there will not be any early amortizations, servicer defaults or events of default in the future.

 

The table below sets forth the principal receivables balance for each of the bank-sponsored securitization programs during each of the periods shown.

 

Principal Receivables
(Dollars in Millions)

 

    As of [●] [●],     As of December 31,  
    20[●]     20[●]     20[●]     20[●]     20[●]  
Trust Portfolio for Issuing Entity   $       $       $       $       $    
Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust   $       $       $       $       $    
Synchrony Sales Finance Master Trust   $       $       $       $       $    
Total Securitized Portfolio (1)   $                  $       $       $       $    

 

 

(1) Amounts may not add up to the total due to rounding.

 

Bank’s Ability to Change Account Terms and Procedures

 

The bank has agreed that it will comply with the credit card program agreements relating to the accounts and its policies and procedures relating to the accounts unless the failure to do so would not materially or adversely affect our rights. The bank may change the terms and provisions of the credit card program agreements, the agreements between the bank and the cardholders relating to the accounts or policies and procedures, including changing the required minimum monthly payment, calculation of the amount, or the timing of, charge-offs and subject to the restrictions in the following paragraph, the periodic finance charges and other fees applicable to the accounts, so long as any changes made are also made to any comparable segment of the bank’s revolving credit card accounts which have characteristics the same as, or substantially similar to, the accounts that are the subject of the applicable change except as otherwise restricted by any agreement between the bank and a third-party or by the terms of the credit card program agreements (in each case, subject to applicable law). See “ Risk Factors—The bank may change the terms and conditions of the accounts in a way that reduces or delays collections .”

 

The bank has also agreed that it will not reduce the finance charges and other fees on the accounts, if as a result of the reduction, the bank has a reasonable expectation that the portfolio yield for any series of notes as of the time of the reduction would be less than the base rate for that series, except as required by law and as the bank deems necessary in order to maintain its credit card business, based on its good faith assessment, in its sole discretion, of the nature of the competition in the credit card business.

 

Assignment of Bank’s Obligations; Additional Sponsors and Sellers

 

The obligations of the bank under the receivables sale agreement are not assignable and no person may succeed to the rights of the bank under the receivables sale agreement, except in the following circumstances:

 

  69  

 

 

(1) the merger or consolidation of the bank or the conveyance by the bank of its business substantially as an entirety, in each case that does not cause a breach of the covenant described in the following paragraph;

 

(2) the designation by the bank of additional persons to originate receivables and/or sell receivables to us under the receivables sale agreement by an amendment to the receivables sale agreement with our consent; and

 

(3) conveyances, mergers, consolidations, assumptions, sale or transfers to other entities provided that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) the bank delivers an officer’s certificate to us indicating that the bank reasonably believes that the action will not result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(b) the bank delivers an officer’s certificate and opinion of counsel described in clause (2) of the following paragraph; and

 

(c) the purchaser, pledgee, transferee or other entity succeeding to the obligations of the bank expressly assumes, by a supplemental agreement, to perform every covenant and obligation of the bank under the receivables sale agreement.

 

The bank will covenant that it will not consolidate with or merge into any other entity or convey its business substantially as an entirety to any entity unless:

 

(1) the entity, if other than the bank, formed by the consolidation or merger or that acquires the property or assets of the bank:

 

(a) is organized under the laws of the United States or any one of its states or the District of Columbia;

 

(b) expressly assumes, by a supplemental agreement, to perform every covenant and obligation of the bank under the receivables sale agreement; and

 

(c) files new UCC-1 financing statements with respect to our interest in the assets transferred pursuant to the receivables sale agreement;

 

(2) the bank delivers to us an officer’s certificate stating that the merger, consolidation, conveyance or transfer and the related supplemental agreement comply with any applicable terms of the receivables sale agreement and that all conditions precedent relating to the applicable transaction have been complied with, and an opinion of counsel to the effect that the related supplemental agreement is legal, valid and binding with respect to the surviving entity, subject to permitted insolvency and equity related exceptions; and

 

(3) the bank delivers prior written notice of the applicable transaction to each rating agency hired to rate any outstanding series, class or tranche of notes.

 

  70  

 

 

Credit Risk Retention

 

U.S. Regulation RR

 

In accordance with the credit risk retention rules of Regulation RR issued by the SEC, either we, as depositor and a wholly-owned affiliate (as defined in Regulation RR) of the bank, or the bank, as sponsor, is required to retain an economic interest in the credit risk of the transferred receivables. We intend to satisfy the risk retention requirements by maintaining a seller’s interest, calculated in accordance with Regulation RR, plus funds on deposit in the excess funding account in a minimum amount not less than five percent of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all outstanding notes issued by the trust, other than any notes that are at all times held by the bank or one or more wholly-owned affiliates of the bank and designated as risk retention retained notes pursuant to the related indenture supplement (which we refer to as the “adjusted outstanding ABS investor interests” in this section). For purpose of the calculation described in the preceding sentence, a wholly-owned affiliate of the bank will include any person, other than the issuing entity, that directly or indirectly, wholly controls (i.e. owns 100% of the equity in such person), is wholly controlled by, or is wholly under common control with, the bank.

 

The seller’s interest will be calculated as the excess of the sum of the total amount of principal receivables held by the trust, over the aggregate of the unpaid principal balances of all series of notes and will be represented by the equity amount as defined and described under the heading “ The Trust—Capitalization of Trust; Minimum Free Equity Amount ” in this prospectus. As of the closing date following the issuance of the offered notes, we expect to have a seller’s interest equal to at least $[●], which will equal [●]% of the adjusted outstanding ABS investor interests. For the purposes of determining the seller’s interest on the closing date, we have used the aggregate amount of principal receivables as of [●] [●], 20[●], and the outstanding principal balance of the notes expected to be outstanding as of the closing date, including $[●] of offered notes. We will disclose within a reasonable time after the closing date the amount of the seller’s interest on the closing date if materially different from that disclosed in this prospectus. In addition, we will disclose on each monthly Form 10-D the amount of the seller’s interest as of each monthly measurement described below.

 

We will calculate the seller’s interest plus funds on deposit in the excess funding account as a percentage of the adjusted outstanding ABS investor interests as of the last day of any Monthly Period. If such percentage is less than five percent and not increased by an amount necessary to cause the seller’s interest plus amounts on deposit in the excess funding account to be at least five percent of the adjusted outstanding ABS investor interests by the last day of the next Monthly Period, we will fail to satisfy the risk retention requirements of Regulation RR. However, we will not violate the requirements of Regulation RR if the required seller’s interest plus funds on deposit in the excess funding account falls below five percent of the adjusted outstanding ABS investor interests if an early amortization event has occurred and is continuing for all outstanding series of notes and we were in compliance with the risk retention requirements when such early amortization event occurred, and no additional notes are issued thereafter. We will not purchase or sell a security or other financial instrument, or enter into any derivative, agreement or position that reduces or limits our financial exposure to the seller’s

 

  71  

 

 

interest that we will retain to satisfy the risk retention requirement of Regulation RR to the extent such activities would be prohibited hedging activities in accordance with Regulation RR.

 

Affiliates of the sponsor may in the future purchase any class of notes issued by the trust.

 

EU Retention Rules

 

On the closing date, the bank will enter into a risk retention agreement with the depositor and the issuing entity, pursuant to which, with reference to the Existing EU Retention Rules described under “ European Investment Restrictions ” in this Prospectus, each as in effect on the closing date, the bank will covenant and agree that (i) the bank, as “originator” for the purposes of those EU Retention Rules, currently retains, and on an ongoing basis will retain, a material net economic interest that is not less than five percent of the nominal value of the securitized exposures, in a form that is intended to qualify as an originator’s interest as provided in option (b) of each of Article 405(1) of the CRR, Article 51(1) of the AIFM Regulation and Article 254(2) of the Solvency II Regulation, by holding all the membership interest in the depositor which in turn holds all or part of the transferor interest; (ii) the bank will not (and will not permit the depositor or any of its other affiliates to) allow the retained interest to be subject to any credit risk mitigation, short position or other hedge or to be sold if, as a result, the bank would not retain a material net economic interest in an amount that is not less than five percent of the nominal value of the securitized exposures, except to the extent permitted in accordance with Article 405(1) of the CRR (as supplemented by Article 12 of the CRR Delegated Regulation), Article 51(1) of the AIFM Regulation and Article 254 of the Solvency II Regulation; (iii) the bank will not change the manner in which it retains its net economic interest in the securitized exposures while the offered notes are outstanding, except under exceptional circumstances in accordance with that Article 405(1) (as supplemented by Article 10 of the CRR Delegated Regulation), that Article 51(1) and that Article 254; and (iv) the bank will provide ongoing confirmation of its continued compliance with its obligations described in clauses (i) and (ii) in this paragraph in or concurrently with the delivery of each monthly report to noteholders. The risk retention agreement will not include any undertakings by the bank with respect to the new EU Retention Rules referred to in this prospectus under “ European Investment Restrictions .”

 

The bank is not subject to the EU Retention Rules and, other than as described in the preceding paragraph, the bank does not undertake to take any further action to comply (or to enable affected investors to comply) with the Existing EU Retention Rules or any pending or future EU Retention Rules, including the delivery of any information beyond that contained in or provided with the monthly and annual reports to noteholders. The bank does not make any undertaking to comply with any amendments, supplements or other modifications to the EU Retention Rules that may occur after the expected issuance date of the offered notes, including the application of the new EU Retention Rules under the Securitization Regulation. Accordingly, none of the bank, the depositor, the issuing entity, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee, the Delaware trustee, any underwriter or placement agent, or any of their affiliates makes any representation or gives any assurance that the matters set forth in the preceding paragraph and the information given in this prospectus or pursuant to the transaction documents are or will be sufficient for compliance by affected investors with the requirements set out in any EU Retention Rules. Failure by affected investors to comply with one or more of the requirements set out in the EU Retention Rules may result in the imposition of a penalty regulatory capital

 

  72  

 

 

charge in respect of the notes acquired by those investors or in the imposition of other regulatory sanctions. Prospective noteholders are responsible for analyzing their own regulatory position and are advised to consult with their own advisors regarding the suitability of the offered notes for investment and compliance with any EU Retention Rules.

 

The Depositor

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

 

We—Synchrony Card Funding, LLC—are a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on November 2, 2017, and are a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of the bank. We were organized for the purpose of purchasing, holding, owning and transferring receivables and related activities.

 

As described in “ The Trust—Transfer and Assignment of Receivables ,” we transfer all receivables transferred to us by the bank to the trust on an on-going basis. We are the sole beneficial owner of the trust and have the right to receive all cash flows from the assets of the trust other than the amounts required to make payments for any series of notes and certain expenses of the trust in connection with the notes. Our interest is an uncertificated interest called the transferor interest.

 

Assignment of Depositor’s Interests

 

The trust agreement provides that we may transfer all or a portion of the transferor interest. Before we may transfer all or a portion of the transferor interest, the following must occur:

 

(1) the Rating Agency Condition must be satisfied with respect to the transfer;

 

(2) we deliver an opinion of counsel to the owner trustee, the indenture trustee and each rating agency hired to rate an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes to the effect that, for federal income tax purposes:

 

(a) the transfer will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding series, tranche or class of notes with respect to which an opinion of counsel was delivered at the time of their issuance that such notes would be characterized as debt;

 

(b) the transfer will not cause the trust to be deemed to be an association, or publicly traded partnership, taxable as a corporation; and

 

(c) the transfer will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any noteholder; and

 

(3) we deliver an opinion to the effect that the transfer does not require registration of the interest under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or state securities laws except for any registration that has been duly completed and become effective.

 

  73  

 

 

We may consolidate with, merge into, or sell our business to another entity, in accordance with the transfer agreement if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(1) the entity, if other than us, formed by the consolidation or merger or that acquires our property and assets:

 

(a) is organized under the laws of the United States, any one of its states or the District of Columbia and is either (x) a business entity that may not become a debtor in a proceeding under the bankruptcy code or (y) a special-purpose corporation, the powers and activities of which are limited in a manner consistent with the limitations set forth in our limited liability company agreement;

 

(b) expressly assumes, by a supplemental agreement, each of our covenants and obligations; and

 

(c) files financing statements with respect to the interest of the trust in the assets transferred to the trust pursuant to the transfer agreement;

 

(2) we deliver to the trust an officer’s certificate stating that the merger, consolidation or transfer and the related supplemental agreement comply with any applicable terms of the transfer agreement and that all conditions precedent relating to the applicable transaction have been complied with and an opinion of counsel to the effect that the related supplemental agreement is valid and binding with respect to the surviving entity, enforceable against the surviving entity, subject to insolvency and equity related exceptions; and

 

(3) five business days’ prior written notice of the transaction is delivered to each rating agency hired to rate an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes.

 

The conditions described in this paragraph do not apply to any consolidation or merger if we would be the surviving entity.

 

The Trust

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust—which is referred to in this prospectus as the “trust” or the “issuing entity”—will issue your notes. The trust is a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware. It is operated under a trust agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, among us, Citicorp Trust Delaware, National Association, as Delaware trustee, and Citibank, N.A., as owner trustee. We are the sole equity member of the trust.

 

The activities of the trust consist of:

 

acquiring and owning the trust assets and the proceeds of those assets;

 

issuing and making payments on the notes, the transferor interest and any supplemental interests; and

 

  74  

 

 

engaging in related activities.

 

The trust may not engage in any activity other than in connection with the activities listed above or other than as required or authorized by the trust agreement, the agreements pursuant to which the receivables are transferred from the bank to us and from us to the trust, the indenture, the indenture supplements or any related agreements. The fiscal year of the trust ends on December 31 st of each year, unless changed by the trust. The trust will notify the indenture trustee of any change in its fiscal year.

 

The trust agreement may be amended by us and the owner trustee, with prior notice to each rating agency hired to rate an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes, if (a) we have delivered an officer’s certificate to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee to the effect that we reasonably believe the amendment will not at the time of its occurrence, and is not reasonably expected to at any time in the future, result in an early amortization event or an event of default or materially and adversely affect the amount of distributions to be made to noteholders or (b) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to each affected class or tranche of notes with respect to which an officer’s certificate as described in clause (a) has not been delivered.

 

The administrator may perform certain discretionary activities with regard to the administration of the trust and the notes, as described in “— Administrator .” The servicer directly or through a sub-servicer may also perform certain discretionary activities with regard to the trust’s assets, as described in “ The Servicer .” We, as holder of the transferor interest, may also direct the owner trustee to perform certain discretionary activities with regard to the trust, as described in “ The Owner Trustee—Duties and Responsibilities of Owner Trustee .”

 

The trust’s principal offices are at the following address: c/o Synchrony Bank, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902. The telephone number at that address is (877) 441-5094.

 

Restrictions on Activities

 

As long as the notes are outstanding, the trust will not:

 

except as expressly permitted by the indenture, any indenture supplement or the transfer agreement, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the properties or assets of the trust;

 

claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the principal or interest payable in respect of, the notes—other than amounts withheld in good faith under the Code or applicable state law including foreign withholding;

 

voluntarily dissolve or liquidate;

 

permit (A) the validity or effectiveness of the indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien under the indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the notes under the indenture except as may be expressly permitted by the indenture, (B) any lien or other claim of a third party to be created on or extend to or

 

  75  

 

 

otherwise arise upon or burden the assets of the trust securing the notes or (C) the lien of the indenture not to constitute a valid first-priority security interest in the assets of the trust that secure the notes;

 

engage in any business other than in connection with, or relating to the financing, purchasing, owning, selling and servicing of the transferred receivables and the other property securing the notes, the issuance of the notes and the other transactions contemplated by the trust agreement and the other transaction documents as described in “— Synchrony Card Issuance Trust ”;

 

issue, incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness other than the notes, except as contemplated by the indenture and the other transaction documents; or

 

make any loan or advance to any person, except as contemplated by the indenture and the other transaction documents.

 

The indenture also provides that the trust may not consolidate with, merge into or sell its business to, another entity, unless:

 

(1) the entity:

 

(a) is organized under the laws of the United States, any one of its states or the District of Columbia;

 

(b) is not subject to regulation as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act;

 

(c) expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture, the trust’s obligation to make due and punctual payments upon the notes and the performance of every agreement and covenant of the trust under the indenture;

 

(d) in the case of a sale of the trust’s business, expressly agrees, by supplemental indenture that (i) all right, title and interest so conveyed or transferred by the trust will be subject and subordinate to the rights of the noteholders and (ii) it will make all filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”) in connection with the notes; and

 

(e) in the case of a sale of the trust’s business, expressly agrees to indemnify the indenture trustee for any loss, liability or expense arising under the indenture and the notes;

 

(2) no event of default will exist immediately after the merger, consolidation or sale;

 

(3) the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied;

 

(4) the trust and the indenture trustee will have received an opinion of counsel to the effect that for federal income tax purposes:

 

  76  

 

 

(a) the transaction will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding series, tranche or class of notes as to which an opinion of counsel was delivered at the time of their issuance that those notes would be characterized as debt;

 

(b) the transaction will not cause the trust to be deemed to be an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation; and

 

(c) the transaction will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any noteholder;

 

(5) any action necessary to maintain the lien created by the indenture and the priority thereof will have been taken; and

 

(6) the trust has delivered to the indenture trustee an opinion of counsel and officer’s certificate each stating that the consolidation, merger or sale and the related supplemental indenture satisfies all requirements and conditions precedent under the indenture.

 

Administrator

 

The bank acts as administrator for the trust. The administrator will provide the notices and perform on behalf of the trust other administrative duties of the trust under the transfer agreement, the servicing agreement, the indenture, any indenture supplement and any terms document. The administrator, on behalf of the trust, will monitor the performance of the trust under the transaction documents and advise the trust when action is necessary to comply with the trust’s duties under the transaction documents. The administrator will prepare, or cause to be prepared, for execution by the trust or the owner trustee, all documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions that the trust is required to prepare, file or deliver under the transaction documents and will take all appropriate action that is the duty of the trust to take under the transfer agreement, the servicing agreement, the indenture, any indenture supplement and any terms document, including:

 

the delivery of a servicer termination notice and appointment of a successor servicer under the circumstances described in “ The Servicer—Servicer Default; Successor Servicer ”; and

 

on the resignation or removal of the indenture trustee, assisting the trust in the appointment of a successor indenture trustee under the circumstances described in “ The Indenture Trustee—Resignation or Removal of Indenture Trustee .”

 

With respect to any matters that in the reasonable judgment of the administrator are non-ministerial, the administrator will not take any action unless the administrator has first notified the trust of the proposed action within a reasonable amount of time prior to the taking of that action and the trust has consented to that action or provided alternative direction. Non-ministerial matters that may be performed by the administrator on behalf of the trust include:

 

  77  

 

 

the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the trust and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the trust, other than in connection with the collection of the transferred receivables;

 

the amendment of the servicing agreement, the transfer agreement, the indenture or any other related document; and

 

the appointment of successor note registrars, paying agents, indenture trustees, administrators and servicers.

 

The administrator is an independent contractor and is not subject to the supervision of the trust or the owner trustee concerning the manner in which it performs its obligations under the administration agreement.

 

As compensation for the performance of its duties under the administration agreement and as reimbursement for its expenses relating to those duties, the administrator is entitled to receive $350 per month payable in arrears on each payment date. Payment of this fee is solely an obligation of the trust.

 

The administrator may resign by providing the trust and the servicer with at least 60 days’ prior written notice. Upon resignation of the administrator, the resigning administrator will continue to perform its duties as administrator until (a) the date 45 days after delivery to the trust and the servicer of written notice of its resignation (or written confirmation of such notice) or (b) such other mutually agreed to date.

 

At the sole option of the trust, the administrator may also be removed immediately upon written notice of termination from the trust to the administrator and us if any of the following events occurs:

 

failure on the part of the administrator duly to observe or perform in any material respect any of the covenants or agreements of the administrator set forth in the administration agreement, which failure continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such failure was given to the administrator by the trust (or, if such failure cannot be cured in such time, if the administrator does not give, within ten days, assurance of cure that is reasonably satisfactory to the trust); provided, that if such failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence, the administrator will have until 120 days after the date of such failure to cure before the administrator may be removed; or

 

certain bankruptcy or insolvency related events relating to the administrator.

 

Upon the administrator’s receipt of notice of termination, the predecessor administrator will continue to perform its duties as administrator until the date specified in the notice of termination or, if no date is specified in a notice of termination, until receipt of a notice of termination.

 

If the administrator is terminated, the trust will appoint a successor administrator. No resignation or removal of the administrator will be effective until a successor administrator has been appointed by the trust, such successor administrator has agreed in writing to be bound by

 

  78  

 

 

the terms of the administration agreement in the same manner as the predecessor administrator and the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to the appointment.

 

The administrator will indemnify the trust and its officers, directors, employees, trustees and agents against any liabilities and expenses incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on their part, arising out of or in connection with the instructions given by the administrator under the administration agreement or the failure by the administrator to perform its obligations under the administration agreement.

 

The administration agreement may be amended by the trust and the administrator.

 

Capitalization of Trust; Minimum Free Equity Amount

 

The trust’s capital structure has three main elements:

 

notes issued to investors, which are summarized in Annex I;

 

[• notes issued to us or purchased by our affiliates;]

 

subordinated transferor amounts, which are portions of the equity amount that provide credit enhancement for various series of notes by absorbing losses on the transferred receivables allocated to the related series to the extent not covered by finance charge collections available to that series; and

 

the Free Equity Amount, as described below.

 

We use the term “ equity amount ” to refer to the result of the following calculation:

 

the sum of the total amount of principal receivables, plus any balance in the excess funding account and the amount of principal collections on deposit in other trust accounts; minus

 

the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all of the trust’s notes.

 

The equity amount at any time may exceed the sum of the subordinated transferor amounts for all series of notes. We refer to this excess amount, if any, as the Free Equity Amount. We are required to maintain the Free Equity Amount in an amount that is at least equal to the Minimum Free Equity Amount. The calculations of the Free Equity Amount and the Minimum Free Equity Amount are described more specifically in the “ Glossary of Terms for Prospectus.

 

On each business day on which an Asset Deficiency exists, the trust will deposit collections otherwise distributable to us or our assigns into the excess funding account to cure such Asset Deficiency. On any payment date on which one or more series are in an amortization period, the trust will determine the aggregate amounts of principal shortfalls, if any, for these series remaining after application of shared principal collections, as described in “ Description of the Notes Shared Excess Available Principal Collections ,” and will instruct the indenture trustee to withdraw funds on deposit in the excess funding account to cover remaining principal shortfalls.

 

  79  

 

 

In addition, as described in “ The Trust Portfolio—Addition of Trust Assets ”, if at the end of any Monthly Period, an Asset Deficiency exists, we will be required to designate additional accounts to the trust.

 

Transfer and Assignment of Receivables

 

Under the receivables sale agreement, the bank has designated a pool of accounts and transfers receivables in those designated accounts to us on an ongoing basis. The bank may also designate additional accounts under the receivables sale agreement in the future, and the receivables existing in those accounts and any receivables arising in those accounts in the future will be transferred to us. We transfer all receivables sold to us by the bank to the trust under a transfer agreement between us and the trust.

 

We may obtain funds to purchase the receivables from the bank under an intercompany line of credit with the bank. We use a portion of the proceeds of the notes and collections on the receivables that are distributed to us to reduce the outstanding amount under the line of credit with the bank from time to time. The bank may also, in its discretion, contribute receivables to us.

 

If a receiver or conservator is appointed for the bank or we become a debtor in a bankruptcy case or other specified liquidation, bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events occur or the bank becomes unable for any reason to transfer receivables to us in accordance with the receivables sale agreement, we will immediately cease to purchase receivables under the receivables sale agreement.

 

We and the bank have indicated and, in connection with each future transfer of receivables to the trust, will indicate in our electronic records that the receivables have been conveyed to the trust. In addition, we and the bank have provided or caused to be provided and, in connection with each future designation of trust accounts, will provide, or cause to be provided, to the indenture trustee, an electronic record containing a true and complete list showing each trust account, identified by account number. Neither we nor the bank will deliver to the indenture trustee any other records or agreements relating to the trust accounts or the transferred receivables, except in connection with additions or removals of accounts. Except as stated in this paragraph, the records and agreements that the bank maintains relating to the trust accounts and the transferred receivables are not and will not be segregated from other documents and agreements relating to other credit card accounts and receivables and are not and will not be stamped or marked to reflect the transfers described in this paragraph, but the bank’s electronic records are and will be required to be marked to evidence these transfers. We and the bank have filed in all appropriate jurisdictions Uniform Commercial Code financing statements with respect to the transferred receivables meeting the requirements of applicable law. See “ Risk Factors—Security Interest and Bankruptcy Related Risks—Some liens may be given priority over your notes, which could cause delayed or reduced payments ” and “— Perfection and Priority of Security Interests .”

 

  80  

 

 

Perfection and Priority of Security Interests

 

In the receivables sale agreement and the transfer agreement, the bank and we, respectively, will represent and warrant that the related agreement pursuant to which the bank or we, as applicable, transfer the receivables (x) creates in favor of us or the trust, as applicable, a valid and continuing security interest in the transferred receivables, which, with respect to transferred receivables arising in additional accounts, will be enforceable against the transferring party as of the applicable addition date, in each case as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy and insolvency related exceptions, and by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity) and (y) upon filing of the financing statements required by the receivables sale agreement and transfer agreement, in the case of transferred receivables later created, upon the creation thereof, will be prior to all other liens (other than specified liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement and the transfer agreement). For a discussion of the trust’s rights arising from these representations and warranties not being satisfied, see “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor .”

 

We will represent in the transfer agreement and the bank will represent in the receivables sale agreement that the receivables are “accounts” or “general intangibles” for purposes of the UCC. Both the sale of accounts and general intangibles that are payment intangibles and the transfer of accounts and general intangibles as security for an obligation are subject to the provisions of Article 9 of the UCC. Therefore, we and the bank will file appropriate UCC financing statements to perfect the respective transferee’s security interest in the receivables.

 

There are limited circumstances in which prior or subsequent transferees of receivables could have an interest in those receivables with priority over the trust’s interest. Under the receivables sale agreement, the bank will represent and warrant that it has transferred the receivables to us free and clear of the lien of any third party other than the trust and the indenture trustee, subject to specified liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement. In addition, the bank will covenant that it will not sell, create or permit to exist any lien on any receivable, subject to specified liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement. Similarly, under the transfer agreement, we represented and warranted, or will represent and warrant, that the receivables were transferred to the trust free and clear of the lien of any third party other than the indenture trustee, subject to specified liens permitted by the transfer agreement. In addition, we will covenant that we will not create or permit to exist any lien on any receivable other than to the trust, subject to specified liens permitted by the transfer agreement. Nevertheless, a tax, governmental or other nonconsensual lien on our property or the bank’s property arising prior to the time a receivable is transferred to the trust may have priority over the trust’s interest in that receivable. Furthermore, if the FDIC were appointed as the bank’s receiver or conservator, administrative expenses of the receiver or conservator may have priority over the trust’s interest in the receivables.

 

If a receiver or conservator were appointed for the bank, the indenture trustee may not be able to obtain, or may experience delays in obtaining, control of collections that are in possession of the bank at the time of such appointment. If any such event occurs, the amount payable to you could be lower than the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the notes, thus resulting in losses to you. However, the bank will not commingle collections with its own assets, except for the time, not to exceed two business days, necessary to clear any payment received. See “ Risk

 

  81  

 

 

Factors—Security Interest and Bankruptcy Related Risks—Some liens may be given priority over your notes, which could cause delayed or reduced payments.

 

Conservatorship and Receivership of Synchrony Bank

 

The bank is a federal savings association and is regulated and supervised principally by the OCC, which is required to appoint the FDIC as conservator or receiver for the bank if specified events occur relating to the bank’s financial condition or the propriety of its actions. In addition, the FDIC could appoint itself as conservator or receiver for the bank.

 

In its role as conservator or receiver, the FDIC would have broad powers to repudiate contracts to which the bank was a party if the FDIC determined that the contracts were burdensome and that repudiation would promote the orderly administration of the bank’s affairs. Among the contracts that might be repudiated are the receivables sale agreement under which the bank transfers receivables to us, the servicing agreement, the administration agreement and any sub-servicing agreement.

 

In a conservatorship or receivership, the FDIC as conservator or receiver, could:

 

attempt to recharacterize the securitization of the transferred receivables as a loan or otherwise attempt to reclaim, recover or recharacterize as property of the bank the transferred receivables;

 

require the issuing entity or any of the other transaction parties to go through an administrative claims procedure to establish its rights to payments collected on the transferred receivables;

 

request a stay of proceedings to liquidate claims or otherwise enforce contractual and legal remedies against the bank;

 

argue that a statutory injunction automatically prevents the indenture trustee and other transaction parties from exercising any right to terminate, accelerate or declare default under any contract to which the bank is a party, including the receivables sale agreement, the servicing agreement, the administration agreement or any sub-servicing agreement to which the bank is a party or otherwise exercising any of their rights, remedies and interests under such contracts for up to 90 days;

 

repudiate without compensation the bank’s ongoing obligations under the servicing agreement, such as its duty to collect and remit payments or otherwise service the receivables and prior to any such repudiation of the servicing agreement, prevent the indenture trustee or the noteholders from appointing a successor servicer;

 

repudiate without compensation the bank’s ongoing obligations under the administration agreement and prior to any such repudiation of the administration agreement, prevent the indenture trustee or the noteholders from appointing a successor administrator; or

 

repudiate any ongoing repurchase or indemnity obligations of the bank under the transaction documents.

 

  82  

 

 

There are also statutory prohibitions on (1) any attachment or execution being issued by any court upon assets in the possession of the FDIC, as conservator or receiver, and (2) any property in the possession of the FDIC, as conservator or receiver, being subject to levy, attachment, garnishment, foreclosure or sale without the consent of the FDIC.

 

If the FDIC were to successfully take any of these actions, delays in payments on the notes could occur and the amount payable to you could be lower than the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the notes, thus resulting in losses to you.

 

If bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings occur with respect to the bank, an early amortization event will occur with respect to each series. Under the transfer agreement, newly created receivables will not be transferred to the trust on and after any of these bankruptcy or insolvency related events.

 

To limit the FDIC’s potential use of any of these powers, the securitization described in this prospectus is intended to comply with one of the “safe harbors” adopted by the FDIC in a regulation entitled “Treatment of financial assets transferred in connection with a securitization or participation.” This safe harbor limits the rights of the FDIC as conservator or receiver to delay or prevent payments to noteholders in a securitization transaction, as below under “— FDIC Safe Harbor .”

 

FDIC Safe Harbor

 

The FDIC has adopted four different “safe harbors,” each of which limits the powers that the FDIC can exercise in the insolvency of an insured depository institution when it is appointed as receiver or conservator (and references in this section to the FDIC are in its capacity as such). To qualify for a safe harbor, the securitization or participation must satisfy the preconditions specified for that type of transaction. If one or more of these preconditions are not met, the limitations imposed by the FDIC on the FDIC’s powers would not apply. The relevant safe harbor for the trust will be the safe harbor for securitizations that do not satisfy the conditions for sale accounting treatment (referred to in this section as the “ safe harbor ”), and the discussion of the FDIC Rule in this prospectus is limited to that safe harbor.

 

The preconditions imposed by the safe harbor include provisions that are required to be contained in the documentation for the securitization. These provisions limit the structural features of the transaction in specified ways and impose obligations on one or more of the trust and each intermediate transferee of the transferred receivables, including us (which entities are jointly considered to be the “issuing entity” for purposes of the safe harbor), the servicer and the bank, as sponsor, to make specified disclosures, provide ongoing reporting on specified items and define specified aspects of the relationships among the parties. In order to satisfy the requirements of the safe harbor to include these provisions in the documentation, the transaction documents will contain covenants (the “ FDIC Rule Covenants ”) that contain the requisite provisions and that obligate each of us, the trust, the servicer and the bank, as sponsor, to perform its specified obligations under the safe harbor.

 

  83  

 

 

The FDIC Rule Covenants include the following requirements:

 

payment of principal and interest on the securitization obligations must be primarily based on the performance of the financial assets transferred to the issuing entity;

 

information describing the financial assets, obligations, capital structure, compensation of the relevant parties and historical performance data must be made available to the investors, including (i) information about the obligations and securitized financial assets in compliance with Regulation AB, (ii) information about the transaction structure, performance of the obligations, priority of payments, subordination features, representations and warranties regarding the financial assets, remedies, liquidity facilities, credit enhancement, waterfall triggers and policies governing delinquencies, servicer advances, loss mitigation and write-offs, (iii) information with respect to the credit performance of the obligations and financial assets on an ongoing basis, and (iv) the compensation paid to the originator, sponsor, rating agency, third-party advisor, broker and servicer and changes to such amounts paid, and the extent to which the risk of loss is retained by any of them;

 

the sponsor must retain an economic interest in a material portion (not less than five percent) of the credit risk of the financial assets, in accordance with the credit risk retention rules implemented pursuant to Section 941(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act;

 

the obligations in the securitization cannot be predominantly sold to an affiliate (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary consolidated for accounting and capital purposes with the sponsor) or insider of the sponsor;

 

the bank must identify in its financial asset data bases and otherwise account for the financial assets transferred as specified by the safe harbor; and

 

if the bank as sponsor is acting as servicer, custodian or paying agent, the sponsor must not comingle collections with its own assets, except for the time, not to exceed two business days, necessary to clear any payment received.

 

The issuances of the notes are intended to satisfy all the applicable conditions of the safe harbor, and we believe that those preconditions have been met. As the safe harbor is an untested regulation, its interpretation remains uncertain.

 

If the FDIC is appointed as conservator or receiver for an insured depository institution that has effected a securitization that complies with the safe harbor, the FDIC as conservator or receiver may seek to repudiate the securitization agreement pursuant to which the financial assets were transferred. In such event, the FDIC will be obligated to either pay damages as described in the following sentence within 10 business days following the effective date of the notice of repudiation or consent to the exercise of any contractual rights in accordance with the documents governing the securitization, including taking possession of the financial assets, provided that no involvement of the receiver or conservator is required other than such consents, waivers or execution of transfer documents as may be reasonably requested in the ordinary course of business in order to facilitate the exercise of such contractual rights. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the amount of damages due from the FDIC would be equal to the par value

 

  84  

 

 

of the notes outstanding on the date of appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver, less any payments of principal received by the noteholders through the date of repudiation, plus unpaid, accrued interest through the date of repudiation in accordance with the transaction documents to the extent actually received through collections received through the date of repudiation. The FDIC Rule provides that “[u]pon payment of such repudiation damages, all liens or claims on the financial assets created pursuant to the securitization documents shall be released.”

 

Damages paid by the FDIC will be distributed to noteholders on the earlier of (1) the next payment date on which such damages could be distributed and (2) the earliest practicable date that the indenture trustee could declare a special payment date, subject to applicable provisions of the indenture, applicable law and the procedures of any applicable clearing agency. If the date on which damages are to be distributed to noteholders is not a regular payment date, then the amount of interest payable to the noteholders will be prorated to such date. Because the damages payable by the FDIC would only include interest through the date of repudiation, the amount of damages received by noteholders would not be sufficient to pay interest on the notes during the period after the FDIC gives notice of repudiation and prior to the payment date on which damages are distributed to noteholders. The FDIC may assert that the release of all liens and claims on the financial assets that occurs upon payment of the repudiation damages would include a release of the indenture trustee’s lien on cash held in the trust accounts, including collections on the financial assets prior to the date of repudiation. In such event, the funds on deposit in the trust accounts may not be available to pay interest on the notes, to the extent such interest is not included in the repudiation damages, and noteholders may suffer a shortfall in the payment of interest.

 

If the FDIC is appointed as conservator or receiver for an insured depository institution that has effected a securitization that complies with the safe harbor, the FDIC as conservator or receiver consents in the safe harbor to the making of (or if serving as servicer, the FDIC agrees in the safe harbor to make) payments to the investors to the extent actually received through payments on the financial assets, but in the case of repudiation, only to the extent received through the date of notice of repudiation is given, in accordance with the securitization documents. In addition, subject to the FDIC’s right to repudiate such agreements, the FDIC consents in the safe harbor to any servicing activity required in furtherance of the securitization or, if acting as servicer, the FDIC as receiver or conservator agrees in the safe harbor to perform such servicing activities in accordance with the terms of the applicable servicing agreements.

 

If, however, the FDIC as conservator or receiver is in monetary default under a securitization due to its failure to pay or apply collections from the financial assets received by it in accordance with the securitization documents, whether as servicer or otherwise, and remains in monetary default for ten business days after actual delivery of a written notice complying with the safe harbor to the FDIC requesting the exercise of contractual rights in accordance with the documents governing the securitization, the FDIC consents in the safe harbor to the exercise of contractual rights in accordance with the documents governing the securitization. However, the FDIC is not obligated to take any action in connection with the exercise of contractual rights other than providing such consents, waivers or execution of transfer documents as may be reasonably requested in the ordinary course of business in order to facilitate the exercise of such contractual rights.

 

  85  

 

 

Bankruptcy of us or the Trust

 

We and the trust are separate, bankruptcy-remote subsidiaries of the bank, and our limited liability company agreement and the trust agreement for the trust contain limitations on the nature of our respective businesses. The indenture trustee and each noteholder by its acceptance of a note have agreed that it will not directly or indirectly institute or cause to be instituted against us or the trust any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy law.

 

Nevertheless, if we became a debtor in a bankruptcy case, a court could conclude that we effectively still own the transferred receivables. This could happen if a court presiding over our bankruptcy were to conclude either that the transfers referred to above were not “true sales” or “true contributions,” as applicable, or that we and the trust should be treated as the same person for bankruptcy purposes.

 

If we or the trust were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case, then you could experience delays or reductions in payments as a result of:

 

the automatic stay which prevents secured creditors from exercising remedies against a debtor in bankruptcy without permission from the court and provisions of the bankruptcy code that permit substitution of collateral;

 

tax or government liens on our property that arose prior to the transfer of receivables to the trust having a right to be paid from collections before the collections are used to make payments on the notes; or

 

the fact that the trust might not have a perfected interest in any cash collections on the transferred receivables held by the servicer or any sub-servicer at the time that a bankruptcy proceeding begins. See “ The Servicer—Deposit of Collections; Commingling ” for a description of the limited time period during which the servicer or any sub-servicer is allowed to commingle collections with its funds.

 

FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act

 

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, gives the FDIC authority to act as receiver of bank holding companies, financial companies and certain subsidiaries in specific situations under the OLA as described in more detail below. The OLA provisions became effective on July 22, 2010. The proceedings, standards, powers of the receiver and many other substantive provisions of the OLA differ from those of the United States bankruptcy code in several respects. To address some of these differences, the FDIC in July of 2011 adopted a regulation confirming that the treatment under the OLA of preferential transfers is intended to be consistent with similar provisions in, and doctrines developed under, the United States bankruptcy code. In addition, because the legislation remains subject to clarification through FDIC regulations and has yet to be applied by the FDIC in any receivership, it is unclear exactly what impact these provisions will have on any particular company, including Synchrony, us or the issuing entity, or its creditors.

 

  86  

 

 

There is uncertainty about which companies will be subject to the OLA rather than the bankruptcy code. For a company to become subject to the OLA, the Secretary of the Treasury (in consultation with the President of the United States) must determine, among other things, that the company is in default or in danger of default, the failure of such company and its resolution under the bankruptcy code would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States, no viable private sector alternative is available to prevent the default of the company and an OLA proceeding would mitigate these adverse effects. We and the issuing entity could also potentially be subject to the provisions of the OLA as “covered subsidiaries” of Synchrony. For us or the issuing entity to be subject to receivership under the OLA (1) the FDIC would have to be appointed as receiver for Synchrony under the OLA and (2) the FDIC and the Secretary of the Treasury would have to jointly determine that (a) we or the issuing entity, as applicable, were in default or in danger of default, (b) the liquidation of that covered subsidiary would avoid or mitigate serious adverse effects on the financial stability or economic conditions of the United States and (c) such appointment would facilitate the orderly liquidation of Synchrony.

 

No assurance can be given that the OLA would not apply to Synchrony, us or the issuing entity or, if it were to apply, that the timing and amounts of payments to the related series of noteholders would not be less favorable than under the bankruptcy code.

 

If the FDIC were appointed receiver of Synchrony, us or the issuing entity under the OLA, the FDIC would have various powers under the OLA, including the power to repudiate any contract to which Synchrony, we or the issuing entity, as applicable, was a party, if the FDIC determined that performance of the contract was burdensome, and that repudiation would promote the orderly administration of Synchrony’s affairs, our affairs or the issuing entity’s affairs, as applicable. Among the contracts that might be repudiated are the receivables sale agreement, the transfer agreement, the servicing agreement, any sub-servicing agreement and the administration agreement.

 

In January 2011, the Acting General Counsel of the FDIC issued an advisory opinion covering, among other things, its intended application of the FDIC’s repudiation power under the OLA. In that advisory opinion, the Acting General Counsel stated that nothing in the Dodd-Frank Act changes the existing law governing the separate existence of separate entities under other applicable law. As a result, the Acting General Counsel was of the opinion that the FDIC as receiver for a covered financial company, which could include Synchrony or its subsidiaries (including us and the issuing entity), cannot repudiate a contract or lease unless it has been appointed as receiver for an entity that is party to the contract or lease or the separate existence of that entity may be disregarded under other applicable law. In addition, the Acting General Counsel was of the opinion that until such time as the FDIC Board of Directors adopts a regulation further addressing the application of Section 210(c) of the Dodd-Frank Act, if the FDIC were to become receiver for a covered financial company, the FDIC will not, in the exercise of its authority under Section 210(c) of the Dodd-Frank Act, reclaim, recover, or recharacterize as property of that covered financial company or the receivership assets transferred by that covered financial company prior to the end of the applicable transition period of a regulation provided that such transfer satisfies the conditions for the exclusion of such assets from the property of the estate of that covered financial company under the United States bankruptcy code. Although this advisory opinion does not bind the FDIC or its Board of Directors, and could be modified or withdrawn in the future, the advisory opinion also states that

 

  87  

 

 

the Acting General Counsel will recommend that the FDIC Board of Directors incorporate a transition period of 90 days for any provisions in any further regulations affecting the statutory power to disaffirm or repudiate contracts. The foregoing Acting General Counsel’s interpretation applies to all notes issued by revolving trusts or master trusts prior to the end of the applicable transition period. To the extent any future regulations or subsequent FDIC actions in an OLA proceeding involving Synchrony or its subsidiaries (including us and the issuing entity) are contrary to this advisory opinion, payment or distributions of principal and interest on the notes issued by the trust could be delayed or reduced.

 

In addition, if we were to become subject to the OLA as a covered financial company, the FDIC as receiver could assert that we still effectively own the transferred receivables and that the issuing entity should be treated as having made a loan to us secured by the transferred receivables. The FDIC ordinarily has the power to repudiate secured loans and then recover the collateral after paying damages, as described further below, to the lenders. If the FDIC repudiated that loan, the amount of compensation that the FDIC would be required to pay would be limited to “actual direct compensatory damages” determined as of the date of the FDIC’s appointment as receiver. There is no general statutory definition of “actual direct compensatory damages” in this context, but the term does not include damages for lost profits or opportunity. However, under the OLA, in the case of any debt for borrowed money, actual direct compensatory damages is no less than the amount lent plus accrued interest plus any accreted original issue discount as of the date the FDIC was appointed receiver and, to the extent that an allowed secured claim is secured by property the value of which is greater than the amount of such claim and any accrued interest through the date of repudiation or disaffirmance, such accrued interest.

 

The FDIC could also:

 

require the issuing entity or other transaction parties to go through an administrative claims procedure to establish its rights to payments collected on the receivables if the FDIC is appointed as receiver for us; or

 

if the trust were the subject covered subsidiary, require the indenture trustee for the related notes to go through an administrative claims procedure to establish its rights to payments on the notes;

 

argue that a statutory injunction automatically prevents the indenture trustee and other transaction parties from exercising any right to terminate, accelerate or declare default under any contract to which the bank is a party, including the receivables sale agreement, the servicing agreement, the administration agreement or any sub-servicing agreement to which the bank is a party or otherwise exercising any of their rights, remedies and interests under such contracts for up to 90 days;

 

repudiate without compensation the bank’s ongoing obligations under the servicing agreement, such as its duty to collect and remit payments or otherwise service the receivables and prior to any such repudiation of the servicing agreement, prevent the indenture trustee or the noteholders from appointing a successor servicer;

 

  88  

 

 

repudiate without compensation the bank’s ongoing obligations under the administration agreement and prior to any such repudiation of the administration agreement, prevent the indenture trustee or the noteholders from appointing a successor administrator; or

 

repudiate any ongoing repurchase or indemnity obligations of the bank under the transaction documents.

 

There are also statutory prohibitions on (1) any attachment or execution being issued by any court upon assets in the possession of the FDIC, as receiver, (2) any property in the possession of the FDIC, as receiver, being subject to levy, attachment, garnishment, foreclosure or sale without the consent of the FDIC and (3) any person exercising any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare a default under any contract to which Synchrony, or we or the issuing entity as a covered subsidiary treated as a covered financial company, is a party, or to obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of a party subject to the OLA, or affect any contractual rights of any party subject to the OLA, without the consent of the FDIC for 90 days after appointment of FDIC as receiver.

 

If the issuing entity were itself to become subject to the OLA as a covered subsidiary treated as a covered financial company, the FDIC may repudiate the debt of the issuing entity. In such an event, the related series of noteholders would have a secured claim in the receivership of the issuing entity but delays in payments on such series of notes and possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur.

 

If the FDIC, as receiver for Synchrony, us or the issuing entity, were to take any of the actions described above, payments or distributions of principal and interest on your notes could be delayed or reduced.

 

Annual Compliance Statement

 

The trust will be required to present to the indenture trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the trust, an officer’s certificate as to the performance of its obligations under the indenture.

 

The Servicer

 

Synchrony Bank

 

The bank, as servicer, is primarily responsible for receiving and processing collections on the receivables. Collections on the trust assets are primarily deposited into lockbox accounts owned by the bank prior to the deposit of such collections into trust accounts. See “ The Sponsor ” for a description of the bank’s securitization experience.

 

[If applicable for any prospectus included in this registration statement: Information regarding the servicer’s financial condition to the extent there is a material risk that the effect on one or more aspects of servicing resulting from such financial condition could have a material impact on performance of the trust portfolio or performance of the notes.]

 

  89  

 

 

The bank may from time to time enter into sub-servicing agreements with affiliated and unaffiliated companies. The bank or a sub-servicer may terminate its sub-servicing agreement from time to time, in each case in accordance with the terms of the applicable sub-servicing agreement. If a sub-servicing agreement is terminated, the bank may or may not enter into a sub-servicing agreement with a new sub-servicer. Notwithstanding any such sub-servicing agreement, the bank remains primarily liable for all obligations under the servicing agreement.

 

[Synchrony, acting through various affiliates, is the primary servicer for the bank’s credit card operations and performs servicing operations in offices located in multiple cities throughout the United States, India and the Philippines.] The services provided within each location can be customized to support the particular requirements of each program partner. The internal control environment at each location ensures security while maximizing customer service. In addition, the servicers are responsible for following all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations applicable to the credit card programs including but not limited to insurance laws, the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the MLA, the Fair Credit Billing Act and the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, each of their implementing regulations, and any applicable state laws. The bank monitors the servicers’ activities to ensure compliance.

 

Synchrony, either directly or through its affiliates, including the bank, has serviced receivables similar to the transferred receivables held by the trust since 1997. The amount of credit card receivables serviced by the bank and its affiliates as of year end in 20[●] and 20[●] and as of [●] [●], 20[●] was $[●], $[●] and $[●], respectively.

 

Servicing Procedures

 

The bank, as servicer, has agreed to conduct the servicing, administration and collection of the receivables owned by the trust in accordance with its collection policies.

 

The servicer is authorized under the servicing agreement to take any and all reasonable steps determined by the servicer to be necessary or desirable and consistent with the ownership of the transferred receivables by the trust and the pledge of the transferred receivables to the indenture trustee to:

 

collect all amounts due under the transferred receivables, including endorsing its name on checks and other instruments representing collections on the transferred receivables;

 

execute and deliver any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation or of partial or full release or discharge and all other comparable instruments with respect to the transferred receivables;

 

make withdrawals from the collection account and any other trust account;

 

take any action required or permitted under any enhancement for any series, class or tranche of notes; and

 

keep and maintain all documents, books, computer records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all the transferred receivables.

 

  90  

 

 

In addition, after the transferred receivables become delinquent and to the extent permitted under and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, the servicer may take any and all reasonable steps determined by the servicer to be necessary or desirable to:

 

commence proceedings with respect to the enforcement of payment of the transferred receivables;

 

adjust, settle or compromise any payments due under the transferred receivables; and

 

initiate proceedings against any collateral securing the obligations due under the transferred receivables, in each case, consistent with the credit and collection policies.

 

The servicer will not be obligated to use separate servicing procedures, offices, employees or accounts for servicing the transferred receivables from the procedures, offices, employees and accounts used by the servicer in connection with servicing other credit card receivables.

 

The servicer will be required to maintain fidelity bond or other appropriate insurance coverage insuring against losses through wrongdoing of its officers and employees who are involved in the servicing of credit card receivables covering those actions, and in an amount, in each case as the servicer believes to be reasonable from time to time.

 

The servicer has no custodial responsibilities with respect to the accounts designated for the trust.

 

[If applicable for any prospectus included this registration statement: Description of any material changes to the servicer’s policies and procedures for credit card receivables during the past three years.]

 

Data Processing

 

Certain data processing and administrative functions associated with the servicing of a portion of the bank’s credit card portfolio are currently being performed on behalf of the bank by First Data. First Data was established in 1971 as the data processing unit of Mid-America Bankcard Association. In 1980, American Express acquired First Data Resources, Inc. and in 1992, First Data Resources, Inc. became an independent company as a subsidiary of First Data Corp. According to First Data Resources, Inc., it is a global provider of comprehensive transaction processing products and services to credit, debit, commercial, private label and other prepaid card offerings. First Data Resources, Inc.’s home office in the United States is located in Atlanta, Georgia.

 

Collection Account and Other Trust Accounts

 

The trust has established and maintains a collection account and an excess funding account. Both the collection account and the excess funding account must be segregated accounts maintained with (a) an eligible institution that is a member of the FDIC and meets specified ratings requirements or is otherwise reasonably acceptable to each rating agency hired to rate an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes or (b) the corporate trust department of a depository institution (other than the bank or any of its affiliates) organized under the laws of the United

 

  91  

 

 

States, any state or the District of Columbia, or any domestic branch of a foreign bank, or a trust company acceptable to each rating agency hired to rate an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes, and acting as a trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the securities of such depository institution or trust company have a credit rating from each rating agency hired to rate an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes (or from another nationally recognized statistical rating organization) in one of its generic credit rating categories which signifies investment grade.

 

The funds on deposit in these accounts may only be invested, at the direction of the servicer, in highly rated investments that meet the criteria described in the indenture or the related indenture supplement for that series. Investment earnings on amounts on deposit in the excess funding account will be treated as finance charge collections and allocated to each series based on the respective allocation percentages for each series. Investment earnings on amounts in the collection account will be withdrawn from the collection account and paid to us.

 

The servicer will make all determinations with respect to the deposit of collections to the trust accounts and the transfer and disbursement of those collections. No party will independently verify the account activity for the trust accounts.

 

Deposit of Collections; Commingling

 

For so long as the bank is serving as servicer, custodian or paying agent for the trust, the bank will not commingle collections except for a time, not to exceed two business days, necessary to clear any payments received. In addition, the trust is required to deposit all collections allocated to noteholders into the collection account by no later than the second business day following the date of processing of such collections until the amount on deposit in the collection account equals the aggregate required deposit amount. The aggregate required deposit amount will be an amount equal to the sum of the required deposit amounts for all series of notes, which is generally equal to the estimated amount needed to be deposited into other trusts accounts or for distribution to noteholders or other parties on the related payment date pursuant to the related indenture supplements for such series. Collections not required to be deposited into the collection account will be paid to us and will not be available to make payments on the notes; provided that if any Asset Deficiency exists, collections that would otherwise be payable to us will be deposited into the excess funding account in the amount necessary to cure such Asset Deficiency. The required deposit amount for the SynchronySeries is described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Required Deposit Amount .” With respect to each date of processing, the servicer will be permitted to retain an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid daily servicing fees from collections otherwise required to be deposited into the collection account and such amount will not be required to be deposited into the collection account.

 

If on any business day the trust determines that the aggregate required deposit amount for any Monthly Period is less than the aggregate required deposit amount as previously calculated by the trust, then the trust will pay to us any funds on deposit in the collection account in excess of the most recently determined aggregate required deposit amount. If on any business day, the trust determines that the aggregate required deposit amount for any Monthly Period is greater than the aggregate required deposit amount as previously calculated by the trust, then the trust

 

  92  

 

 

will notify the servicer, and for all dates of processing on or after such determination, the trust will deposit collections allocated to noteholders into the collection account until the amount of collections on deposit in the collection account equals the most recently determined aggregate required deposit amount. We will have no obligation to deposit collections that were initially allocated to noteholders and previously paid to us and noteholders shall have no claim to such released noteholder collections.

 

Finance charge collections and principal collections will be allocated to each series, class or tranche of notes in accordance with the related indenture supplement or terms document. However, during any Monthly Period during which collections are only deposited into the collection account in an amount up to the aggregate required deposit amount, no series will be allocated an amount of collections in excess of the required deposit amount for such series. If during any Monthly Period, collections retained in the collection account for such Monthly Period are less than the aggregate required deposit amount due to the release of noteholder collections in excess of the aggregate required deposit amount followed by a subsequent increase in the aggregate required deposit amount during such Monthly Period, then, with respect to each series for which an increase was made in the required deposit amount during the Monthly Period, the amount of collections allocated to such series (before giving effect to any sharing of collections as described in “ Description of the Notes—Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections ” and “ —Shared Excess Available Principal Collections ”) will in no event exceed the sum of:

 

(i) the lesser of:

 

(x) the aggregate amount of collections allocated to such series for all dates of processing during any portion of the Monthly Period preceding the first date on which the required deposit amount is increased and, if applicable, prior to any subsequent date on which the required deposit amount is increased; and

 

(y) the required deposit amount before giving effect to the increase thereof; plus

 

(ii) the lesser of:

 

(x) the aggregate amount of collections allocated to such series for all dates of processing during any portion of the Monthly Period on and after the date on which the required deposit amount was increased and, if applicable, prior to any subsequent increase in the required deposit amount during such Monthly Period; and

 

(y) the excess of (I) the required deposit amount after giving effect to the increase thereof on such required deposit amount increase date, over (II) the sum of the amount determined pursuant to clause (i) of this sentence, plus , if applicable, the amount determined pursuant to this clause (ii) for any prior required deposit amount increase date(s).

 

Unless otherwise stated in any indenture supplement, on each date of processing, the trust will allocate to us, as the holder of the transferor interest, an amount equal to the product of (A) the transferor percentage described in “ Description of the Notes—Collateral Amount; Allocation of Collections ” and (B) the aggregate amount of principal collections and finance charge collections on that date of processing. However, if any Asset Deficiency exists (determined after

 

  93  

 

 

giving effect to any transfer of principal receivables to the trust on such date), the trust will deposit in the excess funding account an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amounts that would otherwise be allocated to the us and (ii) the amount necessary to cure such Asset Deficiency. In addition, if the aggregate required deposit amount is increased during any Monthly Period after any date of processing during such Monthly Period on which collections allocated to noteholders were paid to us, then on each date of processing during such Monthly Period on and after the date on which the aggregate required deposit amount is increased, collections allocated to us remaining after giving effect to any required deposit to the excess funding account will be allocated to noteholders and deposited into the collection account in an amount not to exceed the amount of noteholder collections previously released to us until the amount of collections on deposit in collection account equals the aggregate required deposit amount. Except as provided in this paragraph, unless otherwise stated in any indenture supplement or terms document, none of the servicer, us or any other holder of the transferor interest need deposit the transferor percentage of collections into the collection account and will pay such amounts as collected to us or any other holder(s) of the transferor interest.

 

Delinquency and Collections Procedures

 

Synchrony’s current credit and collection policy treats receivables as being delinquent when a past due payment on the related account has not been received by the start of the billing cycle that immediately follows the missed due date for the payment. Efforts to collect delinquent receivables are made by Synchrony’s and certain of its affiliates’ collections departments and, if necessary, by external collection agencies and attorneys. As of [●] [●], 20[●], Synchrony’s internal collection departments included several collection sites with approximately [●] full-time equivalent frontline collectors and approximately [●] full-time equivalent managers. Synchrony’s internal collection sites are located in the continental United States, India and the Philippines. The bank also utilizes Genpact International, which has approximately [●] full-time equivalent collectors and collection sites located in India and the Philippines.

 

External agencies are used for a portion of the collections efforts. These agencies are most often utilized for collection of pre-charge-off accounts that are 60 or more days delinquent, although external agencies may also be used for pre-charge-off accounts that are less than 60 days delinquent. Agencies are also used for locating cardholders who have no valid phone number associated with an account on the system. External attorneys are used for charge-off accounts only.

 

For accounts that are billed as 15 days past due, collection efforts vary from one to 14 days after the billing date. For accounts that are billed as 30 or more days past due, collection efforts generally begin one day after the billing date. Typically, no more than five attempts to contact the obligor on an account will be made per day until contact is made. If a cardholder promises to pay, 10 days is the longest time period between attempts to contact the cardholder. Collection efforts are based upon customer account characteristics. These characteristics include the cardholder’s payment history and delinquency status, and whether the account was a first payment default. These characteristics are analyzed to determine the optimal collection strategy, which could include scheduling an account to receive a telephone call, a letter or e-mail, a 2Way Connect call (interactive voice response), or no action at the present time. The Company uses several collection strategy tools and related software packages to automate the collection process

 

  94  

 

 

in addition to a standardized automated daily calling procedure that maximizes its opportunity to contact the cardholder. In addition, a collection website offers delinquent cardholders self-serve options to resolve their delinquency.

 

Special payment plans are available to cardholders that are experiencing a financial hardship on a temporary or permanent basis. Currently available programs are 48 months in length, and may include receiving a reduction of both minimum payment due and the monthly APR. These programs require specific account criteria for eligibility and a monthly payment to remain in the program. Proposals from consumer credit counseling service agencies are reviewed for eligibility and if accepted cardholders can be enrolled in the particular workout program for up to 60 months.

 

Open-end revolving accounts must be written off 180 days or more past due. An account may be written off prior to the aforementioned time frame if the circumstances deem the account uncollectable (i.e. fraud, bankruptcy). The above guidelines are the maximum allowed and may be shortened to comply with client contractual requirements upon approval by the senior management.

 

Charged-Off Receivables; Dilution; Investor Charge-Offs

 

Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council guidelines are followed for charge-off procedures relating to aged, bankrupt, fraudulent and deceased accounts. An account must be in existence for at least nine months and the cardholder must make three consecutive monthly minimum payments before an account can be re-aged. No account may be re-aged more than once in any twelve-month period or more than twice in a five-year period unless the cardholder qualifies for a troubled debt restructuring program, in which case one additional re-age is permitted during the five-year period.

 

An account is charged off as an aged credit loss after the account becomes 180 days past due. Charge-offs are executed on charge-off cycle dates which occur on various days during each Monthly Period. The number of different charge-off cycle dates in each Monthly Period varies based on such factors as the calendar and the timing of billing cycles. As a result, the amount of charged-off receivables can vary between Monthly Periods with no corresponding change in the performance of the trust portfolio.

 

On the day a receivable is charged-off, the receivable will be sold to us and will no longer be shown as an amount payable on the trust’s records. The purchase price that we pay to the trust for receivables in a charged-off account will be equal to the product of (a) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in the charged-off account and (b) the average recovery price ratio for the related program partner’s credit card program in which such charged-off account was originated for the Monthly Period in which such receivables were charged-off. The average recovery price ratio for a credit card program for any Monthly Period is currently equal to the average for the six fiscal months ending prior to the Monthly Period preceding such Monthly Period of the percentage equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the total amount of recoveries on all serviced

 

  95  

 

 

receivables (including receivables that are not transferred receivables) for the related program partner’s credit card program for the applicable fiscal month and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of charged-off receivables for all serviced receivables (including receivables that are not transferred receivables) for such program partner’s credit card program for such fiscal month. We and the trust may from time to time modify the formula for calculating the average recovery price ratio in order to more closely approximate the actual recoveries on transferred receivables.

 

Each series will be allocated a portion of charged-off receivables in each charged-off account in an amount equal to such series’ allocation percentage for charged-off receivables as of the date the account is charged off of the aggregate amount of transferred principal receivables in that account as of the date the account is charged off. The calculation of the allocation percentage for charged-off receivables for the SynchronySeries is described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Allocation Percentages .”

 

Unlike charged-off receivables, dilution, which includes reductions in transferred principal receivables as a result of returns, unauthorized charges and the like, is not intended to be allocated to any series. Instead, these reductions are applied to reduce the Free Equity Amount, and to the extent they would reduce the Free Equity Amount below zero, we are required to deposit the amount of the reduction into the excess funding account.

 

On each payment date, if the sum of the charged-off receivables allocated to any series is greater than the finance charge collections and other funds available to cover those amounts, then the collateral amount for that series will be reduced by the amount of the excess. Any reductions in the collateral amount for any series on account of charged-off receivables will be reimbursed to the extent that finance charge collections and other amounts on deposit in the collection account are available for that purpose on any subsequent payment date. See “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Allocation Percentages” for a more detailed description of how charged-off receivables can result in a reduction of the collateral amount for the SynchronySeries, and see “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” for a description of how such reductions may be reimbursed from available finance charge collections for the SynchronySeries.

 

Servicer’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants

 

The servicer will make customary representations and warranties to the trust as of the closing date for each series, including that:

 

the servicer is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is duly qualified to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the servicing of the transferred receivables requires it to be qualified, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

the servicer has the power and authority to execute and deliver the servicing agreement and perform its obligations under the servicing agreement, and the servicing agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the servicer, enforceable against it, subject to insolvency and equity related exceptions;

 

no consent of, notice to, filing with or permits, qualifications or other action by any governmental authority is required for the due execution, delivery and performance of the

 

  96  

 

 

servicing agreement, other than those that have already been obtained or made or where the failure to obtain any consent or take any action, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

there is no pending litigation of a material nature asserting the invalidity of the servicing agreement or seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of the servicing agreement.

 

The servicer will covenant and agree as follows:

 

to identify the transferred receivables clearly and unambiguously in its servicing records to reflect that the transferred receivables are owned by the trust;

 

to (i) satisfy all obligations on its part under and in connection with the transferred receivables and the related accounts, (ii) maintain all necessary qualifications in order to properly service the transferred receivables and the related accounts and (iii) comply in all material respects with applicable laws in connection with servicing the transferred receivables and related accounts, if in the case of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the failure to so satisfy, comply or maintain would have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

to take all action within its power and authority as servicer to ensure that all appropriate financing statements have been filed in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect and maintain the priority of the security interest granted to the indenture trustee under the indenture in the transferred receivables;

 

not to permit any rescission or cancellation of a transferred receivable except as ordered by a court or other governmental authority or in accordance with the originator’s credit and collection policies; provided, that the servicer may waive the accrual and/or payment of certain finance charge receivables in respect of certain past due accounts, the obligors of which have enrolled with a consumer credit counseling service or a customer assistance payment plan of the servicer; and

 

to reflect any rescission or cancellation permitted pursuant to the immediately preceding bullet point in its computer file of revolving credit card accounts.

 

If the servicer breaches any of the covenants in the two immediately preceding bullet points with respect to any transferred receivable or the related account, and as a result, the trust’s rights in, to or under the related transferred receivables are materially impaired, then, unless otherwise instructed by the trust, no later than 60 days (or such longer period, not to exceed 150 days, as may be agreed to by the trust) from the earlier to occur of the discovery of the breach by the servicer or the receipt by the servicer of notice of the breach from the trust, all transferred receivables in the accounts to which the breach relates will be assigned to the servicer. On or prior to the related payment date, the servicer will pay the trust an amount equal to the outstanding balance of the principal receivables in the affected accounts, plus accrued finance charge receivables in such accounts on the first payment date following the Monthly Period in which such purchase obligation arises. The servicer will not be required to accept assignment of the receivables if on any day prior to the end of the 60-day period or longer period described

 

  97  

 

 

above, the relevant breach has been cured and the covenant has been complied with in all material respects. The obligation to accept reassignment is the sole remedy with respect to any such breach.

 

Limitations on Servicer’s Liability

 

The servicer will indemnify the trust and its affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, trustees or agents for any and all suits, actions, proceedings, claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses suffered as a result of the servicer’s material breach of its obligations under the servicing agreement, except in each case, for losses resulting from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the indemnified party or recourse for uncollectible receivables. No indemnity payments by the servicer will be paid from the assets of the trust.

 

Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, neither the servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents will be liable to the trust, the owner trustee, the indenture trustee, the noteholders or any other entity for any action or for refraining from taking any action in good faith in its capacity as servicer under the servicing agreement. However, the servicer will not be protected against any liability resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of obligations and duties under the servicing agreement. In addition, the servicer is not under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the servicing agreement and which in its reasonable opinion may expose it to any expense or liability.

 

The servicer is not responsible under the servicing agreement to any party to the servicing agreement or any successor, assignee or third party beneficiary of such party or any other entity asserting claims through such party for indirect, punitive, exemplary or consequential damages arising from any transaction contemplated by the servicing agreement.

 

The servicer may delegate any of its servicing duties to another entity, but the servicer’s delegation of its duties will not relieve it of its liability and responsibility with respect to the delegated duties.

 

Servicer Default; Successor Servicer

 

The occurrence of any of the following events constitutes a servicer default for all series if the trust provides written notice to the servicer declaring the existence of such servicer default and requiring the same to be remedied:

 

(1) failure by the servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit on or before the date occurring 10 business days after the date such payment, transfer or deposit is required to be made or given by the servicer under the servicing agreement; provided that, if the delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence, then a servicer default will not be deemed to occur until 35 business days after the date of such failure;

 

(2) failure on the part of the servicer to observe or perform in any material respect any of its other covenants or agreements in the servicing agreement if the failure has a material adverse effect on the trust, which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after

 

  98  

 

 

written notice of the failure has been provided to the servicer by the trust; provided that, if the delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence, then a servicer default will not be deemed to occur until 120 days after written notice of the failure has been provided to the servicer by the trust;

 

(3) any representation or warranty made by the servicer in the servicing agreement proves to have been incorrect when made if it:

 

(a) has a material adverse effect on the trust; and

 

(b) continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after written notice has been provided to the servicer by the trust; provided that, if the inaccuracy was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence, then a servicer default will not be deemed to occur until 120 days after written notice of the inaccuracy has been provided to the servicer by the trust; or

 

(4) specific insolvency, liquidation, conservatorship, receivership or similar events relating to the servicer.

 

The determination of a servicer default shall be based solely on the provisions of the servicing agreement, and the occurrence of a material instance of noncompliance with the applicable servicing criteria specified in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB will not be determinative that a servicer default has occurred.

 

If a servicer default occurs, the trust may, if directed by the indenture trustee at the direction of the noteholders of not less than 66⅔% of the outstanding dollar principal amount for all series, give notice to the servicer terminating all of the rights and obligations of the servicer under the servicing agreement. In connection with such termination, the trust will notify the indenture trustee and appoint an Eligible Servicer as successor servicer. The successor servicer will accept its appointment by executing, acknowledging and delivering to the trust an instrument in form and substance acceptable to the trust and by providing written notice of such appointment to each rating agency that has rated an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes and the indenture trustee. Because the bank, as servicer, has significant responsibilities with respect to the servicing of the transferred receivables, the trust may have difficulty finding a suitable successor servicer. Potential successor servicers may not have the capacity to adequately perform the duties required of a successor servicer or may not be willing to perform those duties for the amount of the servicing fee currently payable under the servicing agreement. If no successor has been appointed and has accepted the appointment by the time the servicer ceases to act as servicer, the indenture trustee will automatically become the successor, subject to the following sentence. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the indenture trustee will, if it is legally unable or unwilling to so act or if the noteholders of more than 50% of the then- outstanding principal amount of all notes so request in writing to the indenture trustee, appoint or petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, a servicing institution established in servicing receivables substantially similar to the receivables as the successor to the servicer in the assumption of all or any part of the responsibilities, duties or liabilities of the servicer under the servicing agreement. If the indenture trustee becomes the successor servicer, all costs associated with the transfer of servicing will be paid by the predecessor servicer.

 

  99  

 

 

The indenture trustee may resign as the servicer by giving written notice of such resignation to the trust and in such event will be released from such duties and obligations, such release not to be effective until the date a successor servicer enters into a servicing agreement with the trust as provided below. Upon delivery of any such notice to the trust, the trust will appoint an Eligible Servicer as the successor servicer under the servicing agreement. If within 30 days after the delivery of the notice of termination of the Servicer’s right and powers referred to above, the trust has not have obtained such a successor servicer, the indenture trustee may appoint, or may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, a successor servicer. In connection with any such appointment, the indenture trustee may make such arrangements for the compensation of such successor servicer as the indenture trustee and such successor servicer shall agree. If the indenture trustee will succeed to the previous servicer’s duties as servicer, it will do so in its individual capacity and not in its capacity as Indenture Trustee and, accordingly, the provisions of the indenture described in “ The Indenture Trustee ” will be inapplicable to the indenture trustee in its duties as the successor servicer and the servicing of the transferred receivables. If the indenture trustee becomes the successor servicer under the servicing agreement, the indenture trustee will be entitled to appoint any one of its affiliates as a sub-servicer or agent; provided, that it will be fully liable for the actions and omissions of such sub-servicer or agent. If the indenture trustee acts as successor servicer, it will not, in any event have obligations (i) with respect to the repurchase of the transferred receivables, (ii) to pay any fees, expenses and other amounts owing to the administrator, (iii) to pay any indemnities owed by a servicer pursuant to the servicing agreement or the indenture or (iv) with respect to the servicer’s obligations under the FDIC Rule Covenants. Further, if the indenture trustee acts as successor servicer, all costs associated with the transfer of servicing will be paid by the predecessor servicer.

 

If the indenture trustee is automatically appointed as successor servicer it may not have the capacity to perform the duties required of a successor servicer and current servicing compensation under the servicing agreement may not be sufficient to cover its actual cost and expenses of servicing the accounts.

 

The trust has agreed in the indenture to enforce the obligations of the servicer under the servicing agreement and if a servicer default arises from the failure of the servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under the servicing agreement with respect to the transferred receivables, the trust will take all reasonable actions available to it to remedy that failure. However, any default by the servicer in the performance of its obligations under the servicing agreement, other than a default that relates to a failure to make required deposits, may be waived by the trust, but only upon consent of the noteholders holding not less than 66 2 ¤ 3 % of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes for all series as to which that servicer default relates.

 

The bank’s and our respective rights and obligations under the receivables sale agreement will be unaffected by any change in servicer.

 

If a conservator or receiver is appointed for the servicer, the conservator or receiver may have the power to prevent the trust from appointing a successor servicer.

 

  100  

 

 

Resignation of Servicer

 

The servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties, except:

 

upon a determination by the servicer that performance of its duties is no longer permissible under applicable law, and there is no commercially reasonable action that the servicer could take to make the performance of its duties permissible under applicable law; or

 

with the consent of the trust, if the servicer has found a replacement servicer that is an Eligible Servicer and the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

 

If the servicer resigns or is terminated, the trust will appoint an Eligible Servicer as successor servicer.

 

The servicer’s resignation will not become effective until a successor has assumed the servicer’s obligations and duties.

 

Merger or Consolidation of Servicer

 

The servicer may consolidate with, merge into, or sell its business to, another entity in accordance with the servicing agreement on the following conditions:

 

(1) the entity, if other than the servicer, formed by the consolidation or merger or that acquires the servicer’s property or assets:

 

(a) is organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any one of its states or the District of Columbia; and

 

(b) expressly assumes, by a supplemental agreement, every covenant and obligation of the servicer under the servicing agreement;

 

(2) the servicer delivers to the trust an officer’s certificate stating that the merger, consolidation or transfer and the related supplemental agreement comply with any applicable terms of the servicing agreement and that all conditions precedent relating to the applicable transaction have been complied with and an opinion of counsel to the effect that the related supplemental agreement is valid and binding with respect to the surviving entity, enforceable against the surviving entity, subject to insolvency and equity related assumptions; and

 

(3) either (i) the entity, if other than the servicer, formed by the consolidation or merger or that acquires the servicer’s property or assets is an Eligible Servicer, or (ii) unless upon effectiveness of the merger, consolidation or transfer, a successor servicer assumed the obligations of the servicer pursuant to the servicing agreement.

 

The conditions described in this paragraph do not apply to any consolidation or merger if the servicer would be the surviving entity.

 

  101  

 

 

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

 

The servicer receives a daily fee for its servicing activities for each day, equal to the result of (a) the aggregate amount of transferred principal receivables determined as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or, if a reset date has occurred since the last day of the preceding Monthly Period, as of the most recent reset date), multiplied by (b) the result of [●]% divided by twelve (12), and multiplied by (c) the result of one (1) divided by the actual number of days during the Monthly Period. The share of the daily servicing fee allocable to each series, class or tranche of notes, as applicable, will be specified in the related indenture supplement or terms document, as applicable, and is described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses. ” The daily servicing fee for any date of processing will be paid or retained by the servicer from collections for such date of processing within two (2) business days of such date of processing. The daily servicing fee for any day that is not a date of processing will be paid or retained by the servicer from collections for the immediately preceding date of processing within two (2) business days of such immediately preceding date of processing. The servicing fee allocable to the SynchronySeries for each payment date will be paid from the SynchronySeries’ share of collections of finance charge receivables each month as described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections.

 

At least five (5) business days before the first day of any Monthly Period, the servicer may elect, by providing written notice to the trust, to receive a monthly servicing fee for such Monthly Period in lieu of the daily servicing fees described in the preceding paragraph. The monthly servicing fee will be equal to the sum of the daily servicing fees (calculated as described in the preceding paragraph) for each day in such Monthly Period (or portion thereof). The share of the monthly servicing fee allocable to each series, class or tranche of notes, as applicable, will be specified in the related indenture supplement or terms document, as applicable, and is described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses. ” After electing to receive a monthly servicing fee for a Monthly Period, the servicer can change such election and instead receive daily servicing fees for such Monthly Period by providing written notice to the trust at least five (5) business days before the first day of such Monthly Period. The servicing fee allocable to the SynchronySeries for each payment date will be paid from the SynchronySeries’ share of collections of finance charge receivables each month as described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions— Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections.

 

The servicer will pay from its servicing compensation expenses of servicing the receivables.

 

Each series’ servicing fee is payable each period from collections of finance charge receivables allocated to the series. The portion of the servicing fee not allocated to any series of notes will be payable by the trust. The noteholders are not responsible for any servicing fee allocable to the trust.

 

  102  

 

 

Evidence as to Servicer’s Compliance

 

The servicing agreement provides that on or before the 90 th day following the end of the trust’s fiscal year, the servicer will deliver to the trust a report on assessment of compliance with the servicing criteria specified in Item 1122(d) of the Regulation AB. The servicing agreement also provides that on or before the 90 th day following the end of the trust’s fiscal year, the servicer will cause a registered public accounting firm to furnish to the trust and each rating agency hired to rate an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes an attestation report on the servicing party’s assessment of compliance with the applicable servicing criteria for the applicable fiscal year.

 

To the extent required by applicable securities laws, a separate assessment of compliance and an attestation report for each party participating in the servicing function will be filed as exhibits to the trust’s annual report on Form 10-K, unless such entity’s activities relate to only 5% or less of the trust’s assets. For purposes of preparing the assessment of compliance described in the preceding paragraph, each servicing party will use the applicable servicing criteria set forth in relevant SEC regulations with respect to asset-backed securities transactions taken as a whole involving that servicing party that are backed by the same types of assets as those backing the notes.

 

On or before the 90 th day following the end of the trust’s fiscal year, the servicer will provide an officer’s certificate to the trust to the effect that:

 

a review of the servicer’s activities during the applicable fiscal year and of its performance under the servicing agreement has been made under the officer’s supervision; and

 

to the best of the officer’s knowledge, based on the officer’s review, the servicer has fulfilled all of its obligations under the servicing agreement in all material respects or, if there has been a failure to fulfill any of the servicer’s obligations in any material respect, specifying the nature and status of the failure.

 

The Indenture Trustee

 

Indenture Trustee

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, is the indenture trustee under the indenture. Its principal corporate trust office is located at 101 Barclay Street, Attention: Corporate Trust Office—Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, New York, New York 10286.

 

The Bank of New York Mellon has and currently is serving as indenture trustee for numerous securitization transactions and programs involving pools of credit card receivables.

 

In the ordinary course of business, The Bank of New York Mellon is named as a defendant in or made a party to pending and potential legal actions. In connection with its role as trustee of certain residential mortgage-backed securitization (“ RMBS ”) transactions, The Bank of New York Mellon has been named as a defendant in a number of legal actions brought by RMBS investors. These lawsuits allege that the trustee had expansive duties under the governing

 

  103  

 

 

agreements, including the duty to investigate and pursue breach of representation and warranty claims against other parties to the RMBS transactions. While it is inherently difficult to predict the eventual outcomes of pending actions, The Bank of New York Mellon denies liability and intends to defend the litigations vigorously.

 

The Bank of New York Mellon has provided the above information for purposes of complying with Regulation AB. Other than the above three paragraphs, The Bank of New York Mellon has not participated in the preparation of, and is not responsible for, any other information contained in this prospectus.

 

The sponsor and its affiliates may from time to time enter into normal banking and trustee relationships with the indenture trustee and its affiliates.

 

Duties and Responsibilities of Indenture Trustee

 

The indenture trustee has agreed to perform only those duties specifically set forth in the indenture. Many of the duties of the indenture trustee are described throughout this prospectus. Under the terms of the indenture, the indenture trustee’s limited responsibilities include the following:

 

to deliver to noteholders of record certain notices, reports and other documents received by the indenture trustee, as required under the indenture;

 

to authenticate, deliver and cancel the notes of each series;

 

to serve as the initial paying agent and registrar;

 

to represent the noteholders in interactions with clearing agencies and other similar organizations;

 

to periodically report on and notify noteholders of certain matters relating to actions taken by the indenture trustee, property and funds that are possessed by the indenture trustee, and other similar matters; and

 

to perform certain other administrative functions identified in the indenture.

 

If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the indenture trustee will exercise its rights and powers under the indenture using the same degree of care and skill as a prudent person would exercise in the conduct of its own affairs. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the indenture trustee may, in its discretion, take any action permitted under the indenture and not inconsistent with a noteholder direction to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the noteholders of the affected series. See “ Description of the Notes—Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default .”

 

Limitations on Indenture Trustee’s Liability

 

The indenture trustee is not liable for any errors of judgment as long as the errors are made in good faith unless it is proved that the indenture trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent

 

  104  

 

 

facts, and the indenture trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to the indenture.

 

The indenture trustee is not required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties under the indenture or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it reasonably believes that repayments of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense is not reasonably assured to it.

 

Compensation and Indemnification of Indenture Trustee

 

Under the terms of the indenture, the trust has agreed to pay the indenture trustee reasonable compensation for performance of its duties under the indenture and to reimburse the indenture trustee for all reasonable expenses incurred or made by it, including the reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel. The trust has also agreed to indemnify the indenture trustee against any loss, liability or expense incurred by them to the extent arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of its powers or duties under the indenture, other than any loss, liability or expense incurred by the indenture trustee through its own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

Resignation or Removal of Indenture Trustee

 

The indenture trustee may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ written notice to the trust. Noteholders holding not less than 66 2 ¤ 3 % of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all notes may remove the indenture trustee at any time with 30 days’ notice delivered to the indenture trustee and the trust. In addition, if the indenture trustee fails to comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act after written request to do so by the trust or any noteholder that has been a bona fide noteholder for at least 6 months, ceases to be eligible to continue as an indenture trustee under the indenture, becomes insolvent or otherwise becomes legally unable to act as indenture trustee with respect to any series, class or tranche of notes, the trust may remove the indenture trustee as the indenture trustee for such series, class or tranche (or in the case of insolvency, for all series, classes or tranches), or any noteholder that has been a bona fide noteholder for at least 6 months with respect to a series, class or tranche may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the indenture trustee and the appointment of a successor indenture trustee for such series, class or tranche (or in the case of insolvency, for all series, classes or tranches). If the indenture trustee resigns or is removed with respect to any series, class or tranche of notes, the trust will then be obligated to appoint a successor indenture trustee. Within one year of such resignation or removal, the noteholders holding the majority aggregate outstanding principal amount of a series, class or tranche may appoint a successor indenture trustee, which will supersede the successor indenture trustee selected by the trust for such series, class or tranche. If a successor indenture trustee has not been appointed by the trust or the noteholders and accepted appointment, any noteholder that has been a bona fide noteholder for at least 6 months with respect to a series, class or tranche may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor indenture trustee for such series, class or tranche. In addition, if the indenture trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as indenture

 

  105  

 

 

trustee, any noteholder may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the indenture trustee and the appointment of a successor indenture trustee.

 

If the indenture trustee has or will acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the indenture trustee will, if so required by the Trust Indenture Act, either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and the indenture.

 

The Owner Trustee

 

Owner Trustee

 

[The Owner Trustee is Citibank, N.A. (“ Citibank ”), a national banking association and wholly owned subsidiary of Citigroup Inc., a Delaware corporation. Citibank, N.A. performs as Owner Trustee through the Agency and Trust line of business, a part of Issuer Services. Citibank, N.A. has primary corporate trust offices located in both New York and London. Citibank, N.A. is a leading provider of corporate trust services offering a full range of agency, fiduciary, tender and exchange, depositary and escrow services. As of the end of the first quarter of 2018, Citibank’s Agency and Trust group manages in excess of $4.9 trillion in fixed income and equity investments on behalf of over 2,500 corporations worldwide. Since 1987, Citibank Agency and Trust has provided corporate trust services for asset-backed securities containing pool assets consisting of airplane leases, auto loans and leases, boat loans, commercial loans, commodities, credit cards, durable goods, equipment leases, foreign securities, funding agreement backed note programs, truck loans, utilities, student loans and commercial and residential mortgages. As of the end of the first quarter of 2018, Citibank, N.A. acts as indenture trustee and/or paying agent for approximately 218 various asset backed trusts supported by either auto loans or leases or equipment loans or leases.

 

In the ordinary course of business, Citibank is involved in a number of legal proceedings, including in connection with its role as trustee of certain RMBS transactions.  Certain of these Citibank as trustee-related matters are disclosed herein.

 

On June 18, 2014, a civil action was filed against Citibank in the Supreme Court of the State of New York by a group of investors in 48 private-label RMBS trusts for which Citibank allegedly serves or did serve as trustee, asserting claims for purported violations of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”), breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty and negligence based on Citibank’s alleged failure to perform its duties as trustee for the 48 RMBS trusts. On November 24, 2014, plaintiffs sought leave to withdraw this action. On the same day, a smaller subset of similar plaintiff investors in 27 private-label RMBS trusts for which Citibank allegedly serves or did serve as trustee, filed a new civil action against Citibank in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York asserting similar claims as the prior action filed in state court. In January 2015, the court closed plaintiffs’ original state court action. On September 8, 2015, the federal court dismissed all claims as to 24 of the 27 trusts and allowed certain of the claims to proceed as to the other three trusts. Subsequently, plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed all claims with respect to two of the three trusts. On April 7, 2017, Citibank filed a motion for summary judgment. Plaintiffs filed its consolidated opposition brief and cross motion for partial summary judgment on May 22, 2017. Briefing on those

 

  106  

 

 

motions was completed on August 4, 2017. On March 22, 2018, the court granted Citibank’s motion for summary judgment in its entirety, denied Plaintiffs’ motion for summary judgment and ordered the clerk to close the case.

 

On November 24, 2015, the same investors that brought the federal case brought a new civil action in the Supreme Court of the State of New York related to 25 private-label RMBS trusts for which Citibank allegedly serves or did serve as trustee. This case includes the 24 trusts previously dismissed in the federal action, and one additional trust. The investors assert claims for breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty to avoid conflicts of interest, and violation of New York’s Streit Act (the “ Streit Act ”). Following oral argument on Citibank’s motion to dismiss, Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on August 5, 2016. On June 27, 2017, the state court issued a decision, dismissing the Event of Default claims, mortgage-file-related claims, the fiduciary duty claims, and the conflict of interest claims. The decision sustained certain breach of contract claims including the claim alleging discovery of breaches of representations and warranties, a claim related to robo-signing, and the implied covenant of good faith claim. Citibank appealed the lower court’s decision and on January 16, 2018, the Appellate Division, First Department dismissed the claims related to robo-signing and the implied covenant of good faith, but allowed plaintiffs’ claim alleging discovery of breaches of representations and warranties to proceed.

 

On August 19, 2015, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) as Receiver for a financial institution filed a civil action against Citibank in the Southern District of New York. This action relates to one private-label RMBS trust for which Citibank formerly served as trustee. FDIC asserts claims for breach of contract, violation of the Streit Act, and violation of the Trust Indenture Act. Citibank jointly briefed a motion to dismiss with The Bank of New York Mellon and U.S. Bank, entities that have also been sued by FDIC in their capacity as trustee, and whose cases are also in front of Judge Carter. On September 30, 2016, the Court granted Citibank’s motion to dismiss the complaint without prejudice for lack of subject matter jurisdiction. On October 14, 2016, FDIC filed a motion for reargument or relief from judgment from the Court’s dismissal order. On July 11, 2017, Judge Carter ruled on the motion for reconsideration regarding his dismissal of the action. He denied reconsideration of his decision on standing, but granted leave to amend the complaint by October 9, 2017 . The FDIC subsequently requested an extension of time to file its amended complaint, which was granted. The FDIC filed its amended complaint on December 8, 2017.

 

There can be no assurances as to the outcome of litigation or the possible impact of litigation on the trustee or the RMBS trusts.  However, Citibank denies liability and continues to vigorously defend against these litigations.  Furthermore,  neither the above-disclosed litigations nor any other pending legal proceeding involving Citibank will materially affect Citibank’s ability to perform its duties as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement for this transaction.

 

The sponsor and its affiliates may from time to time enter into normal banking and trustee relationships with the owner trustee and its affiliates.]

 

  107  

 

 

Duties and Responsibilities of Owner Trustee

 

The owner trustee has agreed to hold in trust, for our use and benefit, the assets transferred to the trust under the transfer agreement. The owner trustee also acts as registrar for purposes of registering the transfer of the transferor interest and any supplemental interests issued by the trust.

 

The owner trustee is authorized, and has been directed under the trust agreement, on behalf of the trust to direct the indenture trustee to authenticate and deliver the notes from time to time pursuant to our instructions. The owner trustee is also authorized, but is not obligated, to take all actions required of the trust under the transfer agreement, the indenture, any indenture supplement, the servicing agreement or any related agreement. The owner trustee will be deemed to have fulfilled its duties and responsibilities under the trust agreement to the extent the administrator has agreed in the administration agreement to perform those duties or responsibilities and the owner trustee will not be liable for the failure of the administrator to carry out its obligations under the administration agreement.

 

The owner trustee does not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy relating to the trust unless we, as holder of the transferor interest, have given our prior approval and delivered an officer’s certificate to the owner trustee certifying that we reasonably believe the trust is insolvent.

 

The owner trustee will not take any of the following actions unless the owner trustee has notified us, as holder of the transferor interest, of the proposed action and we have not notified the owner trustee in writing prior to the 30 th day after receipt of the notice that we object to the proposed action:

 

the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the trust or the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the trust, in each case except with respect to claims or lawsuits for collection of the trust’s assets;

 

the election by the trust to file an amendment to its certificate of trust, unless such amendment is required by Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code;

 

the amendment of the indenture by a supplemental indenture where the consent of any noteholder is required;

 

the amendment of the administration agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or to amend or supplement any provision in a manner, or add any provision, that would not materially and adversely affect our interests, as holder of the transferor interest; or

 

the appointment pursuant to the indenture of a successor note registrar, paying agent or indenture trustee, or the consent to the assignment by the note registrar, paying agent or indenture trustee of its obligations under the indenture or the trust agreement, as applicable.

 

In addition, the owner trustee may not, except at our direction as holder of the transferor interest, remove the administrator or appoint a successor administrator.

 

  108  

 

 

To the extent not inconsistent with the trust agreement or any other related document, we, as holder of the transferor interest, may direct the owner trustee in the management of the trust.

 

Limitations on Owner Trustee’s Liability

 

The owner trustee will not be liable under the trust agreement for any error of judgment made in good faith by a responsible officer of the owner trustee unless it is proved that the owner trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts. The owner trustee will also not be liable for any action taken or not taken by the owner trustee in accordance with our instructions or the instructions of the administrator, the servicer or any holder of a supplemental interest.

 

No provision of the trust agreement or any related agreement requires the owner trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers under the trust agreement or any related agreement, if the owner trustee has reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of the funds or adequate indemnity against the risk or liability is not reasonably provided or assured.

 

Under no circumstances will the owner trustee be liable for indebtedness evidenced by or arising under the indenture or any of the related agreements, including principal or interest on the notes, or any representation, warranty or covenant of the trust. The owner trustee will in no event assume or incur any liability, duty or obligation to any noteholder.

 

The owner trustee will not be liable for the default or misconduct of the administrator, us, the indenture trustee or the servicer under the indenture, the transfer agreement or the related agreements or otherwise and the owner trustee will have no obligation or liability to perform the obligations of the trust under the trust agreement or any related agreement that are required to be performed by the administrator under the administration agreement, the indenture trustee under the indenture or the servicer under the servicing agreement; and the owner trustee will have no obligation to monitor any of the foregoing parties with respect to their respective obligations.

 

The owner trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the trust agreement, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under the trust agreement or otherwise, at the request, order or direction of us, as holder of the transferor interest, or our assigns unless we and our assigns offered to the owner trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by the owner trustee. The right of the owner trustee to perform any discretionary act under the trust agreement or in any related agreement may not be construed as a duty, and the owner trustee will only be answerable for its gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of any discretionary act. The owner trustee will not be personally liable for special, consequential or punitive damages, however styled, including without limitation, lost profits, or any losses due to forces beyond the control of the owner trustee.

 

Compensation and Indemnification of Owner Trustee

 

We will pay the owner trustee a fee as compensation for its services under the trust agreement and will reimburse the owner trustee for its reasonable expenses. We have also agreed to indemnify the owner trustee and its successors, assigns, agents and employees against

 

  109  

 

 

all liabilities and all reasonable costs and expenses which may be imposed in connection with the trust agreement, the related agreements, the trust’s assets and the administration of the trust’s assets, or the action or inaction of the owner trustee under the trust agreement. However, we will not be liable to the owner trustee or any other indemnified party for any liability or expense arising from the indemnified party’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or, with respect to the owner trustee, the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by the owner trustee in the trust agreement or the owner trustee’s failure to use ordinary care in handling funds. We will also not be liable to the owner trustee or any other indemnified party for any taxes, fees or other charges on, based on or measured by, any fees, commissions or compensation received by the owner trustee.

 

Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee; Eligibility

 

The owner trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice to the administrator; provided, however, that such resignation will only be effective upon the appointment of a successor owner trustee. Upon receiving notice of the resignation of the owner trustee, the administrator will promptly appoint a successor owner trustee. If no successor owner trustee has been appointed within 60 days after the owner trustee gives notice of its resignation, the resigning owner trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor owner trustee.

 

The owner trustee must at all times:

 

(1) be a “bank” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act;

 

(2) be authorized to exercise corporate trust powers;

 

(3) have a combined capital and surplus at least $50 million and be subject to the supervision or examination by federal or state authorities; and

 

(4) have, or have a parent that has, a rating of at least “Baa3” by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc., at least “BBB-” by S&P Global Ratings or, if rated by Fitch Ratings Inc., at least “BBB-” by Fitch Ratings, Inc., or if not rated, otherwise satisfactory to each rating agency hired to rate an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes.

 

If the owner trustee ceases to meet the eligibility requirements described in the preceding paragraph and fails to resign after receiving a written request to resign from the administrator, or if the owner trustee becomes legally unable to act or certain bankruptcy or insolvency related events occur with respect to the owner trustee, then the administrator may remove the owner trustee and appoint a successor owner trustee.

 

Any resignation or removal of the owner trustee will not become effective until acceptance of appointment of a successor owner trustee and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing owner trustee.

 

  110  

 

 

The Delaware Trustee

 

Delaware Trustee

 

Citicorp Trust Delaware, National Association (“ Citicorp Trust ”) will act as Delaware trustee. Citicorp Trust is a national banking association and is an affiliate of Citibank, N.A. Citicorp Trust’s principal place of business is located at 20 Montchanin Road, Suite 180, Greenville, Delaware 19807. Citibank, N.A. and its affiliates, including Citicorp Trust, have acted as a Delaware or owner trustee for a variety of transactions and asset types.

 

The sponsor and its affiliates may from time to time enter into normal banking and trustee relationships with the Delaware trustee and its affiliates.

 

Duties and Responsibilities of Delaware Trustee

 

The Delaware trustee has been appointed solely for the purpose of complying with the requirement of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute that the trust have at least one trustee, which, in the case of a natural person, is a resident of the State of Delaware, or which in all other cases, has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware. The duties and responsibilities of the Delaware trustee shall be limited solely to (i) accepting legal process served on the trust in the State of Delaware and (ii) the execution of any certificates which the Delaware trustee is required to execute under Section 3811 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute.

 

Indemnification of Delaware Trustee

 

We will reimburse the Delaware trustee for its reasonable expenses. The Delaware trustee has the same indemnification rights as the owner trustee, which are described under “ The Owner Trustee—Compensation and Indemnification of Owner Trustee.

 

Resignation or Removal of Delaware Trustee; Eligibility

 

The Delaware trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice to the administrator. Upon receiving notice of the resignation of the Delaware trustee, the administrator will promptly appoint a successor Delaware trustee. If no successor Delaware trustee has been appointed and accepted appointment within 60 days after the Delaware trustee gives notice of its resignation, the resigning Delaware trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Delaware trustee.

 

The Delaware trustee and any successor Delaware trustee must at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust Statute. If the Delaware trustee ceases to meet the eligibility requirements described in the preceding sentence and fails to resign after receiving a written request to resign from the administrator, or if the Delaware trustee becomes legally unable to act or certain bankruptcy or insolvency related events occur with respect to the Delaware trustee, then the administrator may remove the Delaware trustee and appoint a successor Delaware trustee.

 

  111  

 

 

Any resignation or removal of the Delaware trustee will not become effective until acceptance of appointment of a successor Delaware trustee and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing Delaware trustee.

 

[Derivative Counterparty]

 

[Description of derivative counterparty, including the name of the derivative counterparty, the organizational form of the derivative counterparty, the general character of the business of the derivative counterparty, whether the significance percentage is less than 10%, at least 10% but less than 20% or 20% or more and any information required by Item 1100(e) of Regulation AB.]

 

[If the aggregate significance percentage of any derivative counterparty is greater than 10%, but less than 20%, financial data required by Item 1115(b)(1) of Regulation AB will be provided.]

 

[If the aggregate significance percentage of any derivative counterparty is greater than 20%, financial statements meeting the requirements of Item 1115(b)(2) of Regulation AB will be provided.]

 

The Asset Representations Reviewer

 

[Insert information as required by Item 1109(b)(1) and (2) of Regulation AB.] [Insert description of the extent to which the asset representations reviewer has had prior experience serving as an asset representations reviewer for asset-backed securities transactions involving credit card receivables.]

 

The asset representations reviewer is not affiliated with us, Synchrony, the bank, the issuing entity, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee, the Delaware trustee or any of their affiliates, nor has the asset representations reviewer been hired by the sponsor or an underwriter to perform pre-closing due diligence work on the receivables in the trust portfolio.

 

[Originators]

 

[With respect to any originator, or group of affiliated originators, apart from the sponsor or its affiliates that has originated, or is expected to originate, 10% or more of the pool assets, disclosure regarding identity of such originator(s).] [With respect to any originator, or group of affiliated originators, apart from the sponsor or its affiliates that has originated, or is expected to originate, 20% or more of the pool assets, disclosure required by Item 1110(b), including the identity of such originator(s), form of organization of such originator(s), a description of such originator(s) origination program and how long the originator has been engaged in originating assets as required by Item 1110(b)(2) of Regulation AB, a description of any interest that the originator(s), or any affiliate thereof, has retained in the transaction as required by Item 1110(b)(3) of Regulation AB, and for any originator required to repurchase or replace a pool asset for breach of a representation or warranty pursuant to the transaction agreements, information regarding the originator’s financial condition to the extent there is a material risk that the effect on its ability to comply with the provisions in the transaction agreements relating

 

  112  

 

 

to the repurchase obligations for those assets resulting from such financial information could have a material impact on pool performance of the asset-backed securities.]

 

[If applicable: Identify any originator(s) originating less than 10% of the pool assets if the cumulative amount originated by parties other than the sponsor or its affiliates is more than 10% of the pool assets.]

 

The Trust Portfolio

 

We refer to the accounts that have been designated as trust accounts as the trust portfolio.

 

The transferred receivables consist of:

 

principal receivables, which are amounts charged by trust account cardholders for goods and services and cash advances; and

 

finance charge receivables, which are periodic finance charges, and other amounts charged to trust accounts, including late fees and return check fees.

 

In addition to the transferred receivables, the notes will be secured by:

 

all proceeds from these receivables and the amounts we pay the trust to purchase charged-off receivables;

 

all monies on deposit in specified trust accounts or investments made with these monies, including any earned investment proceeds allocated to the notes of any series;

 

a security interest in the trust’s rights under the transfer agreement pursuant to which it purchases receivables from us and a security interest in the trust’s rights as assignee in the receivables sale agreement pursuant to which we buy transferred receivables from the bank; and

 

proceeds from any credit enhancement or derivative contracts benefiting any series.

 

The bank has the right, and in some cases the obligation, to designate from time to time additional eligible accounts to the trust portfolio and to convey to us, for further transfer to the trust, all receivables in those additional accounts, whether those receivables are then existing or thereafter created. The accounts and the related receivables may be originated or acquired by the bank or additional originators designated from time to time pursuant to the terms of the receivables sale agreement and the transfer agreement. The designation of additional accounts and sale of related receivables to the trust will be limited by the conditions described in “— Addition of Trust Assets .”

 

The accounts must meet eligibility standards as of the date the bank designates them as additional accounts. Once these accounts are designated, only the receivables arising under these accounts, and not the accounts themselves, are sold. In addition, as of the date on which any new receivables are created, we will represent and warrant to the trust that the receivables conveyed to the trust on that day meet the trust’s eligibility standards. However, we cannot guarantee that

 

  113  

 

 

all the receivables and accounts will continue to meet the applicable eligibility requirements throughout the life of the trust. The trust’s eligibility requirements for accounts and receivables are described in “ —Representations and Warranties of the Depositor .”

 

Under limited circumstances, the bank may also designate that some accounts will no longer be trust accounts, and the receivables originated under these accounts will be conveyed by the trust back to us, as described in this prospectus. Throughout the term of the trust, the transferred receivables will consist of:

 

receivables originated in the initial trust accounts; plus

 

receivables originated in any additional accounts; minus

 

receivables originated in any removed accounts.

 

We cannot assure you that additional accounts will be of the same credit quality as previously designated trust accounts. Moreover, additional accounts may contain receivables which consist of fees, charges and amounts which are different from the fees, charges and amounts described in this prospectus. Additional accounts may also have different credit guidelines, balances and ages. Consequently, we cannot assure you that the trust accounts will continue to have the characteristics described in this prospectus as additional accounts are added. In addition, if the bank designates additional accounts with lower periodic finance charges, that designation may have the effect of reducing the portfolio yield.

 

Account Terms

 

The bank offers fixed rate and variable rate credit card accounts. The credit card accounts are generally unsecured. Finance charges are calculated by multiplying the daily balance or the average daily balance outstanding on an account during the monthly billing period by the applicable periodic finance charge rate. In certain instances, finance charges are assessed from the date of purchase. Payments made by obligors are applied in accordance with the bank’s credit and collection policies and applicable regulations. Subject to applicable law and in some cases subject to program partner approval, the bank may change finance charge rates from time to time at its discretion. Generally, the minimum monthly payment amount is equal to the greater of a fixed dollar amount and a portion of the account balance sized to ensure required amortization of the account balance. Subject to applicable law, the bank may change the minimum monthly payment from time to time at its discretion.

 

The types of promotional financing the bank offers include:

 

Deferred Interest—Interest accrues during a promotional period and becomes payable if the full purchase amount is not paid off during the promotional period;

 

No Interest—No interest accrues during a promotional period; and

 

Reduced Interest—Interest accrues monthly at a promotional interest rate during the promotional period.

 

  114  

 

 

For certain credit card programs, the no interest and reduced interest promotional periods may extend indefinitely.

 

Consumer Protection Laws

 

The relationship between the bank and its customers is regulated under federal and state consumer protection laws. With respect to credit accounts issued by the bank, the most significant federal laws include the federal Truth in Lending Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the FCRA, Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and the GLBA. These and other federal laws and regulations, among other things, require the disclosure of the cost of credit, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, require safe and sound banking operations, prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices, restrict the bank’s ability to raise interest rates, and subject the bank to substantial regulatory oversight. State, and in some cases, local laws also may regulate the relationship between the bank and its U.S. customers in these areas, as well as in the areas of collection practices, and may provide other additional consumer protections. Moreover, the bank is subject to the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which protects persons on active military service and their dependents from undue hardship resulting from their military service. The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act applies to all debts incurred prior to the commencement of active duty (including credit card and other open-end credit) and limits the amount of interest including service and renewal charges and any other fees or charges (other than bona fide insurance) that is related to the obligation or liability. The bank’s credit card programs are also subject to the MLA, which extends specific protections to covered borrowers. These protections include, but are not limited to: a limit on the military annual percentage rate that can be charged to 36%, delivery of certain required disclosures and a prohibition on mandatory arbitration agreements. See “ Risk Factors—The Company’s business is subject to government regulation, supervision examination and enforcement, which could adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The CARD Act was enacted in 2009 and most of the requirements became effective in 2010. The CARD Act made numerous amendments to the Truth in Lending Act, requiring the bank to make significant changes to many of its business practices, including marketing, underwriting, pricing and billing. The CARD Act’s restrictions on the bank’s ability to increase interest rates on existing balances to respond to market conditions and credit risk ultimately constrain the bank’s willingness to extend credit to new customers and provide additional credit to current customers. Other CARD Act restrictions, such as limitations on late fees, have resulted and will continue to result in reduced interest income and loan fee income.

 

Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, which regulates consumer financial products and services and certain financial services providers. The CFPB is authorized to prevent “unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices” and ensure consistent enforcement of laws so that all consumers have access to markets for consumer financial products and services that are fair, transparent and competitive. The CFPB has rulemaking and interpretive authority under the Dodd-Frank Act and other federal consumer financial services laws, as well as broad supervisory, examination and enforcement authority over large providers of consumer financial products such as the Company. In addition, the CFPB maintains an online complaint system that allows consumers to log complaints with respect to various consumer finance products, including

 

  115  

 

 

credit cards. The system could inform future agency decisions with respect to its regulatory, enforcement or examination focus. There continues to be uncertainty as to how the CFPB’s strategies and priorities, including in both its examination and enforcement processes, will impact the Company’s business and its results of operations going forward. See “ Risk Factors—Current, pending and proposed regulation and legislation relating to consumer protection laws may impede collection efforts or reduce collections ,” “ —The Dodd-Frank Act has had, and may continue to have, a significant impact on us, the issuing entity, the bank or the Company ” and “ —There continues to be uncertainty as to how the CFPB’s actions will impact the Company’s business; the agency’s actions have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on the Company’s business .”

 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act enables merchants to offer discounts for the use of forms of payment other than credit cards and to establish certain minimum dollar amounts for credit card transactions notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the payment card network rules. These provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act could reduce the use of credit cards by consumers. Furthermore, Congress and the states may enact new laws and amendments to existing laws to regulate further the consumer revolving credit industry.

 

The FCRA regulates the bank’s use of credit reports and the reporting of information to credit reporting agencies, and also provides a standard for lenders to share information with affiliates and certain third parties and to provide firm offers of credit to consumers. The FCRA also places further restrictions on the use of information shared between affiliates for marketing purposes, requires the provision of disclosures to consumers when risk-based pricing is used in a credit decision, and requires safeguards to help protect consumers from identity theft.

 

Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant potential liability from litigation brought by customers including actual damages, statutory damages, restitution and attorneys’ fees. Federal banking regulators and the CFPB, as well as state attorneys general and other state and local consumer protection agencies, also may seek to enforce consumer protection requirements and obtain these and other remedies, including civil money penalties.

 

In the past, legislation has been introduced in Congress that would have required additional transparency to foster greater competition with respect to interchange fees. If such legislation is introduced and passed, it could ultimately lead to direct government oversight and regulation of interchange fees. Visa Inc. and MasterCard Inc. have entered into a settlement agreement with retailers regarding interchange fees, which includes an agreement by the defendants to pay the retailers $6.05 billion, and to make association rule changes and give other relief. The class settlement was approved by Judge John Gleeson on December 13, 2013. The National Retail Federation and a number of merchants appealed that settlement to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit and on June 30, 2016, the Second Circuit reversed Judge Gleeson’s ruling that approved the settlement and remanded the action back to the Eastern District of New York. On November 23, 2016, the class plaintiffs petitioned the U.S. Supreme Court for a writ of certiorari to review the Second Circuit’s decision. The Supreme Court denied the petition on March 27, 2017. Further, a number of merchants, including several large retailers, have elected to “opt out” of the proposed settlement. Opting out allows these retailers to commence separate actions on these matters and some of these merchants have already commenced new actions against Visa and MasterCard. Any reduction in the interchange fees

 

  116  

 

 

paid by merchants to banks could adversely impact the business operations of credit card issuers and could reduce the amount of interchange included in finance charge collections.

 

The trust may be liable for violations of consumer protection laws that apply to the receivables, either as assignee from us with respect to obligations arising before transfer of receivables to the trust or as the party directly responsible for obligations arising after the transfer. In addition, a cardholder may be entitled to assert those violations by way of set-off against the obligation to pay the amount of receivables owing. All receivables that were not created in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of consumer protection laws, if the noncompliance has a material adverse effect on the noteholders’ interest therein, may be reassigned to us. For a discussion of the trust’s rights if receivables were not created in compliance in all material respects with applicable laws, see “— Representations and Warranties of the Depositor .”

 

Representations and Warranties of the Depositor

 

As of each date on which transferred receivables are transferred to the trust, we represent to the trust that:

 

each transferred receivable is an eligible receivable on the date it is transferred to the trust;

 

the transfer agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest in the transferred receivables in favor of the trust, which, upon filing of the financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the transfer agreement and upon creation of each transferred receivable, will be prior to all other liens other than liens permitted by the transfer agreement;

 

subject to liens permitted by the transfer agreement, we have not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the transferred receivables and have not authorized the filing of and are not aware of any financing statements against us that included a description of collateral covering transferred receivables;

 

immediately prior to the conveyance of the transferred receivables to the trust, we own and have good and marketable title to, or have a valid security interest in, each transferred receivable free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance other than liens permitted by the transfer agreement;

 

all required governmental approvals in connection with the transfer of each such receivable to the trust have been obtained and remain in full force and effect; and

 

we have caused, on or prior to the initial transfer date for receivables, or will have caused, on or prior to the applicable addition date, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the appropriate offices in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest of the trust in the related transferred receivables.

 

Pursuant to the indenture, the trust granted a security interest in all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the trust under and with respect to the transfer agreement, including the

 

  117  

 

 

representations and warranties described above, to the indenture trustee for the benefit of the noteholders.

 

For purposes of the representations above and the criteria for eligible receivables described below, liens permitted by the transfer agreement include liens for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges not yet due and payable, unperfected workers’, mechanics’, suppliers’ or similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business and liens existing or created in favor of, or created by, us or the trust.

 

If any of these representations is not true in any material respect for any receivables as of the date specified in the representation and as a result of the breach any receivables in the related account become charged-off receivables or the trust’s rights in the transferred receivables or the proceeds of the transferred receivables are impaired or are not available to the trust free and clear of any lien, other than liens permitted by the transfer agreement, unless such breach is cured within the applicable cure period described below those receivables will be designated as ineligible receivables. We will be permitted 60 days to cure the breach or a longer period, not to exceed 150 days as may be agreed to by the indenture trustee, after we discover or receive notice of the breach from the trust or the indenture trustee acting at the direction of more than 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of all Notes.

 

Except under the circumstances described in the following sentence, we will purchase each ineligible receivable for a cash purchase price equal to the principal amount of the reassigned receivable, plus accrued finance charges as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period, on the first date on which we sell additional receivables to the trust after the repurchase obligation arises. However, we are not required to make the payment described in the preceding sentence if the Free Equity Amount exceeds the Minimum Free Equity Amount, after giving effect to the exclusion of the ineligible receivables from the Aggregate Principal Receivables. Amounts paid by us in connection with the repurchase of receivables will be deemed to be principal collections to the extent that they represent the purchase price of principal receivables and will be deemed to be finance charge collections to the extent that they represent the purchase price of finance charge receivables, and will be allocated in the same manner as collections on the transferred receivables. Reassignment of any affected receivables to us is the sole remedy respecting any breach of the representations and warranties described above.

 

For purposes of the above representations and warranties, an “ eligible account ” is an account that satisfies the following criteria as of the initial cut-off date or addition representation date:

 

it is either established or acquired by the bank or any other approved originator of accounts;

 

the originator’s electronic records related to the account do not indicate that the account has been cancelled;

 

the originator’s electronic records related to the account indicate that the account is payable in United States dollars;

 

the originator’s electronic records related to the account do not indicate that the account is a closed-end account;

 

  118  

 

 

except as provided below, it has not been identified on the originator’s electronic records related to the account as an account, the credit cards with respect to which have been reported as being lost or stolen or the cardholder of which is the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding;

 

none of the receivables in the account have been identified by the electronic records of the originator as having been sold, pledged or otherwise conveyed to any other entity other than us, the trust or the indenture trustee, unless any such pledge is released on or before the initial receivables transfer date or the addition date, as applicable;

 

except as provided below, it does not have any receivables that have been charged-off as uncollectible in accordance with the originator’s credit and collection policies or that have been identified by the electronic records of the originator as having been incurred as a result of fraudulent use;

 

the applicable originator’s electronic records indicate the cardholder has provided, as his or her most recent billing address, an address located in the United States or a territory thereof or a United States military address; and

 

it does not have receivables listed on the applicable originator’s electronic records as obligations of the United States, any state or agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.

 

Eligible accounts may include accounts, the receivables in which have been written off as uncollectible, or as to which the bank or other originator of the account believes the related cardholder is bankrupt and certain receivables that have been identified by the cardholder as having been incurred as a result of fraudulent use of credit cards or any credit cards have been reported to the bank or other originator, as applicable, as lost or stolen, so long as the balance of all receivables included in those accounts is reflected on the books and records of the bank or other originator, as applicable, as “zero” and charging privileges with respect to all such accounts have been cancelled and are not reinstated.

 

For purposes of the above representations and warranties, an “ eligible receivable ” is a receivable:

 

that has arisen under an eligible account;

 

that complied at the time it was originated with all requirements of law applicable to the bank or the originator of the related account that, if not complied with, would have a material adverse effect on the trust or any of its creditors;

 

the terms of which do not limit the right of its owner to sell and assign the receivable;

 

that at the time of transfer is the legal and binding payment obligation of the related cardholder, enforceable in all material respects against that cardholder in accordance with its terms, subject to permitted insolvency and equity related exceptions and limitations on enforceability imposed by the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act;

 

  119  

 

 

that constitutes an “account” or “general intangible” under the Uniform Commercial Code; and

 

for which, at the time of transfer to us or the trust, as applicable, the applicable originator’s electronic records do not reflect any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, including usury, other than some insolvency and equity related defenses or other than as to which a downward adjustment has been made pursuant to the receivables sale agreement.

 

On each day on which transferred receivables are transferred to the trust, we will also make representations and warranties to the trust as to:

 

our valid existence and good standing as a limited liability company and our ability to perform our obligations under the transfer agreement;

 

our qualification to do business and good standing in each jurisdiction where our ownership or lease of property or the conduct of our business requires us to be qualified and where the failure to be qualified or in good standing would have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

our due authorization of the execution, delivery and performance of the transfer agreement and each transaction document to which we are a party;

 

our execution, delivery and performance of the transfer agreement and each transaction document to which we are a party do not violate any law, governmental regulation or contractual restriction binding on us, except where a violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

the enforceability of each transaction document against us as legal, valid and binding obligations subject to permitted insolvency and equity related exceptions.

 

Representations and Warranties of the Bank

 

In the receivables sale agreement, the bank represents and warrants to us as of each date on which receivables are transferred to us that:

 

each transferred receivable is an eligible receivable on the date it is transferred to us;

 

the receivables sale agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest in the transferred receivables, which will, upon filing of the financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the receivables sale agreement and upon creation of each transferred receivable, be prior to all other liens other than liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement;

 

each transferred receivable constitutes an “account” or “general intangible” under the Uniform Commercial Code;

 

  120  

 

 

immediately prior to the conveyance of the transferred receivables under the receivables sale agreement, the bank owned and had good and marketable title to each such receivable free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance other than liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement;

 

the bank has caused, on or prior to the initial receivables transfer date, or will have caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the appropriate offices in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest granted to us in the transferred receivables; and

 

subject to liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement, the bank has not pledged, assigned, sold or granted a security interest in or otherwise conveyed any of the transferred receivables and has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the bank that included a description of collateral covering transferred receivables.

 

For purposes of the representations above and the criteria for eligible receivables described above, liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement include liens for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges not yet due and payable, unperfected workers’, mechanics’, suppliers’ or similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business and liens created in favor of, or created by, us.

 

If any of these representations is not true in any material respect for any receivables as of the date specified in the representation and as a result of the breach any receivables in the related account become charged-off receivables or our rights in the transferred receivables or the proceeds of the transferred receivables are impaired or are not available to us free and clear of any lien, other than liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement, unless such breach is cured within the applicable cure period described below, those receivables will be designated as ineligible receivables and will be subject to repurchase by the bank as described below. The bank will be permitted 60 days to cure the breach or a longer period not to exceed 150 days agreed to by us after the bank discovers the breach or receives notice of the breach from us or the indenture trustee acting at the direction of holders of more than 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of all notes.

 

The bank will repurchase each ineligible receivable for a purchase price equal to the purchase price paid by us for that receivable, less any principal collections received on the receivable since the date we purchased the receivable. The bank will pay the repurchase price on the first date on which additional receivables are sold to us after the repurchase obligation arises. The repurchase price will first be netted against the purchase price payable by us for receivables sold by the bank to us on the repurchase date, except that if we inform the bank that we require funds to make payments on account of the related ineligible receivable under the transfer agreement or one of the other transaction documents, the bank will instead pay the full repurchase price to us in cash.

 

In the receivables sale agreement, the bank will also make representations and warranties to us as to:

 

  121  

 

 

its valid existence and good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and its ability to perform its obligations under the receivables sale agreement;

 

its qualification to do business and good standing in each jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires it to be qualified and where the failure to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

the due authorization of its execution, delivery and performance of the receivables sale agreement and each transaction document to which it is a party;

 

the execution, delivery and performance by it of the receivables sale agreement and each transaction document to which it is a party do not violate any law, governmental regulation or contractual or other restrictions binding on the bank, except where a violation could not reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect; and

 

the enforceability of each of the transaction documents against it as legal, valid and binding obligations, subject to permitted insolvency and equity related exceptions.

 

Addition of Trust Assets

 

We have the option to designate additional accounts to the trust portfolio, the receivables in which will be sold to us and assigned by us to the trust, if the bank is willing to designate additional accounts under the receivables sale agreement. We may continue designating additional accounts without obtaining confirmation of the ratings of any outstanding notes, but with five business days’ prior notice to each rating agency that has rated an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes, so long as the following limits are not exceeded:

 

(1) the principal balance of the additional accounts does not exceed either:

 

the product of:

 

(a) 15% and

 

(b) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period, minus the transferred principal receivables in the additional accounts added since that date, measured for each such additional account as of the date that additional account was designated to be added to the trust; or

 

the product of:

 

(a) 20% and

 

(b) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the first day of the calendar year in which the addition is to occur, minus the transferred principal receivables in the additional accounts added since that date, measured for each such additional account as of the date that additional account was designated to be added to the trust; or

 

  122  

 

 

(2) the number of the additional accounts does not exceed either:

 

the product of:

 

(a) 15% and

 

(b) the number of accounts in the trust as of the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period, minus the number of additional accounts added since that date; or

 

the product of:

 

(a) 20% and

 

(b) the number of accounts in the trust as of the first day of the calendar year in which the addition is to occur, minus the number of additional accounts added since that date.

 

We may exceed these limitations if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied for all outstanding series of notes, in which case the five business days’ prior notice requirement described above will not apply.

 

If at the end of any Monthly Period an Asset Deficiency exists, we will be required to designate additional accounts to the trust and assign the related receivables to the trust on or prior to the required designation date described below unless the Asset Deficiency, calculated after giving effect to any payment of principal on any outstanding series of notes to occur on the following payment date, no longer exists as of the close of business on any day that is after the last day of such Monthly Period but on or prior to the required designation date. The required designation date will be the tenth business day following the end of the Monthly Period, provided that if the requirement to designate additional accounts arises from an Asset Deficiency due to the Risk Retention Transferor Amount being less than the Required Risk Retention Transferor Amount, the required designation date will be the last day of the next following Monthly Period. The amount of the required addition is the amount necessary so that no Asset Deficiency exists as of the close of business on the addition date, calculated after giving effect to any payment of principal on any outstanding series of notes to occur on the following payment date.

 

When we transfer receivables in additional accounts to the trust, we must deliver a written assignment to the trust, indicate in our electronic records that such receivables have been transferred by us and, if any optional addition of accounts would exceed the limits described above, satisfy the Rating Agency Condition.

 

As described in more detail in “ Review of Pool Asset Disclosure ,” in connection with account additions, we periodically identify accounts that meet the trust eligibility criteria described in “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ” by screening the inventory of accounts owned by the bank (including accounts acquired from third party originators, if any) for the applicable characteristics. No party will independently verify that the above conditions for the designation of additional accounts have been met.

 

  123  

 

 

Removal of Accounts

 

We also have the right to remove accounts from the list of designated accounts and to require the reassignment to us or our designee of all receivables in the removed accounts, whether the receivables already exist or arise after the designation.  Our right to remove accounts (other than in the case of removed accounts designated for purchase by a program partner under the terms of the program partner’s credit card program agreement or the removal of inactive accounts) is subject to the satisfaction of several conditions, including that:

 

(1) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied;

 

(2) we certify that we reasonably believe that:

 

(a) no selection procedures believed by us to be materially adverse to the trust or its creditors were used in selecting the removed accounts; and

 

(b) the removal will not cause an early amortization event; and

 

(3) no Asset Deficiency will exist after giving effect to such removal.

 

In addition, we may from time to time, remove accounts designated for purchase by a program partner under the terms of the program partner’s credit card program agreement with the bank.  In connection with such a removal, we are required to use reasonable efforts to satisfy the Rating Agency Condition.  The repurchase price for these receivables will be equal to the outstanding principal amount of the receivables in the removed accounts, plus accrued finance charges in such removed accounts, as of the date the balance of principal receivables in the removed accounts is determined for purposes of calculating the purchase price to be paid by the program partner in accordance with the program partner’s credit card program agreement with the bank.  Amounts received by the trust for these removed receivables will be treated as collections of transferred principal receivables and finance charge receivables. However, if no Asset Deficiency would exist after giving effect to the removal of such accounts, no cash payment of the repurchase price will be required and the consideration for the removed receivables will be a corresponding reduction in the Free Equity Amount.

 

From time to time, we may also designate accounts that have had a zero balance and on which no charges have been made for at least the preceding twelve months as removed accounts without satisfying the conditions described above.

 

No party will independently verify that the above conditions for the removal of accounts have been met.

 

Notice of Changes in Trust Portfolio

 

If the designation of additional accounts or removal of accounts materially changes the composition of the trust portfolio, we will include updated information with respect to the composition of the trust portfolio in a report on Form 10-D, which will be filed with the SEC, unless similar information with respect to the trust portfolio was otherwise previously filed in a periodic report filed with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or filed with

 

  124  

 

 

the SEC in connection with the filing by us of a prospectus or registration statement relating to the trust.

 

The Selected Portfolio and the Trust Portfolio

 

Selection of the Trust Portfolio

 

The bank’s credit card portfolio is primarily comprised of private label and dual card accounts. The bank has selected the accounts in the current trust portfolio from among a subset of its dual card and private label credit card programs. The accounts in this subset of dual card and private label credit card programs are referred to as the “ selected portfolio .” Accounts designated to the trust portfolio were selected for the trust portfolio from among the accounts in the selected portfolio that satisfy the eligibility criteria specified in the receivables sale agreement and the transfer agreement. See “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ” for a description of the eligibility criteria used to select the trust portfolio.

 

The relative percentages of accounts originated in each credit card program are expected to change from time to time for both the selected portfolio and the trust portfolio, and the composition of the trust portfolio does not, and in the future is not expected to, match the composition of the selected portfolio with respect to any of the pool characteristics described below in “ Composition of the Trust Portfolio, ” and there may be material differences between the composition of the selected portfolio and the trust portfolio. In addition, in the future accounts may be selected for designation to the trust portfolio from credit card programs for additional program partners whose accounts are not currently included in the selected portfolio. Credit card program accounts currently included in the selected portfolio may be removed from the selected portfolio in the future, and credit card accounts in those credit card programs may be removed from the trust portfolio, subject to satisfaction of the conditions described in “ The Trust Portfolio – Removal of Accounts.

 

The tables under the heading “ Performance of the Selected Portfolio and the Trust Portfolio ” in Annex IV contain certain performance information for the receivables in the selected portfolio, and tables under the heading “ Composition of the Trust Portfolio ” in Annex IV summarize the trust portfolio by various criteria as of the dates specified in Annex IV.

 

Review of Pool Asset Disclosure

 

In connection with the offering of the offered notes, we have performed a review of the transferred receivables and the disclosure required to be included in this prospectus relating to the transferred receivables by Item 1111 of Regulation AB (such disclosure, the “ Asset Review Information ”). This review was designed and effected to provide us with reasonable assurance that the Asset Review Information is accurate in all material respects.

 

The Asset Review Information consisting of factual information was reviewed and approved by those officers and employees of us, the bank and our and the bank’s affiliates who are knowledgeable about such factual information. Our counsel reviewed the Asset Review Information consisting of descriptions of portions of the transaction documents and compared that Asset Review Information to the related transaction documents. Asset Review Information

 

  125  

 

 

consisting of descriptions of the program agreements for the selected portfolios was reviewed and compared to the applicable program agreements by officers of the bank familiar with those documents. Our officers and affiliates also consulted with internal regulatory personnel and counsel with respect to the description of the legal and regulatory provisions that may materially and adversely affect the performance of the transferred receivables or payments on the notes.

 

Our employees and affiliates, with the assistance of a third party we engaged, also performed a review of the statistical information in this prospectus with respect to the transferred receivables. The statistical information relating to the transferred receivables was compared to information from the bank’s database regarding the attributes of such receivables. The results of the review provided validation that the data is accurate and consistent in all material respects with the information maintained in the bank’s database.

 

Certain data processing and administrative functions associated with the servicing of the trust portfolio are currently being performed on behalf of the bank by First Data Resources, Inc. (“ FDR ”). Information processed by FDR is transferred to the bank’s information system, and the statistical information regarding the trust accounts that is included in this prospectus is derived from the bank’s information system. The bank utilizes a variety of integrated automated controls to ensure that data processed by FDR is accurately transferred to the bank’s information systems including data architectural controls that validate record counts as well as data quality controls to measure completeness, consistency and validity. In addition, the bank verifies the accuracy of what is processed by reviewing a report that compares data fields including the total credit limits, delinquency statuses, late fees, finance charges and principal receivables of all accounts processed by FDR to the corresponding information reflected in the bank’s information systems for all accounts owned by the bank.

 

With respect to the disclosure in “ Compliance with Underwriting Criteria ” below, the bank regularly engages in activities that are designed to monitor and measure compliance with its credit policy, including testing of automated approval systems and monthly monitoring and compliance checks with respect to credit line decisions that are not handled through the automated system.

 

To ensure models used in automated strategies are “good to use,” the bank utilizes a model governance framework which is in accordance with the latest regulatory guidance. Upon instances where deviation from expected performance is observed, the bank management team is notified, with an explanation of the results. This notification to bank management may result in re-evaluating and, potentially, re-building models.  When monitoring the quality of the automated decision approvals, the bank uses monthly portfolio performance packages. These packages summarize monthly approval trends by score range, channel and lines assigned.

 

As described in more detail in “ Compliance with Underwriting Criteria ” below, if a cardholder requests a credit line that exceeds the amount set for such cardholder by the automated system, the related request may be forwarded to a group referred to as “Credit Solutions” for consideration. Credit line decisions made by the Credit Solutions group are monitored through a monthly process during which each underwriter has a minimum number of eight credit line decisions reviewed by a bank quality control analyst who rates each decision in accordance with an established review methodology.

 

  126  

 

 

Since July 1, 2010, additional procedures have been implemented to monitor the activities of the Credit Solutions group. Currently, on a monthly basis, a surveillance team screens a sample of accounts that were handled by the Credit Solutions group to identify accounts for decisions outside the procedure. The surveillance team selects the sample of accounts to be reviewed on a random basis in an amount sufficient to provide a 95% confidence level for all accounts that were handled by the Credit Solutions group in the prior month. Such accounts are then re-evaluated to determine whether there were any exceptions from underwriting guidelines with respect to the credit lines granted on such accounts. Prior to March 1, 2018, the surveillance team screened all accounts that were handled by the Credit Solutions group, and there may be modifications to such surveillance procedures from time to time in the future.

 

In connection with account additions, we periodically identify accounts that meet the trust eligibility criteria by screening the inventory of accounts owned by the bank (including accounts acquired from third party originators) for the applicable characteristics. We then prepare a report that shows the applicable account characteristics for the accounts that passed the screen. This report is reviewed by the bank to ensure that the screen properly excluded any ineligible accounts. Among the population of eligible accounts, the bank, in its discretion, may apply additional screens based on certain account characteristics, including credit score and delinquency status, however, the bank is not required to do so. Once these additional screens have been applied, the bank randomly selects accounts from the remaining population of eligible accounts. In connection with each account addition, we will represent that no selection procedures believed to be materially adverse to the interests of the issuing entity or the noteholders were utilized in selection of the additional accounts from the available eligible accounts.

 

Portions of the review of the legal, regulatory and statistical information were performed with the assistance of our affiliates and third parties we engaged, which determined the nature, extent and timing of the review and the level of assistance provided by its affiliates and the third parties. We had ultimate authority and control over, and assume all responsibility for, the review and the findings and conclusions of the review. We attribute all findings and conclusions of the review to ourselves.

 

After undertaking the review described above, we have concluded that we have reasonable assurance that the Asset Review Information in this prospectus is accurate in all material respects.

 

Compliance with Underwriting Criteria

 

As described in “ The Sponsor—Underwriting Process ,” the bank makes virtually all underwriting and authorization decisions using an automated system that considers credit bureau information that is run through proprietary scoring models developed for the bank to calculate each applicant’s credit score. This automated system drives all decisions to approve or decline a customer’s request for credit and also sets an initial credit line on each approved customer’s account, in each case without any underwriter discretion.

 

In cases where a newly approved cardholder or an existing cardholder has requested a credit line that exceeds the amount set by the automated system, the request is forwarded to the Credit

 

  127  

 

 

Solutions group for further consideration if such cardholder received the highest internal credit rating from the automated system. Applicants with lower credit ratings are offered the maximum credit line permitted by the automated system without any review by the Credit Solutions group. Once accounts are received by the Credit Solutions group, all requests for a higher credit line are screened through a system that considers each applicant’s bankruptcy history, ability to pay and recent increase history. All accounts considered by the Credit Solutions group that pass the initial screen are then assessed by underwriters according to operating procedures that consider certain account characteristics, including factors such as credit grade and delinquency history. If an applicant satisfies all criteria specified by the operating procedures, the reviewing underwriter may grant a higher credit line up to designated levels.

 

We have reviewed the credit line decisions made by the Credit Solutions group that were identified by the bank’s surveillance team as specified above between [●] [●], 20[●] and [●] [●], 20[●] for credit line decisions relating to the Retail Card platform that were exceptions to the underwriting guidelines disclosed in this prospectus. Some of these credit line decisions were granted at or under the designated maximum level permitted by the operating procedures, however such accounts were found to deviate from the disclosed underwriting guidelines for the sole reason that they lacked requisite manager pre-approval. The remainder of the exceptions were determined to be exceptions because the credit lines were found to be above the maximum level permitted by the operating procedures for those accounts. Based on our review, the number of credit line decisions for which exceptions were identified represents less than [●]% of accounts for which credit was granted during such time period.

 

The bank determined to include the receivables for which exceptions were identified in the trust portfolio because the exceptions would not have a material adverse effect on the trust, and therefore, despite the exceptions to the underwriting criteria, the related receivables are eligible for sale to the trust. With respect to these credit-related exceptions, the bank considers, as an additional compensating factor, that ongoing credit monitoring enables the bank to adjust the credit limit as deemed necessary by the results of the behavioral scoring model that is applied to each account periodically.

 

Static Pool Information

 

Static pool information for the selected portfolio and the trust portfolio relating to gross charge-offs, delinquencies, yield and payment rate can be located in Annex II to this prospectus, which forms an integral part of this prospectus. Annex II does not include information relating to prepayments, because the concept of prepayments is not an applicable consideration for credit card accounts beyond payment rate data, which is provided in Annex II.  Annex II does not include information relating to standardized credit scores, because credit decisions regarding the accounts are being made on an ongoing basis based on the evolving credit scores of the related obligors.

 

  128  

 

 

Asset Representations Review

 

As discussed under “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ,” and “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Sellers ,” we and the seller make certain representations and warranties regarding the eligibility of the transferred receivables and the related accounts. The asset representations reviewer will be responsible for reviewing the transferred receivables and related accounts for compliance with the representations and warranties regarding if an account is an eligible account and if a receivable is an eligible receivable (collectively, the “ Pool Asset Representations ”), when the following asset review conditions (the “ Review Conditions ”) have been satisfied:

 

the Delinquency Percentage for any payment date exceeds the Delinquency Trigger for that payment date, as described below under “— Delinquency Trigger ”; and

 

the noteholders have voted to direct a review of the applicable Subject Receivables pursuant to the process described below under “— Asset Review Voting .”

 

If the Review Conditions are satisfied (the first date on which all of the Review Conditions are satisfied is referred to as the “ Review Trigger Date ”), then the asset representations reviewer will perform a review of the Subject Receivables (as defined below) for compliance with the Pool Asset Representations as described below under “— Asset Review.

 

Delinquency Trigger

 

On or prior to each payment date, the servicer will calculate the Delinquency Percentage for the preceding Monthly Period. The “ Delinquency Percentage ” for each payment date and the related preceding Monthly Period is an amount equal to the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the aggregate receivables balance of all 60-Day Delinquent Receivables as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such payment date to (ii) the aggregate receivables balance of all transferred receivables as of the last day of the related Monthly Period. “ 60-Day Delinquent Receivables ” means, as of any date of determination, all transferred receivables (other than charged-off receivables and receivables in removed accounts) that are 60 or more days delinquent as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such date, as determined in accordance with the bank’s customary servicing practices. Charged-off receivables are not considered delinquent receivables and are therefore not included in the Delinquency Percentage calculation.

 

The “ Delinquency Trigger ” for any payment date and the related preceding Monthly Period will be the lowest “Delinquency Trigger” as specified in the prospectus for any series.  The Delinquency Trigger for the SynchronySeries is [●]%.  [The Delinquency Trigger for the SynchronySeries has been set at a level in excess of the historical peak of delinquent receivables [since [●]] to assure that the Delinquency Trigger is not breached due to fluctuations in credit cycles that are unrelated to breaches of representations and warranties.  The Delinquency Trigger corresponds generally to the level of expected losses on the receivables in the trust that would cause the notes to realize the first dollar of loss.  By aligning the Delinquency Trigger with the maximum level of credit losses that the notes can withstand without a loss, we believe the

 

  129  

 

 

Delinquency Trigger provides an appropriate early warning threshold at the point when noteholders may benefit from an Asset Review.]

 

Subject Receivables ” means, for any asset review, all transferred receivables which are 60-Day Delinquent Receivables as of the last day of the Monthly Period prior to the related Review Trigger Date. However, any receivable which becomes a repurchased receivable after the Review Trigger Date will no longer be a Subject Receivable.

 

Asset Review Voting

 

If the Delinquency Percentage on any payment date exceeds the Delinquency Trigger for that payment date, the servicer will notify investors of that occurrence on the monthly distribution report filed by us on Form 10-D, and noteholders holding at least 5% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all outstanding series of notes (excluding any notes held by the issuing entity or any of its affiliates) (the “ Instituting Noteholders ”) may then elect to initiate a vote of the noteholders to determine whether the asset representations reviewer will conduct the review described under “ —Asset Review ” below by giving written notice to the indenture trustee of their desire to institute such a vote. If any of the Instituting Noteholders is not a record holder as reflected on the note register, the indenture trustee may require that investor to provide verification documents to confirm that the investor is a beneficial owner of notes. Those verification documents may include a written certification that the investor is a beneficial owner of the notes and (A) a trade confirmation, (B) an account statement, (C) a letter from a broker or dealer that is acceptable to the indenture trustee or (D) any other form of documentation that is acceptable to the indenture trustee. Any such vote shall be (i) initiated no later than 90 days from date the monthly distribution report specifying that the Delinquency Trigger was breached and has been filed by us and (ii) completed no later than 150 days from the date the monthly distribution report specifying that the Delinquency Trigger was breached and has been filed by us.

 

The servicer will notify investors on the monthly distribution report filed by us on Form 10-D if the Instituting Noteholders initiated a vote as described in the preceding paragraph. The “ Noteholder Direction ” will be deemed to have occurred if noteholders representing at least a majority of the voting noteholders vote in favor of directing a review by the asset representations reviewer. The noteholders voting in favor of that review are referred to as the “ Directing Noteholders .” If the Instituting Noteholders elect to initiate a vote, then the bank will pay the costs, expenses and liabilities incurred by the indenture trustee, us and the issuing entity in connection with the voting process, including the costs and expenses of counsel (as described below under “— Fees and Expenses for Asset Review ”). The indenture trustee may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of noteholders entitled to vote in accordance with Section 316(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Promptly after the Review Trigger Date, the indenture trustee will send a notice to the trust, which will notify us and the asset representations reviewer that the Review Conditions have been satisfied and will provide the applicable Review Trigger Date. We will notify investors that an Asset Review has been directed on the monthly distribution report filed on Form 10-D following the Review Trigger Date. Within 30 calendar days of receipt of such notice, the servicer will

 

  130  

 

 

provide to the asset representations reviewer a list of the accounts in which the Subject Receivables arise.

 

Fees and Expenses for Asset Review

 

The asset representations reviewer will be paid an annual fee by the bank in accordance with a letter agreement between the bank and the asset representations reviewer. Additionally, in accordance with a letter agreement between the bank and the asset representations reviewer, the asset representations reviewer will be entitled to receive a fee in connection with each Asset Review, which will be paid by the bank.

 

Asset Review

 

The asset representations reviewer will perform a review of the Subject Receivables and related accounts for compliance with the Pool Asset Representations (an “ Asset Review ”) to determine whether the Pool Asset Representations with respect to each Subject Receivable and each related account were accurate in all material respects.

 

The Asset Review will be performed in accordance with [such procedures as the asset representations reviewer shall deem appropriate, in the discretion of the asset representations reviewer.][Alternatively, insert description of any procedures agreed with the asset representations reviewer in the asset representations review agreement.] The servicer will provide the asset representations reviewer with access to the review materials specified in the asset representations review agreement within 60 days after receiving notice that the Review Conditions have been satisfied.

 

Under the asset representations review agreement, the asset representations reviewer is required to complete its review of the Subject Receivables by the 60 th day after the asset representations reviewer receives access to the review materials but may have an additional 30 days to complete the review if additional review materials are required. Within 5 days of its completion of its review, the asset representations reviewer will provide a report to the indenture trustee, the bank, the servicer and us of the findings and conclusions of the review of the Subject Receivables, and the Form 10-D filed by us with respect to the applicable Monthly Period in which the asset representations reviewer’s report is provided will include a summary of those findings and conclusions. The asset representations reviewer will not determine whether noncompliance with the Pool Asset Representations constitutes a breach of the transfer agreement or whether we would be required to repurchase a Subject Receivable. Additionally, the asset representations reviewer will not determine the reason for the delinquency of any receivable, the creditworthiness of any obligor, the overall quality of any receivable or the compliance by the servicer with its covenants with respect to the servicing of any receivable or to establish cause, materiality or recourse for any failed test. The bank will, after reviewing the report of the asset representations reviewer, determine whether we would be required to repurchase a Subject Receivable pursuant to the terms of the transfer agreement. For additional information on our representations and warranties, see “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ,” and for additional information on repurchases, see “ Repurchase of Receivables ” in this prospectus.

 

  131  

 

 

Resignation and Removal of the Asset Representations Reviewer

 

[●], a [●], has been appointed as asset representations reviewer pursuant to an agreement among us, the bank, the issuing entity and the asset representations reviewer. See “ The Asset Representation Reviewer ” in this prospectus for further information about [●].

 

The asset representations reviewer may not resign unless (a) the asset representations reviewer is merged into or becomes an affiliate of the sponsor, us, the servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee or any person hired by the sponsor or an underwriter to perform pre-closing due diligence work on the receivables, (b) upon determination that the performance of its duties under the asset representation review agreement is no longer permissible under applicable law, (c) it has received the consent of the bank, (d) it does not receive any payment required to be made in connection with an undisputed invoice under the asset representations review agreement within 90 days after the bank has been giving written notice of such non-payment or (e) it has delivered one year’s (or a shorter period of time to which the trust agrees) written notice to the bank, us and the trust at any time on or after the date that is [five] years after the date of the asset representations review agreement, or such later date to which such date may be extended by agreement of the asset representations reviewer, the trust and the bank. Upon the occurrence of one of the foregoing events (other than the occurrence of the event described in clause (e) of the preceding sentence), the asset representations reviewer will promptly resign with 90 calendar days’ prior written notice and the trust will appoint a successor asset representations reviewer. The trust may immediately remove the asset representations reviewer if the asset representations reviewer ceases to be an eligible asset representations reviewer, becomes legally unable to perform its obligations or becomes subject to a bankruptcy. In addition, the trust may remove the asset representations reviewer with at least 30 calendar days’ prior written notice for any reason in its sole discretion so long as any such termination will not be effective until the asset representations reviewer has completed and delivered all review reports for any then in-progress Asset Review. If the asset representations reviewer resigns or is removed, replaced or substituted, or if a new asset representations reviewer is appointed, we will specify the circumstances surrounding the change on the monthly distribution report filed on Form 10-D for the Monthly Period in which the change occurred. No resignation or removal of the asset representations reviewer will be effective until a successor asset representations reviewer who is an eligible asset representations reviewer is in place. The asset representations reviewer will pay the reasonable expenses of transitioning its obligations under the asset representations review agreement and preparing the successor asset representations reviewer to take on the obligations on receipt of an invoice with reasonable detail of the expenses from the bank, us or the successor asset representations reviewer. However, the asset representations reviewer will not be responsible for paying such transitions expenses if it is removed by the trust without cause or because it did not receive a payment required to be made in connection with an undisputed invoice under the asset representations review agreement within 90 days after the bank had been given written notice of such non-payment. Any costs associated with the removal of the asset representations reviewer and the appointment of a successor, to the extent not paid by the asset representations reviewer, will be paid by the bank.

 

The asset representations reviewer will be responsible for reviewing the Subject Receivables (as defined above) and the related accounts for compliance with the Pool Asset Representations. Under the asset representations review agreement, the asset representations reviewer will be

 

  132  

 

 

entitled to be paid the fees and expenses set forth under “— Fees and Expenses for Asset Review ” above. The asset representations reviewer is required to perform only those duties specifically required of it under the asset representations review agreement. The asset representations reviewer will be required to keep all information about the receivables obtained by it in confidence and may not disclose that information other than as required by the terms of the asset representations review agreement and applicable law. The bank will indemnify the asset representations reviewer and its affiliates and assigns and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents against any losses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of investigation and settlement awards) arising out of, connected with or resulting from any act taken by the asset representations reviewer (acting in good faith) under the asset representations review agreement or the indenture, except for losses that are the result of the asset representation reviewer’s material breach of the asset representations review agreement or indenture, as applicable, the asset representations reviewer’s failure to comply with applicable law in performing its duties under the asset representations review agreement or the indenture, as applicable, the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the asset representations reviewer or any material breach of the asset representations reviewer’s representations, warranties or covenants. In addition, if the asset representations reviewer participates in a dispute resolution proceeding as described under “ Repurchase of Receivables Dispute Resolution Procedures ” below and its reasonable expenses for participating in the proceeding are not paid by a party to the dispute resolution within 90 days after the end of the proceeding, the bank will reimburse the asset representations reviewer for such expenses within 30 days of receipt of a detailed invoice.

 

The asset representations reviewer will not be liable to any person for any action taken, or not taken, in good faith under the asset representations review agreement or for error in judgment. However, the asset representations reviewer will be liable for its willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence in performing its obligations under the asset representations review agreement and the indenture. The asset representations reviewer will not be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages (including loss of profit).

 

Amendment of the Asset Representations Review Agreement

 

The asset representations review agreement can be amended by the parties thereto without the consent of any noteholders but with prior notice to each rating agency that has rated any series, class or tranche of outstanding notes upon either (a) delivery by the trust or the servicer to the indenture trustee of an officer’s certificate to the effect that the trust or the servicer, as applicable, reasonably believes that such amendment will not result in the occurrence of an early amortization event or an event of default or materially and adversely affect the amount of distributions to be made to the holders of any outstanding note or (b) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to each affected class or tranche of notes for which an officer’s certificate described in clause (a) has not been delivered.

 

Repurchase of Receivables

 

Demands for Repurchase

 

For the three-year period ending [●] [●], 20[●], we have not received a demand to repurchase any receivable underlying any securitization sponsored by the bank, and there was no activity with

 

  133  

 

 

respect to any demand made prior to such period with respect to any such receivables. We, as securitizer, disclose all fulfilled and unfulfilled repurchase requests for receivables that were the subject of a demand to repurchase on SEC Form ABS−15G. We filed our most recent Form ABS-15G with the Securities and Exchange Commission on [●] [●], 20[●]. Our CIK number is 0001724786.

 

Dispute Resolution Procedures

 

We and the bank are required to repurchase receivables from the trust if it is discovered that the receivables did not satisfy eligibility requirements in some material respect at the time that they were transferred to us or to the trust, respectively, and the ineligibility results in a charge-off or an impairment of the trust’s rights in the transferred receivables or their proceeds. As set forth in “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ,” either the trust or the indenture trustee (acting at the direction of noteholders of more than 50% of the outstanding principal amount of all notes) is entitled to request such a repurchase from us and as set forth under the heading “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Bank ,” we or the indenture trustee (acting at the direction of holders of more than 50% of the outstanding principal amount of all notes) are entitled to request such a repurchase from the bank. If a request for repurchase of a receivable has not been fulfilled or otherwise resolved within 180 days of the receipt of notice of the request, the person making the repurchase request or any verified note owner (a “ requesting party ”), may refer the matter, at its discretion, to either mediation (including non-binding arbitration) or arbitration. To utilize the dispute resolution provisions, the requesting party must provide notice to the party it has requested repurchase the receivables and the trust (if the trust is not the requesting party) of its intention to refer the matter to mediation or arbitration within 90 days of the delivery of the monthly noteholder statement following the end of the 180 day period referred to in the immediately preceding sentence. We and the bank have agreed to participate in the dispute resolution method that is selected by a requesting party. Dispute resolution to resolve repurchase requests will be available regardless of whether noteholders voted to direct an Asset Review or whether the Delinquency Trigger occurred.

 

If the requesting party selects mediation, the mediation will be administered by a nationally recognized arbitration and mediation association. The fees and expenses of the mediation will be allocated as mutually agreed by the parties as part of the mediation. The mediator will be impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York that are relevant to the repurchase dispute and will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”). If the parties fail to agree at the completion of the mediation, the requesting party may refer the repurchase request to arbitration or may, in accordance with the terms of the transaction documents, pursue other remedies including legal proceedings.

 

If the requesting party selects arbitration, the arbitration will be administered by a nationally recognized arbitration and mediation association. The arbitrator will be impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York that are relevant to the repurchase dispute and will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by the AAA. In its final determination, the arbitrator will determine and award the costs of the arbitration (including the fees of the arbitrator, cost of any record or transcript of the arbitration and administrative fees)

 

  134  

 

 

and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the parties as determined by the arbitrator in its reasonable discretion. The arbitrator will make its final determination in writing no later than 90 days after its appointment. The arbitration will resolve the dispute according to the transaction documents and may not modify or change the transaction documents in any way or award remedies not consistent with the transaction documents. The arbitrator will not have the power to aware punitive or consequential damages. The final determination of the arbitrator will be final and non-appealable absent manifest error, except for actions to confirm or vacate the determination permitted under law, and may be entered and enforced in any court with jurisdiction over the parties and the matter. By selecting binding arbitration, the requesting party is giving up its right to sue in court, including the right to a trial by jury.

 

Neither we nor the bank will be required to produce personally identifiable customer information for purposes of any mediation or arbitration. Each party will agree to keep the details of the repurchase request and the dispute resolution confidential but will not be restricted from disclosing any information as required by any applicable law.

 

Maturity Considerations

 

The offered notes will always be in one of three periods—the revolving period, the accumulation period or the amortization period. During the revolving period, the offered notes will not receive payments of principal. During the accumulation period, the trust will, to the extent of available funds, distribute principal payments to the offered notes up to a targeted amount as described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections .” The scheduled principal payment date for the offered notes will be the payment date in [●] 20[●]. We expect, but cannot assure you, that the trust will have sufficient funds to pay the full principal amount of the offered notes on the scheduled principal payment date for the offered notes.

 

If an early amortization event occurs and the offered notes are in an amortization period, on the first payment date following the Monthly Period in which the early amortization event occurs, principal collections allocated to the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) noteholders on each payment date will be paid to the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) noteholders, up to the outstanding principal amount of the offered notes.

 

The trust will continue to pay principal to the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) noteholders on each payment date following the occurrence of an early amortization event until the earlier of the date the offered notes are paid in full and the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) legal maturity date, which is the [●] 20[●] payment date.

 

Description of the Notes

 

The trust may issue from time to time one or more series of notes under a master indenture and one or more indenture supplements entered into by the trust and the indenture trustee. The following summaries describe the material provisions of the notes issued by the trust. We have filed a form of an indenture supplement and copies of each of the other agreements with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement relating to the notes.

 

  135  

 

 

General

 

Each series of notes may consist of one or more classes, one or more of which may be senior notes and one or more of which may be subordinated notes. Each class of a series will evidence the right to receive specified payments of principal or interest or both. Each class of a series may differ from other classes in some aspects, including:

 

principal payments;

 

maturity date;

 

interest rate; and

 

availability and amount of enhancement.

 

The notes registered under the Securities Act generally:

 

will be represented by notes registered in the name of a The Deposit Trust Company (“ DTC ”) nominee; and

 

will be available for purchase in book-entry form only.

 

Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, is expected to be the holder of record of each series of book-entry notes. An owner of beneficial ownership interests in the notes will generally not be entitled to a definitive note representing its interest in the issued notes because it will own global notes through a book-entry record maintained by DTC. References in this prospectus to distributions, reports, notices and statements to noteholders refer to DTC or Cede & Co., as registered holder of the notes, for distribution to you in accordance with DTC procedures. All references in this prospectus to actions by noteholders refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from DTC participants.

 

None of us, the administrator, the owner trustee, the indenture trustee or the servicer, nor any holder of an ownership interest in the trust, nor any of their respective owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, successors or assigns shall, in the absence of an express agreement to the contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the principal of or interest on the notes or for the agreements of the trust contained in the indenture. The notes will represent obligations solely of the trust, and the notes will not be insured or guaranteed by us, the servicer, the administrator, the owner trustee, the indenture trustee, or any other person or entity.

 

New Issuances of Notes

 

The trust may issue from time to time new notes of any series, class or tranche so long as certain conditions described below are satisified. All principal terms of each new series will be defined in an indenture supplement. Each series issued may have terms and enhancements that are different from those for any other series. No prior notice to, or consent from, noteholders will be required for the issuance of an additional series, class or tranche and we do not expect to request such consents. The trust may offer any series or class under a prospectus or other disclosure document in transactions either registered under the Securities Act or exempt from

 

  136  

 

 

registration under the Securities Act either directly or through one or more other underwriters or placement agents, in fixed-price offerings or in negotiated transactions or otherwise.

 

The Issuer may issue new notes of any series, class or tranche, so long as the following conditions precedent are satisfied or waived:

 

(1) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied;

 

(2) the trust certifies, based on the facts known to the certifying officer, that the new issuance will not cause an early amortization event or an event of default or materially and adversely affect the amount of distributions to be made to of noteholders of any series, class or tranche of notes;

 

(3) after giving effect to the new issuance, there will not be an Asset Deficiency; and

 

(4) the trust delivers an opinion of counsel to the indenture trustee to the effect that, for federal income tax purposes:

 

(a) the new issuance will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding class of notes as to which an opinion of counsel was delivered at the time of their issuance that those notes would be characterized as debt;

 

(b) the new issuance will not cause the trust to be treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation; and

 

(c) the new issuance will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any noteholder.

 

Additional notes of any class or tranche can be issued on any date so long as the conditions of issuance set forth in the indenture are met. The trust may issue additional classes or tranches of notes or additional notes of a previously issued class or tranche at different times. Neither you nor any other noteholder will have the right to consent to the issuance of future notes.

 

There are no restrictions on the timing or amount of any additional issuance of notes, so long as the conditions described above are met. As of the date of any additional issuance of an outstanding class or tranche of notes, the outstanding principal amount for that class or tranche will be increased to reflect the principal amount of the additional notes. When issued, the additional notes of an outstanding class or tranche will be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits of the indenture and the related indenture supplement as the other outstanding notes of that class without preference, priority or distinction.

 

If the issuance of notes results in an increase in the targeted deposit for any Class D reserve sub-account for any tranche of Class D notes, on such issuance date, it will be a condition to such issuance that the trust will fund such increase with a cash deposit into the Class D reserve sub-account for such tranche or Class D notes.

 

  137  

 

 

For each new issuance, we will determine whether additional notes may be issued and whether the conditions to the new issuance have been met. No party will independently verify our determination.

 

Collateral Amount; Allocation of Collections

 

The collateral amount for any series of notes will generally equal the initial outstanding principal amount of the notes of that series plus the subordinated transferor amount, if any, for that series of notes. The collateral amount for a series of notes offered under this prospectus may be reduced on account of:

 

charged-off receivables; or

 

reallocation of principal collections to cover shortfalls in the payment of interest or other specified amounts to be paid from finance charge collections.

 

See “ The Servicer—Charged-off Receivables; Dilution; Investor Charge-Offs ” and “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Allocation of Charged-off Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs .” In addition, when a series is amortizing, the collateral amount for that series will decline as transferred principal receivables are collected and paid or accumulated for payment to the noteholders.

 

The trust will allocate all collections of finance charge receivables and transferred principal receivables among each series of notes and the Free Equity Amount based on the respective allocation percentages for each series and the transferor percentage. Under the circumstances described in “ The Servicer—Deposit of Collections; Commingling ,” a portion of collections initially allocated to us may be required to be deposited into the excess funding account to cure an Asset Deficiency and may be required to be deposited to the collection account for the benefit of noteholders.

 

See “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Allocation Percentages ” for more information regarding the collateral amount for the SynchronySeries and the allocation of collections to the SynchronySeries.

 

Excess Funding Account

 

If an Asset Deficiency exists on any date of processing (determined after giving effect to any transfer of principal receivables to the trust on such date), the trust will deposit in the excess funding account an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of collections that would otherwise be payable to us and (ii) the amount necessary to cure such Asset Deficiency. Funds on deposit in the excess funding account will be withdrawn and paid to us on any day to the extent that no Asset Deficiency exists. After giving effect to any withdrawal of funds pursuant to the preceding sentence, amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account shall be treated as shared excess available principal collections and will be applied as described in “ —Shared Excess Available Principal Collections .”

 

  138  

 

 

Credit Enhancement

 

For any series, credit enhancement may be provided with respect to one or more of the related classes. Credit enhancement may be in the form of establishing a subordinated transferor amount for a series, the subordination of one or more classes of the notes of that series, a letter of credit, the establishment of a cash collateral guaranty or account, a derivative agreement, a surety bond, an insurance policy, a spread account, a reserve account or the use of cross support features, or any combination of these. If so specified in the related indenture supplement, any form of credit enhancement may be structured so as to be drawn upon by more than one class to the extent described in that indenture supplement. Any credit enhancement that constitutes a guarantee of a series of notes registered under the Securities Act will be separately registered under the Securities Act unless exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

 

The credit enhancement for a series of notes may not provide protection against all risks of loss and may not guarantee repayment of the entire principal amount of the notes and interest thereon. If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by the credit enhancement or which are not covered by the credit enhancement, noteholders will bear their allocable share of uncovered losses. See “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Collateral Amount—SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount ” for a description of the subordinated transferor amount that serves as credit enhancement for the SynchronySeries notes.

 

Global Notes

 

This section describes the form global notes will take, how global notes may be transferred and how payments will be made to holders of global notes.

 

Global notes may be held through DTC in the U.S., Clearstream or Euroclear in Europe. Global notes may be held directly with one of these systems if the holder is a participant in the system, or indirectly through organizations which are participants. Global notes will be issued in “registered form” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

 

Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, will hold the global notes. Clearstream and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of the Clearstream customers and the Euroclear participants, respectively, through customers’ securities accounts in Clearstream’s and Euroclear’s names on the books of their respective depositaries, which in turn will hold those positions in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC.

 

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered under the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes for global notes in accounts of participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations and may include other organizations. Participants also may include the underwriters of any series. Indirect access to the DTC system

 

  139  

 

 

also is available to others, including banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies, as indirect participants, that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.

 

Transfers between DTC participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules. Transfers between Clearstream customers and Euroclear participants will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable rules and operating procedures.

 

Cross-market transfers between persons holding global notes directly or indirectly through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants, on the other, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international clearing system by its depositary; however, those cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing system by the counterparty in that system in accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines, which will be based on European time. The relevant European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Clearstream customers and Euroclear participants may not deliver instructions directly to Clearstream’s and Euroclear’s depositaries.

 

Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in Clearstream or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a participant will be made during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business day following the DTC settlement date, and those credits or any transactions in those securities settled during that processing will be reported to the relevant Clearstream customer or Euroclear participant on that business day. Cash received in Clearstream or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through a Clearstream customer or a Euroclear participant to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Clearstream or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

 

It is anticipated that the only “noteholder” or “holder” of global notes will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. An owner of a beneficial ownership in a note, a “note owner,” will not be recognized by the indenture trustee as a noteholder, as that term is used in the indenture, and note owners will only be permitted to exercise the rights of noteholders indirectly through the participants which, in turn, will exercise the rights of noteholders through DTC. Note owners that are not participants or indirect participants but desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interest in, notes may do so only through participants and indirect participants. In addition, note owners will receive all distributions of principal of and interest on the notes from the indenture trustee through the participants who in turn will receive them from DTC. As the global notes are in a book-entry format, note owners may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since payments will be forwarded by the indenture trustee to Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC. DTC will forward those payments to its participants, which thereafter will forward them to indirect participants or note owners.

 

  140  

 

 

Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and its operations, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers among participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the global notes and is required to receive and transmit distributions of principal and interest on the global notes. Participants and indirect participants with which note owners have accounts with respect to the global notes similarly are required to make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit those payments on behalf of their respective global note owners. Accordingly, although note owners will not possess notes, note owners will receive payments and will be able to transfer their interests.

 

Because DTC can only act on behalf of participants, who in turn act on behalf of indirect participants and certain banks, the ability of a note owner to pledge global notes to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of those global notes, may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate for those global notes.

 

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a noteholder under the indenture only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account with DTC the global notes are credited. Additionally, DTC has advised us that it will take those actions with respect to specified percentages of the collateral amount only at the direction of and on behalf of participants whose holdings include interests that satisfy those specified percentages. DTC may take conflicting actions with respect to other interests to the extent that those actions are taken on behalf of participants whose holdings include those interests.

 

Clearstream is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg. Clearstream holds securities for its customers and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between Clearstream customers through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Clearstream customers, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of notes. Transactions may be settled in Clearstream in any of 36 currencies, including United States dollars. Clearstream provides to its Clearstream customers, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Clearstream also deals with domestic securities markets in over 30 countries through established depository and custodial relationships. Clearstream is registered as a bank in Luxembourg, and therefore is subject to regulation by the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier, which supervises Luxembourg banks. Clearstream’s customers are world-wide financial institutions, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations, among others, and may include the underwriters of any series of notes. Clearstream’s U.S. customers are limited to securities brokers and dealers and banks. Currently, Clearstream has approximately 2,000 customers located in over 80 countries, including all major European countries, Canada and the United States. Indirect access to Clearstream is also available to other institutions that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with an account holder of Clearstream. Clearstream has established an electronic bridge with Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as the operator of the Euroclear System in Brussels to facilitate settlement of trades between Clearstream and Euroclear.

 

Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of the Euroclear System and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of notes and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and cash. Transactions may

 

  141  

 

 

now be settled in any of 34 currencies, including United States dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC described above. The Euroclear System is operated by Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as the Euroclear operator. All operations are conducted by the Euroclear operator, and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear operator. Euroclear participants include central banks and other banks, securities brokers and dealers and other professional financial intermediaries and may include the underwriters of any series of notes. Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear participant, either directly or indirectly.

 

Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear operator are governed by the Code of Conduct for Clearing and Settlement and the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System. These terms and conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within the Euroclear System, withdrawal of securities and cash from the Euroclear System, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in the Euroclear System. All securities in the Euroclear System are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear operator acts under these rules and laws only on behalf of Euroclear participants and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear participants.

 

Distributions with respect to notes held through Clearstream or Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants in accordance with the relevant system’s rules and procedures, to the extent received by its depositary. Those distributions will be subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. See “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” in this prospectus. Clearstream or the Euroclear operator, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to be taken by a noteholder under the indenture on behalf of a Clearstream customer or Euroclear participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and subject to its depositary’s ability to effect those actions on its behalf through DTC.

 

Although DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of global notes among participants of DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform those procedures and those procedures may be discontinued at any time.

 

Definitive Notes

 

Notes that are initially cleared through DTC will be issued in definitive, fully registered, certificated form to note owners or their nominees, rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if:

 

DTC notifies the trust that it is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as depository with respect to that series, class or tranche of notes or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act, and the trust does not appoint a successor within ninety (90) days after it receives notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility;

 

  142  

 

 

the trust determines at any time in its sole discretion that the notes of any series, class or tranche or portion thereof will no longer be represented by global notes;

 

the trust has specified pursuant to the terms of the indenture that DTC may surrender a global note in exchange for a definitive note; or

 

an event of default has occurred and note owners representing not less than 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the notes of a series, class or tranche advise DTC and the indenture trustee that global notes are no longer in the best interest of those note owners.

 

Payment of principal and interest on the notes will be made by the indenture trustee directly to holders of definitive notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in this prospectus and in the indenture. Interest payments and any principal payments on each payment date will be made to holders in whose names the definitive notes were registered at the close of business on the related record date. The final payment on any note—whether definitive notes or the global notes registered in the name of Cede & Co. representing the notes—will be made only upon presentation and surrender of that note at the office or agency specified in the notice of final payment to noteholders. The indenture trustee will mail this notice to registered noteholders not later than the second business day prior to the fifth day of the month of the final distributions.

 

Definitive notes will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices of the note registrar, which will initially be the indenture trustee. No service charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the trust may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection with the transfer or exchange.

 

Interest Payments

 

The interest rate on any class of notes may be a fixed or floating rate, and will be specified in the related indenture supplement. Interest payments or deposits for any specified series on any payment date will be paid from:

 

collections of finance charge receivables allocated to the series during the preceding Monthly Period or Monthly Periods, including any collections of transferred principal receivables treated as collections of finance charge receivables as described in “— Discount Option ”;

 

collections of principal receivables to the extent specified in the related indenture supplement;

 

collections of finance charge receivables allocated to other series and made available as described in “— Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections ”;

 

investment earnings, if any, on any funds held in trust accounts, to the extent specified in the related indenture supplement; and

 

any credit enhancement or derivative instrument, to the extent available for the series, as specified in the related indenture supplement.

 

  143  

 

 

If interest payments will be made less frequently than monthly for any specified series, an interest funding account may be established to accumulate the required interest amount for that series. If a series has more than one class of notes, that series may have more than one interest funding account. In addition, for any series, any accrued and unpaid interest not paid as of the legal maturity date for that series will be due and payable on the legal maturity date for that series.

 

See “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Interest Payments ” for more information regarding the interest payments for your notes.

 

Principal Payments

 

Each series will begin with a revolving period during which no principal payments will be made to the noteholders of that series. However, if specified in the related indentures supplement, principal may be payable on any class of notes during the revolving period in connection with an optional amortization.

 

The revolving period for each series will end on the earlier of a specified date or upon the occurrence of one of a specified set of events, at which time a new period will begin during which principal collections available to that series will be accumulated in a trust account or used to repay the notes of that series. That new period is called an amortization period if partial principal payments are made each month, and is called an accumulation period if the available principal is accumulated for a series over one or more months to pay off a class of notes in full on a scheduled principal payment date. The amount paid or accumulated each month may be limited to a specified controlled amortization amount or controlled accumulation amount.

 

However, each series will also be subject to early amortization events, which could cause the revolving period to end earlier than scheduled or could terminate an existing amortization period or accumulation period. See “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions Early Amortization Events ” for a description of the early amortization events applicable to your notes. Upon an early amortization event, available principal will be paid to noteholders monthly and will not be subject to any controlled amount or accumulation provision. Finally, a series with an accumulation period may specify some adverse events as accumulation events, rather than early amortization events, resulting in an early start to an accumulation period or removing any limitation based on a controlled amortization amount.

 

Principal payments for any class of notes will be paid from collections of transferred principal receivables allocated to the related series and from other sources specified in the prospectus. In the case of a series with more than one class of notes, the noteholders of one or more classes may receive payments of principal at different times.

 

See “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ” for more information regarding the principal payments for your notes.

 

Early Amortization Events

 

The revolving period for each series will continue through the date specified in the related indenture supplement unless an early amortization event occurs prior to that date. An early

 

  144  

 

 

amortization event occurs with respect to all series of the trust upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a) bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, receivership or similar events relating to us or the bank;

 

(b) we are unable for any reason to transfer receivables to the trust or the bank is unable to transfer receivables to us, in each case within five business days of the date such transfer is required to be made; or

 

(c) the trust becomes subject to regulation as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.

 

In addition, an early amortization event may occur with respect to any series upon the occurrence of any other event specified in the related indenture supplement for that series. See “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Early Amortization Events ” for a description of the early amortization events for your notes. If, because of the occurrence of an early amortization event, an amortization period begins earlier than the scheduled commencement of an amortization period or prior to a scheduled principal payment date, noteholders will begin receiving distributions of principal earlier than they otherwise would have, which may shorten the average life of the notes.

 

In addition to the consequences of an early amortization event discussed above, if bankruptcy, liquidation, receivership, insolvency or similar proceedings under the bankruptcy code or similar laws occur with respect to us or any other transferor of receivables to the trust, on the day of that event we or such other transferor, as applicable, will immediately cease to transfer principal receivables to the trust and promptly give notice to the indenture trustee and the trust of this event. Any transferred principal receivables transferred to the trust prior to the event, as well as collections on those transferred principal receivables and finance charge receivables accrued at any time with respect to those transferred principal receivables, will continue to be part of the trust assets.

 

If the only early amortization event to occur is our bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, receivership or similar event the court may have the power to require the continued transfer of principal receivables to us, in which event we will continue to transfer principal receivables to the trust. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Regulation—FDIC receivership or conservatorship of the bank or other regulatory action could cause delays or reductions in payment of your notes .”

 

Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default

 

An event of default will occur under the indenture for any series, class or tranche of notes upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1) the trust fails to pay principal on the legal maturity date for that series, class or tranche of notes;

 

  145  

 

 

(2) the trust fails to pay interest when it becomes due and payable on such series, class or tranche of notes and the default continues for a period of 35 days;

 

(3) bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, liquidation or similar events relating to the trust;

 

(4) the trust fails to observe or perform covenants or agreements made in the indenture in respect of the notes of that series, class or tranche (other than a covenant or agreement a default in the observance of which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this section, and:

 

(a) the failure continues, or is not cured, for 60 days after notice, by registered or certified mail, to the trust by the indenture trustee or to the trust and the indenture trustee by noteholders representing at least 25% of the then-outstanding principal amount of that series, class or tranche of notes, specifying such default and requesting the failure to be remedies and stating that the notice is a “Notice of Default” under the Indenture; and

 

(b) as a result, the interests of the noteholders of such series, class or tranche are materially and adversely affected, and continue to be materially and adversely affected during the 60-day period; or

 

(5) any additional event specified in the indenture supplement related to that series, class or tranche.

 

An event of default will not occur if the trust fails to pay the full principal amount of a note on its scheduled principal payment date.

 

An event of default with respect to one series of notes will not necessarily be an event of default with respect to any other series of notes.

 

If an event of default referred to in clause (1), (2), (4) or (5) above occurs and is continuing with respect to any series, class or tranche of notes, the indenture trustee or noteholders holding more than 66⅔% of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes of the affected series, class or tranche may declare the principal of the notes of that series, class or tranche and all interest accrued thereon to be immediately due and payable. If an event of default referred to in clause (3) above occurs and is continuing, the unpaid principal and interest due on the notes automatically will be deemed to be declared due and payable. Before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the indenture trustee, noteholders holding a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes of that series, class or tranche may rescind the declaration of acceleration of maturity if:

 

(1) the trust has paid or deposited with the indenture trustee all principal and interest due on the notes and all other amounts that would then be due if the event of default giving rise to the acceleration had not occurred, including all amounts then payable to the indenture trustee; and

 

(2) all events of default (other than the nonpayment of principal of the notes which has become due solely by such acceleration) have been cured or waived.

 

  146  

 

 

The indenture trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any of the noteholders if:

 

(1) the indenture trustee, determines that the action it is directed to take is in conflict with applicable law or the indenture;

 

(2) the indenture trustee determines in good faith that the requested actions would involve the indenture trustee in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to noteholders not making the request or direction; or

 

(3) the indenture trustee reasonably believes it will not be adequately indemnified against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying with that request or direction.

 

Subject to those provisions for indemnification and those limitations contained in the indenture, noteholders holding more than 66⅔% of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes of the affected series, class or tranche will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the indenture trustee if an event of default has occurred and is continuing. The noteholders holding not less than a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of the affected series, class or tranche may also waive any event of default with respect to the notes, except a default in the payment of principal or interest or a default relating to a covenant or provision of the indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent of each affected noteholder of that series, class or tranche.

 

After acceleration of a series, class or tranche of notes, principal collections and finance charge collections allocated to those notes will be applied to make monthly principal and interest payments on the notes until the earlier of the date the notes are paid in full or the legal maturity date of the notes. Funds in the collection account and the other trust accounts for an accelerated series, class or tranche of notes and funds in the excess funding account that are available to that series will be applied immediately to pay principal of and interest on those notes.

 

Upon acceleration of the maturity of a series, class or tranche of notes following an event of default, the indenture trustee will have a lien on the collateral for those notes for its unpaid fees and expenses that ranks senior to the lien of those notes on the collateral.

 

In general, the indenture trustee will enforce the rights and remedies of the holders of accelerated notes. However, noteholders will have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the indenture if the following conditions are met:

 

the noteholder or noteholders have previously given the indenture trustee written notice of a continuing event of default;

 

the noteholders of at least 25% of the then-outstanding principal balance of each affected series, class or tranche request the indenture trustee in writing to institute a proceeding as indenture trustee;

 

the noteholders offer indemnity to the indenture trustee that is reasonably satisfactory to the indenture trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities of instituting a proceeding;

 

  147  

 

 

the indenture trustee has not instituted a proceeding within 60 days after receipt of the request and offer of indemnity; and

 

during the 60-day period following receipt of the request and offer of indemnity, the indenture trustee has not received from noteholders holding a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes of that series, class or tranche a direction inconsistent with the request.

 

Each holder of a note will have an absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and interest in respect of that note on the legal maturity date, and to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal and interest then due and payable and those rights may not be impaired without the consent of that noteholder.

 

If the offered notes have been accelerated following an event of default, the indenture trustee may, and at the direction of the noteholders holding at least 66 2 / 3 % of the then-outstanding principal amount of the offered notes will, sell principal receivables (or interests therein) in an amount up to the sum of the nominal liquidation amount of the offered notes and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount (together with the related finance charge receivables), if

 

the noteholders holding more than 90% of the then-outstanding principal amount of the offered notes consent;

 

the net proceeds of such sale would be sufficient to pay all amounts due on the offered notes; or

 

if the indenture trustee determines that the funds to be allocated to the accelerated notes may not be sufficient on an ongoing basis to make all payments on the offered notes as such payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and payable, and the indenture trustee obtains the consent of noteholders holding more than 66 2 / 3 % of the then-outstanding principal amount of the offered notes.

 

Actions Upon FDIC Repudiation

 

If the bank becomes the subject of an insolvency proceeding and the FDIC as conservator or receiver for the bank exercises its right of repudiation, the trust shall determine whether the FDIC in such capacity will pay damages pursuant to the FDIC rule. Upon making such determination, the trust will promptly, and in no event more than one business day thereafter, so notify the indenture trustee. Upon receipt of the such notice, the indenture trustee will determine the applicable payment date for making a distribution to holders of the related series, class or tranche of notes of such damages, which date shall be the earlier of (i) the next payment date on which such damages could be distributed and (ii) the earliest practicable date by which the indenture trustee could declare a special payment date. When the applicable payment date is determined, the trust shall promptly compute the amount of interest to be paid on the related series, class or tranche of notes on the applicable payment date. If the applicable payment date is a special payment date, the indenture trustee shall (i) declare such special payment date, (ii) declare a special distribution to the related noteholders consisting of accrued and unpaid interest

 

  148  

 

 

on each such note and the outstanding principal balance of each such note and (iii) deliver notice to the noteholders of such special payment date and special distribution.

 

If the FDIC (i) is appointed as conservator or receiver of the bank and (ii) is in default in the payment of principal or interest when due following the expiration of any cure period under the transaction documents due to the failure by the FDIC to pay or apply collections received by it in accordance with the indenture, the indenture trustee may, and if directed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal balance of the notes of any affected series, will be entitled to deliver written notice to the FDIC requesting the exercise of contractual rights under the transaction documents with respect to the related series.

 

Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections

 

Collections of finance charge receivables allocated to a series in excess of the amount needed to make deposits or payments for the benefit of that series may be shared with other series. The servicer, on behalf of the trust, will allocate the aggregate of the excess available finance charge collections for all series to cover any payments required to be made out of finance charge collections for any series that have not been covered out of the finance charge collections allocable to those series.

 

If the series available finance charge shortfalls exceed the excess available finance charge collections for any Monthly Period, excess finance charge collections will be allocated pro rata among the applicable series based on the relative amounts of series available finance charge shortfalls for such series. If shared excess available finance charge collections exceed series available finance charge shortfalls, the balance will be available for distribution by the trust to us or our assigns. For additional information, see “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Sharing Provisions.

 

Shared Excess Available Principal Collections

 

Each series will share excess available principal collections with each other series unless the related indenture supplement excludes that series from this sharing arrangement. If a principal sharing series is allocated principal in excess of the amount needed for deposits or distributions of principal collections, that excess will be shared with other principal sharing series. The servicer, on behalf of the trust, will allocate the aggregate of the shared excess available principal collections for all principal sharing series to cover any principal shortfalls for other principal sharing series. Shared excess available principal collections will only be available to make scheduled or permitted principal distributions to noteholders and deposits to principal funding accounts, if any, for any series that have not been covered out of the collections of transferred principal receivables allocable to those series, and will not be used to cover investor charge-offs for any series.

 

If the principal shortfalls exceed the amount of shared excess available principal collections for any Monthly Period, shared principal collections for all series will be allocated pro rata among the applicable series based on the relative amounts of series available principal shortfalls. If shared excess available principal collections exceed series available principal shortfalls, the balance will be available for distribution by the trust to us or our assigns or will be deposited in

 

  149  

 

 

the excess funding account under the circumstances described in “ The Trust—Capitalization of Trust; Minimum Free Equity Amount .” For additional information, see “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Sharing Provisions.

 

Discount Option

 

For each program partner, we have the option to reclassify a fixed percentage of collections of transferred principal receivables related to such program partner as collections of finance charge receivables. If we do so, the reclassified collections of transferred principal receivables will be considered collections of finance charge receivables and will be allocated with all other collections of finance charge receivables in the trust portfolio.

 

We may exercise this option in order to compensate for a decline in the portfolio yield, but only if there would be sufficient transferred principal receivables to allow for that discounting. Exercise of this option would result in a larger amount of collections of finance charge receivables and a smaller amount of collections of transferred principal receivables. By doing so, we would reduce the likelihood that an early amortization event would occur as a result of a decreased portfolio yield and, at the same time, would increase the likelihood that we will have to add principal receivables to the trust. We may not exercise our option to reclassify collections of transferred principal receivables as collections of finance charge receivables if we reasonably believe that doing so would cause an early amortization event or an event of default relating to any series, class or tranche of notes, or would materially and adversely affect the amount of distributions to be made to the noteholders of any series, class or tranche of notes.

 

Voting Rights; Amendments

 

Indenture

 

The trust and the indenture trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture, without the consent of any noteholders but with prior notice to each rating agency hired to rate an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes, upon either (i) delivery by the trust to the indenture trustee of an officer’s certificate to the effect that the trust reasonably believes that such amendment will not result in the occurrence of an early amortization event or an event of default or materially and adversely effect the amount of distributions to be made to noteholders of any series, class or tranche or (ii) satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each affected series, class or tranche of notes for which an officer’s certificate in clause (i) has not been delivered.

 

The trust and the indenture trustee may also enter into a supplemental indenture, with prior notice to each rating agency hired to rate an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes and the consent of the noteholders of more than 66⅔% of the outstanding principal amount of notes of each series, class or tranche of notes affected by such amendment, upon delivery of an opinion of counsel to the effect that for federal income tax purposes such supplemental indenture will not (i) cause any outstanding series or class of notes characterized as debt at their time of issuance to be characterized as other than debt, (ii) cause the trust to be treated as an association or publicly trade partnership taxable as a corporation or (iii) cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any noteholder.

 

  150  

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless each affected noteholder consents, no supplemental indenture entered into as described in immediately preceding paragraph will:

 

change the due date of payment of any installment of principal of or interest on any note or the legal maturity date of any note;

 

reduce the principal amount of a note or the note interest rate, or change the method of computing the outstanding dollar principal amount, the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount or the nominal liquidation amount of the notes in a manner that is adverse to any noteholder;

 

impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on any note;

 

reduce the percentage of the outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes of any series, class or tranche, the consent of whose holders is required (a) for execution of any supplemental indenture or (b) for any waiver of compliance with specified provisions of the indenture or of defaults under the indenture and their consequences provided in the indenture;

 

modify any of the provisions described in this section (other than in the first paragraph) or the provisions of the indenture concerning the waiver of stay or extension laws, except to increase any percentage of noteholders required to consent to an amendment or to provide that other provisions of the indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the holder of each outstanding note affected by such modification or waiver;

 

permit the creation of any lien or other encumbrance on the collateral that secures any tranche of notes that is prior to the lien in favor of the noteholders of the notes of such tranche;

 

change any place of payment where any principal of or interest on any note is payable;

 

change the method of computing principal of, or interest on, any note on any date; or

 

make any other amendment not permitted by the first paragraph of this section.

 

Transaction Documents

 

Each of the transfer agreement, the servicing agreement, the trust agreement and the receivables sale agreement may be amended by the parties thereto, without the consent of any noteholders but with prior notice to each rating agency hired to rate an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes, upon (i) delivery by one of the applicable parties (other than the indenture trustee) to the indenture trustee of an officer’s certificate to the effect that such party reasonably believes that such amendment will not result in the occurrence of an early amortization event or an event of default or materially and adversely effect the amount of distributions to be made to noteholders of any series or class or (ii) satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each affected class or tranche of notes for which an officer’s certificate in clause (i) has not been delivered.

 

  151  

 

 

List of Noteholders

 

Three or more noteholders of any series, class or tranche of notes may obtain access to the list of noteholders the indenture trustee maintains for the purpose of communicating with other noteholders. The indenture trustee may elect not to allow the requesting noteholders access to the list of noteholders if it agrees to mail the requested communication or proxy to all noteholders of record.

 

Fees and Expenses Payable From Collections

 

We will pay the fees of the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the Delaware trustee in amounts agreed to between the trust and the indenture trustee or between us and the owner trustee or the Delaware trustee, as applicable, from time to time. The trust will pay the administrator a monthly fee equal to $350. The servicer will be paid daily servicing fees, or if the servicer so elects, a monthly servicing fee, a portion of which will be allocated to each series as described under “ The Servicer—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses .”

 

  152  

 

 

The following table summarizes the fees and expenses payable to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee, the Delaware trustee, the administrator and the servicer:

 

Type of Fees
and Expenses
  Amount or
Calculation
  Purpose   Source of Funds
for Payment
indenture trustee fees and expenses   an amount agreed upon by the trust and the indenture trustee from time to time   compensation and reimbursement of the indenture trustee   payable by us
             
owner trustee fees and expenses     an amount agreed upon by us and the owner trustee from time to time   compensation and reimbursement of the owner trustee   payable by us
             
Delaware trustee fees and expenses   an amount agreed upon by us and the Delaware trustee from time to time   compensation and reimbursement of the Delaware trustee   payable by us
             
administrator fees and expenses   $350 monthly   compensation and reimbursement of the administrator   payable by the trust
             
servicing fees and expenses 1   an amount for each day during a Monthly Period equal to the result of (a) the aggregate amount of transferred principal receivables determined as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or, if a reset date has occurred since the last day of the preceding Monthly Period, the most recent reset date), multiplied by (b) the result of [●]% divided by twelve (12), multiplied by (c) the result of one (1) divided by the actual number of days during such Monthly Period   compensation and reimbursement of the servicer   the portion of the servicing fee allocated to any series will be payable from finance charge collections allocated to that series and, to the extent finance charge collections are insufficient, reallocated principal collections available for such purpose

 

 

1 Payable in the priority specified in clause (1) under “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” and clause (1) under “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections .”

 

  153  

 

 

Final Payment of Principal

 

Unless specified otherwise in the indenture supplement relating to a series, we will have the option to purchase the collateral amount for a series at any time after the payment date on which the remaining outstanding principal amount of that series (after giving effect to all payments on such payment date) is 10% or less of the highest principal amount of that series, but only if the purchase price paid to the trust is sufficient to pay all amounts owing to the noteholders of that series and all other amounts specified for that series in the related indenture supplement. [The minimum purchase price for your notes is described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Redemption Amount .”]

 

We will cause the trust to give the noteholders of the notes subject to the repurchase at least ten days’ prior notice of the date on which we intend to exercise our purchase option.

 

Each indenture supplement will specify the legal maturity date for the related notes, which will generally be a date falling substantially later than the scheduled principal payment date. For any class of notes, principal will be due and payable on the legal maturity date. Additionally, the failure to pay principal by the legal maturity date will be an event of default, and the indenture trustee or holders of a specified percentage of the notes of that series will have the rights described in “ Description of the Notes—Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default .” The servicer will notify the indenture trustee, and the indenture trustee will subsequently notify each noteholder of record at the close of business on the record date preceding the payment date, of the date on which the trust expects the final installment of principal and interest on the notes to be paid. Such notice will be mailed no later than the fifth day of the calendar month for the final payment date and will specify that the final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the related note and will specify where the notes may be presented and surrendered for payment of the final installment.

 

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

 

The indenture will be discharged with respect to the notes upon the delivery to the indenture trustee for cancellation of all the notes.

 

Description of SynchronySeries Provisions

 

We have summarized the material terms of the SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, below and in “ Description of the Notes .”

 

General

 

The offered notes will be issued under the indenture, as supplemented by the SynchronySeries indenture supplement and the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) terms document, in each case between the trust and the indenture trustee.

 

The offered notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $[100,000][1,000] and higher integral multiples of $[1,000][1] and will be available only in book-entry form, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. See “ Description of the Notes—General ,” “ —Global Notes ” and “ —Definitive Notes ” in this prospectus. Payments of interest and principal will be

 

  154  

 

 

made on each payment date on which those amounts are due to the noteholders in whose names the offered notes were registered on the related record date, which will be the last business day of the calendar month preceding that payment date. Payment dates will occur on the fifteenth day of each month, or if such day is not a business day, the next succeeding business day, beginning [●] [●], 20[●].

 

[State whether an application will be submitted to list the applicable series or class of notes on the Irish Stock Exchange or another exchange.]

 

Collateral Amount

 

Your notes represent the right to receive principal and interest, which is secured in part by the right to a portion of the collections on the transferred receivables based on the allocation percentages for the SynchronySeries. The servicer, on behalf of the trust, will allocate to the collateral amount for the SynchronySeries a portion of collections and charged-off principal receivables. As of any date of determination, the collateral amount for the SynchronySeries will equal the sum of the nominal liquidation amount of all the SynchronySeries notes and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount, each as of such date.

 

Nominal Liquidation Amount

 

The nominal liquidation amount for each tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, on the applicable closing date will equal the initial dollar principal amount of such tranche of notes, and thereafter will equal:

 

the nominal liquidation amount determined on the immediately preceding determination date; plus

 

the amount of funds released from the note retirement sub-account for such tranche of notes since the immediately preceding determination date as described in “ —Withdrawals from the Note Retirement Account ”; plus

 

reimbursements of any nominal liquidation amount deficit for such tranche of notes since the immediately preceding determination date as described in clause (4) in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ”; plus

 

the aggregate initial dollar principal amount of any additional notes of such tranche issued since the immediately preceding determination date; minus

 

the SynchronySeries’ share of reallocated principal collections allocable to such tranche of notes since the immediately preceding determination date as described in “ —Allocation of Charged-off Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs ”; minus

 

reductions resulting from the allocation of investor charge-offs to the nominal liquidation amount of such tranche as described in “ —Allocation of Charged-off Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs ”; minus

 

  155  

 

 

the amount deposited in the principal funding sub-account for such tranche of notes since the immediately preceding determination date; minus

 

the amount deposited in the note retirement sub-account for such tranche of notes since the immediately preceding determination date;

 

provided that the nominal liquidation amount of a tranche of SynchronySeries notes cannot be less than zero and cannot be greater than the outstanding principal amount of such tranche of notes, less amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-account and the note retirement sub-account for such tranche of notes. The nominal liquidation amount of any tranche of SynchronySeries notes after such tranche of notes has caused a sale of collateral following an acceleration of such tranche of notes due to an event of default or after the legal maturity date of such tranche of notes will be zero.

 

The nominal liquidation amount for any class of SynchronySeries notes will equal the aggregate of the nominal liquidation amounts for all tranches of that class of SynchronySeries notes. The nominal liquidation amount for the SynchronySeries notes will equal the aggregate of the nominal liquidation amounts for all classes of SynchronySeries notes.

 

SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount

 

The SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount as of the issuance of the offered notes will equal $[●]. The trust may, with our consent, increase the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount as long as such increase would not cause an Asset Deficiency. The trust may also, with notice to the servicer and the indenture trustee, reduce the SynchronySeries so long as such reduction would not cause the collateral amount to be less than the Required Collateral Amount.

 

The SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount on any date of determination will equal:

 

the aggregate portions of the transferor amount designated as a subordinated transferor amount for the SynchronySeries pursuant to any terms document in connection with the issuance of any tranche of SynchronySeries notes and any other increases to the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount designated by the trust as described in the preceding paragraph; minus

 

reductions in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount resulting from the reallocation of principal collections as described in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ”; minus

 

reductions in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount resulting from the allocation of investor charge-offs to the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount as described in “ —Allocation of Charged-off Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs ”; plus

 

reimbursements of any SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount deficit pursuant to clause (4) in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ”; minus

 

  156  

 

 

decreases designated by the trust as described in the preceding paragraph;

 

provided that the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount cannot be less than zero.

 

Required Collateral Amount

 

The “ Required Collateral Amount ” for the SynchronySeries notes on any date of determination is an amount, rounded to the second decimal place, equal to the greatest of:

 

the result of (i) the aggregate of the outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries on such date, less amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts for the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries; provided that if an early amortization event has occurred with respect to any tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries, the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries used for such calculation will be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the early amortization event, divided by (ii) [●];

 

the result of (i) the aggregate of the outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes and Class B notes of the SynchronySeries on such date, less amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts for the Class A notes and Class B notes of the SynchronySeries; provided that if an early amortization event has occurred with respect to any tranche of Class A notes or Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of Class A notes or Class B notes of the SynchronySeries used for such calculation will be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the early amortization event, divided by (ii) [●];

 

the result of (i) the aggregate of the outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes, Class B notes and Class C notes of the SynchronySeries on such date, less amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts for the Class A notes, Class B notes and Class C notes of the SynchronySeries; provided that if an early amortization event has occurred with respect to any tranche of Class A notes, Class B notes or Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of Class A notes, Class B notes or Class C notes of the SynchronySeries used for such calculation will be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the early amortization event, divided by (ii) [●]; and

 

the result of (i) the aggregate of the outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries on such date, less amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts for the notes of the SynchronySeries; provided that if an early amortization event has occurred with respect to any tranche of notes of the SynchronySeries, the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of notes of the SynchronySeries used for such calculation will be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the early amortization event, divided by (ii) [●].

 

  157  

 

 

Immediately after giving effect to the issuance of a tranche of SynchronySeries notes, the collateral amount must be at least equal to the Required Collateral Amount.

 

Allocation Percentages

 

The trust will calculate the amount of principal collections allocated to the SynchronySeries in part based on the SynchronySeries principal allocation percentage, defined below and as described in “— Allocations of Principal Collections to the SynchronySeries .” The trust will calculate the amount of finance charge collections, charged-off principal receivables and servicing fees to be allocated to the SynchronySeries in part based on the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage, as defined below and as described in “ —Allocations of Finance Charge Collections to the SynchronySeries.

 

On any date of determination in any Monthly Period, the “ SynchronySeries principal allocation percentage ” will be the percentage equivalent—which may not exceed 100%—of a fraction:

 

the numerator of which is:

 

(a) the sum, for all classes or tranches of SynchronySeries notes in an amortization period, of the nominal liquidation amounts of each such class or tranche as of the close of business on the day prior to the commencement of the most recent amortization period for such class or tranche (excluding any class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes that will be paid in full during such Monthly Period or that will have a nominal liquidation amount of zero during such Monthly Period); plus

 

(b) the sum, for all classes or tranches of SynchronySeries notes in a revolving period, of the nominal liquidation amounts of all such classes or tranches as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (excluding any class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes that will be paid in full during such Monthly Period or that will have a nominal liquidation amount of zero during such Monthly Period), or with respect to the first Monthly Period during which any class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes are outstanding, the initial dollar principal amount of such class or tranche; plus

 

(c) on and after the date of any increase in the nominal liquidation amount of any class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes due to (i) the issuance of additional notes of such class or tranche during such Monthly Period or (ii) the release of prefunding excess amounts (other than amounts that were deposited into the applicable note retirement sub-account for such class or tranche during such Monthly Period) for such class or tranche from the applicable note retirement sub-account, the amount of any such increase in the nominal liquidation amount of such class or tranche; plus

 

(d) the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period, or with respect to the first Monthly Period during

 

  158  

 

 

which any SynchronySeries notes are outstanding, as of the closing date for such initial tranche of SynchronySeries notes; plus

 

(e) after the date of any increase in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount during the Monthly Period, an amount equal to such increase in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount; minus

 

(f) after the date of any decrease in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount during the Monthly Period, an amount equal to such decrease in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount; and

 

the denominator of which is the greater of:

 

(a) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period; and

 

(b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the applicable principal allocation percentages for all series of notes outstanding as of the date of determination.

 

On any date of determination in any Monthly Period, the “ SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage ” will be the percentage equivalent—which may not exceed 100%—of a fraction:

 

the numerator of which is:

 

(a) the nominal liquidation amount of all classes or tranches of SynchronySeries notes as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (excluding any class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes that will be paid in full during such Monthly Period or that will have a nominal liquidation amount of zero during such Monthly Period), or with respect to the first Monthly Period during which any class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes are outstanding, the initial dollar principal amount of such class or tranche; plus

 

(b) on and after the date of any increase in the nominal liquidation amount of any class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes due to (i) the issuance of additional notes of such class or tranche during such Monthly Period or (ii) the release of prefunding excess amounts (other than amounts that were deposited into the applicable note retirement sub-account for such class or tranche during such Monthly Period) for such class or tranche from the applicable note retirement sub-account, the amount of any such increase in the nominal liquidation amount of such class or tranche; plus

 

(c) the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period, or with respect to the first Monthly Period during which any SynchronySeries notes are outstanding, as of the closing date for such initial tranche of SynchronySeries notes; plus

 

  159  

 

 

(d) after the date of any increase in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount during the Monthly Period, an amount equal to such increase in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount; minus

 

(e) after the date of any decrease in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount during the Monthly Period, an amount equal to such decrease in the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount; and

 

the denominator of which is the greater of:

 

(a) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period; and

 

(b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the applicable floating allocation percentages for all series of notes outstanding as of the date of determination.

 

The denominator of each of the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage and the SynchronySeries principal allocation percentage will initially be set as of the closing date. The denominator will be reset at the end of each Monthly Period and on the following dates, which are referred to as “ reset dates ” in this prospectus:

 

each date on which additional accounts are designated to the trust portfolio; and

 

each date on which accounts are removed from the trust portfolio, other than removals of accounts that have had a zero balance and on which no charges have been made for at least twelve months.

 

If a reset date occurs, clause (a) of the denominator of each of the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage and the SynchronySeries principal allocation percentage will instead equal:

 

the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period for the period from and including the first day of the current Monthly Period, to but excluding such reset date; and

 

the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on such reset date, for the period from and including such reset date to the earlier of the last day of such Monthly Period (in which case such period shall include such day) or the next succeeding reset date (in which case such period shall not include such succeeding reset date).

 

Required Deposit Amount

 

As described under “ Description of the Notes—Deposit of Collections; Commingling ,” the servicer will deposit collections processed on any date of processing during a Monthly Period into the collection account only until the amount on deposit in the collection account equals the aggregate required deposit amount, which is the sum of the required deposit amounts for all series, as determined on such date of processing. Collections not required to be deposited into the collection account on any date of processing will be paid to us and will not be available to make payments on the notes.

 

  160  

 

 

The “ required deposit amount ” for the SynchronySeries notes for any Monthly Period will equal the sum of the required finance charge deposit amount and the required principal deposit amount for such Monthly Period as most recently determined. Generally, the required deposit amount for any Monthly Period will be the estimated amount needed to be deposited into the interest funding account, the principal funding account and the note retirement sub-account for each class or tranche of the SynchronySeries notes on the related payment date.

 

The “ required finance charge deposit amount ” for the SynchronySeries notes for any Monthly Period will equal the sum of:

 

the targeted deposit to the interest funding account for all SynchronySeries notes for such Monthly Period;

 

the amount of any deficit in the nominal liquidation amount of the SynchronySeries notes;

 

the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount deficit;

 

the amount, if any, by which the Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount exceeds the amount on deposit in the accumulation reserve account;

 

the targeted deposit to the Class D reserve account for all SynchronySeries notes for such Monthly Period;

 

if (i) on the first day of such Monthly Period, an Asset Deficiency exists after giving effect to all transfers and deposits on such day, (ii) on the first day of such Monthly Period, the Trust Principal Balance is less than 103% of the sum of the Required Collateral Amounts for all series of notes plus the Minimum Free Equity Amount after giving effect to all transfers and deposits on such day, (iii) an early amortization event has occurred, (iv) a nominal liquidation amount deficit for the SynchronySeries notes or a SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount deficit exists or (v) the Excess Spread Percentage for the immediately preceding Monthly Period is less than 5%, the SynchronySeries default amount; [and]

 

if the servicer has elected to receive a monthly servicing fee in lieu of daily servicing fees for such Monthly Period, the portion of the monthly servicing fee allocable to the SynchronySeries for such Monthly Period[;] [and][.]

 

[• describe any additional amounts specified in the terms document for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes.]

 

To the extent any data needed to calculate the required finance charge deposit amount is not available on any date of processing, the trust will use the corresponding data as most recently determined or other reasonable estimate of such data until the required data is available, which will be no later than the business day preceding the payment date in the following Monthly Period. Without limiting the foregoing, (x) for purposes of determining the amount to be deposited to the interest funding account for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes that bears interest by reference to a benchmark index rate of interest on any date of processing on which the

 

  161  

 

 

applicable indexed rate has not been determined, the applicable indexed rate will be estimated based on the assumption that the indexed rate will equal the indexed rate as most recently used to calculate the accrual of interest for such tranche, multiplied by 1.25 and (y) for purposes of determining the SynchronySeries default amount on any date of processing for any Monthly Period (other than the Monthly Period in which the first tranche of SynchronySeries Notes is issued), the SynchronySeries default amount for the current Monthly Period will equal the SynchronySeries default amount for the prior Monthly Period multiplied by 1.25, with such adjustments as may be appropriate taking into consideration any change in the nominal liquidation amount of the SynchronySeries notes since the prior Monthly Period.

 

The “ required principal deposit amount ” for the SynchronySeries notes for any Monthly Period will equal the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted to be deposited into the principal funding sub-account and the note retirement sub-account for all tranches of SynchronySeries notes on the business day preceding the related Payment Date, plus any additional amounts specified in the terms document for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes.

 

Allocations of Finance Charge Collections to the SynchronySeries

 

On each date of processing, the trust will calculate an amount equal to the product of (i) the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage and (ii) the finance charge collections processed on such date of processing, which is referred to in this prospectus as the “ SynchronySeries Daily Finance Charge Allocation .” For each Monthly Period, the trust will allocate to the SynchronySeries notes an amount of finance charge collections—referred to in this prospectus as the “ SynchronySeries Finance Charge Collections ”—equal to the least of (i) the excess of the sum of the SynchronySeries Daily Finance Charge Allocations for all dates of processing during such Monthly Period, minus any amount retained by the servicer in respect of the SynchronySeries daily servicing fees for such Monthly Period, (ii) the required finance charge deposit amount for the SynchronySeries notes for such Monthly Period and (iii) the aggregate amount of payments and deposits required to be made from SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections as described in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” on the related payment date.

 

Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections

 

On the business day preceding each payment date, the indenture trustee, at the written direction of the servicer, will apply an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the aggregate amount of payments and deposits required to be made pursuant to clauses (1) through (7) below and (y) the sum of (i) the SynchronySeries Finance Charge Collections for the preceding Monthly Period, (ii) the aggregate amount of funds withdrawn from the accumulation reserve account and used to cover the Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Shortfalls for the SynchronySeries notes as described in “ —Accumulation Reserve Account ,” (iii) dollar payments received under derivative agreements for interest for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes, (iv) the aggregate amount of investment earnings, net of investment losses and expenses, on funds on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts, the note retirement sub-accounts, the interest funding sub-accounts and the accumulation reserve account (to the extent specified in “ —Accumulation Reserve Account ”) related to such period, (v) any amount remaining on deposit in the interest funding sub-account for a tranche of SynchronySeries notes that has caused a sale of receivables because the nominal liquidation

 

  162  

 

 

amount for such tranche was greater than zero on its legal maturity date or because of an acceleration following an event of default with respect to such tranche, after final payment on such tranche, (vi) any shared excess available finance charge collections allocated to the SynchronySeries and (vii) any other amounts specified in any terms document for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes—collectively referred to in this prospectus as the “ SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” for the related Monthly Period—in the following order of priority:

 

(1) if the servicer has elected to receive a monthly servicing fee in lieu of daily servicing fees for such Monthly Period, to the servicer, the SynchronySeries monthly servicing fee for such Monthly Period, plus any previously due and unpaid SynchronySeries monthly servicing fee (to the extent not retained by, or already paid to, the servicer);

 

(2) to be deposited in the interest funding account:

 

(a) the interest on the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries for the Monthly Period, including any overdue interest and additional interest on the overdue interest [and [describe any payments due to derivative counterparties for any tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries and any other amounts to be paid pursuant to the terms agreements of any Class A notes of the SynchronySeries]];

 

(b) the interest on the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries for the Monthly Period, including any overdue interest and additional interest on the overdue interest [and [describe any payments due to derivative counterparties for any tranche of Class B notes of the SynchronySeries and any other amounts to be paid pursuant to the terms agreements of any Class B notes of the SynchronySeries]];

 

(c) the interest on the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries for the Monthly Period, including any overdue interest and additional interest on the overdue interest [and [describe any payments due to derivative counterparties for any tranche of Class C notes of the SynchronySeries and any other amounts to be paid pursuant to the terms agreements of any Class C notes of the SynchronySeries]];

 

(d) the interest on the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries for the Monthly Period, including any overdue interest and additional interest on the overdue interest [and [describe any payments due to derivative counterparties for any tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries and any other amounts to be paid pursuant to the terms agreements of any Class D notes of the SynchronySeries]];

 

(3) to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections in an amount equal to the SynchronySeries default amount for the related Monthly Period (but only to the extent the SynchronySeries default amount was included in the required finance charge deposit amount for such Monthly Period);

 

(4) to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections in an amount equal to the sum of the SynchronySeries nominal liquidation amount deficit, if any, and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount deficit, if any; [and]

 

  163  

 

 

(5) to be deposited in the accumulation reserve account to the extent the amount on deposit in the accumulation reserve account is less than the Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount[.][;] [and]

 

[(6) to be deposited in the Class D reserve sub-accounts [describe deposits to be made to the Class D reserve sub-accounts specified in the terms documents for the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries], pro rata based on the ratio of the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries that was used in the calculation of the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for the immediately preceding Monthly Period to the nominal liquidation amounts of all tranches of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries that were used in the calculation of the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for the immediately preceding Monthly Period that have targeted deposits to their respective Class D reserve sub-accounts; provided, however, that any excess identified in this clause (6), including in the application of this proviso, will be further allocated to each tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries which has a remaining targeted deposit to its Class D reserve sub-account up to the amount of such remaining targeted deposit pro rata based on the ratio of the nominal liquidation amount of such tranche used in the calculation of the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for the immediately preceding Monthly Period to the nominal liquidation amount of all tranches of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries used in the calculation of the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for the immediately preceding Monthly Period[.][;] [and]

 

[(7) describe any other payments or deposits required by the terms document of any tranche of SynchronySeries notes.]

 

The aggregate amount to be deposited in the interest funding account pursuant to clause (2) above will be allocated and deposited into the interest funding sub-account for each tranche of SynchronySeries notes based on the amount of interest owing to each such tranche. If the aggregate amount of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections for any Monthly Period is insufficient to make all of the deposits to be made pursuant to clause (2) above, then such amounts will be allocated and deposited, first , to the interest funding sub-account of each tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries, second , to the interest funding sub-account of each tranche of Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, third , to the interest funding sub-account of each tranche of Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, and fourth , to the interest funding sub-account of each tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries, in each case pro rata based on the ratio of the amount targeted to be deposited for a tranche of SynchronySeries notes to the amount targeted to be deposited for all tranches of SynchronySeries notes of the related class.

 

Interest Payments

 

The amount of interest due and payable with respect to the SynchronySeries notes on any payment date will be equal to the aggregate amount of interest accrued on each tranche of SynchronySeries notes from and including the previous payment date (or, with respect to the first payment date for such tranche, from and including the issuance date for such tranche) to but excluding such payment date. Interest on each tranche of SynchronySeries notes computed at a fixed rate is calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and interest on

 

  164  

 

 

each tranche of SynchronySeries notes computed on the basis of a floating or periodic rate is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from and including the preceding interest payment date to but excluding the current interest payment date and a 360-day year. The offered notes will accrue interest at a [fixed][floating] rate per annum equal to [[LIBOR] +] [●]%. The interest rate applicable to each other outstanding tranche of SynchronySeries notes is specified in “ Annex I: Other Outstanding Series, Classes and Tranches .”

 

[For purposes of determining the interest rate applicable to the offered notes for each interest period, LIBOR will be determined two London business days before that interest period begins.

 

With respect to the offered notes, LIBOR for each interest period will equal the rate per annum displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets system as the composite offered rate for London interbank deposits for a [●]-month period, as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the related LIBOR determination date; provided that, if LIBOR for such interest period is less than 0.00%, then LIBOR for such interest period shall be deemed to be 0.00%. If that rate does not appear on that display page, LIBOR for that interest period will be the rate per annum for a period of the Designated Maturity shown on page “LIBOR01” of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service or such other page as may replace the “LIBOR01” page on that service for purposes of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR determination date; provided that if at least two rates appear on that page, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the displayed rates and if fewer than two rates are displayed, or if no rate is relevant, LIBOR for that interest period will be determined based on the rates at which deposits in United States dollars are offered by four major banks in the London interbank market, selected by the servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for a [●]-month period. The indenture trustee will request the principal London office of each of those banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two quotations are provided, the rate for that interest period will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, the rate for that interest period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United States dollars to leading European banks for a [●]-month.

 

LIBOR applicable to the then current and immediately preceding interest period may be obtained by telephoning the indenture trustee at its corporate trust office or any other telephone number designated by the indenture trustee.]

 

[If the trust does not pay interest due on the offered notes on a payment date, the amount not paid will be due on the next payment date, together with interest on the overdue amount of regular monthly interest, accruing at a per annum rate equal to [[LIBOR] for the applicable interest period plus ] [●]%.       ]

 

Credit Enhancement

 

Subordination

 

The Class B notes are subordinated to the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries. The Class C notes are subordinated to the Class A notes and the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries. The

 

  165  

 

 

Class D notes are subordinated to the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries. The SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount is subordinated to all four classes of notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

Interest payments will be made on the Class A notes prior to being made on the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries. Interest payments will be made on the Class B notes prior to being made on the Class C notes and the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries. Interest payments will be made on the Class C notes prior to being made on the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

With respect to any Monthly Period, principal payments will not be deposited in the principal funding sub-account for any tranche of Class B notes of the SynchronySeries until (i) the Prefunding Target Amount for the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries is zero and (ii) principal payments have been deposited in the principal funding sub-account of each tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries that has passed its Accumulation Commencement Date. With respect to any Monthly Period, principal payments will not be deposited in the principal funding sub-account for any tranche of Class C notes of the SynchronySeries until (i) the Prefunding Target Amounts for the Class A notes and Class B notes of the SynchronySeries are zero and (ii) principal payments have been deposited in the principal funding sub-account of each tranche of Class A notes and Class B notes of the SynchronySeries that has passed its Accumulation Commencement Date. With respect to any Monthly Period, principal payments will not be deposited in the principal funding sub-account of any tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries until (i) the Prefunding Target Amounts for the Class A notes, Class B notes and Class C notes of the SynchronySeries are zero and (ii) principal payments have been deposited in the principal funding sub-account of each tranche of Class A notes, Class B notes and Class C notes of the SynchronySeries that has passed its Accumulation Commencement Date.

 

The collateral amount for the SynchronySeries will be reduced as the collateral is applied for the benefit of the SynchronySeries, for instance as principal payments are made on the SynchronySeries. In addition, the collateral amount can be applied for the benefit of the SynchronySeries in two other ways:

 

by reallocating principal collections to make interest payments and to pay servicing fee payments for the SynchronySeries, when finance charge collections are not sufficient to make these payments; and

 

to absorb the SynchronySeries’ share of defaulted principal receivables when finance charge collections are not sufficient to cover these amounts.

 

The SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount provides credit enhancement by absorbing these types of reductions. If the total amount of these latter two types of reductions exceeds the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount, then the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries may not be repaid in full. If the total amount exceeds the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount and the principal amount of the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries, then the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries may not be repaid in full. If the total amount exceeds the sum of the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount and the principal amounts of the Class D notes and the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, then the

 

  166  

 

 

Class B notes of the SynchronySeries may not be repaid in full. If the total amount exceeds the sum of the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount and the principal amounts of the Class D notes, the Class C notes and the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, then the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries may not be repaid in full.

 

If receivables are sold after an event of default, the net proceeds of that sale would be paid first to each accelerated tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries, then to each accelerated tranche of Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, then to each accelerated tranche of Class C notes of the SynchronySeries and finally to each accelerated tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries, in each case until the outstanding principal amount of each accelerated tranche of the specified class and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to each accelerated tranche of that class have been paid in full.

 

[Cash Collateral Guaranty][Cash Collateral Account]

 

The [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from a cash collateral guaranty or a cash collateral account] will benefit from credit enhancement in the form of [a cash collateral guaranty, secured by the deposit of cash or permitted investments in a cash collateral account, reserved for the beneficiaries of the cash collateral guaranty][a cash collateral account].

 

[The cash collateral account will be funded by an initial cash deposit.] The amounts [on deposit in the cash collateral account] [available under the cash collateral guaranty] may be increased under the circumstances described below:

 

[to the extent we elect to apply principal collections allocable to the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount to decrease the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount;]

 

[to the extent principal collections allocable to the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount must be deposited into the cash collateral account;] [and]

 

[to the extent excess finance charge collections must be deposited into the cash collateral account.]

 

The amount available from [the cash collateral guaranty] [the cash collateral account] will be limited to $[●]. Payments will be made [to beneficiaries of the cash collateral guaranty from the cash collateral account] [from the cash collateral account] under the following circumstances:

 

[insert description of applicable circumstances].

 

[Derivative Agreement

 

The [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from a derivative agreement] will benefit from credit enhancement in the form of [a currency swap][a cap (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay all interest in excess of a specified percentage rate)][a collar (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay all interest below a specified percentage rate and above a higher specified percentage rate)][insert description of any other types of derivative agreements benefiting a class or tranche of notes of the SynchronySeries].

 

  167  

 

 

The trust will receive payments from counterparties to the derivative agreements in exchange for the trust’s payments to them, to the extent required under the derivative agreements. [Describe specific terms of the derivative agreements applicable to a class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes and a description of the related counterparty.]]

 

[Surety Bond or Insurance Policy

 

Insurance with respect to [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from a surety bond or insurance policy] will be provided by one or more insurance companies. This insurance will guarantee, with respect to [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from a surety bond or insurance policy], distributions of interest or principal in the manner and amount specified in this prospectus.

 

[A surety bond will be purchased for the benefit of the holders of [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from a surety bond or insurance policy] to assure distributions of interest or principal with respect to [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from a surety bond or insurance policy] in the following manner and amount: [specify manner and amount distributions of interest or principal are assured].

 

The provider of the insurance policy or surety bond will be permitted to exercise the voting rights of the noteholders of [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from a surety bond or insurance policy] to the extent described in the following sentence. The provider of the insurance policy or surety bond, rather than the noteholders of [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from a surety bond or insurance policy], will have the sole right to:

 

consent to amendments to any document applicable to [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from a surety bond or insurance policy];

 

if an event of default occurs, accelerate the [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from a surety bond or insurance policy] or direct the indenture trustee to exercise any remedy available to the noteholders; or

 

waive any event of default or early amortization event for [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from a surety bond or insurance policy].]

 

[If any entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support is liable or contingently liable to provide payments representing 10% or more of the cash flow supporting the offered notes, provide the name of such enhancement provider, the organizational form of such enhancement provider and the general character of the business of such enhancement provider as required by Items 1114(b)(1)(i)-(iii) of Regulation AB.]

 

[If any entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support is liable or contingently liable to provide payments representing 10% or more, but less than 20%, of the cash flow supporting the offered notes, provide financial data required by Item 1114(b)(2)(i) of Regulation AB.]

 

  168  

 

 

[If any entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support is liable or contingently liable to provide payments representing 20% or more of the cash flow supporting the offered notes, provide financial data required by Item 1114(b)(2)(ii) of Regulation AB.]]

 

Class D Reserve Account

 

Support for the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries will be provided by the Class D reserve account. The Class D reserve account will be funded by deposits of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections as described in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections .” The Class D reserve account will be established to assist with the subsequent distribution of principal or interest on the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries. See “ —Class D Reserve Account ” in this prospectus for more information on the Class D reserve account.

 

[Interest Rate Swaps

 

To hedge the trust’s interest payment obligations, the trust [has][will] enter[ed] into an interest rate swap for [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from an interest rate swap], each covering the period from the applicable closing date through the applicable legal maturity date.

 

The notional amount of each interest rate swap for each interest period will be equal to the outstanding principal amount of the related tranche as of the end of the first day of the related interest period. Under each swap, prior to each payment date, two interest amounts will be calculated on the outstanding principal amount of the applicable tranche of notes:

 

a floating interest amount, accruing at the applicable [LIBOR] and based on the actual number of days in the interest period and a year of 360 days; and

 

a fixed interest amount, accruing at the specified fixed interest rate and based on twelve 30-day months and a year of 360 days.

 

If the floating interest amount is greater than the fixed interest amount, the trust will receive a payment from the swap counterparty in an amount equal to the difference. Alternatively, if the fixed interest amount is greater than the floating interest amount, the trust will be required to make a payment to the swap counterparty in an amount equal to the difference. The specified fixed interest rate for the [include all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries that benefit from an interest rate swap] swap is [not expected to be higher than] [●]% per year.

 

Any net amounts received by the trust under the interest rate swaps will be treated as finance charge collections. Any net amounts payable by the trust under the interest rate swaps will be paid out of amounts on deposit in the interest funding sub-account for the applicable tranche of SynchronySeries notes as described in “ —Withdrawals from the Interest Funding Account .”

 

Each of the interest rate swaps may terminate, whether or not the related tranche of notes has been paid in full prior to such termination, upon the occurrence of any event of default or termination event specified in the related interest rate swap agreement. Upon the occurrence of any event of default specified in an interest rate swap agreement, the non-defaulting party may

 

  169  

 

 

elect to terminate such interest rate swap agreement. Events of default under the interest rate swap agreements include:

 

failure to make a payment due under the interest rate swap agreement within the applicable grace period;

 

the occurrence of certain bankruptcy and insolvency events;

 

a default, event of default or other similar condition or event by the interest rate swap counterparty under any debt obligation owed by the interest rate swap counterparty arising from a payment default or other event resulting in the acceleration of such debt obligation, if the amount of such payment default or accelerated debt meets the specified threshold amount, subject to applicable cure periods; and

 

failure by the interest rate swap counterparty to comply with certain other obligations under the interest rate swap agreement or breach by the interest rate swap counterparty of certain representations in the interest rate swap agreement, in each case subject to applicable cure periods.

 

The interest rate swaps may also be terminated upon the occurrence of a termination event other than an event of default. These termination events include:

 

illegality on the part of the trust or an interest rate swap counterparty to be a party to the related interest rate swap agreement;

 

noncompliance by the interest rate swap counterparty with certain obligations under a disclosure agreement pursuant to which the interest rate swap counterparty may be required to deliver to the trust specified financial and other information regarding the interest rate swap counterparty to enable us and the trust to comply with their reporting obligations to the SEC;

 

noncompliance by the interest rate swap counterparty with certain obligations after its ratings downgrade;

 

certain tax consequences arising from administrative or judicial procedures, changes in tax law or certain mergers and asset transfers; and

 

certain other events specified in the interest rate swap agreements.

 

The trust can only enter into and maintain interest rate swaps with counterparties that have debt ratings consistent with the standards of the rating agencies for the applicable tranche of notes. If the ratings of a swap counterparty are reduced below certain levels established by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch, if the swap counterparty is rated by Fitch, that swap counterparty will be required to assign its rights and obligations under the applicable interest rate swap to a replacement swap counterparty, obtain a letter of credit or guaranty or make other arrangements satisfactory to the rating agencies within certain grace periods. The failure to replace a terminated interest rate swap or enter into an alternative arrangement satisfactory to the rating agencies within ten business days, or the failure of a swap counterparty to make a required

 

  170  

 

 

payment for five business days after a payment is due, will cause an early amortization event and commencement of the early amortization period. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Securitization Structure—Default by the swap counterparty or termination of the Class [●](20[●]-[●] ) interest rate swap could reduce or delay payments and may cause commencement of an early amortization or a reduction in the ratings of the offered notes ” in this prospectus for a discussion of potential adverse consequences if a swap counterparty defaults on its obligations or is downgraded, or another termination event occurs under an interest rate swap.]

 

Allocations of Principal Collections to the SynchronySeries

 

On each date of processing, the trust will calculate an amount equal to the product of (i) the SynchronySeries principal allocation percentage and (ii) the principal collections processed on such date of processing, which is referred to in this prospectus as the “ SynchronySeries Daily Principal Allocation .” For each Monthly Period, the trust will allocate to the SynchronySeries notes, an amount of principal collections—referred to in this prospectus as the “ SynchronySeries Principal Collections ”—equal to the least of (x) the sum of the SynchronySeries Daily Principal Allocations for all dates of processing during such Monthly Period, less, if the servicer has retained daily servicing fees for such Monthly Period, the SynchronySeries Servicing Fee Shortfall, if any, for such Monthly Period, (y) the lesser of (i) the required principal deposit amount for such Monthly Period and (ii) if the amount of collections allocated to the SynchronySeries notes for such Monthly Period is limited as described in “ Description of the Notes—Deposit of Collections; Commingling ” as a result of a required deposit increase date, the amount of collections allocated to the SynchronySeries notes for such Monthly Period, less the SynchronySeries Finance Charge Collections and (z) the aggregate amount of payments and deposits required to be made as described in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections .”

 

Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections

 

On the business day preceding each payment date, the indenture trustee, at the written direction of the servicer, will withdraw from the collection account an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the aggregate amount of payments and deposits to be made pursuant to clauses (1) through (6) below and (y) the sum of (i) SynchronySeries Principal Collections for such Monthly Period, (ii) SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections as described in clauses (3) and (4) in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ,” (iii) dollar payments received under derivative agreements for principal for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes, (iv) any shared excess available principal collections allocated to the SynchronySeries notes and (v) any additional amounts to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections pursuant to any terms document (the amounts described in this clause (y) are referred to in this prospectus as “ SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ”), as follows:

 

(1) to pay the servicing fee for the SynchronySeries for the prior Monthly Period and any overdue servicing fees, to the extent deposits made pursuant to clause (1) in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” are insufficient to make such payments; provided, that payments pursuant to this clause (1) may not exceed

 

  171  

 

 

the sum of the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount and the nominal liquidation amount of the SynchronySeries notes;

 

(2) to the extent deposits made pursuant to clause (2)(a) in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” are insufficient to pay the interest and other amounts described in such clause, to be deposited in the interest funding sub-account of each tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries, pro rata based on the ratio of the amount targeted to be deposited in the interest funding sub-account for a tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries to the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited in the interest funding sub-accounts for all tranches of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries; provided, that payments pursuant to this clause (2), combined with payments made pursuant to clause (1) above, may not exceed the sum of the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount and the nominal liquidation amounts of the Class B notes, Class C notes and Class D notes of the SynchronySeries;

 

(3) to the extent deposits made pursuant to clause (2)(b) in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” are insufficient to pay the interest and other amounts described in such clause, to be deposited in the interest funding sub-account of each tranche of Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, pro rata based on the ratio of the amount targeted to be deposited in the interest funding sub-account for a tranche of Class B notes of the SynchronySeries to the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited in the interest funding sub-accounts for all tranches of Class B notes of the SynchronySeries; provided, that payments pursuant to this clause (3) may not exceed the sum of the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount and the nominal liquidation amounts of the Class C notes and Class D notes of the SynchronySeries;

 

(4) to the extent deposits made pursuant to clause (2)(c) in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” are insufficient to pay the interest and other amounts described in such clause, to be deposited in the interest funding sub-account of each tranche of Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, pro rata based on the ratio of the amount targeted to be deposited in the interest funding sub-account for a tranche of Class C notes of the SynchronySeries to the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited in the interest funding sub-accounts for all tranches of Class C notes of the SynchronySeries; provided, that payments pursuant to this clause (4) may not exceed the sum of the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount and the nominal liquidation amount of the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries;

 

(5) to the extent deposits made pursuant to clause (2)(d) in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” are insufficient to pay the interest and other amounts described in such clause, to be deposited in the interest funding sub-account of each tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries, pro rata based on the ratio of the amount targeted to be deposited in the interest funding sub-account for a tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries to the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited in the interest funding sub-accounts for all tranches of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries; provided, that payments pursuant to this clause (5) may not exceed the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount;

 

  172  

 

 

(6) to make the following deposits:

 

(i) an aggregate amount equal to the Prefunding Target Amount for the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries will be deposited in the note retirement sub-accounts of the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries, allocated pro rata to the note retirement sub-account of each tranche based on the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche;

 

(ii) an aggregate amount equal to the Prefunding Target Amount for the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries will be deposited in the note retirement sub-accounts of the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, allocated pro rata to the note retirement sub-account of each tranche based on the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche;

 

(iii) an aggregate amount equal to the Prefunding Target Amount for the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries will be deposited in the note retirement sub-accounts of the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, allocated pro rata to the note retirement sub-account of each tranche based on the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche;

 

(iv) if an early amortization event has occurred with respect to any tranche of SynchronySeries notes, an amount up to the nominal liquidation amount of such tranche will be deposited in the principal funding sub-account for such tranche; [and]

 

(v) subject to clause (iv), beginning with the Accumulation Commencement Date for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes, an amount equal to the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such tranche will be deposited in the principal funding sub-account for such tranche, plus any past due Controlled Accumulation Amount deposits for such tranche, plus , in the Monthly Period immediately preceding the scheduled principal payment date for such tranche, and in each subsequent Monthly Period in which such tranche of notes is still outstanding, any additional amounts necessary so that the amount on deposit in the principal funding sub-account for such tranche equals the nominal liquidation amount for such tranche[.][; and]

 

[(vi) if any tranche of SynchronySeries notes has a derivative agreement for principal that provides for payment to a derivative counterparty, describe deposits targeted with respect to the payment of the derivative counterparty specified in the terms document for such tranche;]

 

provided that prior to using SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections to make targeted deposits to the principal funding sub-account of a tranche of SynchronySeries notes, amounts will first be transferred from the note retirement sub-account for such tranche to make such targeted deposits, as described in “ —Withdrawals from the Note Retirement Account .”

 

If the aggregate amount of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections for any Monthly Period is insufficient to make all of the deposits to be made pursuant to clause (6) above, then such amounts will be allocated and deposited, first , to the principal funding sub-account and the note retirement sub-account of each tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries, second , to the principal funding sub-account and the note retirement sub-account of each tranche of Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, third , to the principal funding sub-account and the note retirement

 

  173  

 

 

sub-account of each tranche of Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, and fourth , to the principal funding sub-account and the note retirement sub-account of each tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries, in each case pro rata based on the ratio of the amount targeted to be deposited for a tranche of SynchronySeries notes to the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited for all tranches of SynchronySeries notes of the related class.

 

SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections allocable to subordinated notes may be deposited into the principal funding subaccount of subordinated notes or used to make payments of principal on subordinated notes while senior notes are outstanding only under the following circumstances:

 

if after giving effect to the proposed principal payment there is still a sufficient amount of subordinated notes to provide the required subordination for the outstanding senior notes; and

 

if the principal funding subaccounts of the senior notes have been sufficiently prefunded.  See “ —Credit Enhancement .”

 

Series Accounts

 

The trust will establish and maintain, in the name of the indenture trustee for the benefit of the SynchronySeries noteholders (or, in the case of the Class D reserve account, for the benefit of the Class D SynchronySeries noteholders), five segregated trust accounts: the interest funding account, the note retirement account, the principal funding account, the accumulation reserve account and the Class D reserve account. Collections will be deposited into the trust accounts as described in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” and “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ” and will subsequently be distributed as described in “ —Withdrawals from the Interest Funding Account ,” “ —Withdrawals from the Note Retirement Account ,” “ —Withdrawals from the Principal Funding Account ,” “ —Accumulation Reserve Account ” and “ —Class D Reserve Account .” Funds on deposit in the trust accounts will be invested from and including the business day immediately preceding the payment date in each Monthly Period to but excluding the business day immediately preceding the payment date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period.

 

Withdrawals from the Interest Funding Account

 

On each interest payment date for a tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, the following amounts will be withdrawn from the interest funding sub-account of such tranche and remitted to the applicable entity or entities, pro rata based on the amount of each of the withdrawals required to be made:

 

an amount equal to the amount of monthly interest owed to the noteholders of such tranche will be remitted to the holders of the notes of such tranche[.][;] [and]

 

[• describe any amounts to be paid to a derivative counterparty under the derivative agreement for any tranche.]

 

  174  

 

 

After payment in full of a tranche of SynchronySeries notes, amounts remaining in the interest funding sub-account for such tranche will, to the extent needed, first , be allocated among and deposited in the interest funding sub-accounts of the outstanding SynchronySeries notes in the manner, order and priority described in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ,” second , be allocated among and deposited in the principal funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts of the outstanding SynchronySeries notes in the manner, order and priority described in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ,” and third , paid to us.

 

Withdrawals from the Note Retirement Account

 

If the trust on any date determines with respect to any class of Class A notes, Class B notes or Class C notes of the SynchronySeries that, after giving effect to all issuances, deposits, allocations, reimbursements, reallocations and payments on such date, the amount on deposit in the note retirement sub-accounts for such class of notes exceeds the aggregate amount targeted to be on deposit in the note retirement sub-accounts for such class as described in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ,” such excess amount will be withdrawn by the servicer from the note retirement sub-accounts of such class of SynchronySeries notes and first , allocated among and deposited to the principal funding sub-accounts of the outstanding tranches of SynchronySeries notes in the manner, order and priority described in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ,” second , deposited in the excess funding account in the amount required to cure any Asset Deficiency and, third , paid to us in respect of the Monthly Period in which such withdrawal occurs.

 

If, on any business day preceding a payment date, there is a deposit targeted to be made to the principal funding-sub account of any tranche of SynchronySeries notes as described in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ,” funds on deposit in the note retirement sub-account for such tranche of notes will be transferred to the principal funding sub-account for such tranche in an amount not to exceed the amount targeted to be deposited before SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections are used to make the targeted deposit.

 

Withdrawals from the Principal Funding Account

 

On each payment date on which principal is payable on a tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, the following amounts, up to the highest outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of SynchronySeries notes, will be withdrawn from the principal funding sub-account for such tranche and remitted to the applicable entity or entities, pro rata based on the amount of each of the withdrawals required to be made:

 

an amount equal to the principal owed to the holders of the notes of such tranche will be remitted to such holders[.][;] [and]

 

[• describe the amount of any payment to be made to a derivative counterparty under a derivative agreement for any tranche.]

 

On the legal maturity date of any tranche of notes of the SynchronySeries, after giving effect to any deposits, allocations, reimbursements, reallocations, sales of collateral or other payments to be made on that date, amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-account for any tranche

 

  175  

 

 

of subordinate SynchronySeries notes may be applied to make the principal payments of such maturing tranche or the payments under a derivative agreement with respect to principal of such maturing tranche.

 

Allocation of Charged-off Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs

 

A portion of the charged-off principal receivables in each charged-off account will be allocated to the SynchronySeries in an amount equal to the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage on the date the account is charged-off. The sum of the charged-off principal receivables allocated to the SynchronySeries during a Monthly Period is referred to in this prospectus as the “ SynchronySeries default amount ” for such Monthly Period.

 

On each payment date, if the SynchronySeries default amount, if any, for the related Monthly Period exceeds the result of (i) the sum of (x) the SynchronySeries Daily Finance Charge Allocations for all dates of processing during such Monthly Period, (y) the amount of shared excess available finance charge collections that would have been allocated to the SynchronySeries notes if all collections for such Monthly Period had been deposited into the collections account and remained on deposit on the business day preceding such payment date and (z) any amounts treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections pursuant to clauses (ii) through (iv) of the definition thereof, minus (ii) the sum of (x) the share of the monthly servicing fee allocated to the SynchronySeries for such Monthly Period, plus (y) the amount to be deposited into the interest funding account pursuant to clause (2) under “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ,” then such excess (the “ Investor Charge-Off ” for such Monthly Period) will reduce the SynchronySeries collateral amount and will be allocated as follows:

 

(1) first , a portion of such reductions will be allocated to the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount based on the ratio of the average SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount used in the calculation of the numerator of the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage for each day during such Monthly Period to the average of the numerators used in the calculation of the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage for each day during such Monthly Period, and such amount will reduce the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount (but not below zero);

 

(2) second , a portion of such reductions will be allocated to the SynchronySeries notes based on the ratio of the average nominal liquidation amount used in the calculation of the numerator of the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage for each day during such Monthly Period to the average of the numerators used in the calculation of the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage for each day during such Monthly Period. Immediately following such allocation, the portion of the reductions initially allocated to the SynchronySeries notes will be reallocated to the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount and such amount will reduce the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount (but not below zero); provided that the amount of reductions reallocated to the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount will not exceed the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount (calculated after giving effect to any reduction thereof pursuant to clause (1));

 

  176  

 

 

(3) third , remaining reductions will be applied to reduce the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries (but not below zero), pro rata based on the ratio of the nominal liquidation amount for each tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries to the nominal liquidation amount for all Class D notes of the SynchronySeries;

 

(4) fourth , remaining reductions will be applied to reduce the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche of Class C notes of the SynchronySeries (but not below zero), pro rata based on the ratio of the nominal liquidation amount for each tranche of Class C notes of the SynchronySeries to the nominal liquidation amount for all Class C notes of the SynchronySeries;

 

(5) fifth , remaining reductions will be applied to reduce the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche of Class B notes of the SynchronySeries (but not below zero), pro rata based on the ratio of the nominal liquidation amount for each tranche of Class B notes of the SynchronySeries to the nominal liquidation amount for all Class B notes of the SynchronySeries; and

 

(6) sixth , remaining reductions will be applied to reduce the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries (but not below zero), pro rata based on the ratio of the nominal liquidation amount for each tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries to the nominal liquidation amount for all Class A notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Investor Charge-Off will occur with respect to any Monthly Period for which the SynchronySeries default amount was not included in the required finance charge deposit amount as of the first day of such Monthly Period.

 

Sharing Provisions

 

The SynchronySeries will share excess finance charge collections with other series. See “ Description of the Notes—Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections .”

 

The SynchronySeries will share excess available principal collections with other series. See “ Description of the Notes—Shared Excess Available Principal Collections ” for more information.

 

Accumulation Reserve Account

 

The trust will establish and maintain a segregated trust account to serve as the accumulation reserve account. The indenture trustee will make deposits to the accumulation reserve account as described under “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” in this prospectus.

 

Funds on deposit in the accumulation reserve account will be invested from and including the business day immediately preceding the payment date in a Monthly Period to but excluding the business day immediately preceding the following payment date. Investment earnings, net of investment losses and expenses, on funds on deposit in the accumulation reserve account will be retained in the accumulation reserve account to the extent that the amount on deposit in the

 

  177  

 

 

accumulation reserve account is less than the Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount. Any remaining investment earnings on funds on deposit in the accumulation reserve account will be deposited in the collection account and treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections for the related Monthly Period. Further, on the business day immediately preceding each payment date, an amount equal to the lesser of the amount on deposit in the accumulation reserve account and the aggregate of the Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Shortfalls with respect to each tranche of SynchronySeries notes will be withdrawn from the accumulation reserve account, deposited in the collection account and treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections for the related Monthly Period.

 

If, after giving effect to all of the deposits to and withdrawals from the accumulation reserve account described in the immediately preceding paragraph, the amount on deposit in the accumulation reserve account exceeds the Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount, such excess amount will be withdrawn from the accumulation reserve account and distributed to us.

 

Class D Reserve Account

 

The trust will establish and maintain a segregated account to serve as the Class D reserve account. The Class D reserve account is established to assist with the distribution of interest and principal on the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries. The trust will apply SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections at the priority identified above under “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” to increase the amount on deposit in the Class D reserve account. The amount on deposit in the Class D reserve account will also be increased by the investment earnings, net of investment losses and expenses, of the funds on deposit in the Class D reserve account.

 

If the amount on deposit in the interest funding sub-account for any tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are required with respect to such tranche described under “ —Withdrawals from the Interest Funding Account ,” an amount equal to that deficiency will be withdrawn from the Class D reserve sub-account for such tranche and deposited into the interest funding sub-account for such tranche.

 

With respect to a tranche of the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries, if, on and after the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which such tranche is accelerated following an event of default, (ii) any date on or after the business day immediately preceding the scheduled principal payment date for such tranche on which the amount on deposit in the principal funding sub-account for such tranche plus the amount on deposit in the Class D reserve sub-account for such tranche equals or exceeds the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche and (iii) the legal maturity date for such tranche, the amount on deposit in the principal funding sub-account for such tranche is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are required with respect to such tranche described under “ —Withdrawals from the Principal Funding Account ,” an amount equal to that deficiency will be withdrawn from the Class D reserve sub-account for such tranche and deposited into the interest funding sub-account for such tranche.

 

If on a business day immediately preceding a payment date for a tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries that has not been accelerated, the aggregate amount on deposit in the Class D reserve sub-account for such tranche exceeds the amount required to be on deposit in such Class D

 

  178  

 

 

reserve sub-account, the amount of such excess will be withdrawn from the Class D reserve sub-account and first, allocated among and deposited to the other Class D reserve sub-accounts in the manner, order and priority set forth in “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ,” and then, paid to the trust. Upon payment in full of any tranche of Class D notes of the SynchronySeries, any amount on deposit in the applicable Class D reserve sub-account will be applied in accordance with the preceding sentence.

 

Early Amortization Events

 

An early amortization event may occur for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a) our failure (1) to make any payment or deposit on the date required to be made under the receivables sale agreement or the transfer agreement on or before the date that is five business days after the date the payment or deposit is required to be made or (2) to observe or perform in any material respect our covenants or agreements set forth in the transfer agreement (excluding covenants addressed in this clause (a) and in clause (c) below) which failure has a material adverse effect on the holders of such tranche of notes and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after written notice of the failure, requiring the same to be remedied, has been given to us by the indenture trustee or to us and the indenture trustee by any holder of such tranche of notes;

 

(b) any representation or warranty made by us in the receivables sale agreement or the transfer agreement or any information contained in an account schedule required to be delivered by us proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or delivered and which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after written notice of the failure, requiring the same to be remedied, has been given to us by the indenture trustee or to us and the indenture trustee by any holder of such tranche notes and as a result of which the interests of the holders of such tranche of notes are materially and adversely affected for the designated period; except that an early amortization event described in this subparagraph (b) will not occur if we have accepted reassignment of the related receivable or all related receivables, if applicable, within the designated period;

 

(c) our failure to convey receivables in additional accounts to the trust within 5 business days of any date on which we are required to do so;

 

(d) any servicer default described in “ The Servicer—Servicer Default; Successor Servicer ” occurs and has a material adverse effect on such tranche of notes;

 

(e) the average of the Excess Spread Percentages for any three consecutive Monthly Periods is less than 0.00%;

 

(f) the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of notes is not paid in full on the scheduled principal payment date;

 

(g) specified bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, conservatorship, receivership or similar events relating to us or the bank;

 

  179  

 

 

(h) we are unable for any reason to transfer receivables to the trust or the bank is unable to transfer receivables to us, in each case within five business days of the date such transfer is required to be made;

 

(i) the trust becomes subject to regulation as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act; [or]

 

(j) an event of default for such tranche of notes and an acceleration of the maturity of such tranche of notes occurs under the indenture[.]

 

(k) [describe any additional early amortization events specified in the terms documents for the SynchronySeries notes.]

 

In the case of any event described in clause (a), (b) or (d) above, an early amortization event will be deemed to have occurred with respect to a tranche of notes only if, after any applicable grace period, the holders of such tranche of notes evidencing interests aggregating more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such tranche of notes, by written notice to the trust, with a copy to the indenture trustee, declare that an early amortization event has occurred with respect to such tranche of notes as of the date of the notice.

 

In the case of any event described in clause (g), (h) or (i), an early amortization event with respect to all series of notes issued by the issuing entity then outstanding, in the case of any event described in clause (c) or (e), an early amortization event with respect to all SynchronySeries notes then outstanding, and in the case of any event described in clause (f) or (j), an early amortization event with respect to the affected tranche of notes, will occur without any notice or other action on the part of any noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of the event.

 

See “ Description of the Notes—Early Amortization Events ” for an additional discussion of the consequences of insolvency, conservatorship or receivership events related to us and the bank.

 

Events of Default

 

The events of default for the SynchronySeries and any class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes, as well as the rights and remedies available to the indenture trustee and the affected noteholders when an event of default occurs, are described in “ Description of the Notes—Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default .”

 

In the case of an event of default involving bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events relating to the trust, the principal amount of the SynchronySeries notes automatically will be deemed to be immediately due and payable. If any other event of default for the SynchronySeries notes occurs, the indenture trustee or the holders of more than 66⅔% of the then-outstanding principal amount of the affected class or tranche notes may declare such class or tranche of notes to be immediately due and payable. If the offered notes are accelerated, you may receive principal prior to the scheduled principal payment date for your notes.

 

  180  

 

 

Distributions after Repudiation and Payment of Damages by the FDIC

 

In the event that the bank becomes the subject of an insolvency proceeding and a special payment date is declared as described under “ Description of the Notes—Actions Upon FDIC Repudiation ,” the amount of interest payable with respect to each tranche of SynchronySeries notes on the special payment date will be equal to the sum of any amounts targeted to be deposited to the interest funding sub-account for such tranche with respect to any prior Monthly Period that were not previously deposited plus the aggregate amount of interest accrued on such tranche from and including the preceding payment date to but excluding the special payment date, including any overdue interest and additional interest accrued on any overdue interest.

 

In the event that the bank becomes the subject of an insolvency proceeding and the FDIC as receiver or conservator exercises its right of repudiation and elects to pay damages with respect to the SynchronySeries notes, (i) any damages received with respect to the SynchronySeries notes will deposited to the collection account and (ii) the trust will promptly, and in no event later than one business day after such damages have been paid by the FDIC, compute the amount, if any, required to be withdrawn from available funds allocated to the SynchronySeries in the trust accounts and transferred to the interest funding account and the principal funding account, so that the amount on deposit in the interest funding account and the principal funding account will equal the aggregate amount to be distributed as specified in the following paragraph.

 

On the applicable payment date, the trust will, based on the computations in the previous paragraph, first , withdraw from the trust accounts, the amount so computed in the first paragraph of this section and deposit such amount into the interest funding account, and second , cause an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of the SynchronySeries notes to be withdrawn from the principal funding account and distributed to the SynchronySeries noteholders and the amount of interest payable to the SynchronySeries noteholders as calculated pursuant to the first paragraph of this section to be withdrawn from the interest funding account and paid to the SynchronySeries noteholders.

 

Any funds remaining in the trust accounts to the extent allocated to the SynchronySeries will be distributed on the applicable payment date in the order of priority described under “ —Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections .”

 

Redemption Amount

 

We have the option to redeem each tranche of SynchronySeries notes, including the offered notes, in whole but not in part on any payment date on which the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche has been reduced to 10% or less of its highest outstanding principal amount at any time.  The purchase price will be the outstanding principal amount of such tranche of notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and any additional interest on such tranche notes to but excluding the applicable date of redemption.

 

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

 

The SynchronySeries’ share of the daily servicing fee for each day during any Monthly Period in which the servicer has not elected to receive a monthly servicing fee will be equal to the product of (a) the daily servicing fee for such day and (b) the SynchronySeries floating allocation

 

  181  

 

 

percentages for such day; provided that for any day that is not a date of processing, the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage for clause (b) will be the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for the immediately preceding date of processing. Alternatively, if the servicer has elected to receive a monthly servicing fee for a Monthly Period, the SynchronySeries’ share of the monthly servicing fee for such Monthly Period will be equal to the product of (a) the sum of the daily servicing fees payable during such Monthly Period and (b) the average of the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentages for each day during such Monthly Period.

 

Reports to Noteholders

 

We will cause the servicer to prepare monthly and annual reports that will contain information about the trust. The financial information contained in the reports will not be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

On or before the second business day preceding each payment date, the trust will provide to each noteholder a statement substantially in the form of Annex III to this prospectus; provided that the trust may amend the form from time to time. Annex III is included at the end of this prospectus and is incorporated into this prospectus.

 

The indenture trustee will also provide to each person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a noteholder of record a statement containing the information that is required to enable the noteholders to prepare their federal, state and other income tax returns.

 

If required under the Trust Indenture Act, the indenture trustee will be required to mail to the noteholders each year a brief report relating to any change in its eligibility and qualification to continue as indenture trustee under the indenture, any change in the property and funds physically held by the indenture trustee and any action it took that materially affects the notes and that has not been previously reported. If none of the events described in the preceding sentence occurred during the previous 12 months, no report will be required to be delivered.

 

Investor Communications

 

Any noteholder may require that the trust cause us or the servicer to include on Form 10-D a request to communicate with other noteholders related to the possible exercising of the noteholders’ rights under the transaction documents. A noteholder should send its request to the trust at [insert email address or other address]. The noteholder should include in its request the method by which other noteholders should contact it.

 

The servicer will cause the following information to be included in the Form 10-D related to the Monthly Period in which the noteholder request was received:

 

a statement that we have received a communication request from a noteholder;

 

the name of the noteholder making the request;

 

the date the request was received;

 

  182  

 

 

a statement that such noteholder is interested in communicating with other noteholders about the possible exercise of rights under the transaction documents; and

 

a description of the method of other noteholders may use to contact the requesting noteholder.

 

If definitive notes are issued and the requesting noteholder is not the record holder of any notes and is instead a beneficial owner of notes, we and the trust may require no more verification than (1) a written certification from the noteholder that is a beneficial owner of notes and (2) an additional form of documentation, such as a trade confirmation, an account statement, a letter from the broker or dealer or other similar document verifying ownership.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

There are no legal proceedings pending or proceedings known by us to be contemplated by governmental authorities involving us, the sponsor, the servicer, the administrator or the trust, or to our knowledge, other than disclosed in this prospectus, the owner trustee, the Delaware trustee or the indenture trustee that are material to noteholders.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

[Describe if so, and how, the sponsor, depositor or issuing entity is an affiliate of any servicer contemplated by Item 1108(a)(3) of Regulation AB, trustee, originator contemplated by Item 1110 of Regulation AB, significant obligor contemplated by Item 1112 of Regulation AB or enhancement or support provider contemplated by Items 1114 or 1115 of Regulation AB or any other material parties related to the notes contemplated by Item 1100(d)(1) of Regulation AB.]

 

[Describe, if applicable: (1) any business relationship, agreement, arrangement, transaction or understanding that is entered into outside the ordinary course of business or is on terms other than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party, apart from this asset-backed securities transaction, between the sponsor, us and the issuing entity and any of the parties described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of Item 1119 of Regulation AB, or any affiliates of such parties, that currently exists or that existed during the past two years and that is material to an investor’s understanding of the notes; and (2) to the extent material, any specific relationships involving or relating to this asset-backed securities transaction or the assets of the issuing entity, between the sponsor, us or the issuing entity and any of the parties in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of Item 1119 of Regulation AB, or any affiliates of such parties, that currently exists or that existed during the past two years.]

 

[The nature of the affiliations among the bank, as originator, sponsor, servicer and administrator; the trust; and us is illustrated in the chart below.]

 

  183  

 

 

Ownership of Transaction Parties

 

 

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes. This summary is based upon current provisions of the Code, proposed, temporary and final Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and published rulings and court decisions currently in effect. The current tax laws and the current regulations, rulings and court decisions may be changed, possibly retroactively. The portions of this summary which relate to matters of law or legal conclusions represent the opinion of Mayer Brown LLP, special federal tax counsel for the trust, as qualified in this summary.

 

The following summary does not furnish information in the level of detail or with the attention to an investor’s specific tax circumstances that would be provided by an investor’s own tax advisor. For example, it does not discuss the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes by investors that are not U.S. Holders (except as discussed below in “ —Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes ”) or that are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including banks and thrifts, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, dealers in securities, holders that will hold the notes as a position in a “straddle” for tax purposes or as part of a “synthetic security” or “conversion transaction” or other integrated investment comprised of the notes and one or more other investments, trusts and estates and pass-through issuers, the equity holders of which are any of these specified investors. In addition, the discussion regarding the notes is limited to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the initial investors unrelated to the trust and not a purchaser in the secondary

 

  184  

 

 

market and also is limited to investors who have purchased notes and hold those notes as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

 

The trust will be provided with an opinion of Mayer Brown LLP regarding certain U.S. federal income tax matters discussed below. An opinion of Mayer Brown LLP, however, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) or the courts. Moreover, there are no cases or IRS rulings on similar transactions involving debt interests issued by a trust with terms similar to those of the notes. As a result, the IRS may disagree with all or a part of the discussion below. No ruling on any of the issues discussed below will be sought from the IRS.

 

Tax Characterization of the Trust

 

Mayer Brown LLP is of the opinion that the trust will not be classified as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This opinion is based on the assumption of compliance by all parties with the terms of the trust agreement and related documents.

 

If the trust were taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the trust would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable income. The trust’s taxable income would include all its income on the receivables, possibly reduced by its interest expense on the notes. Any corporate income tax imposed on the trust could materially reduce cash available to make payments on the notes, and holders of any notes not considered debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes could be liable for any tax that is unpaid by the trust.

 

Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes

 

Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness . The trust will agree, and if you purchase notes, you will agree by your purchase of the notes, to treat the notes as debt for all purposes, including in all filings, reports and returns and otherwise. Each purchaser of the notes will covenant that neither it nor any of its affiliates will take or participate in the taking of or permit to be taken, any action that is inconsistent with the treatment of the advances made under any note as indebtedness. Mayer Brown LLP is of the opinion that the notes, other than such notes beneficially owned by the trust or the single beneficial owner of the trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes. This opinion is based on Mayer Brown LLP’s examination of this prospectus, the indenture and such other documents, instruments and information Mayer Brown LLP considered necessary. The discussion below assumes the notes are classified as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

OID . [Additional disclosure to be included if any notes that are not denominated in U.S. dollars or are indexed securities or strip notes are issued.] The discussion below assumes that the interest formula for the notes meets the requirements for “qualified stated interest” under Treasury regulations (the “ OID Regulations ”) relating to original issue discount (“ OID ”). Under the OID Regulations, the notes will have OID to the extent the principal amount of the notes exceeds their issue price. Further, if the notes have any OID, it will be de minimis if it is less than 0.25% of the principal amount of the notes multiplied by the number of full years included in their term. This discussion assumes that any OID on the notes is a de minimis amount, within the meaning of the OID Regulations. [Additional tax considerations to be

 

  185  

 

 

included if these conditions are not satisfied for the notes and as a result the notes are treated as issued with OID.]

 

Based on the above assumptions, except as discussed below, the notes will not be considered issued with OID. If you buy notes you will be required to report as ordinary interest income the stated interest on the notes when received or accrued in accordance with your method of tax accounting. Under the OID Regulations, if you hold a note issued with a de minimis amount of OID, you must include this OID in income, on a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the note. If you purchase a note in the secondary market for more or less than its principal amount, you generally will be subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or market discount rules of the Code.

 

[If you purchase a note that has a fixed maturity date of not more than one year from the issue date of the note (a “ Short-Term Note ”) you may be subject to special rules. Under the OID Regulations, all stated interest on a Short-Term Note will be treated as OID. If you are an accrual basis holder of a Short-Term Note or a cash basis holder specified in Section 1281 of the Code, including regulated investment companies, you will generally be required to report interest income as OID accrues on a straight-line basis over the term of each interest period. If you are a cash basis holder of a Short-Term Note other than those specified in Section 1281 of the Code, you will, in general, be required to report interest income as interest is paid, or, if earlier, upon the taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note. However, if you are a cash basis holder of a Short-Term Note reporting interest income as it is paid, you may be required to defer a portion of any interest expense otherwise deductible on indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry the Short-Term Note. This interest expense would be deferred until the taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note. If you are a cash basis taxpayer, you may elect under Section 1281 of the Code to accrue interest income on all non-government debt obligations with a term of one year or less. If you have so elected, you would include OID on the Short-Term Note in income as it accrues, but you would not be subject to the interest expense deferral rule. Special rules not discussed in this summary apply to a Short-Term Note purchased for more or less than its principal amount.]

 

If you are an accrual method taxpayer that prepares an “applicable financial statement” (as defined in Section 451 of the Code, which includes any GAAP financial statement, Form 10-K annual statement, audited financial statement or a financial statement filed with any Federal agency for non-tax purposes), you generally will be required to include certain items of income such as OID and possibly market discount in gross income no later than the time such amounts are reflected on such a financial statement. (The application of this rule to income of a debt instrument with OID is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2018.) This could result in an acceleration of income recognition for income items differing from the above description, although the precise application of this rule is unclear at this time.

 

Sale or Other Disposition of Notes . Upon the sale of a note, a noteholder will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the noteholder’s adjusted basis in the note. The adjusted tax basis of a note will equal the noteholder’s cost for the note, increased by any market discount, OID and gain previously included in the noteholder’s income with respect to the note and decreased by the amount of premium, if any, previously amortized and by the amount of principal payments previously

 

  186  

 

 

received on the note. Any gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, except for gain representing accrued interest and accrued market discount not previously included in income. Capital losses generally may be used by a corporate taxpayer only to offset capital gains, and by an individual taxpayer only to the extent of capital gains plus $3,000 of other income. In the case of an individual taxpayer, any capital gain on the sale of a note will be taxed at the taxpayer’s ordinary income tax rate if the note is held for not more than 12 months and at the taxpayer’s maximum capital gains rate if the note is held for more than 12 months.

 

Medicare Tax . If you are a United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and are an individual, estate or trust and your income exceeds certain thresholds, you will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on some or all of your “net investment income.” Net investment income generally includes interest on, and gain from the disposition of, the notes unless such interest income or gain is derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). You should consult your tax advisor regarding the effect this Medicare tax may have, if any, on your acquisition, ownership or disposition of the notes.

 

Foreign Holders . Except as described below with respect to backup withholding and Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and applicable treasury regulations thereunder (commonly referred to as “ FATCA ”), if you are a nonresident alien, foreign corporation or other non-U.S. person (a “ Foreign Person ”), any interest paid to or accrued by you (including OID) generally will be considered “portfolio interest” and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax provided that the income is not effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business carried on in the United States and:

 

(i) you do not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or the trust;

 

(ii) you are not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us or the trust through stock ownership;

 

(iii) you are not a bank whose receipt of interest on a note is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code; and

 

(iv) the interest is not contingent interest described in Section 871(h)(4) of the Code.

 

To qualify for this exemption from taxation, you, or a financial institution holding the note on your behalf, must provide, in accordance with specified procedures, a paying agent of the trust with a statement to the effect that you are not a U.S. person. Currently these requirements will be met if you provide your name and address, and certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are not a U.S. person, or if a financial institution holding the note on your behalf certifies, under penalties of perjury, that the required statement has been received by it and furnishes a paying agent with a copy of the statement. The required statement may be made on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, depending on the investor’s status. Prospective investors should consult their tax practitioners regarding this certification.

 

  187  

 

 

If you are a Foreign Person and interest paid or accrued to you is not “portfolio interest,” then it will be subject to a 30% withholding tax unless you provide the trust or its paying agent, as the case may be, with a properly executed:

 

IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or successor form, as appropriate (as described above), claiming an exemption from withholding tax or a reduction in withholding tax under the benefit of a tax treaty; or

 

IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form), stating that interest paid on the note is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

 

If you are a Foreign Person engaged in a trade or business in the United States and interest on the note is effectively connected with your conduct of the trade or business, although you will be exempt from the withholding tax discussed above, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on interest on a net income basis in the same manner as if you were a U.S. person. In addition if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30%, or lower treaty rate, of your effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to adjustments.

 

Except as described below with respect to backup withholding and FATCA, if you are a Foreign Person, any capital gain realized by you on the sale, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note by you will be exempt from U.S. federal income and withholding tax; provided that:

 

the gain is not effectively connected to your conduct of a trade or business in the United States; and

 

if you are an individual Foreign Person, you have not been present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year.

 

If an amount in respect of such 30% withholding tax were to be deducted or withheld from interest paid or accrued on the notes as a result of your failure or inability to comply with these rules, neither the trust nor any paying agent nor any other person would, pursuant to the conditions of the notes, be required to pay additional amounts as a result of the deduction or withholding of such tax.

 

Backup Withholding . If you are not an exempt holder, including a corporation, tax-exempt organization, qualified pension and profit-sharing trust, individual retirement account or non-resident alien who provides certification as to status as a non-resident, you will be required to provide, under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing your name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that you are not subject to backup withholding. If you are not an exempt holder and fail to provide the required certification, the trust will be required to withhold a percentage (currently at a rate of 24%) of the amount otherwise payable to you, and remit the withheld amount to the IRS as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. Information returns will be sent annually to the IRS and to you setting forth the amount of interest paid on the notes owned by you and the amount of tax withheld on those payments.

 

  188  

 

 

FATCA . Under FATCA, withholding may be required on payments of U.S. source dividends, interest and other fixed payments and, beginning January 1, 2019, to payments from the disposition of property producing such payments ( e.g. , notes) to holders of notes (including intermediaries) who do not provide certain information to the trust or other applicable withholding agent, which may include the name, address, taxpayer identification number and certain other information with respect to direct and certain indirect U.S. Holders. If an amount in respect of U.S. withholding tax were to be deducted or withheld from interest or principal payments on the notes as a result of a holder's failure to comply with these rules or as a result of the presence in the payment chain of an intermediary that does not comply with these rules, neither the trust nor any paying agent nor any other person would, pursuant to the conditions of the notes, be required to pay additional amounts as a result of the deduction or withholding of such tax. As a result, investors may receive less interest or principal than expected. Certain countries have entered into, and other countries are expected to enter into, agreements with the U.S. to facilitate the type of information reporting required under FATCA. While the existence of such agreements will not eliminate the risk that notes will be subject to the withholding described above, these agreements are expected to reduce the risk of the withholding for investors in (or indirectly holding notes through financial institutions in) those countries. If applicable, FATCA withholding applies to payments of U.S. source dividends, interest, and other fixed payments and, beginning January 1, 2019, to payments from the disposition of property producing such payments (e.g. notes). Noteholders should consult their own tax advisers on how these rules may apply to payments they receive under the notes.

 

Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes . If, contrary to the opinion of Mayer Brown LLP, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the notes not beneficially owned by the trust or the single beneficial owner of the trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes did not represent debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such notes might be treated as equity interests in the trust. In this case, the trust would be treated as a partnership and may be treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. Also, even if such a partnership was not treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, treatment of the notes as equity interests in a partnership could have adverse tax consequences to you. For example, if you are a foreign person, income to you might be subject to U.S. tax and U.S. tax return filing and withholding requirements (including withholding on transfers of notes recharacterized as equity). In addition, if you are an individual holder, to the extent trust expenses are treated as investment expenses, you might be subject to certain limitations on your ability to deduct your share of trust expenses; on the other hand, to the extent the trust expenses are treated as allocable to a trade or business, the amount or value of interest expense deductions available to you may be limited under the rules of Section 163(j) of the Code. In addition, new audit rules for partnerships require taxes arising from audit adjustments to be paid by the entity rather than by its partners or members unless an entity elects otherwise. It is unclear to what extent these elections will be available to the issuing entity and how any such elections may affect the procedural rules available to challenge any audit adjustment that would otherwise be available in the absence of any such elections.

 

State and Local Tax Consequences

 

The above discussion does not address the tax treatment of the trust, notes or holders of any notes issued by the issuing entity under any state or local tax laws, which may differ materially

 

  189  

 

 

from the U.S. federal income tax treatment of such persons and instruments. The activities undertaken by and on behalf of the bank in originating the underlying accounts and receivables and the servicer in servicing and collecting the accounts and receivables will take place throughout the United States and, therefore, may give rise to a taxable nexus where the bank and servicer carry on their activities and where the obligors on the accounts are located. Accordingly, many different tax regimes may apply to the trust and the holders of the notes including the jurisdictions in which the holder is taxable, the bank and any sub-servicer carry on their activities, and the obligors on the accounts and receivables are located. Noteholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to state and local tax treatment of the trust, as well as any state and local tax consequences, arising out of the purchase, ownership and disposition of notes.

 

Certain Considerations Applicable to ERISA and Other U.S. Employee Benefit Plans

 

Subject to important considerations described below, the offered notes are eligible for purchase by persons investing assets of employee benefit plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan that is subject to Title I of ERISA, as well as an individual retirement account, Keogh plan or other plan covered by Section 4975 of the Code or an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any of the foregoing (each a “ benefit plan ”), from engaging in specified transactions with persons that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Code with respect to these benefit plans. A violation of these “prohibited transaction” rules may result in an excise tax or other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for these persons or the fiduciaries of such benefit plans. Title I of ERISA also requires that fiduciaries of a benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA make investments that are prudent, diversified (unless clearly prudent not to do so), and in accordance with the governing plan documents. The prudence of a particular investment must be determined by the responsible fiduciary of a benefit plan by taking into account the particular circumstances of the benefit plan and all of the facts and circumstances of the investment, including, but not limited to, the matters discussed under “ Risk Factors” and the fact that in the future there may be no market in which such benefit plan will be able to sell or otherwise dispose of the notes should it purchase them.

 

Some transactions involving the purchase, holding or transfer of the offered notes might be deemed to constitute or result in prohibited transactions under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code if assets of the trust were deemed to be assets of a benefit plan. Under a regulation issued by the United States Department of Labor (as modified by Section 3(42) or ERISA (the “ regulation ”)), the assets of the trust would be treated as plan assets of a benefit plan for the purposes of ERISA and the Code only if the benefit plan acquires an “equity interest” in the trust and none of the exceptions contained in the regulation are applicable. An equity interest is defined under the regulation as an interest in an entity other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law and which has no substantial equity features. Although there is little guidance on the subject and there can be no assurances in this regard, it is anticipated that, at the time of their issuance, the offered notes should be treated as debt without substantial equity features for purposes of the regulation. This determination is based upon the traditional debt features of the offered notes, including the reasonable expectation of the

 

  190  

 

 

purchasers of the offered notes that the offered notes will be repaid when due, traditional default remedies, as well as the absence of conversion rights and other typical equity features. The debt treatment of the offered notes for ERISA purposes could change after their issuance if the trust incurs losses. This risk of recharacterization is greater for classes of notes that are subordinated to other classes of notes. In the event of a withdrawal or downgrade to below investment grade of the rating of the offered notes or a characterization of the offered notes as other than indebtedness under applicable local law, the subsequent acquisition of the offered notes or interest therein by a benefit plan is prohibited.

 

However, without regard to whether the offered notes are treated as an equity interest for purposes of the regulation, the acquisition, holding or disposition of the offered notes by or on behalf of benefit plans could be considered to give rise to a prohibited transaction if we, the trust, the underwriters, the owner trustee, the servicer, the administrator, a counterparty to a derivate contract, the indenture trustee or any of their respective affiliates (the “ Transaction Parties ”) is or becomes a party in interest or a disqualified person with respect to such benefit plans. Certain exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to the acquisition and holding of the offered notes by benefit plans, depending on the type and circumstances of the benefit plan fiduciary making the decision to acquire such offered notes and the relationship of the party in interest or disqualified person to the benefit plan. Included among these exemptions are:

 

Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 96-23, regarding transactions effected by “in-house asset managers”;

 

Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 95-60, regarding investments by “insurance company general accounts”;

 

Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 91-38, regarding investments by bank collective investment funds;

 

Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 90-1, regarding investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts; and

 

Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14, regarding transactions effected by “qualified professional asset managers.”

 

In addition to the class exemptions listed above, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 provides a statutory exemption under Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code for prohibited transactions between a benefit plan and a person or entity that is a party in interest to such benefit plan solely by reason of providing services to the benefit plan or being affiliated with such service providers (other than a party in interest that is a fiduciary, or its affiliate, that has or exercises discretionary authority or control or renders investment advice with respect to the assets of the benefit plan involved in the transaction), provided that there is adequate consideration for the transaction. Even if the conditions specified in one or more of these exemptions are met, the scope of relief provided by these exemptions might or might not cover all acts which might be construed as prohibited transactions. There can be no assurance that any of these, or any other exemption, will be available with respect to any particular transaction

 

  191  

 

 

involving the offered notes and prospective purchasers that are benefit plans should consult with their advisors regarding the applicability of any such exemption.

 

Employee benefit plans that are governmental plans, as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA, and certain church plans, as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA, are not subject to the fiduciary and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, but may be subject to local, state or other federal law requirements which may impose restrictions similar to those under ERISA and the Code discussed above (“ Similar Law ”).

 

As described in this prospectus, the Transaction Parties may receive fees or other compensation as a result of a benefit plan or any other plan or retirement account’s acquisition of the notes (or interest therein). None of the Transaction Parties are undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the acquisition of any of the notes (or interest therein) by any benefit plan or any other plan or retirement account.

 

By your acquisition of an offered note (or interest in an offered note), you, and if you are a benefit plan, the fiduciary acting on your behalf, will be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) you are not acquiring and will not hold such note (or interest therein) with the assets of a benefit plan or other plan that is subject to Similar Law or (ii) your acquisition and holding of such note (or interest therein) will not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of Similar Law. Benefit plans or plans that are subject to any Similar Law may not acquire the offered notes (or interest in any) at any time that such offered notes (as applicable) do not have a current investment grade rating from a nationally recognized statistical rating agency.

 

In addition, each purchaser and transferee of an offered note (or interest in an offered note) that is a benefit plan and any fiduciary purchasing an offered note (or interest in an offered note) on behalf of a benefit plan (“ Plan Fiduciary ”) will be deemed to have represented that the decision to acquire an offered note (or interest in an offered note) has been made by the Plan Fiduciary and the Plan Fiduciary is an “independent fiduciary with financial expertise” as described in 29 C.F.R. Sec. 2510.3-21(c)(1). Specifically, this requires the benefit plan and Plan Fiduciary to represent and warrant that:

 

(i) the Plan Fiduciary is independent of the Transaction Parties, and the Plan Fiduciary either:

 

(a) is a bank as defined in Section 202 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), or similar institution that is regulated and supervised and subject to periodic examination by a U.S. state or U.S. federal agency;

 

(b) is an insurance carrier which is qualified under the laws of more than one U.S. state to perform the services of managing, acquiring or disposing of assets of an employee benefit plan described in Section 3(3) of ERISA or any plan described in Section 4975(e)(1)(A) of the Code;

 

(c) is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, or, if not registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act by reason of paragraph (1) of

 

  192  

 

 

Section 203A of the Advisers Act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state in which it maintains its principal office and place of business;

 

(d) is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act; or

 

(e) holds, or has under its management or control total assets of at least U.S. $50,000,000 (provided that this clause (e) shall not be satisfied if the Plan Fiduciary is either (1) an individual directing his or her own individual retirement account or relative of such individual or (2) a participant or beneficiary of such benefit plan purchasing the offered notes or a relative of such participant or beneficiary);

 

(ii) the Plan Fiduciary is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies, including the acquisition by the benefit plan of the offered notes;

 

(iii) the Plan Fiduciary is a “fiduciary” with respect to the benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(21) of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code, or both, and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the benefit plan’s acquisition of the offered notes;

 

(iv) none of the Transaction Parties has exercised any authority to cause the benefit plan to invest in the offered notes or to negotiate the terms of the benefit plan’s investment in the offered notes; and

 

(v) the Plan Fiduciary has been informed by the Transaction Parties:

 

(a) (1) that none of the Transaction Parties are undertaking to provide impartial investment advice or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, and (2) that no such entity has given investment advice or otherwise made a recommendation, in connection with the benefit plan’s acquisition of the offered notes; and

 

(b) of the existence and nature of the Transaction Parties’ financial interests in the benefit plan’s acquisition of the offered notes, as described in this prospectus.

 

If you are a fiduciary of a benefit plan or any other plan or retirement account considering the purchase of any of the an offered note (or interest in an offered note), we encourage you to consult your tax and legal advisors regarding the matters discussed above and other applicable legal requirements.

 

  193  

 

 

Underwriting

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement between us and the underwriters named below, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase, the principal amount of the offered notes set forth opposite its name:

 

Underwriters   Principal Amount of Offered Notes  
[●]   $    
Total   $        

 

In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, to purchase all the offered notes offered by this prospectus if any of the offered notes are purchased. In the event of a default by any underwriter, the underwriting agreement provides that, in specified circumstances, purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

 

[We will retain any offered notes not sold to the public in this offering. Any offered notes we retain will be retained directly, without underwriter involvement. No underwriter’s discounts and commissions will be paid in connection with our retention of offered notes.] In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in that agreement, to purchase all of the offered notes if any of the offered notes are sold[, excluding any offered notes we retain].

 

The underwriters have advised us that they propose initially to offer the offered notes to the public at the price set forth in this prospectus, and to dealers chosen by the underwriters at the price set forth in this prospectus less a concession not in excess of the percentage set forth in the following table. The underwriters and those dealers may reallow a concession not in excess of the percentage set forth in the following table.

 

After the initial public offering of the offered notes, the public offering prices and the concessions referred to in this paragraph may be changed. Additional offering expenses are estimated to be $[●]. The underwriters have agreed to pay certain expenses incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the offered notes.

 

    Offered Notes  
Concessions   [●]%  
Reallowances   [●]%  
         

The underwriters will be compensated as set forth in the following table:

 

Underwriters’ Discounts and
Commissions
    Amount
per $1,000 of Principal
    Total Amount  
  [●]%     $[●]     $ [●]  

 

  194  

 

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“ FSMA ”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any offered notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us or the issuing entity;

 

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to any offered notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and

 

(c) it has not offered, sold or otherwise made available and will not offer, sell or otherwise make available any offered notes to any retail investor in the European Economic Area.

 

For purposes of clause (c) above:

 

the expression “retail investor” means a person who is one (or more) of the following: (i) a retail client as defined in point (11) of Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/65/EU (as amended, “ MiFID II ”), (ii) a customer within the meaning of Directive 2002/92/EC (as amended), where that customer would not qualify as a professional client as defined in point (10) of Article 4(1) of MiFID II or (iii) not a qualified investor as defined in Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended); and

 

the expression “offer” includes the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the notes.

 

We and the bank will indemnify the underwriters for certain liabilities specified in the underwriting agreement, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in connection with those liabilities as described in the underwriting agreement.

 

The underwriters may engage in over-allotment transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids with respect to the offered notes in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment transactions involve syndicate sales in excess of the offering size, which creates a syndicate short position. The underwriters do not have an “overallotment” option to purchase additional offered notes in the offering, so syndicate sales in excess of the offering size will result in a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position through syndicate covering transactions in which the underwriters purchase offered notes in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the offered notes in the open market after pricing that would adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the offered notes so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the offered notes

 

  195  

 

 

originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction. Over-allotment transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the offered notes or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the offered notes. As a result, the price of the offered notes may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. Neither we nor the underwriters represent that the underwriters will engage in any of these transactions or that those transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice at any time.

 

In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, the underwriters and their respective affiliates have engaged and may in the future engage in investment banking or commercial banking transactions with us and our affiliates. [An affiliate of the indenture trustee is an underwriter with regard to the offering described in this prospectus.]

 

Use of Proceeds

 

We will receive the net proceeds from the sale of the offered notes and will use those proceeds for general corporate purposes.

 

European Investment Restrictions

 

Articles 404-410 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 26, 2013, known as the Capital Requirements Regulation (“ CRR ”), place certain conditions on investments in asset-backed securities by credit institutions and investment firms (together referred to as “ institutions ”) regulated in European Union (EU) member states and in other countries in the European Economic Area (EEA) and by certain affiliates of those institutions. Articles 404-410 of CRR are supplemented by regulatory technical standards contained in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No. 625/2014 of March 13, 2014 (the “ CRR Delegated Regulation ”) and by implementing technical standards contained in Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 602/2014 of June 4, 2014, which provide greater detail on the interpretation and implementation of those Articles. CRR has direct effect in EU member states and is implemented by national legislation or rulemaking in the other EEA countries.

 

CRR Article 405 requires an institution not to invest in any securitization position (as defined in CRR) unless the sponsor, originator or original lender has disclosed to investors that it will retain a material net economic interest of not less than five percent in the securitization transaction. Prior to investing in a securitization position, and on an ongoing basis thereafter, the regulated institution must also be able to demonstrate that it has a comprehensive and thorough understanding of the securitization transaction and its structural features by satisfying the due diligence requirements and ongoing monitoring obligations of CRR Article 406. Under CRR Article 407, an institution that fails to comply with the requirements of CRR Article 405 or 406 will be subject to an additional regulatory capital charge.

 

Risk retention and due diligence requirements similar to those in CRR Articles 405 and 406 apply to alternative investment fund managers that are required to become authorized under EU Directive 2011/61/EU on Alternative Investment Fund Managers (the “ AIFMD ”), pursuant to

 

  196  

 

 

Article 17 of the AIFMD and Chapter III, Section 5 of Regulation 231/2013 supplementing the AIFMD (the “ AIFM Regulation ”), and to insurance and reinsurance companies subject to regulation under EU Directive 2009/138/EC, as amended (“ Solvency II ”), pursuant to Article 135(2) of Solvency II and Articles 254-257 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 supplementing Solvency II (the “ Solvency II Regulation ”; those requirements, together with those described above under the CRR, the “ Existing EU Retention Rules ”). Similar requirements are expected to apply in future to the same types and additional types of EEA-regulated institutional investors pursuant to the Securitization Regulation referred to below (together with the Existing EU Retention Rules, “ EU Retention Rules ) . The Existing EU Retention Rules for different types of regulated investors are not identical to those in CRR Articles 405 and 406, and, in particular, additional due diligence obligations apply to alternative investment fund managers and to insurance and reinsurance companies.

 

Prospective investors should also be aware that new EU Retention Rules will apply, in place of the Existing EU Retention Rules, to securitizations in respect of which the relevant securities are issued on or after January 1, 2019. The principal EU Regulation to implement the new EU Retention Rules and establish a general framework for securitization (the “ Securitization Regulation ”) was adopted by the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union as Regulation (EU) 2017/2402 of December 12, 2017. On after January 1, 2019, the EU Retention Rules in the Securitization Regulation will apply to the types of regulated investors covered by the Existing EU Retention Rules and also to (a) certain investment companies authorized in accordance with Directive 2009/65/EC, and managing companies as defined in that Directive (together, “ UCITS ”), and (b) institutions for occupational retirement provision falling within the scope of Directive (EU) 2016/2341 (subject to certain exceptions), and certain investment managers and authorized entities appointed by such institutions (together, “ IORPs ”). There will be material differences between those new EU Retention Rules and the Existing EU Retention Rules, and certain aspects of the new EU Retention Requirements are to be specified in new regulatory technical standards which have not yet been adopted or published in final form. With regard to securitizations in respect of which the relevant securities are issued before January 1, 2019 (“ Pre-2019 Securitizations ”), investors that are subject to the Existing EU Retention Rules are expected to continue to be subject to the risk retention and due diligence requirements of the Existing EU Retention Rules, including on and after that date, unless and until new securities are issued on and after that date. Accordingly, the new EU Retention Rules under the Securitization Regulation may apply in respect of the offered notes if the issuing entity issues further series of notes on or after January 1, 2019. Aspects of the application of the new EU Retention Rules in the context of existing transactions involving further issuances are unclear. The Securitization Regulation also makes no express provision as to the application of any requirements of the Existing EU Retention Rules, or of the new EU Retention Rules in the Securitization Regulation, to UCITS or IORPs that hold or acquire any interest in respect of a Pre-2019 Securitization and, accordingly, it is not clear what requirements (if any) will be applicable to those investors. Prospective investors are themselves responsible for monitoring and assessing changes to the EU Retention Rules and their regulatory capital requirements.

 

The bank, as originator, will make certain undertakings with respect to its retention of a material net economic interest for purposes of the Existing EU Retention Rules as in effect on the closing date, as described under “ The Sponsor—Credit Risk Retention—EU Retention Rules

 

  197  

 

 

in this prospectus. However, none of the bank, the depositor, the issuing entity, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee, the Delaware trustee, any underwriter or placement agent, or any of their affiliates makes any representation or gives any assurance that the matters there described and the information given in this prospectus or pursuant to the transaction documents are or will be sufficient for compliance by affected investors with the requirements of any EU Retention Rules.

 

Failure by an investor or investment manager to comply with any applicable EU Retention Rules with respect to an investment in the offered notes may result in the imposition of a penalty regulatory capital charge on that investment or of other regulatory sanctions. EU Retention Rules and any other changes to the regulation or regulatory treatment of the notes for some or all investors may negatively impact the regulatory position of affected investors and investment managers and have an adverse impact on the value and liquidity of the offered notes. Prospective investors should analyze their own regulatory position, and are encouraged to consult with their own investment and legal advisors, regarding application of and compliance with any applicable EU Retention Rules or other applicable regulations and the suitability of the notes for investment.

 

Legal Matters

 

Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the offered notes will be passed upon for us by Mayer Brown LLP as special counsel for us. Certain legal matters relating to the federal tax consequences of the issuance of the offered notes will be passed upon for us by Mayer Brown LLP. Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the offered notes will be passed upon for the underwriters by [●].

 

Where You Can Find More Information

 

We filed a registration statement relating to the notes with the SEC. This prospectus is part of the registration statement, but the registration statement includes additional information.

 

We will file with the SEC all required annual reports on Form 10-K, monthly distribution reports on Form 10-D and current reports on Form 8-K and other information about the trust under the Central Index Key (CIK) number 0001724789. The reports described under “ The Servicer—Evidence as to Servicer’s Compliance ” will be filed as exhibits to our annual report on Form 10-K.

 

You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE., Washington, D.C. 20549 on official business days between the hours of 10:00 am and 3:00 pm. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings are also available to the public on the SEC Internet site (http://www.sec.gov).

 

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” information we file with it, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus. In all cases,

 

  198  

 

 

you should rely on the later information over different information included in this prospectus. We incorporate by reference any future current reports on Form 8-K filed by us as depositor on behalf of the trust until we terminate our offering of the notes.

 

As a recipient of this prospectus, you may request a copy of any document we incorporate by reference, except exhibits to the documents—unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference—at no cost, by writing or calling us care of Synchrony Bank, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, Telephone: (877) 411-5094.

 

The trust’s annual reports on Form 10-K, distribution reports on Form 10-D and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed with, or otherwise furnished to, the SEC will not be made available on the sponsor’s website because those reports are made available to the public on the SEC Internet site as described above and are available, at no cost, by writing or calling us as described in the immediately preceding paragraph. Monthly reports to noteholders are currently made available as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with the SEC at http://investors.synchronyfinancial.com/fixed-income-investors/abs-reporting/monthly-servicer-reports.aspx?tabmenu=1.

 

[Forward-Looking Statements

 

This prospectus and the information incorporated by reference in this prospectus include forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs and expectations and on information currently available to us. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our or the trust’s possible or assumed future financial condition or results of operations and statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates” or similar expressions.

 

Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed elsewhere in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they were made. We do not have any intention or obligation to update forward-looking statements after the distribution of this prospectus.]

  199  

 

 

Glossary of Terms for Prospectus

 

Accumulation Commencement Date ” means, for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes, the date specified in the applicable terms document for such tranche of SynchronySeries notes, or if the Accumulation Commencement Date for any tranche is not specified in the applicable terms document, the first calendar day of the month that is twelve (12) whole calendar months prior to the scheduled principal payment date for such tranche; provided, however, that, if the Accumulation Period Length for such tranche is more or less than the Initial Accumulation Period Length, the Accumulation Commencement Date will be the first calendar day of the month that is the number of whole Monthly Periods prior to such scheduled principal payment date at least equal to the Accumulation Period Length and, as a result, the number of whole Monthly Periods during the period from the Accumulation Commencement Date to and including the Monthly Period prior to such scheduled principal payment date will at least equal the Accumulation Period Length.

 

Accumulation Period Length ” means, for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes, the number of months not less than the number of whole calendar months reasonably expected by the servicer to be necessary to accumulate from SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections an amount equal to the nominal liquidation amount of such tranche of SynchronySeries notes for distribution on the applicable Scheduled Principal Payment Date; provided, however, that the Accumulation Period Length will not be determined to be less than one whole calendar month.

 

Accumulation Reserve Account Funding Date ” means, with respect to any tranche of SynchronySeries notes with an Accumulation Commencement Date, the business day preceding the payment date selected by the servicer on behalf of the trust that occurs not later than the business day preceding the payment date following the Monthly Period which commences three months prior to the Accumulation Commencement Date.

 

Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount ” means, the aggregate amount for all tranches of SynchronySeries notes, for the business day immediately preceding any payment date on or after the Accumulation Reserve Account Funding Date for each such tranche of SynchronySeries notes and prior to the business day immediately preceding the first principal payment date for each such tranche, equal to (a) 0.50% of the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of SynchronySeries notes or (b) any other amount designated by the servicer; provided, however, that if such designation is of a lesser amount, the servicer will provide the indenture trustee with evidence that the Rating Agency Condition will have been satisfied with respect to such designation; provided, further, however, that at any time during which the Accumulation Period Length is equal to one month, the Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount will be equal to $0.00; and provided, further, however, that any time that the average of the Excess Spread Percentages (calculated without regard to any withdrawal of funds from the accumulation reserve account) for the three consecutive Monthly Periods preceding (and excluding) the Monthly Period immediately prior to such date would be greater than [●]%, the Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount will be equal to $0.00.

 

Aggregate Principal Receivables ” at any time will equal the total amount of transferred principal receivables, after giving effect to any discounting to treat a portion of transferred principal receivables as finance charge receivables.

 

  200  

 

 

Asset Deficiency ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Trust Principal Balance is less than the Minimum Pool Balance, (ii) the Free Equity Amount is less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount or (iii) the Risk Retention Transferor Amount is less than the Required Risk Retention Transferor Amount.

 

Base Rate ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage (based on a 30-day month and a 360-day year) equivalent of a fraction:

 

the numerator of which is the sum of (a) the amount targeted to be deposited in the interest funding account of the SynchronySeries notes with respect to such monthly period pursuant to clause (2) in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” and (b) the SynchronySeries monthly servicing fee for such Monthly Period; and

 

the denominator of which is the daily average (for each day during such Monthly Period) of the sum of (i) the numerator of the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage, plus (ii) amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts for all tranches of notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

Class A Required Subordinated Amount ” means an amount equal to (a) the result of (i) the aggregate of the outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries, less amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts for the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries; provided that if an early amortization event has occurred with respect to any tranche of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries, the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of notes used for such calculation will be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the early amortization event, divided by (ii) [●], minus (b) the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes of the SynchronySeries, less amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts for the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

Class B Required Subordinated Amount ” means an amount equal to (a) the result of (i) the aggregate of the outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes and Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, less amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts for the Class A notes and Class B notes of the SynchronySeries; provided that if an early amortization event has occurred with respect to any tranche of Class A notes or Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of notes used for such calculation will be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the early amortization event, divided by (ii) [●], minus (b) the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes and Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, less amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts for the Class A notes and Class B notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

Class C Required Subordinated Amount ” means an amount equal to (a) the result of (i) the aggregate of the outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes, Class B notes and Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, less amounts on deposit in the principal

 

  201  

 

 

funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts for the Class A notes, Class B notes and Class C notes of the SynchronySeries; provided that if an early amortization event has occurred with respect to any tranche of Class A notes, Class B notes or Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of notes used for such calculation will be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the early amortization event, divided by (ii) [●], minus (b) the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amounts of all tranches of Class A notes, Class B notes and Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, less amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts and the note retirement sub-accounts for the Class A notes, Class B notes and Class C notes of the SynchronySeries.

 

Controlled Accumulation Amount ” means, with respect to the offered notes, [describe Controlled Accumulation Amount for offered notes], and with respect to any Monthly Period for any other tranche of SynchronySeries notes, the amount specified in the applicable terms document for such tranche, or if the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any tranche is not specified in the applicable terms document, the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such tranche will be equal to (a) the initial dollar principal amount of such tranche, divided by (b) twelve (12); provided, however, that if the Accumulation Period Length with respect to a tranche is determined to be more or less than twelve (12) months, the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such tranche will be equal to (a) the initial dollar principal amount of such tranche, divided by (b) the Accumulation Period Length; provided, further, that the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes for any Monthly Period will not exceed the result of (a) the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche, minus (b) the amount on deposit in the principal funding sub-account for such tranche.

 

[“ Designated Maturity ” means, for any LIBOR determination date, [_] month[s].]

 

Eligible Servicer ” means (i) the indenture trustee or a wholly owned subsidiary of the indenture trustee, (ii) the bank or an affiliate of the bank, (iii) an entity that, at the time of its appointment as servicer, (a) is servicing a portfolio of consumer open end credit card accounts or other consumer open end credit accounts (or is a successor to such an entity that was engaged and continues to be engaged in such servicing), (b) is legally qualified and has the capacity to service the accounts, (c) is qualified (or licensed) to use the software that is then being used to service the accounts or obtains the right to use, or has its own, software which is adequate to perform its duties under the servicing agreement, (d) has the ability to professionally and competently service a portfolio of similar accounts, (e) has a net worth of at least $50,000,000 as of the end of its most recent fiscal quarter and (f) has a long-term debt rating of at least Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P or (iv) any servicer as to which the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

 

Excess Spread Percentage ” means, with respect to the SynchronySeries notes, for any Monthly Period, the amount, if any, by which the Portfolio Yield for such Monthly Period exceeds the Base Rate for such Monthly Period.

 

Free Equity Amount ” means, on any date, the result of:

 

(1) the Trust Principal Balance on that date; minus

 

  202  

 

 

(2) the aggregate of the collateral amounts of all outstanding series of notes; plus

 

(3) the amount of principal collections on deposit in any trust account that will be applied to pay the principal amount of the notes of any series on the following payment date, to the extent not deducted for the purpose of determining the nominal liquidation amount for the related series.

 

Hired Agency ” means each rating agency hired by the sponsor to rate the offered notes.

 

Initial Accumulation Period Length ” means, for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes, (i) if the Accumulation Commencement Date for such tranche of SynchronySeries notes is specified in the applicable terms document for such tranche of SynchronySeries notes, the number of whole Monthly Periods in the period commencing on the Accumulation Commencement Date specified in the applicable terms document and ending on the scheduled principal payment date for such tranche of SynchronySeries notes, or (ii) if the Accumulation Commencement Date for such tranche is not specified in the applicable terms document, twelve (12) Monthly Periods.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the ability of any party to perform any of its obligations under the transaction documents in accordance with the terms thereof, (b) the validity or enforceability of any transaction document or the rights and remedies of any party under any transaction document or (c) the transferred receivables and other collateral transferred to the trust or the ownership interests or liens thereon.

 

Minimum Free Equity Amount ” will be calculated as the product of (a) the highest Minimum Free Equity Percentage specified in the prospectus for any series and (b) the Aggregate Principal Receivables.

 

Minimum Free Equity Percentage ” means, for the SynchronySeries, [●]%.

 

Minimum Pool Balance ” means, on any date of determination, the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation percentages for principal collections for all outstanding series of notes on that date of determination.

 

Monthly Period ” means, for the [●] 20[●] payment date, the period beginning on the closing date and ending on [●] [●], 20[●], and for each payment date thereafter, the calendar month immediately preceding such payment date.

 

Portfolio Yield ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage (based on a 30-day month and a 360-day year) equivalent of a fraction:

 

the numerator of which is the result of (i) the sum of the SynchronySeries Daily Finance Charge Allocations for all dates of processing during such Monthly Period, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of funds withdrawn from the accumulation reserve account and used to cover Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Shortfalls as described in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Accumulation Reserve Account ,” plus (iii) dollar payments received under derivative agreements for interest for any tranche of SynchronySeries notes, plus (iv) the aggregate amount of investment earnings, net of investment losses and expenses, on funds on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts, the note retirement

 

  203  

 

 

sub-accounts, the interest funding sub-accounts and the accumulation reserve account (to the extent specified in “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Accumulation Reserve Account ”) from and including the business day immediately preceding the payment date in the prior Monthly Period to but excluding the business day preceding the payment date in the current Monthly Period, plus (v) any amount remaining on deposit in the interest funding sub-account for a tranche of SynchronySeries notes that has caused a sale of receivables because the nominal liquidation amount for such tranche was greater than zero on its legal maturity date or because of an acceleration following an event of default with respect to such tranche, after final payment on such tranche, minus (vi) the SynchronySeries default amount, plus (vii) any amounts to be included pursuant to the terms of any SynchronySeries terms document; and

 

the denominator of which is the daily average (for each day during such Monthly Period) of the sum of (i) numerator used in the calculation of the SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage and (ii) amounts on deposit in the principal funding sub-accounts and note retirement sub-accounts for all tranches of SynchronySeries notes.

 

Prefunding Target Amount ” means:

 

with respect to all tranches of the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries, the excess of (a) the Class A Required Subordinated Amount over (b) the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts of the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount;

 

with respect to all tranches of the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries, the excess of (a) the Class B Required Subordinated Amount (calculated after giving effect to any deposits to be made to the note retirement sub-accounts for the Class A notes of the SynchronySeries) over (b) the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts of the Class C notes and the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount; and

 

with respect to all tranches of the Class C notes of the SynchronySeries, the excess of (a) the Class C Required Subordinated Amount (calculated after giving effect to any deposits to be made to the note retirement sub-accounts for the Class A notes and the Class B notes of the SynchronySeries) over (b) the sum of the nominal liquidation amount of the Class D notes of the SynchronySeries and the SynchronySeries subordinated transferor amount.

 

Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Shortfall ” means, with respect to any tranche of SynchronySeries notes and any Monthly Period for which funds were on deposit in the principal funding sub-account for such tranche of notes on the first day of such Monthly Period, (a) the Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Target for such tranche of SynchronySeries notes for such Monthly Period, minus (b) the investment earnings on funds in the applicable principal funding sub-account for such tranche (net of investment expenses and losses) for such Monthly Period; provided, however, in no event shall the Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Shortfall be less than zero.

 

  204  

 

 

Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Target ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period and any tranche of SynchronySeries notes and the applicable principal funding sub-account, the dollar amount of interest that would have accrued on funds in such principal funding sub-account for the period from and including the business day immediately preceding the payment date in the prior Monthly Period to but excluding the business day immediately preceding the payment date in the current Monthly Period for such tranche if it had borne interest at the following rates:

 

(a) in the case of a tranche of SynchronySeries notes with no derivative agreement for interest, at the rate of interest applicable to such tranche for the period from and including the business day immediately preceding the payment date in the prior Monthly Period to but excluding the business day immediately preceding the payment date in the current Monthly Period;

 

(b) in the case of a tranche of SynchronySeries notes with a performing derivative agreement for interest, at the rate at which payments by the trust to the applicable derivative counterparty accrue (prior to the netting of such payments, if applicable) for period from and including the business day immediately preceding the payment date in the prior Monthly Period to but excluding the business day immediately preceding the payment date in the current Monthly Period; and

 

(c) in the case of a tranche of SynchronySeries notes with a non-performing derivative agreement for interest, at the rate specified in the related terms document for period from and including the business day immediately preceding the payment date in the prior Monthly Period to but excluding the business day immediately preceding the payment date in the current Monthly Period.

 

More than one of the aforementioned rates of interest may be applicable to amounts on deposit in a principal funding sub-account for a tranche of SynchronySeries notes.

 

Rating Agency Condition ” means, with respect to the SynchronySeries and any action, unless otherwise defined in the related terms document for any tranche, ten (10) days’ prior written notice (or, if ten (10) days’ advance notice is impracticable, as much advance notice as is practicable) is delivered electronically to each applicable rating agency; provided that, with respect to any tranche of notes rated by Moody’s, if any, and the actions described in the definition of “Eligible Servicer,” under “ Description of the Notes—Addition of Trust Assets ,” any decrease of the Minimum Free Equity Amount made pursuant to the provisions described under “ Description of the Notes—Voting Rights; Amendments—Indenture ” and as otherwise specified in the SynchronySeries indenture supplement, “Rating Agency Condition” shall mean that Moody’s shall have notified the issuing entity in writing that such action shall not result in a reduction or withdrawal of any rating, if any, of any outstanding class or tranche of SynchronySeries notes, so long as Moody’s has not notified the issuing entity or otherwise made public statements that it, as a policy matter, will not provide written confirmation of its ratings.

 

Regulation RR ” means Regulation RR (Credit Risk Retention) promulgated by the Commission to implement the credit risk retention requirements of Section 15G of the Securities Exchange Act.

 

  205  

 

 

Required Risk Retention Transferor Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the result of (a) the product of (i) 5% and (ii) the aggregate of the principal balances of all outstanding notes other than Risk Retention Retained Notes as of such date of determination, minus (b) amounts on deposit in the excess funding account (excluding any investment earnings on deposit therein); provided that the Required Risk Retention Transferor Amount shall be zero if Regulation RR shall no longer be in effect with respect to the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

Risk Retention Transferor Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the result of (a) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of such date of determination minus (b) the aggregate of the principal balances of all outstanding notes as of such date of determination.

 

SynchronySeries Servicing Fee Shortfall ” means, (a) for any Monthly Period during which the servicer has received daily servicing fees, the excess (if any) of (i) the sum of the SynchronySeries daily servicing fees for all days during such Monthly Period, over (ii) the sum of the SynchronySeries Daily Finance Charge Allocations for all dates of processing during such Monthly Period, and (b) for any Monthly Period during which the servicer has elected to receive a monthly servicing fee in lieu of daily servicing fees, the excess (if any) of (i) the SynchronySeries monthly servicing fee for such Monthly Period over (ii) the SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections available for application pursuant to clause (1) under “ Description of SynchronySeries Provisions—Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections .”

 

Trust Principal Balance ” at any time will equal:

 

(a) the Aggregate Principal Receivables; plus

 

(b) the amount on deposit in the excess funding account, excluding any investment earnings.

 

U.S. Holder ” is a beneficial owner of a note that for United States federal income tax purposes is: (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (iii) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (iv) a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

  206  

 

 

INDEX

 

2013 CFPB Consent Order 52
2014 CFPB Consent Order 52
60-Day Delinquent Receivables 129
AAA 134
Accumulation Commencement Date 200
Accumulation Period Length 200
Accumulation Reserve Account Funding Date 200
Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount 200
Advisers Act 192
Aggregate Principal Receivables 200
AIFM Regulation 197
AIFMD 196
Asset Deficiency 201
Asset Review 131
Asset Review Information 125
automatic stay 55
bank 1, 61
Base Rate 201
Basel III 38
benefit plan 190
CARD Act 57
CFPB 47
Citibank 106
Citicorp Trust 111
Class A Required Subordinated Amount 201
Class B Required Subordinated Amount 201
Class C Required Subordinated Amount 201
Code 139
Consent Orders 52
Controlled Accumulation Amount 202
covered borrowers 58
CRR 196
CRR Delegated Regulation 196
Delinquency Percentage 129
Delinquency Trigger 129
Directing Noteholders 130
Dodd-Frank Act 47
DTC 136
eligible account 118
eligible receivable 119
Eligible Servicer 202
equity amount 79
ERISA 190
EU Retention Rules 197
Excess Spread Percentage 202
Existing EU Retention Rules 197
FATCA 187
FDIA 40
FDIC 40
FDIC Rule Covenants 83
FDR 126
Federal Reserve Board 47
First Data 45
Fiserv 45
Foreign Person 187
Free Equity Amount 202
FSMA 195
GLBA 53
Hired Agencies 2
Hired Agency 203
Initial Accumulation Period Length 203
Instituting Noteholders 130
institutions 196
Investment Company Act iii, 50
Investor Charge-Off 176
IORPs 197
IRS 185
Material Adverse Effect 203
MiFID II 195
Minimum Free Equity Amount 203
Minimum Free Equity Percentage 203
Minimum Pool Balance 203
MLA 58
Monthly Period 203
Noteholder Direction 130
OCC 47
OFAC 65
offered notes 1
OID 185
OID Regulations 185
OLA 57
Plan Fiduciary 192
Pool Asset Representations 129
Portfolio Yield 203
Pre-2019 Securitizations 197
Prefunding Target Amount 204
Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Shortfall 204

 

  207  

 

 

Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Target 205
Rating Agency Condition 205
regulation 190
Regulation RR 205
regulatory matters 49
requesting party 134
Required Collateral Amount 157
required deposit amount 161
required finance charge deposit amount 161
required principal deposit amount 162
Required Risk Retention Transferor Amount 206
reset dates 160
Review Conditions 129
Review Trigger Date 129
Risk Retention Transferor Amount 206
RMBS 103
Rule 193 Information 32
safe harbor 83
SEC 50
Securities Act 73
Securities Exchange Act 76
Securitization Regulation 197
selected portfolio 125
Short-Term Note 186
Similar Law 192
Solvency II 197
Solvency II Regulation 197
Streit Act 107
Subject Receivables 130
SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections 163
SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections 171
SynchronySeries Daily Finance Charge Allocation 162
SynchronySeries Daily Principal Allocation 171
SynchronySeries default amount 176
SynchronySeries Finance Charge Collections 162
SynchronySeries floating allocation percentage 159
SynchronySeries principal allocation percentage 158
SynchronySeries Principal Collections 171
SynchronySeries Servicing Fee Shortfall 206
Transaction Parties 191
Trust Indenture Act 106
Trust Principal Balance 206
U.S. Holder 206
UCITS 197
Volcker Rule iii

 

  208  

 

 

Annex I

 

Other Outstanding Series, Classes and Tranches

 

1. SynchronySeries

 

Tranche   Issuance Date   Nominal
Liquidation
Amount
  Outstanding
Dollar Principal
Amount
  Interest Rate   Scheduled
Principal Payment
Date
  Legal Maturity
Date
Class [●](20[●]-[●])   [●] [●], 20[●]   $ [●]   $ [●]   [[LIBOR] +] [●]%   [●] [●], 20[●]   [●] [●], 20[●]

 

2. Series 20[●]-[●]

 

Maximum principal amount: $[●]
Scheduled principal payment date: [●] 20[●] payment date
Legal maturity date: [●] 20[●] payment date

 

  A-I- 1  

 

 

Annex II

Static Pool Data

 

Selected Portfolio - Billed Yield

 

The following table sets forth the cardholder billed yield experience for credit card accounts in the selected portfolio for each of the periods shown. Billed yield is calculated by (a) dividing (i) the aggregate amount of billed finance charges, late fees, cash advance fees and miscellaneous fees less related waivers during the period indicated by (ii) the aggregate of the total receivables outstanding in the period indicated and (b) multiplying the result in clause (a) by 12. In each case, the information is grouped by year of account origination. There can be no assurance that the billed yield experience for receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

Billed Yield – Selected Portfolio
Origination
Year 1
  [●] Months
Ended [●]
[●], 20[●] 2, 3
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year
Ended
20[●] 2
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year Ended
20[●] 2
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year Ended
20[●] 2
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year
Ended
20[●] 2
20[●]   %   20[●]       20[●]       20[●]       20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]       20[●]       20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]       20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %

 

1 The origination year for each account is determined based on the date on which the account is opened.
2 Includes activity related to each monthly billing cycle in the applicable period.
3 [●] [●], 20[●] figures are annualized and are not necessarily indicative of actual results for the entire year.

 

  A-II- 1  

 

 

Trust Portfolio - Billed Yield

 

The following table sets forth the cardholder billed yield experience for credit card accounts in the trust portfolio for each of the periods shown. Billed yield is calculated by dividing (i) the aggregate amount of billed finance charges and late fees during the period indicated by (ii) the aggregate of the average total receivables outstanding for each quarter in the period indicated.

 

In each case, the information is grouped by year of account origination. Accounts were initially designated for the trust portfolio as of November 2017. There can be no assurance that the billed yield experience for receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

Billed Yield – Trust Portfolio
Origination Year 1   [●] Months Ended [●] [●], 20[●] 2, 3   Origination Year 1   Calendar Year Ended 20[●] 2
20[●]   %   20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %

 

1 The origination year for each account is determined based on the date on which the account is opened.
2 Includes activity related to each monthly billing cycle in the applicable period.
3 [●] [●], 20[●] figures are annualized and are not necessarily indicative of actual results for the entire year.

 

  A-II- 2  

 

 

Selected Portfolio - Payment Rate

 

The following table sets forth the cardholder monthly average payment rate experience on the credit card accounts in the selected portfolio for each of the periods shown. The average monthly payment rate is calculated by dividing (i) the aggregate of the total payments received during the period indicated net of checks returned for non-sufficient funds by (ii) the aggregate of the total receivables outstanding in the period indicated. In each case, the information is grouped by year of account origination. There can be no assurance that the payment rate experience for receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

Payment Rate – Selected Portfolio
Origination
Year 1
  [●] Months
Ended [●]
[●], 20[●] 2
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year
Ended
20[●] 2
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year Ended
20[●] 2
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year
Ended
20[●] 2
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year
Ended
20[●] 2
20[●]   %   20[●]       20[●]       20[●]       20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]       20[●]       20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]       20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %

 

1 The origination year for each account is determined based on the date on which the account is opened.
2 Includes activity related to each monthly billing cycle in the applicable period.

 

  A-II- 3  

 

 

Trust Portfolio - Payment Rate

 

The following table sets forth the cardholder monthly average payment rate experience on the credit card accounts in the trust portfolio for each of the periods shown. The average monthly payment rate is calculated by dividing (i) the aggregate of the total payments received during the period indicated by (ii) the aggregate of the average total receivables outstanding for each quarter in the period indicated.

 

In each case, the information is grouped by year of account origination. Accounts were initially designated for the trust portfolio as of November 2017. There can be no assurance that the payment rate experience for receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

Payment Rate – Trust Portfolio
Origination Year 1   [●] Months Ended [●] [●], 20[●]   Origination
Year 1
  Calendar Year Ended 20[●] 2
20[●]   %   20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %

 

1 The origination year for each account is determined based on the date on which the account is opened.
2 Includes activity related to each monthly billing cycle in the applicable period.
  A-II- 4  

 

 

 

Selected Portfolio - 30+ Delinquency Rate

 

The following table sets forth the delinquency rate experience on the credit card accounts in the selected portfolio for each of the periods shown. The delinquency rate is calculated by dividing (i) the 30+ days past due delinquent amount as of the end of the period indicated by (ii) the total receivables outstanding as of the end of the period indicated. Calculations are based on month-end data within the period. In each case, the information is grouped by year of account origination. There can be no assurance that the delinquency rate experience for receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

30+ Delinquency Rate – Selected Portfolio
Origination
Year 1
  [●] Months
Ended [●]
[●], 20[●]
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year
Ended
20[●]
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year Ended
20[●]
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year
Ended
20[●]
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year
Ended
20[●]
20[●]   %   20[●]       20[●]       20[●]       20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]       20[●]       20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]       20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %

 

1 The origination year for each account is determined based on the date on which the account is opened.

 

  A-II- 5  

 

 

Trust Portfolio - 30+ Delinquency Rate

 

The following table sets forth the delinquency rate experience on the credit card accounts in the trust portfolio for each of the periods shown. The delinquency rate is calculated by dividing (i) the 30+ days past due delinquent amount as of the end of the period indicated by (ii) the total receivables outstanding as of the end of the period indicated. Calculations are based on month-end data within the period.

 

In each case, the information is grouped by year of account origination. Accounts were initially designated for the trust portfolio as of November 2017. There can be no assurance that the delinquency rate experience for receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

30+ Delinquency Rate – Trust Portfolio
Origination Year 1   [●] Months Ended [●] [●], 20[●]   Origination Year 1   Calendar Year Ended 20[●]
20[●]   %   20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %

 

1 The origination year for each account is determined based on the date on which the account is opened.

 

  A-II- 6  

 

 

Selected Portfolio - Net Principal Charge-Off Rate

 

The following table sets forth the net principal charge-off rate experience on the credit card accounts in the selected portfolio for each of the periods shown. The net principal charge-off rate is calculated by (a) dividing (i) the aggregate amount of gross principal receivable charge-offs net of recoveries during the period indicated by (ii) the aggregate of the total receivables outstanding in the period indicated and (b) multiplying the result in clause (a) by 12. In each case, the information is grouped by year of account origination. There can be no assurance that the net principal charge-off rate experience for receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

Net Principal Charge-Off Rate – Selected Portfolio
Origination
Year 1
  [●] Months
Ended [●] [●],
20[●] 2, 3
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year
Ended
20[●] 2
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year Ended
20[●] 2
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year
Ended

20[●] 2
  Origination
Year 1
  Calendar
Year
Ended
20[●] 2
20[●]   %   20[●]       20[●]       20[●]       20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]       20[●]       20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]       20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %

 

1 The origination year for each account is determined based on the date on which the account is opened.
2 Includes activity related to each monthly billing cycle in the applicable period.
3 [●] [●], 20[●] figures are annualized and are not necessarily indicative of actual results for the entire year.

 

  A-II- 7  

 

 

Trust Portfolio - Gross Principal Charge-Off Rate

 

The following table sets forth the gross principal charge-off rate experience on the credit card accounts in the trust portfolio for each of the periods shown. The gross principal charge-off rate is calculated by dividing (i) the aggregate amount of gross principal receivable charge-offs during the period indicated by (ii) the aggregate of the average total principal receivables outstanding for each quarter in the period indicated.

 

In each case, the information is grouped by year of account origination. Accounts were initially designated for the trust portfolio as of November 2017. There can be no assurance that the gross principal charge-off rate experience for receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

Gross Principal Charge-Off Rate – Trust Portfolio
Origination Year 1   [●] Months Ended [●] [●], 20[●] 2, 3   Origination Year 1   Calendar Year Ended 20[●] 2
20[●]   %   20[●]    
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●]   %   20[●]   %
20[●] & Prior   %   20[●] & Prior   %

 

1 The origination year for each account is determined based on the date on which the account is opened.
2 Includes activity related to each monthly billing cycle in the applicable period.
3 [●] [●], 20[●] figures are annualized and are not necessarily indicative of actual results for the entire year.

 

  A-II- 8  

 

 

Annex III

 

Monthly Noteholder’s Statement

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

 

SynchronySeries

 

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018 (as amended and supplemented, the “ Indenture ”) between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust (the “ Issuer ”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), dated as of [___________], between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer is required to prepare, or cause Synchrony Bank (the “ Servicer ”), to prepare certain information each month regarding current distributions to the SynchronySeries Noteholders and the performance of the Issuer during the previous month. The information is required to be prepared with respect to the Payment Date as set forth below, and with respect to the performance of the Issuer during the Monthly Period ended as set forth below. Capitalized terms used herein are defined in the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement. The Discount Percentage (as defined in the Transfer Agreement) remains at 0% for all the Receivables purchased by the Issuer until otherwise indicated. The undersigned, an Authorized Officer of the Servicer, does hereby certify as follows:

 

Record Date:   LIBOR Determination Date:  
Monthly Period Beginning:   LIBOR Rate:  
Monthly Period Ending:      
Payment Date:      
Loss Cycles in Period:      

 

I. Trust Receivables Information

 

a. Number of Accounts Beginning
b. Number of Accounts Ending
c. BOP Aggregate Principal Receivables
d. BOP Finance Charge Receivables
e. BOP Discount Option Receivables
f. BOP Total Receivables
g. Increase in Principal Receivables from Additional Accounts
h. Increase in Finance Charge Receivables from Additional Accounts
i. Increase in Discount Option Receivables
j. Decrease in Principal Receivables due to Account Removal
k. Decrease in Finance Charge Receivables due to Account Removal
l. EOP Aggregate Principal Receivables
m. EOP Finance Charge Receivables
n. EOP Discount Option Receivables
o. EOP Total Receivables
p. Excess Funding Account Balance
q. BOP Excess Funding Account Balance
r. EOP Excess Funding Account Balance
s. Required Principal Balance
t. Minimum Free Equity Amount
u. Free Equity Amount

 

II. Investor Information (Sum of all Series)

 

a. Note Principal Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Increase in Note Principal Balance due to New Issuance / Additional Draws
iii. Decrease in Note Principal Balance due to Principal Paid and Notes Retired

 

  A-III- 1  

 

 

iv. As of Payment Date

 

b. Subordinated Transferor Amount
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. As of Payment Date

 

c. Principal Funding Account Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. As of Payment Date

 

d. Collateral Amount
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. As of Payment Date

 

III. Trust Performance Data (Monthly Period)

 

a. Gross Trust Yield (Finance Charge Collections + Recoveries / BOP Principal Receivables)
i. Current
ii. Three-Month Average

 

b. Payment Rate (Principal Collections / BOP Principal Receivables)
i. Current
ii. Three-Month Average

 

c. Gross Charge-Off Rate (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts / BOP Principal Receivables)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three Months Prior Monthly Period
v. Three-Month Average

 

d. Net Charge-Off Rate (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts - Recoveries/ BOP Principal Receivables)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three Months Prior Monthly Period
v. Three-Month Average

 

e. Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts

 

f. Recovery Amount

 

g. Net Charge-Off (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts - Recoveries)

 

h. Number of Accounts Charged Off

 

i. Average Account Charge-Off (Net Charge-Off / Number of Accounts Charged Off)

 

j. Collections
i. Total Trust Finance Charge Collections + Interchange + Recoveries
ii. Total Trust Principal Collections
iii. Total Trust Collections

 

k. Delinquency Data   Accounts   Pctg. of Tot.
Accts.
  Total Receivables   Pctg. Of
Tot. Recv.
    i. 1-29 Days Delinquent       %       %
    ii. 30-59 Days Delinquent       %       %
    iii. 60-89 Days Delinquent       %       %
    iv. 90-119 Days Delinquent       %       %
    v. 120-149 Days Delinquent       %       %
    vi. 150-179 Days Delinquent       %       %
    vii. 180 or Greater Days Delinquent       %       %
    Total       %       %

 

  A-III- 2  

 

 

IV. Series Performance Data

 

   

January

Monthly Period

   

December

Monthly Period

   

November

Monthly Period

Yield: Finance Charge, Fees & Interchange   %            
Plus: Yield Collections Of Discount Receivables   %            
Less: Net Credit Losses   %            
(a) Portfolio Yield   %            
Less:                
Coupon   %            
Plus: Servicing Fee   %            
(b) Base Rate   %            
(a) - (b) = Excess Spread Percentage   %            
Three Month Average Excess Spread Percentage                
Excess Spread Amount paid to Transferor   $            

 

V. Collections and Allocations Trust   Series
a. Gross Available Finance Charge Collections      
b. Servicing Fee Retained      
c. Net Available Finance Charge Collections      
d. Recoveries      
e. Principal Collections      
f. Default Amount      
g. Dilution      
h. Available Finance Charge Collections      
    i. Investor Finance Charge Collections      
    ii. Excess Finance Charge Collections allocable to SynchronySeries Notes      
    iii. Net Swap Receipts      
    iv. Investment earnings in the Spread Account      
    v. Recoveries      
i Available Finance Charge Collections      
j Total Collections (e. series + j.)      
k. Total Finance Charge Collections deposited in the Collection Account (net of any amounts distributed to Transferor and owed to Servicer)      
l. Investor Allocation Percentage      
    i. Floating Allocation     %
    ii. Principal Allocation     %

 

VI. Excess Finance Charge Collections

 

a. Total Excess Finance Charge Collections
b. Finance Charge Shortfall for SynchronySeries
c. Finance Charge Shortfall for all Series
d. Excess Finance Charges Collections Allocated to SynchronySeries

 

VII. Information Regarding the Current Distribution to Noteholders

 

a. The amount of distribution to Noteholders on the related Payment Date per $1,000 Initial Dollar Principal Amount

 

Tranche   Total Distribution   Interest Rate   Interest Distribution   Principal
Distribution
                 
Class 2018-A1                
                 
Class 2018-B1                
                 
Class 2018-C1                
                 
Class 2018-D1                

 

  A-III- 3  

 

 

VIII. Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of SynchronySeries Notes for the related Monthly Period

 

Tranche   Initial Dollar
Principal Amount
  Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount
  Adjusted
Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount
             
Class 2018-A1            
             
Total Class A            
             
Class 2018-B1            
             
Total Class B            
             
Class 2018-C1            
             
Total Class C            
             
Class 2018-D1            
             
Total Class D            
             
Total            

 

IX. Nominal Liquidation Amount of SynchronySeries Notes for the related Monthly Period

 

Tranche   Beginning
Nominal
Liquidation
Amount
  Increases
from
amounts
withdrawn
from the
Note
Retirement
Subaccounts
in respect of
Prefunding
Excess
Amounts
  Reimbursements
of prior
Nominal
Liquidation
Amount
Deficits from
Available
Finance
Charge
Collections
  Increase
due to
additional
notes issued
during
monthly
period
  Reductions
due
to
reallocations
of Available
Principal
Collections
and
Investor
Charge-Offs
  Reductions
due
to amounts
deposited to
the
Principal
Funding
Subaccounts
  Reductions
due
to amounts
deposited in
applicable
Note
Retirement
Subaccounts
  Ending
Nominal
Liquidation
Amount
                                 
Class 2018-A1                                
                                 
Total Class A                                
                                 
Class 2018-B1                                
                                 
Total Class B                                
                                 
Class 2018-C1                                
                                 
Total Class C                                
                                 
Class 2018-D1                                
                                 
Total Class D                                
                                 
Total                                

 

  A-III- 4  

 

 

X. SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount for the related Monthly Period

 

Tranche   Beginning
Subordinated
Transferor
Amount
  Increase in the
Subordinated
Transferor
Amount
pursuant to
Section
3.17(c) of the
Indenture
Supplement
  Reductions due to
reallocations of
Available
Principal
Collections and
Investor Charge-
Offs
  Reimbursements
of prior reductions
in the
Subordinated
Transferor Amount
  Decrease in the
Subordinated
Transferor
Amount
pursuant to
Section
3.17(c) of the
Indenture
Supplement
  Ending
Subordinated
Transferor
Amount
                         
Subordinated                        
                         
Transferor Amount                        

 

XI. Interest Funding Account Sub-Accounts

 

Tranche   Beginning
Interest
Funding
Subaccount
Balance
  Targeted
deposit
to the
Interest
Funding
Subaccount
for
the current
period
  Previous
shortfalls
of targeted
deposits to the
Interest
Funding
Subaccount
  Actual deposit
to Interest
Funding

Subaccount
  Amount
withdrawn
from the
Interest
Funding
Subaccount
for payment to
Noteholders
  Other
Withdrawals
  Ending
Interest
Funding
Subaccount
Balance
                             
Class 2018-A1                            
                             
Total Class A                            
                             
Class 2018-B1                            
                             
Total Class B                            
                             
Class 2018-C1                            
                             
Total Class C                            
                             
Class 2018-D1                            
                             
Total Class D                            
                             
Total                            

 

XII. Principal Funding Account Sub-Accounts

 

Tranche   Beginning
Principal
Funding
Subaccount
Balance
  Targeted
deposit
to the
Principal
Funding
Subaccount
for
the current
period
  Previous
shortfalls
of targeted
deposit to the
Principal
Funding
Subaccount
  Actual deposit
to Principal
Funding
Subaccount on
the
Transfer date
  Amount
withdrawn
from
Principal
Funding
Subaccount
for payment to
Noteholders
  Other
Withdrawals
  Ending
Principal
Funding
Subaccount
Balance
                             
Class 2018-A1                            
                             
Total Class A                            
                             
Class 2018-B1                            
                             
Total Class B                            
                             
Class 2018-C1                            
                             
Total Class C                            
                             
Class 2018-D1                            
                             
Total Class D                            
                             
Total                            

 

  A-III- 5  

 

 

XIII. Class D Reserve Sub-Accounts

 

Tranche   Beginning
Class D
Reserve
Subaccount
Balance
  Targeted
deposit to the
Class D
Reserve
Subaccount for
the
current period
  Actual
deposit to
Class D
Reserve
Subaccount
  Class D
Reserve
Subaccount
earnings for the
current period
  Amount
withdrawn with
respect of
payment
of interest or
principal to
Noteholders
  Withdrawal
of Excess
Amounts
  Ending
Class D
Reserve
Subaccount
Balance
                             
Class 2018-D1                            
                             
Total Class D                            

 

XIV. Accumulation Reserve Sub-Accounts

 

Tranche   Beginning
Accumulation
Reserve
Subaccount
Balance
  Targeted
deposit
to
Accumulation
Reserve
Subaccount for
the
current period
  Actual
deposit to
Accumulation
Reserve
Subaccount
  Accumulation
Reserve
Subaccount
earnings for
the current
period
  Amount
withdrawn
with respect of
payment of
principal to
Noteholders
  Withdrawal
of Excess
Amounts
  Ending
Accumulation
Reserve
Subaccount
Balance
                             
Class 2018-A1                            
                             
Total Class A                            
                             
Class 2018-B1                            
                             
Total Class B                            
                             
Class 2018-C1                            
                             
Total Class C                            
                             
Class 2018-D1                            
                             
Total Class D                            
                             
Total                            

 

XV. SynchronySeries Required and Usage of Subordinated Amounts

 

Tranche   Required
Subordinated
Amount
  Current
Usage of
Class B
Subordinated
Amount
  Current
Usage of
Class C
Subordinated
Amount
  Current
Usage of
Class D
Subordinated
Amount
  Current
Usage of
Subordinated
Transferor
Amount
  Cumulative
Usage of
Class B
Subordinated
Amount
  Cumulative
Usage of
Class C
Subordinated
Amount
  Cumulative
Usage of
Class D
Subordinated
Amount
  Cumulative
Usage of
Subordinated
Transferor
Amount
                                     
Class 2018-A1                                    
                                     
Total Class A                                    
                                     
Class 2018-B1                                    
                                     
Total Class B                                    
                                     
Class 2018-C1                                    
                                     
Total Class C                                    
                                     
Class 2018-D1                                    
                                     
Total Class D                                    

 

  A-III- 6  

 

 

XVI. SynchronySeries Available Subordinated Amounts

 

Tranche   Available
Subordination from
Class B Notes
  Available
Subordination from
Class C Notes
  Available
Subordination from
Class D Notes
  Available
Subordination from
Subordinated Transferor
Amount
                 
Total Class A                
                 
Total Class B                
                 
Total Class C                
                 
Total Class D                

 

XVII. Series Early Amortization Events

 

a. Average Excess Spread Percentage for three consecutive Monthly Periods is less than required Excess Spread Percentage

 

b. The Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount is outstanding beyond the Scheduled Principal Payment Date

 

i. Scheduled Final Payment Date

 

ii. Current Payment Date

 

c. Are there any material modifications, extensions or waivers to pool asset terms, fees, penalties or payments?

 

d. Are there any material breaches or pool of assets representations and warranties or covenants?

 

e. Are there any material changes in criteria used to originate, acquire, or select new pool assets?

 

f. Has an early amortization event occurred?

 

XVIII. Risk Retention

 

U.S. Risk Retention

i. Required Risk Retention Transferor Amount (as of EOP)

ii. Risk Retention Transferor Amount (as of EOP)

 

At the date of this statement, Synchrony Bank, as “originator” for the purposes of EU Regulation no. 575/2013 (the “CRR”), currently retains a material net economic interest that is not less than 5% of the nominal value of the securitized exposures, in the form of an originator’s interest as provided in option (b) of Article 405(1) of the CRR and the corresponding provisions of the AIFM Regulation and the Solvency II Regulation (collectively with the CRR, the “EU Risk Retention Regulations”), which such interest is not hedged or otherwise mitigated except to the extent permitted by the EU Risk Retention Regulations. See Section XVIII.ii for a calculation of the Risk Retention Transferor Amount.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Monthly Noteholder’s Statement as of the __th day of ____________.

 

  Synchrony Bank , as Servicer
     
  By:  
  Name:  
 

Title:

 

 

  A-III- 7  

 

 

Annex IV

 

The Selected Portfolio and the Trust Portfolio

 

Performance of the Selected Portfolio and the Trust Portfolio

 

The tables below contain performance information for the receivables in the selected portfolio and the trust portfolio for each of the periods shown. There is no assurance that the performance of the selected portfolio or the trust portfolio will be similar to the experience described in the tables in this section.

 

For purposes of the tables in this section:

 

Receivables Outstanding is the sum of total receivables included in the selected portfolio or trust portfolio, as applicable, as of the date or in the period indicated.

 

Average Receivables Outstanding is the average of the balance of the Receivables Outstanding as of the first day of each Monthly Period in the period indicated.

 

Principal Receivables Outstanding is the sum of principal receivables included in the selected portfolio or trust portfolio, as applicable, as of the date or in the period indicated.

 

Average Principal Receivables Outstanding is the average of the balance of the Principal Receivables Outstanding as of the first day of each Monthly Period in the period indicated.

 

Gross Principal Charge-Offs is the total amount of principal receivables included in the selected portfolio or trust portfolio, as applicable, that have been charged-off in the period indicated.

 

Net Principal Charge-Offs is the total amount of principal receivables included in the selected portfolio or trust portfolio, as applicable, that have been charged-off in the period indicated, minus the total amount recovered with respect to charged-off principal receivables in the selected portfolio or trust portfolio, as applicable, during the period indicated.

 

Accounts Outstanding is the sum of the number of accounts included in the selected portfolio or trust portfolio, as applicable, as of the date or in the period indicated.

 

Average Accounts Outstanding is the average of the number of accounts in each Monthly Period in the period indicated.

 

Gross Charge-Off Accounts is the total number of accounts included in the selected portfolio or trust portfolio, as applicable, that have been charged-off in the period indicated.

 

The total number of accounts disclosed in this prospectus as of any date and used for purposes of calculating certain other statistical information presented in this prospectus,

 

  A-IV- 1  

 

 

 

including the Accounts Outstanding and Average Accounts Outstanding, includes certain accounts that have a zero balance and have been closed due to the related credit card or cards being lost or stolen or the account being subject to fraudulent activity.  A credit card account that has been closed due to the related credit card or cards being lost or stolen or the account being subject to fraudulent activity will remain in the securitization reporting system for a period of approximately twelve billing cycles, and will be included in the calculation of the number of accounts for that period of time. 

 

  A-IV- 2  

 

 

Delinquency and Loss Experience

 

The following tables set forth the aggregate delinquency and loss experience for cardholder payments on the credit card accounts in the selected portfolio and the trust portfolio for each of the dates or periods shown. The delinquency and loss rates at any time reflect, among other factors, the quality of the credit card receivables, the average seasoning of the accounts, the success of the servicer’s collection efforts, the mix of different retail card programs in the selected portfolio or the trust portfolio, as applicable, and general economic conditions.

 

We cannot assure you that the future delinquency and loss experience for the selected portfolio or the trust portfolio will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

Please note that numbers and percentages presented in the tables in this section may not sum to the totals presented due to rounding.

 

[Discuss delinquency and loss trends.]

 

Selected Portfolio - Receivables Delinquency Experience
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

    As of [●] [●],     As of [●] [●],  
    20[●]     20[●]     20[●]  
    Receivables     Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding
    Receivables     Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding
    Receivables     Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding
 
Receivables Outstanding   $               $               $            
Receivables Delinquent:                                                
30-59 Days           %             %             %  
60-89 Days           %             %             %  
90-119 Days           %             %             %  
120-149 Days           %             %             %  
150-179 Days           %             %             %  
180 or More Days           %             %             %  
Total   $       %     $       %     $       %  

 

    As of [●] [●],  
    20[●]     20[●]  
    Receivables     Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding
    Receivables     Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding
 
Receivables Outstanding   $               $            
Receivables Delinquent:                                
30-59 Days           %             %  
60-89 Days           %             %  
90-119 Days           %             %  
120-149 Days           %             %  
150-179 Days           %             %  
180 or More Days           %             %  
Total   $       %     $       %  

 

  A-IV- 3  

 

 

Trust Portfolio - Receivables Delinquency Experience
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

    As of [●] [●],     As of [●] [●],  
    20[●]     20[●]  
    Receivables     Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding
    Receivables     Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding
 
Receivables Outstanding   $                             $            
Receivables Delinquent:                                
30-59 Days           %             %  
60-89 Days           %             %  
90-119 Days           %             %  
120-149 Days           %             %  
150-179 Days           %             %  
180 or More Days           %             %  
Total   $       %     $       %  

 

  A-IV- 4  

 

 

Selected Portfolio - Account Delinquency Experience

 

    As of [●] [●],     As of [●] [●],  
    20[●]     20[●]     20[●]  
    Accounts     Percentage of
Total
Accounts
Outstanding
    Accounts     Percentage of
Total
Accounts
Outstanding
    Accounts     Percentage of
Total
Accounts
Outstanding
 
Accounts Outstanding                                                
Accounts Delinquent:                                                
30-59 Days           %             %             %  
60-89 Days           %             %             %  
90-119 Days           %             %             %  
120-149 Days           %             %             %  
150-179 Days           %             %             %  
180 or More Days           %             %             %  
Total           %             %             %  

 

    As of [●] [●],  
    20[●]     20[●]  
    Accounts     Percentage of
Total
Accounts
Outstanding
    Accounts     Percentage of
Total
Accounts
Outstanding
 
Accounts Outstanding                                     
Accounts Delinquent:                                
30-59 Days           %             %  
60-89 Days           %             %  
90-119 Days           %             %  
120-149 Days           %             %  
150-179 Days           %             %  
180 or More Days           %             %  
Total           %             %  

 

  A-IV- 5  

 

 

Trust Portfolio - Account Delinquency Experience

 

    As of [●] [●],     As of [●] [●],  
    20[●]     20[●]  
    Accounts     Percentage of
Total Accounts
Outstanding
    Accounts     Percentage of
Total Accounts
Outstanding
 
Accounts Outstanding                                       
Accounts Delinquent:                                
30-59 Days           %             %  
60-89 Days           %             %  
90-119 Days           %             %  
120-149 Days           %             %  
150-179 Days           %             %  
180 or More Days           %             %  
Total           %             %  

 

Selected Portfolio - Loss Experience
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

    [●] Months Ended
[●] [●],
    Calendar Year  
    20[●]     20[●]     20[●]     20[●]     20[●]  
Average Receivables Outstanding   $             $       $       $       $    
Gross Principal Charge-Offs   $       $       $       $       $    
Gross Principal Charge-Offs as a Percentage of Average Receivables Outstanding (Annualized)   %     %     %     %     %  
Less: Recoveries   $       $       $       $       $    
Net Principal Charge-Offs   $       $       $       $       $    
Net Principal Charge-Offs as a Percentage of Average Receivables Outstanding (Annualized)   %     %     %     %     %  
Gross Charge-Off Accounts                                        
Average Accounts Outstanding                                        
Gross Charge-Offs as a Percentage of Average Accounts Outstanding (Annualized)   %     %     %     %     %  

 

Trust Portfolio - Loss Ex%%perience
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

    [●] Months Ended
[●] [●],
    Calendar Year  
    20[●]     20[●]     20[●]     20[●]     20[●]  
Average Principal Receivables Outstanding   $             $       $       $       $    
Gross Principal Charge-Offs   $       $       $       $       $    
Gross Principal Charge-Offs as a Percentage of Average Principal Receivables Outstanding (Annualized)   %     %     %     %     %  
Less: Recoveries   $       $       $       $       $    
Net Principal Charge-Offs   $       $       $       $       $    
Net Principal Charge-Offs as a Percentage of Average Principal Receivables Outstanding (Annualized)   %     %     %     %     %  
Gross Charge-Off Accounts                                        
Average Accounts Outstanding                                        
Gross Charge-Offs as a Percentage of Average Accounts Outstanding (Annualized)   %     %     %     %     %  

 

  A-IV- 6  

 

 

Balance Reductions

 

The accounts in the selected portfolio and the trust portfolio may have balance reductions granted for a number of reasons, including merchandise refunds, returns, and fraudulent charges. For the twelve months ended [●] [●], 20[●], the average monthly balance reduction rate for the accounts in the selected portfolio attributable to such returns and fraud was [●]%. For the [●] months ended [●] [●], 20[●], the average monthly balance reduction rate for the accounts in the trust portfolio attributable to such returns and fraud was [●]%.

 

Revenue Experience

 

Selected Portfolio

 

The net revenues, including billed finance charges, fees and interchange, related to accounts in the selected portfolio for each of the periods shown are set forth in the following table. Fees include late fees, cash advance fees and miscellaneous fees. Revenues are net of waivers.

 

We cannot assure you that the future revenue experience for the receivables in the selected portfolio will remain similar to the historical experience set forth below. For example, if payment rates decline, the balances subject to monthly finance charges tend to grow, assuming no change in the level of purchasing activity. Accordingly, under these circumstances, the yield related to monthly finance charges normally increases. Conversely, if payment rates increase, the balances subject to monthly finance charges tend to fall, assuming no change in the level of purchasing activity. Accordingly, under these circumstances, the yield related to monthly finance charges normally decreases.

 

Selected Portfolio - Revenue Experience
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

    [●] Months
Ended
[●] [●],
    Calendar Year  
    20[●]     20[●]     20[●]     20[●]     20[●]  
Average Receivables Outstanding   $       $       $       $       $    
Net Billed Finance Charges and Fees   $       $       $       $       $    
Net Billed Finance Charges and Fees as a Percentage of Average Receivables Outstanding (Annualized)   %     %     %     %     %  
Interchange   $       $       $       $       $    
Interchange as a Percentage of Average Receivables Outstanding (Annualized)   %     %     %     %     %  
Net Billed Finance Charges, Fees and Interchange as a Percentage of Average Receivables Outstanding (Annualized)   %     %     %     %     %  

 

Trust Portfolio

 

The net revenues collected from finance charges and fees related to accounts in the trust portfolio for each of the periods shown are set forth in the following table. Fees include late fees, pay by phone fees, over limit fees, balance transfer fees, cash advance fees and returned check fees.

 

  A-IV- 7  

 

 

We cannot assure you that the future revenue experience for the receivables in the trust portfolio will remain similar to the historical experience set forth below. For example, if payment rates decline, the balances subject to monthly finance charges tend to grow, assuming no change in the level of purchasing activity. Accordingly, under these circumstances, the yield related to monthly finance charges normally increases. Conversely, if payment rates increase, the balances subject to monthly finance charges tend to fall, assuming no change in the level of purchasing activity. Accordingly, under these circumstances, the yield related to monthly finance charges normally decreases.

 

Trust Portfolio - Revenue Experience
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

    [●] Months
Ended
[●] [●],
    Calendar Year  
    20[●]     20[●]     20[●]     20[●]     20[●]  
Average Principal Receivables Outstanding   $       $       $       $       $    
Collected Finance Charges and Fees   $       $       $       $       $    
Collected Finance Charges and Fees as a Percentage of Average Principal Receivables Outstanding (Annualized)   %   %   %     %     %  

 

Payment Rates

 

The payment rate on the receivables is the most important factor that will determine the size of principal payments after an early amortization event has occurred and whether the trust has funds available to repay the notes on the scheduled principal payment date. The following Cardholder Monthly Payment Rates tables set forth the highest and lowest cardholder monthly payment rates on the credit card accounts in the selected portfolio and the trust portfolio during any calendar month in the calendar years or in the portion thereof, as applicable, shown, in each case calculated as a percentage of the Receivables Outstanding as of the first day of each calendar month during the calendar years or portion thereof, as applicable, shown. Payment rates shown in the tables are based on amounts that would be deemed payments of receivables with respect to the accounts. For purposes of these calculations, Receivables Outstanding are receivables included in the selected portfolio or the trust portfolio, as applicable, in the period indicated.

 

The Payment Status tables in this section show the average for all billing cycles in the period indicated of the payments made on the receivables that fall within each of the following categories: (1) less than minimum payment, (2) minimum payment, (3) greater than minimum payment, but less than full payment and (4) full payment or greater than full payment. For any billing cycle, the percentage of payments in each category is calculated by dividing the number of accounts with payments in that category by the total amount of all accounts that were required to make payments on the receivables.

 

Although we have provided historical data concerning the payment rates on the receivables and the percentage of the receivables falling in each payment category, because of the factors described in “ Risk Factors ,” we cannot provide you with any assurance that the levels and timing of payments on receivables in the selected portfolio and the trust portfolio from time to time in the future will be similar to the historical experience described in the following tables for the selected portfolio and the trust portfolio or that deposits into the principal funding account will equal the applicable controlled amortization amount.

 

  A-IV- 8  

 

 

Selected Portfolio - Cardholder Monthly Payment Rates

 

    [●] Months Ended
[●] [●],
  Calendar Year  
    20[●]   20[●]   20[●]   20[●]   20[●]  
Lowest Month       %       %       %       %       %  
Highest Month       %       %       %       %       %  
Monthly Average       %       %       %       %       %  

 

Trust Portfolio - Cardholder Monthly Payment Rates

 

    [●] Months Ended
[●] [●],
  Calendar Year  
    20[●]   20[●]   20[●]   20[●]   20[●]  
Lowest Month       %       %       %       %       %  
Highest Month       %       %       %       %       %  
Monthly Average       %       %       %       %       %  

  

Selected Portfolio - Payment Status

 

    Percentage of Accounts
    [●] Billing Cycles
Ended in [●]
20[●]
  [●] Billing Cycles
Ended in [●]
20[●]
  [●] Billing Cycles
Ended in [●]
20[●]
  [●] Billing Cycles
Ended in [●]
20[●]
  [●] Billing Cycles
Ended in [●]
20[●]
Less than Minimum Payment     %     %     %     %     %
Minimum Payment     %     %     %     %     %
Greater than Minimum Payment, Less than Full Payment     %     %     %     %     %
Full Payment or Greater than Full Payment     %     %     %     %     %

 

Trust Portfolio - Payment Status

 

    Percentage of Accounts
    [●] Billing Cycles
Ended in [●]
20[●]
  [●] Billing Cycles
Ended in [●]
20[●]
  [●] Billing Cycles
Ended in [●]
20[●]
  [●] Billing Cycles
Ended in [●]
20[●]
  [●] Billing Cycles
Ended in [●]
20[●]
Less than Minimum Payment     %     %     %     %     %
Minimum Payment     %     %     %     %     %
Greater than Minimum Payment, Less than Full Payment     %     %     %     %     %
Full Payment or Greater than Full Payment     %     %     %     %     %

 

We cannot assure you that the cardholder monthly payment rates or the payment experience for the selected portfolio or trust portfolio in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth in the tables above. In addition, the amount of collections of receivables may vary from month to month due to seasonal variations, general economic conditions, payment habits of individual cardholders and changes in minimum payment formulas.

 

  A-IV- 9  

 

 

Composition of the Trust Portfolio

 

The receivables conveyed or to be conveyed to the trust have been or will be generated from transactions made by holders of credit card accounts included in the trust portfolio. The bank’s credit card business is described in “ The Sponsor—Credit Card Activities .” The trust portfolio includes a subset of the accounts arising in the selected portfolio.

 

The following information regarding the trust portfolio is as of [●] [●], 20[●]:

 

total transferred receivables: $[●];

 

principal receivables: $[●];

 

finance charge receivables: $[●]; and

 

total number of accounts designated to the trust portfolio 2 : [●].

 

As of [●] [●], 20[●]:

 

the accounts designated for the trust portfolio had an average total receivable balance of approximately $[●] and an average credit limit of approximately $[●];

 

for accounts designated for the trust portfolio, the percentage of the aggregate total receivable balance to the aggregate total credit limit was [●]%; and

 

the average age of the accounts designated for the trust portfolio was approximately [●] months.

 

The following tables summarize the trust portfolio by various criteria as of [●] [●], 20[●] for each of the program partners included in the trust portfolio.

 

Please note that numbers and percentages presented in the tables in this section may not sum to the totals presented due to rounding.

 

For purposes of the tables in this section:

 

Total Receivables Outstanding is the sum of principal receivables and finance charge receivables (which includes fee receivables) included in the trust portfolio in the period indicated.

 

N umber of Accounts is the number of accounts included in the trust portfolio as of the date or in the period indicated.

 

 

2 As described above under “ —Performance of the Selected Portfolio and Trust Portfolio ,” the total number of accounts disclosed in this prospectus as of any date and used for purposes of calculating certain other statistical information presented in this prospectus includes certain accounts that have been closed due to the related credit card or cards being lost or stolen or the account being subject to fraudulent activity.

 

  A-IV- 10  

 

 

Composition by Program Partner of the Trust Portfolio

 

Program Partner   Total Receivables
Outstanding
    Percentage of
Total Receivables
Outstanding
    Number
of Accounts
    Percentage
of Number
of Accounts
 
[_]   $                %     $                %  
[_]             %               %  
[_]             %               %  
[_]             %               %  
[_]             %               %  
[_]             %               %  
[_]             %               %  
[_]             %               %  
Total   $          %     $          %  

 

Composition by Account Balance Range of the Trust Portfolio

 

Account Balance Range   Total Receivables
Outstanding
    Percentage of
Total Receivables
Outstanding
    Number
of Accounts
    Percentage
of Number
of Accounts
 
Credit Balance   $                %                      %  
No Balance             %               %  
$0.01-$500.00             %                %
 
$500.01-$1,000.00             %               %  
$1,000.01-$2,000.00             %               %  
$2,000.01-$3,000.00             %               %  
$3,000.01-$4,000.00             %               %  
$4,000.01-$5,000.00             %               %  
$5,000.01-$6,000.00             %               %  
$6,000.01-$7,000.00             %               %  
$7,000.01-$8,000.00             %               %  
$8,000.01-$9,000.00             %               %  
$9,000.01-$10,000.00             %               %  
$10,000.01-$15,000.00             %               %  
$15,000.01-$20,000.00             %               %  
$20,000.01 or more   $         %               %  
Total   $         %               %  

 

  A-IV- 11  

 

 

Composition by Credit Limit Range of the Trust Portfolio

 

Credit Limit Range   Total Receivables
Outstanding
    Percentage
of Total Receivables
Outstanding
  Number of
Accounts
    Percentage
of Number
of Accounts
 
$0.01-$500.00   $               %                     %  
$500.01-$1,000.00             %               %  
$1,000.01-$2,000.00             %               %  
$2,000.01-$3,000.00             %               %  
$3,000.01-$4,000.00             %               %  
$4,000.01-$5,000.00             %               %  
$5,000.01-$6,000.00             %               %  
$6,000.01-$7,000.00             %               %  
$7,000.01-$8,000.00             %               %  
$8,000.01-$9,000.00             %               %  
$9,000.01-$10,000.00             %               %  
$10,000.01-$15,000.00             %               %  
$15,000.01-$20,000.00             %               %  
$20,000.01 or more             %               %  
Total   $         %               %  

 

Composition by Account Age Range of the Trust Portfolio

 

Account Age Range   Total Receivables
Outstanding
    Percentage of
Total Receivables
Outstanding
  Number
of Accounts
    Percentage
of Number
of Accounts
 
Up to 6 Months   $               %                     %  
6 Months to 12 Months             %               %  
Over 12 Months to 24 Months             %               %  
Over 24 Months to 36 Months             %               %  
Over 36 Months to 48 Months             %               %  
Over 48 Months to 60 Months             %               %  
Over 60 Months to 72 Months             %               %  
Over 72 Months to 84 Months             %               %  
Over 84 Months to 96 Months             %               %  
Over 96 Months to 108 Months             %               %  
Over 108 Months to 120 Months             %               %  
Over 120 Months             %               %  
Total   $         %               %  

 

Except for the applicable states listed below, no state accounted for more than 5% of the number of accounts or 5% of the total receivables balances, as applicable, as of [●] [●], 20[●] for each of the program partners included in the trust portfolio. Since the largest number of cardholders (based on billing addresses) whose accounts are designated for the trust portfolio were in the [●] states listed below, adverse economic conditions affecting cardholders residing in those areas could affect timely payment by the related cardholders of amounts due on the accounts and, accordingly, the rate of delinquencies and losses for the trust portfolio.

 

Composition by Billing Address of the Trust Portfolio

 

Billing Address   Total Receivables
Outstanding
    Percentage of
Total Receivables
Outstanding
  Number
of Accounts
    Percentage
of Number
of Accounts
 
    $               %                   %  
              %             %  
              %             %  
              %           %  
              %             %  
Other             %             %  
Total   $         %             %  

 

  A-IV- 12  

 

 

Composition by Delinquency Status of the Trust Portfolio

 

Delinquency Status   Total Receivables
Outstanding
    Percentage of
Total Receivables
Outstanding
  Number
of Accounts
    Percentage
of Number
of Accounts
 
Current, Credit and Zero Balance   $              %                    %  
1 – 29 Days             %               %  
30 – 59 Days             %               %  
60 – 89 Days             %               %  
90 – 119 Days             %               %  
120 – 149 Days             %               %  
150 or More Days             %               %  
Total   $         %               %  

 

Composition by FICO ® Credit Score

 

A FICO ® credit score is a measurement derived from a proprietary credit scoring method owned by Fair, Isaac & Company to determine the likelihood that credit users will pay their credit obligations in accordance with the terms of their accounts. Although Fair, Isaac & Company discloses only limited information about the variables it uses to assess credit risk, those variables likely include, but are not limited to, debt level, credit history, payment patterns (including delinquency experience) and level of utilization of available credit. FICO ® credit scores range from 300 to 850, and a borrower with a higher score is statistically expected to be less likely to default in payment than a borrower with a lower score. FICO ® credit scores for any one individual may be determined by up to three independent credit bureaus. In determining whether to grant credit to a potential account holder, the bank uses a FICO ® credit score as reported by one of the three major credit bureaus. Therefore, certain FICO ® credit scores for an individual account holder based upon information collected by other credit bureaus could be different from the FICO ® credit score used by the bank.

 

FICO ® credit scores are based on independent, third-party information, the accuracy of which we cannot verify. FICO ® credit scores were not developed specifically for use in connection with credit card accounts, but for consumer credit products in general. The bank does not use standardized credit scores, such as a FICO ® credit score, alone to determine the credit limit or other terms that are approved or applied on an account. Rather, each application is scored based on the applicant’s credit bureau report using industry and proprietary credit models and bankruptcy scorecards. See “ The Sponsor—Account Origination .”

 

FICO ® credit scores of an individual may change over time, depending on the conduct of the individual, including the individual’s usage of his or her available credit, and changes in credit score technology used by Fair, Isaac & Company. To the extent available, FICO ® credit scores are generally obtained at origination of the account and at least quarterly thereafter. Because the composition of the accounts designated for the trust may change over time, this table is not necessarily indicative of FICO ® credit scores at origination of the accounts or the composition of the accounts in the trust at any specific time thereafter.

 

  A-IV- 13  

 

 

The following table reflects receivables as of [●] [●], 20[●], and the composition of accounts by FICO ® credit score as most recently refreshed:

 

Composition by FICO ® Credit Score Range of the Trust Portfolio

 

FICO ® Credit Score Range (1)   Total
Receivables
Outstanding
    Percentage
of Total Receivables
Outstanding
 
Less than or equal to 559   $         %  
600-659             %  
660-719             %  
720 and above             %  
No score             %  
Total   $         %  

 

 

(1) FICO ® is a federally registered trademark of Fair, Isaac & Company.

 

  A-IV- 14  

 

 

Annex V

 

Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures

 

Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Synchrony Card Issuance Trust Class [●](20[●]-[●]) SynchronySeries notes (the “global securities”) to be issued from time to time will be available only in book-entry form. Investors in the global securities may hold those global securities through any of The Depository Trust Company, Clearstream or Euroclear. The global securities will be tradable as home market instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic markets. Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.

 

Secondary market trading between investors holding global securities through Clearstream and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with conventional eurobond practice—i.e., seven calendar day settlement.

 

Secondary market trading between investors holding global securities through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations.

Secondary cross-market trading between Clearstream or Euroclear and DTC participants holding notes will be effected on a delivery-against-payment basis through the respective depositaries of Clearstream and Euroclear, in that capacity, and as DTC participants.

 

Non-U.S. holders of global securities will be subject to U.S. withholding taxes unless those holders meet certain requirements and deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations or their participants.

 

Initial Settlement

 

All global securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors’ interests in the global securities will be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct and indirect participants in DTC. As a result, Clearstream and Euroclear will hold positions on behalf of their participants through their respective depositaries, which in turn will hold those positions in accounts as DTC participants.

 

Investors electing to hold their global securities through DTC (other than through accounts at Clearstream or Euroclear) will follow the settlement practices applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations. Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.

 

Investors electing to hold their global securities through Clearstream or Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in registered form. Global securities will be credited to the securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment for value on the settlement date.

 

  A-V- 1  

 

 

Secondary Market Trading

 

Because the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser’s and transferor’s accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value date.

 

Trading between DTC participants. Secondary market trading between DTC participants, other than the depositaries for Clearstream and Euroclear, will be settled using the procedures applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations in same-day funds.

 

Trading between Clearstream customers and/or Euroclear participants. Secondary market trading between Clearstream customers and/or Euroclear participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

 

Trading between DTC seller and Clearstream customer or Euroclear purchaser . When global securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC participant—other than the depositaries for Clearstream and Euroclear—to the account of a Clearstream customer or a Euroclear participant, the purchaser must send instructions to Clearstream prior to 12:30 p.m. on the settlement date. Clearstream or Euroclear, as the case may be, will instruct the respective depositary to receive the global securities for payment. Payment will then be made by the respective depositary, as the case may be, to the DTC participant’s account against delivery of the global securities. After settlement has been completed, the global securities will be credited to the respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in accordance with its usual procedures, to the Clearstream customer’s or Euroclear participant’s account. Credit for the global securities will appear the next day (European time) and the cash debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on the global securities will accrue from, the value date, which would be the preceding day when settlement occurred in New York. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the Clearstream or Euroclear cash debit will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

 

Clearstream customers and Euroclear participants will need to make available to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to pre-position funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would for any settlement occurring within Clearstream or Euroclear. Under this approach, they may take on credit exposure to Clearstream or Euroclear until the global securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

 

As an alternative, if Clearstream or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to them, Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants can elect not to pre-position funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon to finance settlement. Under this procedure, Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants purchasing global securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the global securities were credited to their accounts. However, interest on the global securities would accrue from the value date. Therefore, in many cases the investment income on the global securities earned during that one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result will depend on each Clearstream customer’s or Euroclear participant’s particular cost of funds.

 

  A-V- 2  

 

 

Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC participants can employ their usual procedures for sending global securities to the respective European depositary for the benefit of Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the settlement date. Thus, to the DTC participant a cross-market transaction will settle no differently from a trade between two DTC participants.

 

Trading between Clearstream or Euroclear seller and DTC purchaser . Due to time zone differences in their favor, Clearstream customers and Euroclear participants may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which global securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through the respective European depositary, to another DTC participant. The seller will send instructions to Clearstream before 12:30 p.m. on the settlement date. In these cases, Clearstream or Euroclear will instruct the respective European depositary, as appropriate, to credit the global securities to the DTC participant’s account against payment. The payment will then be reflected in the account of the Clearstream customer or Euroclear participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the Clearstream customer’s or Euroclear participant’s account would be back-valued to the value date, which would be the preceding day, when settlement occurred in New York. If the Clearstream customer or Euroclear participant has a line of credit with its respective clearing system and elects to draw on such line of credit in anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the back-valuation may substantially reduce or offset any overdraft charges incurred over that one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the Clearstream customer’s or Euroclear participant’s account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.

 

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements

 

A beneficial owner of global securities holding securities through Clearstream, Euroclear or through DTC—if the holder has an address outside the U.S.—will be subject to the U.S. withholding tax (currently imposed at a rate of 30%) that generally applies to payments of interest, including original issue discount, on registered debt issued by U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business in the chain of intermediaries between the beneficial owner and the U.S. entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and (ii) the beneficial owner provides the appropriate certification for obtaining an exemption or reduced tax rate. See “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” in this prospectus.

 

  A-V- 3  

 

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust
Issuing Entity

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC
Depositor

 

Synchrony Bank
Sponsor

 

SynchronySeries Class [●](20[●]-[●]) Notes

 

 

 

Prospectus

 

Underwriters

 

[●] [●]
[●] [●] [●] [●] [●]
           

 

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

 

We are not offering the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes in any state where the offer is not permitted.

 

We do not claim the accuracy of the information in this prospectus as of any date other than the date stated on its cover.

 

Dealers will deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters of the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions. In addition, until the date which is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers selling the Class [●](20[●]-[●]) notes will deliver a prospectus to the extent required by the Securities Act. Such delivery obligation may be satisfied by filing this prospectus with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 12. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

Registration Fee   *
Printing and Engraving   *
Trustee’s Fees   *
Legal Fees and Expenses   *
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses   *
Accountants’ Fees and Expenses   *
Rating Agency Fees   *
Miscellaneous Fees   *
Total   *

 

*To be provided by amendment

 

Item 13. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Section 18-108 of the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware (“LLCA”) as applicable to Delaware limited liability companies provides that a Delaware limited liability company may, and shall have the power to, indemnify its members or managers or other persons from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company (“Synchrony Card Funding”). The limited liability company agreement of Synchrony Card Funding provides, in effect, that subject to certain limited exceptions, Synchrony Card Funding will indemnify and hold harmless, and advance expenses to its members, managers, employees, organizers or agents (each, an “Indemnified Party”), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Indemnified Party may become subject in connection with any matter arising from, related to, or in connection with, the limited liability company agreement or Synchrony Card Funding’s business or affairs;  provided, however , that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any Indemnified Party if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Indemnified Party establishes (i) that the Indemnified Party’s acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (ii) that the Indemnified Party personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which the Indemnified Party was not legally entitled. This indemnification shall be in addition to any liability that Synchrony Card Funding may otherwise have, shall inure to the benefit of the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of each Indemnified Party, and shall be limited to the assets of Synchrony Card Funding that would otherwise be available for distribution to its members. 

 

Insofar as indemnification by Synchrony Card Funding for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of Synchrony Card Funding pursuant to the foregoing provisions, Synchrony Card Funding has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Directors and officers of the Registrant are insured against liability which they may incur in their capacity as such pursuant to a professional errors and omission policy.

 

Each underwriting agreement will generally provide that the underwriter will indemnify Synchrony Card Funding and its directors, officers and controlling parties against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act relating to certain information provided or actions taken by the underwriter. Synchrony Card Funding has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

 

 

 

Item 14. Exhibits.

 

A list of exhibits filed herewith or incorporated by reference is contained in the Exhibit Index which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 15. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(a) As to Rule 415 :

 

(1)         To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made of the securities registered hereby, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i)          to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 

(ii)         to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment hereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

(iii)        to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement;

 

Provided, however , that the undertakings set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those clauses is contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) that are incorporated by reference in this registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of this registration statement.

 

Provided further, however , that clauses (i) and (ii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment is provided pursuant to Item 1100(c) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1100(c)).

 

(2)         That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3)         To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4)         That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

 

(i)          if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in

 

  II- 2  

 

 

a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.

 

(ii)         If the registrant is relying on Rule 430D:

 

(A)          each prospectus filed by the undersigned registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) and (h) shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in this registration statement; and

 

(B)          each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5),or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430D relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(vii) or (a)(1)(xii) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430D, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; provided, however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or

 

(5)         That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i)          any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

(ii)         any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii)        the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf or the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv)       any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(6)         If the registrant is relying on Rule 430D, with respect to any offering of securities registered on Form SF-3, to file the information previously omitted from the prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in accordance with Rule 424(h) and Rule 430D.

 

(b) As to Documents Subsequently Filed that are Incorporated By Reference:

 

  II- 3  

 

 

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(c) As to Indemnification:

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 13 above, or otherwise, each registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(d) As to Filings in Reliance on Rule 430(A).

 

(1)         For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from any form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2)         For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(e) As to Qualification of Trust Indentures Under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 for Delayed Offerings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the indenture trustee to act under subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 305(b)(2) of the Act.

 

(f) As to Filings Regarding Asset-Backed Securities Incorporating by Reference Subsequent Exchange Act Documents by Third Parties.

 

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act of a third party that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement in accordance with Item 1100(c)(1) of Regulation AB shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  II- 4  

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.   Description
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement, among Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding, LLC and the Underwriters
3.1   Certificate of Formation of Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, dated November 2, 2017
3.2   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, dated May 1, 2018, by Synchrony Bank and the Independent Manager
4.1   Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018, between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon
4.2   Form of SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement, between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon, including form of notes
4.3   Form of Terms Document for Class A Notes, between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon
4.4   Form of Terms Document for Class B Notes, between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon
4.5   Form of Terms Document for Class C Notes, between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon
4.6   Form of Terms Document for Class D Notes, between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon
4.7   Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018, among Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, Citibank, N.A. and Citicorp Trust Delaware, National Association
4.8   Custody and Control Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, between The Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as Custodian and in its capacity as Indenture Trustee, and Synchrony Card Issuance Trust
4.9   Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018, between Synchrony Bank and Synchrony Card Funding, LLC
4.10   Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018, between Synchrony Card Funding, LLC and Synchrony Card Issuance Trust
4.11   Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018, between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and Synchrony Bank
4.12   Form of Risk Retention Agreement, among Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding, LLC and Synchrony Card Issuance Trust.
4.13   Administration Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and Synchrony Bank
5.1   Opinion of Mayer Brown LLP as to legality of the notes
8.1   Opinion of Mayer Brown LLP as to certain federal tax matters concerning the notes
10.1   Form of Asset Representations Review Agreement, among Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and Clayton Fixed Income Services LLC
23.1   Consent of Mayer Brown LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 )
24.1   Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page to the Registration Statement)
24.2   Certified Copy of Resolutions Authorizing Powers of Attorney
25.1   Statement of Eligibility of Indenture Trustee
36.1   Form of Depositor Certification for Shelf Offerings of Asset-Backed Securities

 

  II- 5  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form SF-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on May 4, 2018.

 

  Synchrony Card Funding, LLC
  a Delaware limited liability company (Registrant)
       
  By: /s/ Eric Duenwald
    Name: Eric Duenwald
    Title: President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer

 

  S- 1  

 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Eric Duenwald as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in his or her own name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, acting alone, to sign this registration statement, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any or all other documents in connection therewith, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as might or could be done in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all said attorney-in-fact and agent or any of them or any substitute for any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Titles    
         
/s/ Eric Duenwald   Manager, President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal   May 4, 2018
Eric Duenwald   Executive Officer    
         
/s/ Mary Anne Gilvin   Manager, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Financial Officer,   May 4, 2018
Mary Anne Gilvin   Chief Operating Officer and Vice President    
         
/s/ Andrew Lee   Manager and Vice President   May 4, 2018
Andrew Lee        
         
/s/ Christopher Cutshall   Principal Accounting Officer and Vice President   May 4, 2018
Christopher Cutshall        

 

 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

SYNCHRONYSERIES Class [_] (20[_]-[_])

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST

(Issuer)

 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC
(Depositor)


[FORM OF] UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[Representative]

[Address]

 

[Representative]

[Address]

 

[Representative]

[Address]

 

each acting on behalf of itself and

as Representative of the several

Underwriters named in Annex I

to this Agreement

(together, the “ Representatives ”)

 

[             ], 20[      ]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), proposes to cause Synchrony Card Issuance Trust (the “ Issuer ”) to issue and sell from time to time notes of the series, classes and tranches designated in Annex I (the “ Notes ”). The offering of the Notes by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and the applicable Terms Document is referred to herein as the “ Note Offering .” The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Synchrony Bank (the “ Bank ”).

 

The Issuer is a Delaware statutory trust operated pursuant to (a) an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018 (as amended, the “ Trust Agreement ”), among the Company, Citibank, N.A., as the Trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and Citicorp Trust Delaware, National Association, as the Delaware Trustee (the “ Delaware Trustee ”), and (b) the filing of a certificate of trust with the Secretary of State of Delaware on November 30, 2017. The Notes will be issued pursuant to an Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “ Master Indenture ”), between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement, dated as of [●] (the “ Indenture Supplement ”) and a Terms Document to be dated on or about the Closing Date (as defined herein) and, together with the Master Indenture and the Indenture Supplement, the “ Indenture ”).

 

 

The assets of the Issuer include, among other things, certain amounts due (the “ Receivables ”) on a pool of private label and co-branded credit card accounts of the Bank.

 

The Receivables are transferred by the Company to the Issuer pursuant to the Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “ Transfer Agreement ”), between the Company and the Issuer. The Receivables transferred to the Issuer by the Company were acquired by the Company from the Bank pursuant to an Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “ Receivables Sale Agreement ”), between the Company and the Bank. The Bank, as servicer (the “ Servicer ”), has agreed to conduct the servicing, collection and administration of the Receivables owned by the Issuer pursuant to an Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), between the Issuer and the Servicer.

 

The Issuer will provide for the review of certain of the Receivables and Accounts for compliance with the representations and warranties made about them in certain circumstances under an Asset Representations Review Agreement, dated as of [_____], [___] (the “ Asset Representations Review Agreement ”) among the Issuer, the Company, the Bank and Clayton Fixed Income Services LLC, as asset representations reviewer (the “ Asset Representations Reviewer ”).

 

[The Bank, as “originator” for purposes of the EU Retention Rules (as defined below), will also make certain representations, warranties and covenants to the Issuer in connection with the EU Retention Rules (with the Indenture Trustee as a third party beneficiary solely for the purpose of obtaining the benefits of those representations, warranties and covenants), on an ongoing basis for so long as the Notes to which this Agreement applies are outstanding, pursuant to a Risk Retention Agreement, having the date stated in Annex I (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Risk Retention Agreement ”), among the Bank, the Company and the Issuer. As used in this paragraph, “ EU Retention Rules ” refers, collectively, to (i) Articles 404-410 of the European Union’s (“ EU ”) Capital Requirements Regulation ((EU) No. 575/2013) (as supplemented by EU secondary legislation), (ii) Article 17 of the EU’s Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (2011/61/EU) and Articles 50-56 of the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Regulation ((EU) No. 231/2013), and (iii) Articles 254-257 of the Commission Delegated Regulation ((EU) No. 2015/35), in each case as in effect on the Closing Date.]

 

The Bank has agreed to provide notices and perform on behalf of the Issuer certain other administrative obligations required by the Transfer Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Master Indenture and each indenture supplement for each series of notes issued by the Issuer, pursuant to an Administration Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017 (the “ Administration Agreement ”), between the Bank, as administrator and the Issuer. The Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Transfer Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Asset Representations Review Agreement[, the Risk Retention Agreement] and the Administration Agreement are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Transaction Documents .”

 

To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned in the Master Indenture, Indenture Supplement or Terms Documents as applicable.

 

  2  

 

For purposes of this Agreement and all related documents, unless the context otherwise requires: (a) accounting terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement, and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP; (b) unless otherwise provided, references to any month, quarter or year refer to a calendar month, quarter or year; (c) terms defined in Article 9 of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction and not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used as defined in that Article; (d) references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any particular date mean such amount at the close of business on such day; (e) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement (or the certificate or other document in which they are used) as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement (or such certificate or document); (f) references to any Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement (or the certificate or other document in which the reference is made), and references to any paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision within any Section or definition refer to such paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision of such Section or definition; (g) the term “including” means “including without limitation”; (h) references to any law or regulation refer to that law or regulation as amended from time to time and include any successor law or regulation; (i) references to any agreement refer to that agreement as from time to time amended, restated or supplemented or as the terms of such agreement are waived or modified in accordance with its terms; and (j) references to any Person include that Person’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), a registration statement on Form SF-3 (having the registration number 333-[___]), including a form of prospectus and such amendments thereto as may have been filed prior to the date hereof, relating to the Notes and the offering thereof in accordance with Rule 415 under the Act. If any post-effective amendment to such registration statement has been filed with respect thereto, prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the most recent such amendment has been declared effective by the Commission. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Effective Time ” means the date and time as of which such registration statement, or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto, if any, was declared effective by the Commission or the most recent effective date as of which the Prospectus (as defined below) is deemed to be part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430D under the Act, and “ Effective Date ” means the date of the Effective Time. Such registration statement, as amended at the Effective Time, including all material incorporated by reference therein and including all information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430D under the Act, is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Registration Statement .” The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission not more than three years prior to Date of Sale (as defined below).

 

The Company also prepared and filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(h) under the Act (“ Rule 424(h) ”) a preliminary prospectus relating to the Notes as described on Annex I (as amended or supplemented and including all documents incorporated by reference in the preliminary prospectus, together, the “ Preliminary Prospectus ”). The Company has delivered the Preliminary Prospectus to the Underwriters in accordance with the provisions hereof. The Preliminary Prospectus was filed with the Commission according to Rule 424(h), at least three Business Days prior to the Date of Sale, together with the information referred to under the caption “[ Static Pool Information ]” therein regardless of whether it is deemed a part of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

 

  3  

 

At or before the time that the Representatives entered into the first “ Contract of Sale ” (within the meaning of Rule 159 under the Act) with investors in the Notes (the “ Date of Sale ”), the Company prepared the Preliminary Prospectus and Permitted Additional Information listed on Annex I with respect to such Notes (collectively, the “ Date of Sale Information ”). If, subsequent to the Date of Sale and prior to the Closing Date, the Preliminary Prospectus included an untrue statement of material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the Company has prepared and delivered to the Underwriters a Corrected Prospectus (as defined below), then “ Date of Sale ” will refer to the time of entry into the first new “ Contract of Sale ” and the “Date of Sale Information” will refer to the information available to purchasers at least 48 hours prior to the Date of Sale, including any information that corrects the material misstatements or omissions (the “ Corrected Prospectus ”).

 

The Company will file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act (“ Rule 424(b) ”) a prospectus included in the Registration Statement (such prospectus, in the form it appears in the Registration Statement, or in the form most recently revised and filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), together with any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus ”) relating to the Notes and the method of distribution thereof.

 

1.             Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each Underwriter, as of the date hereof, that:

 

(a)            (i)      The conditions to the use by the Company of a registration statement on Form SF-3 under the Securities Act, as stated in the Registrant Requirements in the General Instructions to Form SF-3, have been satisfied. The conditions to the offering of the Notes under a registration statement on Form SF-3 under the Securities Act, as stated in the Transaction Requirements in the General Instructions to Form SF-3, shall be satisfied as of the Closing Date. The Company has paid the registration fee for the Notes according to Rule 456 of the Securities Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or threatened by the Commission.

 

(ii)        As of the Closing Date, the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Ratings FWP (as defined below), except with respect to any modification as to which the Representatives have been notified, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to the Representatives or their counsel before such date or, to the extent not completed on such date, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the Preliminary Prospectus that has previously been furnished to the Representatives) as the Company or the Bank has advised the Representatives, before such date, will be included or made therein.

 

  4  

 

(iii)        (A) The Registration Statement, as of the Effective Date, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; (B) on the date of this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus conform, and as of the time of filing the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b), the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended; (C) the Registration Statement, at the Effective Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and (D) the Prospectus as of its date, and as of the time of filing pursuant to Rule 424(b), and as of the Closing Date, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to (I) that part of the Registration Statement which constitutes the Statements of Eligibility of Qualification (Form T-1) of the Indenture Trustee and (II) anything contained in or omitted from such Registration Statement or such Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof, which information consists solely of the Underwriters’ Information listed on Annex I (the “ Underwriters’ Information ”); provided , further , that this clause (a)(iii) makes no representation and warranty as to the Date of Sale Information (the Date of Sale Information being covered by clause (b) below).

 

(iv)        The Company filed with the Commission according to Rule 424(h) the Preliminary Prospectus, at least three Business Days prior to the Date of Sale.

 

(b)           The Date of Sale Information, as of its date and at the Date of Sale did not, and at the Closing Date will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (it being understood that no representation or warranty is made with respect to the omission of pricing and price-dependent information, which information shall of necessity appear only in the final Prospectus); provided , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus based upon Underwriters’ Information.

 

(c)           Other than with respect to the Preliminary Prospectus , the Prospectus , the Permitted Additional Information (as defined below) and any Underwriter Additional Information (as defined in Section 8(b)) , the Issuer (including its agents and representatives) has not made, used, authorized or approved and will not make, use, authorize or approve any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of any offer to buy the Notes.

 

  5  

 

(d)           The Notes will conform to the description thereof contained in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and as of the Closing Date will be duly and validly authorized and, when validly executed, countersigned, issued and delivered in accordance with the Indenture and sold to the Underwriters as provided herein, will be validly issued and outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

 

(e)           Neither the issuance nor sale of the Notes nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof, will conflict with any statute, order or regulation applicable to the Company with respect to the offering of the Notes by any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company or with any organizational document of the Company or any instrument or any agreement under which the Company is bound or to which it is a party.

 

(f)            This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(g)           The Company was not, on the date on which the first bona fide offer of the Notes sold pursuant to this Agreement was made, an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act.

 

(h)           The Company has provided a written representation (the “ 17g-5 Representation ”) to each nationally recognized statistical rating organization hired by the Company to rate the Notes (collectively, the “ Hired NRSROs ”), which satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of Rule 17g-5 (“ Rule 17g-5 ”) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”). The Company has complied with the 17g-5 Representation, other than any breach of the 17g-5 Representation (a) that would not have a material adverse effect on the Notes or (b) arising from a breach by any of the Underwriters of the representation, warranty and covenant set forth in Section 4(d).

 

(i)            The Company has complied with Rule 193 of the Act in all material respects in connection with the offering of the Notes.

 

(j)            Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has engaged any third-party to provide due diligence services within the meaning of Rule 17g-10(d)(1) under the Exchange Act or obtained any third-party due diligence report within the meaning of Rule 15Ga-2(d) under the Exchange Act with respect to the Receivables in connection with the issuance and offering of the Notes.

 

  6  

 

(k)           The Bank is the appropriate entity to comply, has complied and will continue to comply in all material respects with the requirements imposed on the sponsor of a securitization transaction in accordance with the final rules contained in Regulation RR, 17 C.F.R. § 246.1, et seq. (the “ Credit Risk Retention Rules ”), implementing the credit risk retention requirements of Section 15G of the Exchange Act either directly or (to the extent permitted by the Credit Risk Retention Rules) through a Wholly-Owned Affiliate (as defined in the Credit Risk Retention Rules). The Company, as a Wholly-Owned Affiliate (as defined in the Credit Risk Retention Rules) of the Bank, complies, as of the date hereof, and will comply, as of the Closing Date, with the Credit Risk Retention Rules with respect to the Notes, including (1) maintaining a “seller’s interest” (as defined in the Credit Risk Retention Rules) in the Issuer in an amount not less than 5% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all outstanding investor “ABS interests” (as defined in the Credit Risk Retention Rules) in the Issuer, determined in accordance with the Credit Risk Retention Rules, without any impermissible transfer, hedging or financing of such retained interests and (2) satisfying the disclosure requirements of the Credit Risk Retention Rules. For the avoidance of doubt, no Underwriter shall have any obligation to provide disclosures under, or ensure the Bank’s compliance with, the Credit Risk Retention Rules.

 

2.             Purchase and Sale .

 

(a)           On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price specified in Annex I , the principal amount of Notes set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Annex I .

 

(b)           The parties hereto agree that the settlement for all securities pursuant to this Agreement shall take place on the terms set forth herein and not as set forth in Rule 15c6-1(a) under the Exchange Act.

 

3.             Delivery and Payment . Delivery of and payment for the Notes to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder shall be made by or on behalf of the Company to you for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by such Underwriter or on its behalf of the purchase price thereof in immediately available funds. Such delivery shall occur at the office of Mayer Brown LLP, Chicago, Illinois or such other place as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing. The “Closing Date” as used herein shall be set forth in Annex I . The time and date of such delivery shall be set forth in Annex I or at such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, such time and date being herein called the “ Time of Delivery .” The Notes shall be represented by definitive notes, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for The Depository Trust Company. Such definitive notes will be made available for inspection at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery in New York, New York.

 

4.             Offering by the Underwriters .

 

(a)           It is understood that each Underwriter shall offer the Notes for sale to the public as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

(b)           Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants that it has complied in all material respects, and agrees that it will comply in all material respects, with all applicable securities laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which it purchases, offers, sells or delivers the Notes or distributes the Prospectus. Furthermore, such Underwriter shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with all offers, solicitations and sales of the Notes and the use of Free Writing Prospectuses, including but not limited to Rules 164 and 433 under the Act.

 

  7  

 

(c)           Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, represents and agrees that, (a) it has not delivered, and will not deliver without the prior written consent of the Company, any written Rating Information to a Hired NRSRO or other nationally recognized statistical rating organization and (b) it has not communicated, and will not communicate without the prior written consent of the Company, orally any Rating Information to any Hired NRSRO or other nationally recognized statistical rating organization; provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that if an Underwriter receives an oral communication from a Hired NRSRO or any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization, such Underwriter is authorized to inform such Hired NRSRO or other nationally recognized statistical rating organization that it will respond to the oral communication with a designated representative from the Company or refer such Hired NRSRO or other nationally recognized statistical rating organization to the Company, who may respond to the oral communication. For purposes of this paragraph, “ Rating Information ” means any information, written or oral, provided to a Hired NRSRO that could reasonably be determined to be relevant to (a) determining the initial credit rating for the Notes, including information about the characteristics of the Receivables and the legal structure of the Notes and (b) undertaking credit rating surveillance on the Notes, including information about the characteristics and performance of the Receivables, in each case as contemplated by Rule 17g-5(a)(3)(iii)(C).

 

(d)           Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with the Company, as of the date hereof, that neither it nor any of its affiliates has engaged any third-party to provide due diligence services within the meaning of Rule 17g-10(d)(1) under the Exchange Act or obtained any third-party due diligence report within the meaning of Rule 15Ga-2(d) under the Exchange Act with respect to the Receivables in connection with the issuance and offering of the Notes.

 

5.             Agreements . The Company agrees with each Underwriter that:

 

(a)           The Company shall file pursuant to Rule 424(b) with the Commission the Prospectus and the certifications and transaction documents necessary to satisfy the conditions for the offering of the Notes under Form SF-3, as stated in the General Instructions to Form SF-3, and prior to the termination of the Note Offering, also shall advise the Representatives of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing the offer and sale of the Notes.

 

(b)           If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Notes is required to be delivered under the Act, any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or if it shall be necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act or the rules thereunder, the Company promptly shall deliver the final Corrected Prospectus (and any information that corrects the material misstatements or omissions) to the Representatives before the new Date of Sale to allow the Underwriters to deliver the final Corrected Prospectus (and any information that corrects the material misstatements or omissions) to each investor at least 48 hours before the new Date of Sale, and the Company shall prepare and file with the Commission, an amendment or supplement that will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect such compliance.

 

  8  

 

(c)           The Company will furnish to the Representatives a copy of the related Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and, so long as delivery of a prospectus by the Underwriters or dealers may be required by the Act, as many copies of the Prospectus as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

(d)           The Company will furnish such information, execute such instruments and take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Representatives to qualify the Notes for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the initial distribution of the Notes; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general or unlimited service of process in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so subject.

 

(e)           If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, and will reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable expenses (excluding fees of the Underwriters’ counsel) reasonably incurred by it in connection with qualification of the Notes for sale and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives have reasonably requested pursuant to Section 5(d) , for any fees charged by investment rating agencies for the rating of the Notes, and for expenses incurred in distributing the Prospectus to the Underwriters. If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 is not satisfied or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of default by the Underwriters, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the proposed purchase, sale and offering of the Notes. Except as herein provided, the Underwriters shall be responsible for paying all costs and expenses incurred by them, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel, in connection with the purchase and sale of the Notes.

 

(f)            The Company will file with the Commission any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus delivered to it by the Underwriters for filing if such filing is required by Rule 433(d) under the Act.

 

  9  

 

(g)            The Company will comply with the 17g-5 Representation, other than any breach of the 17g-5 Representation arising from a breach by any of the Underwriters of the representation, warranty and covenant set forth in Section 4(c) .

 

6.             Conditions to the Obligations of the Underwriters . The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Notes hereunder shall be subject to the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company contained in this Agreement, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company made in any applicable officers’ certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and to the following additional conditions applicable to the Note Offering:

 

(a)           No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the related Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission.

 

(b)           The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by the President, any Vice President, or the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signer of such certificate has carefully examined the Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party, and that, to the best of such person’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party are true and correct in all material respects, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c)           The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Mayer Brown LLP, special New York counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i)         the Company is a limited liability company validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has full power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby;

 

(ii)        each of the Transaction Documents to which the Company, the Bank or the Issuer (each, a “ Specified Entity ” and collectively, the “ Specified Entities ”) is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Specified Entity that is a party thereto, enforceable against each such Specified Entity in accordance with its terms; provided, that no such opinion need be expressed with respect to the Trust Agreement;

 

  10  

 

(iii)        the execution and delivery by each Specified Entity of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the consummation by each Specified Entity of the transactions contemplated thereby, will not violate any applicable statutory law or governmental rule or regulation;

 

(iv)        the execution and delivery by each Specified Entity of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party do not, or did not, as applicable, and the consummation by each Specified Entity of the transactions contemplated thereby to occur on the date of the opinion will not, require any consent, authorization or approval of, the giving of notice to or registration with any governmental entity, except such as may have been made and such as may be required under the Federal securities laws, the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the Uniform Commercial Code of any state;

 

(v)        the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party do not, or did not, as applicable, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated thereby to occur on the date of the opinion will not violate or contravene or constitute a default under any term or provision of the certificate of formation or the limited liability company agreement of the Company;

 

(vi)       each of the Notes is in due and proper form, and when executed, authenticated and delivered as specified in the Indenture, and delivered, with respect to the Notes, against payment of the consideration specified herein, each of the Notes will be validly issued and outstanding, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture;

 

(vii)      the Issuer (A) is not now, and immediately following the issuance of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture will not be, required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”), and as of the Closing Date, the Issuer satisfies the requirements to rely on the exemption from the definition of “investment company” provided by [Rule 3a-7] of the Investment Company Act, although there may be additional exclusions or exemptions available to the Issuer and (B) is not now, and immediately following the issuance of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture will not be, a “covered fund” as defined in the final regulations issued on December 10, 2013, implementing the “Volcker Rule” (Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act);

 

(viii)     the Indenture has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ TIA ”), and complies as to form with the TIA and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

 

  11  

 

(ix)       the Registration Statement, as of its Effective Date and the Prospectus, as of its date, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations under the Act, except that (i) such counsel need not express any opinion as to (A) the financial and statistical data included therein or excluded therefrom, (B) any other documents or information incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, (C) any exhibits to the Registration Statement and (D) compliance by the Company and each issuing entity previously established, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any affiliate of the Company with the registrant requirements set forth in General Instruction I.A.2 of Form SF-3 as of any required date and (ii) except as and to the extent set forth in paragraphs (xi) and (xii) below, such counsel need not assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus;

 

(x)        the Registration Statement became effective under the Act not more than three (3) years prior to the Closing Date, and the Prospectus has been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) thereunder in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b); to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted;

 

(xi)       the statements in the Prospectus under the headings [“ The Trust—Perfection and Priority of Security Interests ,” “ —Conservatorship and Receivership of Synchrony Bank ,” “ Certain Considerations Applicable to ERISA and Other U.S. Employee Benefit Plans ” and “ Structural Summary—Certain Considerations for ERISA and Other U.S. Benefit Plans ,”] to the extent they constitute matters of law or legal conclusions with respect thereto, have been reviewed by such counsel and are correct in all material respects; and

 

(xii)      this Agreement, the Transaction Documents and the Notes conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus.

 

(d)           The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Paul Clancy, Special Transaction Counsel for the Bank, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i)         the Bank is duly organized and validly existing as a federal savings association in good standing under the laws of the United States of America;

 

(ii)        the Bank has all requisite banking power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement, the Asset Representations Review Agreement[, the Risk Retention Agreement], and the Administration Agreement and to consummate the transactions provided for therein;

 

  12  

 

(iii)       the execution, delivery and performance by the Bank of the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement and the Administration Agreement and the consummation of the transactions provided for therein have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of the Bank;

 

(iv)       each of the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement and the Administration Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Bank;

 

(v)        the execution, delivery and performance by the Bank of each of the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement and the Administration Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein will not conflict with, result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under: (a) the charter of the Bank, (b) to such counsel’s knowledge, and without any special investigation for this purpose, any material indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument or agreement to which the Bank is a party or by which the Bank is bound or (c) to such counsel’s knowledge, and without any special investigation for this purpose, any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, order or ruling of any court or governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Bank;

 

(vi)       the execution, delivery and performance by the Bank of each of the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement and the Administration Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not, to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Bank, except as contemplated by the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement and the Administration Agreement;

 

(vii)      no authorization, approval, consent, order, registration, qualification or license of or filing with, any government, governmental instrumentality, agency, body or court, domestic or foreign, or third party is required for the performance by the Bank of all of its obligations under the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement and the Administration Agreement, or the consummation by the Bank of the transactions contemplated by the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement and the Administration Agreement; and

 

(viii)     there is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any government, governmental instrumentality, agency, body or court, domestic or foreign, now pending or, to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, threatened, against or affecting the Bank (a) asserting the invalidity of the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement or the Administration Agreement or (b) that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Bank of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement or the Administration Agreement.

 

  13  

 

(e)           The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., counsel for the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i)         the Trustee is validly existing as a national banking association under the federal laws of the United States of America and has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Trust Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby;

 

(ii)        the Trust Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee;

 

(iii)       neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Trustee of the Trust Agreement, nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Trustee contemplated thereby, requires the consent or approval of, the withholding of objection on the part of, the giving of notice to, the filing, registration or qualification with, or the taking of any other action in respect of, any governmental authority or agency under the laws of the State of Delaware or the federal laws of the United States of America governing the trust powers of the Trustee; and

 

(iv)       neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Trustee of the Trust Agreement, nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Trustee contemplated thereby, is in violation of the articles of association or bylaws of the Trustee or of the laws of the State of Delaware or of the federal laws of the United States of America governing the trust powers of the Trustee.

 

(f)           The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., counsel for the Delaware Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i)         the Delaware Trustee is validly existing as a national banking association under the federal laws of the United States of America and has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Trust Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby;

 

(ii)        the Trust Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Delaware Trustee;

 

  14  

 

(iii)       neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Delaware Trustee of the Trust Agreement, nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Delaware Trustee contemplated thereby, requires the consent or approval of, the withholding of objection on the part of, the giving of notice to, the filing, registration or qualification with, or the taking of any other action in respect of, any governmental authority or agency under the laws of the State of Delaware or the federal laws of the United States of America governing the trust powers of the Delaware Trustee; and

 

(iv)       neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Delaware Trustee of the Trust Agreement, nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Delaware Trustee contemplated thereby, is in violation of the articles of association or bylaws of the Delaware Trustee or of the laws of the State of Delaware or of the federal laws of the United States of America governing the trust powers of the Delaware Trustee.

 

(g)           The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., special Delaware counsel for the Issuer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i)         the Issuer has been duly formed and is validly existing and in good standing as a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. § 3801, et seq . (the “ Delaware Statutory Trust Act ”), and has the power and authority under the Trust Agreement and the Delaware Statutory Trust Act to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture, the Servicing Agreement, the Transfer Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Custody and Control Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, among the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Custodian (the “ Custody and Control Agreement ”);

 

(ii)        the Indenture, the Servicing Agreement, the Transfer Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Asset Representations Review Agreement[, the Risk Retention Agreement], the Custody and Control Agreement and the Notes have been duly authorized and executed by the Issuer;

 

(iii)       the Trust Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, enforceable against the Company, the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, in accordance with its terms;

 

(iv)       neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Issuer of the Indenture, the Servicing Agreement, the Transfer Agreement, the Administration Agreement or the Custody and Control Agreement, nor the consummation by the Issuer of any of the transactions contemplated thereby, requires the consent or approval of, the withholding of objection on the part of, the giving of notice to, the filing, registration or qualification with, or the taking of any other action in respect of, any governmental authority or agency of the State of Delaware, other than the filing of the certificate of trust with the Secretary of State;

 

  15  

 

(v)        neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Issuer of the Indenture, the Servicing Agreement, the Transfer Agreement, the Administration Agreement or the Custody and Control Agreement, nor the consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated thereby, is in violation of the Trust Agreement or of any law, rule or regulation of the State of Delaware applicable to the Issuer;

 

(vi)       under § 3805(b) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, no creditor of any Holder shall have any right to obtain possession of, or otherwise exercise legal or equitable remedies with respect to, the property of the Issuer except in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement;

 

(vii)      under § 3805(c) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, except to the extent otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement, a Holder (including the Company in its capacity as such) has no interest in specific Issuer property; and

 

(viii)     under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the Issuer is a separate legal entity and the Issuer rather than the Holders will hold whatever title to the Issuer property as may be conveyed to it from time to time pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, except to the extent that the Issuer has taken action to dispose of or otherwise transfer or encumber any part of the Issuer property; and

 

(ix)       under § 3808(a) and (b) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the Issuer may not be terminated or revoked by any Holder, and the dissolution, termination or bankruptcy of any Holder shall not result in the termination or dissolution of the Issuer, except to the extent otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement.

 

(h)           The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Chapman and Cutler LLP, special New York counsel for The Bank of New York Mellon, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i)         The Bank of New York Mellon is validly existing as a New York banking corporation under the laws of the State of New York, and has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture and the Custody and Control Agreement;

 

(ii)        none of the execution, delivery or performance by The Bank of New York Mellon, in its respective capacities, as applicable, of the Indenture and the Custody and Control Agreement, nor the compliance with the terms and provisions thereof, or the performance of its obligations thereunder, conflicts with or results in a breach of or constitutes a default under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any law, government rule or regulation, of the United States of America or the State of New York governing the banking and trust powers of The Bank of New York Mellon;

 

  16  

 

(iii)       the execution and delivery by The Bank of New York Mellon, in its respective capacities, as applicable, of the Indenture and the Custody and Control Agreement does not, and the performance by it of its obligations thereunder will not, require approval from or any filing with any governmental authority under the federal law of the United States of America or the State of New York, that has not been given or obtained on or prior to the date of the opinion;

 

(iv)       the performance by The Bank of New York Mellon, in its respective capacities, as applicable, of its obligations under the Indenture and the Custody and Control Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will not result in any breach or violation of its organizational documents or bylaws;

 

(v)        each of the Indenture and the Custody and Control Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by The Bank of New York Mellon, in its respective capacities, as applicable;

 

(vi)       the Indenture and the Custody and Control Agreement are valid and legally binding agreements, enforceable in accordance with their terms against The Bank of New York Mellon, in its respective capacities; and

 

(vii)      the Notes have been validly authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the Master Indenture.

 

(i)            The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives with respect to the validity of the Notes and such other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

(j)            The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date (i) signed opinions of Mayer Brown LLP, special New York counsel for the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, relating to (A) certain insolvency and bankruptcy matters and (B) federal income tax matters and (ii) a signed negative assurance letter, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, relating to the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Ratings FWP (as defined below).

 

(k)           The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Robert A. Harris, General Counsel of the Asset Representations Reviewer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives to the effect that:

 

  17  

 

(i)         the Asset Representations Reviewer is duly organized and validly existing as a Delaware limited liability company in good standing under the laws of Delaware;

 

(ii)        the Asset Representations Reviewer is qualified as a foreign limited liability company in good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of its properties or the conduct of its activities requires the qualification, license or approval, unless the failure to obtain the qualifications, licenses or approvals would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Asset Representations Reviewer’s ability to perform its obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement;

 

(iii)       the Asset Representations Reviewer has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement and the Asset Representations Reviewer has authorized the execution, delivery and performance of the Asset Representations Review Agreement;

 

(iv)       the Asset Representations Review Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Asset Representations Reviewer and the Asset Representations Review Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Asset Representations Reviewer, enforceable against the Asset Representations Reviewer, except as may be limited by insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general equitable principles;

 

(v)        the completion of the transactions contemplated by the Asset Representations Review Agreement and the performance of the Asset Representations Reviewer’s obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement will not (i) conflict with, or be a breach or default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, guarantee or similar document under which the Asset Representations Reviewer is a debtor or guarantor, (ii) result in the creation or imposition of a lien on the properties or assets of the Asset Representations Reviewer under the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, guarantee or similar document, (iii) violate the organizational documents of the Asset Representations Reviewer or (iv) violate a law, or to such counsel’s knowledge, an order, rule or regulation of a federal or state court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Asset Representations Reviewer or its properties that applies to the Asset Representations Reviewer, which, in each case, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Asset Representations Reviewer’s ability to perform its obligations under the Asset Representations Review Agreement; and

 

  18  

 

(vi)       to such counsel’s knowledge, after due inquiry, there are no proceedings or investigations pending or threatened in writing before a federal or state court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Asset Representations Reviewer or its properties (i) asserting the invalidity of the Asset Representations Review Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the completion of the transactions contemplated by the Asset Representations Review Agreement or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Asset Representations Reviewer’s ability to perform its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

 

(l)            The Representatives shall have received letters, dated on or before the Closing Date or such other date as may be agreed upon between the Representatives and the Company, from certified public accountants (who shall be satisfactory to the Representatives), substantially in the form previously approved by the Representatives.

 

(m)          The Notes shall have received the ratings specified in the Ratings FWP (as defined below).

 

(n)           Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

(o)           Subsequent to the date of the Prospectus, there shall not have been any material adverse change in the business or properties of the Company which in the Representatives’ reasonable judgment, after consultation with the Company, materially impairs the investment quality of the Notes so as to make it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of such Notes as contemplated by the Prospectus.

 

(p)           The Company shall have timely complied with all requirements of Rules 15Ga-2 and 17g-10 under the Exchange Act, to the extent applicable to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, to the satisfaction of the Representatives.

 

  19  

 

7.             Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a)           The Company and the Bank, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (a “ Controlling Person ”) against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act, or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) are caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) the Registration Statement, (ii) the Preliminary Prospectus (it being understood that such indemnification with respect to the Preliminary Prospectus does not include the omission of pricing and price-dependent information, which information shall of necessity appear only in the final Prospectus), (iii) the Prospectus or (iv) any Permitted Additional Information, or are caused by the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and will reimburse each Underwriter and Controlling Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or such Controlling Person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that (i) neither the Company nor the Bank will be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters’ Information (as defined in Annex I) and (ii) such indemnity with respect to any Corrected Statement (as defined below) in such Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter (or any Controlling Person) from whom the person asserting any loss, claim, damage or liability purchased the Notes that are the subject thereof if the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in such Prospectus was corrected (a “ Corrected Statement ”) in a Corrected Prospectus and such Corrected Prospectus was furnished by the Company to such Underwriter prior to the delivery of the confirmation of the sale of such Notes, but such Underwriter did not furnish such Corrected Prospectus to such investor prior to the delivery of such confirmation. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company or the Bank may otherwise have.

 

(b)           Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Bank, each of their respective directors and officers who signs the Registration Statement relating to the Notes, and each person who controls the Company or the Bank within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act (i) to the same extent as the foregoing indemnities from the Company and the Bank to such Underwriter, but only with reference to the Underwriters’ Information; (ii) with respect to the failure on the part of such Underwriter to deliver to any investor with whom such Underwriter entered into a Contract of Sale, prior to the date such investor entered into such Contract of Sale, the Preliminary Prospectus and (iii) any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act, or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) are caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Underwriter Additional Information, or are caused by the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and will reimburse the Company, the Issuer and the Bank, and each person who controls the Company, the Issuer or the Bank within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided that in the case of this subclause (iii), no Underwriter will be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based on any such untrue statement of a material fact or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or any such omission or alleged omission in any Underwriter Additional Information in reliance upon and in conformity with (x) any written information furnished to the related Underwriter by the Company or the Bank specifically for use therein or (y) the Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, which information was not corrected by information subsequently provided by the Company or the Bank to the related Underwriter within a reasonable period of time prior to the time of use of such Underwriter Additional Information that gave rise to the related loss, claim, damage or liability. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have.

 

  20  

 

(c)           Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 7 , notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission or failure to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party under this Section 7 or otherwise, except and to the extent of any prejudice to the indemnifying party arising from such failure to provide notice. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided , however , that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence ( it being understood , however , that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to local counsel deemed necessary by such separate counsel, if any) approved by the indemnified party in the case of paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7 , representing the indemnified parties under paragraph (a) or (b), who are parties to such action), (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party; and except that, if clause (i) or (iii) is applicable, such liability shall be only in respect of the counsel referred to in such clause (i) or (iii). Unless it shall assume the defense of any proceeding, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding, effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there shall be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

  21  

 

(d)           If the indemnification provided for in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7 is due in accordance with its terms but is for any reason held by a court to be unavailable from the Company, the Bank or the Underwriters, on grounds of policy or otherwise, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities to which the Company, the Bank and the Underwriters may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the Company and the Bank on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Notes but also the relative fault of the Company and the Bank on the one hand and of the Underwriters, on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Bank on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) of the Notes received by the Company and the Bank bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the Notes. The relative fault of the Company and the Bank on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or the Permitted Additional Information or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact therein necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading relates to information supplied by the Company or the Bank or by the Underwriters, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7 , no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount pursuant to this Agreement in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Notes underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

(e)           The Company, the Bank and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to Section 7(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the considerations referred to above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 7(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim except where the indemnified party is required to bear such expenses pursuant to Section 7(c) ; which expenses the indemnifying party shall pay as and when incurred, at the request of the indemnified party, to the extent that the indemnifying party reasonably believes that it will be ultimately obligated to pay such expenses. In the event that any expenses so paid by the indemnifying party are subsequently determined to not be required to be borne by the indemnifying party hereunder, the party which received such payment shall promptly refund the amount so paid to the party which made such payment.

 

  22  

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7(d) , no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 7 , each Controlling Person shall have the same rights to contribution as that Underwriter, and each person who controls the Company or the Bank within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company or the Bank who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company or the Bank shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or the Bank, as applicable, subject in each case to the immediately preceding sentence of this paragraph.

 

8.             Offering Communications

 

(a)           For purposes hereof, “ Free Writing Prospectus ” shall have the meaning given such term in Rule 405 under the Act. “ Permitted Additional Information ” shall mean the free writing prospectus dated [___________] with respect to the ratings on the Notes (the “ Ratings FWP ”), and any information that is included in any road show presentation the Issuer, the Company or the Bank has approved.

 

(b)           Other than the Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus and the Permitted Additional Information, each Underwriter represents, warrants and agrees with the Bank and the Company that: (i) it has not made, used, prepared, authorized, approved or referred to and will not make, use, prepare, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Notes, including, but not limited to, any “ABS informational and computational materials” as defined in Item 1101(a) of Regulation AB under the Act; and (ii) it shall, for a period of at least three years after the date hereof, maintain written and/or electronic records regarding each Contract of Sale entered into by such Underwriter, the date, identity of the investor and the terms of such Contract of Sale, as set forth in the related confirmation of trade. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company agrees that (A) the Underwriters may disseminate information on Bloomberg to prospective investors relating solely to (i) information of the type identified in Rule 134 under the Act, (ii) information included in the Preliminary Prospectus, (iii) the status of allocations and subscriptions of the Notes, expected pricing parameters of the Notes and the yields and weighted average lives of the Notes, and (iv) information constituting final terms of the Notes within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(5)(ii) under the Act (each such communication, an “ Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus ”); provided , that in the case of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), other than the final pricing terms, such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus would not be required to be filed with the Commission, and (B) each Underwriter is permitted to provide information customarily included in confirmations of sales of securities and notices of allocations and information delivered in compliance with Rule 134 under the Act (the information described in clauses (A) and (B), collectively, the “ Underwriter Additional Information ”).

 

  23  

 

(c)           Each Underwriter severally represents, warrants and agrees with the Company, the Issuer and the Bank that:

 

(i)         each Underwriter Additional Information prepared by it will not, as of the date such Underwriter Additional Information was conveyed or delivered to any prospective purchaser of the Notes, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that no Underwriter makes such representation, warranty or agreement to the extent such misstatements or omissions were the result of any inaccurate information which was included in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any written information furnished to the related Underwriter by the Company or the Issuer expressly for use therein, which information was not corrected by information subsequently provided by the Company or the Issuer to the related Underwriter prior to the time of use of such Underwriter Additional Information;

 

(ii)        each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus prepared by it shall contain a legend substantially in the form of and in compliance with Rule 433(c)(2)(i) under the Act, and shall otherwise conform to any requirements for “free writing prospectuses” under the Act; and

 

(iii)        each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus prepared by it shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date of first use and, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and the related Underwriter, such delivery shall occur no later than the close of business for the Bank (Eastern Time) on the date of first use; provided , however , that if the date of first use is not a Business Day, such delivery shall occur no later than the close of business for the Bank (Eastern Time) on the first Business Day preceding such date of first use.

 

(d)           In the event that any Underwriter uses the Internet or other electronic means to offer or sell the Notes, it severally represents that it has in place, and covenants that it shall maintain, internal controls and procedures which it reasonably believes to be sufficient to ensure compliance in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements under the Act.

 

9.             Agreement of each Underwriter . (a) Each Underwriter agrees that (i) if the Prospectus is not delivered with the confirmation in reliance on Rule 172 under the Act, it will include in every confirmation sent out by such Underwriter the notice required by Rule 173 under the Act informing the investor that the sale was made pursuant to the Registration Statement and that the investor may request a copy of the Prospectus from such Underwriter; (ii) if a paper copy of the Prospectus is requested by a person who receives a confirmation, such Underwriter shall deliver a printed or paper copy of such Prospectus; and (iii) if an electronic copy of the Prospectus is delivered by an Underwriter for any purpose, such copy shall be the same electronic file containing the Prospectus in the identical form transmitted electronically to such Underwriter by or on behalf of the Company specifically for use by such Underwriter pursuant to this Section 9(a) ; for example, if the Prospectus is delivered to an Underwriter by or on behalf of the Company in a single electronic file in .pdf format, then such Underwriter will deliver the electronic copy of the Prospectus in the same single electronic file in .pdf format. Each Underwriter further agrees that if it delivers to an investor the Prospectus in .pdf format, upon such Underwriter’s receipt of a request from the investor within the period for which delivery of the Prospectus is required, such Underwriter will promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to the investor, without charge, a paper copy of the Prospectus.

 

  24  

 

(b)           Prior to the Closing Date, each Underwriter shall notify the Bank and the Company of (i) the date on which the Preliminary Prospectus is first used and (ii) the date of the first Contract of Sale to which such Preliminary Prospectus relates.

 

(c)           Each Underwriter represents and agrees (i) that it did not enter into any commitment to sell any Notes prior to the Date of Sale, it did not enter into any Contract of Sale for any Notes prior to the Date of Sale and, without limiting the foregoing, it did not enter into a Contract of Sale with an investor in the Notes prior to forty-eight (48) hours after the delivery of the Preliminary Prospectus to such investor and (ii) that it will, at any time that such Underwriter is acting as an “underwriter” (as defined in Section 2(a)(11) of the Act) with respect to the Notes, deliver to each investor to whom Notes are sold by it during the period prior to the filing of the final Prospectus (as notified to such Underwriter by the Company or by the Bank), prior to the applicable date of any such Contract of Sale with respect to such investor, the Preliminary Prospectus.

 

(d)           In the event the Company or any Underwriter becomes aware that, as of the Date of Sale, any Date of Sale Information contains or contained any untrue statement of material fact or omits or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (a “ Defective Prospectus ”), the party making such discovery shall promptly notify the other party of such untrue statement or omission no later than one Business Day after discovery and the Company shall prepare and deliver to the Underwriters a Corrected Prospectus. Each Underwriter shall deliver such Corrected Prospectus in a manner reasonably acceptable to both parties, to any Person with whom a Contract of Sale was entered into based on such Defective Prospectus, and such Underwriter shall provide any such Person with adequate disclosure of the Person’s rights under the existing Contract of Sale and a meaningful ability to elect to terminate or not terminate the prior Contract of Sale and to elect to enter into or not enter into a new Contract of Sale based on the information set forth in the Corrected Prospectus.

 

  25  

 

10.           Default by an Underwriter . If any Underwriter shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Notes agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated to take up and pay for the Notes that the defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase; provided , however , that in the event that the initial principal balance of Notes that the defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate principal balance of all of the Notes set forth in Schedule A hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Notes, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not purchase all of the Notes, this Agreement will terminate without liability to the nondefaulting Underwriters or the Company. In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set forth in this Section 10 , the Closing Date for the Notes shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding seven days, as the nondefaulting Underwriters shall determine in order that the required changes in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the Company and to any nondefaulting Underwriters for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

11.           Termination . (a) This Agreement shall be subject to termination by notice given to the Company, if the sale of the Notes provided for herein is not consummated because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement. If the Underwriters terminate this Agreement in accordance with this Section 11 , the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Notes.

 

(b)           The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Notes on the Closing Date shall be terminable by an Underwriter by written notice delivered by the Representatives to the Company and the Bank if at any time on or before the Closing Date (a) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities in New York shall have been declared by any of Federal or New York state authorities, (b) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices or ranges of prices, shall be established by such exchange or by order of the Commission, (c) there shall have occurred any outbreak or material escalation of hostilities or other calamity or crisis, the effect of which on the financial markets of the United States is such as to make it, in the Underwriters’ reasonable judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Notes on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus. Upon such notice being given, the parties to this Agreement shall (except for the liability of the Company under Section 5(e) and Section 7 ) be released and discharged from their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

12.           Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery . The agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company, the Bank or their respective officers and of the Representatives set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters or the Company or any of the officers, directors or Controlling Persons, and will survive delivery of and payment for the related Notes. The provisions of Section 7 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

 

13.           Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof, and their successors and assigns, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder or thereunder. No purchaser of any Note from the Underwriters shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason of such purchase.

 

  26  

 

14.           APPLICABLE LAW . (a) THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

(b)          EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 17 AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

(c)          BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY .

 

  27  

 

15.           Miscellaneous . This Agreement supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be changed, waived, discharged or terminated except by an affirmative written agreement made by the party against whom enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. The headings in this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof or thereof.

 

16.           Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement. Executed counterparts may be delivered electronically.

 

17.           Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be delivered to each of them at the address first above written; or if sent to the Company, will be delivered to Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, Attention: Paul Clancy, Structured Finance Counsel.

 

18.           Non-Petition Covenant . Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, the Underwriters, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of all obligations issued by the Issuer or any other special purpose entity formed by the Company, shall not acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company or the Bank to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company or the Bank under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or the Bank, as applicable, or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or the Bank.

 

19.           Financial Services Act . Each Underwriter represents and agrees:

 

(a)           that it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “ FSMA ”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any Notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer or the Company;

 

  28  

 

(b)           that it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to any Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and

 

(c)           it has not offered, sold or otherwise made available and will not offer, sell or otherwise make available any Notes to any retail investor in the European Economic Area.

 

For purposes of clause (c) above, (i) the expression “retail investor” means a person who is one (or more) of the following: (A) a retail client as defined in point (11) of Article 4(1) of Directive2014/65/EU (as amended, “ MiFID II ”), (B) a customer within the meaning of Directive 2002/92/EC (as amended), where that customer would not qualify as a professional client as defined in point (10) of Article 4(1) of MiFID II or (C) not a qualified investor as defined in Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended), and (ii) the expression “offer” includes the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Notes.

 

20.           Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the Company and the Bank acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a)           the Underwriters have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of the Notes and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company or the Bank and the Underwriters has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether the Underwriters have advised or are advising the Company or the Bank on other matters and the Company and the Bank agree that they are solely responsible for making their own judgments in connection with the offering;

 

(b)           the price of the Notes set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Underwriters and each of the Company and the Bank is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)           it has been advised that the Underwriters and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and the Bank and that the Underwriters have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company or the Bank by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

 

(d)           it waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Underwriters shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company or the Bank in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company or the Bank, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company or the Bank.

 

  29  

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the undersigned a counterpart hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Company, the Bank and the Representatives.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  SYNCHRONY BANK
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  S- 1  

 

The foregoing Agreement is
hereby confirmed and accepted
as of the date first above written.

 

[Representative],

individually and as Representative of the several Underwriters

  

By:              
Name:  
Title:  
   
[Representative],  
individually and as Representative of the several Underwriters  
   
By:    
Name:  
Title:  
   
[Representative],  
individually and as Representative of the several Underwriters  
   
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

  S- 2  

 

Annex I to Underwriting Agreement

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST

 

SYNCHRONYSERIES

 

Class [ ]([    ])

 

ASSET BACKED NOTES

 
Series Designation :
 
SynchronySeries.
 
Registration Statement :
 
No. [                ].
 
Title of Securities :
 
Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, SynchronySeries Class [ ]([    ]) Notes (the “ Notes ”).
 
Initial Principal Amount of Notes :
 

$[                ].

 

Expected Date of Terms Document : [                ] [    ], [    ].

 

[Risk Retention Agreement : [                ] [    ], [    ].]

 
Interest Rate or Formula : [                ].
 
Date of Sale :
 
[    ]:[    ] [a.m][p.m.] New York City time on [                ] [    ], [    ].
     

Date of Sale Information :

 

(1) [The Preliminary Prospectus dated [                ] [    ], [    ] for the SynchronySeries Class [ ]([    ]) Notes (the “ Preliminary Prospectus ”), filed pursuant to Rule 424(h) of the Securities Act of 1933 on [___], [___], including the reports and documents incorporated by reference into the Preliminary Prospectus and] (2) the Ratings FWP dated [                ] [    ], [    ], filed in accordance with Rule 433 of the Securities Act of 1933 on [___], [___], which discloses the expected ratings to be assigned to the Notes by the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations hired by [Synchrony Bank].

 

  Annex  I  

 

 

 

Underwriter Information :

 

“Underwriters’ Information” shall mean [                           ]. 

 

Terms of Sale :

 

The purchase price for the Notes to the Underwriters will be [    ]% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes.

 

The Underwriters will offer the Notes to the public at a price equal to [    ]% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes.

 

Closing Date : [                ] [    ], [    ], or such other date as may be agreed upon in writing.

 

Time of Delivery : [ ]:[ ] [a.m.][p.m.], Chicago, Illinois Time, on the Closing Date, or at such other time as may be agreed upon in writing.

 

Underwriter Allocations

 

    PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT
PURCHASE
PRICE
       
[                ]   $[                ] $[                ]
       
[                ]   $[                ] $[                ]
       
[                ]   $[                ] $[                ]
       
[                ]   $[                ] $[                ]
       
[                ]   $[                ] $[                ]
       
[                ]   $[                ] $[                ]

 

  Annex I  

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC

 

 

 

1. The name of the limited liability company (the “LLC”) is Synchrony Card Funding, LLC.

 

2. The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the registered agent of the LLC at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of the LLC this 2nd day of November, 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Denise Y. Crusor                    

Denise Y. Crusor

Authorized Person

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC

 

(A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)

 

Dated May 1, 2018

 

 

 

 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT dated as of May 1, 2018, adopted by Synchrony Bank, as the sole equity member (the “ Initial Member ”), and the Persons that shall become Members from time to time as herein provided.

 

Preliminary Statement

 

The Initial Member formed Synchrony Card Funding, LLC (the “ Company ”), a Delaware limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (currently Chapter 18 of Title 6 of the Delaware Code, as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”)), and the Company is currently governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of November 8, 2017 (the “ Original Agreement ”).

 

The Initial Member and Independent Manager desire to, and do hereby, amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety by entering into this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) and continue the Company as a limited liability company under the Act for the purposes set forth herein.

 

ARTICLE I

 

SECTION 1.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the “ Definitions Addendum ” attached to this Agreement and shall otherwise have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Act.

 

ARTICLE II

 

SECTION 2.1 Formation . The Company was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Act on November 2, 2017, by the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware. The Initial Member hereby adopts, confirms and ratifies said Certificate of Formation and all acts taken in connection therewith.

 

ARTICLE III

 

SECTION 3.1 Name . The name of the Company is Synchrony Card Funding, LLC.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

SECTION 4.1 Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities:

 

(a)        (i) to purchase, accept capital contributions of or otherwise acquire credit card receivables and other receivables arising in credit accounts (including interests or participations therein) (collectively, the “ Receivables ”) from the Initial Member, its affiliates and any other originator of Receivables and any rights of the Initial Member, its affiliates or such other originators related to the Receivables and any collections, recoveries or other proceeds of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Credit Account Assets ”);

 

 

 

  

(ii)       to own, hold, service, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, grant security interests in or otherwise exercise ownership rights with respect to the Receivables and other Credit Account Assets;

 

(iii)      to issue and sell one or more series of Securities;

 

(iv)      to act as settlor or depositor of trusts or other entities or to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or special purpose entities, each of which is formed to issue Securities (each, an “ Issuer ”);

 

(v)       to acquire, own, hold, transfer, assign, pledge, sell and otherwise deal with Securities and any other securities issued by any Issuer or interests in any Issuer;

 

(vi)      to enter into, execute and deliver any underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, loan agreement or placement agreement relating to the sale or placement of any Securities, any sale or transfer agreement, servicing agreement, pooling and servicing agreement, trust agreement, purchase agreement, line of credit, administration agreement, custodial agreement, insurance agreement or any other agreement which may be required or advisable to effect the purchase, sale, administration or servicing of the Receivables and other Credit Account Assets or the issuance and sale of any Securities (each, a “ Securitization Agreement ”), and to perform its obligations under each Securitization Agreement to which it is a party;

 

(vii)     to establish any reserve account, spread account or other credit or cash flow enhancement for the benefit of Securities issued by the Company or any Issuer and to loan, transfer or otherwise invest any proceeds from Receivables and other Credit Account Assets and any other income as determined by the Managers;

 

(viii)    to purchase financial guaranty insurance policies for the benefit of any Security issued by the Company or any Issuer;

 

(ix)       to enter into any interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions relating to any Receivables and other Credit Account Assets or for the benefit of any Security;

 

(x)        to prepare, execute and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any documents, including without limitation registration statements, including a prospectus and forms of prospectus supplements, amendments to registration statements, Forms 8-K, Forms 10-K, Forms 10-D, Forms ABS-15G, annual reports, letters or agreements, relating to Securities to be issued on a delayed or continuous basis and to register and qualify any Securities under the Blue Sky laws of any state or jurisdiction;

 

3

 

  

(xi)       to prepare offering documents relating to Securities to be offered and issued privately;

 

(xii)      for federal, state or local tax purposes, to serve as “General Partner” or Member of any Issuer;

 

(xiii)     to issue Units, as evidenced by Unit certificates, on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

(xiv)     to borrow funds from the Initial Member or any Affiliate in order to purchase the Receivables or fulfill its obligations under any Securitization Agreement; and

 

(xv)      to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes.

 

(b)         The Company, by or through the Initial Member, or any Officer or Manager on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Transaction Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, together with any amendments or supplements thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Initial Member or any Officer or Manager to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company. Legal title to all assets, rights and property, whether real, personal or mixed, conveyed to, or held or acquired by, the Company shall reside in the Company and shall be conveyed only in the name of the Company, and no Member or any other Person, individually, shall have any ownership of such assets, rights or property.

 

(c)         The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided for in the Act.

 

SECTION 4.2 With respect to the Receivables and other Credit Account Assets and all matters relating thereto, the Company hereby adopts the credit and collection policies of the Initial Member as they relate to the origination and collection of credit card assets and related assets, as such credit and collection policies may be amended from time to time.

 

ARTICLE V

 

SECTION 5.1 Registered Office; Other Offices . The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801. The Members may establish other offices of the Company at such locations within or outside the State of Delaware as the Members may determine.

 

4

 

  

ARTICLE VI

 

SECTION 6.1 Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

SECTION 7.1 Books and Records . Except as required by the Act, the Company shall maintain the books and other records identified on Schedule I , which books and records shall be maintained by the Board of Managers in such manner as it shall determine.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

SECTION 8.1 Admission of Members . (a) The limited liability company interests in the Company shall be represented by Units, which will have the rights and privileges set forth in this Agreement. Amounts contributed in exchange for such Units shall be referred to as “Unit Capital” and on the receipt of such amounts the Company shall credit the amount to an account to be called the “Capital Account”. Amounts contributed by the holder of any Units above the par value for such Units shall be referred to as “Unit Premium” and on the receipt of such amounts the Company shall credit the amount to an account to be called the “Premium Account”. Subject to Section 8.1(c) below, the Board of Managers may issue Units to such Persons and for such consideration, if any, as it shall determine, so long as the aggregate par value of the Units issued does not exceed one billion United States dollars.

 

(b)       Each Unit shall represent an equal right to share in the profits and losses of the Company and to receive Distributions of the Company’s assets subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the Act. On any matter subject to a vote of the Members holding Units, each whole Unit shall be entitled to one (1) vote and each fractional Unit, if any are issued and outstanding, shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote.

 

(c)       The Board of Managers, in order to raise additional capital, acquire assets, redeem or retire Company debt, or for any other purpose as it may determine in its discretion, is authorized to cause the company to issue additional Units from time to time to the Initial Member or to a new Member or new Members, as the case may be, and admit such persons to the Company as Members; provided that the existing Members shall have consented to the addition of any new Member. A new Member may only be admitted to the Company as a Member if such new Member (i) has delivered to the Company its capital contribution, (ii) has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by becoming a party hereto, and (iii) has delivered such additional documentation as the Company shall reasonably require to so admit such new Member to the Company.

 

5

 

  

SECTION 8.2 Unit Certificates .

 

(a)       The Company shall issue certificates in respect of Units in the form set forth in Annex A. Each certificate shall be signed by a Manager and shall set forth the number of Units represented by such certificate and the name of the owner thereof. Any and all signatures on any such certificates may be facsimiles. In case any Manager who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be a Manager before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if he were a Manager at the date of issue. All certificates for Units shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name of the Person to whom a certificate is issued and the number of Units represented thereby and date of issue shall be entered on the Register of Unit Certificates in the form attached hereto as Schedule II (the “ Register of Unit Certificates ”) maintained by the Company at an address in the United States as may be determined by the Board of Managers. Any certificate issued in violation of the provisions of this Agreement shall be void.

 

(b)       In the event Units are transferred and all conditions contained in Article XIII have been met, it shall be the duty of the Company to effect the transfer by appropriate entries on the Register of Unit Certificates, issue a new certificate to the Person entitled thereto and cancel the old certificate(s).

 

(c)       The Board of Managers or any transfer agent of the Company may direct one or more new certificate(s) representing Units of the Company to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Company, alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Managers (or any transfer agent so authorized) may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to give the Company a bond in such sum as the Board of Managers (or any transfer agent so authorized) shall direct to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificates, and such requirement may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 8.3 Initial Member .

 

(a)       By execution of the Original Agreement, the Initial Member was admitted as a Member of the Company. In accordance with Section 8.1(b) , as a holder of Units, the Initial Member shall have such rights in and to the profits and losses of the Company and rights to receive distributions of the Company’s assets and such other rights and obligations, in accordance with the ownership of its Units as specified in Section 10.1 herein. The name and the address of the Initial Member of the Company is as follows:

 

Synchrony Bank

170 West Election Road, Suite 125

Draper, UT 84020

Attention: President

 

6

 

 

(b)       Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than upon an assignment by the last remaining Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the prior or simultaneous admission of the transferee pursuant to Article XIII ), each person acting as an Independent Manager pursuant to Section 9.3 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the last remaining Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Manager pursuant to Section 9.3 ; provided , however , the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Manager pursuant to Section 9.3 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Manager pursuant to Section 9.3 shall not be a member of the Company.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

SECTION 9.1 Management . (a) Board of Managers . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of one or more Managers (the “ Board of Managers ” and each, a “ Manager ”) designated by the Members. The Members may determine at any time in their sole and absolute discretion the number of Managers to constitute the Board of Managers. The authorized number of Managers may be increased or decreased by the Members at any time in their sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Managers, and subject in all cases to Section 9.3 . The number of Managers on the date hereof shall be four (4). Each Manager elected, designated or appointed by the Members shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Manager’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. A Manager need not be a Special Member. The Managers designated by the Initial Member are listed on Schedule III hereto.

 

(b)        Powers . Subject to Section 9.4 , the Board of Managers shall have the power to do any and all acts necessary, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purposes described herein, including all powers, statutory or otherwise. Subject to Sections 4.1 and 9.4(c) , the Board of Managers has the authority to bind the Company.

 

(c)        Meeting of the Board of Managers . The Board of Managers of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Managers may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Managers. Special meetings of the Board of Managers may be called by the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or Secretary on not less than one day’s notice to each Manager by telephone, facsimile, mail, e-mail or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Managers.

 

7

 

  

(d)        Quorum: Acts of the Board of Managers . At all meetings of the Board of Managers, a majority of the Managers shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Managers present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Managers. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Managers, the Managers present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Managers or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Managers or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Managers or committee, as the case may be.

 

(e)        Electronic Communications . Members of the Board of Managers, or any committee designated by the Board of Managers, may participate in meetings of the Board of Managers, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

(f)        Compensation of Managers; Expenses . The Board of Managers shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Managers. The Managers may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board of Managers, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Managers or a stated salary as Manager. No such payment shall preclude any Manager from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

(g)        Removal of Managers . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Manager or the entire Board of Managers may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Members, and any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Members.

 

(h)        Managers as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9.4 , the Managers are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Managers taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Managers, a Manager may not bind the Company.

 

SECTION 9.2 Managers to Provide Information to the Members . It shall be the duty of each Manager to keep the Members reasonably informed as to material events relating to the Company, including, without limitation, all claims pending or threatened against the Company and the execution by such Manager on behalf of the Company of any material agreements or instruments.

 

8

 

  

SECTION 9.3 Independent Manager . As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Members shall cause the Company at all times to have at least one Independent Manager who will be appointed by the Members. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, it is intended that the Independent Managers shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9.4 . No resignation or removal of an Independent Manager, and no appointment of a successor Independent Manager, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Manager by a written instrument, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 8.3(b) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Manager, the Members shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Manager. All right, power and authority of the Independent Managers shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 9.3 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Manager shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Manager shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company. The Independent Manager of the Company appointed by the Initial Member on the date hereof is Kevin Burns.

 

SECTION 9.4 Limitations on the Company’s Activities . (a) This Section 9.4 is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity.

 

(b)       The Members shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Manager” or Sections 4.1 , 8.1 , 8.2 , 8.3(b) , 9.1 , 9.3 , 9.4 , 12.1 , 13.1 , 14.1 , 15.1 , 16.1 , 17.1 or 17.8 or the Definitions Addendum of this Agreement without the unanimous written consent of the Managers (including all Independent Managers). Subject to this Section 9.4 , the Members reserve the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 17.1 .

 

(c)       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Members, the Managers, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Members nor the Managers nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered on behalf of the Company to, nor shall they permit the Company to, and the Company shall not, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Managers (including all Independent Managers), take any Material Action, provided , however , that as long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Managers may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there is at least one Independent Manager then serving in such capacity.

 

(d)       The Managers and the Members shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Managers shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Managers also shall cause the Company to:

 

9

 

  

(i)        maintain its own books and records and bank accounts separate from the Members or any other person;

 

(ii)       at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Members and any other Person;

 

(iii)      file any tax returns as may be required under applicable law, and its own income tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

(iv)     except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of the Members or any other Person;

 

(v)       conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

(vi)      maintain separate financial statements;

 

(vii)     pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

(viii)    maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Members;

 

(ix)      pay the salaries of its own employees, if any;

 

(x)       not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

(xi)      to the extent its office is located in the offices of any Affiliate, pay fair market rent for its office space located therein, and otherwise allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses shared with any Affiliate, and not engage in any business transaction with any Affiliate unless on an arm’s-length basis;

 

(xii)     use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

(xiii)    except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person or make any loans or advances to any other Person;

 

(xiv)    correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity;

 

10

 

  

(xv)     maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities;

 

(xvi)    cause its Managers to meet at least annually or act pursuant to written consent and keep minutes of such meetings and actions and observe all other Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

(xvii)   not acquire any securities of the Members; and

 

(xviii)  cause the Managers, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

 

Failure of the Company, or the Members or the Managers on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Members or the Managers.

 

(e)          So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Managers shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

(i)        except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

(ii)       engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 4.1 , the Transaction Documents or this Section 9.4 ;

 

(iii)      incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted hereunder and under the Transaction Documents;

 

(iv)      make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or except as permitted by Section 9.4(c) , own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Transaction Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Transaction Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

(v)       to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Transaction Documents; or

 

11

 

  

(vi)       except as contemplated by Section 4.1(a) or Section 9.4(c) , form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

 

SECTION 9.5 Officers .

 

(a)        Officers . The Officers of the Company designated by the Initial Member as of the date hereof are listed on Schedule III attached hereto. Any additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Managers and shall consist of at least a President and Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Managers may also choose one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Managers may appoint such other Officers and agents as they shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Managers. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Managers. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Managers. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Managers.

 

(b)        President and Chief Executive Officer . The President and Chief Executive Officer shall be the principal executive officer of the Company, shall preside at all meetings of the Managers, shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Managers are carried into effect.

 

(c)        Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall be the principal financial officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the financial affairs of the Company. In the absence of the President and Chief Executive Officer or in the event of the President and Chief Executive Officer’s inability to act, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform the duties of the President and Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President and Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Managers may from time to time prescribe.

 

(d)        Vice President . In the absence of the President and Chief Executive Officer or in the event of the President and Chief Executive Officer’s inability to act, and in the event the Chief Financial Officer is unable to perform the President and Chief Executive Officer’s duties, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Managers, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President and Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President and Chief Executive Officer. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Managers may from time to time prescribe.

 

12

 

  

(e)        Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Managers and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Managers in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Members, if any, and special meetings of the Managers, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Managers or the President and Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Managers (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Managers may from time to time prescribe.

 

(f)        Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Company and shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Managers. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Managers, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and Chief Executive Officer and to the Managers, at its regular meetings or when the Managers so require, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Managers (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Managers may from time to time prescribe.

 

(g)        Officers as Agents . Any Officer shall be authorized to execute any Transaction Document and all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 4.1(b) and (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Managers to some other Officer or agent of the Company.

 

(h)        Accounting and Tax Reports; Tax Matters . The Managers shall: (1) maintain (or cause to be maintained) the books of the Company on a calendar year basis on the accrual method of accounting, (2) deliver to the Members, as may be required by the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, such information as may be required to enable each such Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns, (3) file such tax returns relating to the Company, and make such elections as may from time to time be required or appropriate under any applicable state or federal statute or rule or regulation, (4) cause such tax returns to be signed in the manner required by law and (5) collect or cause to be collected any withholding tax with respect to income or distributions to the Members.

 

13

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

SECTION 10.1 Capital Contributions . On the date of the Original Agreement, the Company received a capital contribution of $100,000 from the Initial Member. On the date hereof, the Company will issue 100,000 Units, each at a par value of $1, to the Initial Member, which represent all of the Initial Member’s limited liability company interest of the Company as of the date hereof. The Special Members shall not be required to and shall not make any capital contributions to the Company.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

SECTION 11.1 Additional Contributions . The Members shall have no obligation to make any additional capital contribution in exchange for Units in the Company after the date hereof, but any Member may elect to do so from time to time. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 11.1 , are intended to benefit the Members and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Members and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

SECTION 12.1 Distributions . Distributions shall be made to the holders of Units at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Members or the Board of Managers, subject to the limitations of the Act. A person named on the Register of Unit Certificates as being a holder of Units on the declaration date of a Distribution shall be entitled to receive such Distribution in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

SECTION 12.2 Distribution upon Withdrawal . Upon resignation in accordance with, and subject to, Section 18-604 of the Act, any resigning Member shall not be entitled to receive any Distribution and shall not otherwise be entitled to receive the fair market value of its Unit or Units, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

SECTION 13.1 Transfers . (a) Any holder of Units may transfer such Units only in accordance with this Article XIII . A Member may not Transfer any part of its Unit or Units, as applicable, without (i) for any Member other than the Initial Member, the prior written consent of the Initial Member, which consent may be withheld by the Initial Member in its sole discretion and (ii) the transferee of such Units or Units being admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 13.1 . Any purported Transfer of any Unit or fraction of any Unit, as applicable, in contravention of this Section 13.1 shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be null and void and of no force or effect whatsoever.

 

14

 

  

(b)       A transferee of a Member’s Unit shall be admitted to the Company only if such transferee (i) has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by becoming a party hereto and (ii) has delivered such additional documentation as the Initial Member shall reasonably require to so admit such transferee to the Company. Upon satisfaction of the conditions in the preceding sentence, and registration in the Register of Unit Certificates in accordance with Section 8.2(b) above, such transferee shall be admitted as a Member and shall be entitled to the rights of a Member under this Agreement and the Act. In addition, no purchase or transfer will be effective if it would cause the Company to (x) be classified as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or (y) be required to withhold on the transferee’s distributions or distributive shares of income under Sections 871, 881, 1441 or 1446 of the Code (or similar provision), and neither the Initial Member nor the Company will recognize any purchase or transfer giving rise to such classification or withholding. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, both the Company and the Members shall be entitled to treat the transferor of a Unit as the absolute owner thereof in all respects, and shall incur no liability to the Company, any Member or any other Person bound by this Agreement for distributions of cash or other property made in good faith to it, until such time as a written assignment or other evidence of the consummation of a Transfer that conforms to the requirements of this Section 13.1 and is reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Member has been received by the Company. The effective date of any Transfer permitted under this Agreement shall be the close of business on the day of receipt thereof by the Company; provided, however, the last remaining Member may not Transfer all of its Units unless the transferee is admitted as a substitute Member immediately prior thereto.

 

SECTION 13.2 Restrictions on Expulsion . No Member shall be expelled as a Member under any circumstances.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

SECTION 14.1 Liability of Members . Except as required by the Act, no Member or any Manager, agent, shareholder, director, employee or incorporator of any Member, in its capacity as such, will be liable for the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company or any other Member, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, which debts, obligations and liabilities shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company or such other Member, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

SECTION 15.1 Exculpation and Indemnification of Members and Managers . (a) No Indemnified Party shall be liable to the Company or any other Person bound by this Agreement for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act performed or any act omitted by such Indemnified Party in connection with any matter arising from, or related to, or in connection with this Agreement or the Company’s business or affairs; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of any Indemnified Party if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Indemnified Party establishes (i) that the Indemnified Party’s acts or omissions were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or (ii) that the Indemnified Party personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which the Indemnified Party was not legally entitled.

 

15

 

  

(b)          The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the Act, indemnify and hold harmless, and advance expenses to, each Indemnified Party against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Indemnified Party may become subject in connection with any matter arising from, related to, or in connection with, this Agreement or the Company’s business or affairs; provided , however , that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any Indemnified Party if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Indemnified Party establishes (i) that the Indemnified Party’s acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (ii) that the Indemnified Party personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which the Indemnified Party was not legally entitled.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, the indemnity obligations of the Company under paragraph (b) above shall:

 

(i)       be in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have;

 

(ii)       inure to the benefit of the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of each Indemnified Party; and

 

(iii)       be limited to the assets of the Company that would otherwise be available for distribution to the Members.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not, and shall not be obligated to, pay any amount pursuant to this Section 15.1 unless the Company has received funds which may be used to make such payment and which funds are not required to repay any other obligations of the Company when due. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any amount which the Company does not pay pursuant to the operation of the preceding sentence shall not constitute a claim (as defined in § 101 of the Bankruptcy Code) against, or corporate obligation of, the Company.

 

(d)          This Article XV shall survive any termination of this Agreement and the dissolution of the Company.

 

ARTICLE XVI

 

SECTION 16.1 Duration and Dissolution . (a) Subject to Section 9.4 and the following sentence, the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the business of the Company is continued in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining Member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company (other than continuation of the Company without dissolution upon an assignment by the last remaining Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of a transferee pursuant to Article XIII), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (A) to continue the Company and (B) to admit the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member of the Company in the Company.

 

16

 

  

(b)       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of any Member or a Special Member shall not cause such Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

(c)       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Member and the Special Member waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such Member or Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes such Member or Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

 

(d)       In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

 

(e)       The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including all Obligations of the Company), shall have been distributed to the Members in the manner provided for in this Agreement and the Act and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

 

ARTICLE XVII

 

SECTION 17.1 Amendments .

 

(a)       Subject to Section 9.4 , this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

(b)       Promptly after the execution of any amendment, supplement or other modification to the Certificate of Formation, the Company shall cause its filing with the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware.

 

SECTION 17.2 Headings . The titles of Sections of this Agreement are for convenience or reference only and shall not define or limit any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

17

 

  

SECTION 17.3 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

SECTION 17.4 Separability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

SECTION 17.5 Further Assurances . The Members shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be required to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 17.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement. Executed counterparts may be delivered electronically.

 

SECTION 17.7 Effectiveness . Pursuant to Section 18-201(d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof.

 

SECTION 17.8 Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of any Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than an Indemnified Party) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (other than an Indemnified Party).

 

[Signature Follows]

 

18

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  INITIAL MEMBER:  
   
  SYNCHRONY BANK
   
  By: /s/ Eric Duenwald
  Name: Eric Duenwald
  Title: Senior Vice President & Treasurer

 

Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company

Agreement of Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

 

19

 

 

  INDEPENDENT MANAGER (who may become a Special Member):
   
  /s/ Kevin P. Burns
  Name: Kevin P. Burns

 

Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company

Agreement of Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

 

20

 

 

DEFINITIONS ADDENDUM
TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the Preliminary Statement .

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) each Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, five percent (5%) or more of the stock having ordinary voting power in the election of directors or such Person, (b) each Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person or (c) each such Person’s officers, directors, joint venturers and partners. For the purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, including any actions amending, modifying or supplementing this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement.

 

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

 

Board of Managers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) .

 

Capital Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) .

 

Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, as amended from time to time.

 

Company ” means Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Credit Account Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(i) .

 

21

 

  

Distributions ” means distributions of money or other property made by the Company with respect to Units. All Distributions shall be made with respect to each Unit equally unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or agreed upon by all of the Members. Distributions shall not include the payment of money or other property to holders of Units or other securities of the Company for reasons other than their ownership of such Units or securities. No Distributions shall be made to any Special Member.

 

Indemnified Party ” means a Member, Manager, employee, organizer or agent of the Company or any officer, agent, shareholder, director, employee or incorporator of the Initial Member.

 

Independent Manager ” means a natural person who (i) shall not have been at the time of such person’s appointment or at any time during the preceding five years and shall not be as long as such person is an Independent Manager of the Company (A) an employee, director, shareholder, partner, member, manager or officer of the Company or any of its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Independent Parties ”) (other than his or her service as an Independent Manager or Special Member of the Company or independent manager or independent director of any Affiliate); (B) a customer or supplier to any of the Independent Parties; or (C) a member of the immediate family of any director, officer, employee, partner, shareholder, member, manager, Affiliate or supplier of any of the Independent Parties; and (ii) is an employee of any nationally recognized corporate services provider, which includes any nationally recognized entity that provides, in the ordinary course of its respective business, advisory, management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities.

 

Initial Member ” has the meaning assigned in the preamble.

 

IRC ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(iv) .

 

Manager ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) .

 

Material Action ” means to consolidate or merge the Company with or into any Person, or sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (except pursuant to a Transaction Document), or to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a voluntary petition or other petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

 

22

 

  

Member ” means any Person who acquires a Unit pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and is admitted as a member of the Company in accordance with the terms hereof so long as such Person continues to be a member and is named on the Register of Unit Certificates; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Member.

 

Obligations ” shall mean any Securities and the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations issued under or in connection with any Securitization Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

 

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 9.5 .

 

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, association, joint venture, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity of whatever nature.

 

Premium Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) .

 

Rating Agency ” means any nationally recognized statistical rating organization currently rating any Security.

 

Rating Agency Condition ” means, with respect to any action, that each Rating Agency shall have been given notice of such action at least ten (10) days’ prior to the occurrence of such action (or, if ten days’ notices is impracticable, as much advance notice as is practicable) and such Rating Agency shall not have issued any written notice that the occurrence of such action will itself result in a reduction or withdrawal or qualification of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of the Securities, unless otherwise required by such Rating Agency or otherwise specified in any applicable Securitization Agreement, in which case “ Rating Agency Condition ” shall have the meaning required by such Rating Agency or specified in such Securitization Agreement, as applicable.

 

Receivables ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(i) .

 

Register of Unit Certificates ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a) .

 

Securitization Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(vi) .

 

Security ” means any bond, note, certificate or other security issued by the Company or an Issuer and secured primarily by or evidencing beneficial ownership interest in the Receivables and Credit Account Assets.

 

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 8.3(b) , a person acting as Independent Manager, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, any Securitization Agreement and all documents and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

 

23

 

  

Transfer ” means (i), as a noun, any transfer, sale, assignment, exchange, charge, pledge, gift, hypothecation, conveyance, encumbrance or other disposition whether direct or indirect, voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise and (ii), as a verb, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, to transfer, sell, assign, exchange, charge, pledge, give, hypothecate, convey, encumber or otherwise dispose of.

 

Unit Capital ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) .

 

Unit Premium ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) .

 

Units ” means the limited liability company interests in the Company having the characteristics described in Section 8.1(a) .

 

24

 

  

SCHEDULE I
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC

 

Books and Records Maintained by the Company

 

Register of Unit Certificates

 

Other Books and Records as determined by the Board of Managers

 

SCHEDULE  I

 

  

SCHEDULE II

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC

 

Form of Register of Unit Certificates

 

Name and
Address of
Member
  Number of
Units Issued
  Certificate
Number
  Par
Value
  Date of
Issuance
  Number of Units
Cancelled
  Date of
Cancellation
  Number of
Units Held
                           

  

                             

 

SCHEDULE  II

 

  

SCHEDULE III

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC

 

Managers and Officers

 

Officer   Title
     
Eric Duenwald   Manager, President and Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer
     
Mary Anne Gilvin   Manager, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Vice President
     
Andrew Lee   Manager and Vice President
     
Christopher Cutshall   Principal Accounting Officer and Vice President
     
Robert L. Manfreda   Tax Director and Vice President
     
Christopher Coffey   Treasurer and Vice President
     
Shelby Marshall   Operations Officer and Vice President
     
Paul Werner   Secretary
     
Paul Clancy   Assistant Secretary
     
Sean Mersten   Assistant Secretary
     
Kevin P. Burns   Independent Manager

 

SCHEDULE  III

 

 

ANNEX A

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC

 

Form of Unit Certificates

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (AS DEFINED BELOW), ADOPTED BY THE COMPANY’S MEMBER. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.

 

Certificate:

[#____]
Issuer:

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

[ADDRESS]

[ADDRESS]

Member:

[NAME OF MEMBER]

[ADDRESS OF MEMBER]

 

Membership Units Held   Par Value   Date of Issue
         

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC (the “Company”) hereby certifies that [_____________] (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [____] Units representing limited liability company interests in the Company. The rights, powers, preferences, restrictions and limitations of the Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of May 1, 2018, as the same may be further amended or restated from time to time (the “Limited Liability Company Agreement”). By acceptance of this Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Units evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Limited Liability Company Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of Units. Transfer of any or all of the Units evidenced by this Certificate is subject to certain restrictions in the Limited Liability Company Agreement and can be effected only after compliance with all of those restrictions and the presentation to the Company of the Certificate, accompanied by an assignment in the form appearing on the reverse side of this Certificate, duly completed and executed by and on behalf of the transferor in such Transfer, and an application for transfer in the form appearing on the reverse side of this Certificate, duly completed and executed by and on behalf of the transferee in such Transfer.

 

Signed    
  Manager

 

  ANNEX A- 1  

 

 

(REVERSE SIDE OF CERTIFICATE)

ASSIGNMENT OF UNITS

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _______________________________ (print or typewrite name of transferee), ___________________________ (insert Social Security or other taxpayer identification number of transferee), the following specified Units of limited liability company interests in the Company: ________________________ (identify the number of Units being transferred) effective as of the date specified in the Application for Transfer of Units below, and irrevocably constitutes and appoints ________________________________________ and its authorized officers, as attorney-in-fact, to transfer the same on the books and records of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:     Signature:  
        (Transferor)
      Address:  
         

 

APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER OF UNITS

 

The undersigned applicant (the “Applicant”) hereby (a) applies for a transfer of the Units described above (the “Transfer”) and applies to be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company, (b) agrees to comply with and be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement, (c) represents that the Transfer complies with the terms and conditions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement, (d) represents that the Transfer does not violate any applicable laws and regulations, and (e) agrees to execute and acknowledge such instruments (including, without limitation, a counterpart of the Limited Liability Company Agreement), in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, as the Company reasonably deems necessary or desirable to effect the Applicant’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company and to confirm the agreement of the Applicant to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement with respect to the Units described above. Initially capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

 

The Applicant directs that the foregoing Transfer and the Applicant’s admission to the Company as a Member shall be effective as of ________________________.

 

Name of Transferee (Print)      
       
       
Dated:     Signature:  
        (Transferee)
         
      Address:  
         

 

The Company has determined (a) that the Transfer described above is permitted by the Limited Liability Company Agreement, (b) hereby agrees to effect such Transfer and the admission of the Applicant as a Member of the Company effective as of the date and time directed above, (c) agrees to record, as promptly as possible, in the Register of Unit Certificates the admission of the Applicant as a Member, and (d) agrees to record the Transfer, as promptly as possible, in the Register of Unit Certificates.

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  ANNEX A- 2  

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST

 

as Issuer

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

as Indenture Trustee

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
MASTER
INDENTURE

 

Dated as of May 1, 2018

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
     
Section 1.01 Definitions 4
     
Section 1.02 Compliance Certificates and Opinions 25
     
Section 1.03 Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee 26
     
Section 1.04 Acts of Noteholders 27
     
Section 1.05 Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee and Issuer 28
     
Section 1.06 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver 28
     
Section 1.07 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act 29
     
Section 1.08 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents 29
     
Section 1.09 Successors and Assigns 29
     
Section 1.10 Severability 29
     
Section 1.11 Benefits of Indenture 29
     
Section 1.12 Governing Law 29
     
Section 1.13 Counterparts 30
     
Section 1.14 Legal Holidays 31
     
ARTICLE II
NOTE FORMS
     
Section 2.01 Forms Generally 31
     
Section 2.02 Forms of Notes 31
     
Section 2.03 Form of Indenture Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication 31
     
Section 2.04 Notes Issuable in the Form of a Global Note 32
     
Section 2.05 Temporary Global Notes and Permanent Global Notes 33
     
Section 2.06 Beneficial Ownership of Global Notes 34
     
Section 2.07 Notices to Depository 35
     
ARTICLE III
THE NOTES
     
Section 3.01 General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of a Series, Class or Tranche of Notes 35
     
Section 3.02 Denominations and Currency 38
     
Section 3.03 Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating 38
     
Section 3.04 Temporary Notes 39
     
Section 3.05 Registration, Transfer and Exchange 39
     
Section 3.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes 41

 

  i

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
Section 3.07 Payment of Interest; Interest and Principal Rights Preserved; Withholding Taxes 42
     
Section 3.08 Cancellation 42
     
Section 3.09 New Issuances of Notes 43
     
Section 3.10 Specification of Required Subordinated Amount and Other Terms with Respect to Each Series, Class or Tranche of Notes 44
     
Section 3.11 Perfection Representations and Warranties 44
     
ARTICLE IV
Trust ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND INVESTMENTS
     
Section 4.01 Collection of Amounts Due 44
     
Section 4.02 Trust Accounts 44
     
Section 4.03 Rights of Noteholders 45
     
Section 4.04 Collections and Allocations 46
     
Section 4.05 Optional Amortization Amounts; Shared Excess Available Principal Collections 48
     
Section 4.06 Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections 48
     
Section 4.07 Payments within a Series, Class or Tranche 48
     
ARTICLE V
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE; CANCELLATION OF NOTES HELD BY THE ISSUER
     
Section 5.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture 48
     
Section 5.02 Application of Trust Money 49
     
Section 5.03 Cancellation of Notes Held by the Issuer 49
     
Section 5.04 Release of Collateral 49
     
Section 5.05 Opinion of Counsel 50
     
ARTICLE VI
EVENTS OF DEFAULT, EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS AND REMEDIES
     
Section 6.01 Events of Default 50
     
Section 6.02 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment 51
     
Section 6.03 Early Amortization Events 52
     
Section 6.04 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee 52
     
Section 6.05 Indenture Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 53
     
Section 6.06 Indenture Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes 53
     
Section 6.07 Application of Money Collected 53
     
Section 6.08 Sale of Collateral for Accelerated Notes 54

 

  ii

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
Section 6.09 Noteholders Have the Right to Direct the Time, Method and Place of Conducting Any Proceeding for Any Remedy Available to the Indenture Trustee 54
     
Section 6.10 Limitation on Suits 54
     
Section 6.11 Unconditional Right of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest; Limited Recourse 55
     
Section 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies 55
     
Section 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative 55
     
Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver 55
     
Section 6.15 Control by Noteholders 56
     
Section 6.16 Waiver of Past Defaults 56
     
Section 6.17 Undertaking for Costs 56
     
Section 6.18 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws 56
     
ARTICLE VII
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
     
Section 7.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities 57
     
Section 7.02 Notice of Early Amortization Events or Events of Default 58
     
Section 7.03 Certain Rights of Indenture Trustee 58
     
Section 7.04 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes 59
     
Section 7.05 May Hold Notes 60
     
Section 7.06 Funds Held in Trust 60
     
Section 7.07 Compensation and Reimbursement, Limit on Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnity 60
     
Section 7.08 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests 61
     
Section 7.09 Corporate Indenture Trustee Required; Eligibility 61
     
Section 7.10 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor 62
     
Section 7.11 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor 64
     
Section 7.12 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business 64
     
Section 7.13 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer 65
     
Section 7.14 Appointment of Authenticating Agent 65
     
Section 7.15 Tax Reports 66
     
Section 7.16 Representations and Covenants of the Indenture Trustee 66
     
Section 7.17 Indenture Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer 67

 

  iii

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE VIII
NOTEHOLDERS’ MEETINGS, LISTS, REPORTS BY INDENTURE  TRUSTEE AND ISSUER
     
Section 8.01 Issuer To Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders 67
     
Section 8.02 Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders 67
     
Section 8.03 Reports by Indenture Trustee 68
     
Section 8.04 Reports by Issuer to the Commission 69
     
Section 8.05 Monthly Noteholders’ Statement 70
     
  ARTICLE IX  
  INDENTURE SUPPLEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS  
     
Section 9.01 Supplemental Indentures and Amendments Without Consent of Noteholders 70
     
Section 9.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders 70
     
Section 9.03 Execution of Amendments and Indenture Supplements 72
     
Section 9.04 Effect of Amendments and Indenture Supplements 72
     
Section 9.05 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act 72
     
Section 9.06 Reference in Notes to Indenture Supplements 72
     
ARTICLE X
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF ISSUER
     
Section 10.01 Payment of Principal and Interest 72
     
Section 10.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency 73
     
Section 10.03 Money for Note Payments to be Held in Trust 73
     
Section 10.04 Annual Statement as to Compliance 74
     
Section 10.05 Legal Existence 75
     
Section 10.06 Further Instruments and Acts 75
     
Section 10.07 Compliance with Laws 75
     
Section 10.08 Notice of Events of Default and Early Amortization Events 75
     
Section 10.09 Certain Negative Covenants 75
     
Section 10.10 No Other Business 75
     
Section 10.11 Rule 144A Information 76
     
Section 10.12 Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Transferred Receivables 76
     
Section 10.13 Issuer May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms 77
     
Section 10.14 Successor Substituted 78
     
Section 10.15 Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities 78
     
Section 10.16 Capital Expenditures 78
     
Section 10.17 Taxes 78

 

  iv

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
Section 10.18 Restricted Payments 79
     
Section 10.19 No Borrowing 79
     
Section 10.20 Protection of the Collateral; Further Assurances 79
     
Section 10.21 Opinions as to the Collateral 79
     
ARTICLE XI
REDEMPTION
     
Section 11.01 Optional Repurchase 80
     
Section 11.02 Notice 80
     
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
     
Section 12.01 No Petition 81
     
Section 12.02 Trust Obligations 81
     
Section 12.03 Limitations on Liability 81
     
Section 12.04 Tax Treatment 81
     
Section 12.05 Actions Taken by the Issuer 82
     
Section 12.06 Alternate Payment Provisions 82
     
Section 12.07 Termination of Issuer 82
     
Section 12.08 Final Distribution 82
     
Section 12.09 Termination Distributions 83
     
Section 12.10 Notices 83
     
Section 12.11 Confidentiality 83
     
ARTICLE XIII
COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION AB
     
Section 13.01 Intent of Parties; Reasonableness 84
     
Section 13.02 Additional Representations and Warranties of the Indenture Trustee 84
     
Section 13.03 Information to be Provided by the Indenture Trustee 84
     
Section 13.04 Report on Assessment of Compliance and Attestation; Annual Certification; Notice of Requests for a Repurchase 85
     
Section 13.05 Asset Representations Review 86
     
Section 13.06 Communications with Investors 87
     
ARTICLE XIV
COMPLIANCE WITH THE FDIC RULE
     
Section 14.01 Purpose 87
     
Section 14.02 Performance of the FDIC Rule Requirements 87
     
Section 14.03 Actions upon Repudiation 88

 

  v

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
Section 14.04 Notice 88
     
Section 14.05 Reservation of Rights 88
     
Section 14.06 No Obligation to Monitor or Enforce Compliance 89

 

  vi

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER
   
EXHIBIT B RESERVED
   
EXHIBIT C FORM OF ANNUAL CERTIFICATION
   
EXHIBIT D SERVICING CRITERIA TO BE ADDRESSED IN ASSESSMENT OF COMPLIANCE
   
EXHIBIT E FORM OF SECTION 10.04 OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE
   
EXHIBIT F FORM OF REPURCHASE REQUEST NOTICE
   
SCHEDULES
   
SCHEDULE I PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
   
SCHEDULE II REQUIREMENTS OF FDIC RULE

 

  vii

 

 

RECONCILIATION AND TIE BETWEEN TRUST INDENTURE
ACT OF 1939 AND INDENTURE PROVISIONS 1

 

Trust Indenture
Act Section
  Indenture Section
310(a)(1)   7.09
(a)(2)   7.09
(a)(3)   Not Applicable
(a)(4)   Not Applicable
(a)(5)   7.09
(b)   7.08, 7.09, 7.10(d)(i)
(c)   Not Applicable
311(a)   7.13
(b)   7.13
(c)   Not Applicable
312(a)   8.01
(b)   8.02(b)
(c)   8.02(c)
313(a)   8.03(a), 8.03(b)
(b)   8.03(b), 8.03(c)
(c)   8.03(a), 8.03(c)
(d)   8.03(d)
314(a)   8.04, 10.04
(b)   1.02, 3.03(d)
(c)(1)   1.02
(c)(2)   1.02
(c)(3)   1.02
(d)(1)   Not Applicable
(d)(2)   Not Applicable
(d)(3)   Not Applicable
(e)   1.02
315(a)   7.01(a)
(b)   7.02
(c)   7.01(b)
(d)   7.01(c)
(d)(1)   7.01(c)(i)
(d)(2)   7.01(c)(ii)
(d)(3)   7.01(c)(iii)
(e)   6.17
316(a)(1)(A)   6.09
316(a)(1)(B)   6.16
316(a)(2)   Not Applicable
316(b)   6.11
316(c)   1.04(d)
317(a)(1)   6.04
317(a)(2)   6.05
317(b)   10.03(a), 10.03(b)
318(a)   1.07

 

 

1 This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the within indenture.

 

 

 

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER INDENTURE, by and between SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Issuer ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York state-chartered bank, not in its individual capacity but in its capacity as Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), is made and entered into as of May 1, 2018 (this “ Indenture ”) and, as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, amends and restates in its entirety the Master Indenture, dated as of November 30, 2017 (as amended prior to the date hereof, the “ Original Indenture ”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. This Indenture may be supplemented at any time by an indenture supplement in accordance with Article IX (an “ Indenture Supplement ”). If a conflict exists between the terms and provisions of this Indenture and any Indenture Supplement, the terms and provisions of the Indenture Supplement shall be controlling with respect to the related Series, Class or Tranche of Notes.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee hereby agree for the benefit of all Noteholders as follows:

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

 

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its Notes to be issued in one or more fully registered Series, Classes or Tranches.

 

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

 

GRANTING CLAUSE

 

The Issuer, as security for the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, hereby Grants to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit and security of the Noteholders, the Indenture Trustee and any additional Secured Party designated in an Indenture Supplement, a security interest in all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

 

(a) the Transferred Receivables;

 

(b) Collections and Related Security related to, and all money, instruments, investment property and other property distributed or distributable in respect of (together with all earnings, dividends, distributions, income, issues, and profits relating to), the Transferred Receivables pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any Indenture Supplement, including any Interchange Amounts (if any);

 

(c) all funds, Financial Assets, Investment Property or other property on deposit from time to time in or credited to the Trust Accounts, including the proceeds thereof and income thereon;

 

(d) all Insurance Proceeds;

 

(e) all proceeds of any Derivative Agreement between the Issuer or, to the extent assigned to the Issuer, the Transferor and a Derivative Counterparty, as described in any Indenture Supplement;

 

  2

 

 

 

(f) all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of the property described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (e) and all payments on, under or in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds, Trust Accounts, promissory notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other property that at any time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing;

 

(g) all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer under or with respect to any Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement and the Transfer Agreement (whether arising pursuant to the terms of the related Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement or the Transfer Agreement or otherwise available to the Issuer at law or in equity), including the rights of the Issuer to enforce such Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement or the Transfer Agreement, and to give or withhold any and all consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions or waivers under or with respect to such Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement or the Transfer Agreement to the same extent as the Issuer could but for the assignment and security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders and any additional Secured Party designated in an Indenture Supplement;

 

(h) all accounts and general intangibles relating to or arising out of any of the property described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (g) ;

 

(i) all proceeds of any of the property described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (h) ; and

 

(j) all other personal property of the Issuer, of whatever kind or nature and wherever located.

 

Such Grant is made in trust to the Indenture Trustee.

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, (i) acknowledges such Grant, and (ii) accepts the trusts under this Indenture in accordance with this Indenture and agrees, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to perform its duties stated in this Indenture so that the interests of the Noteholders may be adequately and effectively protected.

 

Particular Notes, Derivative Agreements, Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreements and Supplemental Liquidity Agreements will benefit from the security interest to the extent (and only to the extent) proceeds of and distributions on the Collateral are allocated for their benefit pursuant to this Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement.

 

The Issuer shall file, and hereby authorizes the Indenture Trustee to file, a UCC financing statement with a collateral description covering all of the Issuer’s personal property, wherever located, whether now existing or arising in the future.

 

AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

 

To set forth or to provide for the establishment of the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed as follows, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes of a Series, Class or Tranche thereof, as the case may be:

 

  3

 

 

LIMITED RECOURSE

 

The obligation of the Issuer to make payments of principal, interest and other amounts on the Notes and to make payments in respect of Derivative Agreements, Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreements or Supplemental Liquidity Agreements, as applicable, is limited in recourse as set forth in Section 6.11 .

 

EFFECTIVENESS

 

This Indenture amends and restates the Original Indenture as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date and the terms and provisions of the Original Indenture are restated hereby in their entirety as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date. From and after the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, each reference to the Original Indenture in any other document, instrument or agreement shall mean and be a reference to this Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, all obligations and liabilities of the Issuer under or in connection with the Original Indenture shall remain outstanding hereunder and shall be enforceable against the Issuer under this Indenture. This Indenture does not constitute a novation of the Original Indenture (or a novation of any of the obligations thereunder).

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

Section 1.01      Definitions . For all purposes of this Indenture and of any Indenture Supplement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)       With respect to any Series, all terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have meanings ascribed to them in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

(b)       All terms defined in this Indenture shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(c)       Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein and accounting terms partly defined herein to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

 

(d)       Unless otherwise specified, references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any particular date shall mean such amount at the close of business on such day.

 

(e)       The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Indenture shall refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Indenture; references to any Article, subsection, Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit are references to Articles, subsections, Sections, clauses, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Indenture unless otherwise specified; the term “including” means “including without limitation”; references to any law or regulation refer to that law or regulation as amended from time to time and include any successor law or regulation; references to any Person include that Person’s successors and assigns; references to any agreement refer to such agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

  4

 

 

(f)       Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

 

“indenture security holder” means a Noteholder.

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Indenture Trustee.

 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

 

All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by a Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meaning assigned to them by such definitions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein (1) this Indenture will be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and (2) if it is no longer necessary for this Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, then all references to the Trust Indenture Act hereunder shall be inapplicable to this Indenture.

 

(g)       In the event that the UCC, as in effect on the date hereof, is revised, any reference herein to specific sections of the UCC shall be deemed to be references to any such successor sections.

 

(h)       Whenever used in this Indenture, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms and phrases, including any definitions incorporated herein, are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and the neuter genders of such terms:

 

60-Day Delinquent Receivables ” means, as of any date of determination, all Transferred Receivables, other than Charged-Off Receivables and Receivables in Removed Accounts, that are 60 or more days delinquent as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such date, as determined in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies.

 

Account ” means each Initial Account and each Additional Account, but excludes any credit accounts, all of the Receivables in which are either reassigned or assigned to Transferor or its designee in accordance with the Transfer Agreement and any Accounts which in accordance with Servicer’s customary practices have been removed from Servicer’s computer records due to lack of activity. The term “Account” includes each account into which an Account is transferred (a “ Transferred Account ”) so long as such Transferred Account can be traced or identified, by reference to or by way of any Account Schedule delivered to Transferor and Issuer, as an account into which an Account has been transferred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no account in a Dual Card Program shall be deemed to be a “Transferred Account” with respect to any Account in a Private Label Program. Any Account in which the Principal Receivables have become Charged-Off Receivables shall cease to be an Account for all purposes other than the calculation of Recoveries, and no existing balance or future charges on such account shall be deemed to be Transferred Receivables notwithstanding any subsequent reaffirmation of such account by the Obligor and any resulting action by Originator. The term Account includes an Additional Account only from and after its Addition Date and includes any Removed Account only prior to its Removal Date. To avoid doubt, and without limiting the foregoing, each Flagged Account is an Account.

 

  5

 

 

Account Schedule ” means an electronic record containing a true and complete list of Accounts, identified by account number (or by an alpha-numeric identifier that uniquely and objectively identifies the applicable account number pursuant to a protocol that has been provided to Transferor and Issuer) and setting forth the receivables balance for each as of (i) the applicable Addition Cut-Off Date, in the case of an Account Schedule relating to Additional Accounts, (ii) the Removal Cut-Off Date, in the case of an Account Schedule relating to Removed Accounts or (iii) the date specified therein, in the case of any Account Schedule relating to Transferred Accounts or any other Account Schedule.

 

Act ” has, when used with respect to any Noteholder, the meaning specified in subsection 1.04(a) .

 

Action ” has, when used with respect to any Noteholder, the meaning specified in subsection 1.04(a) .

 

Addition Cut-Off Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Receivables Sale Agreement or Transfer Agreement, as applicable.

 

Addition Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Receivables Sale Agreement or Transfer Agreement, as applicable.

 

Additional Accounts ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Receivables Sale Agreement or Transfer Agreement, as applicable.

 

Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount ” means at any time during a Monthly Period with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Outstanding Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes at such time, less any funds on deposit in the Principal Funding Account or the related Sub-Account or the Note Retirement Account or the related Sub-Account, as applicable, for the benefit of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes at such time.

 

Administration Agreement ” means the Administration Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, among the Issuer, the Administrator and the Trustee.

 

Administrator ” means Synchrony Bank, as Administrator, under the Administration Agreement.

 

Adverse Effect ” means, with respect to any Action as it relates to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, that such Action will at the time of its occurrence (a) result in the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event or an Event of Default relating to a Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, as applicable or (b) materially and adversely affect the amount of distributions to be made to the Noteholders of any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes pursuant to the Related Documents.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Aggregate Principal Receivables ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Principal Receivables as of such date.

 

  6

 

 

Aggregate Required Deposit Amount ” means, for any Monthly Period, the sum of the Required Deposit Amounts for all Series for such Monthly Period.

 

Allocation Percentage ” is defined, for any Series, with respect to Principal Collections, Finance Charge Collections and Charged-Off Receivables, in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Amendment and Restatement Effective Date ” means May 1, 2018.

 

Asset Deficiency ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (a) the Trust Principal Balance is less than the Minimum Pool Balance, (b) the Free Equity Amount is less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount or (c) the Risk Retention Transferor Amount is less than the Required Risk Retention Transferor Amount.

 

Asset Representations Review ” means the review of the Asset Representations Reviewer conducted pursuant to the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

 

Asset Representations Review Agreement ” means an agreement between the Issuer and certain other parties pursuant to which the Issuer has appointed an “asset representations reviewer” as contemplated by General Instruction I.B.1.(b) applicable to Form SF-3 Registration Statements under the Securities Act.

 

Asset Representations Reviewer ” means the Person appointed as Asset Representations Reviewer pursuant to the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

 

Assignment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Receivables Sale Agreement or Transfer Agreement, as applicable.

 

Authenticating Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Indenture Trustee to authenticate Notes under Section 7.14 .

 

Authorized Officer ” means, (i) with respect to the Issuer, any Person described in clause (ii) hereof of the Trustee or, so long as the Administration Agreement is in effect, of the Administrator, and (ii) with respect to any other corporation, bank or statutory trust, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary, the treasurer, any assistant secretary, any assistant treasurer and each other officer of such corporation, bank or trustee or administrator of such trust specifically authorized in resolutions of the board of directors of such corporation or bank or by the governing documents or agreements of such trust to sign agreements, instruments or other documents, or provide directions or instructions on behalf of such corporation or bank or statutory trust in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Related Documents.

 

Average Recovery Price Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination during a Monthly Period, for any credit card program, the average for the six fiscal months ending prior to the Monthly Period preceding such Monthly Period of the percentage equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the total amount of recoveries on related receivables for the applicable fiscal month and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of charged-off receivables for such fiscal month, in each case for all serviced receivables in such credit card program. For purposes of the foregoing, “recoveries” and “charged-off receivables” shall have the same meaning as “Recoveries” and “Charged-Off Receivables,” respectively, but as applied to all serviced receivables in a particular Program Partner’s credit card program, rather than only Transferred Receivables. Transferor and Buyer may from time to time modify the formula to calculate “Average Recovery Price Ratio” in order to more closely approximate the actual Recoveries on Transferred Receivables.

 

  7

 

 

Business Day ” means, unless otherwise specified in the related Indenture Supplement for any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required or permitted to be closed in the State of New York, Connecticut or Utah.

 

Certificate of Authentication ” means the certificate of authentication of the Indenture Trustee, the form of which is described in Section 2.03 , or the alternate certificate of authentication of the Authenticating Agent, the form of which is described in Section 7.14 .

 

Charged-Off Receivable ” means a Principal Receivable (or any portion thereof) arising in a Defaulted Account.

 

Class ” means, with respect to any Note, the class specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement.

 

Collateral ” is defined in the Granting Clause of this Indenture.

 

Collateral Amount ” with respect to any Series or Tranche is defined in the Indenture Supplement for such Series.

 

Collection Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.02 .

 

Collections ” means, for any Receivable for any period, (a) the sum of all amounts, whether in the form of cash, checks, drafts, or other instruments, received in payment of, or applied to, any amount owed by an Obligor on account of such Receivable during such period, including all amounts received on account of such Receivable, all other fees and charges and (b) Recovery Amounts. Amounts paid by Transferor pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Transfer Agreement shall be deemed to be Principal Collections. Amounts paid by Transferor pursuant to Section 6.1(d) of the Transfer Agreement and amounts paid by the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Servicing Agreement shall be deemed to be Principal Collections to the extent that they represent the purchase price of Principal Receivables and shall be deemed to be Finance Charge Collections to the extent that they represent the purchase price of Finance Charge Receivables. Recovery Amounts paid by the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.7(c) of the Transfer Agreement shall be treated as Finance Charge Collections on the date such Recovery Amount is deposited into the Collection Account. Collections with respect to any Monthly Period shall include the amount of any payments received by Issuer on account of Interchange Amounts with respect to such Monthly Period, to be applied as if such Interchange Amounts were Finance Charge Collections for all purposes. An Originator may permit or require payments owed by any Program Partner with respect to in-store payments to be netted against amounts owed by that Originator to that Program Partner, and for the avoidance of doubt, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of in-store payments netted against amounts owed by that Originator to the various Program Partners on that Business Day shall constitute Collections on Receivables for such Business Day.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such date.

 

Contract ” means the agreement and Federal Truth in Lending Statement for revolving credit accounts between any Obligor and Originator, as such agreements may be amended, modified, or otherwise changed from time to time.

 

  8

 

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means, (a) with respect to the Indenture Trustee, the principal office of the Indenture Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Indenture is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286 or at such other address as the Indenture Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Noteholders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Indenture Trustee (the address of which the successor Indenture Trustee will notify the Noteholders and the Issuer), (b) with respect to the Trustee, the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Indenture is located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and (c) with respect to the Delaware Trustee, the principal office of the Delaware Trustee at which at any particular time its Delaware trustee business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Indenture is located at 20 Montchanin Road, Suite 180, Greenville, Delaware, 19807.

 

Credit and Collection Policies ” means with respect to each credit program from which Accounts are drawn, the Originator’s policies and procedures relating to the operation of such credit program, including the Originator’s policies and procedures for determining the creditworthiness of Obligors and the extension of credit to Obligors, and relating to the maintenance of credit accounts and collection of credit receivables, as such policies and procedures may be amended from time to time.

 

Credit Card Program Agreement ” means one or more agreements between Originator and a Program Partner pursuant to which Originator provides a credit card program to a Program Partner and its customers.

 

Custodian ” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian pursuant to the Custody and Control Agreement.

 

Custody and Control Agreement ” means the Custody and Control Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, among the Issuer, the Custodian and the Indenture Trustee.

 

Daily Servicing Fee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

 

Date of Processing ” means, as to any transaction, the day on which the transaction is first recorded on the Servicer’s electronic records of consumer revolving accounts (without regard to the effective date of such recordation).

 

Default ” means any occurrence that is, or with the notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

 

Default Amount ” means, as to a Defaulted Account, the amount of Charged-Off Receivables.

 

Defaulted Account ” means an Account which either (a) is 180 days past due or (b) has otherwise been written off as uncollectible in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies.

 

Delaware Trustee ” means Citicorp Trust Delaware, National Association, as Delaware Trustee under the Trust Agreement, its successors in interest and any successor Delaware Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

 

Delinquency Percentage ” means, for each Payment Date and the related preceding Monthly Period, an amount equal to the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the aggregate balance of all 60-Day Delinquent Receivables as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Payment Date to (ii) the aggregate balance of Transferred Receivables as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Payment Date.

 

  9

 

 

Delinquency Trigger ” means, with respect to any Payment Date and the related Monthly Period, if any outstanding Series has specified a Maximum Delinquency Percentage, the Delinquency Percentage for such Payment Date is greater than the Maximum Delinquency Percentage for such Payment Date.

 

Depository ” means a U.S. Depository or a Foreign Depository, as the case may be.

 

Derivative Agreement ” means any currency, interest rate or other swap, cap, collar, guaranteed investment contract or other derivative agreement.

 

Derivative Counterparty ” means any party to any Derivative Agreement other than the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee.

 

Determination Date ” means, unless otherwise specified in any Indenture Supplement with respect to the related Series, the second Business Day preceding each Payment Date.

 

Dual Card Program ” means any arrangement in which Originator agrees to extend general purpose credit card accounts to customers of a Program Partner, which accounts combine a private label credit line for use at the Program Partner’s retail establishments or in its catalogue sales business and a general purpose credit line for use elsewhere.

 

Early Amortization Event ” means, as to any Series, Class or Tranche, each event specified in the relevant Indenture Supplement as an Early Amortization Event for that Series, Class or Tranche or a Trust Early Amortization Event.

 

Eligible Deposit Account ” means either (a) a segregated account (including a securities account) maintained with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution (other than Synchrony Bank or any Affiliate thereof) organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state or the District of Columbia, or any domestic branch of a foreign bank, or a trust company acceptable to each applicable Rating Agency, and acting as a trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the securities of such depository institution or trust company shall have a credit rating of at least A by S&P, BBB by Fitch and Baa2 by Moody’s.

 

Eligible Institution ” means (a) a depository institution (which may be the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or any affiliate thereof, but not Synchrony Bank or any Affiliate thereof) organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof, including the District of Columbia (or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank), which at all times (i) has either (x) a long-term unsecured debt rating of A2 or better by Moody’s or (y) a certificate of deposit rating of P-1 by Moody’s, (ii) has either (x) a long-term unsecured debt rating of A by S&P or (y) a certificate of deposit rating of A-1 by S&P, (iii) has either (x) a long-term unsecured debt rating of A- by Fitch or (y) a certificate of deposit rating of Fl by Fitch and (iv) is a member of the FDIC or (b) any other institution that is reasonably acceptable to the Rating Agencies.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01 .

 

  10

 

 

Excess Funding Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.02 .

 

Exchange Date ” means, with respect to any Tranche of Notes, the later of:

 

(a)       in the case of exchanges of beneficial interests in Temporary Global Notes for beneficial interests in Permanent Global Notes in registered form, any date that is after the related issuance date; and

 

(b)       the earliest date on which such an exchange of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Global Note for a beneficial interest in a Permanent Global Note is permitted by applicable law.

 

FATCA ” means (a) Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance; (b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or (c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

FATCA Withholding Tax ” means any withholding or deduction required pursuant to FATCA.

 

FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor agency.

 

FDIC Rule ” means 12 C.F.R. §360.6, as such may be amended from time to time.

 

FDIC Rule Interpretations ” means clarifications and interpretations to the FDIC Rule as may be provided by the FDIC or by the FDIC’s staff from time to time.

 

FDIC Rule Requirements ” means the covenants, obligations and agreements set forth in Schedule II to this Indenture and incorporated by reference in this Indenture.

 

Finance Charge Collections ” means Collections with respect to Finance Charge Receivables (after giving effect to any recharacterization of Collections of Principal Receivables as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Transfer Agreement).

 

Finance Charge Receivables ” means Receivables created in respect of periodic finance charges, late fees, returned check fees and all other similar fees and charges billed or accrued and unpaid on an Account.

 

Financial Asset ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8-102 of Article 8 of the UCC.

 

Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or its successor.

 

Flagged Account ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Receivables Sale Agreement or Transfer Agreement, as applicable.

 

Foreign Currency ” means (a) a currency other than Dollars, or (b) denominated in a currency other than Dollars.

 

Foreign Currency Note ” means a Note denominated in a Foreign Currency.

 

Foreign Depository ” means the Person, if any, specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement, in its capacity as depository for the accounts of any clearing agencies located outside the United States.

 

  11

 

 

Form 10-D ” means the Commission form used for periodic distribution reports by asset-backed issuers, such as the Issuer, filed with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act.

 

Free Equity Amount ” means, on any date of determination, the result of (a) the Trust Principal Balance at such time, minus (b) the aggregate of the Collateral Amounts at such time for all Outstanding Series of Notes, plus (c) the amount of funds then on deposit in any Trust Account that will be applied to pay the principal amount of the Notes of any Series on the following Payment Date, but only to the extent not deducted for purposes of determining the Nominal Liquidation Amount at such time for any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any agency, department or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Global Note ” means any Note issued pursuant to Section 2.04 .

 

Grant ” means to create and grant a Lien pursuant to this Indenture, and other forms of the verb “to Grant” shall have correlative meanings. A Grant with respect to the Collateral or any other agreement or instrument shall include a grant of a Lien upon all rights, powers and options (but none of the obligations) of the Granting party thereunder, including the right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and declaration thereof by the party to whom such Grant is made, to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal and interest payments in respect of the Collateral and all other amounts payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring Proceedings in the name of the Granting party or otherwise and generally to do and receive anything that the Granting party is or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

 

Holder ” means (a) when used with respect to any Note, a Noteholder and (b) when used with respect to the Transferor Interest, as defined in the Trust Agreement.

 

Indenture ” means this Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time by one or more indentures supplemental hereto.

 

Indenture Supplement ” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, a supplement to this Indenture, executed and delivered in conjunction with the issuance of such Series of Notes pursuant to Section 3.01 , together with any applicable Terms Document for any Classes and Tranches of Notes belonging to such Series related to such Indenture Supplement and any amendment to the Indenture Supplement executed pursuant to Section 9.01 or 9.02 , and, in either case, including all amendments thereof and supplements thereto.

 

Indenture Trustee ” means the Person named as the Indenture Trustee in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Indenture Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Indenture Trustee” means and includes each Person who is then an Indenture Trustee hereunder. If at any time there is more than one such Person, “Indenture Trustee” as used with respect to the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche means the Indenture Trustee with respect to Notes of that Series, Class or Tranche.

 

  12

 

 

Indenture Trustee Authorized Officer ” or “ Custodian Authorized Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Indenture Trustee or the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as Custodian, any vice president, any assistant vice president, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any senior trust officer or trust officer, or any other officer of the Indenture Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, in each case having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture or any other Related Document to which the Indenture Trustee or Custodian is a party.

 

Independent ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any such Person who (a) does not have any direct financial interest, or any material indirect financial interest in the Originator, the Servicer, the Transferor, the Issuer, or any Affiliate of any thereof and (b) is not connected with the Originator, the Servicer, the Transferor, the Issuer, or any Affiliate of any thereof, as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions; provided , however , that a Person shall not fail to be Independent of the Originator, the Servicer, the Transferor, the Issuer, or any Affiliate of any thereof merely because such Person is the beneficial owner of 1% or less of any class of securities issued by the Issuer, the Originator, the Servicer, or any Affiliate thereof, as the case may be.

 

Independent Certificate ” means a certificate or opinion to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 1.02 made by an Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer Order, and such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition of “Independent” in this Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the meaning thereof.

 

Initial Account ” means each credit account identified in the Account Schedule delivered in connection with the initial designation of Accounts pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement and the Transfer Agreement.

 

Initial Dollar Principal Amount ” means (a) unless otherwise specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement, with respect to a Series, Class or Tranche of Dollar Interest-bearing Notes, the aggregate initial principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche plus the aggregate initial principal amount of any additional Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche and, in the case of any Variable Interest, any increase in the principal amount of such Series, Class or Tranche, and (b) with respect to a Series, Class or Tranche of Foreign Currency Notes, the amount specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement as the Initial Dollar Principal Amount thereof.

 

Initial Transfer Date ” means the date the Initial Accounts are first designated pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement and Transfer Agreement.

 

Insolvency Event ” means, with respect to a specified Person: (a) (x) the commencement of an involuntary action seeking (i) a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person in a case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other similar law, (ii) the appointment of a custodian, conservator, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator, or other similar official of such Person or (iii) the winding up or liquidation of such Person’s affairs, which in each case shall have remained undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 consecutive days or (y) the entering of any order or decree providing the relief, remedy or other action described in any of clauses (i) through (iii); or (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship, receivership, reorganization, or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of such Person in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship, receivership, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, conservator, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator, or similar official of such Person or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or such Person’s failure to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by such Person in furtherance of any such action.

 

  13

 

 

Insurance Proceeds ” means any amounts payable to Originator pursuant to any credit insurance policies covering any Obligor with respect to Transferred Receivables under such Obligor’s Account.

 

Interchange ” means interchange fees payable to Originator, in its capacity as credit card issuer, through VISA, USA, Inc., MasterCard International Incorporated, Discover Bank or American Express Co. or any similar entity or organization with respect to any type of credit accounts included as Accounts.

 

Interchange Amount ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the Receivables Sale Agreement.

 

Interest-bearing Note ” means a Note that bears interest at a stated or computed rate on the principal amount thereof.

 

Interest Funding Account ” means, with respect to any Notes, the Trust Account and any Sub-Account thereof established and maintained as described in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means, with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, the scheduled due date of any payment of interest on such Notes, as specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day, unless such day is in the next calendar month, in which case the Interest Payment Date, unless otherwise specified in the related Indenture Supplement, will be the last Business Day of the current calendar month; provided , however , that upon the acceleration of a Series, Class or Tranche of Notes following an Event of Default or upon the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event, or other optional or mandatory redemption of that Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, each Monthly Principal Accrual Date will be an Interest Payment Date.

 

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

 

Investment Property ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 9-102 of Article 9 of the UCC.

 

Issuer ” means Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, a Delaware statutory trust.

 

Issuer Certificate ” means a certificate (including an Officer’s Certificate) signed in the name of an Authorized Officer, or the Issuer by an Authorized Officer and, in each case delivered to the Indenture Trustee relating to, among other things, the issuance of a new Series, Class or Tranche of Notes. Wherever this Indenture requires that an Issuer Certificate be signed also by an accountant or other expert, such accountant or other expert (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture) may be an employee of the Transferor.

 

  14

 

 

Issuer Order ” and “ Issuer Request ” means a written order or request, respectively, signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and delivered to the Indenture Trustee.

 

Legal Maturity Date ” means, with respect to a Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, the date specified in the Indenture Supplement, for such Notes as the fixed date on which the principal of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes is due and payable.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, lien, charge, claim, security interest, easement or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any lease or title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement perfecting a security interest under the UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction); provided , however , Permitted Encumbrances shall not constitute a Lien.

 

Litigation ” means, with respect to any Person, any action, claim, lawsuit, demand, investigation or proceeding pending against such Person before any court, board, commission, agency or instrumentality of any federal, state, local or foreign government or of any agency or subdivision thereof or before any arbitrator or panel of arbitrators.

 

Majority Holders ” means, with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes or all Outstanding Notes, the Holders of greater than 50% in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of that Series, Class or Tranche or of all Outstanding Notes, as the case may be.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the ability of any party to perform any of its obligations under the Related Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, (b) the validity or enforceability of any Related Document or the rights and remedies of any party under any Related Document or (c) the Transferred Assets, the Contracts therefor or the ownership interests or Liens thereon.

 

Maximum Delinquency Percentage ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the lowest “Maximum Delinquency Percentage,” as specified in any Indenture Supplement.

 

Minimum Free Equity Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the product of (i) the Aggregate Principal Receivables and (ii) the highest Minimum Free Equity Percentage specified in any Indenture Supplement effective on the date of determination. Unless otherwise specified in the related Indenture Supplement for a Series, the Minimum Free Equity Percentage for such Series shall be zero.

 

Minimum Free Equity Percentage ” means the highest Minimum Free Equity Percentage specified for any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes in the related Indenture Supplement or Terms Document, or such percentage as shall be designated from time to time by the Servicer; provided , however , that prior to designating any lesser percentage the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such change.

 

Minimum Pool Balance ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Allocation Percentages for Principal Collections for all outstanding Series on such date of determination.

 

Monthly Noteholders’ Statement ” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, a report, the form of which is attached as an exhibit to the related Indenture Supplement.

 

  15

 

 

Monthly Period ” means the period from and including the first day of a calendar month to and including the last day of a calendar month.

 

Monthly Principal Accrual Date ” has, with respect to any Class or Tranche of Notes, the meaning specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Monthly Servicing Fee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Servicing Agreement.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or its successor.

 

Nominal Liquidation Amount ” means, with respect to any Outstanding Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, an amount determined in accordance with the applicable Indenture Supplement. The Nominal Liquidation Amount for a Series of Notes will be the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all of the Classes or Tranches of Notes of such Series.

 

Note ” or “ Notes ” means any note or notes of any Series, Class or Tranche authenticated and delivered from time to time under this Indenture.

 

Note Owner ” means the beneficial owner of an interest in a Global Note.

 

Note Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.05 .

 

Note Registrar ” means the Person who keeps the Note Register specified in Section 3.05 .

 

Note Retirement Account ” means, with respect to any Notes, the Trust Account and any Sub-Account thereof established and maintained as described in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Noteholder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

Noteholder Allocated Collections ” means, with respect to any Date of Processing, as to (a) Finance Charge Collections processed on such Date of Processing, the result of (i) the sum of the applicable Allocation Percentages with respect to Finance Charge Collections for all outstanding Series as of such date of determination multiplied by (ii) the Finance Charge Collections processed on such Date of Processing, and (b) Principal Collections processed on such Date of Processing, the result of (i) the sum of the applicable Allocation Percentages with respect to Principal Collections for all outstanding Series as of such date of determination multiplied by (ii) the Principal Collections processed on such Date of Processing.

 

Noteholder Tax Identification Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(c) .

 

Obligor ” means, with respect to any Receivable, any Person obligated to make payments in respect thereof.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of such Person.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel (who may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be an employee of or counsel of the Person providing the opinion), which counsel and opinion shall be reasonably acceptable to the Indenture Trustee.

 

Optional Amortization Amount ” has, with respect to any Series, the meaning specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

  16

 

 

Originator ” means Synchrony Bank or any other originator so designated pursuant to Section 2.9 of the Receivables Sale Agreement.

 

Outstanding ” means, with respect to a Note or with respect to Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche, as of the date of determination, all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

(a)       any Notes theretofore canceled by the Indenture Trustee or delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation pursuant to Section 3.08 , or canceled by the Issuer or any Affiliate thereof and delivered to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 3.08 ;

 

(b)       any Notes for whose full payment (including principal and interest) or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given if required pursuant to this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement, or provision therefor satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee has been made;

 

(c)       any Notes which are canceled pursuant to Section 5.03 ; and

 

(d)       any Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, or which will have been paid pursuant to the terms of Section 3.06 (except with respect to any such Note as to which proof satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee is presented that such Note is held by a person in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer);

 

provided , that in determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite principal amount of such Outstanding Notes have the requisite principal amount to make any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or under any Related Document, Notes owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate thereof shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Indenture Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that an Indenture Trustee Authorized Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Indenture Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any Affiliate thereof.

 

Outstanding Balance ” means, with respect to any Principal Receivable: (a) as of the date the Issuer acquires such Principal Receivable pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, the outstanding amount of such Principal Receivable as reflected on Servicer’s books and records after giving effect to any recharacterization of any portion of such Principal Receivable as a Finance Charge Receivable pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Transfer Agreement; and (b) thereafter, the amount referred to in clause (a) minus Collections with respect to that Principal Receivable that are allocable to a reduction of the Outstanding Balance thereof minus any subsequent discounts to or any other modifications that reduce such Outstanding Balance; provided , that the Outstanding Balance of a Charged-Off Receivable shall equal zero.

 

Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount ” means at any time, with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, the aggregate Initial Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche at such time, less the amount of any withdrawals from the Principal Funding Account or Sub-Account, as applicable, for such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes for payment of principal to the Holders of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes or the applicable Derivative Counterparty, pursuant to the related Indenture Supplement.

 

  17

 

 

Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Issuer, as provided in Section 10.02 hereof.

 

Payment Date ” means, with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, the applicable Principal Payment Date or Interest Payment Date.

 

Permanent Global Note ” is defined in subsection 2.05(a) .

 

Permitted Encumbrances ” means the following encumbrances: (a) Liens for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges not yet due and payable; (b) inchoate and unperfected workers’, mechanics’, suppliers’ or similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business; and (c) presently existing or hereinafter created Liens in favor of, or created by, (i) in the case of the Receivables Sale Agreement, the Transferor, or (ii) in the case of the Transfer Agreement, the Issuer.

 

Permitted Investments ” means one or more of the following:

 

(a)       direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment by the United States of America;

 

(b)       demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of any depository institution (including any Affiliate of the Indenture Trustee) or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking or depository institution authorities (including depository receipts issued by any such institution or trust company as custodian with respect to any obligation referred to in clause (a) above or a portion of such obligation for the benefit of the holders of such depository receipts); provided , that at the time of the Issuer’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein (which shall be deemed to be made again each time funds are reinvested following each Payment Date), the commercial paper or other short-term senior unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations the rating of which is based on the credit of a Person other than such depository institution or trust company) of such depository institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from Moody’s of at least “Prime-1”, from S&P of at least “A-1” and from Fitch of at least “F1”, if rated by Fitch;

 

(c)       commercial paper (including commercial paper of any Affiliate of the Indenture Trustee) having, at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating from Moody’s of at least “Prime-1”, from S&P of at least “A-1” and from Fitch of at least “F1”, if rated by Fitch; and

 

(d)       only to the extent permitted by Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act, investments in money market funds (including funds for which the Transferor, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee or any of its Affiliates is investment manager or advisor) having a rating from Moody’s of “Aaa-mf”, from S&P of “AAAm” and from Fitch of “AAAmmf”, if rated by Fitch.

 

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, unincorporated organization, trust, association, corporation (including a statutory or business trust), limited liability company, institution, public benefit corporation, joint stock company, Governmental Authority or any other entity of whatever nature.

 

  18

 

 

Place of Payment ” means, with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes issued hereunder, the city or political subdivision so designated with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.02 .

 

Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of ERISA, a plan (within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code) subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, or a governmental plan (within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA), church plan (within the meaning of Section 3(33) of ERISA) or non-U.S. plan (as described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA).

 

Predecessor Notes ” means, with respect to any particular Note, every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note will be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

 

Principal Collections ” means Collections with respect to Principal Receivables (after giving effect to any recharacterization of Collections of Principal Receivables as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Transfer Agreement).

 

Principal Funding Account ” means, with respect to any Notes, the Trust Account and any Sub-Account thereof established and maintained as described in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Principal Receivable ” means each Receivable, other than a Finance Charge Receivable.

 

Principal Payment Date ” means, with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, each Scheduled Principal Payment Date, or upon the acceleration of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes following an Event of Default or upon the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event, or other optional or mandatory redemption of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, each Monthly Principal Accrual Date.

 

Private Label Program ” means a business arrangement in which Originator agrees to extend open end credit card accounts to customers of a Program Partner for use at its retail establishments, or in its catalogue sales business, and such Program Partner agrees to allow purchases to be made at its retail establishments, or in its catalogue sales business, under such accounts.

 

Proceeding ” means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding.

 

Program Partner ” means any Person that has entered into a Credit Card Program Agreement with Originator.

 

Rating Agency ” means, as to any Outstanding Series, Class or Tranche of Notes rated by a Rating Agency, the rating agency or agencies, if any, specified in the related Indenture Supplement or Terms Document.

 

Rating Agency Condition ” has, with respect to any Outstanding Class or Tranche of Notes, the meaning specified in the related Indenture Supplement; provided that any time that there are no Outstanding Notes that are rated by a Rating Agency hired by the Transferor or its Affiliates, references to any condition or requirement that the “Rating Agency Condition” shall have been satisfied shall have no effect and no such action shall be required.

 

Receivable ” means any amount owing by an Obligor under an Account from time to time.

 

  19

 

 

Receivables Sale Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018, between Synchrony Bank and the Transferor.

 

Record Date ” means, (a) for the interest or principal payable on any Note on any applicable Payment Date, the last day of the month before the related Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date, as applicable, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement and (b) with respect to a Payment Date or other special payment date following the receipt of damages from the FDIC, the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date.

 

Records ” means all Contracts and other documents, books, records and other information (including computer programs, tapes, disks, data processing software and related property and rights) prepared and maintained by any Originator, the Servicer, or Sub-Servicer with respect to the Transferred Receivables and the Obligors thereunder.

 

Recoveries ” means (i) Collections of such Transferred Receivable received after such Transferred Receivable was charged off as uncollectible but before any sale or other disposition of such Transferred Receivable; and (ii) any proceeds from such a sale or other disposition by Transferor of such a charged off Transferred Receivable.

 

Recovery Amount ” means, for any Receivables in a Defaulted Account, the product of (a) the amount of Charged-Off Receivables for such Account and (b) the Average Recovery Price Ratio for the related credit card program for the Monthly Period during which such Receivable became a Charged-Off Receivable.

 

Regulation AB ” means subpart 229.1100 – Asset Backed Securities (Regulation AB), 17 C.F.R. §§229.1100 - 229.1125, and all related rules and regulations of the Commission, as such rules may be amended from time to time, and subject to such clarification and interpretation as have been provided by the Commission or by the staff of the Commission, or as may be provided by the Commission or its staff from time to time.

 

Regulation RR ” means Regulation RR (Credit Risk Retention) promulgated by the Commission to implement the credit risk retention requirements of Section 15G of the Securities Exchange Act.

 

Related Documents ” means the Transfer Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Notes, the Trust Agreement, the Custody and Control Agreement, this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement and including all other pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, and all other written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of any Person, or any employee of any Person, and delivered in connection with any of the foregoing. Any reference in the foregoing documents to a Related Document shall include all Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, and shall refer to such Related Documents as the same may be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.

 

Related Security ” means with respect to any Receivable: (a) all of the Originator’s interest, if any, in the goods, merchandise (including returned merchandise) or equipment, if any, the sale of which gave rise to such Receivable; (b) all guarantees, insurance or other agreements or arrangements of any kind from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise; and (c) all Records relating to such Receivable.

 

Released Noteholder Collections ” is defined in Section 4.04(a) .

 

  20

 

 

Removal Cut-Off Date ” means the date as of which any credit accounts are designated for removal in accordance with Section 2.7 of the Transfer Agreement.

 

Removal Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Transfer Agreement.

 

Removed Accounts ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Transfer Agreement.

 

Required Collateral Amount ” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the amount (if any) specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Required Deposit Amount ” has, for any Monthly Period and any Series, the meaning assigned to such term in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Required Deposit Amount Increase Date ” means, with respect to any Series and any Monthly Period, any date on which the related Required Deposit Amount is increased after the first day of such Monthly Period.

 

Required Subordinated Amount ” means, with respect to any Tranche of a Senior Class of Notes, the amount (if any) specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Required Risk Retention Transferor Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the result of (a) the product of (i) 5% and (ii) the aggregate of the principal balances of all outstanding Notes other than Risk Retention Retained Notes as of such date of determination, minus (b) amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account (excluding any investment earnings on deposit therein); provided that the Required Risk Retention Transferor Amount shall be zero if Regulation RR shall no longer be in effect with respect to the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

Requirements of Law ” means, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation or articles of association and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of an arbitrator or Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or to which such Person is subject, whether federal, state or local.

 

Review Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 13.05(d) .

 

Risk Retention Retained Note ” means any Note that is retained by Synchrony Bank or a Wholly-owned Affiliate thereof upon initial issuance thereof and at all times thereafter and is designated as a Risk Retention Retained Note pursuant to the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Risk Retention Transferor Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the result of (a) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of such date of determination minus (b) the aggregate of the principal balances of all outstanding Notes as of such date of determination.

 

S&P ” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global, or its successors.

 

Sarbanes Certification ” means the certification specified in paragraph (2) of Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 as set forth in Item 601(31)(ii) of Regulation S-K as such may be amended from time to time or any successor or replacement specified by the Commission or its staff from time to time.

 

  21

 

 

Scheduled Principal Payment Date ” means, with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, the scheduled due date of any payment of principal on such Notes, as specified in the related Indenture Supplement, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day, unless such day is in the next calendar month, in which case such Scheduled Principal Payment Date, unless otherwise specified in the related Indenture Supplement, will be the last Business Day of the current calendar month.

 

Secured Party ” means any of the Noteholders, the Indenture Trustee and any additional Person designated as a “Secured Party” in an Indenture Supplement.

 

Securities Account ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8-501(a) of Article 8 of the UCC.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Senior Class ” has, with respect to a Class of Notes of any Series, the meaning specified in the related Indenture Supplement, if applicable for such Class of Notes.

 

Series ” means, with respect to any Note, the series specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement.

 

Series Account ” means any deposit, trust, escrow or similar account maintained for the benefit of the Noteholders of any Series or Class, as specified in any Indenture Supplement.

 

Series Available Finance Charge Collections Shortfall ” has, with respect to any Series, the meaning specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Series Available Principal Collections Shortfall ” has, with respect to any Series, the meaning specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Series Finance Charge Collections ” has, with respect to any Series, the meaning specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Series Principal Collections ” has, with respect to any Series, the meaning specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Servicer ” means Synchrony Bank, in its capacity as the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement, or any other Person designated as a Successor Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement.

 

Servicer Default ” is defined in the Servicing Agreement.

 

Servicing Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018, between Synchrony Bank, as Servicer, and the Issuer.

 

Servicing Criteria ” means the “servicing criteria” set forth in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB.

 

Shared Excess Available Principal Collections ” means, for any Monthly Period, the excess of (a) Collections processed on all Dates of Processing during such Monthly Period to the extent remaining on deposit in the Collection Account, over (b) the sum of (i) Series Finance Charge Collections and Series Principal Collections allocated to each Series for the related Monthly Period and (ii) the Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections for such Monthly Period.

 

  22

 

 

Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections ” means the least of (a) the result of (i) Finance Charge Collections processed on all Dates of Processing during such Monthly Period, minus (ii) the amount of Finance Charge Collections allocated to the Transferor pursuant to Section 4.04(d) , minus (iii) the aggregate of the Series Finance Charge Collections allocated to all Series and (b) the amount of Collections processed on all Dates of Processing during such Monthly Period remaining on deposit in the Collection Account in excess of the aggregate of the Series Finance Charge Collections and Series Principal Collections allocated to each Series for the related Monthly Period and (c) the sum of the Series Available Finance Charge Collections Shortfalls for all Series for such Monthly Period.

 

Stated Principal Amount ” has, with respect to any Note, the meaning specified in the related Indenture Supplement or Terms Document.

 

Sub-Account ” means each portion of a Trust Account designated as such pursuant to this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Sub-Servicer ” means any Person with whom the Servicer enters into a Sub-Servicing Agreement.

 

Sub-Servicing Agreement ” means any written contract entered into between the Servicer and any Sub-Servicer relating to the servicing, administration or collection of the Transferred Receivables.

 

Subordinated Class ” has, with respect to a Class of Notes of any Series, the meaning specified in the related Indenture Supplement, if applicable for such Class of Notes.

 

Subordinated Notes ” means Notes of a Subordinated Class of a Series.

 

Subordinated Transferor Amount ” means, with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, the portion of the Transferor Interest designated as a “Subordinated Transferor Amount” for such Series pursuant to the related Indenture Supplement or Terms Document.

 

Successor Servicer ” means a successor to the initial Servicer as appointed under the Servicing Agreement.

 

Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement ” means a letter of credit, surety bond, cash collateral account, collateral interest, spread account, reserve account, cash collateral guaranty, insurance policy, tax protection agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, cross support feature or other similar arrangement with various credit enhancement providers which provides the benefit of one or more additional forms of credit enhancement which is referenced in the applicable Indenture Supplement for any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes.

 

Supplemental Credit Enhancement Provider ” means any party to any Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement other than the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee.

 

Supplemental Liquidity Agreement ” means a liquidity facility or other similar arrangements with various liquidity providers which provides the benefit of additional liquidity for any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes that is referenced in the applicable Indenture Supplement for such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes.

 

  23

 

 

Supplemental Liquidity Provider ” means any party to any Supplemental Liquidity Agreement other than the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee.

 

Synchrony Bank ” means Synchrony Bank, and any successors or assigns.

 

Tax Opinion ” means, with respect to any Action, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, for United States federal income tax purposes, (a) such Action will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any Outstanding Series, Class or Tranche of Notes with respect to which an Opinion of Counsel was delivered at the time of their issuance, (b) such Action will not cause the Issuer to be treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and (c) such Action will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any Holder of any such Notes.

 

Temporary Global Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a) .

 

Terms Document ” means, with respect to any Class or Tranche of Notes, a supplement to the Indenture Supplement that establishes such Class or Tranche.

 

Tranche ” means, with respect to any Class of Notes, Notes of such Class which have identical terms, conditions and designation. Notes of a single Tranche may be issued on different dates.

 

Transfer Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018, between the Transferor and the Issuer.

 

Transfer Date ” means the Business Day preceding each Payment Date.

 

Transferor ” means Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company or any additional transferor designated as “Transferor” pursuant to the Transfer Agreement.

 

Transferor Allocated Collections ” means, with respect to any Date of Processing, as to (a) Finance Charge Collections processed on such Date of Processing, the result of (i) the Transferor Percentage with respect to Finance Charge Collections multiplied by (ii) the Finance Charge Collections processed on such Date of Processing, and (b) Principal Collections processed on such Date of Processing, the result of (i) the Transferor Percentage with respect to Principal Collections multiplied by (ii) the Principal Collections processed on such Date of Processing.

 

Transferor Interest ” is defined in Section 1.1 of the Trust Agreement.

 

Transferor Percentage ” means, as to Finance Charge Collections, Charged-Off Receivables and Principal Collections, as of any date of determination, (a) 100%, minus (b) the sum of the applicable Allocation Percentages with respect to Finance Charge Collections, Charged-Off Receivables or Principal Collections, as applicable, for all outstanding Series as of such date of determination.

 

Transferred Account ” is defined within the definition of Account.

 

Transferred Assets ” is defined in Section 2.1 of the Transfer Agreement.

 

Transferred Receivable ” means a Receivable that has been transferred by Transferor to the Issuer under the Transfer Agreement.

 

  24

 

 

Trust Account ” means any Series Account, the Collection Account or the Excess Funding Account.

 

Trust Account Property ” means the Trust Accounts, all amounts, Financial Assets, Investment Property and other investments or other property held from time to time in or credited to any Trust Account and all proceeds of the foregoing.

 

Trust Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018, among Transferor, Delaware Trustee and Trustee.

 

Trust Early Amortization Event ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.03 .

 

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in force on the date of this Indenture unless otherwise specifically provided; provided , however , that in the event the Trust Indenture Act is amended after such date, “TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means to the extent required by such an amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

 

Trust Principal Balance ” means, as of any date of determination fully within or relating to a Monthly Period, the sum of (a) the Aggregate Principal Receivables at that time, plus (b) the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account at that time (exclusive of investment earnings on such amount).

 

Trustee ” means Citibank, N.A., as Trustee under the Trust Agreement, its successors in interest and any successor Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

 

UCC ” means, with respect to any jurisdiction, the Uniform Commercial Code as may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in such jurisdiction.

 

U.S. Depository ” means, unless otherwise specified by the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.04 , 2.06 , or 3.01 , with respect to Notes of any Tranche issuable or issued as a Global Note within the United States, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or any successor thereto registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation.

 

Variable Interest ” means any Note that is designated as a “Variable Interest” in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Verified Note Owner ” means either (a) a Note Owner that has provided the Indenture Trustee with each of (i) a written certification that it is a beneficial owner of a specified Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes and (ii) a trade confirmation, an account statement, a letter from a broker or dealer that is acceptable to the Indenture Trustee or other similar document acceptable to the Indenture Trustee showing that such Noteholder or Note Owner is a beneficial owner of such Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes or (b) any Noteholder.

 

Wholly-owned Affiliate ” has the meaning specified in Rule 2 of Regulation RR.

 

Section 1.02        Compliance Certificates and Opinions . Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, other than any request that (i) the Indenture Trustee authenticate the Notes specified in such request, or (ii) the Indenture Trustee pay amounts due and payable to the Issuer hereunder to the Issuer’s assignee specified in such request, the Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with and (iii) if required by the TIA and the applicable Indenture Supplement, an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants meeting the applicable requirements of this Section, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

  25

 

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.09 and of the preceding paragraph, if all Notes of a Tranche are not to be originally issued at one time, it will not be necessary to deliver the Issuer Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 3.09 or the Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to such preceding paragraph at or before the time of authentication of each Note of such Tranche if such documents are delivered at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Note of such Tranche to be issued.

 

The Indenture Trustee may rely, as to authorization by the Issuer of any Tranche of Notes, the form and terms thereof and the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability thereof, upon the Opinion of Counsel and the other documents delivered pursuant to Section 3.09 and this Section 1.02 , as applicable, in connection with the first authentication of Notes of such Tranche.

 

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except for the annual statement required by Section 10.04 ) will include:

 

(a)       a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

(b)       a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)       a statement, in the opinion of such individual, that such individual has made (or caused to be made) such examination or investigation as is necessary to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d)       a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 1.03        Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee . In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, one or more specified Persons, one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to the other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate or opinion of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless the Issuer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of, or representation by, counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations are erroneous.

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

  26

 

 

Section 1.04       Acts of Noteholders .

 

(a)       Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (collectively, an “ Action ”) provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Noteholders of any Series, Class or Tranche may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such Action will become effective when such instrument or instruments or record are delivered to the Indenture Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the Action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments and so voting at any meeting. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, will be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 ) conclusive in favor of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.04 .

 

(b)       The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness to such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit will also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Indenture Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c)       Except as otherwise specified herein, the ownership of the Notes will be proved by the Note Register.

 

(d)       If the Issuer will solicit from the Holders any Action, the Issuer may, at its option, by an Officer’s Certificate and consistent with the Trust Indenture Act, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such Action, but the Issuer will have no obligation to do so. If the Issuer does not so fix a record date, such record date will be the later of 30 days before the first solicitation of such Action or the date of the most recent list of Noteholders furnished to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 8.01 before such solicitation. Such Action may be given before or after the record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on the record date will be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Notes Outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such Action, and for that purpose the Notes Outstanding will be computed as of the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on the record date will be deemed effective unless it will become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.

 

(e)       Any Action by the Holder of any Note will bind the Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon whether or not notation of such Action is made upon such Note.

 

(f)       Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any Action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or Action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

 

  27

 

 

(g)       Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 or pursuant to one or more Indenture Supplements, a Holder, including a Depository that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any Action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depository that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depository’s standing instructions and customary practices.

 

(h)       The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by a Depository entitled under the procedures of such Depository to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any Action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such Action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such Action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

 

Section 1.05       Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee and Issuer . Any Action of Noteholders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with (i) the Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder or by the Issuer will be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Indenture Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office or (ii) the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by any Noteholder will be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (except as provided in Section 6.01(c) ) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in Section 12.10 or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Indenture Trustee by the Issuer.

 

Section 1.06       Notices to Noteholders; Waiver .

 

(a)       Where this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or any Note provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice will be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein, in such Indenture Supplement or in such Note expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, sent by facsimile, sent by electronic transmission, sent through the applicable clearing agency or Depository pursuant to Section 2.07 , or personally delivered to each Holder of a Note affected by such event, at such Noteholder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, facsimile, electronic transmission or delivery neither the failure to mail, send by facsimile, electronic transmission or deliver such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Noteholders will affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders and any notice that is mailed, sent by facsimile, electronic transmission or delivered in the manner herein provided shall conclusively have been presumed to have been duly given.

 

Where this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or any Note provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver will be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders will be filed with the Indenture Trustee, but such filing will not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

  28

 

 

(b)       In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or otherwise, it will be impractical to mail notice of any event to any Noteholder when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any method of notification as will be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer will be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

 

(c)       With respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, the applicable Indenture Supplement may specify different or additional means of giving notice to the Holders of the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche.

 

(d)       Where this Indenture provides for notice to any Rating Agency, failure to give such notice will not affect any other rights or obligations created hereunder and will not under any circumstance constitute an Adverse Effect.

 

Section 1.07        Conflict with Trust Indenture Act . If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “incorporated provision”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties or incorporated provision will control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision will be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or excluded, as the case may be.

 

Section 1.08        Effect of Headings and Table of Contents . The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and will not affect the construction hereof.

 

Section 1.09        Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Indenture and the Notes by the Issuer will bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All covenants and agreements of the Indenture Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors, co-trustees and agents of the Indenture Trustee.

 

Section 1.10        Severability . Any provision of this Indenture or the Notes that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or of the Notes, as applicable, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 1.11        Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Indenture or in any Notes, express or implied, will give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Authenticating Agent or Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, the Holders of Notes (or such of them as may be affected thereby) or the Secured Parties, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

Section 1.12        Governing Law . (a) THIS INDENTURE AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN ANY APPLICABLE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, THIS INDENTURE IS SUBJECT TO THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED THEREBY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH.

 

  29

 

 

(b)        EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS INDENTURE OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED , FURTHER , THAT NOTHING IN THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE NOTES, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 12.10 AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM, THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE NOTEHOLDERS BY ACCEPTING THEIR INTEREST IN THE NOTES WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 1.12 SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHTS OF ANY PERSON PURSUANT TO SECTION 6.6 OF THE TRANSFER AGREEMENT OR SECTION 7.16 OF THE RECEIVABLES SALE AGREEMENT IN CONNECTION WITH A REQUEST RELATING TO THE REPURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES.

 

Section 1.13        Counterparts . This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same instrument. Executed counterparts may be delivered electronically.

 

  30

 

 

Section 1.14        Legal Holidays . In any case where the date on which any payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date on which nominally due, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.

 

ARTICLE II

NOTE FORMS

 

Section 2.01        Forms Generally . The Notes will have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or the applicable Indenture Supplement and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon, as may be required to comply with applicable laws or regulations or with the rules of any securities exchange, or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the Issuer, as evidenced by the Issuer’s execution of such Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

 

The definitive Notes will be typewritten, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods (with or without steel engraved borders) or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the Issuer, as evidenced by the Issuer’s execution of such Notes, subject, with respect to the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche, to the rules of any securities exchange on which such Notes are listed.

 

Section 2.02        Forms of Notes . Each Note will be in one of the forms approved from time to time by or pursuant to an Indenture Supplement. Before the delivery of a Note to the Indenture Trustee for authentication in any form approved by or pursuant to an Issuer Certificate, the Issuer will deliver to the Indenture Trustee the Issuer Certificate by or pursuant to which such form of Note has been approved, which Issuer Certificate will have attached thereto a true and correct copy of the form of Note which has been approved thereby or, if an Issuer Certificate authorizes a specific officer or officers of the Transferor to approve a form of Note, a certificate of such officer or officers approving the form of Note attached thereto. Any form of Note approved by or pursuant to an Issuer Certificate must be acceptable as to form to the Indenture Trustee, such acceptance to be evidenced by the Indenture Trustee’s authentication of Notes in that form or a certificate signed by an Indenture Trustee Authorized Officer and delivered to the Issuer.

 

Section 2.03        Form of Indenture Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication . The form of Indenture Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication for any Note issued pursuant to this Indenture will be substantially as follows:

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Notes of the Series, Class or Tranche designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Indenture Trustee,
     
  By:  
  Authorized Signatory
     
  Dated:   

 

  31

 

 

Section 2.04      Notes Issuable in the Form of a Global Note .

 

(a)       If the Issuer establishes pursuant to Sections 2.02 and 3.01 that the Notes of a particular Series, Class or Tranche are to be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes, then the Issuer will execute and the Indenture Trustee or its agent will, in accordance with Section 3.03 and the Issuer Certificate delivered to the Indenture Trustee or its agent thereunder, authenticate and deliver, such Global Note or Notes, which, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Indenture Supplement (i) will represent, and will be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate Stated Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche to be represented by such Global Note or Notes, or such portion thereof as the Issuer will specify in an Issuer Certificate, (ii) will be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Notes or its nominee, (iii) will be delivered by the Indenture Trustee or its agent to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository’s instruction, (iv) if applicable, will bear a legend substantially to the following effect: “Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“ DTC ”), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), any transfer, pledge or other use hereof for value or otherwise by or to any person is wrongful inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein” and (v) may bear such other legend as the Issuer, upon advice of counsel, deems to be applicable.

 

(b)       Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.04 or of Section 3.05 , and subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) below, unless the terms of a Global Note or the applicable Indenture Supplement expressly permit such Global Note to be exchanged in whole or in part for individual Notes, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole but not in part and in the manner provided in Section 3.05 , only to a nominee of the Depository for such Global Note, or to the Depository, or a successor Depository for such Global Note selected or approved by the Issuer, or to a nominee of such successor Depository.

 

(c)       With respect to Notes issued within the United States, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement, or with respect to Notes issued outside the United States, if specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement:

 

(i)       If at any time the Depository for a Global Note notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note or if at any time the Depository for the Notes for such Series, Class or Tranche ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation, the Issuer will appoint a successor Depository with respect to such Global Note. If a successor Depository for such Global Note is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days after the Issuer receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Issuer will execute, and the Indenture Trustee or its agent, upon receipt of an Issuer Certificate requesting the authentication and delivery of individual Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche in exchange for such Global Note, will authenticate and deliver, individual Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche of like tenor and terms in an aggregate Stated Principal Amount equal to the Stated Principal Amount of the Global Note in exchange for such Global Note.

 

  32

 

 

(ii)       The Issuer may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche or portion thereof issued or issuable in the form of one or more Global Notes will no longer be represented by such Global Note or Notes. In such event the Issuer will execute, and the Indenture Trustee, upon receipt of a written request by the Issuer for the authentication and delivery of individual Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche in exchange in whole or in part for such Global Note, will authenticate and deliver individual Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche of like tenor and terms in definitive form in an aggregate Stated Principal Amount equal to the Stated Principal Amount of such Global Note or Notes representing such Series, Class or Tranche or portion thereof in exchange for such Global Note or Notes.

 

(iii)       If specified by the Issuer pursuant to Sections 2.02 and 3.01 with respect to Notes issued or issuable in the form of a Global Note, the Depository for such Global Note may surrender such Global Note in exchange in whole or in part for individual Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche of like tenor and terms in definitive form on such terms as are acceptable to the Issuer and such Depository. Thereupon the Issuer will execute, and the Indenture Trustee or its agent will authenticate and deliver, without service charge, (A) to each Person specified by such Depository a new Note or Notes of the same Series, Class or Tranche of like tenor and terms and of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in an aggregate Stated Principal Amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest in the Global Note; and (B) to such Depository a new Global Note of like tenor and terms and in an authorized denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the Stated Principal Amount of the surrendered Global Note and the aggregate Stated Principal Amount of Notes delivered to the Holders thereof.

 

(iv)       If any Event of Default has occurred with respect to such Global Notes, and Holders of Notes evidencing more than 50% of the unpaid Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Global Notes of that Series, Class or Tranche advise the Indenture Trustee and the Depository that a Global Note is no longer in the best interest of the Noteholders, the Holders of Global Notes may exchange such Notes for individual Notes.

 

(v)       In any exchange provided for in any of the preceding three paragraphs, the Issuer will execute and the Indenture Trustee or its agent will authenticate and deliver individual Notes in definitive registered form in authorized denominations. Upon the exchange of the entire Stated Principal Amount of a Global Note for individual Notes, such Global Note will be canceled by the Indenture Trustee or its agent. Except as provided in the preceding paragraphs, Notes issued in exchange for a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.04 will be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depository for such Global Note, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, will instruct the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar. The Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar will deliver such Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.

 

Section 2.05      Temporary Global Notes and Permanent Global Notes .

 

(a)       If specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement for any Tranche, all or any portion of a Global Note may initially be issued in the form of a single temporary Global Note (the “ Temporary Global Note ”), without interest coupons, in the denomination of the entire aggregate principal amount of such Series, Class or Tranche and substantially in the form set forth in the exhibit with respect thereto attached to the applicable Indenture Supplement. The Temporary Global Note will be authenticated by the Indenture Trustee upon the same conditions, in substantially the same manner and with the same effect as the Notes in definitive form. The Temporary Global Note may be exchanged as described below or in the applicable Indenture Supplement for permanent Global Notes (the “ Permanent Global Notes ”).

 

  33

 

 

(b)       Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Indenture Supplement, exchanges of beneficial interests in Temporary Global Notes for beneficial interests in Permanent Global Notes will be made as provided in this subsection 2.05(b) and as additionally provided for in the applicable Indenture Supplement. The Administrator will, upon its determination of the date of completion of the distribution of the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche, so advise the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer, the Foreign Depository, and each foreign clearing agency forthwith. Without unnecessary delay, but in any event not prior to the Exchange Date, the Issuer will execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee at the office of its designated agent outside the United States Permanent Global Notes in registered form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes. The Temporary Global Note may be exchanged for an equal aggregate principal amount of Permanent Global Notes only on or after the Exchange Date. Upon any demand for exchange for Permanent Global Notes in accordance with this clause, the Issuer will cause the Indenture Trustee to authenticate and deliver the Permanent Global Notes to the Holder according to the instructions of the Holder, but only upon presentation to the Indenture Trustee of any certificates required in the applicable Indenture Supplement. Upon receipt of any such certification, the Indenture Trustee will cause the Temporary Global Note to be endorsed in accordance with subsection 2.05(d) . Any exchange as provided in this Section 2.05 will be made free of charge to the Holders and the beneficial owners of the Temporary Global Note and to the beneficial owners of the Permanent Global Note issued in exchange, except that a person receiving the Permanent Global Note must bear the cost of insurance, postage, transportation and the like in the event that such Person does not receive such Permanent Global Note in person at the offices of a foreign clearing agency or Foreign Depository.

 

(c)       The delivery to the Indenture Trustee by a foreign clearing agency or Foreign Depository of any written statement referred to above may be relied upon by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee as conclusive evidence that a corresponding certification or certifications has or have been delivered to such foreign clearing agency pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

(d)       Upon any such exchange of all or a portion of the Temporary Global Note for a Permanent Global Note or Notes, such Temporary Global Note will be endorsed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee to reflect the reduction of its principal amount by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Permanent Global Note or Notes. Until so exchanged in full, such Temporary Global Note will in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as Permanent Global Notes authenticated and delivered hereunder except that the beneficial owners of such Temporary Global Note will not be entitled to receive payments of interest on the Notes until they have exchanged their beneficial interests in such Temporary Global Note for Permanent Global Notes.

 

Section 2.06      Beneficial Ownership of Global Notes . Until definitive Notes have been issued to the applicable Noteholders pursuant to Section 2.04 or as otherwise specified in any applicable Indenture Supplement:

 

(a)       the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee may deal with the applicable clearing agency or Depository and the clearing agency’s or Depository’s participants for all purposes (including the making of distributions) as the authorized representatives of the respective Note Owners; and

 

(b)       the rights of the respective Note Owners will be exercised only through the applicable clearing agency or Depository and the clearing agency’s or Depository’s participants and will be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the clearing agency or Depository and/or the clearing agency’s or Depository’s participants. Pursuant to the operating rules of the applicable clearing agency, unless and until Notes in definitive form are issued pursuant to Section 2.04 , the clearing agency or the Depository will make book-entry transfers among the clearing agency’s or the Depository’s participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal and interest on the related Notes to such clearing agency’s or Depository’s participants.

 

  34

 

 

For purposes of any provision of this Indenture requiring or permitting Actions with the consent of, or at the direction of, Noteholders evidencing a specified percentage of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of Outstanding Notes, such direction or consent may be given by Note Owners (acting through the clearing agency and the clearing agency’s participants) owning interests in Notes evidencing the requisite percentage of principal amount of Notes.

 

Section 2.07       Notices to Depository . Whenever any notice or other communication is required to be given to Noteholders with respect to which book-entry Notes have been issued, unless and until Notes in definitive form will have been issued to the related Note Owners, the Indenture Trustee will give all such notices and communications to the applicable clearing agency or Depository.

 

ARTICLE III

THE NOTES

 

Section 3.01       General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of a Series, Class or Tranche of Notes .

 

(a)       The aggregate Stated Principal Amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is not limited.

 

(b)       The Notes may be issued in one or more Series, Classes or Tranches up to an aggregate Stated Principal Amount of Notes as from time to time may be authorized by the Issuer. All Notes of each Series, Class or Tranche under this Indenture will in all respects be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits hereof with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time of the authentication and delivery or Scheduled Principal Payment Date or Legal Maturity Date of the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche, except as specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement for such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes.

 

(c)       Each Note issued must be part of a Series, Class and Tranche of Notes for purposes of allocations pursuant to this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement. A Series of Notes is created pursuant to an Indenture Supplement. A Class or Tranche of Notes may be created pursuant to an Indenture Supplement or pursuant to a Terms Document related to the Indenture Supplement for the applicable Series.

 

(d)       Each Series of Notes may be, but need not be, subdivided into multiple Classes. Notes belonging to a Class in any Series may be entitled to specified payment priorities over other Classes of Notes in that Series.

 

(e)       Notes of a Series that belong to different Classes in that Series belong to different Tranches on the basis of the difference in Class membership.

 

(f)       Each Class of Notes may consist of a single Tranche or may be subdivided into multiple Tranches. Notes of a single Class of a Series will belong to different Tranches if they have different terms and conditions. With respect to any Class of Notes, Notes which have identical terms, conditions and Tranche designation will be deemed to be part of a single Tranche of Notes.

 

  35

 

 

(g)       Before the initial issuance of Notes of each Series, Class or Tranche, there shall also be established in or pursuant to an Indenture Supplement or pursuant to a Terms Document related to the applicable Indenture Supplement, provision for:

 

(i)        the Series designation;

 

(ii)       the Stated Principal Amount of the Notes;

 

(iii)       whether such Notes are of a particular Class of Notes or a Tranche of a Class of Notes;

 

(iv)       the Required Subordinated Amount (if any) for such Class or Tranche of Notes;

 

(v)        the Required Collateral Amount (if any) for such Series of Notes;

 

(vi)       the currency or currencies in which such Notes will be denominated and in which payments of principal of, and interest on, such Notes will or may be payable;

 

(vii)       if the principal of or interest, if any, on such Notes are to be payable, at the election of the Issuer or a Holder thereof, in a currency or currencies other than that in which the Notes are stated to be payable, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made;

 

(viii)       if the amount of payments of principal of or interest, if any, on such Notes may be determined with reference to an index based on (A) a currency or currencies other than that in which the Notes are stated to be payable, (B) changes in the prices of one or more other securities or groups or indexes of securities or (C) changes in the prices of one or more commodities or groups or indexes of commodities, or any combination of the foregoing, the manner in which such amounts will be determined;

 

(ix)       the price or prices at which such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes will be issued;

 

(x)        the times at which such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes may, pursuant to any optional or mandatory redemption provisions, be redeemed, and the other terms and provisions of any such redemption provisions;

 

(xi)       the rate per annum at which such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes will bear interest, if any, or the formula or index on which such rate will be determined, including all relevant definitions, and the date from which interest will accrue;

 

(xii)       each Interest Payment Date, the Scheduled Principal Payment Date and the Legal Maturity Date for such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes;

 

(xiii)       the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of such Notes, and the means for calculating the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes;

 

(xiv)       the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, and the means for calculating the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes;

 

  36

 

 

(xv)       whether or not application will be made to list such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes on any securities exchange;

 

(xvi)       any Events of Default or Early Amortization Events with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, if not set forth herein and any additions, deletions or other changes to the Events of Default or Early Amortization Events set forth herein that will be applicable to such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes (including a provision making any Event of Default or Early Amortization Event set forth herein inapplicable to the Notes of that Series, Class or Tranche);

 

(xvii)       the appointment by the Indenture Trustee of an Authenticating Agent in one or more places with power to act on behalf of the Indenture Trustee and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of such Notes in connection with such transactions as will be specified in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to the applicable Indenture Supplement creating such Series, Class or Tranche;

 

(xviii)       if such Notes will be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Note or Global Notes, the terms and conditions, if any, upon which such Global Note or Global Notes may be exchanged in whole or in part for other individual Notes; and the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes (if other than the Depository specified in Section 1.01 );

 

(xix)        the subordination of such Notes to any other indebtedness of the Issuer, including the Notes of any other Series, Class or Tranche;

 

(xx)        if such Notes are to have the benefit of any Derivative Agreement, the terms and provisions of such agreement;

 

(xxi)       if such Notes are to have the benefit of any Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement or Supplemental Liquidity Agreement, the terms and provisions of the applicable agreement;

 

(xxii)       the Record Date for any Payment Date of such Notes, if different from the last day of the month before the related Payment Date;

 

(xxiii)       the amount scheduled to be deposited to the Principal Funding Account for such Notes on each Principal Payment Date during an amortization period or accumulation period for such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes;

 

(xxiv)       whether and under what conditions, additional amounts will be payable to Noteholders; and

 

(xxv)       any other terms of such Notes as stated in the related Indenture Supplement;

 

all upon such terms as may be determined in or pursuant to an Indenture Supplement with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes.

 

(h)       The form of the Notes of each Series, Class or Tranche will be established pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement or Terms Document creating such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes. The Notes of each Series, Class or Tranche will be distinguished from the Notes of each other Series, Class or Tranche in such manner, reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, as the Issuer may determine.

 

  37

 

 

(i)       Any terms or provisions in respect of the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche issued under this Indenture may be determined pursuant to this Section 3.01 by providing in the applicable Indenture Supplement the method by which such terms or provisions will be determined.

 

(j)       The Transferor Interest will be held by the Transferor, but may be transferred by the holder of such Transferor Interest in whole or in part subject to certain limitations and conditions described in the Indenture Supplements. The Transferor Interest shall initially be held in an uncertificated form in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

 

Section 3.02      Denominations and Currency . The Notes of each Series, Class or Tranche will be issuable only in registered form and in such denominations and currency as will be provided in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to the applicable Indenture Supplement. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche, the Notes of that Series, Class or Tranche will be issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 and $1,000 multiples thereof; provided that the foregoing shall not restrict or prevent the registration or transfer in accordance with Section 3.05 of any Note having an Outstanding Principal Dollar Amount of other than an integral multiple of $1,000, or the issuance of a single Note of each Class or Tranche with a denomination less than $1,000.

 

Section 3.03      Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating .

 

(a)       The Notes will be executed on behalf of the Issuer by an Authorized Officer of the Trustee. The signature of any Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

 

(b)       Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at the time an Authorized Officer of the Trustee will bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices before the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of issuance of such Notes.

 

(c)       At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee for authentication; and the Indenture Trustee will, upon request by an Officer’s Certificate, authenticate and deliver such Notes as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise.

 

(d)       Before any such authentication and delivery, the Indenture Trustee will be entitled to receive, in addition to any Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel required to be furnished to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 1.02 , the Issuer Certificate and any other opinion or certificate relating to the issuance of the Series, Class or Tranche of Notes required to be furnished pursuant to Section 2.02 or Section 3.09 .

 

(e)       The Indenture Trustee will not be required to authenticate such Notes if the issue thereof will adversely affect the Indenture Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(f)       Unless otherwise provided in the form of Note for any Series, Class or Tranche, all Notes will be dated the date of their authentication.

 

  38

 

 

(g)       No Note will be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a Certificate of Authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Indenture Trustee by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Note will be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

 

Section 3.04      Temporary Notes .

 

(a)       Pending the preparation of definitive Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche, the Issuer may execute, and, upon receipt of the documents required by Section 3.03 , together with an Officer’s Certificate, the Indenture Trustee will authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the Issuer may determine, as evidenced by the Issuer’s execution of such Notes.

 

(b)       If temporary Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche will be exchangeable for definitive Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche upon surrender of the temporary Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder; and upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes the Issuer will execute and the Indenture Trustee will authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like Stated Principal Amount of definitive Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche of authorized denominations and of like tenor and terms. Until so exchanged the temporary Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche will in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche.

 

Section 3.05      Registration, Transfer and Exchange .

 

(a)       The Issuer will keep or cause to be kept a register (herein sometimes referred to as the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer will provide for the registration of Notes, or of Notes of a particular Series, Class or Tranche, and for transfers of Notes or of Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche. The Issuer hereby initially appoints the Indenture Trustee as registrar (in such capacity, the “ Note Registrar ”) for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided and the Indenture Trustee hereby accepts such appointment.  The Issuer may at any time and from time to time authorize any Person to act as Note Registrar with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes issued under this Indenture. Upon any resignation of any Note Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it cannot make such an appointment, assume the duties of Note Registrar. If a Person other than the Indenture Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as the Note Registrar, the Issuer will give the Indenture Trustee prompt written notice of the appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the location, of the Note Register.  The Indenture Trustee shall have the right to inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times, to obtain copies thereof and to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of the Note Registrar by an officer thereof as to the names and addresses of the Noteholders and the principal amounts and number of such Notes.

 

(b)       Subject to Section 2.04 , upon surrender for transfer of any Note of any Series, Class or Tranche at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, if the requirements of Section 8-401(a) of the UCC are met, the Issuer will execute, and, upon receipt of such surrendered Note, the Indenture Trustee will authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate Stated Principal Amount, Scheduled Principal Payment Date and Legal Maturity Date and of like terms.

 

  39

 

 

(c)       Subject to Section 2.04 , at the option of the Holder, Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche may be exchanged for other Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate Stated Principal Amount, Scheduled Principal Payment Date and Legal Maturity Date and of like terms, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency described in subsection 3.05(b) above.

 

(d)       All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes will be the valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(e)       Every Note presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange will (if so required by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

(f)       Unless otherwise provided in the Note to be transferred or exchanged, no service charge will be made on any Noteholder for any transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer may (unless otherwise provided in such Note) require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04 not involving any transfer.

 

(g)       None of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee shall be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of selection of Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche to be redeemed and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption of Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche so selected for redemption or (ii) to register the transfer or exchange of any Notes or portions thereof so selected for redemption.

 

(h)       None of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, any agent of the Indenture Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Note Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

 

(i)       Registration of transfer of Notes containing the following legend or to which the following legend is applicable:

 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.”

 

  40

 

 

will be effected only if such transfer is made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or is exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act. In the event that registration of a transfer is to be made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act other than Rule 144A under the Securities Act or Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, the transferor or the transferee will deliver, at its expense, to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, an investment letter from the transferee, substantially in the form of the investment letter attached hereto as Exhibit A or such other form as the Issuer may determine, and no registration of transfer will be made until such letter is so delivered.

 

Notes issued upon registration or transfer of, or Notes issued in exchange for, Notes bearing the legend referred to above will also bear such legend unless the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Note Registrar receive an Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to each of them, to the effect that such legend may be removed.

 

Whenever a Note containing the legend referred to above is presented to the Note Registrar for registration of transfer or exchange, the Note Registrar will promptly seek instructions from the Issuer regarding such transfer or exchange and will be entitled to receive an Issuer Certificate prior to registering any such transfer or exchange. The Issuer hereby agrees to indemnify (which indemnity shall include the costs of enforcement of such indemnity obligation) the Note Registrar and the Indenture Trustee and to hold each of them harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by them in relation to any such instructions furnished pursuant to this clause.

 

Each purchaser or transferee of Notes, or any beneficial interest therein, shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) it is not, and is not directly or indirectly acquiring the Notes or any beneficial interest therein for, on behalf of or with any assets of, a Plan or (ii) its acquisition and holding of the Notes or any beneficial interest therein does not and will not constitute or otherwise result in a nonexempt prohibited transaction in violation of Section 406 or 407 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code (or, in the case of a governmental, church or non-U.S. plan, a violation of any substantially similar non-U.S., federal, state or local law).

 

Section 3.06      Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes .

 

(a)       If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar, or the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Issuer, the Note Registrar and the Indenture Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuer will execute and upon its request the Indenture Trustee will authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor, Series, Class or Tranche, Scheduled Principal Payment Date, Legal Maturity Date and Stated Principal Amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously Outstanding.

 

(b)       In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

 

(c)       Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 3.06 , the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee) connected therewith.

 

  41

 

 

(d)       Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 3.06 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note will constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note will be at any time enforceable by anyone, and will be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes of the same Series, Class or Tranche duly issued hereunder.

 

(e)       The provisions of this Section 3.06 are exclusive and will preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

 

Section 3.07      Payment of Interest; Interest and Principal Rights Preserved; Withholding Taxes .

 

(a)       Unless otherwise provided with respect to such Note pursuant to Section 3.01 , interest payable on any Note will be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the most recent Record Date.

 

(b)       Subject to clause (a), each Note delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note will carry the rights to interest accrued or principal accreted and unpaid, and to accrue or accrete, which were carried by such other Note.

 

(c)       The right of any Noteholder to receive interest on or principal of any Note shall be subject to any applicable withholding or deduction imposed pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code or other applicable tax law, including foreign withholding and deduction. Any amounts properly so withheld or deducted shall be treated as actually paid to the appropriate Noteholder. All Noteholders shall deliver to the applicable withholding agent prior to the first Payment Date and at any time or times required by applicable law information and/or properly completed and signed tax certifications sufficient to eliminate the imposition of or to determine the amount of any withholding of tax, including FATCA Withholding Tax, including without limitation, a correct, complete and properly executed IRS Form W-9 or applicable Form W-8 (with appropriate attachments), or any successor form, as applicable (in each case, “ Noteholder Tax Identification Information ”). To the extent the Issuer has actual knowledge that FATCA Withholding Tax is applicable, it will notify the Indenture Trustee thereof.

 

Each Noteholder, by acceptance of the related Note or an interest in such Note, will be deemed to have agreed to provide the Noteholder Tax Identification Information. In addition, each Holder of a Note or an interest therein agrees that the Indenture Trustee and any other agent of the Issuer shall have the right to withhold interest and principal payable with respect to a Note (without any corresponding gross-up) on any Noteholder or beneficial owner of an interest in a Note that fails to comply with the foregoing requirements       

 

Section 3.08        Cancellation . All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer, conversion or exchange will, if surrendered to any Person other than the Indenture Trustee, be delivered to the Indenture Trustee and, if not already canceled, will be promptly canceled by it. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered will be promptly canceled by the Indenture Trustee. No Note will be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee will dispose of all canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures and will deliver a certificate of such disposition to the Issuer.

 

  42

 

 

Section 3.09      New Issuances of Notes .

 

(a)       The Issuer may issue new Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche, so long as the following conditions precedent are satisfied or waived:

 

(i)       on or before the third Business Day immediately preceding the date a new issuance is to occur, (unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency), the Issuer delivers to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency notice of such new issuance;

 

(ii)       such new issuance will not have an Adverse Effect as of the date the new issuance is to occur (after giving effect to such new issuance) and the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Issuer Certificate to the effect that based upon the facts known to the officer, the new issuance will not have an Adverse Effect as of the date the new issuance is to occur (after giving effect to such new issuance);

 

(iii)       on or before the date that the new issuance is to occur, the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such new issuance;

 

(iv)       on or before the date that the new issuance is to occur, the Issuer will have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Indenture Supplement and a Terms Document to the applicable Class or Tranche of Notes, each in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee;

 

(v)       the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee a Tax Opinion, dated the date of such new issuance;

 

(vi)       no Asset Deficiency shall exist after giving effect to such issuance; and

 

(vii)       any other conditions specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement.

 

(b)       The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee will not be required to provide prior notice to or to obtain the consent of any Noteholder of any Outstanding Series, Class or Tranche to issue any additional Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche.

 

(c)       There are no restrictions on the timing or amount of any additional issuance of Notes of an Outstanding Class or Tranche of a Series of Notes. As of the date of any additional issuance of Notes of an Outstanding Class or Tranche of Notes, the Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount of that Class or Tranche will be increased to reflect the principal amount of the additional Notes. If the additional Notes are a Class or Tranche of Notes that has the benefit of a Derivative Agreement, the Issuer will enter into a Derivative Agreement for the benefit of the additional Notes. In addition, if the additional Notes are a Class or Tranche of Notes that has the benefit of any Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement or any Supplemental Liquidity Agreement, the Issuer will enter into a Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement or Supplemental Liquidity Agreement, as applicable, for the benefit of the additional Notes.

 

When issued, the additional Notes of a Class or Tranche will be identical in all respects to the other Outstanding Notes of that Class or Tranche and will be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement applicable to such Notes as the other Outstanding Notes of that Class or Tranche without preference, priority or distinction.

 

  43

 

 

Section 3.10      Specification of Required Subordinated Amount and Other Terms with Respect to Each Series, Class or Tranche of Notes .

  

(a)       The applicable Indenture Supplement for each Class or Tranche of Notes will specify the Required Subordinated Amount (if any) for each Class or Tranche of Notes and the Required Collateral Amount for each Series of Notes. The Required Subordinated Amount for any Class or Tranche may be satisfied by the issuance of subordinated Classes or Tranches of Notes or through the subordination of a portion of the Transferor Interest as a Subordinated Transferor Amount for the benefit of a Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, as specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

(b)       The Issuer may change the Required Subordinated Amount, or method of computing such amount, for any Class or Tranche of Notes or the Required Collateral Amount for any Series of Notes, or method of computing such amount, in each case at any time without notice to, or without the consent of, any Noteholders so long as the Issuer has satisfied the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Class or Tranche of Notes for which a change has been made to the Required Subordinated Amount or Required Collateral Amount.

 

Section 3.11        Perfection Representations and Warranties . The parties hereto agree that the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Schedule I shall be a part of this Indenture for all purposes.

 

ARTICLE IV

Trust ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND INVESTMENTS

 

Section 4.01         Collection of Amounts Due . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and in the related Indenture Supplement, the Indenture Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance from any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee shall apply all such money and property received by it as provided in this Indenture.

 

Section 4.02         Trust Accounts . (a) On or prior to the initial issuance of Notes, the Issuer covenants to have established and shall thereafter maintain the following accounts (the “ Trust Accounts ”), which accounts shall be Eligible Deposit Accounts:

 

(i)       the Collection Account; and

 

(ii)       the Excess Funding Account.

 

(b)         Each Trust Account shall be invested pursuant to the Servicer’s direction, on behalf of the Issuer, as provided in Section 2.2(f) of the Servicing Agreement.

 

The Issuer shall provide written notice to the Rating Agencies if any Trust Account is not maintained with the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Custody and Control Agreement.

 

(c)         If any Trust Account is a Securities Account, such Trust Account will be maintained in accordance with the Custody and Control Agreement.

 

(d)        (i)       If, at any time, any of the Trust Accounts ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, the Issuer shall within 10 Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which, if any Notes are Outstanding, each Rating Agency may consent) establish a new Trust Account as an Eligible Deposit Account and shall transfer any cash and/or any investments held in the no longer Eligible Deposit Account to such new Eligible Deposit Account.

 

  44

 

 

(ii)         With respect to the Trust Account Property, the Issuer and Indenture Trustee agree, as security for the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture, that:

 

(A)       any Trust Account Property that constitutes, or is held through or in, a deposit account shall be, or shall be held through or in, an Eligible Deposit Account continuously identified in the deposit bank’s books and records as subject to a security interest of the Indenture Trustee and, except as may be expressly provided herein to the contrary, in order to perfect the security interest of the Indenture Trustee in accordance with Section 9-104 of the UCC, the Indenture Trustee shall have the power to direct the disposition of the funds in such deposit account without further consent by the Issuer, the Servicer or any other Person; provided , however , that prior to the delivery by the Indenture Trustee to the Issuer of notice otherwise, the Issuer shall dispose of the funds in such deposit account in accordance with the terms of the Related Documents; provided further that the Indenture Trustee agrees that it will not deliver such notice or exercise its power to direct the disposition of the funds in such deposit account until an Event of Default has occurred; and

 

(B)       all Permitted Investments and other investments shall be held by the Custodian in accordance with the Custody and Control Agreement and shall be subject to the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in such Trust Account Property.

 

(e)       Funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account shall be withdrawn and paid to the Transferor on any day to the extent that no Asset Deficiency exists. After giving effect to any withdrawal of funds pursuant to the preceding sentence, amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account shall be treated as Shared Excess Available Principal Collections on each Transfer Date.

 

(f)       On each Payment Date, all interest and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account shall be treated as Finance Charge Collections with respect to the last day of the preceding Monthly Period, except as otherwise provided in any Indenture Supplement. On each Payment Date, all interest and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be paid to the Transferor. For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the balances in the Collection Account or the Excess Funding Account for any purpose under this Indenture, all interest and other investment earnings net of investment expenses and losses shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit.

 

Section 4.03        Rights of Noteholders . The Collateral shall secure the rights of the Noteholders of each Series to receive the portion of Collections allocable to the Noteholders of such Series pursuant to this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement. In addition, the funds and other property credited to the Collection Account (or any subaccount thereof) allocable to the Noteholders of such Series pursuant to this Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement, funds and other property credited to any related Series Account and funds available pursuant to any related Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement shall be allocable to the Noteholders, it being understood that, except as specifically set forth in the Indenture Supplement with respect thereto, the Notes of any Series or Class shall not be secured by any interest in any Series Account or Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement for the benefit of any other Series, Tranche or Class that is Outstanding.

 

  45

 

 

Section 4.04        Collections and Allocations . (a) Issuer shall apply all funds on deposit in the Collection Account as described in this Article IV , in Schedule II hereof and in each Indenture Supplement. Except as otherwise provided in Schedule II hereof and in each Indenture Supplement, Issuer shall deposit Noteholder Allocated Collections into the Collection Account no later than the second Business Day following the Date of Processing of such Collections; provided that with respect to each Date of Processing, the Issuer shall permit the Servicer to retain an amount equal to the portion of the accrued and unpaid Daily Servicing Fees allocated to the Notes from the Noteholder Allocated Collections for such Date of Processing and such amount need not be deposited into the Collection Account. Noteholder Allocated Collections for any Monthly Period in excess of the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount for such Monthly Period (“ Released Noteholder Collections ”) shall not be required to be deposited into the Collection Account and shall be paid to the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest on each Date of Processing; provided that, if any Asset Deficiency exists (determined after giving effect to any transfer of Principal Receivables to the Issuer on such date), Issuer shall deposit in the Excess Funding Account an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amounts that would otherwise be payable to the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest pursuant to this sentence and (ii) the amount necessary to cure such Asset Deficiency. If on any Business Day the Issuer determines that the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount for any Monthly Period is less than the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount as previously calculated by the Issuer, then the Issuer shall within two Business Days thereafter pay to the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest any funds on deposit in the Collection Account in excess of the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount. If on any Business Day, the Issuer determines that the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount for any Monthly Period is greater than the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount as previously calculated by the Issuer, then the Issuer shall notify the Servicer, and for all Dates of Processing on or after such determination, the Issuer shall deposit Noteholder Allocated Collections into the Collection Account until the amount of Noteholder Allocated Collections on deposit in the Collection Account equals the most recently determined Aggregate Required Deposit Amount; provided , however , for the avoidance of doubt, the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest shall have no obligation to deposit Released Noteholder Collections previously paid to the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest and Noteholders shall have no claim to Released Noteholder Collections.

 

In the event that any provision of this Section 4.04 or any Indenture Supplement shall conflict with Schedule II hereof, Schedule II shall govern.

 

(b)       Finance Charge Collections and Principal Collections shall be allocated to each Series, Class or Tranche of Notes in accordance with the related Indenture Supplement or Terms Document; provided , that during any Monthly Period during which Collections are only deposited into the Collection Account in an amount up to the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount, no Series shall be allocated an amount of Collections in excess of the Required Deposit Amount for such Series. If during any Monthly Period, Collections retained in the Collection Account for such Monthly Period are less than the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount due to the release of Released Noteholder Collections and a subsequent increase in the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount during such Monthly Period, then, with respect to each Series for which an increase was made in the Required Deposit Amount during the Monthly Period, the amount of Collections allocated to such Series (before giving effect to any sharing of Collections pursuant to Sections 4.05 and 4.06 ) shall in no event exceed the sum of:

 

(i)        the lesser of:

 

(x)       the aggregate amount of Collections allocated to such Series for all Dates of Processing during any portion of the Monthly Period preceding the first Required Deposit Amount Increase Date and, if applicable, prior to any subsequent Required Deposit Amount Increase Date; and

 

(y)       the Required Deposit Amount before giving effect to the increase thereof on such Required Deposit Amount Increase Date, plus

 

(ii)       the lesser of:

 

  46

 

  

(x)       the aggregate amount of Collections allocated to such Series for all Dates of Processing during any portion of the Monthly Period on and after such Required Deposit Amount Increase Date and, if applicable, prior to any subsequent Required Deposit Amount Increase Date during such Monthly Period; and

 

(y)       the excess of (I) the Required Deposit Amount after giving effect to the increase thereof on such Required Deposit Amount Increase Date, over (II) the sum of the amount determined pursuant to clause (i) of this proviso, plus , if applicable, the amount determined pursuant to this clause (ii) for any prior Required Deposit Amount Increase Date(s).

 

(c)       On each Transfer Date, the Default Amounts for all Accounts that became Defaulted Accounts during the prior Monthly Period will be allocated to each Class, Tranche or Series of Notes in accordance with the related Indenture Supplement or Terms Document.

 

(d)       Throughout the existence of the Issuer, unless otherwise stated in any Indenture Supplement, on each Date of Processing, Issuer shall allocate to the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest an amount equal to the product of (A) the Transferor Percentage and (B) the aggregate amount of Collections allocated to Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, respectively, on that Date of Processing; provided that, if any Asset Deficiency exists (determined after giving effect to any transfer of Principal Receivables to the Issuer on such date), Issuer shall deposit in the Excess Funding Account an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amounts that would otherwise be allocated to the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest and (ii) the amount necessary to cure such Asset Deficiency; provided , further , if the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount is increased during any Monthly Period after any Date of Processing during such Monthly Period on which Released Noteholder Collections were paid to the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest, then on each Date of Processing during such Monthly Period on and after the date on which the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount is increased, Transferor Allocated Collections remaining after giving effect to any deposit pursuant to the preceding proviso shall be treated as Noteholder Allocated Collections and deposited into the Collection Account in an amount not to exceed the Released Noteholder Collections until the amount of Collections on deposit in Collection Account equals the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, unless otherwise stated in any Indenture Supplement or Terms Document, none of the Servicer, the Transferor or the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest need deposit any amounts allocated to the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest pursuant to the foregoing into the Collection Account and shall pay such amounts as collected to the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest.

 

The payments to be made to Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest, pursuant to this Section 4.04(d) do not include amounts that do not represent Collections, including payment of the purchase price for Transferred Receivables pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of Transferred Receivables pursuant to Section 6.02 or payment of the purchase price for the Notes of a specific Tranche or Series pursuant to the related Indenture Supplement or Terms Document.

 

  47

 

 

Section 4.05        Optional Amortization Amounts; Shared Excess Available Principal Collections . So long as the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount for the related Monthly Period has been deposited to the Collection Account (other than any portion thereof attributable to Optional Amortization Amounts), on any Date of Processing, the Issuer may apply Principal Collections allocated to any Variable Interest for the payment of Optional Amortization Amounts with respect to such Variable Interest (or retain such funds in the Collection Account for later application as Optional Amortization Amounts for such Variable Interest). In addition, so long as the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount for the related Monthly Period has been deposited to the Collection Account (other than any portion thereof attributable to Optional Amortization Amounts), on any Date of Processing, the Issuer may apply Principal Collections allocated to any Series (and not required to be applied to Optional Amortization Amounts for such Series pursuant to the related Indenture Supplement) as Optional Amortization Amounts with respect to any other Series (or retain such funds in the Collection Account for later application as Optional Amortization Amounts for any other Series). On or before each Transfer Date following the end of the Monthly Period, (a) Issuer shall determine the aggregate amount of Series Available Principal Collections Shortfalls for all Series of Notes for such Monthly Period, and (b) Shared Excess Available Principal Collections with respect to any Monthly Period shall be allocated to cover the applicable Series Available Principal Collections Shortfalls, if any, for each Series of Notes for such Monthly Period and applied on the applicable Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period. If the aggregate amount of Shared Excess Available Principal Collections for all Series of Notes for such Monthly Period is less than the aggregate amount of Series Available Principal Collections Shortfalls for all Series of Notes for such Monthly Period, then Shared Excess Available Principal Collections shall be allocated, first, to each Series, pro rata , in proportion to the Series Available Principal Collections Shortfalls (calculated excluding any proportion thereof relating to Optional Amortization Amounts), if any, with respect to each such Series, and second, to each Series pro rata , in proportion to any remaining Series Available Principal Collections Shortfalls attributable to Optional Amortization Amounts. On each Transfer Date, Issuer shall withdraw from the Collection Account and pay to the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest any amounts representing Shared Excess Available Principal Collections remaining after covering all Series Available Principal Collections Shortfalls; provided that, if, on any Transfer Date an Asset Deficiency exists (determined after giving effect to any transfer of Principal Receivables to the Issuer on such day), Issuer shall not distribute to the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest any Shared Excess Available Principal Collections that otherwise would be distributed to the Holder(s) of the Transferor Interest, but shall deposit such funds in the Excess Funding Account to the extent required so that no Asset Deficiency exists.

 

Section 4.06        Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections . On any day on or before each Transfer Date following the end of the related Monthly Period, so long as the Transferor has all information needed to calculate all amounts referenced in this Section 4.06 and the calculations have been made, Issuer shall allocate Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections for such Transfer Date to each Series, pro rata , in proportion to the Series Available Finance Charge Collections Shortfalls, if any, with respect to each such Series.

 

Section 4.07        Payments within a Series, Class or Tranche . All payments of principal, interest or other amounts to Noteholders of a Series, Class or Tranche will be made in accordance with this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement.

 

ARTICLE V

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE; CANCELLATION OF NOTES HELD BY THE ISSUER

 

Section 5.01        Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . This Indenture will cease to be of further effect with respect to all Series, Class or Tranche of Notes (except as to any surviving rights of transfer or exchange of Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche expressly provided for herein or in the form of Note for that Series, Class or Tranche), and the Indenture Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, will execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to all Notes when:

 

(a)       all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.06 , and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from that trust, as provided in Section 10.03 ) have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee canceled or for cancellation;

 

  48

 

 

(b)       the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture (including payments to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07 ) by the Issuer with respect to the Notes; and

 

(c)       the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (if required by the TIA or the Indenture Trustee) each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes under Section 7.07 and the obligations of the Indenture Trustee under Sections 5.02 and 10.03 will survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 

Section 5.02        Application of Trust Money . All money and obligations deposited with the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 5.03 and all money received by the Indenture Trustee in respect of such obligations will be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Series, Class or Tranche of Notes in respect of which it was deposited and this Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Indenture Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and interest for whose payment that money and obligations have been deposited with or received by the Indenture Trustee; but that money and obligations need not be segregated from other funds held by the Indenture Trustee except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 5.03        Cancellation of Notes Held by the Issuer . If the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds any Notes, that Holder may, subject to any provisions of a related Indenture Supplement limiting the repayment of such Notes, by notice from that Holder to the Indenture Trustee cause the Notes to be canceled, whereupon such Notes will no longer be Outstanding.

 

Section 5.04        Release of Collateral .

 

(a)         Subject to the payment of its fees and expenses pursuant to Section 6.07 , the Indenture Trustee shall, at the direction of the Issuer, execute instruments to release property from the Lien of this Indenture, or convey the Indenture Trustee’s interest in the same, in a manner and under circumstances that are not inconsistent with this Indenture. No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Indenture Trustee as provided in this Article shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee’s authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any funds.

 

(b)        The Indenture Trustee shall, at the written direction of the Issuer, at such time as there are no Notes Outstanding, release and transfer, without recourse, all of the Collateral that secured the Notes (other than any cash held for the payment of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.07 ) in a manner and under circumstances that are not inconsistent with this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee shall release property from the Lien of this Indenture pursuant to this Section 5.04(b) only upon receipt of an Issuer Request requesting such release accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA and the applicable Indenture Supplement) Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA §§314(c) and 314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 1.02 .

 

  49

 

 

Section 5.05        Opinion of Counsel . The Indenture Trustee shall receive at least seven days’ notice when requested by the Issuer to take any action pursuant to Section 5.04(a) , accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and the Indenture Trustee shall also require, as a condition to such action, an Opinion of Counsel stating the legal effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of such action have been complied with and such action will not materially and adversely impair the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in contravention of this Indenture; provided , however , that such Opinion of Counsel shall not be required to express an opinion as to the fair value of the Collateral. Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without independent investigation, on the accuracy and validity of any certificate or other instrument delivered to the Indenture Trustee in connection with any such action.

 

ARTICLE VI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT, EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01        Events of Default . “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it will be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless such event is either expressly stated to be inapplicable to a particular Series, Class or Tranche of Notes or specifically deleted or modified in the applicable Indenture Supplement creating such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes or in the form of Note for such Series, Class or Tranche:

 

(a)       with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, as applicable, a default by the Issuer in the payment of any interest on such Notes when such interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 35 days following the date on which such interest became due and payable;

 

(b)       with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, as applicable, a default by the Issuer in the payment of the Stated Principal Amount of such Tranche of Notes at the applicable Legal Maturity Date;

 

(c)       default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture in respect of the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche (other than a covenant or agreement a default in the observance or performance of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with) (all such covenants and agreements in the Indenture which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit of a particular Series, Class or Tranche being deemed to be in respect of the Notes of all Series, Classes or Tranches for this purpose) and such default shall continue or not be cured for a period of 60 days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of the affected Series, Class or Tranche, a written notice specifying such default and requesting it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder and, as a result of such default, the interests of the Holders of the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche are materially and adversely affected and continue to be materially and adversely affected during the 60 day period;

 

(d)       the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Issuer or;

 

  50

 

 

(e)       with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche, any additional Event of Default specified in the Indenture Supplement for such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes as applying to such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, or specified in the form of Note for such Series, Class or Tranche.

 

Section 6.02        Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .

 

(a)       If an Event of Default described in clause (a), (b), (c) or (e) (if the Event of Default under clause (c) or (e) is with respect to less than all Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes then Outstanding) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche, then and in each and every such case, unless the principal of all the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche shall have already become due and payable, either the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of more than 66⅔% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche then Outstanding hereunder (each such Series, Class or Tranche acting as a separate Class), by notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Indenture Trustee if given by the Holders), may declare the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all the Outstanding Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche and all interest accrued or principal accreted and unpaid (if any) thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same will become and will be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture, the related Indenture Supplement or in the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche to the contrary notwithstanding. Such payments are subject to the allocation provisions of this Indenture and the allocation, deposits and payment sections of the related Indenture Supplement.

 

(b)       If an Event of Default described in clause (c) or (e) of Section 6.01 occurs with respect to all Series, Classes and Tranches of Outstanding Notes and is continuing, then and in each and every such case, unless the principal of all the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of more than 66⅔% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all the Outstanding Notes hereunder (treated as one Class), by notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Indenture Trustee if given by Holders) and in all cases with a copy of such notice to the Indenture Trustee, may declare the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all the Notes then Outstanding and all interest accrued or principal accreted and unpaid (if any) thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same will become and will be immediately due and payable, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture, the related Indenture Supplements or the Notes to the contrary.

 

(c)       If an Event of Default described in clause (d) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, then the Notes of all Series, Classes and Tranches will automatically be and become immediately due and payable by the Issuer, without notice or demand to any Person, and the Issuer will automatically and immediately be obligated to pay off the Notes.

 

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made or an automatic acceleration has occurred with respect to the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Indenture Trustee as hereinafter in this Article VI ; provided, the Majority Holders of such Series, Classes or Tranches, by written notice to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

 

(i)       the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Indenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (A) all overdue installments of interest on the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche, (B) the principal of any Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, (C) interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, and (D) all sums paid by the Indenture Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of the Indenture Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due to the Indenture Trustee under Section 7.07 ; and

 

  51

 

 

(ii)       all Events of Default with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche which has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 6.16 .

 

No such rescission will affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.03        Early Amortization Events . If any one of the following events (each, a “ Trust Early Amortization Event ”) shall occur:

 

(a)       Synchrony Bank shall become unable for any reason to transfer Receivables within five Business Days after the day on which it is required to transfer Receivables to Transferor pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement or Transferor shall become unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the Issuer within five Business Days after the day on which it is required to transfer Receivables pursuant to the Transfer Agreement;

 

(b)       the Issuer becomes subject to regulation by the Commission as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act; or

 

(c)       the occurrence of an Insolvency Event relating to Synchrony Bank or the Transferor;

 

then an Early Amortization Event with respect to all Series of Notes shall occur without any notice or other action on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event, payment on the Notes of each Series will be made in accordance with the terms of the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Section 6.04        Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee . The Issuer covenants that if:

 

(a)       the Issuer defaults in the payment of interest on any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 35 days following the date on which such interest became due and payable, or

 

(b)       the Issuer defaults in the payment of the principal of any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes on the Legal Maturity Date thereof;

 

the Issuer will, upon written request from the Indenture Trustee pay (subject to the allocation provided in this Article VI and any related Indenture Supplement) to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of any such Notes of the affected Series, Class or Tranche, the whole amount then due and payable on any such Notes for principal and interest, with interest, to the extent that payment of such interest will be legally enforceable, upon the overdue principal and upon overdue installments of interest, in the case of Interest-bearing Notes, at the rate of interest applicable to the stated principal amount thereof, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement, and in addition thereto, will pay such further amount as will be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due to the Indenture Trustee under Section 7.07 .

 

  52

 

 

If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such written request, the Indenture Trustee may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may directly prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and the Indenture Trustee may enforce the same against the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche and collect the money adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the Collateral or from any other obligor upon such Notes, wherever situated.

 

Section 6.05        Indenture Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of an Insolvency Event relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or the property of the Issuer or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Indenture Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes will then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise) will be entitled and empowered to do the same by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:

 

(a)       to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary and advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due to the Indenture Trustee under Section 7.07 and of the Noteholders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

 

(b)       to collect and receive any funds or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder to make such payment to the Indenture Trustee and in the event that the Indenture Trustee will consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Indenture Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Indenture Trustee under Section 7.07 .

 

Nothing herein contained will be deemed to authorize the Indenture Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Indenture Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.06        Indenture Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes . All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche may be prosecuted and enforced by the Indenture Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Indenture Trustee will be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment will, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes of the Series, Class or Tranche in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

Section 6.07        Application of Money Collected . Any money or other property collected by the Indenture Trustee with respect to a Series, Class or Tranche of Notes pursuant to this Article VI will be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Indenture Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or interest, upon presentation of the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

  53

 

 

(a)       first, to the payment of all amounts due to the Indenture Trustee under Section 7.07(a) and the Custodian and Trustee under the Related Documents;

 

(b)       second, unless otherwise specified in the related Indenture Supplement, to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes of that Series, Class or Tranche for principal, plus any accrued but unpaid interest, and any additional interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind (but subject to the allocation provided in the relevant allocation provisions of this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplements), according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, respectively;

 

(c)       third, to pay any Monthly Servicing Fees and any other fees or expenses then owing for that Series, Class or Tranche of Notes; and

 

(d)       fourth, to the Issuer.

 

Section 6.08        Sale of Collateral for Accelerated Notes . In the case of a Series, Class or Tranche of Notes that has been accelerated following an Event of Default, the Indenture Trustee, at the direction of the Holders of more than 66⅔% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, will cause the Issuer to sell Collateral as provided in the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Section 6.09        Noteholders Have the Right to Direct the Time, Method and Place of Conducting Any Proceeding for Any Remedy Available to the Indenture Trustee . The Holders of more than 66⅔% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of any accelerated Series, Class or Tranche of Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Indenture Trustee. This right may be exercised only if the direction provided by the Noteholders does not conflict with applicable law or this Indenture and does not have a substantial likelihood of involving the Indenture Trustee in personal liability.

 

Section 6.10        Limitation on Suits . Except with respect to utilizing the dispute resolution provisions of Section 6.6 of the Transfer Agreement, no Holder of any Note of any Series, Class or Tranche will have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

 

(a)       such Holder has previously given written notice to the Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche;

 

(b)       the Holders of more than 25% in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche have made written request to the Indenture Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in the name of the Indenture Trustee hereunder;

 

(c)       such Holder or Holders have offered to the Indenture Trustee, indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

  54

 

 

(d)       the Indenture Trustee for 60 days after the Indenture Trustee has received such notice, request and offer of indemnity have failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

(e)       no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Indenture Trustee during such 60-day period by the Majority Holders of such Series, Class or Tranche;

 

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche will have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and proportionate benefit of all the Holders of all Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche.

 

Section 6.11        Unconditional Right of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest; Limited Recourse . Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note will have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest on such Note on the Legal Maturity Date specified in the related Indenture Supplement and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right will not be impaired without the consent of such Holder; provided , however , that notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture to the contrary, the obligation to pay principal of or interest on the Notes or any other amount payable to any Noteholder and to make payments in respect of any Derivative Agreement, Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement or Supplemental Liquidity Agreement, as applicable, will be without recourse to the Transferor, Synchrony Bank, the Indenture Trustee, the Trustee or any Affiliate, officer, employee or director of any of them, and the obligation of the Issuer to pay principal of or interest on the Notes or any other amount payable to any Noteholder and to make payments in respect of any Derivative Agreement, Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreement or Supplemental Liquidity Agreement, as applicable, will be subject to the allocation and payment provisions of this Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplements and limited to amounts available from the Collateral pledged to secure the Notes.

 

Section 6.12        Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders will, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders will continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

Section 6.13        Rights and Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, in Section 3.06 , no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy will, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.14        Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Indenture Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article VI or by law to the Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Indenture Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the case may be.

 

  55

 

 

Section 6.15        Control by Noteholders . Except as provided in the provisions of Section 13.05 , Majority Holders of any affected Series, Class or Tranche will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche, provided that:

 

(a)       the Indenture Trustee will have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Indenture Trustee determines that the Action so directed may not lawfully be taken or would conflict with this Indenture or if the Indenture Trustee in good faith will, by an Authorized Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed would involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not taking part in such direction, and

 

(b)       the Indenture Trustee may take any other action permitted hereunder deemed proper by the Indenture Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

 

Section 6.16        Waiver of Past Defaults . Majority Holders of any Series, Class or Tranche may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche waive any past default hereunder or under the related Indenture Supplement with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche and its consequences, except a default not theretofore cured:

 

(a)       in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note of such Series, Class or Tranche, or

 

(b)       in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note of such Series, Class or Tranche.

 

Upon any such waiver, such default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.17        Undertaking for Costs . All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by his acceptance thereof will be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Indenture Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as the Indenture Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section will not apply to any suit instituted by the Indenture Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of Noteholders, holding in the aggregate more than 25% in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche to which the suit relates, or to any suit instituted by any Noteholders for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note on or after the applicable Legal Maturity Date expressed in such Note.

 

Section 6.18        Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Indenture Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

  56

 

 

ARTICLE VII

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01        Certain Duties and Responsibilities .

 

(a)       Except during the continuance of an Event of Default actually known to an Indenture Trustee Authorized Officer:

 

(i)       the Indenture Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture with respect to the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into this Indenture against the Indenture Trustee.

 

(ii)       in the absence of bad faith or negligence on its part, the Indenture Trustee may, with respect to the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche, conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Indenture Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to any provision of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, the Indenture Trustee will be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture or the applicable Indenture Supplement, but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein; and

 

(iii)       the Indenture Trustee shall not provide withdrawal, payment, transfer or other instructions or any notice of exclusive control to the custodian pursuant to the Custody and Control Agreement.

 

(b)       If an Event of Default with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee will exercise with respect to the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche such rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise of such rights and powers, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(c)       No provision of this Indenture will be construed to relieve the Indenture Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)       this subsection (c) will not be construed to limit the effect of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section;

 

(ii)       the Indenture Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an Indenture Trustee Authorized Officer, unless it will be proved that the Indenture Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

  57

 

 

(iii)       the Indenture Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Majority Holders of any Series, Class or Tranche relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Indenture Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche; and

 

(iv)       no provision of this Indenture will require the Indenture Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers unless it has requested and been provided with such security or indemnity as is reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(d)       Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Indenture Trustee will be subject to the provisions of this Section and the TIA.

 

Section 7.02        Notice of Early Amortization Events or Events of Default . If any Early Amortization Event or Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche and is actually known to an Indenture Trustee Authorized Officer, the Indenture Trustee will mail to each Rating Agency that rated such Series, Class or Tranche and the affected Noteholders or all Noteholders, as applicable, notice of such Early Amortization Event or Event of Default within 30 days after it occurs or within 10 Business Days after it receives notice or obtains actual knowledge, if later. Except in the case of an Early Amortization Event or an Event of Default relating to the failure to pay principal of or interest on any Note of such Series, Class or Tranche (including payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption provisions of such Note), the Indenture Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of Indenture Trustee Authorized Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders of such Series, Class or Tranche.

 

Section 7.03        Certain Rights of Indenture Trustee . Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01 :

 

(a)       the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely and will be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(b)       any request or direction or action of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Order;

 

(c)       whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Indenture Trustee will deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Indenture Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate;

 

(d)       the Indenture Trustee may consult with counsel as to legal matters and the advice of any such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

 

(e)       the Indenture Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture if the Indenture Trustee reasonably believes it will not be adequately indemnified against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

 

  58

 

 

(f)       the Indenture Trustee will not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Indenture Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Indenture Trustee will determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it will be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney;

 

(g)       the Indenture Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Indenture Trustee will not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

(h)       the Indenture Trustee will not be responsible for filing any financing statements or continuation statements in connection with the Notes, but will cooperate with the Issuer in connection with the filing of such financing statements or continuation statements; provided , however , that the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any defect in the filing and shall be under no obligation to review such financing statement;

 

(i)       notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or otherwise, under no circumstances will the Indenture Trustee be liable for special, punitive, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind, whether or not foreseeable, even if the Indenture Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action;

 

(j)       the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable solely for any action or inaction of any other party (or agent thereof) to this Indenture or any Related Document and may assume compliance by such parties with their obligations under this Indenture and any Related Document, unless an Indenture Trustee Authorized Officer shall have actual knowledge or the Indenture Trustee has received written notice to the contrary at the address provided pursuant to Section 12.10 ;

 

(k)       the Indenture Trustee will not be responsible or liable for a failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture from or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including strikes, work stoppages, acts of war, terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear catastrophes, fires, floods, earthquakes, storms, hurricanes or other natural catastrophes and interruptions, loss or failures of mechanical, electronic or communication systems; provided , however , Indenture Trustee will use reasonable efforts consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances; and

 

(l)       publicly available information and the delivery of reports or other documents to the Indenture Trustee shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of information contained in those documents; provided however , that, notwithstanding any provision in the Related Documents to the contrary, any document delivered to the Indenture Trustee the information contained in which the Indenture Trustee is required to take notice of to fulfill its obligations under the Related Documents or under applicable law shall constitute actual notice to the Indenture Trustee of such information.

 

Section 7.04        Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes . The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the certificates of authentication, will be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Indenture Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes. The Indenture Trustee will not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of Notes or the proceeds thereof.

 

  59

 

 

Section 7.05        May Hold Notes . Subject to the requirements of Rule 3a-7(a)(4)(i) under the Investment Company Act, the Indenture Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Note Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Sections 7.08 , 7.09 and 7.13 , may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent.

 

Section 7.06        Funds Held in Trust . Funds and investments and other property held by the Indenture Trustee will be held in trust in one or more Trust Accounts hereunder, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.07        Compensation and Reimbursement, Limit on Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnity .

 

(a)       The Issuer agrees:

 

(i)       to pay to the Indenture Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation (or, for so long as The Bank of New York Mellon is the Indenture Trustee, such amount as has been mutually agreed upon in writing) for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation will not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

 

(ii)       except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Indenture Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith; and

 

(iii)       to indemnify the Indenture Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and to hold them harmless against, any and all loss, liability or expense incurred without willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith on their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim or liability (whether asserted by the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer, any Holder or any other Person) in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder and the costs of defending any claim or bringing any claim to enforce the Issuer’s indemnification obligations hereunder.

 

The Indenture Trustee will have no recourse to any asset of the Issuer other than funds available pursuant to Section 6.07 or to any Person other than the Transferor, the Servicer or the Issuer. Except as specified in Section 6.07 , any such payment to the Indenture Trustee shall be subordinate to payments to be made to the Noteholders.

 

(b)       This Section will survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation or replacement of the Indenture Trustee under Section 7.10 .

 

(c)       The Indenture Trustee will notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Indenture Trustee through the Indenture Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

  60

 

 

(d)       In the event any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving the Indenture Trustee pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 7.07 , the Indenture Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing and the Issuer shall assume the defense thereof, including the retention of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee to represent the Indenture Trustee in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding upon delivery to the Issuer of demand therefor. In any such proceeding, the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indenture Trustee unless (i) the Issuer has failed to assume the defense thereof, (ii) the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (iii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the Issuer shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Indenture Trustee. The Issuer shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Issuer agrees to indemnify the Indenture Trustee from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. The Issuer shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which Indenture Trustee is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by the Indenture Trustee, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Indenture Trustee from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

Section 7.08        Disqualification; Conflicting Interests . If the Indenture Trustee has or will acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Indenture Trustee will, if so required by the Trust Indenture Act, either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture. Nothing herein will prevent the Indenture Trustee from filing with the Commission the application referred to in the second to last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 7.09        Corporate Indenture Trustee Required; Eligibility . The Indenture Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a) and Section 26(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act. There shall at all times be an Indenture Trustee hereunder with respect to each Series, Class or Tranche of Notes which will (a) be either a bank or a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers; (b) have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition; (c) be subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority; and (d) at the time of appointment, shall have a long term senior, unsecured debt rating of “Baa3” or better by Moody’s, if rated by Moody’s, “BBB-” or better by S&P, if rated by S&P and “BBB-” or better by Fitch, if rated by Fitch (or, if not rated by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, a comparable rating by another statistical rating agency). The Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the second sentence of TIA § 310(b)(9); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture(s) under which other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. The Indenture Trustee shall at all times meet the requirements of Rule 3a-7(a)(4)(i) under the Investment Company Act and shall not provide credit or credit enhancement to the Issuer.

 

  61

 

 

If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation will be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. The Issuer may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Issuer, serve as Indenture Trustee. If at any time the Indenture Trustee with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes will cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it will resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VII .

 

This Indenture shall always have a trustee who satisfies the requirements of Section 310(a)(1) of the TIA. The Indenture Trustee is subject to the provisions of Section 310(b) of the TIA regarding disqualification of a trustee upon acquiring any conflicting interest.

 

If a default occurs under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, and the Indenture Trustee is deemed to have a conflicting interest as a result of acting as trustee for more than one Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, a successor Indenture Trustee shall be appointed for one or more of such Series, Classes or Tranches, so that the Indenture Trustee for any one of the affected Series, Classes or Tranches is different from the Indenture Trustees for the other affected Series, Classes or Tranches. No such event shall alter the voting rights of the Noteholders of such Series, Classes or Tranches under this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or any other Related Document.

 

In the case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Indenture Trustee with respect to any Series, Classes or Tranches of Notes, the Issuer, the retiring Indenture Trustee and the successor Indenture Trustee with respect to such Series, Classes or Tranches of Notes shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein the successor Indenture Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, the successor Indenture Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes of the Series, Classes or Tranches to which the appointment of such successor Indenture Trustee relates, (ii) if the retiring Indenture Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Series or Classes of Notes, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes of each Series or Class as to which the retiring Indenture Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Indenture Trustee and (iii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Indenture Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Indenture Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Indenture Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Indenture Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Indenture Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein.

 

Section 7.10        Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

 

(a)       No resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and no appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Article VII will become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Indenture Trustee under Section 7.11 .

 

(b)       The Indenture Trustee may resign with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes at any time by giving 30 days written notice thereof to the Issuer. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Indenture Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee within 60 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Indenture Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

 

  62

 

 

(c)       The Indenture Trustee may be removed with 30 days prior written notice with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes at any time by Action of Noteholders of not less than 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes for all Series, Classes and Tranches, delivered to the Indenture Trustee and to the Issuer.

 

(d)       If at any time:

 

(i)       the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note of that Series, Class or Tranche for at least 6 months, or

 

(ii)       the Indenture Trustee ceases to be eligible under Section 7.09 with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, or

 

(iii)       the Indenture Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Indenture Trustee or of its property is appointed or any public officer takes charge or control of the Indenture Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

 

then, in any such case, (A) the Issuer may remove the Indenture Trustee, with respect to the Series, Class or Tranche, or in the case of clause (iv), with respect to all Series, Classes or Tranches, or (B) subject to Section 6.17 , any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note of such Series, Class and Tranche for at least 6 months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Indenture Trustee with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee with respect to the Series, Class or Tranche, or, in the case of clause (iv), with respect to all Series, Classes and Tranches.

 

(e)       If the Indenture Trustee resigns, is removed or becomes incapable of acting with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Indenture Trustee with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes for any cause, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor Indenture Trustee for that Series, Class or Tranche of Notes. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapacity, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Indenture Trustee with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes is appointed by Action of the Majority Holders of such Series, Class or Tranche delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Indenture Trustee, the successor Indenture Trustee so appointed will, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Indenture Trustee with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche and supersede the successor Indenture Trustee appointed by the Issuer with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes. If no successor Indenture Trustee with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes shall have been so appointed by the Issuer or the Noteholders of such Series, Class or Tranche and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note of such Series, Class or Tranche for at least 6 months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes.

 

(f)       The Issuer will give written notice of each resignation and each removal of the Indenture Trustee with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes and each appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche to each Noteholder as provided in Section 1.06 and to each Rating Agency. To facilitate delivery of such notice, upon request by the Issuer, the Note Registrar shall provide to the Issuer a list of the relevant Noteholders. Each notice will include the name of the successor Indenture Trustee and the address of its principal Corporate Trust Office.

 

  63

 

 

(g)       If the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09 , any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

 

Section 7.11        Acceptance of Appointment by Successor . Every successor Indenture Trustee appointed hereunder will execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the predecessor Indenture Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Indenture Trustee will become effective with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes as to which it is resigning or being removed as the Indenture Trustee, and such successor Indenture Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, will become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor Indenture Trustee with respect to any such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes; but, upon request of the Issuer or the successor Indenture Trustee, such predecessor Indenture Trustee will, upon payment of its reasonable charges, if any, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Indenture Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the predecessor Indenture Trustee, and will duly assign, transfer and promptly deliver to such successor Indenture Trustee all property and money held by such predecessor Indenture Trustee hereunder with respect to all or any such Series, Class or Tranche, subject nevertheless to its Lien, if any, provided for in Section 7.07 . Upon request of any such successor Indenture Trustee, the Issuer will execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Indenture Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.

 

In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes of one or more (but not all) Series, Classes or Tranches, the Issuer, the predecessor Indenture Trustee and each successor Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes of any applicable Series, Class or Tranche will execute and deliver an Indenture Supplement which will contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche as to which the predecessor Indenture Trustee is not being succeeded will continue to be vested in the predecessor Indenture Trustee, and will add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Indenture Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such Indenture Supplement will constitute such Indenture Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Indenture Trustee will be Indenture Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Indenture Trustee.

 

No successor Indenture Trustee with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes will accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Indenture Trustee will be qualified and eligible under this Article VII .

 

Section 7.12        Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business . Any corporation into which the Indenture Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Indenture Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Indenture Trustee, without any further act, will be the successor of the Indenture Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII , without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. The Indenture Trustee shall give prior written notice of such merger, conversion, consolidation or succession to the Issuer. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Indenture Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Indenture Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Indenture Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

 

  64

 

 

Section 7.13        Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer . The Indenture Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Section 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. An Indenture Trustee who has resigned or been removed will be subject to subsection 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent provided therein.

 

Section 7.14        Appointment of Authenticating Agent . At any time when any of the Notes remain Outstanding, the Indenture Trustee, with the approval of the Issuer, may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more Series, Classes or Tranches of Notes which will be authorized to act on behalf of the Indenture Trustee to authenticate the Notes of such Series, Classes or Tranches issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 3.06 , and the Notes so authenticated will be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and will be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Indenture Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Indenture Trustee or the Indenture Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication, such reference will be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Indenture Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a Certificate of Authentication executed on behalf of the Indenture Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent will be acceptable to the Issuer and will at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as an Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and, if other than the Issuer itself, subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent will be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent will cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent will resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section. The initial Authenticating Agent for the Notes of all Series, Classes and Tranches will be The Bank of New York Mellon.

 

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent will be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, will continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation will be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

 

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Indenture Trustee and to the Issuer. The Indenture Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent will cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Indenture Trustee, with the approval of the Issuer, may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which will be acceptable to the Issuer and will give notice to each Noteholder as provided in Section 1.06 . Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder will become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent will be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

 

  65

 

 

The Indenture Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent (other than an Authenticating Agent appointed at the request of the Issuer from time to time) reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Indenture Trustee will be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 7.07 .

 

If an appointment with respect to one or more Series, Classes or Tranches of Notes is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes of such Series, Classes or Tranches may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Indenture Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication, an alternate Certificate of Authentication in the following form:

 

This is one of the Notes of the Series, Classes or Tranches designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Indenture Trustee,
     
  By:            
  As Authenticating Agent
     
  By:  
  Authorized Signatory

 

Section 7.15        Tax Reports . The Issuer shall deliver, or cause the Servicer to deliver, to the Indenture Trustee such information as may be required to enable the Indenture Trustee to provide Noteholders with applicable information to prepare their federal, state and other income tax returns.

 

Section 7.16        Representations and Covenants of the Indenture Trustee . The Indenture Trustee represents, warrants and covenants that:

 

(a)       The Indenture Trustee is a banking corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of New York with full power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted;

 

(b)       The Indenture Trustee has full power and authority to execute and deliver and perform this Indenture and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Indenture and other documents to which it is a party;

 

(c)       Each of this Indenture and other documents to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Indenture Trustee and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation in accordance with its terms;

 

(d)       The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under the articles of organization or bylaws of the Indenture Trustee or any material agreement or other instrument to which the Indenture Trustee is a party or by which it is bound; and

 

  66

 

 

(e)       To the best of the Indenture Trustee’s knowledge, there are no proceedings or investigations pending or threatened before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Indenture Trustee or its properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of this Indenture, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Indenture Trustee of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Indenture.

 

Section 7.17        Indenture Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer . Any application by the Indenture Trustee for written instructions from the Issuer may, at the option of the Indenture Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Indenture Trustee under and in accordance with this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective, provided that such application shall make specific reference to this Section 7.17 . The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Indenture Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than 5 Business Days after the date any officer of the Issuer actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Indenture Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

 

ARTICLE VIII

NOTEHOLDERS’ MEETINGS, LISTS, REPORTS BY INDENTURE
TRUSTEE AND ISSUER

 

Section 8.01        Issuer To Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders . The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Indenture Trustee (a) not more than 15 days after each Record Date, a list of the names and addresses of the Noteholders of such Series, Classes or Tranches as of such date, and (b) at such other times, as the Indenture Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided , however , that so long as the Indenture Trustee is the Note Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished.

 

Section 8.02        Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders .

 

(a)       The Indenture Trustee will preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Noteholders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Indenture Trustee as provided in Section 8.01 and the names and addresses of Noteholders received by the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar. The Indenture Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 8.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

(b)       If 3 or more Noteholders of any Series, Class or Tranche (hereinafter referred to as “applicants”) (or, if there are less than 3 such Holders, all of the Holders) apply in writing to the Indenture Trustee, and furnish to the Indenture Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Note of such Series, Class or Tranche for a period of at least 6 months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other Holders of Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche or with the Holders of all Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Notes and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Indenture Trustee will, within 5 Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either

 

  67

 

 

(i)       afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with Section 8.02(a) , or

 

(ii)       inform such applicants as to the approximate number of Holders of Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche or all Notes, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with Section 8.02(a) , and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Noteholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.

 

If the Indenture Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Indenture Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Noteholder of such Series, Class or Tranche or to all Noteholders, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with Section 8.02(a) , a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Indenture Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless, within 5 days after such tender, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Commission, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the Holders of Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche or all Noteholders, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement will specify the basis of such opinion. If the Commission, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, the Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Indenture Trustee will mail copies of such material to all Noteholders of such Series, Class or Tranche or all Noteholders, as the case may be, with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Indenture Trustee will be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.

 

(c)       Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee that neither the Issuer nor the Indenture Trustee will be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes in accordance with Section 8.02(b) , regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Indenture Trustee will not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 8.02(b) .

 

Section 8.03        Reports by Indenture Trustee .

 

(a)       The term “reporting date” as used in this Section means December 31. Within 60 days after the reporting date in each year, the Indenture Trustee will transmit to Noteholders, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, a brief report dated as of such reporting date if required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(b)       To the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act, the Indenture Trustee will mail each year to all Noteholders, with a copy to the Rating Agencies a report concerning:

 

  68

 

 

(i)       its eligibility and qualifications to continue as trustee under this Indenture;

 

(ii)       any amounts advanced by the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture;

 

(iii)       the amount, interest rate and maturity date of indebtedness owing by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee, in its individual capacity;

 

(iv)       the property and funds physically held by the Indenture Trustee;

 

(v)       any release or release and substitution of Collateral subject to the Lien of this Indenture which has not previously been reported; and

 

(vi)       any action taken by the Indenture Trustee that materially affects the Notes and that has not previously been reported.

 

(c)       The Indenture Trustee will comply with subsections 313(b) and 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(d)       A copy of each such report will, at the time of such transmission to Noteholders, be filed by the Indenture Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Notes are listed, and also with the Commission. The Issuer will notify the Indenture Trustee when the Notes are admitted to trading on any stock exchange.

 

Section 8.04        Reports by Issuer to the Commission .

 

(a)       The Issuer will:

 

(i)       file with the Indenture Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Issuer may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act; or, if the Issuer is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then it will file with the Indenture Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations; and

 

(ii)       file with the Indenture Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations.

 

(b)       The Issuer will transmit by mail to all Registered Noteholders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Indenture Trustee, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

 

  69

 

 

(c)       Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of the Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year. The Issuer shall notify the Indenture Trustee in writing of any change in its fiscal year.

 

Section 8.05        Monthly Noteholders’ Statement . On each Determination Date the Issuer will complete and deliver to the Indenture Trustee (with a copy to each Rating Agency), a Monthly Noteholders’ Statement.

 

On each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee shall make the Monthly Noteholders’ Statement available electronically and, with the consent or at the direction of the Issuer, such other information regarding the Notes and/or the Collateral as the Indenture Trustee may have in its possession, but only after proof of ownership is provided to the Indenture Trustee by such Person or agent of such Person by way of certification in a form acceptable to the Indenture Trustee; provided , however , that the Indenture Trustee or its agent shall provide such password to the parties to this Indenture and each Rating Agency without requiring such certification; provided , further , however , that the Indenture Trustee shall have no obligation to provide such information described in this Section 8.05 until it has received the requisite information from the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable. The Indenture Trustee will make no representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of such documents and will assume no responsibility therefor.

 

The Indenture Trustee’s internet website shall be initially located at https://gctinvestorreporting.bnymellon.com or at such other address as shall be specified by the Indenture Trustee from time to time in writing to each Rating Agency, each Noteholder and the parties to this Indenture and to the Servicing Agreement. In connection with providing access to the Indenture Trustee’s website, the Indenture Trustee may require registration and the acceptance of a disclaimer. Other than as set forth in Section 7.01 hereof, the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for the electronic dissemination of information as contemplated by this Section.

 

ARTICLE IX

INDENTURE SUPPLEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.01        Supplemental Indentures and Amendments Without Consent of Noteholders . Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes but with prior notice to each Rating Agency, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, at any time and from time to time, upon either (a) delivery by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the Issuer reasonably believes that such amendment will not have an Adverse Effect or (b) satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each affected Class or Tranche of Notes for which an Officer’s Certificate described in the preceding clause (a) has not been delivered, the Issuer may amend this Indenture, including any Indenture Supplement or enter into one or more Indenture Supplements, in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee.

 

Section 9.02        Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders . In addition to any amendment permitted pursuant to Section 9.01 hereof, with prior notice to each applicable Rating Agency and the consent of Holders of more than 66⅔% in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of each Series, Class or Tranche of Notes affected by such amendment of this Indenture, including any Indenture Supplement, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, upon delivery of a Tax Opinion, may enter into an amendment of this Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes of each such Series, Class or Tranche under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement; provided , however , that no such amendment of an Indenture Supplement will, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:

 

  70

 

 

(a)       change the scheduled payment date of any payment of interest on any Note, or change a Scheduled Principal Payment Date or Legal Maturity Date of any Note;

 

(b)       reduce the Stated Principal Amount of, or the interest rate on any Note, or change the method of computing the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount or the Nominal Liquidation Amount in a manner that is adverse to the Holder of any Note;

 

(c)       impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on any Note;

 

(d)       reduce the percentage in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such Indenture Supplement, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with the provisions of this Indenture or of defaults hereunder and their consequences, provided for in this Indenture;

 

(e)       modify any of the provisions of this Section or Section 6.18 , except to increase any percentage of Holders required to consent to any such amendment or to provide that other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby;

 

(f)       permit the creation of any Lien or other encumbrance on the Collateral that secures any Tranche of Notes that is prior to the Lien in favor of the Holders of the Notes of such Tranche;

 

(g)       change any Place of Payment where any principal of, or interest on, any Note is payable, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Indenture Supplement;

 

(h)       change the method of computing the amount of principal of, or interest on, any Note on any date; or

 

(i)       make any other amendment not permitted by Section 9.01 .

 

An amendment of this Indenture or an Indenture Supplement which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular Series, Classes or Tranches of Notes, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Notes of any such Series, Class or Tranche with respect to such covenant or other provision, will be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Notes of any other Series, Class or Tranche.

 

It will not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or Indenture Supplement, but it will be sufficient if such Act will approve the substance thereof.

 

  71

 

 

Without the prior written consent of the Trustee, no amendment to this Indenture or to any Indenture Supplement shall be made that adversely affects the rights of the Trustee; provided , however that the rights of the Trustee shall be deemed to not be adversely affected if the Trustee executes the amendment or Indenture Supplement on behalf of the Issuer.

 

Section 9.03        Execution of Amendments and Indenture Supplements . In executing or accepting the additional trusts created by any amendment of this Indenture or Indenture Supplement permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee will be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01 ) will be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or Indenture Supplement is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent thereto have been satisfied. The Indenture Trustee may but will not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment or Indenture Supplement which affects the Indenture Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.04        Effect of Amendments and Indenture Supplements . Upon the execution of any amendment of this Indenture or Indenture Supplement under this Article IX , this Indenture will be modified in accordance therewith with respect to each Series, Class or Tranche of Notes affected thereby, or all Notes, as the case may be, and such amendment or Indenture Supplement will form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder will be bound thereby to the extent provided therein.

 

Section 9.05        Conformity with Trust Indenture Act . Every amendment of this Indenture or Indenture Supplement executed pursuant to this Article IX will conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 9.06        Reference in Notes to Indenture Supplements . Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any amendment of this Indenture or Indenture Supplement pursuant to this Article IX may, and will if required by the Indenture Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Indenture Trustee as to any matter provided for in such amendment or Indenture Supplement. If the Issuer will so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, to any such amendment or Indenture Supplement may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE X

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF ISSUER

 

Section 10.01        Payment of Principal and Interest .

 

(a)       With respect to each Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, the Issuer will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest on such Notes in accordance with their terms and this Indenture, and will duly comply with all the other terms, agreements and conditions contained in, or made in this Indenture for the benefit of, the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche.

 

(b)       The Noteholders of any Series, Class or Tranche as of the Record Date in respect of a Payment Date shall be entitled to the interest accrued and payable and principal payable on such Payment Date with respect to such Series, Class or Tranche as specified in the related Indenture Supplement. All payment obligations under a Note are discharged to the extent such payments are made to the Noteholder of record.

 

  72

 

 

Section 10.02        Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Issuer will maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Indenture Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer will fail to maintain such office or agency or will fail to furnish the Indenture Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Indenture Trustee its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes of one or more Series, Classes or Tranches may be presented or surrendered for any or all of such purposes specified above and may constitute and appoint one or more Paying Agents for the payments of such Notes, in one or more other cities, and may from time to time rescind such designations and appointments; provided , however , that no such designation, appointment or rescission shall in any matter relieve the Issuer of its obligations to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche for such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Indenture Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. Unless and until the Issuer rescinds one or more of such appointments, the Issuer hereby appoints the Indenture Trustee, at its principal office, as its Paying Agent in New York, New York with respect to all Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes having a Place of Payment in the City of New York, New York.

 

Section 10.03        Money for Note Payments to be Held in Trust . The Paying Agent, on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, will make distributions to Noteholders from the Collection Account or another applicable Trust Account pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement and will report the amounts of such distributions to the Indenture Trustee. Any Paying Agent will have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Collection Account or another applicable Trust Account for the purpose of making the distributions referred to above. The Indenture Trustee may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent if the Indenture Trustee determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent has failed to perform its obligations under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement in any material respect. The Paying Agent upon removal will return all funds in its possession to the Indenture Trustee.

 

The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent (other than the Indenture Trustee) for any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes to execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent will agree with the Indenture Trustee (and if the Indenture Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

 

(a)       hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of or interest on Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums will be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

 

(b)       if such Paying Agent is not the Indenture Trustee, give the Indenture Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche) in the making of any such payment of principal or interest on the Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche;

 

(c)       if such Paying Agent is not the Indenture Trustee, at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Indenture Trustee, forthwith pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;

 

  73

 

 

(d)       immediately resign as a Paying Agent and, if such Paying Agent is not the Indenture Trustee, forthwith pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards described in this Section required to be met by a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and

 

(e)       comply with all requirements of the Internal Revenue Code or any other applicable tax law with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

 

The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes or for any other purpose, pay, or by an Officer’s Certificate direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Indenture Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent in respect of each and every Series, Class or Tranche of Notes as to which it seeks to discharge this Indenture or, if for any other purpose, all sums so held in trust by the Issuer in respect of all Notes, such sums to be held by the Indenture Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Indenture Trustee, such Paying Agent will be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

 

Any money deposited with the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note of any Series, Class or Tranche and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal or interest has become due and payable will be paid to the Issuer upon request in an Officer’s Certificate, or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease. The Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer give to the Holders of the Notes as to which the money to be repaid was held in trust, as provided in Section 1.06 , a notice that such funds remain unclaimed and that, after a date specified in the notice, which will not be less than 30 days from the date on which the notice was first mailed or published to the Holders of the Notes as to which the money to be repaid was held in trust, any unclaimed balance of such funds then remaining will be paid to the Issuer free of the trust formerly impressed upon it.

 

Each Paying Agent will at all times have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and be subject to supervision or examination by a United States federal or state authority or be regulated by or subject to the supervision or examination of a Governmental Authority of a nation that is member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development. If such Paying Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Paying Agent will be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition as so published.

 

Section 10.04        Annual Statement as to Compliance . The Issuer will deliver to the Indenture Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year 2017), an officer’s certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, stating that:

 

(a)       a review of the activities of the Issuer during such year and of the Issuer’s performance under this Indenture has been made under such Authorized Officer’s supervision; and

 

  74

 

 

(b)       to the best of such Authorized Officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Issuer has complied in all material respects with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officer and the nature and status thereof.

 

Section 10.05        Legal Existence . The Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, rights and franchises as a Delaware statutory trust.

 

Section 10.06        Further Instruments and Acts . Upon request of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

Section 10.07        Compliance with Laws . The Issuer will comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, the noncompliance with which would, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under the Notes or this Indenture.

 

Section 10.08        Notice of Events of Default and Early Amortization Events . The Issuer agrees to give the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of each Event of Default and Early Amortization Event hereunder and any default of a Derivative Counterparty. The Indenture Trustee shall have no duty to determine whether any Event of Default or Early Amortization Event has occurred or, except as expressly provided herein, to take any action with respect thereto.

 

Section 10.09        Certain Negative Covenants . So long as any Notes are Outstanding, Issuer shall not:

 

(a)       sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, including those included in the Collateral, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture and any Indenture Supplement or the Transfer Agreement;

 

(b)       claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the principal or interest payable in respect of, the Notes (other than amounts withheld in good faith from such payments under the Internal Revenue Code or applicable State law including foreign withholding);

 

(c)       permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be impaired, or permit the Lien in favor of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders created by this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this Indenture except as may be expressly permitted hereby;

 

(d)       permit any Lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Collateral or any part thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof;

 

(e)       permit the Lien in favor of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders created by this Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority security interest in the Collateral; and

 

(f)       voluntarily dissolve or liquidate.

 

Section 10.10        No Other Business . The Issuer will not engage in any business other than in connection with, or relating to the financing, purchasing, owning, selling and servicing of, the Transferred Receivables and the interests in the property constituting the Collateral, the issuance of the Notes, and the specific transactions contemplated by the Trust Agreement and the other Related Documents.

 

  75

 

 

Section 10.11        Rule 144A Information . For so long as any of the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act, the Issuer agrees to provide to any Noteholder of such Series, Class or Tranche and to any prospective purchaser of Notes designated by such Noteholder, upon the request of such Noteholder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such Holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the conditions set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

Section 10.12        Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Transferred Receivables .

 

(a)       The Issuer hereby covenants and agrees that it will enforce the obligations of the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement and if a Servicer Default shall arise from the failure of the Servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under the Servicing Agreement with respect to the Transferred Receivables, the Issuer shall take all reasonable actions available to it to remedy such failure; provided , however , that any Servicer Default other than a Servicer Default arising under Section 5.1(a) of the Servicing Agreement may be waived by the Issuer upon consent of the Noteholders of not less than 66⅔ of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount for the Notes for all Series to which the Servicer Default relates.

 

(b)       Subject to the following sentence, in connection with a termination of the Servicer’s rights and powers pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Servicing Agreement, if a Successor Servicer has not been appointed and accepted its appointment at the time when the previous Servicer ceases to act as Servicer, the Indenture Trustee without further action shall automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer, subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms and provisions hereof, provided , however , that the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any actions of any Servicer prior to the Indenture Trustee’s appointment as Successor Servicer. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Indenture Trustee shall, if it is legally unable or unwilling to so act or if the Majority Holders of all Notes so request in writing to the Indenture Trustee, appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, any servicing institution established in servicing receivables substantially similar to the Transferred Receivables as the successor to the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement in the assumption of all or any part of the responsibilities, duties or liabilities of the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement. The Indenture Trustee may resign as the Servicer by giving written notice of such resignation to the Issuer and in such event will be released from such duties and obligations, such release not to be effective until the date a Successor Servicer enters into a servicing agreement with the Issuer as provided below. Upon delivery of any such notice to the Issuer, the Issuer shall appoint an Eligible Servicer as the Successor Servicer under the Servicing Agreement. If within 30 days after the delivery of the notice of termination of the Servicer’s right and powers referred to above, the Issuer shall not have obtained such a Successor Servicer, the Indenture Trustee may appoint, or may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, a Successor Servicer. In connection with any such appointment, the Indenture Trustee may make such arrangements for the compensation of such Successor Servicer as the Indenture Trustee and such Successor Servicer shall agree, subject to the limitations set forth below and in the Servicing Agreement. In accordance with Section 6.2 of the Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall enter into an agreement with such Successor Servicer for the servicing of the Transferred Receivables (such agreement to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee). If the Indenture Trustee shall succeed to the previous Servicer’s duties as servicer of the Transferred Receivables as provided herein, it shall do so in its individual capacity and not in its capacity as Indenture Trustee and, accordingly, the provisions of Article VII shall be inapplicable to the Indenture Trustee in its duties as the Successor Servicer and the servicing of the Transferred Receivables. In case the Indenture Trustee shall become the Successor Servicer under the Servicing Agreement, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to appoint any one of its Affiliates as a Sub-Servicer or agent; provided , that it shall be fully liable for the actions and omissions of such Sub-Servicer or agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Related Documents, if the Indenture Trustee shall act as Successor Servicer, it shall not, in any event have obligations (i) with respect to the repurchase of the Transferred Receivables, (ii) to pay any fees, expenses and other amounts owing to the Administrator, (iii) to pay any indemnities owed by a Servicer pursuant to this Indenture or the Servicing Agreement or (iv) with respect to the Servicer’s obligations under the FDIC Rule Requirements, including making servicer advances (if any). Further, if the Indenture Trustee shall act as Successor Servicer, all costs associated with the transfer of servicing shall be paid by the predecessor Servicer.

 

  76

 

 

(c)       Upon any termination of the Servicer’s rights and powers pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee. As soon as a Successor Servicer is appointed, the Issuer shall notify the Indenture Trustee of such appointment, specifying in such notice the name and address of such Successor Servicer.

 

(d)       The Issuer shall provide to the Indenture Trustee or its respective designees access to the documentation regarding the Accounts and the Transferred Receivables in such cases where the Indenture Trustee or such designee is required in connection with the enforcement of the rights of the Indenture Trustee, or by applicable statutes or regulations to review such documentation, such access being afforded without charge but only (i) upon reasonable request, (ii) during normal business hours, (iii) subject to the Issuer’s normal security and confidentiality procedures and (iv) at offices designated by the Issuer. Nothing in this Section shall derogate from the obligation of any Person to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors, and the failure of the Issuer to provide access as provided in this Section as a result of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section.

 

(e)       The Issuer hereby covenants and agrees that it shall deliver a notice to the Transferor of any breach of a representation or warranty set forth in Section 6.1 of the Transfer Agreement if directed to do so by the Indenture Trustee (acting at the direction of Noteholders (or Verified Note Owners) of not less than 66⅔% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes for all Series). For the avoidance of doubt, any actions by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this clause (e) or as the “Requesting Party” (as defined in the Transfer Agreement) shall be subject to the indemnification provisions of Section 7.07 .

 

Section 10.13        Issuer May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms . The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey or transfer any of its properties or assets, including those included in the Collateral, to any Person unless:

 

(a)       such Person shall be a United States citizen or a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia,

 

(b)       such Person shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as provided herein,

 

(c)       immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

  77

 

 

(d)       the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such transaction;

 

(e)       the Issuer shall have received a Tax Opinion (and shall have delivered copies thereof to the Indenture Trustee);

 

(f)       such Person is not subject to regulation as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act;

 

(g)       in the case of a sale of the Issuer’s business, such Person expressly agrees by an indenture supplement hereto that (A) all right, title and interest so conveyed by the Issuer will be subject and subordinate to the rights of the Noteholders, (B) such Person will mail all filings with the Commission required by the Securities Exchange Act in connection with the Notes and (c) such Person expressly agrees to indemnify the Indenture Trustee for any loss, liability or expense arising under the Indenture and the Notes;

 

(h)       any action that is necessary to maintain the Lien created by this Indenture and the priority thereof shall have been taken;

 

(i)       the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation or merger or such conveyance or transfer, as the case may be, and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with (including any filing, if any, required by the Securities Exchange Act).

 

Section 10.14        Successor Substituted . Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Issuer substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 10.13 hereof, the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein. In the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Person named as the Issuer in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor which shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Section 10.14 shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture as issued immediately upon the effectiveness of such conveyance or transfer, provided that the Issuer shall not be released from any obligations or liabilities to the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders arising prior to such effectiveness.

 

Section 10.15        Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities . Except as contemplated by this Indenture or the Trust Agreement, the Issuer shall not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an instrument having the effect of assuring another’s payment or performance on any obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse or otherwise become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase or acquire (or agree contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other Person.

 

Section 10.16        Capital Expenditures . The Issuer shall not make any expenditure (by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital assets (either realty or personalty).

 

Section 10.17        Taxes . The Issuer shall contest or pay all taxes when due and payable or levied against its assets, properties or income, including any property that is part of the Collateral.

 

  78

 

 

Section 10.18        Restricted Payments . The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, to the Trustee or any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or otherwise with respect to any ownership or equity interest or security in or of the Issuer or to the Servicer, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any such ownership or equity interest or security or (iii) set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose; provided , however , that the Issuer may make, or cause to be made, (x) distributions as contemplated by, and to the extent funds are available for such purpose under, the Trust Agreement and (y) payments to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof. The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the Collection Account except in accordance with this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.

 

Section 10.19        No Borrowing . The Issuer will not issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any additional indebtedness, except pursuant to a subordinated note or as otherwise provided in the Issuer’s charter documents.

 

Section 10.20        Protection of the Collateral; Further Assurances . The Issuer will from time to time execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto and all such writings of further assurance and other writings, and will take such other action necessary or advisable to:

 

(a)       more effectively make a Grant over all or any portion of the Collateral;

 

(b)       maintain or preserve the Lien (and the priority thereof) of this Indenture or carry out more effectively the purposes hereof;

 

(c)       perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture and perfect the Lien contemplated hereby in favor of the Indenture Trustee;

 

(d)       enforce or cause the Servicer to enforce any of the Collateral; or

 

(e)       preserve and defend against the claims of all Persons and parties, (i) title to the Collateral (including the right to receive all payments due or to become due with respect to the Transferred Receivables) and the interests in the property included in the Collateral and (ii) the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders with respect to such Collateral (including the right to receive all payments due or to become due with respect to the Transferred Receivables) and interests with respect to the property included in the Collateral.

 

The Issuer hereby designates the Indenture Trustee as its agent and attorney-in-fact to file and/or execute any financing statement, continuation statement, writing of further assurance or other writing required to be executed and/or filed to accomplish the foregoing; provided , however , that nothing in this paragraph shall obligate the Indenture Trustee to file or execute any financing statement or continuation statement or to take any other action hereunder.

 

Section 10.21        Opinions as to the Collateral . (a) On the Initial Transfer Date, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording and filing of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents, and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements, as are necessary to perfect and make effective the Lien created by this Indenture and reciting the details of such action, or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to perfect and make effective such Lien.

 

  79

 

 

(b)       On or before March 31 in each calendar year, beginning in 2018, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents, and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements, as is necessary to maintain the Lien of this Indenture and reciting the details of such action, or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain such Lien. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any Indenture Supplements, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents, and the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements, that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required to maintain the Lien of this Indenture until March 31 in the following calendar year.

 

ARTICLE XI

REDEMPTION

 

Section 11.01        Optional Repurchase . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Indenture Supplement for a Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, the Transferor has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem a Series, Class or Tranche of Notes in whole but not in part on any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount (after giving effect to all payments on such Payment Date) of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes is reduced to less than 10% of its highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount at any time; provided , however , that if such Class or Tranche of Notes redeemed is of a Subordinated Class or Tranche of Notes, the Transferor will not redeem such Notes if the provisions of the related Indenture Supplement would prevent the payment of such Subordinated Notes until a level of prefunding of the Note Retirement Accounts for the Senior Classes of Notes for that Series has been reached such that the amount of such deficiency in the required subordination of a Senior Class of Notes is no longer required to provide subordination protection for the Senior Classes of that Series.

 

If the Transferor elects to redeem a Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, it will cause the Issuer to notify the Holders of such redemption at least 10 days prior to the redemption date. Unless otherwise specified in the Indenture Supplement or Terms Document applicable to the Notes to be so redeemed, the redemption price of a Series, Class or Tranche so redeemed will equal 100% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche, plus accrued but unpaid interest and any additional interest on such Tranche to but excluding the date of redemption, the payment of which will be subject to the allocations, deposits and payments sections of this Indenture and such Indenture Supplement.

 

If the Issuer is unable to pay the redemption price in full on the redemption date, monthly payments on such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes will thereafter be made until either the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Series, Class or Tranche, plus all accrued, unpaid and additional interest, is paid in full or the Legal Maturity Date occurs, whichever is earlier, subject to Article V , Article VI and the allocations, deposits and payments sections of the related Indenture Supplement. Any funds in any Series Account for a redeemed Tranche will be applied to make the principal and interest payments on that Tranche on the redemption date in accordance with the related Indenture Supplement. Principal payments on redeemed Tranches will be made in accordance with the related Indenture Supplement.

 

Section 11.02        Notice . Promptly after the occurrence of a redemption pursuant to Section 11.01 , the Issuer will notify the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies in writing of the identity, Stated Principal Amount and Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the affected Series, Class or Tranche of Notes to be redeemed. Notice of redemption will promptly be given as provided in Section 1.06 . All notices of redemption will state (a) the date on which the redemption of the applicable Series, Class or Tranche of Notes pursuant to this Article XI will begin, which will be the Principal Payment Date next following the end of the Monthly Period in which the applicable Early Amortization Event or redemption pursuant to Section 11.01 occurs, (b) the repayment price for such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes and (c) the Series, Class or Tranche of Notes to be redeemed pursuant to this Article XI .

 

  80

 

 

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01        No Petition . The Indenture Trustee, by entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not at any time institute against the Transferor or the Issuer, or join in any institution against the Transferor or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes or this Indenture.

 

Section 12.02        Trust Obligations . No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) Synchrony Bank, (iii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iv) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Trustee in its individual capacity, Synchrony Bank, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee has no such obligations in its individual capacity).

 

Section 12.03        Limitations on Liability .

 

(a)       None of the Indenture Trustee, the Trustee, Synchrony Bank, the Transferor or any other beneficiary of the Issuer or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents will have any liability with respect to this Indenture, and recourse of any Noteholder may be had solely to the Collateral pledged to secure the applicable Notes.

 

(b)       It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this document is executed and delivered by Citibank, N.A., not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of the Issuer, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Citibank, N.A. but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Citibank, N.A., individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (d) Citibank, N.A. has not verified and made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by the Issuer in this Indenture and (e) under no circumstances shall Citibank, N.A. be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this document.

 

Section 12.04        Tax Treatment . The parties hereto agree that it is their mutual intent that, for all applicable tax purposes, the Notes will constitute indebtedness.  Further, each party hereto and each Noteholder (by accepting and holding a Note) hereby covenants to every other party hereto and to every other Noteholder to treat the Notes as indebtedness for all applicable tax purposes in all tax filings, reports and returns and otherwise, and further covenants that neither it nor any of its Affiliates will take, or participate in the taking of or permit to be taken, any action that is inconsistent with the treatment of the Notes as indebtedness for tax purposes.  All successors and assignees of the parties hereto shall be bound by the provisions hereof.

 

  81

 

 

Section 12.05        Actions Taken by the Issuer . Any and all actions that are to be taken by the Issuer may be taken by the Transferor, the Administrator or the Trustee on behalf of the Issuer.

 

Section 12.06        Alternate Payment Provisions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary, the Issuer, with the written consent of the Indenture Trustee, may enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note providing for a method of payment or notice that is different from the methods provided for in this Indenture for such payments or notices. The Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee a copy of each such agreement and the Indenture Trustee will cause payments or notices, as applicable, to be made in accordance with such agreements.

 

Section 12.07        Termination of Issuer . The Issuer and the respective obligations and responsibilities of the Indenture Trustee created hereby (other than the obligation of the Indenture Trustee to make payments to Noteholders as hereinafter set forth) shall terminate, except with respect to the duties described in Section 12.08(b) , as provided in the Trust Agreement.

 

Section 12.08        Final Distribution .

 

(a)       The Servicer shall give the Indenture Trustee written notice of the Payment Date on which the Noteholders of any Series, Class or Tranche may surrender their Notes for payment of the final distribution on and cancellation of such Notes at least 2 Business Days prior to the fifth day of the month in which the final distribution is to occur with respect to such Notes. Not later than the fifth day of the month in which the final distribution in respect of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes is payable to Noteholders, the Indenture Trustee shall provide notice to Noteholders of such Series, Class or Tranche specifying (i) the date upon which final payment of such Series, Class or Tranche of Notes will be made upon presentation and surrender of Notes of such Series, Class or Tranche at the office or offices therein designated, (ii) the amount of any such final payment and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such payment date is not applicable, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of such Notes at the office or offices therein specified. The Indenture Trustee shall give such notice to the Note Registrar and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given to Noteholders.

 

(b)       Notwithstanding a final distribution to the Holders of any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes (or the termination of the Issuer), except as otherwise provided in this clause, all funds then on deposit in any Trust Account allocated to such Noteholders shall continue to be held in trust for the benefit of such Noteholders, and the Paying Agent or the Indenture Trustee shall pay such funds to such Noteholders upon surrender of their Notes, if certificated. In the event that all such Noteholders shall not surrender their Notes for cancellation within 6 months after the date specified in the notice from the Indenture Trustee described in paragraph (a), the Indenture Trustee shall give a second notice to the remaining such Noteholders to surrender their Notes for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto. If within one year after the second notice all such Notes shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Indenture Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining such Noteholders concerning surrender of their Notes, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds in the Collection Account or any Series Account held for the benefit of such Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer any monies held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for 2 years. After payment to the Issuer, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as unsecured general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

 

  82

 

 

Section 12.09        Termination Distributions . Upon the termination of the Issuer pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement, the Indenture Trustee shall release, assign and convey to the Transferor or any of its designees, without recourse, representation or warranty, all of its right, title and interest in the Collateral, whether then existing or thereafter created, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto (including all moneys then held in any Trust Account) and all proceeds thereof, except for amounts held by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to subsection 12.08(b) . The Indenture Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of transfer and assignment as shall be provided to it, in each case without recourse, as shall be reasonably requested by the Transferor to vest in the Transferor or any of its designees all right, title and interest which the Indenture Trustee had in the Collateral.

 

Section 12.10        Notices . All demands, notices, instructions, directions and communications under this Indenture shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered at, mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail:

 

(a)          in the case of the Issuer, to:

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST

c/o Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Attn: Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

 

with a copy to:

 

Synchrony Bank, as Administrator

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06902

Attention: Eric Duenwald – Treasurer

 

(b)          in the case of the Indenture Trustee, to:

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

Attention Corporate Trust Office – Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

101 Barclay Street

New York, New York 10286

 

(c)          in the case of each party, at such other address, attention party, facsimile number or email address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party.

 

Section 12.11        Confidentiality . All information, data and documents of a proprietary or confidential nature disclosed by Transferor in connection with this Indenture or any Related Document shall be deemed “Confidential Information.”  Confidential Information shall include financial information, customer information, pricing policies, procedures, guidelines and any other information designated in writing as “Confidential.” Indenture Trustee shall take reasonable care, not less than the care it takes to maintain the confidentiality of its own confidential information of a similar nature, not to disclose Confidential Information except as expressly permitted in this Section 12.11 . Confidential Information shall not be used by Indenture Trustee for purposes other than those contemplated in this Indenture or the Related Documents, nor shall any Confidential Information be disclosed to third parties (other than non-employee representatives of Trustee  who agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this paragraph), except for (a) any disclosures required by applicable law or required to be made to any governmental agencies, court orders or subpoenas, (b) any disclosures to its independent certified public accounting firm, attorneys or to other persons or entities that may need to know for the purpose of its business or operations, (c) any disclosures of information that was in the public domain at the time of receipt or subsequently comes into the public domain (other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure), or (d) disclosures that are necessary in order to conduct business under this Indenture or the Related Documents.

 

  83

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION AB

 

Section 13.01        Intent of Parties; Reasonableness . The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee acknowledge and agree that the purpose of this Article XIII is to facilitate compliance with the provisions of Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the Commission. The Transferor and Synchrony Bank shall not exercise its right to request delivery of information or other performance under these provisions other than in good faith, or for purposes other than compliance with the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (or the provision in a private offering of disclosure comparable to that required under the Securities Act). The Indenture Trustee agrees to cooperate in good faith with any reasonable request by the Transferor and Synchrony Bank for information regarding the Indenture Trustee which is required in order to enable the Transferor and Synchrony Bank to comply with the provisions of Regulation AB, including, without limitation, Items 1103(a)(1), 1109(a), 1109(b), 1117, 1118, 1119 and 1122 of Regulation AB as it relates to the Indenture Trustee or to the Indenture Trustee’s obligations under this Indenture or any other Related Document.

 

Section 13.02        Additional Representations and Warranties of the Indenture Trustee . The Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to represent to the Transferor and Synchrony Bank, as of the date on which information is provided to the Transferor and Synchrony Bank under Section 13.01 that, except as disclosed in writing to the Transferor and Synchrony Bank prior to such date, to the best of its knowledge: (i) neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Indenture Trustee of this Indenture or any other Related Document, the performance by the Indenture Trustee of its obligations under this Indenture or any other Related Document nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Indenture Trustee contemplated thereby, is in violation of any indenture, mortgage, bank credit agreement, note or bond purchase agreement, long-term lease, license or other agreement or instrument to which the Indenture Trustee is a party or by which it is bound, which violation would have a material adverse effect on the Indenture Trustee’s ability to perform its obligations under this Indenture or any other Related Document, or of any judgment or order applicable to the Indenture Trustee; and (ii) there are no proceedings pending or threatened against the Indenture Trustee in any court or before any Governmental Authority, agency or arbitration board or tribunal which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the right, power and authority of the Indenture Trustee to enter into this Indenture or any other Related Document or to perform its obligations under this Indenture or any other Related Document.

 

Section 13.03        Information to be Provided by the Indenture Trustee .

 

(a)         It is agreed and acknowledged that the purpose of this Section 13.03 is to facilitate compliance by the Transferor and the Issuer with the provisions of Regulation AB under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act (“ Regulation AB ”) and related rules and regulations of the Commission. Neither the Transferor nor the Issuer shall exercise its right to request delivery of information or other performance under this Section 13.03 other than in good faith, or for purposes other than the Issuer’s or the Transferor’s compliance with the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (or to provide disclosure related to a private offering comparable to that required under the Securities Act). The Indenture Trustee agrees to cooperate in good faith with any reasonable request by the Transferor or the Issuer for information regarding the Indenture Trustee, including but not limited to, information which is required in order to enable the Transferor and the Issuer to comply with Items 1109(a), 1109(b), 1117, 1118, 1119 and 1122 of Regulation AB as it relates to the Indenture Trustee or to the Indenture Trustee’s obligations under the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.

 

  84

 

 

(b)         The Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to represent to the Transferor and the Issuer, as of the date on which information is provided to Transferor pursuant to this Section 13.03 , except as disclosed in writing to the Transferor prior to such date, that: (i) none of the execution or the delivery by the Indenture Trustee of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, the performance by the Indenture Trustee of its obligations under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Indenture Trustee contemplated thereby, cause the Indenture Trustee to be in violation of (x) any indenture, mortgage, bank credit agreement, note or bond purchase agreement, long-term lease, license or other agreement or instrument to which the Indenture Trustee is a party or by which it is bound, which violation would have a material adverse effect on the Indenture Trustee’s ability to perform its obligations under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, or (y) of any judgment or order applicable to the Indenture Trustee; and (ii) there are no proceedings pending or threatened against the Indenture Trustee in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or arbitration board or tribunal which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the Noteholders of any Series or the right, power and authority of the Indenture Trustee to enter into this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement or to perform its obligations under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.

 

(c)         For so long as the Issuer is required to report under the Securities Exchange Act, the Indenture Trustee shall: (i) on or before the fifth Business Day of each month, provide to the Issuer, in writing, such information regarding the Indenture Trustee as is requested in writing by the Issuer for the purpose of compliance with Item 1117 of Regulation AB; provided , however , that the Indenture Trustee shall not be required to provide such information in the event that there has been no change to the information previously provided by the Indenture Trustee to the Issuer, and (ii) as promptly as practicable following notice to or discovery by an Indenture Trustee Authorized Officer of any changes to such information, provide to the Transferor, in writing, such updated information.

 

Section 13.04        Report on Assessment of Compliance and Attestation; Annual Certification; Notice of Requests for a Repurchase .

 

(a)         As soon as available but no later than March 15 of each calendar year for so long as the Issuer is required to report under the Securities Exchange Act, commencing in 2018, the Indenture Trustee shall (if requested in writing by the Transferor in order to comply with Item 1122 of Regulation AB) deliver to the Transferor reports regarding the assessment by the Indenture Trustee (if so requested by the Transferor) of compliance to servicing criteria specified in paragraph (d) of Item 1122 of Regulation AB during the immediately preceding calendar year, as required under paragraph (b) of Rule 13a-18 and Rule 15d-18 of the Securities Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB. Such reports shall be signed by an Indenture Trustee Authorized Officer and shall address each of the servicing criteria specified in Exhibit D or such criteria as mutually agreed upon by the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee.

 

  85

 

 

(b)       As soon as available but no later than March 15 of each calendar year for so long as the Issuer is required to report under the Securities Exchange Act, commencing in 2018, the Indenture Trustee shall (if requested in writing by the Transferor in order to comply with Item 1122 of Regulation AB) deliver to the Transferor a report of a registered public accounting firm that attests to, and reports on, the assessment of compliance made by the Indenture Trustee and delivered pursuant to the preceding paragraph. Such attestation shall be made in accordance with standards for attestation engagements issued or adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and in accordance with Rules 1-02(a)(3) and 2-02(g) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act.

 

(c)       As soon as available but no later than March 15 of each calendar year for so long as the Issuer is required to report under the Securities Exchange Act, commencing in 2018, the Indenture Trustee shall (if requested in writing by the Transferor in order to comply with Item 1122 of Regulation AB) deliver to the Transferor and any other Person that will be responsible for signing the certification required by Rules 13a-14(d) and 15d-14(d) under the Securities Exchange Act (pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) (a “ Sarbanes Certification ”) on behalf of the Issuer or the Transferor a certification substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C or such form as mutually agreed upon by the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee acknowledges that the parties identified in this Section 13.04(c) may rely on the certification provided by the Indenture Trustee hereunder in signing a Sarbanes Certification and filing such with the Commission.

 

(d)       Upon receipt by an Indenture Trustee Authorized Officer of any request for the repurchase of a Receivable for breach of representations or warranties under the Receivables Sale Agreement or Transfer Agreement, the Indenture Trustee shall provide prompt written notice thereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit F , to the Transferor and Synchrony Bank.

 

(e)       The Indenture Trustee shall, upon request from the Issuer, promptly furnish to the Issuer such information as may be necessary for the Transferor or any Affiliate to comply with Rule 15Ga-1 under the Securities Act and Items 1104(e) and 1121(c) of Regulation AB.

 

Section 13.05      Asset Representations Review .

 

(a)       Within 90 calendar days of the occurrence of the filing of a Form 10-D reporting that a Delinquency Trigger has occurred, the Noteholders of 5% or more of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of all Series shall be entitled to demand that the Indenture Trustee conduct a vote of all Noteholders of Outstanding Notes to determine whether to cause the Asset Representations Reviewer to conduct an Asset Representations Review.

 

(b)       Upon the direction of the requisite Noteholders set forth in Section 13.05(a) , the Indenture Trustee shall cause the Transferor to conduct a vote of all Noteholders of Outstanding Notes. Each Noteholder that elects to vote shall vote whether or not the Asset Representations Reviewer should be directed to conduct an Asset Representations Review. The vote shall remain open until the 150th day after the filing of the Form 10-D referred to in Section 13.05(a) .

 

(c)       In the event that a Note Owner exercises its right to vote such Note Owner’s beneficial interest, the Indenture Trustee shall verify that each such Note Owner is a Verified Note Owner and shall provide such evidence to the Issuer.

 

(d)       If a majority of the Noteholders voting pursuant to Section 13.05(b) vote to cause the Asset Representations Reviewer to conduct an Asset Representations Review, the Indenture Trustee shall provide written notice (the “ Review Notice ”) to the Issuer, which shall promptly provide such Review Notice to the Transferor and the Asset Representations Reviewer. The Indenture Trustee shall cooperate with the Asset Representations Reviewer in the event that an Asset Representations Review is commenced pursuant to this Section 13.05(d) and shall provide the Asset Representations Reviewer with any documents and other information reasonably requested by the Asset Representations Reviewer in connection with the Asset Representations Review.

 

  86

 

 

(e)       If the Asset Representations Reviewer gives notice of its intent to resign or the Issuer terminates the Asset Representations Reviewer pursuant to the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Asset Representations Reviewer for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint and designate a successor Asset Representations Reviewer in accordance with the provisions of the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

 

Section 13.06      Communications with Investors . Following receipt of a written request by the Issuer during any Monthly Period (or receipt of written notice that the Transferor has received a written request) from a Noteholder or Note Owner seeking to communicate with other Noteholders or Note Owners regarding exercising their contractual rights under the terms of the Related Documents, the Issuer shall, if applicable, notify the Transferor of any such request received by the Issuer and shall cause the Transferor or the Servicer to include in the Securities Exchange Act Form 10-D filing for the Issuer related to the Monthly Period in which such request was received: (i) the name of the Noteholder or Note Owner, as applicable, delivering such request, (ii) the date the request was received, (iii) a statement to the effect that the Issuer or the Transferor, as applicable, has in fact received such request from a Noteholder or Note Owner, as applicable, and that such Noteholder or Note Owner, as applicable, is interested in communicating with other Noteholders or Note Owners with regard to the possible exercise of rights under the Related Documents and (iv) a description of the method that other Noteholders or Note Owners may use to contact the requesting Noteholder or Note Owner, as applicable; provided, however, that if the Issuer or Transferor receives a request from any Note Owner, the Issuer and the Transferor shall be entitled to verify that each such Note Owner is a Verified Note Owner prior to including any request from such Note Owner in any Securities Exchange Act Form 10-D.

 

ARTICLE XIV

COMPLIANCE WITH THE FDIC RULE

 

Section 14.01      Purpose .

 

(a)       Each of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, and each of the Noteholders by acceptance of a Note, acknowledges and agrees that the purpose of this Article XIV and the FDIC Rule Requirements incorporated herein and in the other Related Documents to the extent set forth therein is to cause the securitizations contemplated by the Related Documents to comply with the provisions of the FDIC Rule.

 

(b)       If any provision of the FDIC Rule or the FDIC Rule Interpretations is amended, or any interpretive guidance regarding the FDIC Rule or FDIC Rule Interpretations is provided by the FDIC or its staff, as a result of which the Issuer determines that an amendment to this Article XIV or the FDIC Rule Requirements is necessary or desirable, then the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall be authorized and entitled to amend this Article XIV or the FDIC Rule Requirements within the parameters of the FDIC Rule and the FDIC Rule Interpretations. Nothing in this Section 14.01(b) shall limit the rights of the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 9.03 .

 

Section 14.02      Performance of the FDIC Rule Requirements . Schedule II is expressly incorporated in this Indenture. The Issuer agrees to perform the obligations set forth in Schedule II , except to the extent any such obligation is specifically imposed exclusively upon the servicer or the sponsor.

 

  87

 

 

Section 14.03     Actions upon Repudiation .

 

(a)       In the event that Synchrony Bank becomes the subject of an insolvency proceeding and the FDIC as receiver or conservator for Synchrony Bank exercises its right of repudiation as contemplated by paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of the FDIC Rule, the Issuer shall determine whether the FDIC in such capacity will pay damages as provided in such paragraph (d)(4)(ii). Upon making such determination, the Issuer shall promptly, and in any event no more than one Business Day thereafter, so notify the Indenture Trustee.

 

(b)       Upon receipt of the notice specified in Section 14.03(a) , the Indenture Trustee shall determine the date (the “ applicable payment date ”) for making a distribution to Noteholders of the related Series, Class or Tranche of Notes of such damages, which date shall be the earlier of (i) the next Payment Date on which such damages could be distributed and (ii) the earliest practicable date by which the Indenture Trustee could declare a special payment date, in each case subject to all applicable provisions of this Indenture, applicable law and the procedures of any applicable Depository.

 

(c)       When the applicable payment date is determined, the Issuer shall promptly compute the amount of interest to be paid on the related Series, Class or Tranche of Notes on the applicable payment date pursuant to the applicable Indenture Supplement. The Issuer shall cause the Servicer to notify the Indenture Trustee of the applicable amounts of principal and interest to be paid on each Series of Notes not later than the Business Day following the day on which the applicable payment date is determined.

 

(d)       If the applicable payment date is a special payment date, the Indenture Trustee shall (i) declare such special payment date, (ii) declare a special distribution to the related Noteholders consisting of accrued and unpaid interest on each such Note and the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of each such Note and (iii) deliver notice to the Noteholders of such special payment date and special distribution.

 

Section 14.04     Notice .

 

(a)       In the event that Synchrony Bank becomes the subject of an insolvency proceeding and the FDIC as receiver or conservator provides a written notice of repudiation as contemplated by paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of the FDIC Rule to the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, the party receiving such notice shall promptly deliver such notice to each of Synchrony Bank, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as applicable.

 

(b)       If the FDIC (i) is appointed as conservator or receiver of Synchrony Bank and (ii) is in default in the payment of principal or interest when due following the expiration of any cure period hereunder or under the other Related Documents due to the failure by the FDIC to pay or apply Collections received by it in accordance with this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee may, and if directed by a majority of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes of any affected Series, shall be entitled to deliver written notice to the FDIC requesting the exercise of contractual rights hereunder and under the other Related Documents with respect to the related Series.

 

Section 14.05     Reservation of Rights . Neither the inclusion of this Article XIV in this Indenture nor the compliance by any Person with, or the acknowledgment by any Person of, this Article’s provisions constitutes an agreement or acknowledgment by any Person that, in the case of an insolvency proceeding with respect to Synchrony Bank, a receiver or conservator will have any rights with respect to the Collateral.

 

  88

 

 

Section 14.06        No Obligation to Monitor or Enforce Compliance . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article XIV , the Indenture Trustee shall not have any responsibility to monitor compliance with or enforce another party’s compliance with its obligations under the FDIC Rule. The Indenture Trustee shall not be charged with the knowledge of such rule, nor shall it be liable to any Noteholder or other party for any violation of such rule. The Indenture Trustee shall not be obligated to take any action under this Article XIV unless it receives written direction from the appropriate requesting party.

 

  89

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

      SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
         
      By: CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
         
      By: /s/ Kristen Driscoll
      Name:   Kristen Driscoll
      Title:   Senior Trust Officer
         
      THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Indenture Trustee and not in its individual capacity
         
      By: /s/ Leslie Morales
      Name:   Leslie Morales
      Title:   Vice President
Acknowledged and Accepted:      
       
SYNCHRONY BANK,      
as Servicer      
         
By: /s/ Eric Duenwald             
Name:   Eric Duenwald         
Title:   Senior Vice President & Treasurer      

 

  Master Indenture

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER

 

[Date]

 

[Insert Addresses]

 

Re: Purchase of $_______________ principal amount of SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, Series [•], Class [•] Notes

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our purchase of the above Notes (the “Notes”) we confirm that:

 

(1)       We understand that the Notes are not being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are being sold to us in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

(2)       Any information we desire concerning the Notes or any other matter relevant to our decision to purchase the Notes is or has been made available to us.

 

(3)       We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Notes, and we (and any account for which we are purchasing under paragraph (4) below) are able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Notes. We (and any account for which we are purchasing under paragraph (4) below) are an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) of Regulation D under the Securities Act).

 

(4)       We are acquiring the Notes for our own account or for accounts as to which we exercise sole investment discretion and not with a view to any distribution of the Notes, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of our property shall at all times be and remain within our control.

 

(5)       We agree that the Notes must be held indefinitely by us unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from any registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities law is available.

 

(6)       We agree that in the event that at some future time we wish to dispose of or exchange any of the Notes (such disposition or exchange not being currently foreseen or contemplated), we will not transfer or exchange any of the Notes unless:

 

(a)       (i) the sale is of at least U.S. $250,000 principal amount of Notes to an Eligible Purchaser (as defined below), (ii) a letter to substantially the same effect as paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this letter is executed promptly by the purchaser and (iii) all offers or solicitations in connection with the sale, whether directly or through any agent acting on our behalf, are limited only to Eligible Purchasers and are not made by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising whatsoever; or

 

(b)       the Notes are transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act by us after we have held them for more than two years; or

 

(c)       the Notes are sold in any other transaction that does not require registration under the Securities Act and, if the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar so requests, we theretofore have furnished to such party an opinion of counsel satisfactory to such party, in form and substance satisfactory to such party, to such effect; or

 

A- 1

 

 

(d)       the Notes are transferred pursuant to an exception from the registration requirements of the Securities Act under Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

(7)         We understand that the Notes will bear a legend to substantially the following effect:

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

 

This legend may be removed if the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Note Registrar have received an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to each of them, to the effect that the legend may be removed.

 

“Eligible Purchaser” means either an Eligible Dealer or a corporation, partnership or other entity which we have reasonable grounds to believe and do believe can make representations with respect to itself to substantially the same effect as the representations set forth herein. “Eligible Dealer” means any corporation or other entity the principal business of which is acting as a broker and/or dealer in securities. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018, by and between the Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
     
  (Name of Purchaser)
     
  By:  
    (Authorized officer)

 

  A- 2

 

 

Exhibit B

 

[Reserved.]

 

  B- 1

 

 

Exhibit C

 

FORM OF ANNUAL CERTIFICATION

 

Re: AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER INDENTURE, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “ Agreement ”), by and between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, as Issuer (the “ Issuer ”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York state-chartered bank, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”)

 

I, ________________________, the __________________________ of the Indenture Trustee, certify to the Transferor and Synchrony Bank, and their respective officers, with the knowledge and intent that they will rely upon this certification, that:

 

(1)       I have reviewed the report on assessment of the Indenture Trustee’s compliance provided in accordance with Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”) and Item 1122 of Regulation AB (17 C.F.R. §229.1100, et seq. ) (the “ Servicing Assessment ”), and the registered public accounting firm’s attestation report provided in accordance with Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 under the Securities Exchange Act and Section 1122(b) of Regulation AB (the “ Attestation Report ”) that were delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the Transferor and Synchrony Bank pursuant to the Agreement (collectively, the “ Indenture Trustee Information ”);

 

(2)       To the best of my knowledge, the Indenture Trustee Information, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period of time covered by the Indenture Trustee Information;

 

(3)       To the best of my knowledge, all of the Indenture Trustee Information required to be provided by the Indenture Trustee under the Agreement has been provided to the Transferor and Synchrony Bank; and

 

(4)       To the best of my knowledge, except as disclosed in the Servicing Assessment or the Attestation Report, the Indenture Trustee has fulfilled its obligations under the Agreement.

 

  Date:  
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  C- 1

 

 

Exhibit D

 

SERVICING CRITERIA TO BE ADDRESSED IN ASSESSMENT OF COMPLIANCE

 

The assessment of compliance to be delivered by the Indenture Trustee shall address, at a minimum, the criteria identified below as “Applicable Servicing Criteria”:

 

    Applicable
Servicing Criteria Servicing
Reference Criteria Criteria
General Servicing Considerations
1122(d)(1)(i)

Policies and procedures are instituted to monitor any performance or other triggers and events of default in accordance with the transaction agreements.

 

 
1122(d)(1)(ii)

If any material servicing activities are outsourced to third parties, policies and procedures are instituted to monitor the third party’s performance and compliance with such servicing activities.

 

Ö
1122(d)(1)(iii)

Any requirements in the transaction agreements to maintain a back-up servicer for the pool assets are maintained.

 

 
1122(d)(1)(iv)

A fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy is in effect on the party participating in the servicing function throughout the reporting period in the amount of coverage required by and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the transaction agreements.

 

 
1122(d)(1)(v)

Aggregation of information, as applicable, is mathematically accurate and the information conveyed accurately reflects the information.

 

 

Cash Collection and Administration

 

1122(d)(2)(i)

Payments on pool assets are deposited into the appropriate custodial bank accounts and related bank clearing accounts no more than two business days following receipt, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.

 

Ö 2
1122(d)(2)(ii)

Disbursements made via wire transfer on behalf of an obligor or to an investor are made only by authorized personnel.

 

Ö
1122(d)(2)(iii)

Advances of funds or guarantees regarding collections, cash flows or distributions, and any interest or other fees charged for such advances, are made, reviewed and approved as specified in the transaction agreements.

 

 
1122(d)(2)(iv)

The related accounts for the transaction, such as cash reserve accounts or accounts established as a form of overcollateralization, are separately maintained (e.g., with respect to commingling of cash) as set forth in the transaction agreements.

 

Ö

 

 

2 Solely with regard to deposits made by the Indenture Trustee.

 

  D- 1

 

 

    Applicable
Servicing Criteria Servicing
Reference Criteria Criteria
1122(d)(2)(v)

Each custodial account is maintained at a federally insured depository institution as set forth in the transaction agreements. For purposes of this criterion, “federally insured depository institution” with respect to a foreign financial institution means a foreign financial institution that meets the requirements of Rule 13k-1(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act.

 

Ö
1122(d)(2)(vi)

Unissued checks are safeguarded so as to prevent unauthorized access.

 

 
1122(d)(2)(vii)

Reconciliations are prepared on a monthly basis for all asset-backed securities related bank accounts, including custodial accounts and related bank clearing accounts. These reconciliations (A) are mathematically accurate; (B) are prepared within 30 calendar days after the bank statement cutoff date, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are reviewed and approved by someone other than the person who prepared the reconciliation; and (D) contain explanations for reconciling items. These reconciling items are resolved within 90 calendar days of their original identification, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.

 

 
1122(d)(3)(i)

Reports to investors, including those to be filed with the Commission, are maintained in accordance with the transaction agreements and applicable Commission requirements. Specifically, such reports (A) are prepared in accordance with timeframes and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements; (B) provide information calculated in accordance with the terms specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are filed with the Commission as required by its rules and regulations; and (D) agree with investors’ or the trustee’s records as to the total unpaid principal balance and number of pool assets serviced by the Servicer.

 

 
1122(d)(3)(ii)

Amounts due to investors are allocated and remitted in accordance with timeframes, distribution priority and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements.

 

Ö
1122(d)(3)(iii)

Disbursements made to an investor are posted within two business days to the Servicer’s investor records, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.

 

Ö
1122(d)(3)(iv)

Amounts remitted to investors per the investor reports agree with cancelled checks, or other form of payment, or custodial bank statements.

 

Ö

 

  D- 2

 

 

 

    Applicable
Servicing Criteria Servicing
Reference Criteria Criteria
Pool Asset Administration
1122(d)(4)(i)

Collateral or security on pool assets is maintained as required by the transaction agreements or related pool asset documents.

 

Ö
1122(d)(4)(ii)

Pool assets and related documents are safeguarded as required by the transaction agreements

 

Ö
1122(d)(4)(iii)

Any additions, removals or substitutions to the collateral are made, reviewed and approved in accordance with any conditions or requirements in the transaction agreements.

 

 
1122(d)(4)(iv)

Payments on pool assets, including any payoffs, made in accordance with the related pool asset documents are posted to the Servicer’s obligor records maintained no more than two business days after receipt, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements, and allocated to principal, interest or other items (e.g., escrow) in accordance with the related pool asset documents.

 

 
1122(d)(4)(v)

The Servicer’s records regarding the accounts agree with the Servicer’s records with respect to an obligor’s unpaid principal balance.

 

 
1122(d)(4)(vi)

Changes with respect to the terms or status of an obligor’s account (e.g., loan modifications or re-aging) are made, reviewed and approved by authorized personnel in accordance with the transaction agreements and related pool asset documents.

 

 
1122(d)(4)(vii)

Loss mitigation or recovery actions (e.g., forbearance plans, modifications and deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures and repossessions, as applicable) are initiated, conducted and concluded in accordance with the timeframes or other requirements established by the transaction agreements.

 

 
1122(d)(4)(viii)

Records documenting collection efforts are maintained during the period an account is delinquent in accordance with the transaction agreements. Such records are maintained on at least a monthly basis, or such other period specified in the transaction agreements, and describe the entity’s activities in monitoring delinquent pool assets including, for example, phone calls, letters and payment rescheduling plans in cases where delinquency is deemed temporary (e.g., illness or unemployment).

 

 
1122(d)(4)(ix)

Adjustments to interest rates or rates of return for accounts with variable rates are computed based on the related account documents. 

 

 

 

  D- 3

 

 

    Applicable
Servicing Criteria Servicing
Reference Criteria Criteria
1122(d)(4)(x)

Regarding any funds held in trust for an obligor (such as escrow accounts): (A) such funds are analyzed, in accordance with the obligor’s pool asset documents, on at least an annual basis, or such other period specified in the transaction agreements; (B) interest on such funds is paid, or credited, to obligors in accordance with applicable pool asset documents and state laws; and (C) such funds are returned to the obligor within 30 calendar days of full repayment of the related pool assets, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.

 

 
1122(d)(4)(xi)

Payments made on behalf of an obligor (such as tax or insurance payments) are made on or before the related penalty or expiration dates, as indicated on the appropriate bills or notices for such payments, provided that such support has been received by the Servicer at least 30 calendar days prior to these dates, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.

 

 
1122(d)(4)(xii)

Any late payment penalties in connection with any payment to be made on behalf of an obligor are paid from the Servicer’s funds and not charged to the obligor, unless the late payment was due to the obligor’s error or omission.

 

 
1122(d)(4)(xiii)

Disbursements made on behalf of an obligor are posted within two business days to the obligor’s records maintained by the Servicer, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.

 

 
1122(d)(4)(xiv)

Delinquencies, charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are recognized and recorded in accordance with the transaction agreements.

 

 
1122(d)(4)(xv) Any external enhancement or other support, identified in Item 1114(a)(1) through (3) or Item 1115 of Regulation AB, is maintained as set forth in the transaction agreements.  

 

  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Indenture Trustee
     
  Date:  
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  D- 4

 

 

Exhibit E

 

FORM OF SECTION 10.04 OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE

 

____________, _____

 

[                                         ]

 

Pursuant to Section 10.04 of the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “Indenture”), between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust (the “ Issuer ”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee, the undersigned hereby certify that:

 

(a) a review of the activities of the Issuer during the previous fiscal year and of performance under the Indenture has been made under the supervision of the undersigned; and

 

(b) to the best knowledge of the undersigned, based on such review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and covenants under the Indenture throughout such year or, if there has been a default in the compliance of any such condition or covenant, this certificate is to specify each such default known to the undersigned and the nature and status thereof.

 

  SYNCHRONY BANK
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  E- 1

 

 

Exhibit F

 

FORM OF REPURCHASE REQUEST NOTICE

 

[__________], 20[__]    

 

Synchrony Bank

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, CT

Attention: Eric Duenwald – Treasurer

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, CT

Attention: Eric Duenwald – President

 

Re:   Synchrony Card Issuance Trust; Repurchase Request Notice

 

Pursuant to Section 13.04(d) of the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018 (as in effect on the date hereof, the “ Indenture ”), by and between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, as issuer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), the Indenture Trustee hereby provides notice that on [__________], 20[__] the Indenture Trustee received one or more requests for the repurchase of Receivables. Such requests are attached to this notice. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.   

 

  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Indenture Trustee
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  F- 1

 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

(a)       In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Indenture, the Issuer hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Indenture Trustee as follows as of the Initial Transfer Date:

 

(i)       The Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Transferred Receivables in favor of the Indenture Trustee, which security interest is prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances), and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer.

 

(ii)       Each Transferred Receivable constitutes an “account” or “general intangible” within the meaning of the applicable Uniform Commercial Code.

 

(iii)       The Issuer owns and has good and marketable title to the Transferred Receivables free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person (other than Permitted Encumbrances)

 

(iv)       There are no consents or approvals required by the terms of the Transferred Receivables for the pledge of the Transferred Receivables to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

 

(v)       The Issuer (or the Administrator on behalf of the Issuer) has caused or will cause within 10 days of the Initial Transfer Date the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture in the Transferred Receivables.

 

(vi)       Other than the pledge of the Transferred Receivables to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed the Transferred Receivables. The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of collateral covering the Transferred Receivables, except for the financing statement filed pursuant to the Indenture. The Issuer is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against the Issuer.

 

(b)       Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the representations and warranties set forth in this Schedule I shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect, until such time as the last remaining outstanding Note is retired.

 

(c)       The Indenture Trustee covenants that it shall not, without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition, waive a breach of any representation or warranty set forth in this Schedule I .

 

  Schedule I- 1

 

 

SCHEDULE II

 

REQUIREMENTS OF FDIC RULE

 

As required by the FDIC Rule:

 

(a)       As used in this Schedule, references to (i) the “sponsor” shall mean Synchrony Bank, (ii) the “Issuer” shall mean, collectively, the Transferor, the Issuer and each other transferee of the Transferred Assets that is an “Issuer” as defined in the FDIC Rule, (iii) the “servicer” shall mean the Servicer and each other “servicer” of the financial assets within the meaning of the FDIC Rule, (iv) “obligations” or “securitization obligations” shall mean the Notes, and (v) “financial assets” and “securitized financial assets” shall mean the Transferred Assets.

 

(b)       Payment of principal and interest on the securitization obligations must be primarily based on the performance of financial assets that are transferred to the Issuer and, except for interest rate or currency mismatches between the financial assets and the obligations, shall not be contingent on market or credit events that are independent of such financial assets.

 

(c)       The Issuer shall make available to investors, information describing the financial assets, obligations, capital structure, compensation of relevant parties, and relevant historical performance data set forth below:

 

(i)       On or prior to issuance of obligations and at the time of delivery of any periodic distribution report and, in any event, at least once per calendar quarter, while obligations are outstanding, information about the obligations and the securitized financial assets shall be disclosed to all potential investors at the financial asset or pool level, as appropriate for the financial assets, and security-level to enable evaluation and analysis of the credit risk and performance of the obligations and financial assets. Such information and its disclosure, at a minimum, shall comply with the requirements of Regulation AB or any successor disclosure requirements for public issuances, even if the obligations are issued in a private placement or are not otherwise required to be registered; provided that information that is unknown or not available to the sponsor or the Issuer after reasonable investigation may be omitted if the Issuer includes a statement in the offering documents disclosing that the specific information is otherwise unavailable;

 

(ii)       On or prior to issuance of obligations, the structure of the securitization and the credit and payment performance of the obligations shall be disclosed, including the capital or tranche structure, the priority of payments and specific subordination features; representations and warranties made with respect to the financial assets, the remedies for and the time permitted for cure of any breach of representations and warranties, including the repurchase of financial assets, if applicable; liquidity facilities and any credit enhancements permitted by the FDIC Rule, any waterfall triggers or priority of payment reversal features; and policies governing delinquencies, servicer advances, loss mitigation, and write-offs of financial assets;

 

(iii)       While obligations are outstanding, the Issuer shall provide to investors information with respect to the credit performance of the obligations and the financial assets, including periodic and cumulative financial asset performance data, delinquency and modification data for the financial assets, substitutions and removal of financial assets, servicer advances, as well as losses that were allocated to such tranche and remaining balance of financial assets supporting such tranche, if applicable, and the percentage of each tranche in relation to the securitization as a whole; and

 

  Schedule II- 1

 

 

(iv)       The nature and amount of compensation paid to the originator, sponsor, rating agency or third-party advisor, any mortgage or other broker, and the servicer(s), and the extent to which any risk of loss on the underlying assets is retained by any of them for such securitization shall be disclosed. The Issuer shall provide to investors while any obligations are outstanding any changes to such information and the amount and nature of payments of any deferred compensation or similar arrangements to any of the parties.

 

(d)       The obligations shall not be predominantly sold to an affiliate (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary consolidated for accounting and capital purposes with the sponsor) or insider of the sponsor.

 

(e)       To the extent serving as servicer, custodian or paying agent for the securitization, the sponsor shall not comingle amounts received with respect to the financial assets with its own assets except for the time, not to exceed two business days, necessary to clear any payments received.

 

  Schedule II- 2

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST

 

as Issuer

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

as Indenture Trustee

 

[FORM OF] SYNCHRONYSERIES INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

dated as of [___], 20[__]

 

to

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER INDENTURE

 

dated as of May 1, 2018

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETIVE MATTERS 1
     
Section 1.01 Definitions and Interpretive Matters 1
     
ARTICLE II THE SYNCHRONYSERIES NOTES 18
     
Section 2.01 Creation and Designation 18
     
Section 2.02 New Issuances of SynchronySeries Notes 18
     
Section 2.03 Required Collateral Amount Condition to Issuance of a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes 19
     
Section 2.04 Reports 19
     
ARTICLE III ALLOCATIONS, DEPOSITS AND PAYMENTS 20
     
Section 3.01 Allocations of Finance Charge Collections, the Default Amount and Daily Servicing Fee to the SynchronySeries Notes 20
     
Section 3.02 Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections 20
     
Section 3.03 Targeted Deposits to the Interest Funding Account 21
     
Section 3.04 Allocations of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections to the Interest Funding Account and to the Interest Funding Sub-Accounts 22
     
Section 3.05 Amounts to be Treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections; Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Interest in a Foreign Currency; Other Deposits to the Interest Funding Sub-Accounts 23
     
Section 3.06 Allocations of Reductions from Investor Charge-Offs 24
     
Section 3.07 Allocations of Reimbursements of Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits 25
     
Section 3.08 Allocations of Principal Collections to the SynchronySeries Notes 26
     
Section 3.09 Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections 26
     
Section 3.10 Computation of Reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes and SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount from Reallocations of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections 28
     
Section 3.11 Targeted Deposits of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections to the Note Retirement Sub-Accounts and the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts 30
     
Section 3.12 Allocations among Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and Note Retirement Sub-Accounts 31

 

  i  

 

 

Section 3.13 Amounts to be Treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections; Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Principal; Other Deposits to Principal Funding Sub-Accounts 32
     
Section 3.14 Withdrawals from Interest Funding Account 33
     
Section 3.15 Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account and Note Retirement Account 35
     
Section 3.16 Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding Sub-Account of Subordinated Classes of SynchronySeries Notes; Limit on Repayments of all Tranches 36
     
Section 3.17 Calculation of SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount 37
     
Section 3.18 Calculation of Nominal Liquidation Amount 38
     
Section 3.19 Netting of Deposits and Payments 39
     
Section 3.20 Pro Rata Payments within a Tranche 39
     
Section 3.21 Sale of Collateral for Notes that are Accelerated or Reach Legal Maturity 39
     
Section 3.22 Calculation of Prefunding Target Amount 41
     
Section 3.23 Targeted Deposits to the Class D Reserve Account 42
     
Section 3.24 Withdrawals from the Class D Reserve Account 42
     
Section 3.25 Computation of Interest 43
     
Section 3.26 Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections 43
     
Section 3.27 Shared Excess Available Principal Collections 44
     
Section 3.28 Accumulation Reserve Account 44
     
Section 3.29 Final Payment 44
     
Section 3.30 Distributions After Repudiation and Payment of Damages by FDIC 45
     
ARTICLE IV EARLY AMORTIZATION OF NOTES 46
     
Section 4.01 Early Amortization Events 46
     
ARTICLE V SERIES ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENTS 48
     
Section 5.01 Series Accounts 48
     
ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 50
     
Section 6.01 Governing Law 50
     
Section 6.02 Counterparts 51
     
Section 6.03 Ratification of Indenture 51
     
Section 6.04 Limitation of Liability of the Trustee 51
     
Section 6.05 Indenture Trustee 52
     
Section 6.06 Notice Address for Rating Agencies 52
     
Section 6.07 Tax 52

 

  ii  

 

 

EXHIBITS  
EXHIBIT A-1 FORM OF CLASS A NOTE
   
EXHIBIT A-2 FORM OF CLASS B NOTE
   
EXHIBIT A-3 FORM OF CLASS C NOTE
   
EXHIBIT A-4 FORM OF CLASS D NOTE
   
EXHIBIT B FORM OF SYNCHRONYSERIES MONTHLY NOTEHOLDERS’ STATEMENT

 

  iii  

 

 

This SYNCHRONYSERIES INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of [___], 20[__] (this “ Indenture Supplement ”), between SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York state-chartered bank, not in its individual capacity but in its capacity as Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”) under the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “ Indenture ”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

Pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture, the Issuer desires to establish a Series of Notes having the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture Supplement.

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETIVE MATTERS

 

Section 1.01          Definitions and Interpretive Matters . For all purposes of this Indenture Supplement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)          All terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture. This Indenture Supplement shall be interpreted in accordance with the conventions set forth in Sections 1.01(a) through (g) of the Indenture.

 

(b)          All terms defined in this Indenture Supplement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(c)          In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in the Indenture, the terms and provisions of this Indenture Supplement shall be controlling. In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in a Terms Document, the terms and provisions of the Terms Document shall be controlling with respect to the related Tranche of Notes.

 

(d)          Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate only to the SynchronySeries Notes and no other Series of Notes issued by the Issuer.

 

(e)          Whenever used in this Indenture Supplement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms and phrases are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as the feminine and the neuter genders of such terms:

 

Accumulation Commencement Date ” means, for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the date specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, or if the Accumulation Commencement Date for any Tranche is not specified in the applicable Terms Document, the first calendar day of the month that is twelve (12) whole calendar months prior to the Scheduled Principal Payment Date for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes; provided , however , that, if the Accumulation Period Length for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes is more or less than the Initial Accumulation Period Length, the Accumulation Commencement Date will be the first calendar day of the month that is the number of whole Monthly Periods prior to such Scheduled Principal Payment Date at least equal to the Accumulation Period Length and, as a result, the number of whole Monthly Periods during the period from the Accumulation Commencement Date to and including the Monthly Period prior to such Scheduled Principal Payment Date will at least equal the Accumulation Period Length.

 

  1  

 

 

Accumulation Period Length ” means, with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the number of months not less than the number of whole calendar months reasonably expected by the Servicer to be necessary to accumulate from SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections an amount equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes for distribution on the applicable Scheduled Principal Payment Date; provided , however , that the Accumulation Period Length will not be determined to be less than one whole calendar month.

 

Accumulation Reserve Account ” means the Series Account designated as such and established pursuant to Section 5.01(a) .

 

Accumulation Reserve Account Available Amount ” means, for any Transfer Date, the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Accumulation Reserve Account (after taking into account any Accumulation Reserve Account Earnings retained in the Accumulation Reserve Account pursuant to Section 3.28(a) on such date, but before giving effect to any deposit made or to be made pursuant to clause (e) of Section 3.02 to the Accumulation Reserve Account on such date) and (b) the Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount.

 

Accumulation Reserve Account Earnings ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the investment earnings on funds in the Accumulation Reserve Account (net of investment expenses and losses) for the period from and including the Transfer Date in such Monthly Period to but excluding the Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period.

 

Accumulation Reserve Account Funding Date ” means, with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes with an Accumulation Commencement Date, the Transfer Date selected by the Servicer on behalf of the Issuer which occurs not later than the Transfer Date following the Monthly Period which commences three months prior to the Accumulation Commencement Date (which commencement shall be subject to postponement pursuant to Section 3.11(b)(ii) ).

 

Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount ” means, the aggregate amount for all Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes, for any Transfer Date on or after the Accumulation Reserve Account Funding Date for each such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes and prior to the Transfer Date preceding the first Principal Payment Date for each such Tranche, equal to (a) 0.50% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes or (b) any other amount designated by the Servicer; provided , however , that if such designation is of a lesser amount, the Servicer shall provide the Indenture Trustee with evidence that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such designation; provided , further , however , that at any time during which the Accumulation Period Length is equal to one month, the Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount shall be equal to $0.00; and provided , further , however , that any time that the average of the Excess Spread Percentages (calculated without regard to any withdrawal of funds from the Accumulation Reserve Account) for the three consecutive Monthly Periods preceding (and excluding) the Monthly Period immediately prior to such Transfer Date would be greater than [ ]%, the Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount shall be equal to $0.00.

 

  2  

 

 

Accumulation Reserve Account Surplus ” means, as of any Transfer Date following the Accumulation Reserve Account Funding Date, the amount, if any, by which the Accumulation Reserve Account Available Amount exceeds the Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount, after giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals from the Accumulation Reserve Account to occur on or prior to such Transfer Date.

 

Allocation Percentage ” means, with respect to the SynchronySeries, for any Monthly Period, (a) with respect to Finance Charge Collections, the Default Amount and the Daily Servicing Fee or Monthly Servicing Fee, as applicable, the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) with respect to Principal Collections, the SynchronySeries Principal Allocation Percentage.

 

Amortization Period ” means, with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, each Monthly Period with respect to which a deposit is required to be made into the Principal Funding Sub-Account or Note Retirement Sub-Account of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes pursuant to clause (f) of Section 3.09 and Section 3.11 .

 

Base Rate ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage (based on a 30-day month and a 360-day year) equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the sum of (a) the targeted amount to be deposited in the Interest Funding Account with respect to such Monthly Period pursuant to clause (b) of Section 3.02 and (b) the SynchronySeries Monthly Servicing Fee for such Monthly Period, and the denominator of which is the daily average (for each day during such Monthly Period) of the sum of (i) the numerator used in the calculation of the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for such day and (ii) the amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and Note Retirement Sub-Accounts for all Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

Class ” means the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes or Class D Notes, as applicable.

 

Class A Note ” means a SynchronySeries Note specified in the applicable Terms Document as belonging to Class A, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , or in such form specified in the applicable Terms Document.

 

Class A Reallocated Amount ” has the meaning specified in clause (b) of Section 3.09 .

 

Class A Required Subordinated Amount ” means an amount equal to (a) the result of (i) the aggregate of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all Tranches of Class A Notes; provided that if an Early Amortization Event has occurred with respect to any Tranche of Class A Notes, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of Class A Notes used for such calculation shall be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the Early Amortization Event, divided by (ii) [__], minus (b) the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all Tranches of Class A Notes.

 

  3  

 

 

Class B Note ” means a SynchronySeries Note specified in the applicable Terms Document as belonging to Class B, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 , or in such form specified in the applicable Terms Document.

 

Class B Reallocated Amount ” has the meaning specified in clause (c) of Section 3.09 .

 

Class B Required Subordinated Amount ” means an amount equal to (a) the result of (i) the aggregate of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all Tranches of Class A Notes and Class B Notes; provided that if an Early Amortization Event has occurred with respect to any Tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of Notes used for such calculation shall be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the Early Amortization Event, divided by (ii) [__], minus (b) the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all Tranches of Class A Notes and Class B Notes.

 

Class C Note ” means a SynchronySeries Note specified in the applicable Terms Document as belonging to Class C, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 , or in such form specified in the applicable Terms Document.

 

Class C Reallocated Amount ” has the meaning specified in clause (d) of Section 3.09 .

 

Class C Required Subordinated Amount ” means an amount equal to (a) the result of (i) the aggregate of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all Tranches of Class A Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes; provided that if an Early Amortization Event has occurred with respect to any Tranche of Class A Notes, Class B Notes or Class C Notes, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of Notes used for such calculation shall be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the Early Amortization Event, divided by (ii) [__], minus (b) the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all Tranches of Class A Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes.

 

Class D Note ” means a SynchronySeries Note specified in the applicable Terms Document as belonging to Class D, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4 , or in such form specified in the applicable Terms Document.

 

Class D Reallocated Amount ” has the meaning specified in clause (e) of Section 3.09 .

 

Class D Required Subordinated Amount ” means an amount equal to (a) the result of (i) the aggregate of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all Tranches of Class A Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes and Class D Notes; provided that if an Early Amortization Event has occurred with respect to any Tranche of Class A Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes or Class D Notes, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of Notes used for such calculation shall be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the Early Amortization Event, divided by (ii) [__], minus (b) the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all Tranches of Class A Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes and Class D Notes.

 

Class D Reserve Account ” means the Series Account designated as such and established pursuant to Section 5.01(a) .

 

  4  

 

 

Class D Reserve Sub-Account ” means, with respect to a Tranche of Class D Notes, a Sub-Account to the Class D Reserve Account established pursuant to Section 5.01(a) .

 

Collateral Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount on such date, plus (b) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of all SynchronySeries Notes on such date.

 

Controlled Accumulation Amount ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the amount specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, or if the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Tranche is not specified in the applicable Terms Document, the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will be equal to (a) the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, divided by (b) 12; provided , however , that if the Accumulation Period Length with respect to such Tranche is determined to be more or less than twelve (12) months pursuant to Section 3.11(b)(ii) , the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will be equal to (a) the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, divided by (b) the Accumulation Period Length; provided , further , that the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes for any Monthly Period shall not exceed the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, minus the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche.

 

Daily Servicing Fee ” has the meaning specified in the Servicing Agreement.

 

Derivative Counterparty ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture or, with respect to any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, means the entity identified in the applicable Terms Document for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

Early Amortization Event ” means, with respect to a Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, Early Amortization Events specified in Section 6.03 of the Indenture, and Early Amortization Events specified for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Excess Spread Percentage ” means, with respect to the SynchronySeries Notes, for any Monthly Period, the amount, if any, by which the Portfolio Yield for such Monthly Period exceeds the Base Rate for such Monthly Period.

 

Indenture ” has the meaning specified in the Preamble.

 

Indenture Supplement ” has the meaning specific in the Preamble.

 

Initial Accumulation Period Length ” means, for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, (i) if the Accumulation Commencement Date for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes is specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the number of whole Monthly Periods in the period commencing on the Accumulation Commencement Date specified in the applicable Terms Document and ending on the Scheduled Principal Payment Date for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, or (ii) if the Accumulation Commencement Date for such Tranche is not specified in the applicable Terms Document, twelve (12) Monthly Periods.

 

  5  

 

 

Interest Funding Account ” means the Series Account designated as such and established pursuant to Section 5.01(a) .

 

Interest Funding Sub-Account ” means each Sub-Account to the Interest Funding Account established pursuant to Section 5.01(a) .

 

Interest Funding Sub-Account Earnings ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period and any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes and the related Interest Funding Sub-Account, the investment earnings on funds in such Interest Funding Sub-Account (net of investment expenses and losses) for the period from and including the Transfer Date in such Monthly Period to but excluding the Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period.

 

Interest Payment Date ” has, with respect to any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the meaning specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

Investor Charge-Off ” means, with respect to each Monthly Period, the aggregate amount, if any, by which (a) the SynchronySeries Default Amount, if any, for such Monthly Period exceeds (b) the result of (i) the sum of (x) the SynchronySeries Daily Finance Charge Allocations for all Dates of Processing during such Monthly Period, plus (y) the amount of Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections that would have been allocated to the SynchronySeries Notes pursuant to Section 3.26 for such Monthly Period if all Noteholder Allocated Collections for such Monthly Period had been deposited into the Collection Account and remained on deposit on the related Transfer Date, plus (z) any amounts to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Sections 3.05(a) and 3.21(e) for such Monthly Period, minus (ii) the sum of (x) the SynchronySeries Monthly Servicing Fee for such Monthly Period, plus (y) the targeted deposit to the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 3.03 on the related Transfer Date.

 

Issuance Proceeds ” means, with respect to any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the proceeds of the sale of SynchronySeries Notes with respect to such Class or Tranche pursuant to the Indenture.

 

Legal Maturity Date ” has, with respect to any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the meaning specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

Maximum Delinquency Percentage ” means, with respect to any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the percentage specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

Minimum Free Equity Percentage ” means [_]% or such other percentage as shall be designated from time to time by the Servicer; provided , however , that prior to designating any lesser percentage, the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such designation.

 

  6  

 

 

Monthly Interest Accrual Date ” means, with respect to any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes:

 

(a)          each Interest Payment Date for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, and

 

(b)          for any Monthly Period in which no Interest Payment Date occurs for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the date in such Monthly Period corresponding numerically to the next Interest Payment Date for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes (or, if such Interest Payment Date is later than it otherwise would be because such Interest Payment Date would have fallen on a day that is not a Business Day, the date in such Monthly Period corresponding numerically to the date on which the Interest Payment Date would have fallen had it been a Business Day for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes), or as otherwise specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes; provided , however , that:

 

(i)          for the Monthly Period in which a Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes is issued, the date of issuance of such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will be the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date for such Monthly Period for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes,

 

(ii)         any date on which proceeds from a sale of Collateral following an Event of Default and acceleration of any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes are deposited into the Interest Funding Sub-Account for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will be a Monthly Interest Accrual Date for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes,

 

(iii)        if there is no numerically corresponding date in such Monthly Period, then the Monthly Interest Accrual Date will be the last Business Day of such Monthly Period, and

 

(iv)        if such numerically corresponding date in such Monthly Period is not a Business Day, the Monthly Interest Accrual Date will be the next following Business Day (unless such Business Day would fall in the following Monthly Period in which case the Monthly Interest Accrual Date will be the last Business Day of such earlier Monthly Period).

 

Monthly Principal Accrual Date ” means, with respect to any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes:

 

(a)          for any Monthly Period in which a Scheduled Principal Payment Date for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Note occurs, such Scheduled Principal Payment Date, and

 

(b)          for any Monthly Period in which no Scheduled Principal Payment Date occurs for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the date in such Monthly Period corresponding numerically to the Scheduled Principal Payment Date (or, if the Scheduled Principal Payment Date is later than it otherwise would be because the Scheduled Principal Payment Date would have fallen on a day that is not a Business Day, the date in such Monthly Period corresponding numerically to the date on which the Scheduled Principal Payment Date would have fallen had it been a Business Day for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes); provided , however , that:

 

  7  

 

 

(i)          any date on which Prefunding Excess Amounts are released from any Note Retirement Account or applicable Note Retirement Sub-Account on or after the Scheduled Principal Payment Date for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will be a Monthly Principal Accrual Date for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes,

 

(ii)         any date on which proceeds from a sale of Collateral following an Event of Default and acceleration of any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes are deposited into the Principal Funding Account or applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will be a Monthly Principal Accrual Date for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes,

 

(iii)        if there is no numerically corresponding date in such Monthly Period, then the Monthly Principal Accrual Date will be the last Business Day of such Monthly Period, and

 

(iv)        if such numerically corresponding date in such Monthly Period is not a Business Day, the Monthly Principal Accrual Date will be the next following Business Day (unless such Business Day would fall in the following month in which case the Monthly Principal Accrual Date will be the last Business Day of such earlier Monthly Period).

 

Monthly Servicing Fee ” has the meaning specified in the Servicing Agreement.

 

Nominal Liquidation Amount ” means, with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the amount calculated pursuant to Section 3.18 . The Nominal Liquidation Amount of a Class of SynchronySeries Notes will be the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all the Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes of such Class. The Nominal Liquidation Amount of the SynchronySeries will be the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all of the Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit ” means, with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the excess of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche over the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche.

 

Note Retirement Account ” means the Series Account designated as such and established pursuant to Section 5.01(a) .

 

Note Retirement Sub-Account ” means each Sub-Account to the Note Retirement Account established pursuant to Section 5.01(a) .

 

Note Retirement Sub-Account Earnings ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period and any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the sum of the investment earnings on funds in the applicable Note Retirement Sub-Account for such Tranche of Notes (net of investment expenses and losses), for the applicable Note Retirement Sub-Account Earnings Accrual Period.

 

  8  

 

 

Note Retirement Sub-Account Earnings Accrual Period ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period and any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, beginning with the date the balance in the applicable Note Retirement Sub-Account for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes exceeds zero and continuing for so long as there is a positive balance in the applicable Note Retirement Sub-Account for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the period from and including the Transfer Date in such Monthly Period to but excluding the Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period.

 

Payment Instruction Notice ” shall mean a written direction from the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee with respect to the deposit of funds to, and withdrawal of funds from, each Trust Account, including applicable wire instructions for the application of such funds, in such form as shall be agreed to by the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

Performing ” means, with respect to any Derivative Agreement, no payment default or repudiation of performance by a Derivative Counterparty has occurred, and such Derivative Agreement has not been terminated.

 

Portfolio Yield ” means, for any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage (based on a 30-day month and a 360-day year) equivalent of a fraction:

 

(1)         the numerator of which is equal to the result of:

 

(a)          the sum of the SynchronySeries Daily Finance Charge Allocations for all Dates of Processing during such Monthly Period; plus

 

(b)          any amounts to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Sections 3.05(a) and 3.21(e) ; plus

 

(c)          any amounts to be included in Portfolio Yield pursuant to any Terms Document; minus

 

(d)          the SynchronySeries Default Amount for such Monthly Period; and

 

(2)         the denominator of which is the daily average (for each day during such Monthly Period) of the sum of (i) the numerator used in the calculation of the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for such day and (ii) the amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and Note Retirement Sub-Accounts for all Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

Prefunding Excess Amount ” means, with respect to any Tranche of a Senior Class of SynchronySeries Notes for any date, after giving effect to all issuances, allocations, deposits and payments with respect to that date, the aggregate amount on deposit in the Note Retirement Sub-Account of such Tranche that is in excess of the aggregate amount targeted to be on deposit in such Note Retirement Sub-Account pursuant to Section 3.11 .

 

Prefunding Target Amount ” means, with respect to the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes, the amount calculated pursuant to Section 3.22 .

 

  9  

 

 

Principal Funding Account ” means the Series Account designated as such and established pursuant to Section 5.01(a) .

 

Principal Funding Sub-Account ” means each Sub-Account to the Principal Funding Account established pursuant to Section 5.01(a) .

 

Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period and any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the investment earnings on funds in the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche (net of investment expenses and losses), for the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Accrual Period.

 

Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Accrual Period ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period and any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, beginning with the date the balance in the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche exceeds zero and continuing for so long as there is a positive balance in the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the period from and including the Transfer Date in such Monthly Period to but excluding the Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period.

 

Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Shortfall ” means, with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes and any Monthly Period for which funds were on deposit in the Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche of Notes on the first day of such Monthly Period, (a) the Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Target for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes for such Monthly Period, minus (b) the Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings for such Monthly Period; provided , however , in no event shall the Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Shortfall be less than zero.

 

Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Target ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period and any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes and the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account, the Dollar amount of interest that would have accrued on funds in such Principal Funding Sub-Account for the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Accrual Period for such Tranche if it had borne interest at the following rates:

 

(a)          in the case of a Tranche of SynchronySeries Dollar Notes that is an Interest-bearing Note with no Derivative Agreement for interest, at the rate of interest applicable to such Tranche for the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Accrual Period;

 

(b)          in the case of a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes with a Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, at the rate at which payments by the Issuer to the applicable Derivative Counterparty accrue (prior to the netting of such payments, if applicable) for the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Accrual Period; and

 

(c)          in the case of a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes with a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, at the rate specified in the related Terms Document for the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Accrual Period.

 

More than one of the aforementioned rates of interest may be applicable to amounts on deposit in a Principal Funding Sub-Account for a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

  10  

 

 

Rating Agency ” means, as of any date and with respect to any Tranche of the SynchronySeries Notes, the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations that have been requested by the Transferor to provide ratings of such Tranche and that are rating such Tranche on such date.

 

Rating Agency Condition ” means, with respect to the SynchronySeries and any action, unless otherwise defined in the related Terms Document for any Tranche, ten (10) days’ prior written notice (or, if ten (10) days’ advance notice is impracticable, as much advance notice as is practicable) is delivered electronically to each applicable Rating Agency; provided that, with respect to any Tranche of Notes rated by Moody’s, if any, and the actions described in the definition of “Required Excess Spread Percentage” herein, Section 3.10(b) of the Indenture (to the extent such usage relates to changes to the Required Subordinated Amount, or the method of computing the Required Subordinated Amount), Schedule I of the Indenture, Section 2.6(c)(iii) of the Transfer Agreement, the definition of “Eligible Servicer” in the Servicing Agreement and any decrease of the “Minimum Free Equity Amount” made pursuant to Section 9.01 the Indenture, “Rating Agency Condition” shall mean that Moody’s shall have notified the Issuer in writing that such action shall not result in a reduction or withdrawal of any rating, if any, of any Outstanding Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, so long as Moody’s has not notified the Issuer or otherwise made public statements that it, as a policy matter, will not provide written confirmation of its ratings.

 

Required Collateral Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount (rounded to the second decimal place) equal to the greatest of:

 

(a)          the result of (i) the aggregate of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all Tranches of Class A Notes on such date; provided that if an Early Amortization Event has occurred with respect to any Tranche of Class A Notes, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of Class A Notes used for such calculation shall be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the Early Amortization Event, divided by (ii) [__];

 

(b)          the result of (i) the aggregate of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all Tranches of Class A Notes and Class B Notes on such date; provided that if an Early Amortization Event has occurred with respect to any Tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of Notes used for such calculation shall be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the Early Amortization Event, divided by (ii) [__];

 

(c)          the result of (i) the aggregate of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all Tranches of Class A Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes on such date; provided that if an Early Amortization Event has occurred with respect to any Tranche of Class A Notes, Class B Notes or Class C Notes, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of Notes used for such calculation shall be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the Early Amortization Event, divided by (ii) [__]; and

 

(d)          the result of (i) the aggregate of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all Tranches of Class A Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes and Class D Notes on such date; provided that if an Early Amortization Event has occurred with respect to any Tranche of Class A Notes, Class B Notes, Class C Notes or Class D Notes, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of Notes used for such calculation shall be determined as of the close of business on the day preceding the occurrence of the Early Amortization Event, divided by (ii) [__].

 

  11  

 

 

Required Deposit Amount ” means, with respect to the SynchronySeries Notes for any Monthly Period, the sum of (a) the Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount for such Monthly Period as most recently determined, and (b) the Required Principal Deposit Amount for such Monthly Period as most recently determined.

 

Required Excess Spread Percentage ” means 0%; provided , however , that the Issuer may, from time to time, change such percentage (which will never be less than zero) (a) upon written notice to the Indenture Trustee, (b) upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to such change and (c) provided the Issuing Entity reasonably believes, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Indenture Trustee, that such change will not have an Adverse Effect.

 

Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount ” means, with respect to the SynchronySeries Notes for any Monthly Period, the sum of (a) the targeted deposit to the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 3.03 for the related Transfer Date, (b) the amounts, if any, described in clauses (d) through (f) of Section 3.02 for the related Transfer Date, (c) if (i) on the first day of such Monthly Period, an Asset Deficiency exists after giving effect to all transfers and deposits on such day, (ii) on the first day of such Monthly Period, the Trust Principal Balance is less than 103% of the sum of the Required Collateral Amounts for all Series of Notes plus the Minimum Free Equity Amount after giving effect to all transfers and deposits on such day, (iii) an Early Amortization Event has occurred, (iv) a Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit for the SynchronySeries Notes or a SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount Deficit exists or (v) the Excess Spread Percentage for the immediately preceding Monthly Period is less than 5%, the SynchronySeries Default Amount, (d) if the Servicer has elected to receive a Monthly Servicing Fee in lieu of Daily Servicing Fees for such Monthly Period in accordance with Section 2.5 of the Servicing Agreement, the SynchronySeries Monthly Servicing Fee for such Monthly Period and (e) any additional amounts specified in the Terms Document for any Tranche. To the extent any data needed to calculate the Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount is not available on any Date of Processing, the Issuer shall use the corresponding data as most recently determined or other reasonable estimate of such data until the required data is available (which shall be no later than the Transfer Date in the following Monthly Period). Without limiting the foregoing, (x) for purposes of determining the amount to be deposited to the Interest Funding Account for any Tranche of Notes that bears interest by reference to a benchmark index rate of interest on any Date of Processing on which the applicable indexed rate has not been determined, the applicable indexed rate shall be estimated based on the assumption that the indexed rate will equal the indexed rate as most recently used to calculate the accrual of interest for such Tranche, multiplied by 1.25 and (y) for purposes of determining the SynchronySeries Default Amount on any Date of Processing for any Monthly Period (other than the Monthly Period in which the first tranche of SynchronySeries Notes is issued), the SynchronySeries Default Amount shall be estimated based on the assumption that the SynchronySeries Default Amount for the current Monthly Period will equal the SynchronySeries Default Amount for the prior Monthly Period multiplied by 1.25, with such adjustments as may be appropriate taking into consideration any change in the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the SynchronySeries Notes since the prior Monthly Period.

 

  12  

 

 

Required Principal Deposit Amount ” means, with respect to the SynchronySeries Notes for any Monthly Period, the sum of (a) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding Account and the Note Retirement Account for all Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes for the related Transfer Date, plus (b) any additional amounts specified in the Terms Document for any Tranche.

 

Required Subordinated Amount ” means, (a) with respect to the Class A Notes, the Class A Required Subordinated Amount, (b) with respect to the Class B Notes, the Class B Required Subordinated Amount, (c) with respect to the Class C Notes, the Class C Required Subordinated Amount or (d) with respect to the Class D Notes, the Class D Required Subordinated Amount, as applicable.

 

Reset Date ” means:

 

(a)           each Addition Date; and

 

(b)          each Removal Date on which Accounts are designated for removal pursuant to Section 2.7(a) or (b) of the Transfer Agreement.

 

Sales Proceeds ” means, with respect to any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the proceeds of the sale of Collateral with respect to such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes pursuant to Section 3.21 .

 

Scheduled Principal Payment Date ” has, with respect to any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the meaning specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

Senior Class ” means (a) with respect to the Class B Notes, the Class A Notes, (b) with respect to the Class C Notes, each of the Class A Notes and/or the Class B Notes and (c) with respect to the Class D Notes, each of the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes.

 

Series Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01 .

 

Series Available Finance Charge Collections Shortfall ” means, with respect to the SynchronySeries, for any Monthly Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate amount targeted to be paid or applied pursuant to clauses (a) through (g) of Section 3.02 over (b) the SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections with respect to such Monthly Period (excluding any amounts to be applied in accordance with Section 3.26 ).

 

Series Available Principal Collections Shortfall ” means, with respect to the SynchronySeries, for any Monthly Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate amount targeted to be paid or applied pursuant to clause (f) of Section 3.09 over (b) the SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections (excluding any amounts to be applied in accordance with Section 3.27 ) with respect to such Monthly Period remaining after application pursuant to clauses (a) through (e) of Section 3.09 .

 

  13  

 

 

Spot Exchange Rate ” has the meaning specified in the related Terms Document.

 

Series Finance Charge Collections ” means, with respect to the SynchronySeries, the SynchronySeries Finance Charge Collections.

 

Series Principal Collections ” means, with respect to the SynchronySeries, the SynchronySeries Principal Collections.

 

Stated Principal Amount ” has, with respect to any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the meaning specified in the related Terms Document for such Class or Tranche.

 

Subordinated Class ” means (a) with respect to the Class A Notes, each of the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and/or the Class D Notes, (b) with respect to the Class B Notes, each of the Class C Notes and/or the Class D Notes and (c) with respect to the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes.

 

SynchronySeries ” means the Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement.

 

SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.02 .

 

SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.09 .

 

SynchronySeries Daily Finance Charge Allocation ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a) .

 

SynchronySeries Daily Principal Allocation ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08 .

 

SynchronySeries Daily Servicing Fee ” means, for each day during any Monthly Period in which the Servicer has not elected to receive a Monthly Servicing Fee pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Servicing Agreement: the product of (a) the Daily Servicing Fee for such day and (b) the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for such day; provided that for any day that is not a Date of Processing, the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for purposes of clause (b) shall be the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for the immediately preceding Date of Processing.

 

SynchronySeries Default Amount ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the sum for all Accounts that became Defaulted Accounts during such Monthly Period, of the following amount: the product of (a) the Default Amount with respect to each such Defaulted Account and (b) the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage on the day such Account became a Defaulted Account.

 

SynchronySeries Dollar Note ” means a SynchronySeries Note denominated in Dollars.

 

  14  

 

 

SynchronySeries Finance Charge Collections ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a) .

 

SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage ” means, with respect to any date of determination in any Monthly Period, for the SynchronySeries Notes, a fraction:

 

(a)          the numerator of which is the result of:

 

(i)           the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all Classes or Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (exclusive of (x) any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes which will be paid in full during such Monthly Period and (y) any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes which will have a Nominal Liquidation Amount of zero during such Monthly Period), or with respect to the first Monthly Period during which any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes are Outstanding, the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of such Class or Tranche; plus

 

(ii)          on and after the date of any increase in the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes due to (x) the issuance of additional Notes of such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes during such Monthly Period or (y) the release of Prefunding Excess Amounts (other than amounts that were deposited into the applicable Note Retirement Sub-Account for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes during such Monthly Period) for such Class or Tranche from the applicable Note Retirement Sub-Account, the amount of any such increase in the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Class or Tranche; plus

 

(iii)        the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period, or with respect to first Monthly Period during which SynchronySeries Notes are Outstanding, as of the initial issuance date for the SynchronySeries Notes; plus

 

(iv)        after the date of any increase in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount pursuant to Section 3.17(c) during such Monthly Period, the amount of any such increase in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount; minus

 

(v)         after the date of any decrease in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount pursuant to Section 3.17(b) during such Monthly Period, the amount of any such decrease in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount; and

 

(b)           the denominator of which is equal to the greater of (x) the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period and (y) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Allocation Percentages for allocations with respect to Finance Charge Collections, the Daily Servicing Fee, the Monthly Servicing Fee or Default Amounts, as applicable, for all outstanding Series on such date of determination; provided , that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the denominator determined pursuant to clause (x) shall be (A) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period for the period from and including the first day of the current Monthly Period, to but excluding such Reset Date and (B) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on such Reset Date, for the period from and including such Reset Date to the earlier of the last day of such Monthly Period (in which case such period shall include such day) or the next succeeding Reset Date (in which case such period shall not include such succeeding Reset Date).

 

  15  

 

 

SynchronySeries Foreign Currency Note ” means a SynchronySeries Note denominated in a Foreign Currency.

 

SynchronySeries Monthly Servicing Fee ” means, for any Monthly Period, the sum of the SynchronySeries Daily Servicing Fees payable during such Monthly Period; provided that if the Servicer shall have elected to receive a Monthly Servicing Fee in lieu of Daily Servicing Fees for such Monthly Period in accordance with Section 2.5 of the Servicing Agreement, then the SynchronySeries Monthly Servicing Fee shall equal the product of (a) the Monthly Servicing Fee for such Monthly Period, multiplied by (b) the average of the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentages for each day during such Monthly Period.

 

SynchronySeries Noteholders ” means the Holders of the SynchronySeries Notes.

 

SynchronySeries Notes ” means the Series of Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture, the principal terms of which are set forth in this Indenture Supplement.

 

SynchronySeries Principal Allocation Percentage ” means, with respect to any date of determination in any Monthly Period, for the SynchronySeries Notes, a fraction:

 

(a)           the numerator of which is equal to the result of:

 

(i)          for all Classes or Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes in an Amortization Period (exclusive of (x) any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes which will be paid in full during such Monthly Period and (y) any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes which will have a Nominal Liquidation Amount of zero during such Monthly Period), the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all such Classes or Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes as of the close of business on the day prior to the commencement of the most recent Amortization Period for such Class or Tranche; plus

 

(ii)         for all other Classes or Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes that are not in an Amortization Period, the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all Classes or Tranches of such SynchronySeries Notes as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (exclusive of (x) any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes which will be paid in full during such Monthly Period and (y) any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes which will have a Nominal Liquidation Amount of zero during such Monthly Period), or with respect to the first Monthly Period during which any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes are Outstanding, the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of such Class or Tranche; plus

 

(iii)         on and after the date of any increase in the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes due to (x) the issuance of additional Notes of such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes during such Monthly Period or (y) the release of Prefunding Excess Amounts (other than amounts that were deposited into the applicable Note Retirement Sub-Account for such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes during such Monthly Period) for such Class or Tranche from the applicable Note Retirement Sub-Account, the amount of any such increase in the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Class or Tranche; plus

 

  16  

 

 

(iv)        the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period, or with respect to first Monthly Period during which the SynchronySeries Notes are Outstanding, as of the initial issuance date for the SynchronySeries Notes; plus

 

(v)         after the date of any increase in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount pursuant to Section 3.17(c) during such Monthly Period, the amount of any such increase in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount; minus

 

(vi)        after the date of any decrease in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount pursuant to Section 3.17(b) during such Monthly Period, the amount of any such decrease in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount; and

 

(b)           the denominator of which is equal to the greater of (x) the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period and (y) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Allocation Percentages for allocations with respect to Principal Collections for all outstanding Series on such date of determination; provided , that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the denominator determined pursuant to clause (x) shall be (A) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period for the period from and including the first day of the current Monthly Period, to but excluding such Reset Date and (B) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on such Reset Date, for the period from and including such Reset Date to the earlier of the last day of such Monthly Period (in which case such period shall include such day) or the next succeeding Reset Date (in which case such period shall not include such succeeding Reset Date).

 

SynchronySeries Principal Collections ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08 .

 

SynchronySeries Servicing Fee Shortfall ” means, (a) for any Monthly Period during which the Servicer has received Daily Servicing Fees, the excess (if any) of (i) the sum of the SynchronySeries Daily Servicing Fees for all days during such Monthly Period, over (ii) the sum of the SynchronySeries Daily Finance Charge Allocations for all Dates of Processing during such Monthly Period, and (b) for any Monthly Period during which the Servicer has elected to receive a Monthly Servicing Fee in lieu of Daily Servicing Fees in accordance with Section 2.5 of the Servicing Agreement, the excess (if any) of (i) the SynchronySeries Monthly Servicing Fee for such Monthly Period, over (ii) the SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections available for application pursuant to clause (a) of Section 3.02 .

 

SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount ” means, with respect to any date of determination, the amount calculated pursuant to Section 3.17 .

 

SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount Deficit ” means, with respect to any date of determination, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount’s allocable share of all reallocations of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections pursuant to Section 3.09 , determined as set forth in Section 3.10 ; plus (ii) the aggregate amount of the reductions of the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount resulting from allocations of Investor Charge-Offs as set forth in Section 3.06 ; over (b) reimbursements of prior reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount pursuant to clause (d) of Section 3.02 .

 

[END OF ARTICLE I]

 

  17  

 


ARTICLE II

THE SYNCHRONYSERIES NOTES

 

Section 2.01          Creation and Designation .

 

(a)          There is hereby created and designated a Series of Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement known as the “Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, SynchronySeries” or the “SynchronySeries.” The SynchronySeries is a multi-tranche Series that is issued in up to four Classes, the first of which shall be known as the “SynchronySeries Class A Notes,” which notes shall belong to Class A; the second of which shall be known as the “SynchronySeries Class B Notes,” which notes shall belong to Class B; the third of which shall be known as the “SynchronySeries Class C Notes,” which notes shall belong to Class C; and the fourth of which shall be known as the “SynchronySeries Class D Notes,” which notes shall belong to Class D. Each Class of SynchronySeries Notes may consist of one or more Tranches.

 

(b)          The SynchronySeries shall not be subordinated to any other Series of Notes.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding the allocation provisions of the Indenture, this Indenture Supplement and the indenture supplements for each other Series of Notes, if any, to the extent that the SynchronySeries Noteholders are deemed to have any interest in any assets of the Issuer allocated to other Notes, the SynchronySeries Noteholders shall agree by acceptance of their SynchronySeries Notes that their interest in those assets is subordinate to claims or rights of such other Noteholders to those other assets. Further, the SynchronySeries Noteholders shall agree by acceptance of their SynchronySeries Notes that such agreement constitutes a subordination agreement for purposes of Section 510(a) of the Federal Bankruptcy Code.

 

Section 2.02          New Issuances of SynchronySeries Notes . The Issuer may issue new Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes (including additional SynchronySeries Notes of an Outstanding Tranche), so long as the following conditions precedent are satisfied:

 

(i)          on or before the date that the new issuance is to occur, the Issuer will have delivered to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency a Terms Document relating to the applicable Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes;

 

(ii)         if the issuance of SynchronySeries Notes results in an increase in the targeted deposit amount for any Class D Reserve Sub-Account for any Tranche of Class D Notes, on such issuance date the Issuer will have funded such increase with a cash deposit to the Class D Reserve Sub-Account for such Tranche of Class D Notes; and

 

(iii)        the conditions specified in Section 3.09 of the Indenture, Section 2.03 of this Indenture Supplement and any other conditions specified in the related Terms Document, as applicable, are satisfied.

 

  18  

 

 

Section 2.03          Required Collateral Amount Condition to Issuance of a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes .

 

(a)           Required Collateral Amount . On the issuance date of a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the Collateral Amount must be at least equal to the Required Collateral Amount.

 

(b)           Alteration of the Required Collateral Amount and Required Subordinated Amounts . The Issuer shall be permitted to change the Required Collateral Amount, the Required Subordinated Amount for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes and the method for computing the Required Collateral Amount or Required Subordinated Amount for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes at any time without the consent of Noteholders provided the conditions in Section 3.10 of the Indenture are satisfied.

 

Section 2.04          Reports .

 

(a)          Not later than the Determination Date preceding each Payment Date, the Issuer shall deliver or cause the Servicer to deliver to each SynchronySeries Noteholder a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit B as the Monthly Noteholders’ Statement required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.05 of the Indenture; provided that the Issuer may amend the form of Exhibit B from time to time.

 

(b)          Not later than the Determination Date preceding each Payment Date, the Issuer shall deliver or cause the Servicer to deliver to the Indenture Trustee a Payment Instruction Notice; provided that the Issuer may amend the form of the Payment Instruction Notice from time to time. All deposits to and withdrawals from the Series Accounts shall be made by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the wire instructions set forth in the Payment Instruction Notice.

 

(c)          The Issuer shall deliver, or cause the Servicer to deliver, to the Indenture Trustee such information as may be required to enable the Indenture Trustee to provide the SynchronySeries Noteholders with applicable information to prepare their federal, state and other income tax returns.

 

[END OF ARTICLE II]

 

  19  

 


ARTICLE III

ALLOCATIONS, DEPOSITS AND PAYMENTS

 

Section 3.01          Allocations of Finance Charge Collections, the Default Amount and Daily Servicing Fee to the SynchronySeries Notes .

 

(a)          On each Date of Processing, the Issuer shall calculate an amount equal to the product of (i) the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage and (ii) the Finance Charge Collections processed on such Date of Processing (the “ SynchronySeries Daily Finance Charge Allocation ”). With respect to each Monthly Period, the Issuer shall allocate to the SynchronySeries Notes an amount of Finance Charge Collections (the “ SynchronySeries Finance Charge Collections ”) equal to the least of (i) the excess of the sum of the SynchronySeries Daily Finance Charge Allocations for all Dates of Processing during such Monthly Period, minus any amount retained by the Servicer in respect of the SynchronySeries Daily Servicing Fees for such Monthly Period, (ii) the Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount for such Monthly Period and (iii) the aggregate amount of payments and deposits required to be made pursuant to Section 3.02 .

 

(b)          With respect to each Monthly Period, on the related Transfer Date, the Issuer shall allocate to the SynchronySeries Notes an amount equal to the SynchronySeries Default Amount for such Monthly Period.

 

(c)          With respect to each day, the Issuer shall allocate to the SynchronySeries Notes a portion of the Daily Servicing Fee equal to the SynchronySeries Daily Servicing Fee for such day; provided that if the Servicer shall have elected to receive a Monthly Servicing Fee in lieu of Daily Servicing Fees for such Monthly Period in accordance with Section 2.5 of the Servicing Agreement, then, with respect to each Monthly Period, the Issuer shall allocate to the SynchronySeries Notes a portion of the Monthly Servicing Fee equal to the SynchronySeries Monthly Servicing Fee for such Monthly Period.

 

Section 3.02          Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections . With respect to each Monthly Period, the Indenture Trustee, at the written direction of the Servicer in the form of the Monthly Noteholders’ Statement, will apply an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the aggregate amount of payments and deposits required to be made pursuant to this Section 3.02 and (y) the sum of (i) the SynchronySeries Finance Charge Collections, (ii) any amounts to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Sections 3.05(a) and 3.21(e) , (iii) any Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections allocated to the SynchronySeries pursuant to Section 3.26 and (iv) any amounts to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections pursuant to any Terms Document (such amounts, the “ SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ”) as follows:

 

(a)           first , if the Servicer has elected to receive a Monthly Servicing Fee in lieu of Daily Servicing Fees for such Monthly Period, on the applicable Transfer Date, to pay to the Servicer, the SynchronySeries Monthly Servicing Fee for such Monthly Period, plus any previously due and unpaid SynchronySeries Monthly Servicing Fee, to the extent such amount has not been retained by, or paid to, the Servicer;

 

  20  

 

 

(b)           second , on the applicable Transfer Date, to make the targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 3.03 ;

 

(c)           third , on the applicable Transfer Date, to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections in an amount equal to the SynchronySeries Default Amount for the related Monthly Period (but only to the extent the SynchronySeries Default Amount was included in the Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount for such Monthly Period);

 

(d)           fourth , on the applicable Transfer Date, to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections in an amount equal to the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit, if any, of the SynchronySeries Notes and the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount Deficit, if any;

 

(e)           fifth , on the applicable Transfer Date, to make a deposit in the Accumulation Reserve Account in an amount up to the excess, if any, of the Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount over the Accumulation Reserve Account Available Amount;

 

(f)           sixth , on the applicable Transfer Date, to make the targeted deposit to the Class D Reserve Account, if any, pursuant to Section 3.23 ; and

 

(g)           seventh , on the applicable Transfer Date, to make any other payments or deposits required by the Terms Document of any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

Section 3.03          Targeted Deposits to the Interest Funding Account . The deposit targeted pursuant to clause (b) of Section 3.02 with respect to any Monthly Period to be deposited to the Interest Funding Account on the applicable Transfer Date in the following Monthly Period for each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes shall equal the sum of the following amounts. A single Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes may be entitled to more than one of the following targeted deposits. The targeted deposit with respect to any Monthly Period shall also include any shortfall in the targeted deposit with respect to any prior Monthly Period which has not been previously deposited.

 

(a)           Interest Payments . Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the deposit targeted for any Tranche of Outstanding Interest-bearing Notes with respect to any Monthly Period to be deposited on the applicable Transfer Date will be equal to the amount of interest accrued on the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes during the period from and including the Monthly Interest Accrual Date in such Monthly Period to but excluding the Monthly Interest Accrual Date in the following Monthly Period.

 

(b)           Amounts Owed to Derivative Counterparties . If a Tranche of Outstanding SynchronySeries Dollar Notes or SynchronySeries Foreign Currency Notes that has a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest provides for a payment to the applicable Derivative Counterparty, the deposit targeted for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes with respect to such Monthly Period to be deposited on the applicable Transfer Date with respect to any payment to the Derivative Counterparty will be specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

  21  

 

 

(c)           Specified Deposits . If the Terms Document for a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes specifies a deposit in addition to or different from the deposits described above to be made to the Interest Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche, the deposit targeted for such Tranche with respect to such Monthly Period and the applicable Transfer Date will be such specified amount.

 

(d)           Additional Interest . Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Terms Document, the deposit targeted for any Tranche of Outstanding SynchronySeries Notes that has accrued and overdue interest will include the interest accrued on that overdue interest during the period from and including the prior Monthly Interest Accrual Date to but excluding the current Monthly Interest Accrual Date at the rate of interest applicable to the principal of such Tranche during that period.

 

Section 3.04          Allocations of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections to the Interest Funding Account and to the Interest Funding Sub-Accounts . The aggregate amount to be deposited to the Interest Funding Account pursuant to clause (b) of Section 3.02 will, at the written direction of the Servicer in the form of the Monthly Noteholders’ Statement, be allocated, and a portion deposited, into the Interest Funding Sub-Account for each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes on the applicable Transfer Date as follows:

 

(a)           SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections at Least Equal to or Greater than Targeted Amounts . If the amount of funds available for a Monthly Period for application pursuant to clause (b) of Section 3.02 is at least equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of the deposits and payments targeted by Section 3.03 with respect to such Monthly Period, then the full amount of each such deposit and payment will be made to the applicable Interest Funding Sub-Accounts.

 

(b)           SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections are Less than Targeted Amounts . If the amount of funds available for a Monthly Period for application pursuant to clause (b) of Section 3.02 is less than the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 3.03 with respect to such Monthly Period, then the amount available will be allocated to each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes as follows:

 

(i)          first, to each Tranche of Class A Notes pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 3.03 with respect to such Tranche of Class A Notes, to (B) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 3.03 with respect to all Tranches of Class A Notes, and

 

(ii)         second, to each Tranche of Class B Notes pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 3.03 with respect to such Tranche of Class B Notes, to (B) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 3.03 with respect to all Tranches of Class B Notes,

 

(iii)        third, to each Tranche of Class C Notes pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 3.03 with respect to such Tranche of Class C Notes, to (B) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 3.03 with respect to all Tranches of Class C Notes, and

 

  22  

 

 

(iv)        fourth, to each Tranche of Class D Notes pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 3.03 with respect to such Tranche of Class D Notes, to (B) the aggregate amount of deposits targeted by Section 3.03 with respect to all Tranches of Class D Notes.

 

Section 3.05          Amounts to be Treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections; Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Interest in a Foreign Currency; Other Deposits to the Interest Funding Sub-Accounts . The following deposits and payments will be made on the following dates:

 

(a)           Amounts to be Treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections . In addition to SynchronySeries Finance Charge Collections, any Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections allocated to the SynchronySeries pursuant to Section 3.26 and any amounts to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections pursuant to any Terms Document, the following amounts shall be treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections for application in accordance with this Article III with respect to any Monthly Period:

 

(i)           Accumulation Reserve Account Withdrawals . The aggregate amount of funds withdrawn from the Accumulation Reserve Account and used to cover the aggregate Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Shortfall for each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes pursuant to Section 3.28(b) .

 

(ii)          Dollar Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Interest . Dollar payments received under Derivative Agreements for interest for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

(iii)         Sub-Account and Accumulation Reserve Account Earnings . The aggregate amount of Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings, Note Retirement Sub-Account Earnings, Accumulation Reserve Account Earnings (to the extent withdrawn from the Accumulation Reserve Account and deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to Section 3.28(a) ) and Interest Funding Sub-Account Earnings.

 

(b)           Foreign Currency Payments From Derivative Counterparties for Interest . Payments received under Derivative Agreements for SynchronySeries Notes with interest payable in a Foreign Currency will be applied as specified in the applicable Terms Document.

 

(c)           Other Deposits to the Interest Funding Sub-Accounts .

 

(i)           Class D Reserve Account . Withdrawals made from the Class D Reserve Account pursuant to Section 3.24(a) will be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding Sub-Account for the applicable Tranche of Class D Notes on the applicable Transfer Date for such Tranche of Class D Notes.

 

  23  

 

 

(ii)          Sales Proceeds . Sales Proceeds received by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.21(d)(ii) for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding Sub-Account on the date of receipt by the Issuer.

 

(iii)         Other Amounts . The Terms Document for any Tranche may include additional amounts which are to be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding Sub-Account on each Transfer Date.

 

Section 3.06          Allocations of Reductions from Investor Charge-Offs . If there is an Investor Charge-Off for any Monthly Period, such reduction will be allocated (and reallocated) on that date, pursuant to the written instructions of the Servicer in the Monthly Noteholders’ Statement, to each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes as set forth in this Section 3.06 .

 

(a)          First, a portion of such Investor Charge-Off will be allocated to the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount based on the ratio of the average SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount used in the calculation of the numerator of the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for each day during such Monthly Period to the average of the numerators used in the calculation of the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for each day during such Monthly Period, and such amount shall reduce the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount (but not below zero).

 

(b)          Second, a portion of such Investor Charge-Off initially will be allocated to the SynchronySeries Notes based on the ratio of the average Nominal Liquidation Amount used in the calculation of the numerator of the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for each day during such Monthly Period to the average of the numerators used in the calculation of the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for each day during such Monthly Period. Immediately following such allocation, the portion of the Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to the SynchronySeries Notes will be reallocated to the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount and such amount shall reduce the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount (but not below zero); provided that the amount of the Investor Charge-Off reallocated to the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount will not exceed the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount (calculated after giving effect to any reduction thereof pursuant to Section 3.06(a) ).

 

(c)          Any portion of the Investor Charge-Off initially allocated to the SynchronySeries Notes that does not reduce the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class D Notes (but not below zero) pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount for such Tranche of Class D Notes to the Nominal Liquidation Amount for all Class D Notes, as determined on such Transfer Date.

 

(d)          Any portion of the Investor Charge-Off initially allocated to the SynchronySeries Notes that does not reduce the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount or the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Class D Notes will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class C Notes (but not below zero) pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount for such Tranche of Class C Notes to the Nominal Liquidation Amount for all Class C Notes, as determined on such Transfer Date.

 

  24  

 

 

(e)          Any portion of the Investor Charge-Off initially allocated to the SynchronySeries Notes that does not reduce the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount or the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Class C Notes or Class D Notes will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class B Notes (but not below zero) pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount for such Tranche of Class B Notes to the Nominal Liquidation Amount for all Class B Notes, as determined on such Transfer Date.

 

(f)          Any portion of the Investor Charge-Off initially allocated to the SynchronySeries Notes that does not reduce the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount or the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Class B Notes, Class C Notes or Class D Notes will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class A Notes (but not below zero) pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount for such Tranche of Class A Notes to the Nominal Liquidation Amount for all Class A Notes, as determined on such Transfer Date.

 

Section 3.07          Allocations of Reimbursements of Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits . If, with respect to any Monthly Period, there are SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections available pursuant to clause (d) of Section 3.02 to reimburse any Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits or any SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount Deficit, such funds will be allocated, pursuant to the written instructions of the Servicer in the Monthly Noteholders’ Statement, to each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes and/or the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount on the Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period as follows:

 

(a)          first, to each Tranche of Class A Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit thereof to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Tranches of Class A Notes, but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche,

 

(b)          second, to each Tranche of Class B Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit thereof to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Tranches of Class B Notes, but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche,

 

(c)          third, to each Tranche of Class C Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits thereof to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit of all Tranches of Class C Notes, but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche,

 

(d)          fourth, to each Tranche of Class D Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit thereof to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Tranches of Class D Notes, but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche, and

 

  25  

 

 

(e)          fifth, to the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount in an amount not to exceed the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount Deficit.

 

Section 3.08          Allocations of Principal Collections to the SynchronySeries Notes . On each Date of Processing, the Issuer shall calculate an amount equal to the product of (i) the SynchronySeries Principal Allocation Percentage and (ii) the Principal Collections processed on such Date of Processing (the “ SynchronySeries Daily Principal Allocation ”). With respect to each Monthly Period, on the related Transfer Date, the Issuer shall allocate to the SynchronySeries Notes, an amount of Principal Collections (the “ SynchronySeries Principal Collections ”) equal to the least of (x) the sum of the SynchronySeries Daily Principal Allocations for all Dates of Processing during such Monthly Period, less , if the Servicer shall have retained SynchronySeries Daily Servicing Fees for such Monthly Period, the SynchronySeries Servicing Fee Shortfall, if any, for such Monthly Period, (y) the lesser of (i) the Required Principal Deposit Amount for such Monthly Period and (ii) if the amount of Collections allocated to the SynchronySeries for any Monthly Period is limited as described in Section 4.04(b) of the Indenture, the amount of Collections allocated to the SynchronySeries for such Monthly Period, less the SynchronySeries Finance Charge Collections and (z) the aggregate amount of payments and deposits required to be made pursuant to Section 3.09 .

 

Section 3.09          Application of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections . With respect to each Monthly Period, the Indenture Trustee, at the written direction of the Servicer (in the form of the Monthly Noteholders’ Statement and the Payment Instruction Notice), shall withdraw from the Collection Account and apply an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the aggregate amount of payments and deposits to be made pursuant to this Section 3.09 , and (y) the sum of (i) SynchronySeries Principal Collections for such Monthly Period, (ii) any Shared Excess Available Principal Collections allocated to the SynchronySeries pursuant to Section 3.27 , (iii) any amounts to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections pursuant to Section 3.13(a) and (iv) any amounts to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections allocated to the SynchronySeries pursuant to any Terms Document (such amounts, the “ SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ”) as follows:

 

(a)           first , if after giving effect to deposits to be made on such Transfer Date pursuant to clause (a) of Section 3.02 , the Servicer will not receive the full amount of the SynchronySeries Monthly Servicing Fee to be paid pursuant to clause (a) of Section 3.02 on such Transfer Date, then SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount and the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the SynchronySeries Notes (in each case, after giving effect to any reduction thereof due to Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period pursuant to Section 3.06 )) will be paid to the Servicer in the amount of any such deficiency in the SynchronySeries Monthly Servicing Fee;

 

  26  

 

 

(b)           second , if after giving effect to deposits to be made on such Transfer Date pursuant to clause (b) of Section 3.02 , any Tranche of Class A Notes will not receive the full amount targeted to be deposited pursuant to clause (b) of Section 3.02 (as calculated pursuant to Section 3.03 ) with respect to any such Transfer Date, then SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount and the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Class D Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class B Notes (in each case, after giving effect to any reduction thereof as a result of Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period pursuant to Section 3.06 and any reduction thereof pursuant to Section 3.10(a))) will be allocated to the Interest Funding Sub-Account of each such Tranche of Class A Notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such Tranche of Class A Notes, the amount of the deficiency in the targeted amount to be deposited into the Interest Funding Sub-Account of such Tranche of Class A Notes (collectively, the “ Class A Reallocated Amount ”);

 

(c)           third , if after giving effect to deposits to be made on such Transfer Date pursuant to clause (b) of Section 3.02 any Tranche of Class B Notes will not receive the full amount targeted to be deposited pursuant to Section 3.03 with respect to any such Transfer Date, then SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount and the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Class D Notes and the Class C Notes (in each case, after giving effect to any reduction thereof as a result of Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period pursuant to Section 3.06 and any reduction thereof pursuant to Sections 3.10(a) and 3.10(b) )) will be allocated to the Interest Funding Sub-Account of each such Tranche of Class B Notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such Tranche of Class B Notes, the amount of the deficiency in the targeted amount to be deposited into the Interest Funding Sub-Account of such Tranche of Class B Notes (collectively, the “ Class B Reallocated Amount ”);

 

(d)           fourth , if after giving effect to deposits to be made on such Transfer Date pursuant to clause (b of Section 3.02 any Tranche of Class C Notes will not receive the full amount targeted to be deposited pursuant to Section 3.03 with respect to any such Transfer Date, then SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount and the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D Notes (in each case, after giving effect to any reduction thereof as a result of Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period pursuant to Section 3.06 and any reduction thereof pursuant to Sections 3.10(a) , 3.10(b) , and 3.10(c) )) will be allocated to the Interest Funding Sub-Account of each such Tranche of Class C Notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such Tranche of Class C Notes, the amount of the deficiency in the targeted amount to be deposited into the Interest Funding Sub-Account of such Tranche of Class C Notes (collectively, the “ Class C Reallocated Amount ”);

 

(e)           fifth , if after giving effect to payments to be made on such Transfer Date pursuant to clause (b) of Section 3.02 any Tranche of Class D Notes will not receive the full amount targeted to be deposited pursuant to Section 3.03 with respect to any such Transfer Date, then SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections (in an amount not to exceed the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount (after giving effect to any reduction thereof as a result of Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period pursuant to Section 3.06 and any reduction thereof pursuant to Sections 3.10(a) , 3.10(b) , 3.10(c) and 3.10(d) )) will be allocated to the Interest Funding Sub-Account of each such Tranche of Class D Notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such Tranche of Class D Notes, the amount of the deficiency in the targeted amount to be deposited into the Interest Funding Sub-Account of such Tranche of Class D Notes (collectively, the “ Class D Reallocated Amount ”); and

 

  27  

 

 

(f)           sixth , to make the targeted deposits on the Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period to the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and Note Retirement Sub-Accounts for all Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes pursuant to Section 3.11 .

 

Section 3.10          Computation of Reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes and SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount from Reallocations of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections .

 

(a)          On each Transfer Date, the Collateral Amount will be reduced as a result of any SynchronySeries Servicing Fee Shortfall as follows:

 

(i)           first , the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount (determined after giving effect to any reduction in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount as a result of the allocation of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 3.06 ) shall be reduced (but not below zero) by an amount equal to the SynchronySeries Servicing Fee Shortfall;

 

(ii)          second , the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class D Notes shall be reduced (but not below zero) pro rata by an amount equal to the excess of (x) the SynchronySeries Servicing Fee Shortfall over (y) the amount of reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount pursuant to Section 3.10(a)(i) ;

 

(iii)         third , the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class C Notes shall be reduced (but not below zero) pro rata in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the SynchronySeries Servicing Fee Shortfall over (y) the amount of reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount and the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D Notes pursuant to Sections 3.10(a)(i) and 3.10(a)(ii) ;

 

(iv)         fourth , the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class B Notes shall be reduced (but not below zero) pro rata in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the SynchronySeries Servicing Fee Shortfall over (y) the amount of reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount, the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D Notes and the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes pursuant to Sections 3.10(a)(i) , 3.10(a)(ii) and 3.10(a)(iii) ; and

 

(v)          fifth , the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class A Notes shall be reduced (but not below zero) pro rata in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the SynchronySeries Servicing Fee Shortfall over (y) the amount of reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount, the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D Notes, the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes and the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class B Notes pursuant to Sections 3.10(a)(i) , 3.10(a)(ii) , 3.10(a)(iii) and 3.10(a)(iv) .

 

(b)          On each Transfer Date, the Collateral Amount will be reduced as a result of any Class A Reallocated Amount as follows:

 

  28  

 

 

(i)           first , the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount shall be reduced (but not below zero) by an amount equal to the Class A Reallocated Amount;

 

(ii)          second , the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class D Notes shall be reduced (but not below zero) pro rata by an amount equal to the excess of (x) the Class A Reallocated Amount, over (y) the amount of reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount pursuant to Section 3.10(b)(i) ;

 

(iii)         third , the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class C Notes shall be reduced pro rata (but not below zero) in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the Class A Reallocated Amount, over (y) the amount of reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount and the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D Notes pursuant to Sections 3.10(b)(i) and 3.10(b)(ii) ;

 

(iv)         fourth , the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class B Notes shall be reduced (but not below zero) pro rata in an amount equal to the excess of (x) the Class A Reallocated Amount, over (y) the amount of reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount, the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D Notes and the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes pursuant to Sections 3.10(b)(i) , 3.10(b)(ii) and 3.10(b)(iii) .

 

(c)          On each Transfer Date, the Collateral Amount will be reduced as a result any Class B Reallocated Amount as follows:

 

(i)           first , the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount shall be reduced (but not below zero) by an amount equal to the Class B Reallocated Amount;

 

(ii)          second , the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class D Notes shall be reduced (but not below zero) pro rata by an amount equal to the excess of (x) the Class B Reallocated Amount, over (y) the amount of reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount pursuant to Section 3.10(c)(i) ; and

 

(iii)         third , the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class C Notes shall be reduced (but not below zero) pro rata by an amount equal to the excess of (x) the Class B Reallocated Amount, over (y) the amount of reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount and the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D Notes pursuant to Sections 3.10(c)(i) and 3.10(c)(ii) .

 

(d)          On each Transfer Date, the Collateral Amount will be reduced as a result of any Class C Reallocated Amount as follows:

 

(i)           first , the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount shall be reduced (but not below zero) by an amount equal to the Class C Reallocated Amount; and

 

(ii)          second , the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of each Tranche of Class D Notes shall be reduced (but not below zero) pro rata by an amount equal to the excess of (x) the Class C Reallocated Amount, over (y) the amount of reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount pursuant to Section 3.10(d)(i) .

 

  29  

 

 

(e)          On each Transfer Date, the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount shall be reduced (but not below zero) by an amount equal to the Class D Reallocated Amount.

 

(f)          Any pro rata reduction in the Nominal Liquidation Amount of a Class of SynchronySeries Notes pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall be made based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of each Tranche of Notes to the Nominal Liquidation Amount for all Tranches of such Class of Notes, as determined on the related Transfer Date.

 

Section 3.11          Targeted Deposits of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections to the Note Retirement Sub-Accounts and the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts . The amount of the deposit targeted for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes with respect to any Monthly Period to be deposited into the Principal Funding Sub-Account or the Note Retirement Sub-Account, as applicable, for such Tranche on the Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period will be the sum of (i) the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) , (b) , (c) , (d) or (e) of this Section 3.11 with respect to such Tranche for such Monthly Period, as applicable, and (ii) any deposit targeted pursuant to clause (i) with respect to such Tranche for any prior Monthly Period but for which the full targeted deposit was not made, but in no case more than the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes (computed immediately before giving effect to such deposit but after giving effect to any reductions of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes as a result of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 3.06 and any reallocations of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections pursuant to Section 3.10 or increases of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes as a result of reimbursements thereof pursuant to clause (d) of Section 3.02 to be made on the Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period).

 

(a)           Principal Payment Date . With respect to the Monthly Period immediately preceding any Principal Payment Date, the deposit targeted for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Terms Document, will be equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes (computed immediately before giving effect to such deposit but after giving effect to any reductions of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes as a result of Investor Charge-Offs and any reallocations of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections or increases of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes as a result of reimbursements thereof pursuant to clause (d) of Section 3.02 to be made on the Transfer Date in the immediately following Monthly Period).

 

(b)           Budgeted Deposits . (i) Subject to Section 3.11(d) , with respect to each Monthly Period, beginning with the Accumulation Commencement Date, the deposit targeted to be made into the Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche will be the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Tranche.

 

(ii)         The Servicer will determine the Accumulation Period Length for each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes not later than first day of the Monthly Period preceding the Accumulation Reserve Account Funding Date for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes (determined before giving effect to any postponement of the Accumulation Commencement Date), and on each Transfer Date thereafter. If the Servicer determines that the Accumulation Period Length is more or less than the Initial Accumulation Period Length or, if applicable, the most recently determined Accumulation Period Length for such Tranche, the Servicer shall provide written notice of the change in Accumulation Period Length and any modification of the Accumulation Commencement Date to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

  30  

 

 

(c)           Prefunding of the Note Retirement Sub-Accounts of Senior Classes . If the Issuer determines with respect to any Monthly Period with respect to any Class A Notes, Class B Notes or Class C Notes that, after giving effect to all allocations, payments and deposits that will be made on the Transfer Date and the Transfer Date occurring in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period, the Prefunding Target Amount of such Class is greater than zero, the targeted deposit to the Note Retirement Sub-Accounts for such Class will be the Prefunding Target Amount for such Class for such Monthly Period.

 

(d)           Event of Default, Early Amortization Event, Other Optional or Mandatory Redemption . If any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes has been accelerated during a Monthly Period after the occurrence of an Event of Default, or if an Early Amortization Event with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes occurs during such Monthly Period, or with respect to the Monthly Period immediately preceding any other date fixed for any other optional or mandatory redemption of any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the deposit targeted for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes with respect to that Monthly Period and each following Monthly Period will be equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes (computed immediately before giving effect to such deposit but after giving effect to any reductions of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes as a result of Investor Charge-Offs and any reallocations of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections or increases of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes as a result of reimbursements thereof pursuant to clause (d) of Section 3.02 to be made on the Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period).

 

(e)           Amounts Owed to Derivative Counterparties . If a Tranche of Outstanding SynchronySeries Dollar Notes or SynchronySeries Foreign Currency Notes has a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for principal that provides for a payment to the applicable Derivative Counterparty, the deposit targeted for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes on each Transfer Date with respect to any payment to the Derivative Counterparty will be specified in the related Terms Document.

 

Section 3.12          Allocations among Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and Note Retirement Sub-Accounts . Subject to the restrictions of Section 3.16 , the aggregate amount of the deposits to be made to the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and Note Retirement Sub-Accounts for each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes pursuant to Section 3.11 for each Monthly Period will be allocated, and a portion deposited in the Principal Funding Sub-Account or Note Retirement Sub-Account, as applicable, for each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, as follows:

 

(a)           SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections at Least Equal to Targeted Amount . Subject to Section 3.16(a) below, if SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections remaining after giving effect to Sections 3.09(a) through (e) are equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and Note Retirement Sub-Accounts for all Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes pursuant to Section 3.11 , then that targeted amount will be deposited in the Principal Funding Sub-Account or Note Retirement Sub-Account, as applicable, established for each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

  31  

 

 

(b)           SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections Are Less Than Targeted Amounts . Subject to Section 3.16(a) , if SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections with respect to any Monthly Period remaining after giving effect to Sections 3.09(a) through (e) are less than the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and Note Retirement Sub-Accounts for all Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes pursuant to Section 3.11 , then remaining SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections will be deposited in the Principal Funding Sub-Account or Note Retirement Sub-Account, as applicable, established for each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes in the following priority:

 

(i)          first, the amount available will be allocated to the Class A Notes pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding Sub-Account and the Note Retirement Sub-Account for such Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to Section 3.11 , to (B) the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and the Note Retirement Sub-Accounts for all Tranches of Class A Notes pursuant to Section 3.11 ;

 

(ii)         second, the amount available after the application in clause (i) above will be allocated to the Class B Notes, pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding Sub-Account and the Note Retirement Sub-Account for such Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to Section 3.11 , to (B) the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and the Note Retirement Sub-Accounts for all Tranches of Class B Notes pursuant to Section 3.11 ;

 

(iii)        third, the amount available after the applications in clauses (i) and (ii) above will be allocated to the Class C Notes, pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding Sub-Account and the Note Retirement Sub-Account for such Tranche of Class C Notes pursuant to Section 3.11 , to (B) the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and the Note Retirement Sub-Accounts for all Tranches of Class C Notes pursuant to Section 3.11 ; and

 

(iv)        fourth, the amount available after the applications in clauses (i) , (ii) and (iii) above will be allocated to the Class D Notes, pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche of Class D Notes pursuant to Section 3.11 , to (B) the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding Sub-Account for all Tranches of Class D Notes pursuant to Section 3.11 .

 

Section 3.13          Amounts to be Treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections; Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Principal; Other Deposits to Principal Funding Sub-Accounts . The following deposits and payments will be made on the following dates:

 

  32  

 

 

(a)           Amounts to be Treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections . In addition to Available Principal Collections allocated to the SynchronySeries pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof, any Shared Excess Available Principal Collections allocated to the SynchronySeries pursuant to Section 3.27 and any amounts to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections pursuant to any Terms Document, the following amounts shall be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections for application in accordance with this Article III with respect to any Monthly Period:

 

(i)           SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections . SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections will include SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections to be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections pursuant to clauses (c) and (d) of Section 3.02 .

 

(ii)          Dollar Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Principal . Dollar payments received under Derivative Agreements for principal for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections.

 

(b)           Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties . Payments received under Derivative Agreements for SynchronySeries Notes with principal payable in a Foreign Currency will be applied as specified in the applicable Terms Document.

 

(c)           Class D Reserve Sub-Account . Withdrawals made from the Class D Reserve Sub-Account for any Tranche of Class D Notes pursuant to Section 3.24(b) will be deposited into the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account on the applicable Transfer Date.

 

(d)           Sale Proceeds . Sales Proceeds received pursuant to Section 3.21(d)(i) for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will be deposited into the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account on the date of receipt by the Issuer.

 

(e)           Issuance Proceeds . If any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes remains Outstanding after its Scheduled Principal Payment Date, Issuance Proceeds received pursuant to the issuance of a new Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will be deposited into the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account on the date of receipt by the Issuer and applied to pay the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes on the next succeeding Principal Payment Date for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes; provided , that the Servicer may, upon five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Indenture Trustee, specify a special Principal Payment Date and Interest Payment Date which may occur on any Business Day and on which the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and all accrued and unpaid interest through such date shall be paid on the Notes.

 

Section 3.14          Withdrawals from Interest Funding Account . Withdrawals made pursuant to this Section 3.14 with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will be made from the Interest Funding Sub-Account established for such Tranche only after all allocations have been made pursuant to Sections 3.03 , 3.04 , 3.05 and 3.09 . In no event will the aggregate amount of the withdrawals from an Interest Funding Sub-Account for any month be more than the amount on deposit in the applicable Interest Funding Sub-Account. A single Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes may be entitled to more than one of the following withdrawals in any month.

 

  33  

 

 

(a)           Withdrawals for SynchronySeries Dollar Notes . On each Interest Payment Date (or as specified in the applicable Terms Document) with respect to each Tranche of SynchronySeries Dollar Notes, an amount equal to the interest due on the applicable Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes on such Interest Payment Date (including any overdue interest payments and additional interest on overdue interest payments with respect to prior Interest Payment Dates) will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding Sub-Account and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent(s) or as otherwise provided in the applicable Terms Document.

 

(b)           Withdrawals for Foreign Currency Notes with a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for Interest . On each Interest Payment Date (or as specified in the applicable Terms Document) with respect to a Tranche of SynchronySeries Foreign Currency Notes that has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, the amount specified in the applicable Terms Document will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding Sub-Account and, if so specified in the applicable Terms Document, converted to the applicable Foreign Currency at the Spot Exchange Rate and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent(s) or as otherwise provided in the applicable Terms Document.

 

(c)           Withdrawals for Payments to Derivative Counterparties . On each date on which a payment is required to be made to the Derivative Counterparty under the applicable Derivative Agreement (or as specified in the applicable Terms Document) with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes which has a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, an amount equal to the amount of the payment to be made to the Derivative Counterparty under the applicable Derivative Agreement (including, if applicable, any overdue interest payments and any additional interest on overdue interest payments) will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding Sub-Account and paid to the applicable Derivative Counterparty or as otherwise provided in the applicable Terms Document.

 

(d)           Excess Amounts . After payment in full of any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, any amount remaining on deposit in the applicable Interest Funding Sub-Account will be first, to the extent needed, allocated among and deposited to the Interest Funding Sub-Account of the Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes in the manner, order and priority set forth in Section 3.04(b) , second, to the extent needed, allocated among and deposited to the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and Note Retirement Sub-Accounts of the Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes in the manner, order and priority set forth in Section 3.12(b) , and third, paid to the Transferor.

 

If the aggregate amount available for withdrawal from an Interest Funding Sub-Account for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes in a Monthly Period is less than all withdrawals required to be made from that Interest Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche in a Monthly Period after giving effect to all deposits, then the amounts on deposit in that Interest Funding Sub-Account will be withdrawn and, if payable to more than one Person, applied pro rata based on the amount of each of the withdrawals required to be made.

 

  34  

 

 

Section 3.15          Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account and Note Retirement Account . Withdrawals made pursuant to this Section 3.15 with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will be made from the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts and Note Retirement Sub-Accounts established for such Tranche only after all allocations have been made pursuant to Sections 3.12 , 3.13 and 3.14 . In no event will the amount of the withdrawal for any Tranche of SynchronySeries be more than the amount on deposit in the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account and Note Retirement Sub-Account. A single Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes may be entitled to more than one of the following withdrawals with respect to any Monthly Period.

 

(a)           Withdrawals for SynchronySeries Dollar Notes with no Derivative Agreement for Principal . On each applicable Principal Payment Date (or as specified in the applicable Terms Document) with respect to each Tranche of SynchronySeries Dollar Notes which has no Derivative Agreement for principal, an amount equal to the principal due on the applicable Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes on the applicable Principal Payment Date will be withdrawn from such Principal Funding Sub-Account and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent(s) or as otherwise provided by the applicable Terms Document.

 

(b)           Withdrawals for Dollar or Foreign Currency Notes with Performing Derivative Agreements for Principal . On each date on which a payment is required under the applicable Derivative Agreement (or as specified in the applicable Terms Document) with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes which has a Performing Derivative Agreement for principal, an amount equal to the amount of the payment to be made under the applicable Derivative Agreement will be withdrawn from such Principal Funding Sub-Account and paid to the applicable Derivative Counterparty or as otherwise provided by the applicable Terms Document. The Issuer will direct the applicable Derivative Counterparty to remit its payments under the applicable Derivative Agreement to the applicable Paying Agent(s) or as otherwise provided by the applicable Terms Document.

 

(c)           Withdrawals for SynchronySeries Dollar Notes with a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for Principal . On each applicable Principal Payment Date (or as specified in the applicable Terms Documents) with respect to each Tranche of SynchronySeries Dollar Notes with a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for principal, the amount specified in the applicable Terms Document will be withdrawn from such Principal Funding Sub-Account, converted based on the applicable Spot Exchange Rate and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent(s) or as otherwise provided by the applicable Terms Document.

 

(d)           Withdrawals for Foreign Currency Notes with non-Performing Derivative Agreements for Principal . On each Principal Payment Date (or as specified in the applicable Terms Document) with respect to a Tranche of SynchronySeries Foreign Currency Notes that has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for principal, the amount specified in the applicable Terms Document will be withdrawn from such Sub-Account and, if so specified in the applicable Terms Document, converted to the applicable Foreign Currency at the Spot Exchange Rate and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent(s) or as otherwise provided by the applicable Terms Document. Any excess dollar amount will be retained on deposit in the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account to be applied to make principal payments on following Principal Payment Dates.

 

  35  

 

 

(e)           Withdrawal of Prefunding Excess Amounts . If the Issuer on any date determines with respect to any Class of Class A Notes, Class B Notes or Class C Notes that, after giving effect to all issuances, deposits, allocations, reimbursements, reallocations and payments on such date, the Prefunding Excess Amount of that Class is greater than zero, that amount will be withdrawn by the Servicer from the Note Retirement Sub-Account of that Class of SynchronySeries Notes and first, allocated among and deposited to the Principal Funding Sub-Account of the Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes in the manner, order and priority set forth in Section 3.12(b) , second, deposited in the Excess Funding Account in the amount required to cure any Asset Deficiency and, third, paid to the Transferor in respect of the Monthly Period in which such withdrawal occurs.

 

(f)           Transfer from Note Retirement Account to Principal Funding Account . With respect to any Transfer Date and any Tranche for which funds are on deposit in the applicable Note Retirement Sub-Account for such Tranche on such Transfer Date, if there is a deposit targeted to be made to the Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche on such Transfer Date, funds shall first be withdrawn from the Note Retirement Sub-Account for such Tranche and transferred to the Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche in an amount not to exceed the amount targeted to be deposited to the Principal Funding Sub-Account on such Transfer Date.

 

(g)           Legal Maturity Date . On the Legal Maturity Date of any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, after giving effect to any deposits, allocations, reimbursements, reallocations, sales of Collateral or other payments to be made on that date, amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Sub-Account of any Tranche of a Subordinated Class of SynchronySeries Notes may be applied to pay principal of such Tranche or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of such Tranche.

 

If the aggregate amount available for withdrawal from a Principal Funding Sub-Account for any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes is less than all withdrawals required to be made from that Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche with respect to a Monthly Period, after giving effect to all deposits to be made with respect to such Monthly Period, then the amounts on deposit will be withdrawn and, if payable to more than one Person, applied pro rata based on the amounts of the withdrawals required to be made.

 

Section 3.16          Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding Sub-Account of Subordinated Classes of SynchronySeries Notes; Limit on Repayments of all Tranches .

 

(a)           Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding Sub-Account of Subordinated Classes of SynchronySeries Notes .

 

(i)          No SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections will be deposited in the Principal Funding Sub-Account of any Tranche of Class B Notes unless, following such deposit, the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes, plus the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount is not less than the Class A Required Subordinated Amount.

 

  36  

 

 

(ii)         No SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections will be deposited in the Principal Funding Sub-Account of any Tranche of Class C Notes unless, following such deposit, (A) the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes, plus the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount is not less than the Class A Required Subordinated Amount, and (B) the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes, plus the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount is not less than the Class B Required Subordinated Amount.

 

(iii)        No SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections will be deposited in the Principal Funding Sub-Account of any Tranche of Class D Notes unless, following such deposit, (A) the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes, plus the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount is not less than the Class A Required Subordinated Amount, (B) the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes, plus the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount is not less than the Class B Required Subordinated Amount and (C) the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D Notes, plus the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount is not less than the Class C Required Subordinated Amount.

 

(iv)        Notwithstanding anything in the Indenture or this Indenture Supplement to the contrary, SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections will be deposited in the Principal Funding Sub-Account of a Subordinated Class of SynchronySeries Notes, if and only to the extent that the Prefunding Target Amount for each Senior Class of SynchronySeries Notes is zero or the Prefunding Target Amount has been funded to the extent necessary for such Transfer Date.

 

(b)           Limit on Repayments of all Tranches . No amounts on deposit in a Principal Funding Sub-Account of any Tranche of Class A Notes, Class B Notes or Class C Notes will be applied to pay principal of such Tranche or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of such Tranche in excess of the highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche (or, in the case of SynchronySeries Foreign Currency Notes, such other amount that may be specified in the related Terms Document). In the case of any Tranche of Class D Notes, no amounts on deposit in a Principal Funding Sub-Account or, if applicable, a Class D Reserve Sub-Account for any such Tranche will be applied to pay principal of such Tranche or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of such Tranche in excess of the highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche (or, in the case of SynchronySeries Foreign Currency Notes, such other amount that may be specified in the related Terms Document).

 

Section 3.17          Calculation of SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount .

 

(a)          The SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount shall be the following amount:

 

(i)          the aggregate of the portions of the Transferor Amount designated as a Subordinated Transferor Amount for the SynchronySeries pursuant to any Terms Documents in connection with the issuance of any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes or in connection with an increase in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount as contemplated by Section 3.17(c) ; minus

 

  37  

 

 

(ii)         the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount’s allocable share of all reallocations of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections pursuant to Section 3.09 , determined as set forth in Section 3.10 ; minus

 

(iii)        the aggregate amount of the reductions of the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount resulting from allocations (and reallocations) of Investor Charge-Offs as set forth in Section 3.06 ; plus

 

(iv)        reimbursements of prior reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount pursuant to clause (d) of Section 3.02 ; minus

 

(v)         any reductions in the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount designated by the Issuer in accordance with Section 3.17(b) ;

 

provided , however , that the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount may never be less than zero.

 

(b)          The Issuer may, with notice to the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, reduce the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount on any Transfer Date to the extent that such reduction will not cause the Collateral Amount to be less than the Required Collateral Amount.

 

(c)          The Issuer may, with the consent of the Transferor, increase the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount; provided that the Issuer shall not increase the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount if such increase would cause an Asset Deficiency.

 

Section 3.18          Calculation of Nominal Liquidation Amount . On the date of issuance of a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes and on each Business Day thereafter, the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of Outstanding Notes in the SynchronySeries shall be the following amount:

 

(a)          as of the date of issuance of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes; and

 

(b)          thereafter, the result, without duplication, of:

 

(i)          the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes determined on the immediately prior date of determination; plus

 

(ii)         the aggregate amount withdrawn from the Note Retirement Sub-Account pursuant to Section 3.15(e) for such Tranche since the prior date of determination; plus

 

  38  

 

 

(iii)        such Tranche’s allocable share of all reimbursements of its Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit pursuant to clause (d) of Section 3.02 since the prior date of determination determined as set forth in Section 3.07 ; plus

 

(iv)        the aggregate initial dollar principal amount of any additional Notes of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes issued since the prior date of determination; minus

 

(v)         such Tranche’s allocable share of all reallocations of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections pursuant to Section 3.09 since the prior date of determination, determined as set forth in Section 3.10 ; minus

 

(vi)        the amount of the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche resulting from an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs since the prior date of determination, determined as set forth in Section 3.06 ; minus

 

(vii)       the amount deposited in the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche since the prior date of determination; minus

 

(viii)      the amount deposited in the applicable Note Retirement Sub-Account for such Tranche since the prior date of determination;

 

provided , however , that (1) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes may never be less than zero, (2) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes may never be greater than the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche and (3) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes that has caused a sale of Collateral pursuant to Section 3.21 or which has reached its Legal Maturity Date will be zero.

 

The Nominal Liquidation Amount for the SynchronySeries will be the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all of the Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

Section 3.19          Netting of Deposits and Payments . The Servicer, on behalf of the Issuer, may, in its sole discretion, make all deposits to Interest Funding Sub-Accounts and Principal Funding Sub-Accounts pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 3.12 with respect to any Monthly Period net of, and after giving effect to, (a) all reallocations to be made pursuant to Section 3.09 and (b) all payments to be made to Derivative Counterparties pursuant to Sections 3.14 and 3.15 .

 

Section 3.20          Pro Rata Payments within a Tranche . All payments of principal, interest or other amounts to Holders of the SynchronySeries Notes of a single Tranche will be made pro rata based on the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of their Notes.

 

Section 3.21          Sale of Collateral for Notes that are Accelerated or Reach Legal Maturity .

 

(a)          (i) If a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes has been accelerated pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Indenture following an Event of Default, the Indenture Trustee may, and at the direction of the Holders of more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes shall, subject to the additional requirements below, sell Principal Receivables (or interests therein) in an amount up to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche (together with the related Finance Charge Receivables); provided , however , that none of the Transferor, any Affiliate of the Transferor or any agent of the Transferor shall be permitted to purchase Collateral in such case or to participate in such vote whether as a Noteholder or otherwise, except as provided in Section 3.21(c) .

 

  39  

 

 

(ii)         Such a sale will be permitted only if at least one of the following conditions is met:

 

(A)         the Holders of more than 90% of the aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the accelerated Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes consent; or

 

(B)         the net proceeds of such sale (plus amounts on deposit in the applicable Sub-Accounts and payments to be received from any applicable Derivative Agreement) would be sufficient to pay all amounts due on the accelerated Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes; or

 

(C)         if the Indenture Trustee determines that the funds to be allocated to the accelerated Notes, including (1) SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections and SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections allocable to the accelerated Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, (2) payments to be received from any applicable Derivative Agreement and (3) amounts on deposit in the applicable Sub-Accounts, may not be sufficient on an ongoing basis to make all payments on the accelerated Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes as such payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and payable, and the Holders of more than 66 2⁄3% of the aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of Notes of the accelerated Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes consent to the sale.

 

(iii)        In the case of an acceleration of a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes of a Subordinated Class, if the provisions of Section 3.16 would prevent the payment of the accelerated Tranche of subordinated Notes, such sale will be delayed until a level of prefunding of the Principal Funding Sub-Accounts for the Senior Classes of SynchronySeries Notes has been reached such that the amount of such accelerated Tranche is no longer required to provide subordination for the Senior Classes of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

(b)          If the Nominal Liquidation Amount with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes is greater than zero on its Legal Maturity Date (after giving effect to any adjustments, deposits and distributions otherwise to be made on that Legal Maturity Date), the Indenture Trustee shall sell or cause to be sold Principal Receivables (or interests therein) on that Legal Maturity Date in an amount up to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of the SynchronySeries Notes, together with the related Finance Charge Receivables; provided , however , that none of the Transferor, any Affiliate of the Transferor or any agent of the Transferor shall be permitted to purchase Collateral in such case or to participate in such vote whether as a Noteholder or otherwise, except as provided in Section 3.21(c) .

 

  40  

 

 

Upon the occurrence of a sale pursuant to this Section 3.21(b) , the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes shall be automatically reduced to zero and Available Principal Collections and Available Finance Charge Collections shall no longer be allocated to such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes. Noteholders of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes shall receive the proceeds of such sale in an amount not to exceed the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of, plus any accrued, past due and additional interest on, such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

(c)          If the Indenture Trustee exercises its right or obligation to sell any portion of the Collateral in accordance with this Section 3.21 , Synchrony Bank (or an Affiliate thereof) shall have the right of first refusal to purchase any portion of the Collateral for which the Indenture Trustee has received a bona fide offer from a third-party that is not the Transferor or an Agent or Affiliate of the Transferor at a price equal to the highest bid for such Collateral by such third-party bidder.

 

(d)          Sales proceeds received with respect to a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes pursuant to clause (a) or (b) will be allocated in the following priority:

 

(i)          first, to be deposited in the Principal Funding Sub-Account for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, an amount up to the amount that would be necessary to increase the aggregate amount on deposit in such Sub-Account to the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount for such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes (notwithstanding any limitation in Section 3.12 to the contrary); and

 

(ii)         second, to be deposited in the Interest Funding Sub-Account of such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, the balance of such sales proceeds.

 

(e)          Any amount remaining on deposit in the Interest Funding Sub-Account for a Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes that has caused a sale of Receivables pursuant to this Section 3.21 after final payment thereof pursuant to Section 6.04 of the Indenture, will be treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections.

 

Section 3.22          Calculation of Prefunding Target Amount .

 

(a)          With respect to the Class A Notes, the Prefunding Target Amount means the excess of (a) the Class A Required Subordinated Amount over (b) the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes and the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount. The Prefunding Target Amount for the Class A Notes shall be allocated among the Tranches of Class A Notes, pro rata , based on the Nominal Liquidation Amount of each Tranche of Class A Notes.

 

(b)          With respect to all Tranches of Class B Notes, the Prefunding Target Amount means the excess of (a) the Class B Required Subordinated Amount (calculated after giving effect to any deposits to be made to the Note Retirement Sub-Accounts for the Class A Notes) over (b) the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Class C Notes and Class D Notes and the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount. The Prefunding Target Amount for the Class B Notes shall be allocated among the Tranches of Class B Notes, pro rata , based on the Nominal Liquidation Amount of each Tranche of Class B Notes.

 

  41  

 

 

(c)          With respect to all Tranches of Class C Notes, the Prefunding Target Amount means the excess of (a) the Class C Required Subordinated Amount (calculated after giving effect to any deposits to be made to the Note Retirement Sub-Accounts for the Class A Notes and Class B Notes) over (b) the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D Notes and the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount. The Prefunding Target Amount for the Class C Notes shall be allocated among the Tranches of Class C Notes, pro rata , based on the Nominal Liquidation Amount of each Tranche of Class C Notes.

 

Section 3.23          Targeted Deposits to the Class D Reserve Account .

 

(a)          The aggregate deposit targeted to be made to the Class D Reserve Account with respect to each Monthly Period is an amount equal to the sum of Class D Reserve Sub-Account deposits, if any, targeted to be made for each specified Tranche of Class D Notes on the applicable Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period. The amount of any such deposit, the aggregate amount targeted to be on deposit after giving effect to any such deposit and the circumstances that require that a deposit be made will be set forth in the Terms Document for such Tranche of Class D Notes. Unless another time is specified for making such deposits in the Terms Document for each such Tranche of Class D Notes, these deposits will be made on each applicable Transfer Date for such Tranche of Class D Notes.

 

(b)          If, as determined on each Determination Date, the amount of funds which will be available on the applicable Transfer Date for a Tranche of Class D Notes pursuant to clause (f) of Section 3.02 is at least equal to the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by clause (a) above, then the full amount of each such deposit will be made.

 

(c)          If, as determined on each Determination Date, the amount of funds which will be available on the applicable Transfer Date for a Tranche of Class D Notes pursuant to clause (f) of Section 3.02 is less than the aggregate amount of deposits targeted by clause (a) above, then the amount available will be allocated to each Tranche of Class D Notes to the extent of its targeted deposit to the applicable Class D Reserve Sub-Account pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche used in the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for the immediately preceding Monthly Period to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Tranches of Class D Notes used in the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for the immediately preceding Monthly Period that have a targeted deposit to its respective Class D Reserve Sub-Account; provided , however , that any excess identified in this clause (c) , including in the application of this proviso, will be further allocated to each Tranche of Class D Notes which has a remaining targeted deposit to its Class D Reserve Sub-Account up to the amount of such remaining targeted deposit pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of Class D Notes used in the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for the immediately preceding Monthly Period to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Tranches of Class D Notes used in the SynchronySeries Floating Allocation Percentage for the immediately preceding Monthly Period.

 

Section 3.24          Withdrawals from the Class D Reserve Account . Withdrawals for any Tranche of Class D Notes will be made from the applicable Class D Reserve Sub-Account as specified below.

 

  42  

 

 

(a)           Payments of Interest; Payments with Respect to Derivative Agreements for Interest . If the amount on deposit in the Interest Funding Sub-Account for any Tranche of Class D Notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are required under Section 3.14 , on the Transfer Date for a Tranche of Class D Notes, an amount equal to that deficiency will be withdrawn from the Class D Reserve Sub-Account for such Tranche and deposited into that Interest Funding Sub-Account.

 

(b)           Payments of Principal; Payments with Respect to Derivative Agreements for Principal . If, on and after the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which any Tranche of Class D Notes is accelerated pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Indenture following an Event of Default and acceleration of maturity with respect to such Tranche, (ii) any date on or after the Transfer Date related to the Scheduled Principal Payment Date for such Tranche of Class D Notes on which the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Sub-Account for any Tranche of Class D Notes plus the aggregate amount on deposit in the Class D Reserve Sub-Account for such Tranche of Class D Notes equals or exceeds the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Class D Notes and (iii) the Legal Maturity Date for any Tranche of Class D Notes, the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Sub-Account for any Tranche of Class D Notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are required under Section 3.15 , an amount equal to that deficiency will be withdrawn from that Class D Reserve Sub-Account for such Tranche of Class D Notes and deposited into that Principal Funding Sub-Account on the Transfer Date for such Tranche of Class D Notes relating to the date of the applicable withdrawal required pursuant to Section 3.15 .

 

(c)           Withdrawal of Excess Amounts . If on any Transfer Date for a Tranche of Class D Notes with respect to which no Class D Notes have been accelerated, the aggregate amount on deposit in any Class D Reserve Sub-Account exceeds the amount required to be on deposit in such Class D Reserve Sub-Account, the amount of such excess will be withdrawn from the Class D Reserve Sub-Account and first, allocated among and deposited to the other Class D Reserve Sub-Accounts of the Tranches of Class D Notes in the manner, order and priority set forth in Section 3.23(c) , and then, paid to the Issuer. Upon payment in full of any Tranche of Class D Notes, any amount on deposit in the applicable Class D Reserve Sub-Account will be applied in accordance with the preceding sentence.

 

Section 3.25          Computation of Interest . Unless otherwise provided as contemplated in Section 3.01 of the Indenture, (i) interest on the SynchronySeries Notes computed at a fixed rate will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, as set forth more completely in the applicable Terms Document, and (ii) interest on the SynchronySeries Notes computed on the basis of a floating or periodic rate will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from and including the preceding Interest Payment Date to but excluding the current Interest Payment Date and a 360-day year.

 

Section 3.26          Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections . Shared Excess Available Finance Charge Collections allocable to the SynchronySeries with respect to any Monthly Period shall be treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections with respect to such Monthly Period and applied on the Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period.

 

  43  

 

 

Section 3.27          Shared Excess Available Principal Collections . Shared Excess Available Principal Collections allocable to the SynchronySeries with respect to any Monthly Period shall be treated as SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections for such Monthly Period and applied on the applicable Transfer Date in the immediately succeeding Monthly Period.

 

Section 3.28          Accumulation Reserve Account .

 

(a)          On each Transfer Date, Accumulation Reserve Account Earnings shall be retained in the Accumulation Reserve Account (to the extent that the Accumulation Reserve Account Available Amount is less than the Accumulation Reserve Account Required Amount). Any remaining Accumulation Reserve Account Earnings shall be deposited on or prior to the related Payment Date into the Collection Account and treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections for the related Monthly Period. For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the balance in the Accumulation Reserve Account for any reason under this Indenture Supplement, except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, Accumulation Reserve Account Earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit.

 

(b)          An amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Accumulation Reserve Account Available Amount and (ii) the aggregate of the Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Shortfalls, if any, with respect to each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes shall be withdrawn from the Accumulation Reserve Account, deposited into the Collection Account and treated as SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections.

 

(c)          If the Accumulation Reserve Account Surplus on any Transfer Date is greater than zero, on or prior to the related Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer, shall withdraw from the Accumulation Reserve Account an amount equal to such Accumulation Reserve Account Surplus and distribute any such amounts to the Transferor.

 

Section 3.29          Final Payment . Each Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, as applicable, will be considered to be paid in full, the Holders of such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, as applicable, will have no further right or claim, and the Issuer will have no further obligation or liability with respect to such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, as applicable, on the earliest to occur of:

 

(a)          the date of the payment in full of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of and all accrued, past due and additional interest on that Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, as applicable;

 

(b)          the date on which the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such SynchronySeries Notes, after giving effect to all deposits, allocations, reimbursements, reallocations, sales of Collateral and payments to be made on such date, is reduced to zero, and all accrued, past due and additional interest on such SynchronySeries Notes is paid in full;

 

(c)          on the Legal Maturity Date of such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, after giving effect to all deposits, allocations, reimbursements, reallocations, sales of Collateral and payments to be made on such date; or

 

  44  

 

 

(d)          the date on which a sale of assets has taken place with respect to such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes as set forth in Section 3.21 .

 

Section 3.30          Distributions After Repudiation and Payment of Damages by FDIC .

 

(a)          In the event that Originator becomes the subject of an insolvency proceeding and a special payment date is declared as contemplated by Section 14.03(b) of the Indenture, the amount of interest payable with respect to each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes on the special payment date shall be equal to the sum of any targeted deposit to the Interest Funding Account for such Tranche with respect to the prior Monthly Period that was not previously deposited on the prior Transfer Date, plus the aggregate amount of interest accrued on such Tranche from and including the preceding Payment Date to but excluding the special payment date, including any additional interest accrued on such overdue interest pursuant to Section 3.03(d) .

 

(b)          In the event that Originator becomes the subject of an insolvency proceeding and the FDIC as receiver or conservator for Originator exercises its right of repudiation and elects to pay damages with respect to the SynchronySeries Notes as contemplated by paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of the FDIC Rule, (i) any damages received with respect to the SynchronySeries Notes shall be deposited to the Collection Account and (ii) the Issuer shall promptly, and in no event later than one Business Day after such damages have been paid by the FDIC, compute the amount, if any, required to be withdrawn from available funds allocated to the SynchronySeries in the Collection Account and the other Trust Accounts and transferred to the Interest Funding Account and the Principal Funding Account, so that the amount on deposit in the Interest Funding Account and the Principal Funding Account shall equal the aggregate amount to be distributed as specified in Section 3.30(c) .

 

(c)          On the applicable payment date determined pursuant to Section 14.03(b) of the Indenture, the Issuer shall, based on the computations in Section 3.30(b) , first, withdraw from the Collection Account and the other Trust Accounts, the amount so computed in Section 3.30(a) and deposit such amount into the Interest Funding Account, and second, cause an amount equal to the aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the SynchronySeries Notes on such Payment Date to be withdrawn from the Principal Funding Account and paid to the SynchronySeries Noteholders and the amount of interest payable to the SynchronySeries Noteholders as calculated pursuant to Section 3.30(a) to be withdrawn from the Interest Funding Account and paid to the SynchronySeries Noteholders.

 

(d)          Any funds remaining in the Collection Account and the other Trust Accounts to the extent allocated to the SynchronySeries shall be allocated on the following Payment Date (or the applicable payment date determined pursuant to Section 14.03(b) of the Indenture if it is a Payment Date), in accordance with the order of priority described in Section 3.02 after taking into account amounts distributed in accordance with Section 3.30(c) .

 

[END OF ARTICLE III]

 

  45  

 

 

ARTICLE IV

EARLY AMORTIZATION OF NOTES

 

Section 4.01          Early Amortization Events . In addition to the events identified as Early Amortization Events in Section 6.03 of the Indenture, if any one of the following events shall occur with respect to a Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes:

 

(a)          (i) failure on the part of Transferor to make any payment or deposit required to be made by it by the terms of the Receivables Sale Agreement or the Transfer Agreement on or before the date occurring five (5) Business Days after the date such payment or deposit is required to be made therein or herein or (ii) failure of the Transferor duly to observe or perform in any material respect any of its covenants or agreements set forth in the Transfer Agreement (excluding matters addressed by clause (a)(i) or (c) of this Section 4.01 ) which failure has a material adverse effect on the SynchronySeries Noteholders and which continues unremedied for a period of sixty (60) days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Transferor by the Indenture Trustee, or to the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder of SynchronySeries Notes;

 

(b)          any representation or warranty made by Transferor in the Transfer Agreement or the Receivables Sale Agreement or any information contained in an account schedule required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Transfer Agreement or the Receivables Sale Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or when delivered, which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of sixty (60) days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Transferor by the Indenture Trustee, or to the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder of the SynchronySeries Notes and as a result of which the interests of the SynchronySeries Noteholders are materially and adversely affected for such period; provided , however , that an Early Amortization Event pursuant to this Section 4.01(b) shall not be deemed to have occurred hereunder if the Transferor has accepted reassignment of the related Transferred Receivable, or all of such Transferred Receivables, if applicable, during such period in accordance with the provisions of the Transfer Agreement;

 

(c)          a failure by Transferor under the Transfer Agreement to convey Transferred Receivables in Additional Accounts (as such term is defined in the Transfer Agreement) to the Trust when it is required to convey such Transferred Receivables pursuant to Section 2.6(a) of the Transfer Agreement;

 

(d)          any Servicer Default shall occur, which has a material adverse effect on such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes;

 

(e)          the average Excess Spread Percentage for any three consecutive Monthly Periods is less than the Required Excess Spread Percentage;

 

(f)          the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche shall not be paid in full on the Scheduled Principal Payment Date for such Tranche;

 

  46  

 

 

(g)          without limiting the foregoing, the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to any Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes and acceleration of the maturity of such Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Indenture; or

 

(h)          with respect to any Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes, any additional events specified as “Early Amortization Events” in the Terms Document with respect to such Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes;

 

then, (x) in the case of any event described in clause (a) , (b) or (d) , after the applicable grace period, if any, set forth in such subparagraphs, the holders of SynchronySeries Notes evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of SynchronySeries Notes by notice then given in writing to the Issuer (and to the Indenture Trustee) may declare that an “Early Amortization Event” with respect to the affected Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes (a “ SynchronySeries Early Amortization Event ”) has occurred as of the date of such notice with respect to all Tranches of the SynchronySeries Notes, (y) in the case of any event described in clause (c) or (e) , a SynchronySeries Early Amortization Event shall occur with respect to all Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes without any notice or other action on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the SynchronySeries Noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event and (z) in the case of any event described in clause (f) or (g) , a SynchronySeries Early Amortization Event shall occur with respect to the affected Class or Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes without any notice or other action on the part of the SynchronySeries Noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

 

[END OF ARTICLE IV]

 

  47  

 

 

ARTICLE V

SERIES ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENTS

 

Section 5.01          Series Accounts .

 

(a)          The Issuer will cause to be established and maintained Eligible Deposit Accounts denominated as follows: the “Interest Funding Account,” the “Principal Funding Account,” the “Note Retirement Account,” the “Class D Reserve Account” and the “Accumulation Reserve Account” (collectively, the “ Series Accounts ”) in the name of the Indenture Trustee, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the SynchronySeries Noteholders (or, in the case of the Class D Reserve Account, for the benefit of the Class D Noteholders) on or before the date hereof (or, in the case of the Class D Reserve Account, on or before the date of issuance of any Tranche of Class D Notes for which the related Terms Document specifies a targeted deposit to be made to the Class D Reserve Account). The Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Note Retirement Account, the Class D Reserve Account and the Accumulation Reserve Account constitute Series Accounts for the SynchronySeries and shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the SynchronySeries Noteholders (or, in the case of the Class D Reserve Account, for the benefit of the Class D Noteholders). If, at any time, the institution holding any of the Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Note Retirement Account, the Class D Reserve Account or the Accumulation Reserve Account ceases to be of the type described in the definition of “Eligible Deposit Account” set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer will within ten (10) Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed thirty (30) calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency may consent) establish a new Interest Funding Account, Principal Funding Account, Note Retirement Account, Class D Reserve Account or Accumulation Reserve Account, as the case may be, that is an Eligible Deposit Account and shall transfer any cash and/or investments to such new Interest Funding Account, Principal Funding Account, Note Retirement Account, Class D Reserve Account or Accumulation Reserve Account, as the case may be. From the date such new Interest Funding Account, Principal Funding Account, Note Retirement Account, the Class D Reserve Account or the Accumulation Reserve Account is established, it will be the “Interest Funding Account,” “Principal Funding Account”, “Note Retirement Account,” “Class D Reserve Account” or “Accumulation Reserve Account” as the case may be. Each Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes will have its own Sub-Account within the Interest Funding Account, the Note Retirement Account, the Principal Funding Account, and, in the case of the Class D Notes, the Class D Reserve Account. The Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Note Retirement Account, the Class D Reserve Account and the Accumulation Reserve Account will receive deposits pursuant to Article III .

 

(b)          Any amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Account and the Note Retirement Account will be invested in Permitted Investments that will mature no later than the following applicable Transfer Date.

 

(c)          All payments to be made from time to time by the Indenture Trustee to Noteholders out of funds in the Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Note Retirement Account, the Class D Reserve Account or the Accumulation Reserve Account pursuant to this Indenture Supplement will be made by the Indenture Trustee to the Paying Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. New York City time on the applicable Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date but only to the extent of available funds in the applicable Series Account or Sub-Account or as otherwise provided in Article III .

 

  48  

 

 

(d)          On each applicable Transfer Date for a Tranche of Class D Notes, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer Date for such Tranche of Class D Notes on funds on deposit in the Class D Reserve Account will be retained in the Class D Reserve Account (to the extent that the sum of the amount on deposit in the Class D Reserve Account with respect to the related Monthly Period is less than the required balance for the Class D Reserve Account for that Monthly Period) and the excess, if any, will be paid to the Issuer.

 

(e)          Notwithstanding the definition of “Permitted Investments” in the Indenture, Permitted Investments in the Class D Reserve Account shall be required to have a credit rating from Moody’s and S&P of at least “P-2” and “A-2,” respectively, and, from Fitch of at least “F2,” if rated by Fitch.

 

[END OF ARTICLE V]

 

  49  

 

 

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 6.01          Governing Law . (a) THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF). THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT IS SUBJECT TO THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED THEREBY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH.

 

(b)           EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED , FURTHER , THAT NOTHING IN THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE NOTES, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 12.10 OF THE INDENTURE AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE (3) DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

  50  

 

 

BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE SYNCHRONYSERIES NOTEHOLDERS BY ACCEPTING THEIR INTEREST IN THE SYNCHRONYSERIES NOTES WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 6.01(c) SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHTS OF ANY PERSON PURSUANT TO SECTION 6.6 OF THE TRANSFER AGREEMENT OR SECTION 7.16 OF THE RECEIVABLES SALE AGREEMENT IN CONNECTION WITH A REQUEST RELATING TO THE REPURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES.

 

Section 6.02          Counterparts . This Indenture Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same instrument. Executed counterparts may be delivered electronically.

 

Section 6.03          Ratification of Indenture . As supplemented by this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by this Indenture Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

 

Section 6.04          Limitation of Liability of the Trustee . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this document is executed and delivered by Citibank, N.A., not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of the Issuer, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Citibank, N.A. but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Citibank, N.A., individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (d) Citibank, N.A. has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by the Issuer or any other party in this Agreement, and (e) under no circumstances shall Citibank, N.A. be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this document or any other related documents.

 

  51  

 

 

Section 6.05          Indenture Trustee . The Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to the same protections and indemnities under this Indenture Supplement that it is entitled to under the Indenture.

 

Section 6.06          Notice Address for Rating Agencies . Delivery of any notices required to be delivered to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or the Trustee shall be sufficient for the purposes of this Indenture Supplement and the other Related Documents if sent to such mailing addresses or such email addresses as may be provided by the Rating Agencies.

 

Section 6.07          Tax . It is the intent of the parties hereto that, for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part by income, the SynchronySeries Notes shall be treated as debt.

 

  52  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture Supplement to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
     
  By: CITIBANK, N.A.,
    not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
  as Indenture Trustee and not in its individual capacity
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A-1

 

FORM OF CLASS A NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME INSTITUTE AGAINST SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, OR SYNCHRONY BANK, OR JOIN IN ANY INSTITUTION AGAINST SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, OR SYNCHRONY BANK, IN, ANY BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS UNDER ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES OR THE INDENTURE.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, BY THE ACQUISITION OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF SYNCHRONY BANK FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME.

 

THE HOLDER OF ITS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACQUISITION OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN FOR, ON BEHALF OF OR WITH ANY ASSETS OF, AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA), CHURCH PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA), OR NON-U.S. PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(b)(4) OF ERISA) OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR OTHERWISE RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION IN VIOLATION OF SECTION 406 OR 407 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR, IN THE CASE OF A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN, A VIOLATION OF ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR NON-U.S., FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW).

 

UPON REQUEST, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE SHALL FURNISH A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION CERTIFICATION ON FORM W-9 OR W-8, AS APPLICABLE.

 

  Exhibit A-1- 1  

 

 

REGISTERED up to $_________
   
No. __ CUSIP NO. __________

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST

 

[Floating Rate]

 

SYNCHRONYSERIES CLASS A(20[●][●]-[●]) NOTE

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, a principal sum of __________ payable on the ________________ Payment Date (the “ Scheduled Principal Payment Date ”), except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture; provided , however , that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the ___________ Payment Date (the “ Legal Maturity Date ”). Interest will accrue on this Note at the rate of [LIBOR plus] __________% per annum, as more specifically set forth in the Class A(20[●][●]-[●]) Terms Document, dated as of __________, 20____ (the “ Terms Document ”), between the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, and shall be due and payable on each Interest Payment Date from the Monthly Interest Accrual Date in the related Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Interest Payment Date, from and including the date of issuance of this Note) to but excluding the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date after the end of that Monthly Period. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year [and the actual number of days elapsed] [consisting of twelve 30-day months]. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

 

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

  Exhibit A-1- 2  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST,
  as Issuer
   
  By: CITIBANK, N.A.,
    not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Date: __________, _____

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
  not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Date: __________, _____

 

  Exhibit A-1- 3  

 

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

 

This Class A Note is one of the Notes of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its “SynchronySeries Class A Notes” (herein called the “ Notes ”), all issued under an Amended and Restated Master Indenture dated as of May 1, 2018 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ,” which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Indenture), as supplemented by a SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement dated as of [___], 20[__] (the “ Indenture Supplement ”) and the Terms Document, each between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee, to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

 

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below, this Note is qualified in its entirety by the terms and provisions of the Indenture and reference is made to that Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Indenture Trustee.

 

[The Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes will also be issued under the Indenture.]

 

The Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

 

Principal of this Note will be payable on the Scheduled Principal Payment Date in an amount described on the face hereof, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Legal Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default relating solely to the non-payment of interest on the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing and the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 6.02 of the Indenture; provided , however , that such acceleration of the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes may be rescinded by the holders of more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes. All principal payments on the Notes shall be made pro rata to the Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

On any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount (after giving effect to all payments on such Payment Date) of any tranche of Notes is reduced to less than 10% of its highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount at any time, the Servicer has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem such class of Notes in whole but not in part, pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture. The redemption price of a class of Notes will equal 100% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche plus accrued, unpaid and additional interest or principal accreted and unpaid on such Tranche to but excluding the date of redemption.

 

  Exhibit A-1- 4  

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Issuer may, from time to time, issue one or more series of Notes secured by one or more asset pools. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture Supplement, the Issuer may, from time to time, issue one or more Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution with respect to this Note) such Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Payment Date to pay interest and principal on the Notes. Final payments of this Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office or offices therein specified.

 

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Interest Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, due and payable on each Principal Payment Date, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Registered Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the clearing agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Payment Date, then the Indenture Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed within five days of such Payment Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Indenture Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Indenture Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in the City of New York. On any payment of interest or principal being made, details of such payment shall be entered by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule A hereto.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a correspondent located, in the City of New York or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located, or a member firm of a national securities exchange, and such other documents as the Indenture Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

  Exhibit A-1- 5  

 

 

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Indenture Trustee or the Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

 

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Noteholder will not at any time institute against Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding, LLC or the Issuer, or join with any institution against Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding LLC or the Issuer, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture, the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement, the Terms Document or any Derivative Agreement.

 

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes representing more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

 

  Exhibit A-1- 6  

 

 

Any Holder of any Note that is a Requesting Party that has made a Repurchase Request agrees to be bound by the dispute resolutions provisions of the Indenture if such Repurchase Request is not resolved.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

 

THIS NOTE AND THE INDENTURE WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee has no such obligations in its individual capacity). The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement and the Terms Document, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

 

Notwithstanding the allocation provisions of the Indenture, the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement and the indenture supplements for each other Series of Notes, if any, to the extent that the SynchronySeries Noteholders are deemed to have any interest in any assets of the Issuer allocated to other Notes, each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note, or in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, shall agree that their interest in those assets is subordinate to claims or rights of such other Noteholders to those other assets. Further, each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note, or in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, shall agree that such agreement constitutes a subordination agreement for purposes of Section 510(a) of the Federal Bankruptcy Code.

 

  Exhibit A-1- 7  

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto __________________________

(name and address of assignee)

 

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                   

 

    *
Signature Guaranteed:  

 

 

* NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

  Exhibit A-1- 8  

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

PART I

 

INTEREST PAYMENTS

 

Interest Payment Date   Date of
Payment
  Total
Amount of
Interest
Payable
  Amount of
Interest Paid
  Confirmation
of payment
by or on
behalf of the
Trust
First                
Second                

 

[continue numbering until the appropriate number of interest payment dates for the Notes is reached]

 

  Exhibit A-1- 9  

 

 

PART II

 

PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS

 

Date of Payment   Total Amount
Payable
  Total Amount
Paid
  Confirmation
of payment
by or on
behalf of the
Trust
             
             
             

 

[continue numbering until the appropriate number of installment dates for the Notes is reached]

 

  Exhibit A-1- 10  

 

 

Exhibit A-2

 

FORM OF CLASS B NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME INSTITUTE AGAINST SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, OR SYNCHRONY BANK, OR JOIN IN ANY INSTITUTION AGAINST SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, OR SYNCHRONY BANK, IN, ANY BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS UNDER ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES OR THE INDENTURE.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, BY THE ACQUISITION OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF SYNCHRONY BANK FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME.

 

THE HOLDER OF ITS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACQUISITION OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN FOR, ON BEHALF OF OR WITH ANY ASSETS OF, AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA), CHURCH PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA), OR NON-U.S. PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(b)(4) OF ERISA) OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR OTHERWISE RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION IN VIOLATION OF SECTION 406 OR 407 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR, IN THE CASE OF A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN, A VIOLATION OF ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR NON-U.S., FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW).

 

UPON REQUEST, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE SHALL FURNISH A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION CERTIFICATION ON FORM W-9 OR W-8, AS APPLICABLE.

 

  Exhibit A-2- 1  

 

 

REGISTERED up to $_________
   
No. __ CUSIP NO. __________

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST

 

[Floating Rate]

 

SYNCHRONYSERIES CLASS B(20[●][●]-[●]) NOTE

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “ Issuer ”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, a principal sum of __________ payable on the __________ Payment Date (the “ Scheduled Principal Payment Date ”), except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture; provided , however , that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the ___________ Payment Date (the “ Legal Maturity Date ”). Interest will accrue on this Note at the rate of [LIBOR plus] __________% per annum, as more specifically set forth in the Class B(20[●][●]-[●]) Terms Document, dated as of __________, 20_____ (the “ Terms Document ”), between the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent, and shall be due and payable on each Interest Payment Date from the Monthly Interest Accrual Date in the related Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Interest Payment Date, from and including the date of issuance of this Note) to but excluding the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date after the end of that Monthly Period. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year [and the actual number of days elapsed] [consisting of twelve 30-day months]. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

 

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

  Exhibit A-2- 2  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST,
  as Issuer
     
  By: CITIBANK, N.A.,
    not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Date: __________, _____

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
  not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Date: __________, _____

 

  Exhibit A-2- 3  

 

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

 

This Class B Note is one of the Notes of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its “SynchronySeries Class B Notes” (herein called the “ Notes ”), all issued under an Amended and Restated Master Indenture dated as of May 1, 2018 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ,” which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Indenture), as supplemented by a SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement dated as of [___], 20[__] (the “ Indenture Supplement ”) and the Class B Terms Document, each between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee, to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

 

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below, this Note is qualified in its entirety by the terms and provisions of the Indenture and reference is made to that Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Indenture Trustee.

 

The Class A Notes, [the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes] will also be issued under the Indenture.

 

The Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

 

Principal of this Note will be payable on the Scheduled Principal Payment Date in an amount described on the face hereof, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Legal Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default relating solely to the non-payment of interest on the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing and the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 6.02 of the Indenture; provided , however , that such acceleration of the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes may be rescinded by the holders of more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes. All principal payments on the Notes shall be made pro rata to the Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

On any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount (after giving effect to all payments on such Payment Date) of any class of Notes is reduced to less than 10% of its highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount at any time, the Servicer has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem such class of Notes in whole but not in part, pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture. The redemption price of such Notes will equal 100% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche plus accrued, unpaid and additional interest or principal accreted and unpaid on such Tranche to but excluding the date of redemption.

 

  Exhibit A-2- 4  

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Issuer may, from time to time, issue one or more series of Notes secured by one or more asset pools. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture Supplement, the Issuer may, from time to time, issue one or more Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution with respect to this Note) such Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Payment Date to pay interest and principal on the Notes. Final payments of this Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office or offices therein specified.

 

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Interest Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, due and payable on each Principal Payment Date, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Registered Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the clearing agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Payment Date, then the Indenture Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed within five days of such Payment Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Indenture Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Indenture Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in the City of New York. On any payment of interest or principal being made, details of such payment shall be entered by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule A hereto.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a correspondent located, in the City of New York or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located, or a member firm of a national securities exchange, and such other documents as the Indenture Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

  Exhibit A-2- 5  

 

 

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Indenture Trustee or the Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

 

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Noteholder will not at any time institute against Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding, LLC or the Issuer, or join with any institution against Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding, LLC or the Issuer, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture, the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement, the Terms Document or any Derivative Agreement.

 

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes representing more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

 

  Exhibit A-2- 6  

 

 

Any Holder of any Note that is a Requesting Party that has made a Repurchase Request agrees to be bound by the dispute resolutions provisions of the Indenture if such Repurchase Request is not resolved.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

 

THIS NOTE AND THE INDENTURE WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee has no such obligations in its individual capacity). The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement and the Terms Document, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

 

Notwithstanding the allocation provisions of the Indenture, the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement and the indenture supplements for each other Series of Notes, if any, to the extent that the SynchronySeries Noteholders are deemed to have any interest in any assets of the Issuer allocated to other Notes, each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note, or in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, shall agree that their interest in those assets is subordinate to claims or rights of such other Noteholders to those other assets. Further, each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note, or in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, shall agree that such agreement constitutes a subordination agreement for purposes of Section 510(a) of the Federal Bankruptcy Code.

 

  Exhibit A-2- 7  

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto __________________________

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

 

Dated:                   

 

    *
Signature Guaranteed:  

 

 

* NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

  Exhibit A-2- 8  

 

  

SCHEDULE A

 

PART I

 

INTEREST PAYMENTS

 

Interest Payment Date   Date of
Payment
  Total
Amount of
Interest
Payable
  Amount of
Interest Paid
  Confirmation
of payment
by or on
behalf of the
Trust
First                
Second                

 

[continue numbering until the appropriate number of interest payment dates for the Notes is reached]

 

  Exhibit A-2- 9  

 

 

PART II

 

PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS

 

Date of Payment  

Total Amount

Payable

  Total Amount
Paid
  Confirmation
of payment
by or on
behalf of the
Trust
             
             

 

[continue numbering until the appropriate number of installment dates for the Notes is reached]

 

  Exhibit A-2- 10  

 

 

Exhibit A-3

 

FORM OF CLASS C NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME INSTITUTE AGAINST SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, OR SYNCHRONY BANK, OR JOIN IN ANY INSTITUTION AGAINST SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, OR SYNCHRONY BANK, IN, ANY BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS UNDER ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES OR THE INDENTURE.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, BY THE ACQUISITION OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF SYNCHRONY BANK FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME.

 

THE HOLDER OF ITS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACQUISITION OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN FOR, ON BEHALF OF OR WITH ANY ASSETS OF, AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA), CHURCH PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA), OR NON-U.S. PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(b)(4) OF ERISA) OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR OTHERWISE RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION IN VIOLATION OF SECTION 406 OR 407 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR, IN THE CASE OF A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN, A VIOLATION OF ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR NON-U.S., FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW).

 

UPON REQUEST, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE SHALL FURNISH A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION CERTIFICATION ON FORM W-9 OR W-8, AS APPLICABLE.

 

  Exhibit A-3- 1  

 

 

REGISTERED up to $_________
   
No. __ CUSIP NO. __________

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST

 

[Floating Rate]

 

SYNCHRONYSERIES CLASS C(20[●][●]-[●]) NOTE

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “ Issuer ”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, a principal sum of __________ payable on the __________ Payment Date (the “ Scheduled Principal Payment Date ”), except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture; provided , however , that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the __________ Payment Date (the “ Legal Maturity Date ”). Interest will accrue on this Note at the rate of [LIBOR plus] __________% per annum, as more specifically set forth in the Class C(20[●][●]-[●]) Terms Document, dated as of __________, 20_____ (the “ Terms Document ”), between the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent, and shall be due and payable on each Interest Payment Date from the Monthly Interest Accrual Date in the related Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Interest Payment Date, from and including the date of issuance of this Note) to but excluding the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date after the end of that Monthly Period. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year [and the actual number of days elapsed] [consisting of twelve 30-day months]. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

 

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

  Exhibit A-3- 2  

 

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST,
  as Issuer
   
  By: CITIBANK, N.A.,
    not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Date: __________, _____

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
  not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Date: __________, _____

 

  Exhibit A-3- 3  

 

  

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

 

This Class C Note is one of the Notes of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its “SynchronySeries Class C Notes” (herein called the “ Notes ”), all issued under an Amended and Restated Master Indenture dated as of May 1, 2018 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ,” which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Indenture), as supplemented by a SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement dated as of [___], 20[__] (the “ Indenture Supplement ”) and the Terms Document, between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee, to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

 

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below, this Note is qualified in its entirety by the terms and provisions of the Indenture and reference is made to that Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Indenture Trustee.

 

The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes [and the Class D Notes] will also be issued under the Indenture.

 

The Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

 

Principal of this Note will be payable on the Scheduled Principal Payment Date in an amount described on the face hereof, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Legal Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default relating solely to the non-payment of interest on the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing and the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 6.02 of the Indenture; provided , however , that such acceleration of the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes may be rescinded by the holders of more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes. All principal payments on the Notes shall be made pro rata to the Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

On any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount (after giving effect to all payments on such Payment Date) of any class of Notes is reduced to less than 10% of its highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount at any time, the Servicer has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem such class of Notes in whole but not in part, pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture. The redemption price of such Notes will equal 100% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche plus accrued, unpaid and additional interest or principal accreted and unpaid on such Tranche to but excluding the date of redemption.

 

  Exhibit A-3- 4  

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Issuer may, from time to time, issue one or more series of Notes secured by one or more asset pools. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture Supplement, the Issuer may, from time to time, issue one or more Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution with respect to this Note) such Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Payment Date to pay interest and principal on the Notes. Final payments of this Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office or offices therein specified.

 

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Interest Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, due and payable on each Principal Payment Date, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Registered Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the clearing agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Payment Date, then the Indenture Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed within five days of such Payment Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Indenture Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Indenture Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in the City of New York. On any payment of interest or principal being made, details of such payment shall be entered by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule A hereto.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a correspondent located, in the City of New York or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located, or a member firm of a national securities exchange, and such other documents as the Indenture Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

  Exhibit A-3- 5  

 

 

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Indenture Trustee or the Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

 

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Noteholder will not at any time institute against Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding, LLC or the Issuer, or join with any institution against Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding, LLC or the Issuer, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture, the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement, the Terms Document or any Derivative Agreement.

 

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes representing more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

 

  Exhibit A-3- 6  

 

 

Any Holder of any Note that is a Requesting Party that has made a Repurchase Request agrees to be bound by the dispute resolutions provisions of the Indenture if such Repurchase Request is not resolved.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

 

THIS NOTE AND THE INDENTURE WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee has no such obligations in its individual capacity). The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement and the Terms Document, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

 

Notwithstanding the allocation provisions of the Indenture, the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement and the indenture supplements for each other Series of Notes, if any, to the extent that the SynchronySeries Noteholders are deemed to have any interest in any assets of the Issuer allocated to other Notes, each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note, or in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, shall agree that their interest in those assets is subordinate to claims or rights of such other Noteholders to those other assets. Further, each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note, or in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, shall agree that such agreement constitutes a subordination agreement for purposes of Section 510(a) of the Federal Bankruptcy Code.

 

  Exhibit A-3- 7  

 

  

SCHEDULE A

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto __________________________

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                   

 

    *
Signature Guaranteed:  

 

 

 

* NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

  Exhibit A-3- 8  

 

   

SCHEDULE A

 

PART I

 

INTEREST PAYMENTS

 

Interest Payment Date   Date of
Payment
  Total
Amount of
Interest
Payable
  Amount of
Interest Paid
  Confirmation
of payment
by or on
behalf of the
Trust
First                
Second                

 

[continue numbering until the appropriate number of interest payment dates for the Notes is reached]

 

  Exhibit A-3- 9  

 

 

PART II

 

PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS

 

Date of Payment   Total Amount
Payable
  Total Amount
Paid
  Confirmation
of payment
by or on
behalf of the
Trust
             
             

 

[continue numbering until the appropriate number of installment dates for the Notes is reached]

 

  Exhibit A-3- 10  

 

 

Exhibit A-4

 

FORM OF CLASS D NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME INSTITUTE AGAINST SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, OR SYNCHRONY BANK, OR JOIN IN ANY INSTITUTION AGAINST SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, OR SYNCHRONY BANK, IN, ANY BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS UNDER ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES OR THE INDENTURE.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, BY THE ACQUISITION OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF SYNCHRONY BANK FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME.

 

THE HOLDER OF ITS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACQUISITION OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN FOR, ON BEHALF OF OR WITH ANY ASSETS OF, AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF ERISA, A PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA), CHURCH PLAN (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA), OR NON-U.S. PLAN (AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4(b)(4) OF ERISA) OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR OTHERWISE RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION IN VIOLATION OF SECTION 406 OR 407 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (OR, IN THE CASE OF A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH OR NON-U.S. PLAN, A VIOLATION OF ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR NON-U.S., FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAW).

 

UPON REQUEST, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE SHALL FURNISH A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION CERTIFICATION ON FORM W-9 OR W-8, AS APPLICABLE.

 

  Exhibit A-4- 1  

 

 

REGISTERED up to $_________
   
No. __ CUSIP NO. __________

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST

 

[Floating Rate]

 

SYNCHRONYSERIES CLASS D(20[●][●]-[●]) NOTE

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “ Issuer ”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, a principal sum of __________ payable on the __________ Payment Date (the “ Scheduled Principal Payment Date ”), except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture; provided , however , that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the __________ Payment Date (the “ Legal Maturity Date ”). Interest will accrue on this Note at the rate of [LIBOR plus] __________% per annum, as more specifically set forth in the Class D(20[●][●]-[●]) Terms Document, dated as of __________, 20_____ (the “ Terms Document ”), between the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent, and shall be due and payable on each Interest Payment Date from the Monthly Interest Accrual Date in the related Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Interest Payment Date, from and including the date of issuance of this Note) to but excluding the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date after the end of that Monthly Period. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year [and the actual number of days elapsed] [consisting of twelve 30-day months]. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

 

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

  Exhibit A-4- 2  

 

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST,
  as Issuer
   
  By: CITIBANK, N.A.,
    not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Date: __________, _____

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
  not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Date: __________, _____

 

  Exhibit A-4- 3  

 

 

[REVERSE OF NOTE]

 

This Class D Note is one of the Notes of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its “SynchronySeries Class D Notes” (herein called the “ Notes ”), all issued under an Amended and Restated Master Indenture dated as of May 1, 2018 (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ,” which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Indenture), as supplemented by a SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement dated as of [___], 20[__] (the “ Indenture Supplement ”) and the Terms Document, between the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee, to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

 

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below, this Note is qualified in its entirety by the terms and provisions of the Indenture and reference is made to that Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Indenture Trustee.

 

The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes will also be issued under the Indenture.

 

The Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

 

Principal of this Note will be payable on the Scheduled Principal Payment Date in an amount described on the face hereof, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Legal Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default relating solely to the non-payment of interest on the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing and the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 6.02 of the Indenture; provided , however , that such acceleration of the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes may be rescinded by the holders of more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes. All principal payments on the Notes shall be made pro rata to the Noteholders entitled thereto.

 

On any Payment Date on or after the Payment Date on which the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount (after giving effect to all payments on such Payment Date) of any class of Notes is reduced to less than 10% of its highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount at any time, the Servicer has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem such class of Notes in whole but not in part, pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture. The redemption price of such Notes will equal 100% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche plus accrued, unpaid and additional interest or principal accreted and unpaid on such Tranche to but excluding the date of redemption.

 

  Exhibit A-4- 4  

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Issuer may, from time to time, issue one or more series of Notes secured by one or more asset pools. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture Supplement, the Issuer may, from time to time, issue one or more Tranches of SynchronySeries Notes.

 

On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution with respect to this Note) such Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Payment Date to pay interest and principal on the Notes. Final payments of this Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office or offices therein specified.

 

Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Interest Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, due and payable on each Principal Payment Date, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Registered Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the clearing agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Payment Date, then the Indenture Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed within five days of such Payment Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Indenture Trustee’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Indenture Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes located in the City of New York. On any payment of interest or principal being made, details of such payment shall be entered by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule A hereto.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a correspondent located, in the City of New York or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located, or a member firm of a national securities exchange, and such other documents as the Indenture Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

  Exhibit A-4- 5  

 

 

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Indenture Trustee or the Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

 

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Noteholder will not at any time institute against Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding, LLC or the Issuer, or join with any institution against Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding, LLC or the Issuer, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture, the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement, the Terms Document or any Derivative Agreement.

 

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer with the consent of the Holders of Notes representing more than 66 2⁄3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

 

  Exhibit A-4- 6  

 

 

Any Holder of any Note that is a Requesting Party that has made a Repurchase Request agrees to be bound by the dispute resolutions provisions of the Indenture if such Repurchase Request is not resolved.

 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture.

 

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture.

 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

 

THIS NOTE AND THE INDENTURE WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee has no such obligations in its individual capacity). The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement and the Terms Document, in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

 

Notwithstanding the allocation provisions of the Indenture, the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement and the indenture supplements for each other Series of Notes, if any, to the extent that the SynchronySeries Noteholders are deemed to have any interest in any assets of the Issuer allocated to other Notes, each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note, or in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, shall agree that their interest in those assets is subordinate to claims or rights of such other Noteholders to those other assets. Further, each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note, or in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note, shall agree that such agreement constitutes a subordination agreement for purposes of Section 510(a) of the Federal Bankruptcy Code.

 

  Exhibit A-4- 7  

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto __________________________

(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

 

Dated:                   

 

    *
Signature Guaranteed:  

 

 

 

* NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

  Exhibit A-4- 8  

 

  

SCHEDULE A

 

PART I

 

INTEREST PAYMENTS

 

Interest Payment Date   Date of
Payment
  Total
Amount of
Interest
Payable
  Amount of
Interest Paid
  Confirmation
of payment
by or on
behalf of the
Trust
First                
Second                

 

[continue numbering until the appropriate number of interest payment dates for the Notes is reached]

 

  Exhibit A-4- 9  

 

 

PART II

 

PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS

 

Date of Payment   Total Amount
Payable
  Total Amount
Paid
 

Confirmation

of payment
by or on
behalf of the
Trust

             
             

 

[continue numbering until the appropriate number of installment dates for the Notes is reached]

 

  Exhibit A-4- 10  

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Monthly Noteholder’s Statement

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

 

SynchronySeries

 

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018 (as amended and supplemented, the “ Indenture ”) between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust (the “ Issuer ”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), dated as of [___________], between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer is required to prepare, or cause Synchrony Bank (the “ Servicer ”), to prepare certain information each month regarding current distributions to the SynchronySeries Noteholders and the performance of the Issuer during the previous month. The information is required to be prepared with respect to the Payment Date as set forth below, and with respect to the performance of the Issuer during the Monthly Period ended as set forth below. Capitalized terms used herein are defined in the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement. The Discount Percentage (as defined in the Transfer Agreement) remains at 0% for all the Receivables purchased by the Issuer until otherwise indicated. The undersigned, an Authorized Officer of the Servicer, does hereby certify as follows:

 

Record Date:     LIBOR Determination Date:  
Monthly Period Beginning:     LIBOR Rate:  
Monthly Period Ending:        
Payment Date:        
Loss Cycles in Period:        

 

I. Trust Receivables Information

 

a. Number of Accounts Beginning
b. Number of Accounts Ending
c. BOP Aggregate Principal Receivables
d. BOP Finance Charge Receivables
e. BOP Discount Option Receivables
f. BOP Total Receivables
g. Increase in Principal Receivables from Additional Accounts
h. Increase in Finance Charge Receivables from Additional Accounts
i. Increase in Discount Option Receivables
j. Decrease in Principal Receivables due to Account Removal
k. Decrease in Finance Charge Receivables due to Account Removal
l. EOP Aggregate Principal Receivables
m. EOP Finance Charge Receivables
n. EOP Discount Option Receivables
o. EOP Total Receivables
p. Excess Funding Account Balance
q. BOP Excess Funding Account Balance
r. EOP Excess Funding Account Balance
s. Required Principal Balance
t. Minimum Free Equity Amount
u. Free Equity Amount

  

  B- 1  

 

 

II. Investor Information (Sum of all Series)

 

a. Note Principal Balance
  i. Beginning of Interest Period
  ii. Increase in Note Principal Balance due to New Issuance / Additional Draws
  iii. Decrease in Note Principal Balance due to Principal Paid and Notes Retired
  iv. As of Payment Date
b. Subordinated Transferor Amount
  i. Beginning of Interest Period
  ii. As of Payment Date
c. Principal Funding Account Balance
  i. Beginning of Interest Period
  ii. As of Payment Date
d. Collateral Amount
  i. Beginning of Interest Period
  ii. As of Payment Date

 

III. Trust Performance Data (Monthly Period)

 

a. Gross Trust Yield (Finance Charge Collections + Recoveries / BOP Principal Receivables)
  i. Current
  ii. Three-Month Average
b. Payment Rate (Principal Collections / BOP Principal Receivables)
  i. Current
  ii. Three-Month Average
c. Gross Charge-Off Rate (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts / BOP Principal Receivables)
  i. Current
  ii. Prior Monthly Period
  iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
  iv. Three Months Prior Monthly Period
  v. Three-Month Average
d. Net Charge-Off Rate (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts - Recoveries/ BOP Principal Receivables)
  i. Current
  ii. Prior Monthly Period
  iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
  iv. Three Months Prior Monthly Period
  v. Three-Month Average
e. Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts
f. Recovery Amount
g. Net Charge-Off (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts - Recoveries)
h. Number of Accounts Charged Off
i. Average Account Charge-Off (Net Charge-Off / Number of Accounts Charged Off)
j. Collections  
  i. Total Trust Finance Charge Collections + Interchange + Recoveries
  ii. Total Trust Principal Collections
  iii. Total Trust Collections

 

  B- 2  

 

 

k. Delinquency Data

 

        Accounts   Pctg. of Tot.
Accts.
  Total Receivables   Pctg.
of Tot.
Recv.
  i. 1-29 Days Delinquent       %       %
  ii. 30-59 Days Delinquent       %       %
  iii. 60-89 Days Delinquent       %       %
  iv. 90-119 Days Delinquent       %       %
  v. 120-149 Days Delinquent       %       %
  vi. 150-179 Days Delinquent       %       %
  vii. 180 or Greater Days Delinquent       %       %
    Total       %       %

 

IV. Series Performance Data

 

    January
Monthly Period
    December
Monthly Period
    November
Monthly Period
Yield: Finance Charge, Fees & Interchange   %            
Plus: Yield Collections Of Discount Receivables   %            
Less: Net Credit Losses   %            
(a) Portfolio Yield   %            
Less:                
Coupon   %            
Plus: Servicing Fee   %            
(b) Base Rate   %            
(a) - (b) = Excess Spread Percentage   %            
Three Month Average Excess Spread Percentage                
Excess Spread Amount paid to Transferor   $            

 

V. Collections and Allocations Trust   Series
a. Gross Available Finance Charge Collections      
b. Servicing Fee Retained      
c. Net Available Finance Charge Collections      
d. Recoveries      
e. Principal Collections      
f. Default Amount      
g. Dilution      
h. Available Finance Charge Collections      
    i. Investor Finance Charge Collections      
    ii. Excess Finance Charge Collections allocable to SynchronySeries Notes      
    iii. Net Swap Receipts      
    iv. Investment earnings in the Spread Account      
    v. Recoveries      
i Available Finance Charge Collections      
j Total Collections (e. series + j.)      
k. Total Finance Charge Collections deposited in the Collection Account (net of any amounts distributed to Transferor and owed to Servicer)      
l. Investor Allocation Percentage      
    i. Floating Allocation     %
    ii. Principal Allocation     %

  

VI. Excess Finance Charge Collections

 

a. Total Excess Finance Charge Collections  
b. Finance Charge Shortfall for SynchronySeries  
c. Finance Charge Shortfall for all Series  
d. Excess Finance Charges Collections Allocated to SynchronySeries  

 

  B- 3  

 

 

VII. Information Regarding the Current Distribution to Noteholders

 

a. The amount of distribution to Noteholders on the related Payment Date per $1,000 Initial Dollar Principal Amount

 

Tranche

 

Total Distribution

 

Interest Rate

 

Interest Distribution

 

Principal
Distribution

Class 2018-A1                
Class 2018-B1                
Class 2018-C1                
Class 2018-D1                

 

VIII. Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of SynchronySeries Notes for the related Monthly Period

 

Tranche   Initial Dollar
Principal Amount
  Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount
  Adjusted
Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount
Class 2018-A1            
Total Class A            
Class 2018-B1            
Total Class B            
Class 2018-C1            
Total Class C            
Class 2018-D1            
Total Class D            
Total            

 

IX. Nominal Liquidation Amount of SynchronySeries Notes for the related Monthly Period

 

Tranche   Beginning
Nominal
Liquidation
Amount
  Increases
from
amounts
withdrawn
from the
Note
Retirement
Subaccounts
in respect of
Prefunding
Excess
Amounts
  Reimbursements
of prior
Nominal
Liquidation
Amount
Deficits from
Available
Finance
Charge
Collections
  Increase
due to
additional
notes issued
during
monthly
period
  Reductions
due
to
reallocations
of Available
Principal
Collections
and
Investor
Charge-Offs
  Reductions
due
to amounts
deposited to
the
Principal
Funding
Subaccounts
  Reductions
due
to amounts
deposited in
applicable
Note
Retirement
Subaccounts
  Ending
Nominal
Liquidation
Amount
Class 2018-A1                                
Total Class A                                
Class 2018-B1                                
Total Class B                                
Class 2018-C1                                
Total Class C                                
Class 2018-D1                                
Total Class D                                
Total                                

 

  B- 4  

 

 

X. SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount for the related Monthly Period

 

Tranche   Beginning
Subordinated
Transferor
Amount
  Increase in the
Subordinated
Transferor
Amount
pursuant to
Section
3.17(c) of the
Indenture
Supplement
  Reductions due to
reallocations of
Available
Principal
Collections and
Investor Charge-
Offs
  Reimbursements
of prior reductions
in the
Subordinated
Transferor Amount
  Decrease in the
Subordinated
Transferor
Amount
pursuant to
Section
3.17(c) of the
Indenture
Supplement
  Ending
Subordinated
Transferor Amount
Subordinated                        
Transferor Amount                        

 

XI. Interest Funding Account Sub-Accounts

 

Tranche   Beginning
Interest
Funding
Subaccount
Balance
  Targeted
deposit
to the
Interest Funding
Subaccount
for
the current
period
  Previous
shortfalls
of targeted
deposits to the
Interest
Funding
Subaccount
  Actual deposit
to Interest
Funding
Subaccount
  Amount
withdrawn
from the
Interest
Funding
Subaccount
for payment to
Noteholders
  Other
Withdrawals
  Ending
Interest
Funding
Subaccount
Balance
Class 2018-A1                            
Total Class A                            
Class 2018-B1                            
Total Class B                            
Class 2018-C1                            
Total Class C                            
Class 2018-D1                            
Total Class D                            
Total                            

 

XII. Principal Funding Account Sub-Accounts

 

Tranche   Beginning
Principal
Funding
Subaccount
Balance
  Targeted
deposit
to the
Principal
Funding

Subaccount
for
the current
period
  Previous
shortfalls
of targeted
deposit to the
Principal
Funding
Subaccount
  Actual deposit
to Principal
Funding
Subaccount on
the
Transfer date
  Amount
withdrawn from
Principal
Funding
Subaccount
for payment to
Noteholders
  Other
Withdrawals
  Ending
Principal
Funding
Subaccount
Balance
Class 2018-A1                            
Total Class A                            
Class 2018-B1                            
Total Class B                            
Class 2018-C1                            
Total Class C                            
Class 2018-D1                            
Total Class D                            
Total                            

 

  B- 5  

 

 

XIII. Class D Reserve Sub-Accounts

 

Tranche   Beginning
Class D
Reserve
Subaccount Balance
  Targeted
deposit to the
Class D
Reserve
Subaccount
for the
current period
  Actual
deposit to
Class D
Reserve
Subaccount
  Class D
Reserve
Subaccount
earnings for the
current period
  Amount
withdrawn with
respect of
payment
of interest or
principal to
Noteholders
  Withdrawal
of Excess
Amounts
  Ending
Class D
Reserve
Subaccount
Balance
Class 2018-D1                            
Total Class D                            

 

 

XIV. Accumulation Reserve Sub-Accounts

 

Tranche   Beginning
Accumulation
Reserve
Subaccount
Balance
  Targeted deposit
to Accumulation
Reserve
Subaccount for the
current period
  Actual
deposit to
Accumulation
Reserve
Subaccount
  Accumulation
Reserve
Subaccount
earnings for
the current
period
  Amount
withdrawn
with respect of
payment of
principal to
Noteholders
  Withdrawal
of Excess
Amounts
  Ending
Accumulation
Reserve
Subaccount
Balance
Class 2018-A1                            
Total Class A                            
Class 2018-B1                            
Total Class B                            
Class 2018-C1                            
Total Class C                            
Class 2018-D1                            
Total Class D                            
Total                            

 

XV. SynchronySeries Required and Usage of Subordinated Amounts

 

Tranche   Required
Subordinated
Amount
  Current
Usage of
Class B
Subordinated
Amount
  Current
Usage of
Class C
Subordinated
Amount
  Current
Usage of|
Class D
Subordinated
Amount
  Current
Usage of
Subordinated
Transferor
Amount
  Cumulative
Usage of
Class B
Subordinated
Amount
  Cumulative
Usage of
Class C
Subordinated
Amount
  Cumulative
Usage of
Class D
Subordinated
Amount
  Cumulative
Usage of
Subordinated
Transferor Amount
Class 2018-A1                                    
Total Class A                                    
Class 2018-B1                                    
Total Class B                                    
Class 2018-C1                                    
Total Class C                                    
Class 2018-D1                                    
Total Class D                                    

 

  B- 6  

 

 

XVI. SynchronySeries Available Subordinated Amounts

 

Tranche   Available
Subordination from
Class B Notes
  Available
Subordination from
Class C Notes
  Available
Subordination from
Class D Notes
  Available
Subordination from
Subordinated Transferor
Amount
 
                   
Total Class A                  
Total Class B                  
Total Class C                  
Total Class D                  

 

XVII. Series Early Amortization Events

 

a. Average Excess Spread Percentage for three consecutive Monthly Periods is less than required Excess Spread Percentage  
b. The Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount is outstanding beyond the Scheduled Principal Payment Date  

 

  i. Scheduled Final Payment Date
  ii. Current Payment Date

 

c. Are there any material modifications, extensions or waivers to pool asset terms, fees, penalties or payments?  
d. Are there any material breaches or pool of assets representations and warranties or covenants?  
e. Are there any material changes in criteria used to originate, acquire, or select new pool assets?  
f. Has an early amortization event occurred?  

 

XVIII. Risk Retention

 

  U.S. Risk Retention
  i. Required Risk Retention Transferor Amount (as of EOP)
  ii. Risk Retention Transferor Amount (as of EOP)

 

  At the date of this statement, Synchrony Bank, as “originator” for the purposes of EU Regulation no. 575/2013 (the “CRR”), currently retains a material net economic interest that is not less than 5% of the nominal value of the securitized exposures, in the form of an originator’s interest as provided in option (b) of Article 405(1) of the CRR and the corresponding provisions of the AIFM Regulation and the Solvency II Regulation (collectively with the CRR, the “EU Risk Retention Regulations”), which such interest is not hedged or otherwise mitigated except to the extent permitted by the EU Risk Retention Regulations. See Section XVIII.ii for a calculation of the Risk Retention Transferor Amount.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Monthly Noteholder’s Statement as of the __th day of ____________.

 

  Synchrony Bank , as Servicer
   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  B- 7  

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
as Issuer

 

CLASS A(20[ ]-[ ]) TERMS DOCUMENT
dated as of [            ]

 

to

 

SYNCHRONYSERIES INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT
dated as of [            ], 2018

 

to

 

INDENTURE
dated as of November 30, 2017

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
as Indenture Trustee

 

     

 

 

Table of Contents 

 

    Page
ARTICLE I Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application 1
     
Section 1.01 Definitions and Interpretive Matters 1
     
Section 1.02 Governing Law 4
     
Section 1.03 Counterparts 4
     
Section 1.04 Ratification of Indenture and Indenture Supplement 4
     
ARTICLE II The Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes 4
     
Section 2.01 Creation and Designation 4
     
Section 2.02 Form of Delivery of Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes; Depository; Denominations 4
     
Section 2.03 Delivery and Payment for the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes 5
     
Section 2.04 Specification of SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount 5
     
Section 2.05 Determination of LIBOR 5
     
Section 2.06 Maximum Delinquency Percentage 6
     
ARTICLE III Allocations, Deposits and Payments 6
     
Section 3.01 Targeted Deposits into the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account[; Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections and Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Interest] 6
     
Section 3.02 Targeted Deposits of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections to the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Note Retirement Sub-Account and the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account[; Application of Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Principal] 7
     
Section 3.03 Withdrawals from Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account 7
     
Section 3.04 Withdrawals from Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account 7
     
Section 3.05 Payments of Interest and Principal 8
     
ARTICLE IV Miscellaneous provisions 8
     
Section 4.01 Limitation of Liability 8

 

     

 

 

THIS CLASS A(20[ ]-[ ]) TERMS DOCUMENT (this “Terms Document”), among the S ynchrony CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Issuer”), having its principal office at c/o Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York state-chartered bank, as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), is made and entered into as of [            ].

 

Pursuant to this Terms Document, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall create a new Tranche of SynchronySeries Class A Notes and shall specify the principal terms thereof.

 

ARTICLE I
Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

 

Section 1.01 Definitions and Interpretive Matters . For all purposes of this Terms Document, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)       All terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement. This Terms Document shall be interpreted in accordance with the conventions set forth in Sections 1.01(a) through (g) of the Indenture.

 

(b)       All terms defined in this Terms Document shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(c)       In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement, the terms and provisions of this Terms Document shall be controlling.

 

(d)       Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate only to the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes and no other Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes issued by the Issuer.

 

(e)       Whenever used in this Terms Document, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms and phrases are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as the neuter genders of such terms:

 

[“ Accumulation Commencement Date ” means [____], 20[_]; provided, however, that if the Accumulation Period Length for the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes is more or less than the Initial Accumulation Period Length for the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes, the Accumulation Commencement Date for the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be the date determined pursuant to the definition of “Accumulation Commencement Date” in the Indenture Supplement.]

 

Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Note ” means any Note, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 to the Indenture Supplement, designated therein as a Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Note and duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the Indenture.

 

     

 

 

Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Noteholder ” means a Person in whose name a Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (a) the Principal Payment Date on which the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes is paid in full, (b) the Legal Maturity Date and (c) the date on which the Indenture is discharged and satisfied pursuant to Article V thereof.

 

Controlled Accumulation Amount ” means $[            ]; provided, however, if the Accumulation Period Length is determined to be more or less than twelve months pursuant to Section 3.11(b)(ii) of the Indenture Supplement, the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Transfer Date with respect to the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be the amount specified in the definition of “Controlled Accumulation Amount” in the Indenture Supplement; provided, further, that the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Monthly Period shall not exceed the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount for the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes minus the amount on deposit in the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account.

 

[“ Derivative Counterparty ” means [            ].]

 

[“ Designated Maturity ” means, for any LIBOR Determination Date, one month.]

 

Indenture ” means the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018, as amended, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

Indenture Supplement ” means the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement, dated as of [            ], 2018, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

Initial Dollar Principal Amount ” means $[            ].

 

Interest Payment Date ” means [            ] and the 15th day of each [month] [April, July, October and January] thereafter, or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day [; provided , however , that if an Early Amortization Event or an Event of Default and acceleration of the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall have occurred, the “Interest Payment Date” shall mean the 15th day of each month thereafter, or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, beginning in the month immediately following the Monthly Period during which such Early Amortization Event or acceleration occurs].

 

Interest Period ” means, with respect to any Interest Payment Date, the period from and including the previous Interest Payment Date (or in the case of the initial Interest Payment Date, from and including the Issuance Date) to but excluding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Issuance Date ” means [            ].

 

Legal Maturity Date ” means [            ].

 

[“ LIBOR ” means, for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate for the period of the Designated Maturity for United States dollar deposits determined by the Indenture Trustee for each Interest Period in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.05; provided that if LIBOR for such Interest Period is less than 0.00%, then LIBOR for such Interest Period shall be deemed to be 0.00%.]

 

    2  

 

  

[“ LIBOR Determination Date ” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the second London Business Day prior to such Interest Period.]

 

[“ London Business Day ” means any day on which dealings in deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.]

 

[“ Monthly Interest Accrual Date ” means, for a Monthly Period in which no Interest Payment Date occurs, [            ].]

 

Note Interest Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to [            ]% [in excess of LIBOR, as determined by the Indenture Trustee on the related LIBOR Determination Date with respect to each Interest Period].

 

Paying Agent ” means [Indenture Trustee].

 

[“ Portfolio Yield ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

Predecessor Note ” means, with respect to any particular Note, every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 of the Indenture in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

 

[“ Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Target ” means, with respect to the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes and any Monthly Period, the Dollar amount of interest that would have accrued on funds in the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account for the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Accrual Period if it had borne interest at a rate per annum equal to [            ]% [in excess of LIBOR, as determined by the Indenture Trustee on the related LIBOR Determination Date with respect to each Interest Period].]

 

[“ Rating Agency Condition ” means [            ].]

 

Record Date ” means, for any Transfer Date for a Monthly Period in which an Interest Payment Date occurs, the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

 

[“ Reference Banks ” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Servicer.]

 

[“ Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

[“ Required Principal Deposit Amount ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

Scheduled Principal Payment Date ” means [            ].

 

    3  

 

  

[“ Spot Exchange Rate ” means [_].]

 

Stated Principal Amount ” means $[            ].

 

[“ SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

[“ SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

Section 1.02 Governing Law . THIS TERMS DOCUMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF).

 

Section 1.03 Counterparts . This Terms Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 1.04 Ratification of Indenture and Indenture Supplement . As supplemented by this Terms Document, each of the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by the Indenture Supplement as so supplemented by this Terms Document shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

 

[END OF ARTICLE I]

 

ARTICLE II
The Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes

 

Section 2.01 Creation and Designation . There is hereby created a Tranche of SynchronySeries Class A Notes to be issued pursuant to the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement to be known as the “SynchronySeries Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes.” [In addition to the conditions precedent specified in Section 3.09 of the Indenture and Section 2.02 of the Indenture Supplement, the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes may only be issued if the following conditions precedent are satisfied [insert additional conditions precedent, if any].]

 

Section 2.02 Form of Delivery of Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes; Depository; Denominations .

 

(a)       The Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall be delivered in the form of a Global Note as provided in Sections 2.02 and 3.01(g) of the Indenture.

 

(b)       The Depository for the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall be The Depository Trust Company, and the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall initially be registered in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee.

 

    4  

 

  

(c)       The Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $100,000.

 

Section 2.03 Delivery and Payment for the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes . The Issuer shall execute and deliver the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes to the Indenture Trustee for authentication, and the Indenture Trustee shall deliver the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes when authenticated, each in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

 

Section 2.04 Specification of SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount . As of the date of this Terms Document, after giving effect to the issuance of the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes but prior to any adjustments pursuant to the terms of the Indenture Supplement, the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount will equal $[            ].

 

Section 2.05 Determination of LIBOR .

 

(a)       [On each LIBOR Determination Date in respect of an Interest Period, the Indenture Trustee shall determine LIBOR on the basis of the rate per annum displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets system as the composite offered rate for London interbank deposits for a period of the Designated Maturity, as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on that date. If that rate does not appear on that display page, LIBOR for that Interest Period will be the rate per annum for a period of the Designated Maturity shown on page “LIBOR01” of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service or such other page as may replace the LIBOR01 page on that service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date; provided that if at least two rates appear on that page, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the displayed rates and if fewer than two rates are displayed, or if no rate is relevant, the rate for that Interest Period shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in United States dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for the period of the Designated Maturity. The Indenture Trustee shall request the principal London office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two (2) such quotations are provided, the rate for that Interest Period shall be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two (2) quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the Servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United States dollars to leading European banks for a period of the Designated Maturity. If LIBOR with respect to a LIBOR Determination Date cannot be determined pursuant to the foregoing, LIBOR with respect to such LIBOR Determination Date will be LIBOR with respect to the immediately prior LIBOR Determination Date.

 

(b)       On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee shall send to the Issuer by facsimile, email or other electronic transmission, notification of LIBOR for the following Interest Period. LIBOR used to calculate the Note Interest Rate for the then current and the immediately preceding Interest Periods may be obtained by telephoning the Indenture Trustee at its corporate trust office at [_____] or such other telephone number as shall be designated by the Indenture Trustee for such purpose.]

 

    5  

 

  

Section 2.06 Maximum Delinquency Percentage . The Maximum Delinquency Percentage for the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes is [            ]%.

 

[END OF ARTICLE II]

 

ARTICLE III
Allocations, Deposits and Payments

 

Section 3.01 Targeted Deposits into the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account[; Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections and Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Interest] .

 

(a)       The amount targeted to be deposited into the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account pursuant to Sections 3.02(b) and 3.03 of the Indenture Supplement shall be the sum of the following:

 

(i)       On the Transfer Date related to each Interest Payment Date, the amount of interest targeted to be deposited in the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account shall be an amount equal to [one-twelfth of] the product of (i) [the Note Interest Rate] [(A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times, (B) the Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period], and (ii) [(A)] the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes determined as of the close of business on the Interest Payment Date preceding the related Transfer Date for the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes [plus (B) any interest due but unpaid on any prior Interest Payment Date]; provided , however , that for the first Interest Payment Date, the amount of interest due with respect to the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall be [$[            ]] [an amount equal to the product of (x) the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes on the Issuance Date, (y) [__] divided by 360 and (z) the Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes determined on [            ]]. [Interest on the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.] [Notwithstanding Section 3.03(d) of the Indenture Supplement, the interest targeted to be deposited in the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account [shall not include interest accrued on any overdue interest][describe alternative calculation of interest on overdue interest.]]

 

(ii)       [Describe payments targeted to be made to the Derivative Counterparty under a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, if any.]

 

(iii)       [Describe any other amounts to be deposited into the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account, if any.]

 

(b)       [On each Note Payment Date, after the Indenture Trustee has made all payments and deposits required to be made pursuant to Sections 3.02(a)-(f) of the Indenture Supplement, the Indenture Trustee shall deposit into the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account an amount equal to [describe additional payments and deposits, if any].]

 

    6  

 

  

(c)       [Describe application of payments received under a Derivative Agreement with interest payable in a Foreign Currency, if any.]

 

Section 3.02 Targeted Deposits of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections to the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Note Retirement Sub-Account and the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account[; Application of Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Principal] .

 

(a)       [Notwithstanding Section 3.11(a) of the Indenture Supplement, with respect to the Monthly Period immediately preceding the Scheduled Principal Payment Date, the deposit targeted for the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will equal [describe alternative deposit targeted for the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes, if any].]

 

(b)       [[In addition to the amounts specified in Section 3.11 of the Indenture Supplement [(as modified by Section 3.02(a) of this Terms Document)], the deposit targeted to be made to the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account includes [describe payments targeted to be made to the Derivative Counterparty under a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for principal, if any.]]

 

(c)       [Describe application of payments received under a Derivative Agreement with principal payable in a Foreign Currency, if any.]

 

Section 3.03 Withdrawals from Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account . On each [Interest Payment Date][specify alternative date], [the interest due on the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes, calculated pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(i) of this Terms Document, will be withdrawn from the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account and remitted to the Paying Agent for distribution pursuant to Section 3.05 of this Terms Document] [describe amounts to be withdrawn from the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account and paid to the Derivative Counterparty, if any].

 

Section 3.04 Withdrawals from Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account .

 

(a)       On each [Principal Payment Date][specify alternative date], [an amount up to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be withdrawn from the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account and remitted to the Paying Agent for distribution pursuant to Section 3.05 of this Terms Document] [describe amounts to be withdrawn from the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account and paid to the Derivative Counterparty, if any].

 

(b)       [No amounts on deposit in the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account will be applied to make principal payments [or [describe any payments to be made pursuant to a Derivative Agreement]] in excess of [describe maximum amount].]

 

    7  

 

  

Section 3.05 Payments of Interest and Principal .

 

(a)       Any installment of interest or principal payable on any Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee on the applicable Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date shall be paid by the Paying Agent to the Person in whose name such Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the Record Date, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such Person’s account as has been designated by written instructions received by the Paying Agent from such Person not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the date of payment or, if no such account has been so designated, by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid to such Person’s address as it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of Cede & Co., payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee.

 

(b)       The right of the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Noteholders to receive payments from the Issuer will terminate on the first Business Day following the Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Termination Date.

 

[END OF ARTICLE III]

 

ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous provisions

 

Section 4.01 Limitation of Liability .

 

(a)       It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this document is executed and delivered by Citibank, N.A., not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of the Issuer, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Citibank, N.A. but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Citibank, N.A., individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (d) Citibank, N.A. has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by the Issuer or any other party in this Agreement, and (e) under no circumstances shall Citibank, N.A. be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this document or any other related documents.

 

(b)       The Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to the same protections and indemnities under this Terms Document that it is entitled to under the Indenture.

 

[END OF ARTICLE IV]

 

    8  

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Terms Document to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
   
  By:   CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee on behalf of the Issuer
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
  as Indenture Trustee
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

SynchronySeries Class A(20[ ]-[ ]) Terms Document

 

     

 

 

Exhibit 4.4

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
as Issuer

 

CLASS B(20[ ]-[ ]) TERMS DOCUMENT
dated as of [            ]

 

to

 

SYNCHRONYSERIES INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT
dated as of [            ], 2018

 

to

 

INDENTURE
dated as of November 30, 2017

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
as Indenture Trustee

 

     

 

 

Table of Contents 

 

Page

   
ARTICLE I Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application 1
     
Section 1.01 Definitions and Interpretive Matters 1
     
Section 1.02 Governing Law 4
     
Section 1.03 Counterparts 4
     
Section 1.04 Ratification of Indenture and Indenture Supplement 4
     
ARTICLE II The Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes 4
     
Section 2.01 Creation and Designation 4
     
Section 2.02 Form of Delivery of Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes; Depository; Denominations 4
     
Section 2.03 Delivery and Payment for the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes 5
     
Section 2.04 Specification of SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount 5
     
Section 2.05 Determination of LIBOR 5
     
Section 2.06 Maximum Delinquency Percentage 6
     
ARTICLE III Allocations, Deposits and Payments 6
     
Section 3.01 Targeted Deposits into the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account[; Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections and Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Interest] 6
     
Section 3.02 Targeted Deposits of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections to the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Note Retirement Sub-Account and the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account[; Application of Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Principal] 7
     
Section 3.03 Withdrawals from Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account 7
     
Section 3.04 Withdrawals from Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account 7
     
Section 3.05 Payments of Interest and Principal 8
     
ARTICLE IV Miscellaneous provisions 8
     
Section 4.01 Limitation of Liability 8

 

     

 

 

THIS CLASS B(20[ ]-[ ]) TERMS DOCUMENT (this “Terms Document”), among the S ynchrony CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Issuer”), having its principal office at c/o Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York state-chartered bank, as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), is made and entered into as of [            ].

 

Pursuant to this Terms Document, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall create a new Tranche of SynchronySeries Class B Notes and shall specify the principal terms thereof.

 

ARTICLE I
Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

 

Section 1.01 Definitions and Interpretive Matters . For all purposes of this Terms Document, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)       All terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement. This Terms Document shall be interpreted in accordance with the conventions set forth in Sections 1.01(a) through (g) of the Indenture.

 

(b)       All terms defined in this Terms Document shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(c)       In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement, the terms and provisions of this Terms Document shall be controlling.

 

(d)       Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate only to the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes and no other Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes issued by the Issuer.

 

(e)       Whenever used in this Terms Document, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms and phrases are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as the neuter genders of such terms:

 

[“ Accumulation Commencement Date ” means [____], 20[_]; provided, however, that if the Accumulation Period Length for the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes is more or less than the Initial Accumulation Period Length for the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes, the Accumulation Commencement Date for the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be the date determined pursuant to the definition of “Accumulation Commencement Date” in the Indenture Supplement.]

 

Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Note ” means any Note, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 to the Indenture Supplement, designated therein as a Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Note and duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the Indenture.

 

     

 

 

Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Noteholder ” means a Person in whose name a Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (a) the Principal Payment Date on which the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes is paid in full, (b) the Legal Maturity Date and (c) the date on which the Indenture is discharged and satisfied pursuant to Article V thereof.

 

Controlled Accumulation Amount ” means $[            ]; provided, however, if the Accumulation Period Length is determined to be more or less than twelve months pursuant to Section 3.11(b)(ii) of the Indenture Supplement, the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Transfer Date with respect to the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be the amount specified in the definition of “Controlled Accumulation Amount” in the Indenture Supplement; provided, further, that the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Monthly Period shall not exceed the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount for the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes minus the amount on deposit in the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account.

 

[“ Derivative Counterparty ” means [            ].]

 

[“ Designated Maturity ” means, for any LIBOR Determination Date, one month.]

 

Indenture ” means the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018, as amended, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

Indenture Supplement ” means the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement, dated as of [            ], 2018, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

Initial Dollar Principal Amount ” means $[            ].

 

Interest Payment Date ” means [            ] and the 15th day of each [month] [April, July, October and January] thereafter, or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day [; provided , however , that if an Early Amortization Event or an Event of Default and acceleration of the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall have occurred, the “Interest Payment Date” shall mean the 15th day of each month thereafter, or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, beginning in the month immediately following the Monthly Period during which such Early Amortization Event or acceleration occurs].

 

Interest Period ” means, with respect to any Interest Payment Date, the period from and including the previous Interest Payment Date (or in the case of the initial Interest Payment Date, from and including the Issuance Date) to but excluding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Issuance Date ” means [            ].

 

Legal Maturity Date ” means [            ].

 

[“ LIBOR ” means, for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate for the period of the Designated Maturity for United States dollar deposits determined by the Indenture Trustee for each Interest Period in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.05; provided that if LIBOR for such Interest Period is less than 0.00%, then LIBOR for such Interest Period shall be deemed to be 0.00%.]

 

    2  

 

  

[“ LIBOR Determination Date ” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the second London Business Day prior to such Interest Period.]

 

[“ London Business Day ” means any day on which dealings in deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.]

 

[“ Monthly Interest Accrual Date ” means, for a Monthly Period in which no Interest Payment Date occurs, [            ].]

 

Note Interest Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to [            ]% [in excess of LIBOR, as determined by the Indenture Trustee on the related LIBOR Determination Date with respect to each Interest Period].

 

Paying Agent ” means [Indenture Trustee].

 

[“ Portfolio Yield ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

Predecessor Note ” means, with respect to any particular Note, every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 of the Indenture in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

 

[“ Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Target ” means, with respect to the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes and any Monthly Period, the Dollar amount of interest that would have accrued on funds in the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account for the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Accrual Period if it had borne interest at a rate per annum equal to [            ]% [in excess of LIBOR, as determined by the Indenture Trustee on the related LIBOR Determination Date with respect to each Interest Period].]

 

[“ Rating Agency Condition ” means [            ].]

 

Record Date ” means, for any Transfer Date for a Monthly Period in which an Interest Payment Date occurs, the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

 

[“ Reference Banks ” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Servicer.]

 

[“ Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

[“ Required Principal Deposit Amount ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

Scheduled Principal Payment Date ” means [            ].

 

    3  

 

  

[“ Spot Exchange Rate ” means [_].]

 

Stated Principal Amount ” means $[            ].

 

[“ SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

[“ SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

Section 1.02 Governing Law . THIS TERMS DOCUMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF).

 

Section 1.03 Counterparts . This Terms Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 1.04 Ratification of Indenture and Indenture Supplement . As supplemented by this Terms Document, each of the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by the Indenture Supplement as so supplemented by this Terms Document shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

 

[END OF ARTICLE I]

 

ARTICLE II
The Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes

 

Section 2.01 Creation and Designation . There is hereby created a Tranche of SynchronySeries Class B Notes to be issued pursuant to the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement to be known as the “SynchronySeries Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes.” [In addition to the conditions precedent specified in Section 3.09 of the Indenture and Section 2.02 of the Indenture Supplement, the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes may only be issued if the following conditions precedent are satisfied [insert additional conditions precedent, if any].]

 

Section 2.02 Form of Delivery of Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes; Depository; Denominations .

 

(a)       The Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall be delivered in the form of a Global Note as provided in Sections 2.02 and 3.01(g) of the Indenture.

 

(b)       The Depository for the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall be The Depository Trust Company, and the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall initially be registered in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee.

 

    4  

 

  

(c)       The Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $100,000.

 

Section 2.03 Delivery and Payment for the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes . The Issuer shall execute and deliver the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes to the Indenture Trustee for authentication, and the Indenture Trustee shall deliver the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes when authenticated, each in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

 

Section 2.04 Specification of SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount . As of the date of this Terms Document, after giving effect to the issuance of the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes but prior to any adjustments pursuant to the terms of the Indenture Supplement, the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount will equal $[            ].

 

Section 2.05 [ Determination of LIBOR .

 

(a)       On each LIBOR Determination Date in respect of an Interest Period, the Indenture Trustee shall determine LIBOR on the basis of the rate per annum displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets system as the composite offered rate for London interbank deposits for a period of the Designated Maturity, as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on that date. If that rate does not appear on that display page, LIBOR for that Interest Period will be the rate per annum for a period of the Designated Maturity shown on page “LIBOR01” of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service or such other page as may replace the LIBOR01 page on that service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date; provided that if at least two rates appear on that page, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the displayed rates and if fewer than two rates are displayed, or if no rate is relevant, the rate for that Interest Period shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in United States dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for the period of the Designated Maturity. The Indenture Trustee shall request the principal London office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two (2) such quotations are provided, the rate for that Interest Period shall be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two (2) quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the Servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United States dollars to leading European banks for a period of the Designated Maturity. If LIBOR with respect to a LIBOR Determination Date cannot be determined pursuant to the foregoing, LIBOR with respect to such LIBOR Determination Date will be LIBOR with respect to the immediately prior LIBOR Determination Date.

 

(b)       On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee shall send to the Issuer by facsimile, email or other electronic transmission, notification of LIBOR for the following Interest Period. LIBOR used to calculate the Note Interest Rate for the then current and the immediately preceding Interest Periods may be obtained by telephoning the Indenture Trustee at its corporate trust office at [_____] or such other telephone number as shall be designated by the Indenture Trustee for such purpose.]

 

    5  

 

  

Section 2.06 Maximum Delinquency Percentage . The Maximum Delinquency Percentage for the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes is [            ]%.

 

[END OF ARTICLE II]

 

ARTICLE III
Allocations, Deposits and Payments

 

Section 3.01 Targeted Deposits into the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account[; Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections and Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Interest] .

 

(a)       The amount targeted to be deposited into the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account pursuant to Sections 3.02(b) and 3.03 of the Indenture Supplement shall be the sum of the following:

 

(i)       On the Transfer Date related to each Interest Payment Date, the amount of interest targeted to be deposited in the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account shall be an amount equal to [one-twelfth of] the product of (i) [the Note Interest Rate] [(A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times, (B) the Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period], and (ii) [(A)] the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes determined as of the close of business on the Interest Payment Date preceding the related Transfer Date for the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes [plus (B) any interest due but unpaid on any prior Interest Payment Date]; provided , however , that for the first Interest Payment Date, the amount of interest due with respect to the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall be [$[            ]] [an amount equal to the product of (x) the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes on the Issuance Date, (y) [__] divided by 360 and (z) the Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes determined on [            ]]. [Interest on the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.] [Notwithstanding Section 3.03(d) of the Indenture Supplement, the interest targeted to be deposited in the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account [shall not include interest accrued on any overdue interest][describe alternative calculation of interest on overdue interest.]]

 

(ii)       [Describe payments targeted to be made to the Derivative Counterparty under a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, if any.]

 

(iii)       [Describe any other amounts to be deposited into the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account, if any.]

 

(b)       [On each Note Payment Date, after the Indenture Trustee has made all payments and deposits required to be made pursuant to Sections 3.02(a)-(f) of the Indenture Supplement, the Indenture Trustee shall deposit into the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account an amount equal to [describe additional payments and deposits, if any].]

 

    6  

 

  

(c)       [Describe application of payments received under a Derivative Agreement with interest payable in a Foreign Currency, if any.]

 

Section 3.02 Targeted Deposits of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections to the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Note Retirement Sub-Account and the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account[; Application of Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Principal] .

 

(a)       [Notwithstanding Section 3.11(a) of the Indenture Supplement, with respect to the Monthly Period immediately preceding the Scheduled Principal Payment Date, the deposit targeted for the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will equal [describe alternative deposit targeted for the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes, if any].]

 

(b)       [[In addition to the amounts specified in Section 3.11 of the Indenture Supplement [(as modified by Section 3.02(a) of this Terms Document)], the deposit targeted to be made to the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account includes [describe payments targeted to be made to the Derivative Counterparty under a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for principal, if any.]]

 

(c)       [Describe application of payments received under a Derivative Agreement with principal payable in a Foreign Currency, if any.]

 

Section 3.03 Withdrawals from Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account . On each [Interest Payment Date][specify alternative date], [the interest due on the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes, calculated pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(i) of this Terms Document, will be withdrawn from the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account and remitted to the Paying Agent for distribution pursuant to Section 3.05 of this Terms Document] [describe amounts to be withdrawn from the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account and paid to the Derivative Counterparty, if any].

 

Section 3.04 Withdrawals from Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account .

 

(a)       On each [Principal Payment Date][specify alternative date], [an amount up to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be withdrawn from the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account and remitted to the Paying Agent for distribution pursuant to Section 3.05 of this Terms Document] [describe amounts to be withdrawn from the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account and paid to the Derivative Counterparty, if any].

 

(b)       [No amounts on deposit in the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account will be applied to make principal payments [or [describe any payments to be made pursuant to a Derivative Agreement]] in excess of [describe maximum amount].]

 

    7  

 

  

Section 3.05 Payments of Interest and Principal .

 

(a)       Any installment of interest or principal payable on any Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee on the applicable Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date shall be paid by the Paying Agent to the Person in whose name such Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the Record Date, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such Person’s account as has been designated by written instructions received by the Paying Agent from such Person not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the date of payment or, if no such account has been so designated, by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid to such Person’s address as it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of Cede & Co., payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee.

 

(b)       The right of the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Noteholders to receive payments from the Issuer will terminate on the first Business Day following the Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Termination Date.

 

[END OF ARTICLE III]

 

ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous provisions

 

Section 4.01 Limitation of Liability .

 

(a)       It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this document is executed and delivered by Citibank, N.A., not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of the Issuer, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Citibank, N.A. but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Citibank, N.A., individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (d) Citibank, N.A. has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by the Issuer or any other party in this Agreement, and (e) under no circumstances shall Citibank, N.A. be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this document or any other related documents.

 

(b)       The Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to the same protections and indemnities under this Terms Document that it is entitled to under the Indenture.

 

[END OF ARTICLE IV]

 

    8  

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Terms Document to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
   
  By:   CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee on behalf of the Issuer
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
  as Indenture Trustee
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

SynchronySeries Class B(20[ ]-[ ]) Terms Document

 

     

 

 

Exhibit 4.5

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
as Issuer

 

CLASS C(20[ ]-[ ]) TERMS DOCUMENT
dated as of [            ]

 

to

 

SYNCHRONYSERIES INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT
dated as of [            ], 2018

 

to

 

INDENTURE
dated as of November 30, 2017

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
as Indenture Trustee

 

     

 

 

Table of Contents 

 

Page

   
ARTICLE I Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application 1
     
Section 1.01 Definitions and Interpretive Matters 1
     
Section 1.02 Governing Law 4
     
Section 1.03 Counterparts 4
     
Section 1.04 Ratification of Indenture and Indenture Supplement 4
     
ARTICLE II The Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes 4
     
Section 2.01 Creation and Designation 4
     
Section 2.02 Form of Delivery of Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes; Depository; Denominations 4
     
Section 2.03 Delivery and Payment for the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes 5
     
Section 2.04 Specification of SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount 5
     
Section 2.05 Determination of LIBOR 5
     
Section 2.06 Maximum Delinquency Percentage 6
     
ARTICLE III Allocations, Deposits and Payments 6
     
Section 3.01 Targeted Deposits into the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account[; Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections and Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Interest] 6
     
Section 3.02 Targeted Deposits of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections to the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Note Retirement Sub-Account and the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account[; Application of Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Principal] 7
     
Section 3.03 Withdrawals from Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account 7
     
Section 3.04 Withdrawals from Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account 7
     
Section 3.05 Payments of Interest and Principal 8
     
ARTICLE IV Miscellaneous provisions 8
     
Section 4.01 Limitation of Liability 8

 

     

 

 

THIS CLASS C(20[ ]-[ ]) TERMS DOCUMENT (this “Terms Document”), among the S ynchrony CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Issuer”), having its principal office at c/o Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York state-chartered bank, as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), is made and entered into as of [            ].

 

Pursuant to this Terms Document, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall create a new Tranche of SynchronySeries Class C Notes and shall specify the principal terms thereof.

 

ARTICLE I
Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

 

Section 1.01 Definitions and Interpretive Matters . For all purposes of this Terms Document, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)       All terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement. This Terms Document shall be interpreted in accordance with the conventions set forth in Sections 1.01(a) through (g) of the Indenture.

 

(b)       All terms defined in this Terms Document shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(c)       In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement, the terms and provisions of this Terms Document shall be controlling.

 

(d)       Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate only to the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes and no other Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes issued by the Issuer.

 

(e)       Whenever used in this Terms Document, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms and phrases are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as the neuter genders of such terms:

 

[“ Accumulation Commencement Date ” means [____], 20[_]; provided, however, that if the Accumulation Period Length for the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes is more or less than the Initial Accumulation Period Length for the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes, the Accumulation Commencement Date for the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be the date determined pursuant to the definition of “Accumulation Commencement Date” in the Indenture Supplement.]

 

Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Note ” means any Note, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-3 to the Indenture Supplement, designated therein as a Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Note and duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the Indenture.

 

     

 

 

Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Noteholder ” means a Person in whose name a Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (a) the Principal Payment Date on which the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes is paid in full, (b) the Legal Maturity Date and (c) the date on which the Indenture is discharged and satisfied pursuant to Article V thereof.

 

Controlled Accumulation Amount ” means $[            ]; provided, however, if the Accumulation Period Length is determined to be more or less than twelve months pursuant to Section 3.11(b)(ii) of the Indenture Supplement, the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Transfer Date with respect to the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be the amount specified in the definition of “Controlled Accumulation Amount” in the Indenture Supplement; provided, further, that the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Monthly Period shall not exceed the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount for the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes minus the amount on deposit in the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account.

 

[“ Derivative Counterparty ” means [            ].]

 

[“ Designated Maturity ” means, for any LIBOR Determination Date, one month.]

 

Indenture ” means the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018, as amended, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

Indenture Supplement ” means the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement, dated as of [            ], 2018, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

Initial Dollar Principal Amount ” means $[            ].

 

Interest Payment Date ” means [            ] and the 15th day of each [month] [April, July, October and January] thereafter, or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day [; provided , however , that if an Early Amortization Event or an Event of Default and acceleration of the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall have occurred, the “Interest Payment Date” shall mean the 15th day of each month thereafter, or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, beginning in the month immediately following the Monthly Period during which such Early Amortization Event or acceleration occurs].

 

Interest Period ” means, with respect to any Interest Payment Date, the period from and including the previous Interest Payment Date (or in the case of the initial Interest Payment Date, from and including the Issuance Date) to but excluding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Issuance Date ” means [            ].

 

Legal Maturity Date ” means [            ].

 

[“ LIBOR ” means, for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate for the period of the Designated Maturity for United States dollar deposits determined by the Indenture Trustee for each Interest Period in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.05; provided that if LIBOR for such Interest Period is less than 0.00%, then LIBOR for such Interest Period shall be deemed to be 0.00%.]

 

    2  

 

  

[“ LIBOR Determination Date ” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the second London Business Day prior to such Interest Period.]

 

[“ London Business Day ” means any day on which dealings in deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.]

 

[“ Monthly Interest Accrual Date ” means, for a Monthly Period in which no Interest Payment Date occurs, [            ].]

 

Note Interest Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to [            ]% [in excess of LIBOR, as determined by the Indenture Trustee on the related LIBOR Determination Date with respect to each Interest Period].

 

Paying Agent ” means [Indenture Trustee].

 

[“ Portfolio Yield ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

Predecessor Note ” means, with respect to any particular Note, every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 of the Indenture in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

 

[“ Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Target ” means, with respect to the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes and any Monthly Period, the Dollar amount of interest that would have accrued on funds in the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account for the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Accrual Period if it had borne interest at a rate per annum equal to [            ]% [in excess of LIBOR, as determined by the Indenture Trustee on the related LIBOR Determination Date with respect to each Interest Period].]

 

[“ Rating Agency Condition ” means [            ].]

 

Record Date ” means, for any Transfer Date for a Monthly Period in which an Interest Payment Date occurs, the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

 

[“ Reference Banks ” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Servicer.]

 

[“ Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

[“ Required Principal Deposit Amount ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

Scheduled Principal Payment Date ” means [            ].

 

    3  

 

  

[“ Spot Exchange Rate ” means [_].]

 

Stated Principal Amount ” means $[            ].

 

[“ SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

[“ SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

Section 1.02 Governing Law . THIS TERMS DOCUMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF).

 

Section 1.03 Counterparts . This Terms Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 1.04 Ratification of Indenture and Indenture Supplement . As supplemented by this Terms Document, each of the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by the Indenture Supplement as so supplemented by this Terms Document shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

 

[END OF ARTICLE I]

 

ARTICLE II
The Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes

 

Section 2.01 Creation and Designation . There is hereby created a Tranche of SynchronySeries Class C Notes to be issued pursuant to the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement to be known as the “SynchronySeries Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes.” [In addition to the conditions precedent specified in Section 3.09 of the Indenture and Section 2.02 of the Indenture Supplement, the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes may only be issued if the following conditions precedent are satisfied [insert additional conditions precedent, if any].]

 

Section 2.02 Form of Delivery of Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes; Depository; Denominations .

 

(a)       The Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall be delivered in the form of a Global Note as provided in Sections 2.02 and 3.01(g) of the Indenture.

 

(b)       The Depository for the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall be The Depository Trust Company, and the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall initially be registered in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee.

 

    4  

 

  

(c)       The Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $100,000.

 

Section 2.03 Delivery and Payment for the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes . The Issuer shall execute and deliver the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes to the Indenture Trustee for authentication, and the Indenture Trustee shall deliver the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes when authenticated, each in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

 

Section 2.04 Specification of SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount . As of the date of this Terms Document, after giving effect to the issuance of the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes but prior to any adjustments pursuant to the terms of the Indenture Supplement, the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount will equal $[            ].

 

Section 2.05 Determination of LIBOR .

 

(a)       [On each LIBOR Determination Date in respect of an Interest Period, the Indenture Trustee shall determine LIBOR on the basis of the rate per annum displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets system as the composite offered rate for London interbank deposits for a period of the Designated Maturity, as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on that date. If that rate does not appear on that display page, LIBOR for that Interest Period will be the rate per annum for a period of the Designated Maturity shown on page “LIBOR01” of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service or such other page as may replace the LIBOR01 page on that service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date; provided that if at least two rates appear on that page, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the displayed rates and if fewer than two rates are displayed, or if no rate is relevant, the rate for that Interest Period shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in United States dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for the period of the Designated Maturity. The Indenture Trustee shall request the principal London office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two (2) such quotations are provided, the rate for that Interest Period shall be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two (2) quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the Servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United States dollars to leading European banks for a period of the Designated Maturity. If LIBOR with respect to a LIBOR Determination Date cannot be determined pursuant to the foregoing, LIBOR with respect to such LIBOR Determination Date will be LIBOR with respect to the immediately prior LIBOR Determination Date.

 

(b)       On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee shall send to the Issuer by facsimile, email or other electronic transmission, notification of LIBOR for the following Interest Period. LIBOR used to calculate the Note Interest Rate for the then current and the immediately preceding Interest Periods may be obtained by telephoning the Indenture Trustee at its corporate trust office at [_____] or such other telephone number as shall be designated by the Indenture Trustee for such purpose.]

 

    5  

 

  

Section 2.06 Maximum Delinquency Percentage . The Maximum Delinquency Percentage for the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes is [            ]%.

 

[END OF ARTICLE II]

 

ARTICLE III
Allocations, Deposits and Payments

 

Section 3.01 Targeted Deposits into the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account[; Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections and Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Interest] .

 

(a)       The amount targeted to be deposited into the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account pursuant to Sections 3.02(b) and 3.03 of the Indenture Supplement shall be the sum of the following:

 

(i)       On the Transfer Date related to each Interest Payment Date, the amount of interest targeted to be deposited in the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account shall be an amount equal to [one-twelfth of] the product of (i) [the Note Interest Rate] [(A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times, (B) the Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period], and (ii) [(A)] the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes determined as of the close of business on the Interest Payment Date preceding the related Transfer Date for the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes [plus (B) any interest due but unpaid on any prior Interest Payment Date]; provided , however , that for the first Interest Payment Date, the amount of interest due with respect to the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall be [$[            ]] [an amount equal to the product of (x) the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes on the Issuance Date, (y) [__] divided by 360 and (z) the Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes determined on [            ]]. [Interest on the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.] [Notwithstanding Section 3.03(d) of the Indenture Supplement, the interest targeted to be deposited in the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account [shall not include interest accrued on any overdue interest][describe alternative calculation of interest on overdue interest.]]

 

(ii)       [Describe payments targeted to be made to the Derivative Counterparty under a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, if any.]

 

(iii)       [Describe any other amounts to be deposited into the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account, if any.]

 

(b)       [On each Note Payment Date, after the Indenture Trustee has made all payments and deposits required to be made pursuant to Sections 3.02(a)-(f) of the Indenture Supplement, the Indenture Trustee shall deposit into the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account an amount equal to [describe additional payments and deposits, if any].]

 

    6  

 

  

(c)       [Describe application of payments received under a Derivative Agreement with interest payable in a Foreign Currency, if any.]

 

Section 3.02 Targeted Deposits of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections to the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Note Retirement Sub-Account and the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account[; Application of Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Principal] .

 

(a)       [Notwithstanding Section 3.11(a) of the Indenture Supplement, with respect to the Monthly Period immediately preceding the Scheduled Principal Payment Date, the deposit targeted for the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will equal [describe alternative deposit targeted for the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes, if any].]

 

(b)       [[In addition to the amounts specified in Section 3.11 of the Indenture Supplement [(as modified by Section 3.02(a) of this Terms Document)], the deposit targeted to be made to the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account includes [describe payments targeted to be made to the Derivative Counterparty under a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for principal, if any.]]

 

(c)       [Describe application of payments received under a Derivative Agreement with principal payable in a Foreign Currency, if any.]

 

Section 3.03 Withdrawals from Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account . On each [Interest Payment Date][specify alternative date], [the interest due on the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes, calculated pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(i) of this Terms Document, will be withdrawn from the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account and remitted to the Paying Agent for distribution pursuant to Section 3.05 of this Terms Document] [describe amounts to be withdrawn from the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account and paid to the Derivative Counterparty, if any].

 

Section 3.04 Withdrawals from Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account .

 

(a)       On each [Principal Payment Date][specify alternative date], [an amount up to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be withdrawn from the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account and remitted to the Paying Agent for distribution pursuant to Section 3.05 of this Terms Document] [describe amounts to be withdrawn from the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account and paid to the Derivative Counterparty, if any].

 

(b)       [No amounts on deposit in the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account will be applied to make principal payments [or [describe any payments to be made pursuant to a Derivative Agreement]] in excess of [describe maximum amount].]

 

    7  

 

  

Section 3.05 Payments of Interest and Principal .

 

(a)       Any installment of interest or principal payable on any Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee on the applicable Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date shall be paid by the Paying Agent to the Person in whose name such Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the Record Date, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such Person’s account as has been designated by written instructions received by the Paying Agent from such Person not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the date of payment or, if no such account has been so designated, by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid to such Person’s address as it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of Cede & Co., payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee.

 

(b)       The right of the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Noteholders to receive payments from the Issuer will terminate on the first Business Day following the Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Termination Date.

 

[END OF ARTICLE III]

 

ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous provisions

 

Section 4.01 Limitation of Liability .

 

(a)       It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this document is executed and delivered by Citibank, N.A., not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of the Issuer, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Citibank, N.A. but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Citibank, N.A., individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (d) Citibank, N.A. has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by the Issuer or any other party in this Agreement, and (e) under no circumstances shall Citibank, N.A. be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this document or any other related documents.

 

(b)       The Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to the same protections and indemnities under this Terms Document that it is entitled to under the Indenture.

 

[END OF ARTICLE IV]

 

    8  

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Terms Document to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
   
  By:   CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee on behalf of the Issuer
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
  as Indenture Trustee
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

SynchronySeries Class C(20[ ]-[ ]) Terms Document

 

     

 

 

Exhibit 4.6

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
as Issuer

 

CLASS D(20[ ]-[ ]) TERMS DOCUMENT
dated as of [            ]

 

to

 

SYNCHRONYSERIES INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT
dated as of [            ], 2018

 

to

 

INDENTURE
dated as of November 30, 2017

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
as Indenture Trustee

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents 

 

Page

   
ARTICLE I Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application 1
     
Section 1.01 Definitions and Interpretive Matters 1
     
Section 1.02 Governing Law 4
     
Section 1.03 Counterparts 4
     
Section 1.04 Ratification of Indenture and Indenture Supplement 4
     
ARTICLE II The Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes 4
     
Section 2.01 Creation and Designation 4
     
Section 2.02 Form of Delivery of Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes; Depository; Denominations 4
     
Section 2.03 Delivery and Payment for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes 5
     
Section 2.04 Specification of SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount 5
     
Section 2.05 Determination of LIBOR 5
     
Section 2.06 Maximum Delinquency Percentage 6
     
ARTICLE III Allocations, Deposits and Payments 6
     
Section 3.01 Targeted Deposits into the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account[; Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections and Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Interest] 6
     
Section 3.02 Targeted Deposits of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections to the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Note Retirement Sub-Account and the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account[; Application of Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Principal] 7
     
Section 3.03 Withdrawals from Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account 7
     
Section 3.04 Withdrawals from Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account 7
     
Section 3.05 Payments of Interest and Principal 8
     
Section 3.06 [Targeted Deposit to be on Deposit in the Class D Reserve Sub-Account] 8
     
ARTICLE IV Miscellaneous provisions 9
     
Section 4.01 Limitation of Liability 9

 

 

 

 

THIS CLASS D(20[ ]-[ ]) TERMS DOCUMENT (this “Terms Document”), among the S ynchrony CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Issuer”), having its principal office at c/o Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York state-chartered bank, as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), is made and entered into as of [            ].

 

Pursuant to this Terms Document, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall create a new Tranche of SynchronySeries Class D Notes and shall specify the principal terms thereof.

 

ARTICLE I
Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

 

Section 1.01 Definitions and Interpretive Matters . For all purposes of this Terms Document, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)       All terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement. This Terms Document shall be interpreted in accordance with the conventions set forth in Sections 1.01(a) through (g) of the Indenture.

 

(b)       All terms defined in this Terms Document shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(c)       In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement, the terms and provisions of this Terms Document shall be controlling.

 

(d)       Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate only to the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes and no other Tranche of SynchronySeries Notes issued by the Issuer.

 

(e)       Whenever used in this Terms Document, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms and phrases are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as the neuter genders of such terms:

 

[“ Accumulation Commencement Date ” means [____], 20[_]; provided, however, that if the Accumulation Period Length for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes is more or less than the Initial Accumulation Period Length for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes, the Accumulation Commencement Date for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be the date determined pursuant to the definition of “Accumulation Commencement Date” in the Indenture Supplement.]

 

[“ Class D Reserve Account Percentage ” means, for any Monthly Period, [[ ]%.][ (i) if the Excess Spread Percentage for such Monthly Period is greater than or equal to [ ]%, [ ]%, (ii) if the Excess Spread Percentage for such Monthly Period is greater than or equal to [ ]%, [ ]%, or (iii) if the Excess Spread Percentage for such Monthly Period is greater than or equal to [ ]%, [ ]%.]]

  

 

 

 

Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Note ” means any Note, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-4 to the Indenture Supplement, designated therein as a Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Note and duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the Indenture.

 

Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Noteholder ” means a Person in whose name a Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (a) the Principal Payment Date on which the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes is paid in full, (b) the Legal Maturity Date and (c) the date on which the Indenture is discharged and satisfied pursuant to Article V thereof.

 

Controlled Accumulation Amount ” means $[            ]; provided, however, if the Accumulation Period Length is determined to be more or less than twelve months pursuant to Section 3.11(b)(ii) of the Indenture Supplement, the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Transfer Date with respect to the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be the amount specified in the definition of “Controlled Accumulation Amount” in the Indenture Supplement; provided, further, that the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Monthly Period shall not exceed the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes minus the amount on deposit in the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account.

 

[“ Derivative Counterparty ” means [            ].]

 

[“ Designated Maturity ” means, for any LIBOR Determination Date, one month.]

 

Indenture ” means the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018, as amended, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

Indenture Supplement ” means the SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement, dated as of [            ], 2018, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

Initial Dollar Principal Amount ” means $[            ].

 

Interest Payment Date ” means [            ] and the 15th day of each [month] [April, July, October and January] thereafter, or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day [; provided , however , that if an Early Amortization Event or an Event of Default and acceleration of the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall have occurred, the “Interest Payment Date” shall mean the 15th day of each month thereafter, or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, beginning in the month immediately following the Monthly Period during which such Early Amortization Event or acceleration occurs].

 

Interest Period ” means, with respect to any Interest Payment Date, the period from and including the previous Interest Payment Date (or in the case of the initial Interest Payment Date, from and including the Issuance Date) to but excluding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Issuance Date ” means [            ].

 

Legal Maturity Date ” means [            ].

  

  2  

 

 

[“ LIBOR ” means, for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate for the period of the Designated Maturity for United States dollar deposits determined by the Indenture Trustee for each Interest Period in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.05; provided that if LIBOR for such Interest Period is less than 0.00%, then LIBOR for such Interest Period shall be deemed to be 0.00%.]

 

[“ LIBOR Determination Date ” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the second London Business Day prior to such Interest Period.]

 

[“ London Business Day ” means any day on which dealings in deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.]

 

[“ Monthly Interest Accrual Date ” means, for a Monthly Period in which no Interest Payment Date occurs, [            ].]

 

Note Interest Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to [            ]% [in excess of LIBOR, as determined by the Indenture Trustee on the related LIBOR Determination Date with respect to each Interest Period].

 

Paying Agent ” means [Indenture Trustee].

 

[“ Portfolio Yield ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

Predecessor Note ” means, with respect to any particular Note, every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 of the Indenture in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

 

[“ Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Target ” means, with respect to the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes and any Monthly Period, the Dollar amount of interest that would have accrued on funds in the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account for the applicable Principal Funding Sub-Account Earnings Accrual Period if it had borne interest at a rate per annum equal to [            ]% [in excess of LIBOR, as determined by the Indenture Trustee on the related LIBOR Determination Date with respect to each Interest Period].]

 

[“ Rating Agency Condition ” means [            ].]

 

Record Date ” means, for any Transfer Date for a Monthly Period in which an Interest Payment Date occurs, the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

 

[“ Reference Banks ” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Servicer.]

 

[“ Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

  

  3  

 

  

[“ Required Principal Deposit Amount ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

Scheduled Principal Payment Date ” means [            ].

 

[“ Spot Exchange Rate ” means [_].]

 

Stated Principal Amount ” means $[            ].

 

[“ SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

[“ SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections ” has the meaning specified in the Indenture Supplement plus [            ].]

 

Section 1.02 Governing Law . THIS TERMS DOCUMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF).

 

Section 1.03 Counterparts . This Terms Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 1.04 Ratification of Indenture and Indenture Supplement . As supplemented by this Terms Document, each of the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by the Indenture Supplement as so supplemented by this Terms Document shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

 

[END OF ARTICLE I]

 

ARTICLE II
The Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes

 

Section 2.01 Creation and Designation . There is hereby created a Tranche of SynchronySeries Class D Notes to be issued pursuant to the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement to be known as the “SynchronySeries Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes.” [In addition to the conditions precedent specified in Section 3.09 of the Indenture and Section 2.02 of the Indenture Supplement, the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes may only be issued if the following conditions precedent are satisfied [insert additional conditions precedent, if any].]

 

Section 2.02 Form of Delivery of Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes; Depository; Denominations .

  

  4  

 

 

(a)       The Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall be delivered in the form of a Global Note as provided in Sections 2.02 and 3.01(g) of the Indenture.

 

(b)       The Depository for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall be The Depository Trust Company, and the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall initially be registered in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee.

 

(c)       The Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $100,000.

 

Section 2.03 Delivery and Payment for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes . The Issuer shall execute and deliver the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes to the Indenture Trustee for authentication, and the Indenture Trustee shall deliver the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes when authenticated, each in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture.

 

Section 2.04 Specification of SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount . As of the date of this Terms Document, after giving effect to the issuance of the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes but prior to any adjustments pursuant to the terms of the Indenture Supplement, the SynchronySeries Subordinated Transferor Amount will equal $[            ].

 

Section 2.05 Determination of LIBOR .

 

(a)       [On each LIBOR Determination Date in respect of an Interest Period, the Indenture Trustee shall determine LIBOR on the basis of the rate per annum displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets system as the composite offered rate for London interbank deposits for a period of the Designated Maturity, as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on that date. If that rate does not appear on that display page, LIBOR for that Interest Period will be the rate per annum for a period of the Designated Maturity shown on page “LIBOR01” of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service or such other page as may replace the LIBOR01 page on that service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date; provided that if at least two rates appear on that page, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the displayed rates and if fewer than two rates are displayed, or if no rate is relevant, the rate for that Interest Period shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in United States dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for the period of the Designated Maturity. The Indenture Trustee shall request the principal London office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two (2) such quotations are provided, the rate for that Interest Period shall be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two (2) quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the Servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United States dollars to leading European banks for a period of the Designated Maturity. If LIBOR with respect to a LIBOR Determination Date cannot be determined pursuant to the foregoing, LIBOR with respect to such LIBOR Determination Date will be LIBOR with respect to the immediately prior LIBOR Determination Date.

 

  5  

 

  

(b)       On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee shall send to the Issuer by facsimile, email or other electronic transmission, notification of LIBOR for the following Interest Period. LIBOR used to calculate the Note Interest Rate for the then current and the immediately preceding Interest Periods may be obtained by telephoning the Indenture Trustee at its corporate trust office at [_____] or such other telephone number as shall be designated by the Indenture Trustee for such purpose.]

 

Section 2.06 Maximum Delinquency Percentage . The Maximum Delinquency Percentage for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes is [            ]%.

 

[END OF ARTICLE II]

 

ARTICLE III
Allocations, Deposits and Payments

 

Section 3.01 Targeted Deposits into the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account[; Application of SynchronySeries Available Finance Charge Collections and Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Interest] .

 

(a)       The amount targeted to be deposited into the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account pursuant to Sections 3.02(b) and 3.03 of the Indenture Supplement shall be the sum of the following:

 

(i)       On the Transfer Date related to each Interest Payment Date, the amount of interest targeted to be deposited in the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account shall be an amount equal to [one-twelfth of] the product of (i) [the Note Interest Rate] [(A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times, (B) the Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period], and (ii) [(A)] the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes determined as of the close of business on the Interest Payment Date preceding the related Transfer Date for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes [plus (B) any interest due but unpaid on any prior Interest Payment Date]; provided , however , that for the first Interest Payment Date, the amount of interest due with respect to the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes shall be [$[            ]] [an amount equal to the product of (x) the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes on the Issuance Date, (y) [__] divided by 360 and (z) the Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes determined on [            ]]. [Interest on the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.] [Notwithstanding Section 3.03(d) of the Indenture Supplement, the interest targeted to be deposited in the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account [shall not include interest accrued on any overdue interest][describe alternative calculation of interest on overdue interest.]]

  

  6  

 

  

(ii)       [Describe payments targeted to be made to the Derivative Counterparty under a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, if any.]

 

(iii)       [Describe any other amounts to be deposited into the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account, if any.]

 

(b)       [On each Note Payment Date, after the Indenture Trustee has made all payments and deposits required to be made pursuant to Sections 3.02(a)-(f) of the Indenture Supplement, the Indenture Trustee shall deposit into the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account an amount equal to [describe additional payments and deposits, if any].]

 

(c)       [Describe application of payments received under a Derivative Agreement with interest payable in a Foreign Currency, if any.]

 

Section 3.02 Targeted Deposits of SynchronySeries Available Principal Collections to the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Note Retirement Sub-Account and the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account[; Application of Foreign Currency Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Principal] .

 

(a)       [Notwithstanding Section 3.11(a) of the Indenture Supplement, with respect to the Monthly Period immediately preceding the Scheduled Principal Payment Date, the deposit targeted for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will equal [describe alternative deposit targeted for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes, if any].]

 

(b)       [[In addition to the amounts specified in Section 3.11 of the Indenture Supplement [(as modified by Section 3.02(a) of this Terms Document)], the deposit targeted to be made to the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account includes [describe payments targeted to be made to the Derivative Counterparty under a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for principal, if any.]]

 

(c)       [Describe application of payments received under a Derivative Agreement with principal payable in a Foreign Currency, if any.]

 

Section 3.03 Withdrawals from Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account . On each [Interest Payment Date][specify alternative date], [the interest due on the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes, calculated pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(i) of this Terms Document, will be withdrawn from the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account and remitted to the Paying Agent for distribution pursuant to Section 3.05 of this Terms Document] [describe amounts to be withdrawn from the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Interest Funding Sub-Account and paid to the Derivative Counterparty, if any].

 

Section 3.04 Withdrawals from Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account .

 

(a)       On each [Principal Payment Date][specify alternative date], [an amount up to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes will be withdrawn from the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account and remitted to the Paying Agent for distribution pursuant to Section 3.05 of this Terms Document] [describe amounts to be withdrawn from the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account and paid to the Derivative Counterparty, if any].

  

  7  

 

  

(b)       [No amounts on deposit in the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Principal Funding Sub-Account will be applied to make principal payments [or [describe any payments to be made pursuant to a Derivative Agreement]] in excess of [describe maximum amount].]

 

Section 3.05 Payments of Interest and Principal .

 

(a)       Any installment of interest or principal payable on any Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee on the applicable Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date shall be paid by the Paying Agent to the Person in whose name such Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the Record Date, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such Person’s account as has been designated by written instructions received by the Paying Agent from such Person not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the date of payment or, if no such account has been so designated, by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid to such Person’s address as it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of Cede & Co., payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee.

 

(b)       The right of the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Noteholders to receive payments from the Issuer will terminate on the first Business Day following the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Termination Date.

 

Section 3.06 [Targeted Deposit to be on Deposit in the Class D Reserve Sub-Account .

 

(a)       The amount targeted to be on deposit in the Class D Reserve Sub-Account for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes on the Issuance Date will be $[ ] and, with respect to any subsequent Monthly Period, will be an amount equal to the product of (A) the Class D Reserve Account Percentage for such Monthly Period and (B) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes as of the close of business on the last day of such Monthly Period.

 

(b)       The Issuer may change the percentage and methodology ser forth above for calculating the amount targeted to be on deposit in the Class D Reserve Sub-Account for the Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Notes without the consent of any Noteholder so long as the Issuer shall have satisfied the Rating Agency Condition with respect to such change.]

 

[END OF ARTICLE III]

  

  8  

 

 

ARTICLE IV
Miscellaneous provisions

 

Section 4.01 Limitation of Liability .

 

(a)       It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this document is executed and delivered by Citibank, N.A., not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of the Issuer, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Citibank, N.A. but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Citibank, N.A., individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (d) Citibank, N.A. has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by the Issuer or any other party in this Agreement, and (e) under no circumstances shall Citibank, N.A. be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this document or any other related documents.

 

(b)       The Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to the same protections and indemnities under this Terms Document that it is entitled to under the Indenture.

 

[END OF ARTICLE IV]

 

  9  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Terms Document to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
   
  By:   CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee on behalf of the Issuer
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
  as Indenture Trustee
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

SynchronySeries Class D(20[ ]-[ ]) Terms Document

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.7

  

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST 


AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT

  

among

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC,

CITIBANK, N.A.,
as the Trustee

 

and

 

CITICORP TRUST DELAWARE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as the Delaware Trustee

Dated as of May 1, 2018

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS 1
     
SECTION 1.1. Definitions 1
     
SECTION 1.2. Other Interpretive Matters 2
     
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION 3
 
SECTION 2.1. Name 3
     
SECTION 2.2. Office 3
     
SECTION 2.3. Purposes and Powers 3
     
SECTION 2.4. Appointment of the Trustee 4
     
SECTION 2.5. Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate 4
     
SECTION 2.6. Declaration of Trust 5
     
SECTION 2.7. Liability of Beneficiaries 5
     
SECTION 2.8. Title to Trust Property 5
     
SECTION 2.9. Situs and Fiscal Year of Trust 6
     
SECTION 2.10. Representations and Warranties of Synchrony Card Funding 6
     
ARTICLE III
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS 7
 
SECTION 3.1. Ownership 7
     
SECTION 3.2. Transferor Interest 7
     
SECTION 3.3. Form of Transferor Interest 8
     
SECTION 3.4. Restrictions on Transfer; Issuance of Supplemental Interests 8
     
SECTION 3.5. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Transferor Interests 9
     
SECTION 3.6. Persons Deemed Holders 9
     
SECTION 3.7. Access to List of Holders’ Names and Addresses 9
     
ARTICLE IV
ACTIONS BY THE TRUSTEE 9
 
SECTION 4.1. Prior Notice to Holders with Respect to Certain Matters 9
     
SECTION 4.2. Action by the Holders with Respect to Certain Matters 10
     
SECTION 4.3. Action by the Holders with Respect to Bankruptcy 10
     
SECTION 4.4. Restrictions on Power 10

 

  i  

 

 

ARTICLE V
AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE 10
 
SECTION 5.1. General Authority 10
     
SECTION 5.2. General Duties 11
     
SECTION 5.3. Action upon Instruction 11
     
SECTION 5.4. No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions 12
     
SECTION 5.5. No Action Except Under Specified Documents or Instructions 12
     
SECTION 5.6. Restrictions 12
     
SECTION 5.7. Tax Returns 12
     
SECTION 5.8. Trust Operation 13
     
ARTICLE VI
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE 13
     
SECTION 6.1. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties 13
     
SECTION 6.2. Furnishing of Documents 15
     
SECTION 6.3. Representations and Warranties of the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee 15
     
SECTION 6.4. Reliance; Advice of Counsel 17
     
SECTION 6.5. Not Acting in Individual Capacity 17
     
SECTION 6.6. Trustee Not Liable for Notes or Transferred Receivables 18
     
SECTION 6.7. Trustee and Delaware Trustee May Not Own Notes 18
     
ARTICLE VII
COMPENSATION OF THE TRUSTEE 18
     
SECTION 7.1. Trustee’s Fees and Expenses 18
     
SECTION 7.2. Indemnification 18
     
SECTION 7.3. Payments to the Trustee 19
     
SECTION 7.4. Subordination 19
     
ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT 20
     
SECTION 8.1. Termination of Trust Agreement 20

 

  ii  

 

 

ARTICLE IX
SUCCESSOR TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL TRUSTEES 20
     
SECTION 9.1. Eligibility Requirements for the Trustee and Delaware Trustee 20
     
SECTION 9.2. Resignation or Removal of the Trustee or Delaware Trustee 21
     
SECTION 9.3. Successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee 21
     
SECTION 9.4. Merger or Consolidation of the Trustee or Delaware Trustee 22
     
SECTION 9.5. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee 22
     
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS 24
     
SECTION 10.1. Supplements and Amendments 24
     
SECTION 10.2. No Legal Title to Trust Estate in Synchrony Card Funding 25
     
SECTION 10.3. Limitations on Rights of Others 25
     
SECTION 10.4. Notices 25
     
SECTION 10.5. Severability 26
     
SECTION 10.6. Separate Counterparts 26
     
SECTION 10.7. Successors and Assigns 26
     
SECTION 10.8. No Petition 26
     
SECTION 10.9. No Advice, Counsel, Opinion or Investigation 26
     
SECTION 10.10. No Recourse 27
     
SECTION 10.11. Governing Law 27
     
SECTION 10.12. Administrator 27
     
SECTION 10.13. Waiver of Jury 27
     
SECTION 10.14. Confidentiality 27
     
SECTION 10.15. Effectiveness 28
     
ARTICLE XI
REGULATION AB 28
     
SECTION 11.1. Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness 28
     
SECTION 11.2. Information to Be Provided by the Trustee and Delaware Trustee 28
     
EXHIBITS    
     
EXHIBIT A Form of Certificate of Trust
   
EXHIBIT B Form of Repurchase Certificate

 

  iii  

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT OF SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST (as amended or supplemented from time to time, this Agreement ) dated as of May 1, 2018, among SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC (“ Synchrony Card Funding ”), a Delaware limited liability company, Citibank, N.A., a national banking association, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and Citicorp Trust Delaware, National Association, a national banking association, as Delaware trustee (the “ Delaware Trustee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Synchrony Card Funding, the Delaware Trustee and the Trustee formed Synchrony Card Issuance Trust as a Delaware statutory trust by filing the Certificate of Trust (as hereinafter defined) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 30, 2017;

 

WHEREAS, Synchrony Card Funding, the Delaware Trustee and the Trustee entered into that certain Trust Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017 (the “ Original Trust Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Synchrony Card Funding, the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee desire to amend and restate the Original Trust Agreement in its entirety in the form of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Synchrony Card Funding, the Delaware Trustee and the Trustee hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions . Initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings assigned thereto in (or by reference in) the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “ Indenture ”), between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms and phrases and the definitions incorporated herein are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and the neuter genders of such terms:

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble .

 

Certificate of Trust ” means the Certificate of Trust executed by the Trustee, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means (i) with respect to the Trustee, the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Agreement is located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and (ii) with respect to the Delaware Trustee, the office of the Delaware Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Agreement is located at 20 Montchanin Road, Suite 180, Greenville, DE 19807, Attention: Synchrony Card Issuance Trust.

 

 

 

 

Expenses ” is defined in Section 7.2 .

 

Holder ” means, solely as used in this Agreement, a holder of the Transferor Interest or a Supplemental Interest, as applicable, and as used in any other Related Document, as defined in the Indenture.

 

Indemnified Parties ” is defined in Section 7.2 .

 

Repurchase Disclosure Regulations ” is defined in Section 11.1 .

 

Supplemental Interest ” is defined in Section 3.4 .

 

Synchrony Card Funding ” is defined in the preamble.

 

Transferor Interest ” means the undivided beneficial interest of Synchrony Card Funding or its assigns in the Trust and the Trust Estate, including the right to receive amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in the Related Documents to be paid to the Holders.

 

Trust ” means Synchrony Card Issuance Trust.

 

Trust Estate ” means all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the property and rights assigned to the Trust pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, all monies, investment property, instruments and other property on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts and all other property of the Trust from time to time, including any rights of the Trustee and the Trust pursuant to the Related Documents.

 

Trust Interest ” means the Transferor Interest or a Supplemental Interest, as applicable.

 

Trust Statute ” means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del . Code §3801 et seq., as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Trust Termination Date ” is defined in Section 8.1 .

 

Trustee ” is defined in the preamble.

 

SECTION 1.2. Other Interpretive Matters .

 

(a)       All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(b)       Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein and accounting terms partly defined herein to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

 

2  

 

 

(c)       Unless otherwise specified, references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any particular date shall mean such amount at the close of business on such day.

 

(d)       The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; references to any Article, subsection, Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit are references to Articles, subsections, Sections, clauses, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; the term “including” means “including without limitation”; references to any law or regulation refer to that law or regulation as amended from time to time and include any successor law or regulation; references to any Person include that Person’s successors and assigns; references to any agreement refer to such agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(e)       In the event that the UCC, as in effect on the date of the Original Trust Agreement, is revised, any reference herein to specific sections of the UCC shall be deemed to be references to any such successor sections.

 

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

 

SECTION 2.1. Name . The Trust continued hereby shall be known as “Synchrony Card Issuance Trust”, in which name the Trustee may conduct the business of the Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.

 

SECTION 2.2. Office . The office of the Trust shall be in care of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address as the Trustee may designate with prior written notice to Synchrony Card Funding. The Delaware office of the Trust shall be in care of the Delaware Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address as the Delaware Trustee may designate by written notice to Synchrony Card Funding.

 

SECTION 2.3. Purposes and Powers . The purpose of the Trust is, and the Trust shall have the power and authority to, engage in the following activities:

 

(a)       to execute, deliver and issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement and to issue the Transferor Interest and Supplemental Interests, if any, pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(b)       with the proceeds of the issuance of the Notes, to acquire the Transferred Assets pursuant to the Transfer Agreement and pay to Synchrony Card Funding the amounts owed pursuant to the Transfer Agreement;

 

(c)       from time to time, to grant a Security Interest in the Collateral pursuant to the Indenture and the Related Documents, to grant a Security Interest in accounts established for the benefit of indebtedness of the Trust, all to secure indebtedness of the Trust, and to hold, manage and distribute to the Holders, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Related Documents, any portion of the Collateral released from the Lien of the Indenture;

 

3  

 

 

(d)       to enter into and perform its obligations under the Related Documents to which it is to be a party;

 

(e)       to engage in those activities, including entering into agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith; and

 

(f)       subject to compliance with the Related Documents, to engage in such other activities as may be required in connection with conservation of the Collateral and the making of distributions to the Holders and payments to the Noteholders.

 

The Trust shall not engage in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing or other than as required or authorized by this Agreement or the Related Documents.

 

SECTION 2.4. Appointment of the Trustee . Synchrony Card Funding hereby ratifies and confirms the appointment of the Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date of the Original Trust Agreement, to have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein and in the Trust Statute. Synchrony Card Funding hereby ratifies and confirms the appointment of the Delaware Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date of the Original Trust Agreement, for the sole purpose of satisfying Section 3807(a) of the Trust Statute that the Trust have at least one trustee with a principal place of business in the State of Delaware.

 

SECTION 2.5. Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate . Pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, Synchrony Card Funding has assigned, transferred, contributed or otherwise conveyed to the Trust, as of the Initial Transfer Date and from time to time thereafter, the assets specified in the Transfer Agreement. In addition, Synchrony Card Funding shall also be entitled to receive, as additional consideration, certain cash flows as described in the Related Documents. Synchrony Card Funding shall pay organizational expenses of the Trust as they may arise or shall, upon the request of the Trustee, promptly reimburse the Trustee for any such expenses paid by the Trustee. Synchrony Card Funding may also take steps necessary, including the execution and filing of any necessary filings, to ensure that the Trust is in compliance with any applicable state securities law.

 

4  

 

 

SECTION 2.6. Declaration of Trust . The Trustee hereby declares that it will hold the Trust Estate in trust upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein for the use and benefit of Synchrony Card Funding, subject to the obligations of the Trust under the Related Documents. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a statutory trust under the Trust Statute and that this Agreement constitute the governing instrument of such statutory trust. It is the intention of the parties hereto that, solely for income and franchise tax purposes, until the Transferor Interest is held by more than one Person, the Trust be disregarded as an entity separate from Synchrony Card Funding. At such time as the interest in the Transferor Interest is held by more than one person, it is the intention of the parties hereto that, solely for income and franchise tax purposes, the Trust be treated as a partnership, with the assets of the partnership being the Transferred Receivables and other assets held by the Trust, the partners of the partnership being the Holder of the Transferor Interest and the Holders of the Supplemental Interests. The parties agree that, unless otherwise required by appropriate tax authorities, until the Transferor Interest is held by more than one Person, the Trust will not file or cause to be filed annual or other returns, reports and other forms consistent with the characterization of the Trust as an entity separate from Synchrony Card Funding. In the event that the Trust is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as of any taxable year beginning after December 31, 2017, or if later, the date that subchapter C of chapter 63 of subtitle F of the Internal Revenue Code as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 (the “Amended Partnership Audit Rules”) shall apply to the Trust, the Administrator is hereby designated as the partnership representative under Section 6223(a) of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent allowed under the law, and the Trust shall take any action necessary to effect such designation (including working with the Administrator to designate any designated individual required under the law). The Trust shall or the Administrator shall cause the Trust to, to the extent eligible, make the election under Section 6221(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to determinations of adjustments at the partnership level and take any other action such as disclosures and notifications necessary to effectuate such election. If the election described in the preceding sentence is not available, to the extent applicable, the Trust shall or the Administrator shall cause the Trust to make the election under Section 6226(a) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the alternative to payment of imputed underpayment by partnership and take any other action such as filings, disclosures and notifications necessary to effectuate such election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust and the Administrator are each authorized, in its sole discretion, to make any available election related to Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Internal Revenue Code and take any action it deems necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and conduct the Trust’s affairs under Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Internal Revenue Code.  Each Holder and, if different, each beneficial owner of a Trust Interest shall promptly provide the Trust and the Administrator any requested information, documentation or material to enable the Trust to make any of the elections described in this Section 2.6 and otherwise comply with Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules.  Each Holder and, if different, each beneficial owner of a Trust Interest, shall hold the Trust and its affiliates harmless for any expenses or losses (i) resulting from a beneficial owner of a Trust Interest not properly taking into account or paying its allocated adjustment or liability under Section 6226 of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules or (ii) suffered that are attributable to the management or defense of an audit under the Amended Partnership Audit Rules or otherwise due to actions the Trust and its affiliates take with respect to and to comply with the rules under Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules. Effective as of the date of the Original Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall have all rights, powers and duties set forth herein and in the Trust Statute with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust.

 

SECTION 2.7. Liability of Beneficiaries . Except as provided in any Related Document, the Holders shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

SECTION 2.8. Title to Trust Property . Subject to the Lien granted in the Indenture, legal title to all the Trust Estate shall be vested at all times in the Trust as a separate legal entity except where applicable law in any jurisdiction requires title to any part of the Trust Estate to be vested in a trustee or trustees, in which case title shall be deemed to be vested in the Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a separate trustee, as the case may be.

 

5  

 

 

SECTION 2.9. Situs and Fiscal Year of Trust . The Trust will be located in Delaware and administered in the States of Delaware and New York. The fiscal year of the Trust will end on December 31 st of each year, unless changed by the Trust. The Trust shall notify the Indenture Trustee of any change to its fiscal year, however the Trust will not be required to satisfy the Rating Agency Condition or the conditions precedent to an amendment specified in Section 10.1 prior to changing its fiscal year.

 

SECTION 2.10. Representations and Warranties of Synchrony Card Funding . Synchrony Card Funding hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee that:

 

(a)       Synchrony Card Funding is duly organized and validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted.

 

(b)       Synchrony Card Funding is duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited liability company in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business shall require such qualifications if the failure to obtain any such qualification, license or approval would cause an Adverse Effect; provided, however, that no representation or warranty is made with respect to any qualifications, licenses or approvals which the Trustee or the Indenture Trustee has or may be required at any time to obtain, if any, in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby or by any other Related Document to which the Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, is a party.

 

(c)       Synchrony Card Funding has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; Synchrony Card Funding has full power and authority to sell and assign the property to be sold and assigned to the Trust and Synchrony Card Funding has duly authorized such sale and assignment to the Trust by all necessary corporate or other action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by Synchrony Card Funding by all necessary limited liability company action.

 

(d)       The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not (i) conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a material default under, the certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement of Synchrony Card Funding, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which Synchrony Card Funding is a party or by which it is bound; or (ii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant to the Related Documents); or (iii) violate any law or, to the best of Synchrony Card Funding’s knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to Synchrony Card Funding of any court or of any Federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over Synchrony Card Funding or its properties which violation would cause an Adverse Effect.

 

6  

 

 

(e)       Synchrony Card Funding has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Synchrony Card Funding, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be subject to or limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

ARTICLE III

BENEFICIAL INTERESTS

 

SECTION 3.1. Ownership . Synchrony Card Funding shall after the date of the Original Trust Agreement be the sole beneficial owner of the Trust.

 

SECTION 3.2. Transferor Interest .

 

(a)       The Trust hereby confirms the issuance of the Transferor Interest to Synchrony Card Funding on and as of the date of the Original Trust Agreement.

 

(b)       As the Holder of the Transferor Interest, Synchrony Card Funding hereby agrees to pay an amount equal to the sum of (i) any accrued and unpaid Daily Servicing Fee or Monthly Servicing Fee, as applicable, not otherwise allocated to the Notes of a Series pursuant to the Indenture and payable by the Trust, (ii) the fees and expenses of the Administrator payable by the Trust on the related Payment Date and (iii) the fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee payable by the Trust on the related Payment Date. The amounts described in the foregoing clauses (i) , (ii) and (iii) shall be payable solely from amounts specified in the Indenture and any Indenture Supplement to be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Interest and shall be paid on a pro rata basis according to the amounts owing to each of the Servicer, the Administrator and the Indenture Trustee, as applicable. The portion of the accrued and unpaid Daily Servicing Fee payable by the Transferor for each day shall be payable from amounts specified in the Indenture and any Indenture Supplement to be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Interest for such day within two Business Days thereafter; provided that the Daily Servicing Fee for any day that is not a Date of Processing shall be paid to or retained by the Servicer from amounts specified in the Indenture and any Indenture Supplement to be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Interest for the immediately preceding Date of Processing within two Business Days of such immediately preceding Date of Processing. If the Servicer shall have elected to receive a Monthly Servicing Fee, the portion of the Monthly Servicing payable by the Holder of the Transferor Interest will be due and payable on the related Payment Date.

 

7  

 

 

SECTION 3.3. Form of Transferor Interest . The Transferor Interest initially shall be an uncertificated interest in the Trust.

 

SECTION 3.4. Restrictions on Transfer; Issuance of Supplemental Interests .

 

(a)       Synchrony Card Funding may from time to time divide the Transferor Interest into one or more separate interests (each, a “ Supplemental Interest ”), which shall be in uncertificated form, and may transfer such Supplemental Interests without the consent or approval of the Noteholders, subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement. The form and terms of any Supplemental Interest shall be defined in a supplement to this Agreement (which supplement shall be subject to Section 10.2 to the extent that it amends any of the terms of this Agreement) to be delivered to or upon the order of Synchrony Card Funding (or the Holder of a Supplemental Interest, in the case of the transfer or exchange thereof, as provided below). The issuance of any such Supplemental Interest to any Person other than Synchrony Card Funding shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(i)       the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such action; and

 

(ii)       Synchrony Card Funding shall have delivered to the Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency a Tax Opinion, dated the date of such action (or transfer, exchange or other disposition provided below), with respect to such action and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such issuance, action, transfer, exchange or other disposition does not require registration of the interest under the Securities Act or any state securities law except for any such registration that has been duly completed and become effective. A Supplemental Interest may be transferred or exchanged, and the Transferor Interest may be pledged, only upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth above.

 

(b)       The Transferor Interest may be transferred in its entirety to a Person which is a member of the “affiliated group” as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of which Synchrony Card Funding (or its single beneficial owner) is a member (or a disregarded entity thereof) without the consent or approval of the Noteholders, provided that (i) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such transfer and (ii) Synchrony Card Funding shall have delivered to the Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency a Tax Opinion and an Opinion of Counsel of the type described in paragraph (a) above, dated the date of such transfer, with respect thereto. In connection with any such transfer, the Person to whom the Transferor Interest is transferred will, by its acquisition and holding of an interest in the Transferor Interest, assume all of the rights and obligations of Synchrony Card Funding as described in this Agreement, each Related Document and in any supplement or amendment thereto (including the right under this paragraph (b) with respect to subsequent transfers of an interest in the Transferor Interest).

 

8  

 

 

(c)       The Transferor Interest and each Supplemental Interest, and any beneficial interest in the Transferor Interest or any Supplemental Interest, may not be purchased by or transferred to (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code or (iii) any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of investment by an employee benefit plan or plans (including, without limitation, insurance company general accounts) in such entity.

 

SECTION 3.5. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Transferor Interests . The Trust shall keep or cause to be kept, at the Corporate Trust Office, a register (the “ Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Trust shall provide for the registration of Transferor Interests and of transfers and exchanges of Transferor Interests. The Trustee shall be the “Registrar” for the purpose of registering the Transferor Interests and the transfers of Transferor Interests as provided herein. Upon any resignation of the Registrar, Synchrony Card Funding shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such an appointment, assume the duties of the Registrar. The Registrar shall be entitled to all the same rights, protections, indemnities and immunities hereunder as the Trustee.

 

SECTION 3.6. Persons Deemed Holders . Prior to the registration of a transfer of a Trust Interest, the Trustee and Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Trust Interest shall be registered in the Register (as of the day of determination) as the owner of such Trust Interest for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall be bound by any notice to the contrary.

 

SECTION 3.7. Access to List of Holders’ Names and Addresses . The Trustee shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Servicer and Synchrony Card Funding, within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the Servicer or Synchrony Card Funding in writing, a list, in such form as the Servicer or Synchrony Card Funding may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders. If a Holder applies in writing to the Trustee, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Agreement and such application shall be accompanied by a copy of the communication that such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall, within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such application, afford such applicants access during normal business hours to the current list of Holders. Each Holder, by receiving and accepting a Transferor Interest, shall be deemed to have agreed not to hold any of Synchrony Card Funding, the Registrar or the Trustee accountable by reason of the disclosure of its name and address, regardless of the source from which such information was derived.

 

ARTICLE IV

ACTIONS BY THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 4.1. Prior Notice to Holders with Respect to Certain Matters . With respect to the following matters, the Trustee shall not take action unless, at least thirty (30) days before the taking of such action, the Trustee shall have notified the Holders in writing of the proposed action and the Holders shall not have notified the Trustee in writing prior to the thirtieth (30 th) day after such notice is given that the Holders withheld consent or shall not have provided alternative direction:

 

9  

 

 

(a)       the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Trust (except claims or lawsuits brought in connection with the collection of the Trust Estate) and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the Trust (except with respect to the aforementioned claims or lawsuits for collection of Trust Estate);

 

(b)       the election by the Trust to file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust unless such amendment is required by the Trust Statute;

 

(c)       the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture where the consent of any Noteholder is required;

 

(d)       the amendment, change or modification of the Administration Agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or to amend or supplement any provision in a manner, or add any provision, that would not materially and adversely affect the interests of the Holders; or

 

(e)       the appointment pursuant to the Indenture of a successor Note Registrar, Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee, or the consent to the assignment by the Note Registrar, Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee of its obligations under the Indenture or this Agreement, as applicable.

 

SECTION 4.2. Action by the Holders with Respect to Certain Matters . The Trustee shall not have the power, except upon the direction of the Holders, to: (a) remove the Administrator under the Administration Agreement, (b) appoint a successor Administrator, or (c) except as expressly provided in the Related Documents, sell the Transferred Receivables after the termination of the Indenture. The Trustee shall take the actions referred to in the preceding sentence only upon written instructions signed by the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.3. Action by the Holders with Respect to Bankruptcy . The Trustee shall not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy relating to the Trust without the prior approval of the Holders and the delivery to the Trustee by the Holders of a certificate certifying that the Holders reasonably believe that the Trust is insolvent.

 

SECTION 4.4. Restrictions on Power . The Holders shall not direct the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to any obligation of the Trust or the Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or would be contrary to Section 2.3 , nor shall the Trustee be obligated to follow any such direction, if given.

 

ARTICLE V

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 5.1. General Authority . The Trustee is authorized and directed to execute and deliver the Related Documents (including any amendments and restatements thereof) to which the Trust is to be a party and each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to or contemplated by the Related Documents to which the Trust is to be a party, in each case in such form as Synchrony Card Funding shall approve as evidenced conclusively by the Trustee’s execution thereof, and, on behalf of the Trust, to direct the Indenture Trustee, from time to time, to authenticate and deliver Notes in the amount specified in a letter of instruction from Synchrony Card Funding to the Trustee. In addition to the foregoing, the Trustee is authorized, but shall not be obligated, to take all actions required of the Trust pursuant to the Related Documents. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Trustee is further authorized from time to time to take such action as Synchrony Card Funding or the Administrator directs with respect to the Related Documents.

 

10  

 

 

SECTION 5.2. General Duties . It shall be the duty of the Trustee to discharge (or cause to be discharged) all of its responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement and to administer the Trust in the interest of the Holders, subject to the Related Documents and in accordance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall be deemed to have discharged its duties and responsibilities hereunder to the extent the Administrator has agreed in the Administration Agreement to perform any act or to discharge any duty of the Trustee or Trust hereunder or under any Related Document, and the Trustee shall not be held liable for the default or failure of the Administrator to carry out its obligations under the Administration Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.3. Action upon Instruction . (a) Subject to Article IV and in accordance with the Related Documents, the Holders may by written instruction direct the Trustee in the management of the Trust. Such direction may be exercised at any time by written instruction of the Holders pursuant to Article IV .

 

(b)       The Trustee shall not be required to take any action hereunder or under any Related Document if the Trustee shall have reasonably determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that such action is likely to result in liability on the part of the Trustee or is contrary to the terms hereof or of any Related Document or is otherwise contrary to law.

 

(c)       Whenever the Trustee is unable to decide between alternative courses of action permitted or required by this Agreement or any Related Document, the Trustee shall promptly give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Holders requesting instruction as to the course of action to be adopted, and to the extent the Trustee acts in good faith in accordance with any written instruction of the Holders received, the Trustee shall not be liable on account of such action to any Person. If the Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within ten (10) days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Related Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Holders, and shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

 

(d)       In the event that the Trustee is unsure as to the application of any provision of this Agreement or any Related Document or any such provision is ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in conflict with any other applicable provision, or in the event that this Agreement permits any determination by the Trustee or is silent or is incomplete as to the course of action that the Trustee is required to take with respect to a particular set of facts, the Trustee may give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Holders requesting instruction and, to the extent that the Trustee acts or refrains from acting in good faith in accordance with any such instruction received, the Trustee shall not be liable, on account of such action or inaction, to any Person. If the Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within ten (10) days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Related Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Holders, and shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction taken in good faith.

 

11  

 

 

SECTION 5.4. No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions . The Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage, make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, dispose of or otherwise deal with the Trust Estate, or to otherwise take or refrain from taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated hereby to which the Trustee is a party, except as expressly provided by this Agreement or in any document or written instruction received by the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement; and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement or any Related Document against the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for filing any financing or continuation statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest or Lien granted to it hereunder or to prepare or file any Commission filing for the Trust or to record this Agreement or any Related Document. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any Related Document, the Trustee shall not be required to execute, deliver or certify on behalf of the Trust or any other Person any filings, certificates, affidavits or other instruments required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, if applicable. The Trustee nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense, promptly take all action as may be necessary to discharge any Liens on any part of the Trust Estate that result from the negligence or willful misconduct of the Trustee or from actions by, or claims against the Trustee in its individual capacity that are not related to the ownership or administration of the Trust Estate.

 

SECTION 5.5. No Action Except Under Specified Documents or Instructions . The Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose of or otherwise deal with any part of the Trust Estate except: (i) in accordance with the powers granted to and the authority conferred upon the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) in accordance with the Related Documents and (iii) in accordance with any document or instruction delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.6. Restrictions . The Trustee shall not take any action: (a) that is inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section 2.3 or (b) that, to the actual knowledge of the Trustee, would result in the Trust becoming taxable as a corporation for Federal income tax purposes. Synchrony Card Funding shall not direct the Trustee to take action that would violate this Section.

 

SECTION 5.7. Tax Returns . In the event the Administrator determines the Trust shall be required to file tax returns, the Trustee, promptly upon request, will furnish the Administrator with all such information in the Trustee’s actual custody or possession as may be reasonably requested by the Administrator in connection with the preparation of all tax returns of the Trust or any Affiliate of the Trust required to report income, gain, loss or deduction of the Trust, and shall, upon request, execute such returns of the Trust. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust arising under any tax law, including federal, state or local income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalty with respect thereto arising from a failure to comply therewith).

 

12  

 

 

SECTION 5.8. Trust Operation . The operations of the Trust will be conducted in accordance with the following standards:

 

(a)       the Trust will act solely in its own name through the Trustee, the Administrator or the Holders;

 

(b)       the Trust will not incur any indebtedness for money borrowed or incur any obligations except in connection with the purposes set forth in Section 2.3 of this Agreement;

 

(c)       except to the extent otherwise permitted by the Related Documents, the Trust’s funds and assets will at all times be maintained separately from those of the Holder and their respective Affiliates;

 

(d)       the Trust will take all reasonable steps to continue its identity as a separate legal entity and to make it apparent to third persons that it is an entity with assets and liability distinct from those of the Holders, the Holders’ Affiliates or any other third person, and will use stationery and other business forms of the Trustee or the Trust and not that of the Holders or any of their respective Affiliates, and will use its best efforts to avoid the appearance (i) of conducting business on behalf of the Holders or any Affiliates thereof or (ii) that the assets of the Trust are available to pay the creditors of the Holders or any Affiliates thereof;

 

(e)       the Trust will not hold itself out as being liable for the debts of the Holders or any Affiliates thereof;

 

(f)       the Trust will not engage in any transaction with any Holders or any Affiliates thereof, except as required, or specifically permitted, by this Agreement or unless such transaction is otherwise on terms neither more favorable nor less favorable than the terms and conditions available at the time to the Trust for comparable transactions with other Persons; and

 

(g)       the Trust will not enter into any voluntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding without a finding by the Holder that the Trust’s liabilities exceed its assets or that the Trust is unable to pay its debts in a timely manner as they become due.

 

ARTICLE VI

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 6.1. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties . Each of the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee accepts the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to such trusts but only upon the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee also agrees to disburse all moneys actually received by it constituting part of the Trust Estate upon the terms of the Related Documents and this Agreement. Neither the Trustee nor the Delaware Trustee shall be answerable or accountable hereunder or under any Related Document under any circumstances, except: (i) for its own willful misconduct or gross negligence, (ii) in the case of the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in Section 6.3 expressly made by the Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as applicable, or (iii) for its failure to use ordinary care in the handling of funds. In particular, but not by way of limitation:

 

13  

 

 

(a)       subject to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a responsible officer of the Trustee unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

(b)       subject to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the instructions of the Administrator, the Servicer or Synchrony Card Funding or any Holder;

 

(c)       no provision of this Agreement or any Related Document shall require the Trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers hereunder or under any Related Document, if the Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it;

 

(d)       under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable for indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any of the Related Documents, including the principal of and interest on the Notes or any representation, warranty or covenant of the Trust;

 

(e)       the Trustee shall not be responsible for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or for the due execution hereof by Synchrony Card Funding or for the form, character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any of the Trust Estate or for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of the Related Documents, and the Trustee shall in no event assume or incur any liability, duty or obligation to any Noteholder or to any Holder, other than as expressly provided for herein and in the Related Documents;

 

(f)       the Trustee shall not be liable for the default or misconduct of the Administrator, Synchrony Card Funding, the Indenture Trustee or the Servicer under any of the Related Documents or otherwise and the Trustee shall have no obligation or liability to perform the obligations of the Trust under this Agreement or the Related Documents that are required to be performed by the Administrator under the Administration Agreement, the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement; and the Trustee shall have no obligation to monitor such persons with respect to such obligations;

 

14  

 

 

(g)       the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement or otherwise or in relation to this Agreement or any Related Document, at the request, order or direction of the Holders unless the Holders offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by the Trustee therein or thereby. The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement or in any Related Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of any such act;

 

(h)       the Trustee shall not be personally liable for (x) special, consequential or punitive damages, however styled, including without limitation, lost profits or (y) any losses due to forces beyond the control of the Trustee, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services;

 

(i)       in the absence of willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence on its part (or failure to use ordinary care in the handling of funds), the Trustee may conclusively rely upon certificates or Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement in determining the truthfulness of the statements and the correctness of the opinions contained therein; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have examined such certificates or Opinion of Counsel so as to determine compliance of the same with the requirements of this Agreement; and

 

(j)       the Trustee undertakes to perform or observe only such of the obligations of the Trustee as are expressly set forth in this Agreement, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the Noteholders or the Indenture Trustee shall be read into this Agreement or the other Related Documents against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders, and shall not be liable to any such person for the failure of the Trust to perform its obligations to such persons.

 

SECTION 6.2. Furnishing of Documents . The Trustee shall furnish to a Holder promptly upon receipt of a written request therefor, and at the expense of such Holder, duplicates or copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates, financial statements and any other instruments furnished to the Trustee under the Related Documents.

 

SECTION 6.3. Representations and Warranties of the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee .

 

(a)       The Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Holders of the Notes and the Holders of the Transferor Interest, that:

 

(i)       it is a national banking association duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, with the requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement,

 

15  

 

  

(ii)       it has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be executed and delivered by one of its officers who is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf,

 

(iii)       the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the charter documents or bylaws of the Trustee, or to the best of its knowledge without independent investigation any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Trustee is a party or by which it is bound; or violate any Federal or state law governing the banking or trust powers of the Trustee; or, to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, violate any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Trustee of any court or of any Federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Trustee or its properties, and

 

(iv)       this Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Synchrony Card Funding, constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms hereof subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(b)       The Delaware Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Holders of the Notes and the Holders of the Transferor Interest, that:

 

(i)       it is a national banking association duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, with the requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement,

 

(ii)       it is either a resident of the State of Delaware or has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware, in each case, within the meaning of Section 3807(a) of the Trust Statute,

 

(iii)       it has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be executed and delivered by one of its officers who is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf,

 

16  

 

 

(iv)       the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the charter documents or bylaws of the Delaware Trustee, or to the best of its knowledge without independent investigation any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Delaware Trustee is a party or by which it is bound; or violate any Federal or state law governing the banking or trust powers of the Delaware Trustee; or, to the best of the Delaware Trustee’s knowledge, violate any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Delaware Trustee of any court or of any Federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Delaware Trustee or its properties, and

 

(v)       this Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Synchrony Card Funding, constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Delaware Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms hereof subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

SECTION 6.4. Reliance; Advice of Counsel . (a) Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 6.1 , the Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other document or paper (whether in its original, electronic or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties. The Trustee may accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of any party as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in full force and effect. As to any fact or matter the method of the determination of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Trustee may for all purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the president, any vice president, the treasurer or other authorized officers of the relevant party as to such fact or matter, and such certificate shall constitute full protection to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

 

(b)       In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement or the Related Documents, the Trustee: (i) may act directly or through its agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them, and the Trustee shall not be liable for the conduct or misconduct of such agents or attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Trustee with reasonable care, and (ii) may consult with counsel, accountants and other skilled Persons to be selected with reasonable care and employed by it. The Trustee shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the written opinion or advice of any such counsel, accountants or other such Person.

 

SECTION 6.5. Not Acting in Individual Capacity . Except as provided in this Article VI , in accepting the trusts hereby created Citibank, N.A. acts solely as the Trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity and all Persons having any claim against the Trustee by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Related Document shall look only to the Trust Estate for payment or satisfaction thereof.

 

17  

 

 

SECTION 6.6. Trustee Not Liable for Notes or Transferred Receivables . The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of Synchrony Card Funding, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, of any Related Document, or of any Transferred Receivable or related documents. The Trustee shall at no time have any responsibility or liability for or with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of any Transferred Receivable, or the perfection and priority of any security interest created by any Transferred Receivable or the maintenance of any such perfection and priority, or for or with respect to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate or its ability to generate the payments to be distributed to the Holders under this Agreement or the Noteholders under the Indenture, including: (a) the existence, condition and ownership of the Transferred Assets, (b) the existence and enforceability of any insurance thereon, (c) the existence and contents of any Transferred Receivable on any computer or other record thereof, (d) the validity of the assignment of any Transferred Receivable to the Receivables Trust or of any intervening assignment, (e) the completeness of any Transferred Receivable, (f) the performance or enforcement of any Transferred Receivable, and (g) the compliance by Synchrony Card Funding or the Servicer with any warranty or representation made under any Related Document or in any related document or the accuracy of any such warranty or representation or any action of the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee or the Servicer or any subservicer taken in the name of the Trust or Trustee.

 

SECTION 6.7. Trustee and Delaware Trustee May Not Own Notes . Each of the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee shall not, in its individual capacity, but may in a fiduciary capacity, become the owner or pledgee of Notes or otherwise extend credit to the Trust. Each of the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee may otherwise deal with Synchrony Card Funding, the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, respectively.

 

ARTICLE VII

COMPENSATION OF THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.1. Trustee’s Fees and Expenses . The Trustee shall receive as compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been separately agreed upon before the date hereof between Synchrony Card Funding and the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Synchrony Card Funding for its other reasonable expenses hereunder, including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of such agents, representatives, experts and counsel as the Trustee may employ in connection with the exercise and performance of its rights and its duties hereunder.

 

SECTION 7.2. Indemnification . Synchrony Card Funding shall be liable as primary obligor for, and shall indemnify the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and their successors, assigns, agents and employees (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, taxes, claims, actions and suits, and any and all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable legal fees and expenses, including any such fees and expenses incurred enforcing its indemnification rights) of any kind and nature whatsoever (collectively, “ Expenses ”), which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Trustee or the Delaware Trustee or any other Indemnified Party in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Related Documents, the Trust Estate, the administration of the Trust Estate or the action or inaction of the Trustee or the Delaware Trustee hereunder, except only that Synchrony Card Funding shall not be liable for or required to indemnify an Indemnified Party from and against Expenses arising or resulting from: (a) such Indemnified Party’s willful misconduct or gross negligence (or failure to use ordinary care in the handling of funds), (b) taxes, fees or other charges on, based on or measured by, any fees, commissions or compensation received by the Trustee or Delaware Trustee or (c) with respect to the Trustee, the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in Section 6.3 expressly made by the Trustee. The Indemnified Party’s right to enforce such obligation shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.7 . The indemnities contained in this Section shall survive the resignation or termination of the Trustee or the Delaware Trustee or the termination of this Agreement.

 

18  

 

 

In the event any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Indemnified Party pursuant to the preceding paragraph, such person shall promptly notify Synchrony Card Funding in writing and Synchrony Card Funding shall assume the defense thereof, including the retention of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party to represent such Indemnified Party in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding upon delivery to Synchrony Card Funding of demand therefor. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) Synchrony Card Funding has failed to assume the defense thereof, (ii) Synchrony Card Funding and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (iii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both Synchrony Card Funding and the Indemnified Party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that Synchrony Card Funding shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such Indemnified Parties. Synchrony Card Funding shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, Synchrony Card Funding agrees to indemnify the Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Synchrony Card Funding shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

SECTION 7.3. Payments to the Trustee . Any amounts paid to the Trustee or the Delaware Trustee pursuant to this Article VII shall be deemed not to be a part of the Trust Estate immediately after such payment.

 

SECTION 7.4. Subordination . To the extent that the Trustee or Delaware Trustee has any claim or lien on the Trust Estate for any amounts due pursuant to the Related Documents, the Trustee and Delaware Trustee agree that such lien or claim shall be subordinate in priority to the lien of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders so long as the Indenture, and the liens created thereunder, have not been terminated and all obligations of the Trust with respect to the Notes have been satisfied.

 

19  

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

 

SECTION 8.1. Termination of Agreement . (a) The Trust shall dissolve upon the date specified by Synchrony Card Funding (the “ Trust Termination Date”) , written notice of which shall be provided to the Trustee, provided , that the Trust Termination Date shall not be earlier than the day on which the rights of all Series of Notes to receive payments from the Trust have terminated. After satisfaction of liabilities of the Trust as provided by applicable law, any money or other property held as part of the Trust Estate following such distribution shall be distributed pro rata to the Holders. The bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, termination, death or incapacity of Synchrony Card Funding shall not (x) operate to terminate this Agreement or annul, dissolve or terminate the Trust, (y) entitle Synchrony Card Funding’s legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of all or any part of the Trust or Trust Estate or (z) otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto.

 

(b)       Except as provided in Section 8.1(a) , neither Synchrony Card Funding nor any Holder shall be entitled to dissolve, revoke or terminate the Trust.

 

(c)       Upon the dissolution of the Trust and the payment of all liabilities of the Trust in accordance with applicable law and upon written direction from the Holders, the Trustee shall cause the Certificate of Trust to be canceled by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with the provisions of Section 3810 (or successor section) of the Trust Statute, at which time the Trust and this Agreement (other than Article VII ) shall terminate.

 

ARTICLE IX

SUCCESSOR TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL TRUSTEES

 

SECTION 9.1. Eligibility Requirements for the Trustee and Delaware Trustee . The Trustee shall at all times: (a) be a “bank” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (b) be authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, (c) have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and be subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authorities, and (d) have (or have a parent that has) a rating of at least “Baa3” by Moody’s, at least “BBB-” by S&P or, if rated by Fitch, at least “BBB-“ by Fitch, or if not rated, otherwise satisfactory to each Rating Agency. If such corporation shall publish reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. The Delaware Trustee shall at all times be an institution satisfying the provisions of Section 3807(a) of the Trust Statute. In case at any time the Trustee or the Delaware Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with this Section, the Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as applicable, shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 9.2 .

 

20  

 

 

SECTION 9.2. Resignation or Removal of the Trustee or Delaware Trustee . The Trustee or Delaware Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by giving written notice thereof to the Administrator; provided, however, that such resignation and discharge shall only be effective upon the appointment of a successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, and one copy to the successor Trustee or the successor Delaware Trustee. If no successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 60 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable.

 

If at any time the Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with Section 9.1 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Administrator, or if at any time the Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or Delaware Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or Delaware Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, may remove the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable. If the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall remove the Trustee or Delaware Trustee under the authority of the preceding sentence, the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, so removed and one copy to the successor Trustee, and pay all fees owed to the outgoing Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable.

 

Any resignation or removal of the Trustee or Delaware Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee pursuant to this Section shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, pursuant to Section 9.3 and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable. The Administrator shall provide notice of such resignation or removal of the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, to each of the Rating Agencies.

 

SECTION 9.3. Successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee . Any successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, appointed pursuant to this Section 9.3 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Administrator and to its predecessor Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, an instrument accepting such appointment under this Agreement, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, shall become effective and such successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties, and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as the trustee. The predecessor Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, shall upon payment of its fees and expenses deliver to the successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee all documents and statements and monies held by it under this Agreement; and the Administrator and the predecessor Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Trustee or Delaware Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.

 

21  

 

 

No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible pursuant to Section 9.1 .

 

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee pursuant to this Section, the Administrator shall mail notice of such appointment to the Holders, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Rating Agencies. If the Administrator shall fail to mail such notice within 10 days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Administrator.

 

Any successor Delaware Trustee appointed pursuant to this  Section 9.3  shall promptly file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State identifying the name and the principal place of business of such successor Delaware Trustee in the State of Delaware.

 

SECTION 9.4. Merger or Consolidation of the Trustee or Delaware Trustee . Any Person into which the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, shall be the successor of the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, hereunder; provided , such Person shall be eligible pursuant to Section 9.1 , without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding; provided, further , that (a) the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, shall mail notice of such merger or consolidation to the Rating Agencies and (b) the Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall file any necessary amendments to the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State.

 

SECTION 9.5. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust or Trust Estate may at the time be located, the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, and the Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Person(s) approved by the Trustee to act as co-trustee(s), jointly with the Trustee, or separate trustee(s), of all or any part of the Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person(s), in such capacity and for the benefit of the Holders, such title to the Trust Estate, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, and the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. If the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall not have joined in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, the Trustee alone shall have the power to make such appointment. No co-trustee or separate trustee under this Agreement shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee pursuant to Section 9.1 and no notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 9.3 .

 

22  

 

 

Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

 

(a)       all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act(s) are to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act(s), in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust Estate or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

 

(b)       no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this Agreement; and

 

(c)       the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, and the Trustee acting jointly may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

 

Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Each such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Administrator.

 

Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

 

The Trustee shall have no obligation to determine whether a co-trustee or separate trustee is legally required in any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust Estate may be located.

 

SECTION 9.6. Delaware Trustee .

 

The Delaware Trustee is appointed to serve as the trustee of the Trust in the State of Delaware for the sole purpose of satisfying the requirement of Section 3807(a) of the Trust Statute that the Trust have at least one trustee with a principal place of business in the State of Delaware. It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that the Delaware Trustee shall have none of the duties or liabilities of the Trustee.

 

23  

 

 

The duties of the Delaware Trustee shall be limited to (i) accepting legal process served on the Trust in the State of Delaware and (ii) the execution of any certificates required to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State which the Delaware Trustee is required to execute under Section 3811 of the Trust Statute. To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Delaware Trustee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or the Holders, it is hereby understood and agreed by the other parties hereto that such duties and liabilities are replaced by the duties and liabilities of the Delaware Trustee expressly set forth in this Agreement. The Delaware Trustee shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of the Trustee, the Administrator or the Holders or any other Person.

 

The Delaware Trustee shall be entitled to all of the same rights, protections, exculpations, indemnities and immunities under this Agreement as the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 10.1. Supplements and Amendments . Without the consent of the Noteholders or any other Person, but with prior notice to each Rating Agency, at any time and from time to time, upon either (a) delivery by Synchrony Card Funding to the Trustee and the Indenture Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that Synchrony Card Funding reasonably believes that such action will not have an Adverse Effect and is not reasonably expected to have an Adverse Effect at any time in the future or (b) satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each affected Class or Tranche of Notes for which an Officer’s Certificate described in the preceding clause (a) has not been delivered, Synchrony Card Funding and the Trustee may modify, alter or amend this Agreement.

 

Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, Synchrony Card Funding shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders or Noteholders pursuant to this Section 10.1 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

Promptly after the execution of any amendment to the Certificate of Trust, the Trustee shall cause the filing of such amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate of Synchrony Card Funding to the effect that the conditions to amendment have been satisfied.

 

The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

24  

 

 

Without the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee, no amendment to this Agreement shall be made that adversely affects the rights of the Indenture Trustee; provided , however that the rights of the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to not be adversely affected if Synchrony Card Funding delivers prior written notice of such amendment to the Indenture Trustee and the Indenture Trustee does not provide notice of such adverse effect to Synchrony Card Funding within five Business Days of receiving notice of such amendment.

 

SECTION 10.2. No Legal Title to Trust Estate in Synchrony Card Funding . Synchrony Card Funding shall not have legal title to any part of the Trust Estate. No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title or interest of Synchrony Card Funding in, to and under their ownership interest in the Trust Estate shall operate to terminate this Agreement or the trusts hereunder or entitle any transferee to an accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part of the Trust Estate.

 

SECTION 10.3. Limitations on Rights of Others . The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Trustee, Synchrony Card Funding, and the Holders and nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

 

SECTION 10.4. Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever it is provided herein that any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall or may be given to or served upon any of the parties by any other parties, or whenever any of the parties desires to give or serve upon any other parties any communication with respect to this Agreement, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall be in writing (which shall include facsimile, email or other electronic transmissions) and emailed, faxed or delivered to (i) if to the Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, the Corporate Trust Office; and (ii) if to Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, CT, Attention: Eric Duenwald – President, Telephone: (203) 585-2906, Facsimile: (844) 265-2601, Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com, with a copy to Synchrony Bank, as Administrator, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, CT, Attention: Eric Duenwald – Treasurer, Telephone: (203) 585-2906, Facsimile: (844) 265-2601, Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com; or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party. Each such notice, demand, request, consent approval, declaration or other communication shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the United States Mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid, (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile, email or other electronic transmission, (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number indicated below or to such other address (or facsimile number or email address) as may be substituted by notice given as herein provided. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled to receive such notice. Failure or delay in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication to any Person designated in any written notice provided hereunder to receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever it is provided herein that a notice is to be given to any other party hereto by a specific time, such notice shall only be effective if actually received by such party prior to such time, and if such notice is received after such time or on a day other than a Business Day, such notice shall only be effective on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

25  

 

 

SECTION 10.5. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 10.6. Separate Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 10.7. Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Synchrony Card Funding and its successors, the Trustee and its successors, the Delaware Trustee and its successors and Synchrony Card Funding and its successors and permitted assigns, all as herein provided. Any request, notice, direction, consent, waiver or other instrument or action by the Holders of the Transferor Interest shall bind the successors and assigns of Synchrony Card Funding and any other Holder.

 

SECTION 10.8. No Petition . The Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, by entering into this Agreement and the Holders, by accepting a Trust Interest, hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute against Synchrony Card Funding or the Trust, or join in any institution against Synchrony Card Funding or the Trust of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, this Agreement or any of the Related Documents; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall preclude, or be deemed to estop, the Trustee or the Holders from taking any action prior to the expiration of the applicable preference period in any involuntary proceeding filed or commenced against Synchrony Card Funding or the Trust by a Person other than the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, or the Holders or to otherwise limit any claims that the Trustee or the Holders may have against Synchrony Card Funding or the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable. This Section 10.8 shall survive the termination of the Trust.

 

SECTION 10.9. No Advice, Counsel, Opinion or Investigation . Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees and, as evidenced by its acceptance of any benefits hereunder, any Holder agrees that the Trustee in any capacity (x) has not provided and will not provide in the future, any advice, counsel or opinion regarding the tax, regulatory, financial, investment, securities law or insurance implications and consequences of the formation, funding and ongoing administration of the Trust, including, but not limited to, income, gift and estate tax issues, insurable interest issues, risk retention issues, doing business or other licensing matters and the initial and ongoing selection and monitoring of financing arrangements, (y) has not made any investigation as to the accuracy of any representations, warranties or other obligations of the Trust under the Related Documents and shall have no liability in connection therewith and (z) other than as expressly agreed in writing by the Trustee, the Trustee has not prepared or verified, and shall not be responsible or liable for, any information, disclosure or other statement in any disclosure or offering document or in any other document issued or delivered in connection with the sale or transfer of the Notes.

 

26  

 

 

SECTION 10.10. No Recourse . A Holder (or any interest therein), by accepting a Trust Interest, acknowledges that the Trust Interest represents a beneficial interest in the Trust only and the Trust Interest does not represent an interest in or obligation of Synchrony Card Funding, the Servicer, the Administrator, the Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any Affiliate thereof, and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents.

 

SECTION 10.11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

 

SECTION 10.12. Administrator . Synchrony Card Funding and Trustee acknowledge that the Administrator is authorized to execute on behalf of the Trust all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Trust or Trustee to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to this Agreement and the Related Documents. Upon written request, the Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Administrator a power of attorney appointing the Administrator its agent and attorney-in-fact to execute all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions.

 

SECTION 10.13. Waiver of Jury . BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 10.14. Confidentiality . All information, data and documents of a proprietary or confidential nature disclosed by Synchrony Card Funding in connection with this Agreement or any Related Document shall be deemed "Confidential Information".  Confidential Information may include but shall not be limited to financial information, customer information, pricing policies, procedures, or guidelines. Each of Trustee and Delaware Trustee shall take reasonable care, not less than the care it takes to maintain the confidentiality of its own confidential information of a similar nature, not to disclose Confidential Information except as expressly permitted in this Section 10.14. Confidential Information shall not be used by Trustee or Delaware Trustee for purposes other than those contemplated in this Agreement or the Related Documents, nor shall any Confidential Information be disclosed to third parties (other than non-employee representatives of Trustee or Delaware Trustee who agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this paragraph), except for (a) any disclosures required by Applicable Law or required to be made to any governmental agencies, (b) any disclosures to its independent certified public accounting firm or to other persons or entities that may need to know for the purpose of its business or operations, (c) any disclosures of information that was in the public domain at the time of receipt or subsequently comes into the public domain (other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure), or (d) disclosures that are necessary in order to conduct business under this Agreement or the Related Documents.

 

27  

 

 

SECTION 10.15. Effectiveness . This Agreement amends and restates the Original Trust Agreement as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date and the terms and provisions of the Original Trust Agreement are restated hereby in their entirety as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date. From and after the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, each reference to the Original Trust Agreement in any other document, instrument or agreement shall mean and be a reference to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, all obligations and liabilities of the parties to the Original Trust Agreement under or in connection with the Original Trust Agreement shall remain outstanding hereunder and shall be enforceable against each of them, as applicable, under this Agreement. This Agreement does not constitute a novation of the Original Trust Agreement (or a novation of any of the obligations thereunder).

 

ARTICLE XI

REGULATION AB

 

SECTION 11.1. Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness . Synchrony Card Funding, the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee acknowledge and agree that the purpose of this Article XI is to facilitate compliance by Synchrony Card Funding with the provisions of Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the Commission. Synchrony Card Funding shall not exercise its right to request delivery of information or other performance under these provisions other than in good faith, or for purposes other than Synchrony Card Funding’s compliance with the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (or the provision in a private offering of disclosure comparable to that required under the Securities Act). Each of the Trustee and Delaware Trustee agrees to cooperate in good faith with any reasonable request by Synchrony Card Funding for information regarding the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, which is required in order to enable Synchrony Card Funding to comply with the provisions of Regulation AB, including, without limitation, Items 1109(a)(1), 1109(a)(2), 1117 and 1119 of Regulation AB, and Rule 15Ga-1 of the Securities Exchange Act (the “ Repurchase Disclosure Regulations ”), as they relate to the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, or to the Trustee’s or Delaware Trustee’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

28  

 

 

SECTION 11.2. Information to Be Provided by the Trustee and Delaware Trustee .

 

(a)       Each of the Trustee and Delaware Trustee shall, as promptly as practicable, notify Synchrony Card Funding, in writing, of: (i) the commencement of, a material development in or, if applicable, the termination of, any and all legal proceedings against the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, or any and all proceedings of which any property of the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, is the subject, that is material to the Noteholders; and (ii) any such proceedings known to be contemplated by Governmental Authorities. Each of the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee shall also notify Synchrony Card Funding, in writing, as promptly as practicable following notice to or discovery by the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, of any material changes to proceedings described in the preceding sentence. In addition, each of the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee will furnish to Synchrony Card Funding, in writing, the necessary disclosure regarding the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, describing such proceedings required to be disclosed under Item 1117 of Regulation AB, for inclusion in reports filed by or on behalf of Synchrony Card Funding pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act.

 

(b)       Each of the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee shall:

 

(i)       on or before the fifth (5 th ) Business Day of each month (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day), provide to Synchrony Card Funding such information regarding the Trustee as is required for the purpose of compliance with Items 1109(a)(1), 1109(a)(2) and 1119 of Regulation AB; provided , however , neither the Trustee nor the Delaware Trustee shall be required to provide such information in the event that there has been no change to the information previously provided by the Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as applicable, to the Transferor;

 

(ii)       on or before the tenth (10 th ) Business Day of each month (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day) in which the Trustee or Delaware Trustee has received such a request, provide to the Transferor a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B , for the purpose of compliance with the Repurchase Disclosure Regulations, with respect to any requests received by the Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as applicable, during the immediately preceding calendar month that any Receivable be repurchased; provided , however , that each of the Trustee and Delaware Trustee shall provide to the Transferor such certificate on or before February 1 of each calendar year regardless of whether the Trustee has received any such requests; and

 

(iii)       as promptly as practicable following notice to or discovery by the Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as applicable, of any changes to the information described in this Section 11.2 , provide to Synchrony Card Funding, in writing, such updated information. Such information shall include, at a minimum:

 

(1)       the Trustee’s or Delaware Trustee’s, as applicable, name and form of organization;

 

(2)       a description of the extent to which the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, has had prior experience serving as a trustee for asset-backed securities transactions involving credit card receivables; and

 

29  

 

 

(3)       a description of any affiliation between the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, and any of the following parties to an issuance of new Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Master Indenture, as such parties are identified to the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, by Synchrony Card Funding in writing in advance of such issuances of new Notes:

 

1. the sponsor;

 

2. the depositor;

 

3. the issuing entity;

 

4. any servicer;

 

5. any other trustee;

 

6. any originator;

 

7. any significant obligor;

 

8. any enhancement or support provider;

 

9. any asset representations reviewer; and

 

10. any other material party related to any issuance of new Notes.

 

In addition, each of the Trustee and the Delaware Trustee shall provide a description of whether there is, and if so the general character of, any business relationship, agreement, arrangement, transaction or understanding between the Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, and any above-listed party that is entered into outside the ordinary course of business or is on terms other than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party, apart from the Securitization Transactions, that currently exists or that existed during the past two years and that is material to an investor’s understanding of the asset-backed securities.

 

30  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

  CITICORP TRUST DELAWARE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
  as Delaware Trustee
   
  By: /s/ Jason  Concavage
  Name: Jason  Concavage
  Title: Vice President and Trust Officer
   
  CITIBANK, N.A. ,
  as Trustee
   
  By: /s/ Kristen Driscoll
  Name: Kristen Driscoll
  Title: Senior Trust Officer
   
  SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC
   
  By: /s/ Andrew Lee
  Name: Andrew Lee
  Title: Manager and Vice President

  

A&R Trust Agreement

 

31  

 

 

EXHIBIT A
to Agreement

 

  A- 1  

 

 

Certificate of Trust
of
Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

 

This Certificate of Trust of Synchrony Card Issuance Trust (the “ Trust ”), is being duly executed and filed by the undersigned, as trustees, to form a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del. C. §3801, et seq .).

 

(i)        Name . The name of the statutory trust being formed hereby is Synchrony Card Issuance Trust.

 

(ii)       Delaware Trustee . The name and address of the trustee of the Trust with a principal place of business in the State of Delaware are Citicorp Trust Delaware, National Association, 20 Montchanin Road, Suite 180, Greenville, Delaware 19807.

 

(iii)      Effective Date . This Certificate of Trust shall be effective as of its filing.

 

  A- 2  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the trustees of the Trust, have executed this Certificate of Trust in accordance with Section 3811(a)(1) of the Act.

 

  CITICORP TRUST DELAWARE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Delaware Trustee
   
  By:           
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
  CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  A- 3  

 

 

EXHIBIT B
to Agreement

 

  B- 1  

 

 

FORM OF REPURCHASE CERTIFICATE

 

[__________], 20[__]    

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

c/o Citibank, N.A., as Trustee

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Attention: Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, CT

Attention: Eric Duenwald – President

 

Re:   Synchrony Card Issuance Trust; Noteholder Request to Repurchase Receivables

 

Reference is hereby made to (i) the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “ Indenture ”), by and between the Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, as issuer, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as indenture trustee and (ii) the Synchrony Card Issuance Trust Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018, by and between Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, as transferor and beneficiary, and CITIBANK, N.A., as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

The Trustee hereby certifies as to the checked option below:

 

[        ] During the period from and including [_________] to but excluding [_________], the Trustee received no requests from Noteholders, with respect to the Notes Outstanding during the period, requesting that Receivables be repurchased.

 

[        ] During the period from and including [_________] to but excluding [_________], the Trustee received one or more requests from Noteholders, with respect to the Notes Outstanding during the period, requesting that Receivables be repurchased. Such requests are attached. To the extent such information is available and in its possession, the Trustee agrees that it will cooperate with Synchrony Bank, as the Securitizer, in the preparation of the table set forth on page 27 of Securities and Exchange Commission Release No. 33-9175 (Disclosure for Asset-Backed Securities Required by Section 943 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act-January 20, 2011).

 

  CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as trustee of the Trust
   
  By:           
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  B- 2  

 

 

Exhibit 4.8

  

CUSTODY AND CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

CUSTODY AND CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of November 30, 2017, by and among The Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as Custodian (the “ Custodian ”), Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer is the owner of the Trust Accounts;

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has entered into the Master Indenture (as amended, restated or modified, the “ Indenture ”), dated as of the date hereof, with the Indenture Trustee, whereby the Issuer has granted a security interest to the Indenture Trustee in, among other things, all funds, Financial Assets, Investment Property and other investments or other property held from time to time in or credited to any Trust Account and all proceeds of the foregoing;

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer is entering into this Agreement to perfect the security interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Trust Accounts and in the Issuer’s Security Entitlements in respect of the Trust Account Property in the Trust Accounts from time to time; and

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee desire to appoint the Custodian as custodian on behalf of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in respect of their respective interests, and the Custodian has agreed to so act as custodian, under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         Certain Definitions .

 

(a)       As used herein the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Certificated Security ” has the meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(4) of the UCC.

 

Clearing Corporation ” has the meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(5) of the UCC.

 

Clearstream ” means Clearstream, société anonyme, a corporation organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

Clearstream Security ” means a “security” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(15) of the UCC) that (i) is a debt or equity security and (ii) is capable of being transferred to the Custodian’s account at Clearstream pursuant to Section 2(b ), whether or not such transfer has occurred.

 

Custodian ” has the meaning specified in the introduction hereto.

 

Deposit Account ” has the meaning specified in Section 9-102(a)(29) of the UCC.

 

 

 

 

Entitlement Holder ” means a Person identified in the records of the Custodian as the Person having a Security Entitlement against the Custodian.

 

Entitlement Order ” means a notification communicated to the Custodian directing transfer or redemption of a Financial Asset to which the Entitlement Holder has a Security Entitlement, which shall be any Instruction with respect to the Trust Accounts or the Trust Account Property held pursuant to this Agreement, and in any event shall include an “entitlement order” as defined in Article 8 of the UCC.

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

 

Euroclear Security ” means a “security” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(15) of the UCC) that (i) is a debt or equity security and (ii) is capable of being transferred to the Custodian’s account at Euroclear pursuant to Section 2(b) , whether or not such transfer has occurred.

 

Financial Asset ” has the meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC.

 

FRB ” means a Federal Reserve Bank of the United States of America.

 

Government Security ” means a security issued or guaranteed by the United States of America or an agency or instrumentality thereof representing a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America and, with respect to each of the foregoing, that is maintained in book-entry form on the records of an FRB.

 

Hague Securities Convention ” means The Convention on the Law Applicable to Certain Rights in Respect of Securities Held with an Intermediary (Concluded 5 July 2006), which became effective in the United States of America on April 1, 2017.

 

Instructions ” has the meaning specified in Section 9 .

 

Instruments ” has the meaning specified in Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC.

 

Investment Property ” has the meaning specified in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the UCC.

 

Notice of Exclusive Control ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4 .

 

Remittance Date ” is defined in Section 13 .

 

Securities Account ” has the meaning specified in Section 8-501(a) of the UCC.

 

Securities Intermediary ” has the meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC.

 

Security ” has the meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(15) of the UCC.

 

Security Entitlement ” has the meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the UCC.

 

Uncertificated Security ” has the meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(18) of the UCC.

 

  - 2 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

(b)       Initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings assigned thereto in (or by reference in) the Indenture. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the conventions set forth in Subsections 1.01(a) through (g) of the Indenture.

 

(c)       All terms defined directly or by reference in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

SECTION 2.         Appointment of Custodian; Acknowledgement of Receipt of Trust Account Property . (a) Each of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee hereby appoints the Custodian as custodian of the Trust Account Property.

 

(b)       The Issuer shall cause all Trust Account Property acquired by or on behalf of the Issuer to be transferred to the Custodian for credit to the applicable Trust Account, and the Custodian shall credit such Trust Account Property to the applicable Trust Account, for the benefit of the Issuer as owner and the benefit of the Indenture Trustee as secured party in accordance with the Indenture and the Issuer shall take or cause to be taken any and all other actions necessary to create in favor of the Indenture Trustee a valid and perfected, first-priority security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture in the Trust Accounts and all Trust Account Property credited to the Trust Accounts, as follows:

 

(i)       in the case of each Certificated Security or Instrument (other than a Government Security, Euroclear Security or Clearstream Security), by (A) causing the continuous delivery of such Certificated Security or Instrument to the Custodian in bearer form or registered in the name of the Custodian or its nominee or indorsed to the Custodian or its nominee or in blank by an effective indorsement and (B) causing the Custodian to continuously identify on its books and records that such Certificated Security or Instrument is credited to the applicable Trust Account;

 

(ii)       in the case of each Uncertificated Security (other than a Government Security, Euroclear Security or Clearstream Security), by (A) causing such Uncertificated Security to be continuously registered on the books of the issuer thereof to the Custodian and (B) causing the Custodian to continuously identify on its books and records that such Uncertificated Security is credited to the applicable Trust Account;

 

(iii)       in the case of each Euroclear Security and Clearstream Security, by (A) causing Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, to credit such security to the Custodian’s Securities Account (or to the Securities Account of a Securities Intermediary acting in such capacity on behalf of the Custodian and which has credited such security to a Securities Account of the Custodian with such Securities Intermediary) at Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, (B) causing the Custodian to continuously identify on its books and records that such Euroclear Security or Clearstream Security is credited to the applicable Trust Account as a Financial Asset, and (C) causing such Euroclear Security or Clearstream Security to be (1) continuously registered to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and (2) continuously identified on the books and records of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, as credited to the Securities Account of the Custodian (or to the Securities Account of a Securities Intermediary acting in such capacity on behalf of the Custodian and which has credited such security to a Securities Account of the Custodian with such Securities Intermediary);

 

  - 3 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

(iv)       in the case of each Government Security, by (A) causing the crediting of such Government Security to a Securities Account of the Custodian at an FRB, (B) causing the Custodian to continuously identify on its books and records that such Government Security is credited to the applicable Trust Account as a Financial Asset, and (C) causing the continuous crediting of such Government Security to a Securities Account of the Custodian at such FRB;

 

(v)       in the case of each Financial Asset not covered by the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv) , by causing the transfer of such Financial Asset to the Custodian in accordance with applicable law and regulation and causing the Custodian to credit such Financial Asset to the applicable Trust Account;

 

(vi)       with respect to any Deposit Account as to which the Custodian is not the bank at which such Deposit Account is maintained or the Indenture Trustee is not the “customer” (within the meaning of Section 4-104(1)(e) of the UCC) of such bank with respect to such Deposit Account, by causing such bank, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee to enter into an agreement containing provisions substantially similar to the provisions of this Agreement relating to the Trust Accounts; and

 

(vii)       with respect to any other Trust Account Property that at any time now or hereafter and for any reason does not give rise to a Security Entitlement upon being credited to a Trust Account, and which is held in or credited to the applicable Trust Account, the Custodian and the Issuer each hereby acknowledges that, for purposes of perfecting the security interest of the Indenture Trustee, the Custodian holds and will hold possession of such Trust Account Property for the benefit of and as bailee for the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as secured party.

 

(c)       To the extent that the Indenture Trustee or Custodian shall hold Permitted Investments that constitute investment property through a securities intermediary (other than Euroclear and Clearstream), such securities intermediary shall agree with the Indenture Trustee or Custodian, as applicable, that (i) the account agreement establishing a securities account with such institution shall provide that the account agreement is governed solely by the law of New York and that the law of the State of New York shall govern all issues specified in Article 2(1) of the Hague Securities Convention; and (ii) such institution acting as securities intermediary shall have and shall continue to have at all relevant times one or more offices (within the meaning of the Hague Securities Convention) in the United States of America which satisfies the “qualifying office” condition provided in the second sentence of Article 4(1) of the Hague Securities Convention. Terms used in the preceding sentence that are defined in the New York UCC and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the New York UCC.

 

(d)       To the extent that the Indenture Trustee or the Custodian shall hold Permitted Investments that constitute investment property as a securities intermediary for the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or the Custodian, as applicable and in each case in its capacity as securities intermediary, represents to the Issuer that:

 

  - 4 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

(i)       it is a “securities intermediary,” as such term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(14)(ii) of the relevant UCC, that in the ordinary course of its business maintains “securities accounts” for others, as such term is used in Section 8-501 of the relevant UCC, and an “intermediary” as defined in the Hague Securities Convention; and

 

(ii)       the Indenture Trustee is not a “clearing corporation,” as such term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(5) of the relevant UCC.

 

(e)       To the extent that the Indenture Trustee or the Custodian shall hold Permitted Investments that constitute investment property as a securities intermediary, the Indenture Trustee or the Custodian, as applicable and in each case, in its capacity as securities intermediary, agrees with the Issuer that:

 

(i)       pursuant to Section 8-110(e)(1) of the relevant UCC for purposes of the relevant UCC and the Hague Securities Convention, the law of the State of New York shall govern all issues specified in Article 2(1) of the Hague Securities Convention and the “securities intermediary’s jurisdiction” as defined in the relevant UCC shall be the State of New York;

 

(ii)       the Indenture Trustee or the Custodian, as applicable, has and shall continue to have at all relevant times one or more offices (within the meaning of the Hague Securities Convention) in the United States of America, which satisfies the “qualifying office” condition provided in the second sentence of Article 4(1) of the Hague Securities Convention.

 

SECTION 3.         The Trust Accounts . (a) The Issuer agrees to establish and maintain the Trust Accounts at the Custodian according to Section 4.02 of the Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement. The Custodian further agrees that (i) each Trust Account that is at the Custodian is and shall at all times be maintained by the Custodian as a Securities Account in the Custodian’s trust department, (ii) the Custodian is acting and will act as a Securities Intermediary with respect to such Trust Account, and (iii) all of the Trust Account Property (including credit balances and uninvested funds) deposited in, credited to or otherwise carried in such Trust Account shall be treated as Financial Assets.

 

(b)       The Issuer acknowledges its responsibility as a principal for all of its obligations to the Custodian arising under or in connection with this Agreement, warrants its authority to deposit in the Trust Accounts any Trust Account Property received therefor by the Custodian and to give Instructions relative thereto. The Issuer further agrees that the Custodian shall not be subject to, nor shall its rights and obligations under this Agreement or with respect to the Trust Accounts be affected by, any agreement between the Issuer and any other Person, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or unless otherwise agreed by the Issuer and the Custodian.

 

(c)       The Custodian shall hold and keep safe as custodian for the Trust Accounts, on behalf of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, all Trust Account Property in each Trust Account. The crediting of Trust Account Property to the Trust Accounts shall result in Security Entitlements to such Trust Account Property in favor of the Issuer, subject to the security interest of the Indenture Trustee as a secured party.

 

  - 5 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

(d)       All transactions involving the Trust Account Property shall be executed or settled solely in accordance with Instructions, except that until the Custodian receives Instructions to the contrary, the Custodian will:

 

(i)       collect all interest and dividends and all other income and payments, whether paid in cash or in kind, on the Trust Account Property, as the same become payable, and credit the same to the applicable Trust Account;

 

(ii)       present for payment all Securities held in a Trust Account which are called, redeemed or retired or otherwise become payable and all coupons and other income items which call for payment upon presentation to the extent that a Custodian Authorized Officer has actual knowledge based on notices received at the notice address provided in Section 17 of such opportunities and hold the cash received in such Trust Account pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(iii)       (A) exchange Securities where the exchange is purely ministerial (including, without limitation, the exchange of temporary securities for those in definitive form and the exchange of warrants, or other documents of entitlement to securities, for the Securities themselves) to the extent notice of such exchange has been sent to a Custodian Authorized Officer and (B) when notification of a tender or exchange offer (other than ministerial exchanges described in the foregoing clause (A) ) is received for such Trust Account, use reasonable efforts to receive Instructions, provided that if such Instructions are not received in time for the Custodian to take timely action, no action shall be taken with respect thereto and the Custodian shall have no liability for failure to have taken such action;

 

(iv)       execute on behalf of the Issuer for each Trust Account, whenever the Custodian deems it appropriate, such ownership and other certificates as may be required to obtain the payment of income from the Trust Account Property in the applicable Trust Account; and

 

(v)       appoint brokers and agents for any of the ministerial transactions involving the Securities described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 3(d) , including, without limitation, affiliates of the Custodian.

 

(e)       The Custodian hereby acknowledges the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee by the Issuer and that, to perfect such security interest, it holds all Trust Account Property in its possession or control for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee. The Custodian shall maintain all Trust Account Property free of any lien, charge or claim of any kind in favor of the Custodian or any Person claiming through the Custodian (other than the Indenture Trustee), and it will not assert any lien, encumbrance, claim or right of set-off against the Trust Account Property, the Trust Accounts or any Financial Assets carried in the Trust Accounts or any credit balance in the Trust Accounts, except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or the Indenture. The Custodian will not enter into any agreement other than this Agreement with any Person requiring the Custodian’s compliance with “entitlement orders” (as such term is defined in Article 8 of the UCC) concerning the Trust Accounts originated by such Person without the prior written consent of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee except as otherwise provided herein. The Custodian represents that no such agreement relating to the Trust Account Property with any Person is now in effect.

 

  - 6 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

SECTION 4.         Control . (a) In order to perfect the security interest of the Indenture Trustee in accordance with Sections 8-106 and 9-106 of the UCC, the Issuer expressly authorizes the Custodian, and the Custodian agrees, to comply with Entitlement Orders issued by the Indenture Trustee or its authorized representatives with respect to any Trust Account without the further consent of the Issuer or any other Person. Until such time as the Indenture Trustee delivers a written notice to the Custodian, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, that the Indenture Trustee is thereby exercising exclusive control over such Trust Account (a “ Notice of Exclusive Control ”), the Custodian may make trades of Financial Assets held in the Trust Accounts, or otherwise withdraw Trust Account Property from the Trust Accounts, pursuant to the Instructions of the Issuer or its authorized representatives, and comply with Entitlement Orders concerning the Trust Accounts from the Issuer or its authorized representatives. After the Custodian receives the Notice of Exclusive Control, the Custodian will promptly cease complying with Entitlement Orders or other directions concerning such Trust Account (including any provision hereof regarding payments to the Issuer) originated by the Issuer or its representatives notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement.

 

(b)       Upon issuance by the Indenture Trustee of a Notice of Exclusive Control described in this Section 4 , the Indenture Trustee may, without duplication, (i) cause the name of the Trust Accounts to be changed to reflect that the Indenture Trustee is the sole “entitlement holder” (as such term is defined in Article 8 of the UCC) of the Trust Accounts as trustee on behalf of the beneficiaries of its security interest under the Indenture, or (ii) instruct that all Trust Account Property be transferred to new accounts with the Custodian as to which the Indenture Trustee is the sole “entitlement holder” (as such term is defined in Article 8 of the UCC) of the Trust Accounts as trustee on behalf of the beneficiaries of its security interest under the Indenture.

 

SECTION 5.         Use of Subcustodian . The Custodian shall not maintain any Trust Account Property in a custody account that has been established through another bank or trust company acting as subcustodian unless it is authorized to do so in writing by the Issuer.

 

SECTION 6.         Records, Ownership of Trust Account Property, Statements and Opinions of Independent Certified Public Accountants .

 

(a)       The Trust Account Property shall be clearly recorded on the Custodian’s books as (i) being beneficially owned by the Issuer and not the Custodian and (ii) subject to a security interest in favor of the Indenture Trustee. The Custodian shall keep accurate and detailed accounts of all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions for the Trust Accounts. All accounts, books and records of the Custodian relating thereto shall be open to inspection and audit at all reasonable times during normal business hours upon reasonable prior written notice by any Person designated by the Issuer. The Issuer shall reimburse the Custodian for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with such inspection or audit in accordance with Section 13 . All such accounts shall be maintained and preserved in a form reasonably requested by the Issuer.

 

  - 7 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

(b)       At the request of the Issuer, the Custodian shall deliver to the Issuer, with a copy to the Servicer, the most recent non-confidential written report, if any, prepared by the Custodian’s independent certified public accountants with respect to the custodial services provided by the Custodian to its customers.

 

(c)       The Issuer may elect to participate in any of the electronic on-line service and communications systems offered by the Custodian which can provide the Issuer, on a daily basis, with the ability to view on-line or to print a hard copy of various reports of any Trust Account’s activity and of the Trust Account Property. To the extent that such service shall include market values of any of the Securities, the Issuer hereby acknowledges that the Custodian now obtains and may in the future obtain information on such values from outside sources that the Custodian considers to be reliable and the Issuer agrees that the Custodian (i) does not verify nor represent or warrant either the reliability of such service nor the accuracy or completeness of any such information furnished or obtained by or through such service and (ii) shall be without liability in selecting and utilizing such service or furnishing any information derived therefrom.

 

(d)       The Custodian shall issue a confirmation or safekeeping receipt to the Issuer for each Security received by the Custodian hereunder which identifies (as applicable) the issuer, the maturity date, the face amount and the coupon rate. The Custodian shall provide to the Issuer a custodial statement for each preceding month listing the Financial Assets held in each Trust Account. Such report shall include the principal amount of each Financial Asset. The Issuer shall promptly review all such reports and shall promptly advise the Custodian of any error, omission or inaccuracy in same. In no event shall the Custodian be required to determine or report the market value of any Financial Asset.

 

SECTION 7.         Holding of Financial Assets, Nominees, etc. In order to perfect the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in the Financial Assets credited to the Trust Accounts, the Financial Assets shall at all times be held or maintained in the Custodian’s name or in the name of the Custodian’s nominee. The Custodian may combine certificates representing Financial Assets held in a Trust Account with certificates of the same issue held by it as fiduciary or as a custodian.

 

SECTION 8.         Proxies, etc. If a Custodian Authorized Officer shall receive any proxies, notices, reports or other communications relative to any of the Financial Assets, the Custodian shall (within three Business Days after receipt by the Custodian) transmit to the Issuer, with a copy to the Servicer, or notify the Issuer of the receipt of, such proxies, notices, reports or other communications. Neither the Custodian nor its nominees or agents shall vote upon or in respect of any of the Financial Assets in any Trust Account, execute any form of proxy to vote thereon, or give any consent or take any action (except as provided in Sections 3 and 4 ) with respect thereto except upon the receipt of Instructions relative thereto.

 

  - 8 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

SECTION 9.         Instructions . (a) The term “Instructions” means instructions from the Issuer (which may be by the Servicer on behalf of the Issuer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement) or the Indenture Trustee in respect of any of the Custodian’s duties hereunder which have been received by the Custodian as shall have been furnished by the Custodian to the Issuer pursuant to the provisions hereof. All Instructions shall be communicated: (i) in writing (including, without limitation, facsimile transmission) signed or given by such one or more Person or Persons as the Issuer, the Servicer on behalf of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, shall have from time to time authorized in writing to give the particular class of Instructions in question and whose name and (if applicable) signature and office address have been filed with the Custodian, (ii) electronically through an electronic on-line service and communications system offered by the Custodian or other electronic instruction system acceptable to the Custodian or (iii) in such other form of instructions as the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may from time to time authorize in writing and which the Custodian has agreed in writing to accept. The Custodian shall not act upon any oral Instructions from the Issuer, the Servicer on behalf of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or their authorized agents. The Custodian shall promptly provide notice to the Indenture Trustee of any Instructions received by it from the Issuer or the Servicer on behalf of the Issuer.

 

(b)       The Custodian shall have the right to assume in the absence of notice to the contrary from the Issuer, the Servicer on behalf of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, that any Person whose name is on file with the Custodian pursuant to this Section 9 has been authorized by the Issuer, the Servicer or the Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, to give the Instructions in question and that such authorization has not been revoked. The Custodian may act upon and conclusively rely on, without any liability to the Issuer or any other Person or entity for any losses resulting therefrom, any Instructions reasonably believed by it to be furnished by the proper Person or Persons as provided above.

 

(c)       Instructions may relate to specific transactions or to types or classes of transactions, any investment of funds, including in Permitted Investments, and may be in the form of standing instructions. Without limiting the foregoing:

 

(i)       The Indenture Trustee or (prior to the delivery of a Notice of Exclusive Control) the Issuer may from time to time issue Instructions, in accordance with Section 9(a) , directing the Custodian to release any Financial Asset held in physical form to the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer or the designee of the instructing party. The Custodian is hereby authorized, upon written receipt of any such Instructions, to release any such Financial Asset to the Issuer or its designee. All Financial Assets so released to any designee of the Issuer shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Issuer as owner and the Indenture Trustee as secured party. The Issuer or its designee shall return such Financial Asset to the Custodian when the Issuer’s need therefor no longer exists, unless the Financial Asset has been sold or liquidated by the Issuer. The Issuer shall notify the Custodian if such Financial Asset has been sold or liquidated, and the Custodian shall no longer have any duties, responsibilities or liability with respect to such Financial Asset.

 

(ii)       Upon written notification from the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, the Custodian shall return the Financial Assets and any other Trust Account Property in the applicable Trust Account to or at the direction of the Issuer. Any such delivery shall constitute a complete discharge of the Custodian from any and all further liability for such Financial Assets and Trust Account Property hereunder.

 

  - 9 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

(iii)       Prior to the delivery of a Notice of Exclusive Control, the Issuer may give Instructions with respect to any vote to be taken upon or in respect of any of the Securities in any Trust Account.

 

SECTION 10.         Standard of Care . (a) The Custodian shall be responsible for the performance of only such duties as are set forth in this Agreement. The Custodian will act without negligence with respect to the safekeeping of Trust Account Property in the Trust Accounts and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, in carrying out its obligations under this Agreement. The Custodian will give the Trust Account Property in the Trust Accounts equal care and safeguards as are afforded similar property owned by the Custodian.

 

(b)       Absent negligence, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any Trust Account Property or other property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement and may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting on any written notice, request, waiver, consent or instrument believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Custodian shall have no duty to determine or inquire into the happening or occurrence of any event or contingency. The Custodian may consult with and obtain advice from legal counsel as to any provision hereof or its duties hereunder and shall be fully protected in acting on advice of such counsel. The Custodian may conclusively rely on, without liability for any loss resulting therefrom, any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed or furnished by the proper party or parties, including, without limitation, Instructions. The Custodian shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds in performance of its duties hereunder unless indemnity reasonably satisfactory to Custodian is assured to it. The Issuer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Custodian, its officers, directors, employees and agents harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, demands, expenses, costs, cause of action, judgments or liabilities that may be incurred by the Custodian, its officers, directors, employees and agents arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with the Custodian’s acceptance or appointment as Custodian hereunder, including the reasonable legal costs and expenses as such expenses are incurred (including, without limitation, the expenses of any experts, counsel or agents) of investigating, preparing for or defending itself against any action, claim or liability in connection with its performance hereunder or defending any claim or bringing any claim to enforce the indemnification obligations of the Issuer hereunder. In no event, however, shall the Issuer be obligated to indemnify the Custodian and save the Custodian harmless from any fees, expenses, charges and/or liabilities incurred by the Custodian as a result of its own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence. Anything in this Agreement notwithstanding, in no event shall the Custodian be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profits), even if the Custodian has been advised of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. The indemnification in favor of the Custodian in this Agreement shall survive any resignation or removal of the Custodian (to the extent of indemnified liabilities, costs, expenses and other indemnified amounts arising or incurred prior to, or arising as a result of actions or omissions occurring prior to, such resignation or removal) and the termination of this Agreement.

 

  - 10 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

(c)       In no event shall the Custodian be liable for any consequential, special, punitive or indirect damages. The Custodian shall have no liability for loss arising from any cause beyond its control, including but not limited to, the act, failure or neglect of any agent or correspondent selected by the Custodian for the remittance of funds; any delay, error, omission or default of any mail, telegraph, cable or wireless agency or operator; or the acts or edicts of any government or governmental agency or other group or entity exercising governmental powers.

 

(d)       In the event the Issuer subscribes to an electronic on-line service and communications system offered by the Custodian, the Issuer shall be fully responsible for the security of the Issuer’s connecting terminal, access thereto and the proper and authorized use thereof and the initiation and application of continuing effective safeguards with respect thereto and agrees to defend and indemnify the Custodian and hold the Custodian harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Custodian as a result of any improper or unauthorized use of such terminal by the Issuer or by any others (including the costs and expenses of enforcing such indemnification obligation) unless the loss, damage, cost or expense is a result of the Custodian’s negligence or misconduct.

 

(e)       All collections of funds or other property to be paid in respect of Trust Account Property in a Trust Account shall be made for the account of, and at the risk of, the Issuer, and the Custodian shall not be liable to the Issuer in the event that the obligor on any Trust Account Property (other than Trust Account Property issued by the Custodian) fails to make any payment due thereunder. The Custodian may hold funds uninvested (without any requirement to pay for interest or earnings) in the absence of written investment direction. For the avoidance of doubt, such written investment direction may include standing directions.

 

(f)       Absent negligence, the Custodian shall have no liability for any loss occasioned by delay in the actual receipt of notice by the Custodian of any payment, redemption or other transaction regarding Trust Account Property in a Trust Account in respect of which the Custodian has agreed to take action as provided in Section 3 hereof. The Custodian shall not be liable for any loss resulting from, or caused by, acts of governmental authorities (whether de jure or de facto), including, without limitation, nationalization, expropriation and the imposition of currency restrictions; devaluations of or fluctuations in the value of currencies; changes in laws and regulations applicable to the banking or securities industry; market conditions that prevent the orderly execution of securities transactions or affect the value of Trust Account Property; acts of war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; strikes or work stoppages; the inability of a local clearing and settlement system to settle transactions for reasons beyond the control of the Custodian or hurricane, cyclone, earthquake, volcanic eruption, nuclear fusion, fission or radioactivity or other acts of God.

 

(g)       The Custodian shall have no liability in respect of any loss, damage or expense suffered by the Issuer, insofar as such loss, damage or expense arises from the performance of the Custodian’s duties hereunder by reason of the Custodian’s reliance upon records that were maintained for the Issuer by entities other than the Custodian prior to the Custodian’s employment under this Agreement.

 

  - 11 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

(h)       The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability to the Indenture Trustee for releasing any of the Trust Account Property held in a Trust Account at the direction of the Issuer or its authorized representatives in accordance with Section 9 hereof or, subject to Section 4 hereof, complying with Entitlement Orders concerning a Trust Account from the Issuer or its authorized representatives, which are received by the Custodian before the Custodian receives a Notice of Exclusive Control from the Indenture Trustee or its authorized representatives. The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability to the Issuer for complying with a Notice of Exclusive Control or complying at any time with Entitlement Orders concerning a Trust Account originated by the Indenture Trustee. The Custodian shall have no duty to investigate or make any determination as to whether a Default or Event of Default exists under the Indenture, and shall comply with a Notice of Exclusive Control without investigation even if the Custodian receives a claim that no such Default or Event of Default exists or believes that no such Default or Event of Default exists. In no event shall the Custodian be deemed to have notice of any Event of Default or Default unless notice of such event has been sent to a Custodian Authorized Officer. This Agreement does not create any obligation or duty on the part of the Custodian other than those expressly set forth herein. Upon receipt of a Notice of Exclusive Control with respect to a Trust Account, the Custodian shall notify the Issuer, with a copy to the Servicer, of its receipt of such Notice of Exclusive Control. The Custodian may fully rely, and may take the actions herein set forth, notwithstanding any notice of dispute between the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer.

 

(i)       The Custodian shall not be responsible for determining whether the investment Instructions delivered by the Servicer to the Custodian pursuant to Section 2.2(f) of the Servicing Agreement direct the Custodian to invest in Permitted Investments.  The Custodian shall have no liability for any determination of Permitted Investment or Instruction made by the Servicer thereunder.   

 

(j)       The provisions of this Section shall survive termination of this Agreement or the earlier resignation or removal of the Custodian.

 

SECTION 11.         No Additional Duties . The parties acknowledge and agree that the Custodian shall not have any additional duties other than those expressly provided herein. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this agreement, the Custodian shall have no duty, obligation or liability to ensure compliance with any regulation or statute applicable to the Issuer.

 

SECTION 12.         Investment Limitations and Legal or Contractual Restrictions or Regulations . The Custodian shall not be liable to the Issuer and the Issuer agrees to indemnify the Custodian and its nominees (which indemnification shall include costs and expenses related to enforcement), for any loss, damage or expense suffered or incurred by the Custodian or its nominees arising out of any violation of any investment restriction or other restriction or limitation applicable to the Issuer pursuant to any contract or any law or regulation, unless the loss, damage or expense is a result of the Custodian’s negligence or misconduct. The provisions of this Section 12 shall survive termination of this Agreement or the earlier resignation or removal of the Custodian.

 

  - 12 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

SECTION 13.         Fees and Expenses . The Custodian shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services pursuant to this Agreement as may be mutually agreed upon by the Custodian and the Issuer in writing from time to time and the Custodian’s reasonable out-of-pocket or incidental expenses in connection with the performance of this Agreement, including (but without limitation) legal fees as described in this Agreement and/or deemed necessary in the judgment of the Custodian to keep safe or protect the Trust Account Property in the Trust Accounts. The Issuer hereby agrees to hold the Custodian harmless from any liability or loss resulting from any taxes or other governmental charges, and any expense related thereto, which may be imposed, or assessed with respect to any Trust Account Property in the Trust Accounts and also agrees to hold the Custodian and its nominees harmless from any liability as a record holder of Trust Account Property in the Trust Accounts. The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the earlier resignation or removal of the Custodian.

 

All fees and other amounts payable by the Issuer hereunder shall be paid by the Issuer to the Custodian by wire transfer or check on September 30 of each year, beginning in September, 2018 or if such day is not a business day, the following business day (each, a “ Remittance Date ”). With respect to each Remittance Date, the Custodian shall be paid the amounts shown on any invoice furnished by the Custodian to the Issuer, with a copy to the Servicer, no later than the 15 th day of the month prior to the month in which such Remittance Date occurs, which invoice shall be in reasonable detail, separately listing any expense, liability or loss (together with reasonable supporting documentation with respect to any expense, liability or loss).

 

SECTION 14.         Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)       The Issuer hereby represents, warrants and covenants, as applicable, to the Custodian and the Indenture Trustee that:

 

(i)       the employment of the Custodian and the allocation of fees, expenses and other charges to the Trust Accounts as provided in this Agreement are not prohibited by law or any governing documents or contracts to which it is subject;

 

(ii)       the terms of this Agreement do not violate any obligation by which it is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise;

 

(iii)       this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate action and when executed and delivered will be binding upon it in accordance with its terms; and

 

(iv)       it will deliver to the Custodian such evidence of such authorization as the Custodian may reasonably require, whether by way of a certified resolution or otherwise.

 

(b)       The Custodian hereby represents, warrants and covenants, as applicable, to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee that:

 

(i)       the terms of this Agreement do not violate any obligation by which it is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise;

 

(ii)       this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate action and when executed and delivered will be binding upon it in accordance with its terms, except (A) as may be limited by bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, receivership, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally, and by general equitable principles, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and (B) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought;

 

  - 13 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

  

(iii)       it will deliver to the Issuer such reasonable evidence of such authorization as the Issuer may reasonably require, whether by way of a certified resolution or otherwise;

 

(iv)       (A) it is and will remain a “securities intermediary” within the meaning of such term in Section 8-102(a)(14) of Article 8 of the UCC, (B) it is and will remain a “securities intermediary” within the meaning of such term in 31 C.F.R. §357.2 (Regulations Governing Book-Entry Treasury Bonds, Notes and Bills) and (C) it has received a copy of this Agreement signed by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee;

 

(v)       each Trust Account will be treated as a Securities Account;

 

(vi)       it is a bank or trust company located within the United States having a combined capital and surplus of at least $200,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition and its long-term unsecured debt obligations are rated at least “BBB+” by S&P and “Baa1” by Moody’s;

 

(vii)       it is not a clearing corporation (as such term is used in Section 8-102(a)(5) of the UCC); and

 

(viii)       it does not have “notice” (as such term is used in Section 8-105 of the UCC) of any right, title, interest or claim (including, without limitation, any adverse claim) by any Person other than the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in or to any of the Trust Account Property.

 

(c)       The Indenture Trustee hereby represents, warrants and covenants, as applicable, to the Issuer and the Custodian that:

 

(i)       the terms of this Agreement do not violate any obligation by which it is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise;

 

(ii)       this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate action and when executed and delivered will be binding upon it in accordance with its terms except (A) as may be limited by bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, receivership, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally, and by general equitable principles, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and (B) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought;

 

  - 14 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

  

(iii)       it will deliver to the Issuer such reasonable evidence of such authorization as the Custodian may reasonably require, whether by way of a certified resolution or otherwise;

 

(iv)       it is not a clearing corporation (as such term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(5) of the UCC); and

 

(v)       it does not have “notice” (as such term is used in Section 8-105 of the UCC) of any right, title, interest or claim (including, without limitation, any adverse claim) by any Person other than the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in or to any of the Trust Account Property.

 

SECTION 15. No Petition . The Custodian, by entering into this Agreement, hereby covenants and agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Issuer or join in any institution against the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to this Agreement; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall preclude, or be deemed to estop, the Custodian from taking any action prior to the expiration of the applicable preference period in any involuntary proceeding filed or commenced against the Issuer by a Person other than the Custodian or to otherwise limit any claims that the Custodian may have against the Issuer.

 

SECTION 16. Publicity . The Issuer shall furnish to the Custodian at its address for notice as set forth in Section 17 , prior to any distribution thereof, copies of any material prepared for distribution to any Persons who are not parties hereto that refer in any way to the Custodian. The Issuer shall not distribute or permit the distribution of such materials if the Custodian reasonably objects in writing within ten (10) Business Days of receipt thereof (or such other time as may be mutually agreed) after receipt thereof. The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 17. Notices . Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, all notices and other communications between the parties shall be (a) in writing and shall be either hand delivered or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, or sent by electronic facsimile or courier to the address below and (b) deemed effective when received.

 

(i) If to the Issuer:

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust
c/o Synchrony Bank, as Administrator
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, Connecticut 06902
Attention: Eric Duenwald – Treasurer

Telephone: (203) 585-2906
Facsimile: (844) 265-2601

Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com

 

  - 15 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

(ii) If to the Servicer:

 

Synchrony Bank
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, Connecticut 06902
Attention: Eric Duenwald – Treasurer

Telephone: (203) 585-2906
Facsimile: (844) 265-2601

Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com

 

(iii) If to the Custodian:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

Attention: Corporate Trust Office – Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

101 Barclay Street

New York, NY 10286

 

(iv) If to the Indenture Trustee:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

Attention: Corporate Trust Office – Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

101 Barclay Street

New York, NY 10286

 

Each party may change its address for purposes hereof by giving notice to the other parties in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

 

SECTION 18. Amendment, Modifications, etc. No provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived except in a writing signed by the parties hereto. No waiver of any provision hereto shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless it is so designated. No failure or delay on the part of either party in exercising any power or right under this Agreement operates as a waiver, nor does any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.

 

SECTION 19. Term; Termination . (a) This Agreement may be terminated by the Issuer by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the Custodian and the Indenture Trustee, such termination to take effect on the date of such delivery or receipt by the Custodian; provided , however, that until a successor custodian shall have been appointed by the Issuer, and the Custodian shall have transferred the Financial Assets and other Trust Account Property as provided below, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

(b)       This Agreement may be terminated by the Custodian by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, such termination to take effect not sooner than (i) thirty (30) days after the date of such delivery or mailing if The Bank of New York Mellon is being replaced as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, or (ii) ninety (90) days after the date of such delivery or mailing; provided , however, that until a successor custodian shall have been appointed, and the Custodian shall have transferred the Trust Account Property as provided below to such successor custodian, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. If such successor custodian is not appointed by the Issuer within ninety (90) days of the delivery by the Custodian of its notice of termination of this Agreement, the Indenture Trustee acting alone shall designate such successor custodian, in writing delivered to the Issuer and the Custodian, selected from among the ten largest commercial banks (in terms of deposit) in New York City or in accordance with the directions of a final order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. If a successor custodian shall be appointed as herein provided upon termination of this Agreement, the Custodian shall transfer all Trust Account Property to the designated account of the successor custodian physically or in the appropriate book-entry system, if feasible, and thereupon the Custodian shall be discharged from any and all further responsibility hereunder.

 

  - 16 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

SECTION 20. Assignments . The Custodian acknowledges that the Issuer’s rights under this Agreement have been pledged to the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as indenture trustee as security for the obligations of the Issuer described as secured obligations in the Indenture. The Custodian agrees to perform its duties hereunder for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee and its successors and assigns and agrees that from and after the date on which the Custodian receives a Notice of Exclusive Control it will only accept instructions from the Indenture Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in the first sentence of this Section, this Agreement shall not be assignable by any party, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, but shall bind the successors in interest of the Issuer and the Custodian.

 

SECTION 21. Jurisdiction and Location of Custodian; Applicable Law . (a) Regardless of any contrary provision in any other agreement, the Custodian, the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer hereby agree that the State of New York shall be the Custodian’s location and its “jurisdiction” for the purposes of this Agreement and the perfection, effect of perfection or nonperfection and priority of the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in the Trust Accounts and the Financial Assets and other Trust Account Property credited thereto.

 

(b)       To the extent that there are any other agreements with the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or Custodian governing the Trust Accounts (any or each of such agreements, also an “ Account Agreement ”), the parties agree that each and every such agreement is hereby amended to provide that with respect to the Trust Accounts, the law applicable to all issues specified in Article 2(1) of the Hague Securities Convention shall be the laws of the State of New York.

 

SECTION 22. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW AND ARTICLES 8 AND 9 OF THE UCC, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

 

  - 17 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 17 AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 23. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with all Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto, contain the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 25. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs hereof are included for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

 

  - 18 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

SECTION 26. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 27. Agents . The Custodian hereby acknowledges that it has been advised that any agent of the Issuer may act on behalf of the Issuer hereunder for purposes of all consents, amendments, waivers and other actions permitted or required to be taken, delivered or performed by the Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee agrees that any such action taken by an agent on behalf of the Issuer shall satisfy the Issuer’s obligations hereunder.

 

SECTION 28. Limitation of Liability . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this document is executed and delivered by Citibank, N.A., not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of the Issuer, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Citibank, N.A. but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Citibank, N.A., individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (d) Citibank, N.A. has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by the Issuer or any other party in this Agreement, and (e) under no circumstances shall Citibank, N.A. be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this document.

 

SECTION 29. Indenture Trustee . The Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to the same rights, protections and indemnities under this Agreement that it is entitled to under the Indenture.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

  - 19 -

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused its duly authorized signatories to execute this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

The Bank of New York Mellon , as

Custodian

     
  By: /s/ Leslie Morales
  Name:  Leslie Morales
  Title Vice President

 

  S- 1

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

 

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust , as

Issuer

     
  By: Citibank, N.A. , not in its individual
    capacity, but solely as Trustee
     
  By: /s/ Kristen Driscoll
  Name:  Kristen Driscoll
  Title Vice President

 

  S- 2

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

 

The Bank of New York Mellon , as

Indenture Trustee

     
  By: /s/ Leslie Morales
  Name:  Leslie Morales
  Title Vice President

 

  S- 3

Custody and Control Agreement

 

 

EXHIBIT A

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S NOTICE OF EXCLUSIVE CONTROL

 

__________ __, 20___

 

TO: The Bank of New York Mellon

Attention: Corporate Trust Office – Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

101 Barclay Street

New York, NY 10286

 

Re: Notice of Exclusive Control – [ ] Account No. [ ]

 

Dear Sirs:

 

Pursuant to the provisions of the Custody and Control Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 30, 2017, among the undersigned as Indenture Trustee, Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, as Issuer, and you as Custodian, the undersigned hereby gives notice of the exercise of exclusive control over the [ACCOUNT/ACCOUNT NO.]. [Subject to the provisions of the Agreement, you are hereby instructed to transfer and credit on your books and records all Trust Account Property in the [ACCOUNT/ACCOUNT NO.] [to an account in the name of the undersigned as the Entitlement Holder]].

 

In accordance with the Agreement, you are hereby notified to cease complying with Entitlement Orders or other directions concerning the [ACCOUNT/ACCOUNT NO.] or the Financial Assets [and other Trust Account Property] therein originated by the Issuer or its representatives.

 

  -i-  

 

 

All capitalized terms used herein without definition have the same meanings as are ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  The Bank of New York Mellon , as
Indenture Trustee
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  -ii-  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.9

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES SALE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

SYNCHRONY BANK,

 

Seller,

 

and

 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC

 

Buyer

 

Dated as of May 1, 2018

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS 1
     
Section 1.1 Definitions 1
     
ARTICLE II SALES and contributions 6
     
Section 2.1 Sales and Contributions 6
     
Section 2.2 Acceptance by Buyer 7
     
Section 2.3 Grant of Security Interest 8
     
Section 2.4 Purchase Price 8
     
Section 2.5 Adjustments 8
     
Section 2.6 Addition of Accounts 9
     
Section 2.7 Removal of Accounts 9
     
Section 2.8 Additional Sellers 10
     
Section 2.9 Additional Originators 10
     
ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 11
     
Section 3.1 Conditions to all Transfers 11
     
ARTICLE IV OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO SELLER 11
     
Section 4.1 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Seller, etc 11
     
ARTICLE V insolvency EVENTS 12
     
Section 5.1 Rights upon the Occurrence of an Insolvency Event 12
     
ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS 13
     
Section 6.1 Representations and Warranties of Seller 13
     
Section 6.2 Affirmative Covenants of Seller 16
     
Section 6.3 Negative Covenants of Seller 17
     
Section 6.4 Compliance with the FDIC Rule 18
     
ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS 19
     
Section 7.1 Notices 19
     
Section 7.2 No Waiver; Remedies 20
     
Section 7.3 Successors and Assigns 20
     
Section 7.4 Termination 20
     
Section 7.5 Survival 20
     
Section 7.6 Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement 21
     
Section 7.7 GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 21

 

  i  

 

  

Section 7.8 Counterparts 22
     
Section 7.9 Severability 22
     
Section 7.10 Section Titles 22
     
Section 7.11 No Setoff 22
     
Section 7.12 Confidentiality 22
     
Section 7.13 Further Assurances 23
     
Section 7.14 Relationship of Parties 23
     
Section 7.15 No Indirect or Consequential Damages 23
     
Section 7.16 Dispute Resolution 24
     
Section 7.17 Relationship of Parties 26
     
Section 7.18 No Petition 26
     
Section 7.19 Effectiveness 26
     
SCHEDULES    
     
SCHEDULE 1 List of Accounts  
     
SCHEDULE 6.1(a) Seller’s UCC Information  
     
EXHIBITS    
     
EXHIBIT A Form of Assignment of Transferred Receivables in Additional Accounts  
     
EXHIBIT B Form of Reassignment of Transferred Receivables in Removed Accounts  

 

  ii  

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES SALE AGREEMENT, dated as of May 1, 2018 (this “ Agreement ”), between SYNCHRONY BANK, a federal savings association organized under the laws of the United States, (the “ Bank ”) and SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as Buyer (“ Buyer ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Bank, as Seller, and Buyer are parties to that certain Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017 (as amended prior to the date hereof, the “ Original Receivables Sale Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank, as Seller, and Buyer desire to amend and restate the Original Receivables Sale Agreement in the form of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1            Definitions .

 

(a)          All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(b)          Initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings assigned thereto in (or by reference in) the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “ Indenture ”), between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the conventions set forth in subsections 1.01(a) through (g) of the Indenture. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms and phrases and any definitions incorporated herein are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and the neuter genders of such terms:

 

Account ” means an “Account” (as defined in the Indenture); it being understood that any credit accounts all of the Receivables in which are either reassigned or assigned to Transferor or its designee in accordance with the Transfer Agreement shall remain “Accounts” for purposes of this Agreement unless all of the Receivables in such Accounts are also reassigned or assigned to the related Seller or its designee in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Addition Cut-Off Date ” means, as to any Additional Account, the date specified in the related Assignment.

 

  1  

 

 

Addition Date ” means, as to any Additional Account, the date as of which Receivables outstanding in such Additional Account are first sold or contributed to Buyer, as specified in the related Assignment.

 

Addition Representation Date ” means, as to any Additional Account, the date specified in the related Assignment; provided , that such Addition Representation Date shall not be more than 7 Business Days prior to the Addition Cut-Off Date specified in the related Assignment; provided , further , that the Addition Representation Date with respect to any Assignment executed prior to the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall mean the Addition Cut-Off Date specified in the related Assignment.

 

Additional Accounts ” is defined in Section 2.6(a) .

 

Amendment and Restatement Effective Date ” means May 1, 2018.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble.

 

Agreement Termination Date ” is defined in Section 7.4 .

 

Assignment ” is defined in Section 2.6(b) .

 

Buyer ” is defined in the preamble.

 

Conveyance Date ” means a date on which Buyer acquires Transferred Receivables from Seller pursuant to Section 2.1 or any Assignment.

 

Debtor Relief Laws ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, suspension of payments, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets or similar debtor relief laws of the United States, any state or any foreign country from time to time in effect, affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Eligible Account ” means a credit card account that (x) in the case of any Initial Account, satisfied each of the requirements below as of the Initial Cut-Off Date and (y) in the case of any Additional Account, satisfies each of the requirements below as of the applicable Addition Representation Date:

 

(a)          the account is established or acquired by an Originator;

 

(b)          the Originator’s electronic records related to the account do not indicate that the account has been cancelled;

 

(c)          the Originator’s electronic records related to the account indicate that the account is payable in United States dollars;

 

(d)          the Originator’s electronic records related to the account do not indicate that the account is a closed-end account;

 

  2  

 

  

(e)          except as provided below, the account has not been identified on the Originator’s electronic records related to the account as an account (i) the credit cards for which have been reported to Originator as lost or stolen or (ii) the Obligor of which is the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding;

 

(f)          none of the Receivables in the account have been identified by the electronic records of Originator as having been sold, pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than Buyer, Issuer or Indenture Trustee, unless any such pledge or assignment is released on or before the Initial Transfer Date or the Addition Date, as applicable;

 

(g)          except as provided below, none of the Receivables in the account are Charged-Off Receivables or have been identified by the electronic records of Originator as having been incurred as a result of fraudulent use;

 

(h)          according to the electronic records of Originator, the account has an Obligor who has provided as his or her most recent billing address, an address located in the United States (or a territory thereof) or a United States military address; and

 

(i)          none of the Receivables in the account is listed on Originator’s electronic records as an obligation of the United States, any state or agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Eligible Accounts may include accounts, the receivables in which have been written off as uncollectible, or as to which Originator believes the related Obligor is bankrupt and certain receivables that have been identified by the Obligor as having been incurred as a result of fraudulent use of credit cards or any credit cards have been reported to Originator as lost or stolen, so long as (1) the balance of all receivables included in such accounts is reflected on the books and records of Originator (and is treated for purposes of the Related Documents) as “zero” and (2) charging privileges with respect to all such accounts have been canceled and are not reinstated.

 

Eligible Receivable ” means a Receivable:

 

(a)          that has arisen under an Eligible Account;

 

(b)          that complied at the time it was originated with all Requirements of Law applicable to Originator the failure to comply with which would have a material adverse effect on Buyer or any of its creditors;

 

(c)          the terms of the Receivable do not limit the right of the owner of the Receivable to sell and assign the Receivable;

 

(d)          that at the time of transfer to Buyer is the legal and binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereof, legally enforceable in all material respects against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws, and by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity) and the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act;

 

  3  

 

 

(e)          that constitutes an “account” or “general intangible” within the meaning of UCC Section 9-102; and

 

(f)          that, at the time of its transfer to Buyer, the Originator’s electronic records do not reflect any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or any other defense of the Obligor (including the defense of usury), other than defenses arising out of Debtor Relief Laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or equity) or as to which Seller makes an adjustment pursuant to Section 2.5 .

 

Flagged Account ” is defined in Section 2.1(b) .

 

Inactive Account ” is defined in Section 2.7(c) .

 

Ineligible Receivable ” is defined in Section 6.1(c) .

 

Initial Cut-Off Date ” means, with respect to each Initial Account, the date specified in the related Account Schedule as the cut-off date for such Initial Account.

 

Interchange Accrual Rate ” means, with respect to each credit card program relating to the Accounts and any Monthly Period, the result (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the total amount of Interchange for the second preceding Monthly Period arising from such credit card program divided by (b) the aggregate amount of cardholder charges for goods and services for all credit card accounts in such credit card program during the second preceding Monthly Period.

 

Interchange Amount ” means, for any credit card program relating to the Accounts and each Date of Processing, the amount determined pursuant to Section 2.1(d) or such other amount determined by the Originator, in its sole discretion, to be reasonably representative of the amount of Interchange that is generated by the Receivables arising in the Accounts of such Originator. The Originator may, with notice to Transferor and Servicer, from time to time modify the methodology for determining the Interchange Amount to more closely approximate the actual Interchange relating to the Transferred Receivables. Unless modified in accordance with the preceding sentence, Bank, as Originator, will use the methodology described in Section 2.1(d) to calculate the Interchange Amount.

 

Intercompany Note ” means an intercompany line of credit evidencing borrowings made by Buyer from Seller.

 

Involuntary Removal ” is defined in Section 2.7(b) .

 

Originator ” means Seller or any other originator so designated pursuant to Section 2.9 .

 

Purchase Price ” is defined in Section 2.4(a) .

 

Reassignment ” is defined in Section 2.7(a) .

 

  4  

 

 

Removed Accounts ” is defined in Section 2.7(a) .

 

Removal Cut-Off Date ” means the date as of which any credit card accounts are designated to be removed as Accounts, as specified in the related Reassignment.

 

Removal Date ” is defined in Section 2.7(a) .

 

Requesting Party ” means (i) any Person requesting that Seller repurchase a Transferred Receivable as a result of a breach of a representation or warranty of Seller set forth in this Agreement or (ii) any Verified Note Owner.

 

Seller ” means Synchrony Bank or any additional Person designated as a “Seller” in accordance with Section 2.8 .

 

Transferred Assets ” is defined in Section 2.1(a) .

 

Transferred Receivable ” means any Receivable purchased by Buyer from Seller pursuant to this Agreement or any Assignment, including Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables that exist at the time of purchase of any Principal Receivables in the same Account or that arise in an Account after the date of purchase of Principal Receivables in the Account. However, Receivables that are repurchased by Seller pursuant to this Agreement or purchased by Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement shall cease to be considered “Transferred Receivables” from the date of such purchase.

 

  5  

 

 

ARTICLE II

SALES and contributions

 

Section 2.1            Sales and Contributions . (a) By execution of this Agreement, Seller does hereby transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to Buyer, without recourse except as provided herein, all its right, title and interest in, to and under: (i) the Receivables existing at the opening of business on the Initial Cut-Off Date, and thereafter created from time to time in the Initial Accounts until the Agreement Termination Date, and the Receivables existing on the Addition Cut-Off Date as designated pursuant to the related Assignment, and thereafter created from time to time in each Additional Account until the Agreement Termination Date, together with the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto and related Recoveries, in each case together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto, (ii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing or the following, all of Seller’s rights to receive payments from any Program Partner on account of in-store payments and any other amounts received by such Program Partner in payment of Receivables, (iii) the Interchange Amounts for all credit card programs relating to the Accounts on each Date of Processing and (iv) all proceeds of all of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Transferred Assets ”). The foregoing does not constitute and is not intended to result in the creation or assumption by Buyer of any obligation of Originator, Seller or any other Person in connection with the Accounts or the Transferred Receivables or under any agreement or instrument relating thereto, including any obligation to Obligors, merchant banks, Program Partners, clearance systems or insurers. The foregoing conveyances shall be effective (x) on the Initial Transfer Date, with respect to all Transferred Assets arising in the Initial Accounts and existing on the Initial Cut-Off Date or arising in the Initial Accounts on or prior to the Initial Transfer Date, (y) on the applicable Addition Date, with respect to Transferred Assets arising in Additional Accounts and existing on the applicable Addition Cut-Off Date or arising in the Additional Accounts on or prior to the applicable Addition Date or (z) with respect to any other Transferred Assets, instantaneously upon the creation of each Transferred Asset.

 

(b)          Seller agrees, at its own expense, (i) on or prior to (x) the Initial Transfer Date, in the case of the Initial Accounts, (y) the applicable Addition Date, in the case of Additional Accounts, and (z) the applicable Removal Date, in the case of Removed Accounts, to indicate, or cause to be indicated, in the appropriate electronic records that Receivables created (or reassigned, in the case of Removed Accounts) in connection with the Accounts have been conveyed to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement (or conveyed to Seller or its designee in accordance with Section 2.7 , in the case of Removed Accounts) by including, or causing to be included, in such electronic records a code so identifying each such Account (or, in the case of Removed Accounts, deleting, or causing to be deleted, such code thereafter) and (ii) on or prior to the date referred to in clauses (i)(x) , (y) or (z) , as applicable, to deliver to Buyer an Account Schedule. The initial such Account Schedule, as supplemented from time to time to reflect Additional Accounts and Removed Accounts, shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Agreement and is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. Once the code referenced in clause (i) of this paragraph has been included with respect to any Account, Seller further agrees not to permit such code to be altered during the remaining term of this Agreement unless and until (x) such Account becomes a Removed Account, or (y) Seller shall have delivered to Buyer prior written notice of its intention to do so and has taken such action as is necessary or advisable to cause the interest of Buyer in the Transferred Receivables to continue to be perfected with the priority required by this Agreement. At any time that the code referenced in clause (i) is included with respect to any account, such account shall be a “ Flagged Account .”

 

  6  

 

 

(c)          On or prior to the Initial Transfer Date, Seller agrees to record and file, at its own expense, financing statements (and continuation statements when applicable) with respect to the Transferred Assets conveyed by Seller existing on the Initial Cut-Off Date and thereafter created meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect, and maintain the perfection of, the transfer and assignment of its interest in such Transferred Assets to Buyer, and to deliver a file stamped copy of each such financing statement or other evidence of such filing (which may, for purposes of this Section 2.1 consist of telephone confirmation of such filing promptly followed by delivery to Buyer of a file-stamped copy) as soon as practicable after the Initial Transfer Date, and (if any additional filing is so necessary) as soon as practicable after the applicable Addition Date, in the case of Transferred Assets arising in Additional Accounts. Buyer shall be under no obligation whatsoever to file such financing or continuation statements or to make any other filing under the UCC in connection with such transfer and assignment.

 

(d)          Unless the methodology for calculating the Interchange Amount is otherwise modified by the Originator, in accordance with the definition of Interchange Amount, the Originator will use the methodology described in this Section 2.1(d) to calculate the Interchange Amount for the Accounts in each credit card program for each Date of Processing. Prior to the first day of each Monthly Period, the Originator will calculate the Interchange Accrual Rate for each credit card program relating to the Accounts for such Monthly Period. The Interchange Amount for the Accounts in each credit card program for any Date of Processing will be equal to the product of (i) the Principal Receivables originated in the Accounts in such credit card program on such Date of Processing, multiplied by (ii) the Interchange Accrual Rate for such credit card program and the related Monthly Period. Interchange Amounts shall be treated as Finance Charge Collections and deposited to the Collection Account in accordance with the Indenture as if such Interchange Amounts were Collections of Finance Charge Receivables.

 

Section 2.2            Acceptance by Buyer .

 

(a)          Buyer hereby acknowledges its acceptance of all right, title and interest to the property, now existing and hereafter created, conveyed to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.1 . Buyer shall maintain a copy of Schedule 1 , as delivered to it from time to time.

 

(b)          Buyer hereby agrees not to disclose to any Person any account numbers or other information contained in the Account Schedule, except (i) to Servicer, any Sub-Servicer or as required by a Requirement of Law applicable to Buyer, (ii) in connection with the performance of Buyer’s duties hereunder, (iii) to Indenture Trustee in connection with Indenture Trustee’s duties, (iv) to bona fide creditors or potential creditors of Servicer or Seller for the limited purpose of enabling any such creditor to identify Transferred Receivables or Accounts subject to this Agreement or (v) to the Issuer. Buyer agrees to take such measures as shall be reasonably requested by Seller to protect and maintain the security and confidentiality of such information and, in connection therewith, shall allow Seller or its duly authorized representatives to inspect Buyer’s security and confidentiality arrangements from time to time during normal business hours upon prior written notice. Buyer shall promptly notify Seller of any request received by Buyer to disclose information of the type described in this Section 2.2(b) , which notice shall in any event be provided no later than five (5) Business Days prior to disclosure of any such information unless Buyer is compelled pursuant to a Requirement of Law to disclose such information prior to the date that is five (5) Business Days after the giving of such notice.

 

  7  

 

 

Section 2.3            Grant of Security Interest . The parties hereto intend that each transfer of the Transferred Assets shall constitute a sale or contribution by Seller to Buyer and not a loan by Buyer to Seller secured by the Transferred Assets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 2.3 , if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any transaction provided for herein constitutes a loan and not a sale or contribution, then the parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall, and hereby does, constitute a security agreement under applicable law and that Seller shall be deemed to have granted, and Seller hereby grants, to Buyer a first priority lien and security interest in and to all of Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Transferred Assets, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances.

 

Section 2.4            Purchase Price . (a) The purchase price for the Transferred Receivables and the other Transferred Assets related thereto shall equal the fair market value of such Transferred Receivables and Transferred Assets as agreed upon by Buyer and Seller prior to such sale (such amount for any Transferred Assets, the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

(b)          The Purchase Price for any Transferred Assets sold by Seller shall be payable in full in cash on each Conveyance Date or less frequently if so agreed between Buyer and Seller. Seller may in its discretion contribute Receivables on any Business Day and the Purchase Price for any Transferred Assets contributed by Seller shall be deemed to be a capital contribution from Seller to Buyer. On each such Conveyance Date or other date set by the parties for payment, Buyer shall, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III , make available to Seller the Purchase Price for the applicable Transferred Assets in same day funds to the extent the Purchase Price is not contributed pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. To the extent the Purchase Price of Receivables on any Conveyance Date is not contributed to Buyer’s capital, then in the Buyer’s sole discretion, all or a portion of the Purchase Price for Receivables on such Conveyance Date may be deemed to be a borrowing by Buyer under the Intercompany Note; provided that no borrowing may be made under the Intercompany Note if, after giving effect to such borrowing, the likelihood of repayment of the Intercompany Note would be considered to be lower than investment grade as reasonably determined by the Buyer.

 

Section 2.5            Adjustments . If on any day the outstanding amount of any Principal Receivable is reduced because of a rebate, refund, unauthorized charge or billing error to an accountholder, or because such Principal Receivable was created in respect of merchandise which was refused or returned by an accountholder, or if the outstanding amount of any Principal Receivable is otherwise reduced other than on account of Collections thereof or such amount being charged-off as uncollectible, then, Seller shall compensate Buyer for such reduction in the outstanding amount of such Principal Receivable as provided below. Any adjustment required pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be made not later than the second Business Day after the Date of Processing for the event giving rise to such adjustment or less frequently if so agreed between Buyer and Seller. The amount of each such reduction shall be deducted from the amount of the Purchase Price payable by Buyer to Seller on the Conveyance Date that coincides with or next follows the date of the adjustment, and Seller shall pay Buyer on that Conveyance Date any excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions over the aggregate Purchase Price otherwise payable on that Conveyance Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on any Conveyance Date the aggregate amount of such reductions shall be paid gross by Seller to Buyer, without netting against the Purchase Price, to the extent that Buyer informs Seller that Buyer requires funds to make payments on account of such reductions under any of the Related Documents.

 

  8  

 

 

Section 2.6            Addition of Accounts .

 

(a)           Additional Accounts . From time to time, Seller may (and, if requested by Buyer, shall) designate additional Eligible Accounts (“ Additional Accounts ”) to be included as Accounts. Seller’s failure to designate Additional Accounts on Buyer’s request will not be deemed a breach of this Agreement if Seller does not have Eligible Accounts reasonably available for this purpose.

 

(b)           Conditions for Additions of Additional Accounts. Any sale or contribution of Receivables from Additional Accounts under subsection 2.6(a) shall occur only upon satisfaction of the following conditions (to the extent provided below):

 

(i)          on or before the Addition Date, Seller shall have delivered to Buyer, a written assignment in substantially the form of Exhibit A (the “ Assignment ”), and Seller shall indicate in its electronic records that the Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts have been transferred to Buyer; and

 

(ii)         Buyer shall have determined that all requirements relating to the designation of such Additional Accounts imposed by Buyer under the Transfer Agreement have been satisfied.

 

Section 2.7            Removal of Accounts .

 

(a)          From time to time, Seller may request (which request Buyer may deny, except in the case of Involuntary Removals effected pursuant to Section 2.7(b) ) the reassignment to it or its designee of all Buyer’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Transferred Receivables then existing and thereafter created in one or more Accounts (the “ Removed Accounts ”), together with the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto and Recoveries allocated to Buyer as provided herein, in each case together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto. Any such reassignment shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(i)          on or before the day immediately preceding the Removal Date, Seller shall have given Buyer and the Rating Agencies written notice of such removal and specifying the date for removal of the Removed Accounts (the “ Removal Date ”);

 

(ii)         except in the case of any Involuntary Removal, Buyer shall have delivered its written consent for such removal to Seller;

 

(iii)        on or prior to the Removal Date, Seller shall have delivered to Buyer an Account Schedule listing the Removed Accounts; and

 

  9  

 

 

(iv)        except in the case of any Involuntary Removal, Seller shall have delivered to Buyer an Officer’s Certificate, dated as of the Removal Date, to the effect that no selection procedure believed by Seller to be materially adverse to the interest of Buyer or any of its creditors has been used in removing Removed Accounts from among any pool of Accounts of a similar type.

 

Upon satisfaction of the above conditions (and subject to Buyer’s agreement, except in the case of Involuntary Removals, and receipt by Buyer of the reassignment price agreed upon between Buyer and Seller), Buyer shall execute and deliver to Seller or its designee a written reassignment in substantially the form of Exhibit B (the “ Reassignment ”) and shall, without further action, be deemed to transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to Seller or its designee, effective as of the Removal Date, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of Buyer in and to the Transferred Receivables arising in the Removed Accounts, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivables with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and all proceeds of the foregoing. In addition, Buyer shall execute such other documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall reasonably be requested by Seller to effect the conveyance of Transferred Receivables pursuant to this Section 2.7(a) .

 

(b)          Seller shall from time to time designate as Removed Accounts any Accounts designated for purchase by a Program Partner pursuant to the terms of the related Credit Card Program Agreement (each, an “ Involuntary Removal ”). Any repurchase of the Transferred Receivables in Removed Accounts designated pursuant to this Section 2.7(b) shall be effected at a purchase price equal to the fair value of such Transferred Receivables as of the Removal Date as agreed upon by Buyer and Seller prior to such sale.

 

(c)          Seller may from time to time, at its option, by notice to Buyer, designate as a Removed Account any Account (each, an “ Inactive Account ”) that has had a zero balance and on which no charges have been made, in each case for at least the preceding 12 months. On or prior to the Removal Date for any Inactive Accounts, Seller shall have delivered to Buyer an Account Schedule listing the Inactive Accounts that are to become Removed Accounts.

 

Section 2.8            Additional Sellers . Seller may designate additional or substitute Persons to be included as Sellers under this Agreement by an amendment or joinder to this Agreement with the consent of Buyer and the filing of appropriate financing statements in order to evidence the sales of Receivables by such additional Sellers under this Agreement.

 

Section 2.9            Additional Originators . Seller may designate additional Persons as Originators under this Agreement by an amendment to this Agreement with the consent of Buyer.

 

  10  

 

 

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

Section 3.1            Conditions to all Transfers . Each sale or contribution hereunder (including the initial sale or contribution hereunder) shall be subject to satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent (any one or more of which may be waived by Buyer) as of the Conveyance Date therefor:

 

(a)          this Agreement or counterparts hereof shall have been duly executed by, and delivered to, Seller and Buyer, and, with respect to the initial sale or contribution, Buyer shall have received such documents, instruments, agreements and legal opinions as Buyer shall reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer;

 

(b)          the representations and warranties of Seller contained herein or in any other Related Document required to be made on such Conveyance Date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such Conveyance Date, both before and after giving effect to such sale or contribution; and

 

(c)          Seller shall be in compliance in all material respects with each of its covenants and other agreements set forth herein.

 

The consummation by Seller of the sale or contribution, as applicable, of Transferred Assets on any Conveyance Date shall be deemed to constitute, as of any such Conveyance Date, a representation and warranty by Seller that the conditions in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 3.1 have been satisfied.

 

ARTICLE IV

OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO SELLER

 

Section 4.1            Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Seller, etc .

 

(a)          Seller shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person unless:

 

(i)          the Person formed by such consolidation or into which Seller is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of Seller substantially as an entirety shall be, if Seller is not the surviving entity, an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state or the District of Columbia, and, if Seller is not the surviving entity, such entity shall expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to Buyer, in form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, the performance of every covenant and obligation of Seller hereunder;

 

  11  

 

 

(ii)         Seller has delivered to Buyer (A) an Officer’s Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section 4.1 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with, and (B) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental agreement is a valid and binding obligation of such surviving entity enforceable against such surviving entity in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity);

 

(iii)        if Seller is not the surviving entity, the surviving entity shall file new UCC-1 financing statements with respect to the interest of Buyer in the Transferred Assets, if any; and

 

(iv)        prior written notice shall have been delivered to the Rating Agencies with respect to such merger, conveyance or transfer.

 

(b)          This Section 4.1 shall not be construed to prohibit or in any way limit Seller’s ability to effectuate any consolidation or merger pursuant to which Seller would be the surviving entity.

 

(c)          The obligations of Seller hereunder shall not be assignable nor shall any Person succeed to the obligations of Seller hereunder except in each case in accordance with (i) the provisions of the foregoing paragraphs, (ii) Section 2.8 of this Agreement or (iii) conveyances, mergers, consolidations, assumptions, sales or transfers to other entities (1) for which Seller delivers an Officer’s Certificate to Buyer indicating that Seller reasonably believes that such action will not result in a Material Adverse Effect, (2) which meet the requirements of clause (ii) of paragraph (a) and (3) for which such purchaser, transferee, pledgee or entity shall expressly assume, in an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to Buyer in writing in form satisfactory to Buyer, the performance of every covenant and obligation of Seller thereby conveyed.

 

ARTICLE V

insolvency EVENTS

 

Section 5.1            Rights upon the Occurrence of an Insolvency Event . If an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to Seller, Seller shall on the day any such event occurs, immediately cease to transfer Principal Receivables to Buyer and shall promptly give notice of such event to Indenture Trustee and Buyer. Notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer to Buyer of additional Principal Receivables, Principal Receivables transferred to Buyer prior to the occurrence of such Insolvency Event and Collections in respect of such Principal Receivables, and Finance Charge Receivables whenever created accrued in respect of such Principal Receivables, shall continue to be property of Buyer.

 

  12  

 

 

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

Section 6.1            Representations and Warranties of Seller .

 

(a)          To induce Buyer to accept the Transferred Assets, Seller makes the following representations and warranties as of the Initial Transfer Date and as of each subsequent Conveyance Date, each and all of which will survive the execution of this Agreement.

 

(i)           Representations Relating to the Seller .

 

(A)          Valid Existence; Power and Authority . Seller (A) is a bank duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization; (B) is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification and where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would have a Material Adverse Effect; and (C)  has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(B)          UCC Information . The true legal name of Seller as registered in the jurisdiction of its organization, and the current location of Seller’s jurisdiction of organization and the address of its chief executive office are set forth in Schedule 6.1(a) , as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 4.1 or 6.3(c) . In addition, Schedule 6.1(a) lists Seller’s (A) federal employer identification number and (B) charter number or organizational identification number as designated by the jurisdiction of its organization, as applicable.

 

(C)          Authorization of Transaction; No Violation . The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this Agreement and the other Related Documents to which Seller is a party and the creation and perfection of all Liens and ownership interests provided for herein: (A) have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Seller, and (B) do not violate any provision of any law or regulation of any Governmental Authority, or contractual or other restrictions binding on Seller, except where such violations, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(D)          Enforceability . On or prior to the Initial Transfer Date, each of the Related Documents to which Seller is a party shall have been duly executed and delivered by Seller and each such Related Document shall then constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws, now or hereafter in effect, and by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).

 

(E)          Accuracy of Certain Information . All written factual information heretofore furnished by Seller to Buyer with respect to the Transferred Receivables for the purposes of, or in connection with, this Agreement was true and correct in all material respects on the date as of which such information was stated or certified or as of the date most recently updated; it being understood that no breach of this representation shall occur unless Buyer shall be materially and adversely affected by the failure of any such information to be true and correct.

 

  13  

 

 

(F)          Use of Proceeds . No proceeds received by Seller under this Agreement will be used by it for any purpose that violates Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

(G)          Judgment or Tax Lien . Seller is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filing against Seller.

 

(ii)          Representations and Warranties of Seller Regarding the Transferred Receivables . With respect to Transferred Receivables and Additional Accounts, Seller represents and warrants that:

 

(A)         each Transferred Receivable satisfies the criteria for an Eligible Receivable as of the applicable Conveyance Date;

 

(B)         this Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest in the Transferred Receivables in favor of Buyer, which (x) with respect to Transferred Receivables existing as of the Initial Cut-Off Date and thereafter created in the Initial Accounts and the Related Security and Collections and Recoveries with respect thereto, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and the proceeds thereof, will be enforceable against Seller upon execution of this Agreement and with respect to Transferred Receivables in Additional Accounts as of the applicable Addition Date and thereafter created, and the Related Security and Collections and Recoveries with respect thereto, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and the proceeds thereof, will be enforceable against Seller as of the applicable Addition Date, in each case as such enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws, now or hereafter in effect, and by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity) and (y) upon filing of the financing statements described in Section 2.1 and, in the case of Transferred Receivables thereafter created, upon the creation thereof, will be prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances);

 

(C)         immediately prior to the conveyance of the Transferred Receivables pursuant to this Agreement, Seller owns and has good and marketable title to the Transferred Receivables free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person (other than Permitted Encumbrances);

 

(D)         all authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by Seller in connection with the conveyance by Seller of the Transferred Receivables to Buyer have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect;

 

  14  

 

 

(E)         Seller has caused on or prior to the Initial Transfer Date, or will have caused, on or prior to the applicable Addition Date, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest granted to Buyer under this Agreement in the Transferred Receivables arising in the Initial Accounts and Additional Accounts, respectively; and

 

(F)         subject to Permitted Encumbrances, other than the transfer and assignment and the security interest granted to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, Seller has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Transferred Receivables and Seller has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against Seller that included a description of collateral covering the Transferred Receivables.

 

The representations and warranties described in this Section 6.1(a) shall survive the sale or contribution of the Transferred Assets to Buyer, any subsequent assignment, contribution or sale of the Transferred Assets by Buyer, and the termination of this Agreement and the other Related Documents and shall continue until the payment in full of all Transferred Assets.

 

(b)          Upon discovery by Seller or Buyer of a breach of any of the representations and warranties by Seller set forth in Section 6.1(a) , the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other. Seller agrees to cooperate with Buyer in attempting to cure any such breach.

 

(c)          If any representation or warranty of Seller contained in Section 6.1(a)(ii) , is not true and correct in any material respect as of the date specified therein with respect to any Transferred Receivable or any Account and as a result of such breach any Transferred Receivables in the related Account become Charged-Off Receivables or Buyer’s rights in, to or under such Transferred Receivables or the proceeds of such Transferred Receivables are impaired or such proceeds are not available for any reason to Buyer free and clear of any Lien other than Permitted Encumbrances, unless cured within 60 days (or such longer period, not in excess of 150 days, as may be agreed to by Buyer) after the earlier to occur of the discovery thereof by Seller or receipt by Seller or a designee of Seller of notice thereof given by Buyer or the Indenture Trustee acting at the direction of the Majority Holders of all Series, then such Transferred Receivable shall be designated an “ Ineligible Receivable ;” provided that such Transferred Receivables will not be deemed to be Ineligible Receivables if, on any day prior to the end of such 60-day or longer period, the relevant representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as if made on such day.

 

(d)          On the first Conveyance Date that coincides with or falls after the date on which any Transferred Receivable is designated as an Ineligible Receivable, Seller shall repurchase such Ineligible Receivable from Buyer as provided below. The purchase price for the Ineligible Receivables in any Account shall equal the Purchase Price paid for such Ineligible Receivables, less any Principal Collections received on that Receivable in the interim. On any Conveyance Date the aggregate amount of such repurchase prices then payable may be netted against the Purchase Price then payable, unless Buyer informs Seller that Buyer requires funds to make payments on account of the related Ineligible Receivables under any of the Related Documents, in which case such amounts shall be paid gross.

 

  15  

 

 

(e)          Upon the payment, if any, required to be made to Buyer as provided in Section 6.1(d) , Buyer shall automatically and without further action be deemed to transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to Seller or its designee, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of Buyer in and to the applicable Transferred Receivables, all moneys due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof. Buyer shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall reasonably be requested by Seller to effect the conveyance of such Transferred Receivables pursuant to this Section. The obligation of Seller to repurchase Ineligible Receivables pursuant to Section 6.1(d) shall be the sole remedy respecting any event giving rise to such obligation available to Buyer or any assignee of its rights under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.2            Affirmative Covenants of Seller . Seller covenants and agrees that, unless otherwise consented to by Buyer, from and after the Initial Transfer Date and until the date after the Agreement Termination Date when the Outstanding Balance of all Transferred Receivables have been reduced to zero:

 

(a)           Account Allocations . If Seller is unable for any reason to transfer Transferred Receivables to Buyer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (including by reason of the application of the provisions of Section 5.1 or an order by any Governmental Authority that Seller not transfer any additional Principal Receivables to Buyer) then, in any such event: (i) Seller agrees to allocate and pay to Buyer, after the date of such inability, all Collections with respect to Principal Receivables and all amounts which would have constituted Collections with respect to Principal Receivables but for Seller’s inability to transfer such Transferred Receivables (up to an aggregate amount equal to the amount of Principal Receivables held by Buyer on such date of inability); (ii) Seller agrees that such amounts shall be deemed Collections of Transferred Receivables; and (iii) for only so long as all Collections and all amounts which would have constituted Collections are allocated and applied in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) , Principal Receivables (and all amounts which would have constituted Principal Receivables, but for Seller’s inability to transfer Transferred Receivables to Buyer) that are charged off as uncollectible shall continue to be allocated in accordance with the Indenture, and all amounts that would have constituted Principal Receivables, but for Seller’s inability to transfer Transferred Receivables to Buyer, shall be deemed to be Principal Receivables for the purpose of all calculations under the Related Documents. If Seller is unable pursuant to any Requirement of Law to allocate Collections as described above, Seller agrees that it shall allocate collections, charge-offs and other incidents of the receivables in the Accounts between Transferred Receivables and other receivables outstanding in the Accounts on a basis reasonably intended to approximate the actual portions allocable to Transferred Receivables and other receivables, respectively. The parties hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created, accrued in respect of Principal Receivables that have been conveyed to Buyer, or that would have been conveyed to Buyer but for the above described inability to transfer such Receivables, shall continue to be held by Buyer notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer of additional Principal Receivables to Buyer.

 

(b)           Notice of Material Event . Seller shall promptly inform Buyer in writing of the occurrence of any of the following, in each case setting forth the details thereof and what action, if any, Seller proposes to take with respect thereto:

 

  16  

 

 

(i)          any Litigation commenced against Seller or with respect to or in connection with all or any substantial portion of the Transferred Assets or developments in such Litigation, in each case, that Seller believes has a reasonable risk of being determined adversely and having a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(ii)         the commencement of a proceeding against Seller seeking a decree or order in respect of Seller (A) under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (B) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for Seller or for any substantial part of Seller’s assets, or (C) ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of Seller; or

 

(iii)        Seller’s failure to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(c)           Notice of Liens . Seller shall notify Buyer promptly after becoming aware of any Lien on any Transferred Asset other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(d)           Information for Reports . Seller shall promptly deliver any material written information, documents, records or reports with respect to the Transferred Receivables that Buyer shall reasonably request.

 

(e)           Deposit of Collections . Seller shall transfer to Buyer or Servicer on its behalf, promptly, and in any event no later than two Business Days after receipt thereof, all Collections it may receive in respect of Transferred Assets, including amounts received from Program Partners on account of in-store payments through netting under the applicable Credit Card Program Agreement, if any.

 

(f)           Credit Card Program Agreement and Policies . Seller shall comply with and perform its obligations under the Credit Card Program Agreements and the Contracts relating to the Accounts and the Credit and Collection Policies except insofar as any failure to comply or perform would not materially or adversely affect the rights of Buyer. Seller may change the terms and provisions of the Credit Card Program Agreements, the Contracts or the Credit and Collection Policies (including the reduction of the required minimum monthly payment, the calculation of the amount, or the timing, of charge offs and periodic finance charges and other fees assessed thereon), but subject to Section 6.3(b) and only if such change is made applicable to any comparable segment of the revolving credit card accounts owned and serviced by Seller which have characteristics the same as, or substantially similar to, the Accounts that are the subject of such change, except as otherwise restricted by an endorsement, sponsorship or other agreement between Seller and an unrelated third party or by the terms of the Credit Card Program Agreements.

 

Section 6.3            Negative Covenants of Seller . Seller covenants and agrees that, without the prior written consent of Buyer, from and after the Initial Transfer Date and until the date after the Agreement Termination Date when the Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables transferred hereunder prior to such Agreement Termination Date have been reduced to zero:

 

  17  

 

 

(a)           Liens . Seller shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien, other than Permitted Encumbrances, on or with respect to the Transferred Assets.

 

(b)           Periodic Finance Charges and Other Fees . Except as such reduction is otherwise required by any Requirement of Law, or as is deemed by Seller to be necessary in order for it to maintain its credit card business, based upon Seller’s good faith assessment, in its sole discretion, of the nature of the competition in the credit card business, Seller shall not at any time make a reduction in the periodic finance charges assessed on any Transferred Receivable or other fees on any Account if as a result of such reduction, Seller’s reasonable expectation of the portfolio yield for any series of notes secured, directly or indirectly, by the Transferred Receivables as of the date of such reduction would be less than the then current base rate for that series, all as determined in accordance with the terms of that series.

 

(c)           UCC Matters . Seller shall not change its state of organization or incorporation or its name such that any financing statement filed to perfect Buyer’s interests under this Agreement would become seriously misleading, unless Seller shall have given Buyer not less than 15 days’ prior written notice of such change and shall have delivered to Buyer a revised Schedule 6.1(a) , which shall automatically amend and restate Schedule 6.1(a) hereto.

 

(d)           [Reserved] .

 

(e)           Sale Characterization . For accounting purposes, Seller shall not account for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any manner other than, with respect to the sale or contribution of each Transferred Receivable, as a true sale and/or absolute assignment of its full right, title and ownership interest in the related Transferred Assets to Buyer. Seller shall also maintain its records and books of account in a manner which clearly reflects each such sale of the Transferred Receivables to Buyer.

 

Section 6.4            Compliance with the FDIC Rule .

 

(a)          Each of Buyer and Seller acknowledges and agrees that the purpose of this Section 6.4 is to comply with the provisions of the FDIC Rule and FDIC Rule Interpretations.

 

(b)           Schedule 6.4 is expressly incorporated in this Agreement. Each of Buyer and Seller agree to perform their respective obligations set forth in Schedule 6.4 .

 

(c)          In the event that Synchrony Bank becomes the subject of an insolvency proceeding and the FDIC as receiver or conservator provides a written notice of repudiation as contemplated by paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of the FDIC Rule to Buyer or Seller, the party receiving such notice shall promptly deliver such notice to the other party, with a copy to Indenture Trustee.

 

  18  

 

 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.1            Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever it is provided herein that any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall or may be given to or served upon any of the parties by any other parties, or whenever any of the parties desires to give or serve upon any other parties any communication with respect to this Agreement, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three Business Days after deposit in the United States mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid, (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile, email or other similar electronic transmission (with such transmission promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 7.1 ), (c) one Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number set forth below or to such other address (or facsimile number) as may be substituted by notice given as herein provided. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled to receive such notice. Failure or delay in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication to any Person (other than Buyer) designated in any written communication provided hereunder to receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever it is provided herein that a notice is to be given to any other party hereto by a specific time, such notice shall be effective only if actually received by such party prior to such time, and if such notice is received after such time or on a day other than a Business Day, such notice shall be effective only on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

If to Seller:

Synchrony Bank
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06902
Attention: Eric Duenwald – Treasurer
Telephone: (203) 585-2906
Facsimile: (844) 265-2601

Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com

 

If to Buyer:

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06902
Attention: Eric Duenwald – President
Telephone:  (203) 585-2906
Facsimile: (844) 265-2601

Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com

 

  19  

 

 

Section 7.2            No Waiver; Remedies . (a) Either party’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by the other party hereto of any provision of this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of such party thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance herewith or therewith. Any suspension or waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall not suspend, waive or affect any other breach or default whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether of the same or a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of either party contained in this Agreement, and no breach or default by either party hereunder or thereunder, shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by the other party unless such waiver or suspension is by an instrument in writing signed by an officer of or other duly authorized signatory of such party and directed to the defaulting party specifying such suspension or waiver.

 

(b)          Each party’s rights and remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any other rights and remedies that such party may have under any other agreement, including the other Related Documents, by operation of law or otherwise.

 

Section 7.3            Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Seller and Buyer and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except as otherwise provided herein. Except as provided below and in Sections 2.8 or 4.1 of this Agreement, Seller may not assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder, or consent to any assignment by Issuer under the Transfer Agreement, without having obtained the prior express written consent of Buyer. Any such purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance by Seller without the prior express written consent of Buyer shall be void. Seller acknowledges that under the Transfer Agreement Buyer will assign its rights granted hereunder to Issuer, and upon such assignment, Issuer shall have, to the extent of such assignment, all rights of Buyer hereunder and each such transferee may in turn transfer such rights. The terms and provisions of this Agreement are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of Seller and Buyer with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and no Person shall be a third-party beneficiary of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.4            Termination . This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until the earlier of (a) the termination of Issuer and (b) the date selected by Seller upon prior notice thereof to Buyer (such date the “ Agreement Termination Date ”).

 

Section 7.5            Survival . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Related Document, no termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or procedure) of any commitment made by Seller under this Agreement shall in any way affect or impair the obligations, duties and liabilities of Seller or the rights of Seller relating to any unpaid portion of any and all obligations of Seller to Buyer, due or not due, liquidated, contingent or unliquidated or any transaction or event occurring prior to such termination, or any transaction or event, the performance of which is required after the Agreement Termination Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Related Document, all undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties and representations of or binding upon Seller, and all rights of Seller hereunder shall not terminate or expire, but rather shall survive any such termination or cancellation and shall continue in full force and effect until the date after the Agreement Termination Date when the Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables transferred hereunder prior to such Agreement Termination Date have been reduced to zero; provided , that the rights and remedies pursuant to the provisions of Sections 2.5 , 7.3 , 7.11 , 7.13 and 7.18 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

  20  

 

 

Section 7.6            Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof. Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes or any other Person but with prior notice to each Rating Agency, at any time and from time to time, upon either (a) delivery by Seller or Buyer to Indenture Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that Seller or Buyer, as applicable, reasonably believes that such amendment, modification, termination or waiver will not have an Adverse Effect or (b) satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each affected Class or Tranche of Notes for which an Officer’s Certificate described in the preceding clause (a) has not been delivered, Seller or Buyer may modify, alter or amend this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7.6 , Schedule 6.1(a) shall be automatically amended upon delivery by Seller to Buyer of an updated Schedule 6.1(a) .

 

Section 7.7            GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

 

(b)           EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED FURTHER , THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE Buyer FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE RECEIVABLES OR ANY SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER ARISING HEREUNDER OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF Buyer . EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7.1 AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

  21  

 

 

(c)           BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 7.7 SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHTS OF ANY REQUESTING PARTY PURSUANT TO SECTION 7.16 .

 

Section 7.8            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement.

 

Section 7.9            Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.10          Section Titles . The section titles and table of contents contained in this Agreement are provided for ease of reference only and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

 

Section 7.11          No Setoff . Seller’s obligations under this Agreement shall not be affected by any right of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right Seller might have against Buyer, all of which rights are hereby expressly waived by Seller.

 

Section 7.12          Confidentiality . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY SET FORTH HEREIN, THE OBLIGATIONS OF CONFIDENTIALITY CONTAINED HEREIN, SHALL NOT APPLY TO THE FEDERAL TAX STRUCTURE OR FEDERAL TAX TREATMENT OF THIS TRANSACTION, AND EACH PARTY (AND ANY EMPLOYEE, REPRESENTATIVE, OR AGENT OF ANY PARTY) MAY DISCLOSE TO ANY AND ALL PERSONS, WITHOUT LIMITATION OF ANY KIND, THE FEDERAL TAX STRUCTURE AND FEDERAL TAX TREATMENT OF THIS TRANSACTION. THE PRECEDING SENTENCE IS INTENDED TO CAUSE THIS TRANSACTION TO BE TREATED AS NOT HAVING BEEN OFFERED UNDER CONDITIONS OF CONFIDENTIALITY FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1.6011-4(B)(3) (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION) OF THE TREASURY REGULATIONS PROMULGATED UNDER SECTION 6011 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH SUCH PURPOSE. IN ADDITION, EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS NO PROPRIETARY OR EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS TO THE FEDERAL TAX STRUCTURE OF THIS TRANSACTION OR ANY FEDERAL TAX MATTER OR FEDERAL TAX IDEA RELATED TO THIS TRANSACTION.

 

  22  

 

 

Section 7.13          Further Assurances . (a) Seller shall, at its sole cost and expense, upon request of Buyer, promptly and duly authorize, execute and/or deliver, as applicable, any and all further instruments and documents and take such further actions that may be necessary or desirable or that Buyer may request to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including authorizing and filing any financing or continuation statements under the UCC with respect to the ownership interests or Liens granted hereunder. Seller hereby authorizes Buyer to file any such financing or continuation statements without the signature of Seller to the extent permitted by applicable law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of any notice or financing statement covering the Transferred Assets or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a notice or financing statement where permitted by law. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Transferred Assets is or shall become evidenced by any instrument, such instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to Buyer immediately upon Seller’s receipt thereof and promptly delivered to or at the direction of Buyer.

 

(b)          If Seller fails to perform any agreement or obligation under this Section 7.13 , Buyer may (but shall not be required to) itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement or obligation, and the reasonable expenses of Buyer incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by Seller upon demand of Buyer.

 

Section 7.14          Relationship of Parties . Seller and Buyer agree that in performing their obligations pursuant to this Agreement, they are in the position of independent contractors. This Agreement is not intended to create, nor does it create and shall not be construed to create, a relationship of partner or joint venturer or any association for profit between Seller and Buyer.

 

Section 7.15          No Indirect or Consequential Damages . NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY SUCCESSOR, ASSIGNEE OR THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OF SUCH PERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON ASSERTING CLAIMS DERIVATIVELY THROUGH SUCH PARTY, FOR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES THAT MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER.

 

  23  

 

 

Section 7.16          Dispute Resolution .

 

(a)          If a request to Seller to repurchase a Transferred Receivable pursuant to this Agreement is not resolved by the end of the 180-day period beginning on the date on which Seller receives notice of such request, then the Requesting Party will have the right to refer the matter, at its discretion, to either mediation or arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.16 ; provided, however, that any such referral shall be made (i) within the applicable statute of limitations period and (ii) within 90 days of the delivery of the monthly noteholder statement following the end of such 180-day period.

 

(b)          The Requesting Party shall provide notice in accordance with Section 7.1 of its intention to refer the matter to mediation or arbitration, as applicable, to Seller, with a copy to Buyer (if not the Requesting Party). Seller agrees to participate in the resolution method selected by the Requesting Party. Seller shall provide notice to Buyer, Issuer and Indenture Trustee that it has received a request to mediate or arbitrate a repurchase request.

 

(c)          If the Requesting Party selects mediation (including non-binding arbitration) as the resolution method, the following provisions will apply:

 

(i)          the mediation will be administered by a nationally recognized arbitration and mediation association, and conducted pursuant to such association’s mediation procedures in effect at such time;

 

(ii)         the fees and expenses of the mediation will be allocated as mutually agreed by the parties as part of the mediation;

 

(iii)        the mediator will be impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York that are relevant to the repurchase dispute and will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”); and

 

(iv)        if the parties fail to agree at the completion of the mediation, the Requesting Party may refer the repurchase request to arbitration under this Section 7.16 or may, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Indenture, pursue other remedies including legal proceedings.

 

(d)          If the Requesting Party selects arbitration as the resolution method, the following provisions will apply:

 

(i)          The arbitration will be administered by a nationally recognized arbitration and mediation association, and conducted pursuant to such association’s arbitration procedures in effect at such time;

 

(ii)         The arbitrator will be impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York that are relevant to the dispute hereunder and will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by the AAA;

 

  24  

 

 

(iii)        The arbitrator will make its final determination no later than 90 days after appointment or as soon as practicable thereafter. The arbitrator will resolve the dispute in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and may not modify or change this Agreement in any way. The arbitrator will not have the power to award punitive damages or consequential damages in any arbitration conducted by it, and Seller shall not be required to pay more than the repurchase price required to be paid by Seller in accordance with Section 6.1 . In its final determination, the arbitrator will determine and award the costs of arbitration (including the fees of the arbitrator, cost of any record or transcript of the arbitration and administrative fees) and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the parties as determined by the arbitrator in its reasonable discretion. The determination of the arbitrator will be in writing and counterpart copies will be promptly delivered to the parties. The determination will be final and non-appealable absent manifest error, except for actions to confirm or vacate the determination that are permitted under applicable federal or state law and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(iv)        By selecting binding arbitration, the Requesting Party is waiving the right to sue in court, including the right to a trial by jury; and

 

(v)         No Person may bring a putative or certified class action to arbitration.

 

(e)          Seller will not be required to produce personally identifiable information about any Obligor for purposes of any mediation or arbitration. The details and/or existence of any unfulfilled repurchase request, any meetings or discussions regarding any unfulfilled repurchase request, mediations or arbitration proceedings conducted under this Section 7.16 , including all offers, promises, conduct and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the parties’ attempt to resolve an unfulfilled repurchase request, any information exchanged in connection with any mediation, and any discovery taken in connection with any arbitration (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”), shall be and remain confidential and inadmissible (except as required in accordance with applicable law) for any purpose, including impeachment, in any mediation, arbitration or litigation, or other proceeding (including any proceeding under this Section 7.16 ) other than as required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable law, regulatory requirements, or court order or to the extent that Seller, in its sole discretion, elects to disclose such information. Such information will be kept strictly confidential and will not be disclosed to any third party; provided that a party may disclose such information to its own attorneys, experts, accountants and other agents and representatives (collectively, “ Representatives ”), as reasonably required in connection with any resolution procedure under this Section 7.16 , if the disclosing party (a) directs such Representatives to keep the information confidential, (b) is responsible for any disclosure by its Representatives of such information and (c) takes at its sole expense all reasonable measures to restrain such Representatives from disclosing such information. If any party receives a subpoena or other request for information from a third party (other than a governmental regulatory body) for Confidential Information, the recipient will promptly notify the other party and will provide the other party with the opportunity to object to the production of its Confidential Information or seek other appropriate protective remedies, consistent with the applicable requirements of law and regulation. If, in the absence of a protective order, such party or any of its representatives are compelled as a matter of law, regulation, legal process or by regulatory authority to disclose any portion of the Confidential Information, such party may disclose to the party compelling disclosure only the part of such Confidential Information that is required to be disclosed.

 

  25  

 

 

Section 7.17          Relationship of Parties . Seller and Buyer agree that in performing their obligations pursuant to this Agreement, they are in the position of independent contractors. This Agreement is not intended to create, nor does it create and shall not be construed to create, a relationship of partner or joint venturer or any association for profit between Seller and Buyer.

 

Section 7.18          No Petition . Seller covenants and agrees that, from and after the date hereof and until the date one year plus one day following the date on which all amounts due with respect to securities that were issued by any entity holding Transferred Assets have been paid in full in cash, Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, institute or cause to be instituted against Buyer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided that the foregoing shall not in any way limit Seller’s right to pursue any other creditor rights or remedies that Seller may have under any applicable law. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of Seller hereunder, the agreements and obligations of Seller under this Section 7.18 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.19          Effectiveness . This Agreement amends and restates the Original Receivables Sale Agreement as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date and the terms and provisions of the Original Receivables Sale Agreement are restated hereby in their entirety as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date. From and after the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, each reference to the Original Receivables Sale Agreement in any other document, instrument or agreement shall mean and be a reference to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, all obligations and liabilities of the Seller and the Buyer under or in connection with the Original Receivables Sale Agreement shall remain outstanding hereunder and shall be enforceable against the Seller or the Buyer, as applicable, under this Agreement. This Agreement does not constitute a novation of the Original Receivables Sale Agreement (or a novation of any of the obligations thereunder).

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

  26  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and Buyer have caused this Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY BANK, as Seller
   
  By: /s/ Eric Duenwald 
  Name:  Eric Duenwald 
  Title: Senior Vice President & Treasurer
   
 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC , as Buyer

   
  By: /s/ Andrew Lee
  Name:  Andrew Lee
  Title:  Manager and Vice President

   

  S- 1 Receivables Sale Agreement

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

LIST OF ACCOUNTS

 

[Delivered separately]

 

  Schedule 1  

 

 

SCHEDULE 6.1(a)

 

SELLER’S UCC INFORMATION

 

Legal Name

 

Synchrony Bank

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

 

United States

 

Address of Chief Executive Office

 

170 West Election Road, Suite 125

Draper, UT 84020

 

Federal Employer Identification Number

 

82-3295851

 

  Schedule 6. 1 (a)  

 

 

SCHEDULE 6.4

 

REQUIREMENTS OF FDIC RULE

 

As required by the FDIC Rule:

 

(a)          As used in this Schedule, references to (i) “sponsor” shall mean Synchrony Bank, (ii) “issuing entity” shall mean, collectively, Transferor, Issuer and each other transferee of the Transferred Assets that is an “issuing entity” as defined in the FDIC Rule, (iii) “servicer” shall mean Servicer and each other “servicer” of the financial assets within the meaning of the FDIC Rule, (iv) “obligations” or “securitization obligations” shall mean the notes issued by Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, and (v) “financial assets” and “securitized financial assets” shall mean the Transferred Assets.

 

(b)          The issuing entity shall make available to investors, information describing the financial assets, obligations, capital structure, compensation of relevant parties, and relevant historical performance data set forth below:

 

(i)          On or prior to issuance of obligations and at the time of delivery of any periodic distribution report and, in any event, at least once per calendar quarter, while obligations are outstanding, information about the obligations and the securitized financial assets shall be disclosed to all potential investors at the financial asset or pool level, as appropriate for the financial assets, and security-level to enable evaluation and analysis of the credit risk and performance of the obligations and financial assets. Such information and its disclosure, at a minimum, shall comply with the requirements of Regulation AB or any successor disclosure requirements for public issuances, even if the obligations are issued in a private placement or are not otherwise required to be registered; provided that information that is unknown or not available to the sponsor or the issuing entity after reasonable investigation may be omitted if the issuing entity includes a statement in the offering documents disclosing that the specific information is otherwise unavailable;

 

(ii)         On or prior to issuance of obligations, the structure of the securitization and the credit and payment performance of the obligations shall be disclosed, including the capital or tranche structure, the priority of payments and specific subordination features; representations and warranties made with respect to the financial assets, the remedies for and the time permitted for cure of any breach of representations and warranties, including the repurchase of financial assets, if applicable; liquidity facilities and any credit enhancements permitted by the FDIC Rule, any waterfall triggers or priority of payment reversal features; and policies governing delinquencies, servicer advances, loss mitigation, and write-offs of financial assets;

 

  Sched 6.4- 1  

 

 

 

(iii)        While obligations are outstanding, the issuing entity shall provide to investors information with respect to the credit performance of the obligations and the financial assets, including periodic and cumulative financial asset performance data, delinquency and modification data for the financial assets, substitutions and removal of financial assets, servicer advances, as well as losses that were allocated to such tranche and remaining balance of financial assets supporting such tranche, if applicable, and the percentage of each tranche in relation to the securitization as a whole; and

 

(iv)        The nature and amount of compensation paid to the originator, sponsor, rating agency or third-party advisor, any mortgage or other broker, and the servicer(s), and the extent to which any risk of loss on the underlying assets is retained by any of them for such securitization shall be disclosed. Issuer shall provide to investors while any obligations are outstanding any changes to such information and the amount and nature of payments of any deferred compensation or similar arrangements to any of the parties.

 

  Sched 6.4- 2  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES
IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS

 

(As required by Section 2.6 of the Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement)

 

ASSIGNMENT No.          OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS (this “Assignment”) dated as of                      , by and among SYNCHRONY BANK, a federal savings bank organized under the laws of the United States, as Seller (“ Seller ”) and SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC (“ Buyer ”), pursuant to the Agreement referred to below.

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS, Seller and Buyer are parties to the Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018 (as it may be amended and supplemented from time to time the “ Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement, Seller wishes to designate Additional Accounts to be included as Accounts and to convey the Transferred Receivables in such Additional Accounts that have been designated “Additional Accounts” pursuant to the Agreement, whether now existing or hereafter created, to Buyer (as each such term is defined in the Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, Buyer is willing to accept such designation and conveyance subject to the terms and conditions hereof;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Seller and Buyer hereby agree as follows:

 

1.           Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

Addition Cut-Off Date ” means, with respect to Additional Accounts designated hereby, the [close][opening] of business on [______], 20[].

 

Addition Date ” means, with respect to the Additional Accounts designated hereby, [                      ], 20[        ].

 

Addition Representation Date ” means, with respect to Additional Accounts designated hereby, [______], 20[]. 1

 

2.           Designation of Additional Accounts . The Accounts listed on Schedule 1 to this Assignment have been designated “Additional Accounts” pursuant to the Agreement. Schedule 1 to this Assignment, as of the Addition Date, shall supplement Schedule 1 to the Agreement as required by Section 2.1(b) of the Agreement.

 

 

1 [Date will be no more than 7 Business Days prior to the Addition Cut-Off Date.]

 

  Exhibit A - 1  

 

  

3.           Conveyance of Receivables . (a) Effective as of the [close][opening] of business on the Addition Date, Seller does hereby transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey, without recourse except as set forth in this Agreement, to Buyer, all its right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables in such Additional Accounts existing on the Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter created from time to time in such Additional Accounts until the Agreement Termination Date, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto and related Recoveries, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and all proceeds of the foregoing. The foregoing does not constitute and is not intended to result in the creation or assumption by Buyer of any obligation of any Originator, Seller or any other Person in connection with the Accounts or the Transferred Receivables or under any agreement or instrument relating thereto, including any obligation to Obligors, merchant banks, Program Partners, clearance systems or insurers.

 

(b)          Seller agrees to record and file, at its own expense, financing statements (and continuation statements when applicable) with respect to the Receivables in Additional Accounts existing on the Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter created meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect, and maintain perfection of, the sale and assignment of its interest in such Receivables to Buyer, and to deliver a file-stamped copy of each such financing statement or other evidence of such filing to Buyer within ten (10) days of the Addition Date. Buyer shall be under no obligation whatsoever to file such financing or continuation statements or to make any other filing under the UCC in connection with such sale and assignment.

 

(c)          In connection with such assignment, Seller further agrees, at its own expense, on or prior to the date of this Assignment, to indicate and cause Servicer to indicate in the appropriate electronic records that Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts and designated hereby have been conveyed to Buyer pursuant to the Agreement and this Assignment.

 

(d)          Seller does hereby grant to Buyer a security interest in all of its right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to the Receivables in the Additional Accounts existing on the Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter created, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto and Recoveries allocated to Buyer as provided in the Agreement, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and all Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and all proceeds of the foregoing. This Assignment constitutes a security agreement under the UCC.

 

4.           Acceptance by Buyer . Buyer hereby acknowledges its acceptance of all right, title and interest to the property, existing on the Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter created, conveyed to Buyer pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Assignment. Buyer further acknowledges that, prior to or simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Assignment, Seller delivered to it the Account Schedule described in Section 2 of this Assignment.

 

  Exhibit A - 2  

 

  

5.           Representations and Warranties of Seller . Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as of the Addition Date:

 

(a)          This Assignment constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity);

 

(b)          each Transferred Receivable satisfies the criteria for an Eligible Receivable as of the Addition Representation Date;

 

(c)          each Additional Account is, as of the Addition Representation Date, an Eligible Account,

 

(d)          the Agreement and this Assignment creates a valid and continuing security interest in the Receivables in the Additional Accounts and the Related Security and in Collections and Recoveries with respect thereto, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and the proceeds thereof in favor of Buyer, which security interest (x) is enforceable against Seller, as such enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws, now or hereafter in effect, and by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity) and (y) upon filing of the financing statements described herein and, in the case of Transferred Receivables thereafter created, upon the creation thereof, will be prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances);

 

(e)          immediately prior to the conveyance of the Receivables pursuant to this Assignment, Seller owns and has good and marketable title to, or has a valid security interest in, the Receivables free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person, (other than Permitted Encumbrances); and

 

(f)          subject to Permitted Encumbrances, other than the transfer and assignment and the security interest granted to Buyer pursuant to this Assignment, Seller has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Transferred Receivables. Seller has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against Seller that included a description of collateral covering the Transferred Receivables.

 

6.           Amendment of the Agreement . The Agreement is hereby amended to provide that all references therein to “this Agreement” and “herein” shall be deemed from and after the Addition Date to be a dual reference to this Agreement as supplemented by this Assignment. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unamended and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

7.           Counterparts . This Assignment may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8.           GOVERNING LAW . THIS ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

  Exhibit A - 3  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Assignment of Transferred Receivables in Additional Accounts to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY BANK, Seller
   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC ,

Buyer

   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  Exhibit A - 4  

 

 

Schedule I
to Assignment of Transferred Receivables
in Additional Accounts

 

ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS

 

  Exhibit A - 5  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF REASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES
IN REMOVED ACCOUNTS

 

(As required by Section 2.7 of the Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement)

 

REASSIGNMENT No. _______ OF RECEIVABLES IN REMOVED ACCOUNTS dated as of _________, by and among SYNCHRONY BANK, a federal savings bank organized under the laws of the United States, as Seller (the “ Seller ”), and SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC (the “ Buyer ”), pursuant to the Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement referred to below.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS Seller and Buyer are parties to the Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018 (as it may be amended and supplemented from time to time the “ Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS pursuant to the Agreement, Seller wishes to remove from Buyer all Transferred Receivables owned by Buyer in certain designated Accounts and to cause Buyer to reconvey the Transferred Receivables of such Removed Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, from Buyer to Seller; and

 

WHEREAS Buyer is willing to accept such designation and to reconvey the Transferred Receivables in the Removed Accounts subject to the terms and conditions hereof;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Seller and Buyer hereby agree as follows:

 

1.           Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

Removal Date ” means, with respect to the Removed Accounts designated hereby, ___________, ____.

 

Removal Cut-Off Date ” means, with respect to the Removed Accounts ______________, ____.

 

2.           Designation of Removed Accounts . Schedule 1 to this Reassignment, as of the Removal Date, shall supplement Schedule 1 to the Agreement as required by Section 2.1(b) of the Agreement.

 

3.           Conveyance of Transferred Receivables .

 

(a)          Buyer does hereby transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to Seller, without representation, warranty or recourse, on and after the Removal Cut-Off Date, all right, title and interest of Buyer in, to and under the Transferred Receivables existing at the close of business on the Removal Cut-Off Date and thereafter created from time to time in the Removed Accounts designated hereby, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and all Insurance Proceeds related thereto and all proceeds of the foregoing.

 

  Exhibit B - 1  

 

  

(b)          In connection with such transfer, Buyer agrees to execute and deliver to Seller on or prior to the date this Reassignment is delivered, applicable termination statements prepared by Seller with respect to the Transferred Receivables existing at the close of business on the Removal Cut-Off Date and thereafter created from time to time in the Removed Accounts reassigned hereby and the proceeds thereof evidencing the release by Buyer of its interest in the Transferred Receivables in the Removed Accounts, and meeting the requirements of applicable state law, in such manner and such jurisdictions as are necessary to terminate such interest.

 

4.           Representations and Warranties of Seller . Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as of the Removal Date:

 

(a)           Legal Valid and Binding Obligation . This Reassignment Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity); and

 

(b)           List of Removed Accounts . The list of Removed Accounts attached hereto, is an accurate and complete listing in all material respects of all the Accounts as of the Removal Cut-Off Date.

 

5.           Amendment of the Agreement . The Agreement is hereby amended to provide that all references therein to “this Agreement” and “herein” shall be deemed from and after the Removal Date to be a dual reference to the Agreement as supplemented by this Reassignment. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms and covenants and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unamended and shall continue to be and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

6.           Counterparts . This Reassignment may be executed in two or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7.           GOVERNING LAW . THIS REASSIGNMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

  Exhibit B - 2  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Reassignment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY BANK, Seller
   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC ,

Buyer

   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  Exhibit B - 3  

 

 

Schedule 1
to Reassignment Agreement

 

REMOVED ACCOUNTS

  

  Exhibit B - 4  

 

 

Exhibit 4.10

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

between

 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC,

 

Transferor,

 

and

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST,

 

Buyer

 

Dated as of May 1, 2018

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS 1
     
Section 1.1 Definitions 1
     
ARTICLE II SALES AND CONTRIBUTIONS 5
     
Section 2.1 Sales and Contributions 5
     
Section 2.2 Acceptance by Buyer 6
     
Section 2.3 Grant of Security Interest 7
     
Section 2.4 Purchase Price; Issuance of Notes 7
     
Section 2.5 Adjustments 7
     
Section 2.6 Addition of Accounts 8
     
Section 2.7 Removal of Accounts 9
     
Section 2.8 Discount Option 11
     
Section 2.9 Additional Sellers 11
     
Section 2.10 Additional Originators 11
     
ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 11
     
Section 3.1 Conditions to all Transfers 11
     
ARTICLE IV OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO TRANSFEROR 12
     
Section 4.1 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Transferor, etc. 12
     
ARTICLE V INSOLVENCY EVENTS 13
     
Section 5.1 Rights upon the Occurrence of a Insolvency Event 13
     
ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS 14
     
Section 6.1 Representations and Warranties of Transferor 14
     
Section 6.2 Affirmative Covenants of Transferor 17
     
Section 6.3 Negative Covenants of Transferor 19
     
Section 6.4 No-Petition Covenants 20
     
Section 6.5 Compliance with the FDIC Rule 21
     
Section 6.6 Dispute Resolution 21
     
ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS 23
     
Section 7.1 Notices 23
     
Section 7.2 No Waiver; Remedies 25
     
Section 7.3 Successors and Assigns 25
     
Section 7.4 Termination 25
     
Section 7.5 Survival 26

 

  i A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

Section 7.6 Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement 26
     
Section 7.7 GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 26
     
Section 7.8 Counterparts 28
     
Section 7.9 Severability 28
     
Section 7.10 Section Titles 28
     
Section 7.11 No Setoff 28
     
Section 7.12 Confidentiality 28
     
Section 7.13 Further Assurances 29
     
Section 7.14 Relationship of Parties 29
     
Section 7.15 No Indirect or Consequential Damages 29
     
Section 7.16 Limitation of Liability of the Trustee 29
     
Section 7.17 Effectiveness 29

 

SCHEDULES

 

SCHEDULE 1 List of Accounts
   
SCHEDULE 6.1(a) Transferor’s UCC Information
   
SCHEDULE 6.5 Requirements of FDIC Rule

 

EXHIBITS

   
EXHIBIT A Form of Assignment of Transferred Receivables in Additional Accounts
   
EXHIBIT B Form of Reassignment of Transferred Receivables in Removed Accounts

 

  ii

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRANSFER AGREEMENT, dated as of May 1, 2018 (this “ Agreement ”), between SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Transferor (“ Transferor ”) and SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust, as Buyer (“ Buyer ”).

 

WHEREAS, Transferor and Buyer are parties to that certain Transfer Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017 (as amended prior to the date hereof, the “ Original Transfer Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Transferor and Buyer desire to amend and restate the Original Transfer Agreement in its entirety in the form of this Agreement.

 

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1       Definitions .

 

(a)       All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(b)       Initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings assigned thereto in (or by reference in) the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “ Indenture ”), between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Indenture Trustee. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the conventions set forth in Section 1.01(a) through (g) of the Indenture. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms and phrases and any definitions incorporated herein are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and the neuter genders of such terms:

 

Addition Cut-Off Date ” means, as to any Additional Account, the date specified in the related Assignment.

 

Addition Date ” means, as to any Additional Account, the date as of which Receivables outstanding in such Additional Account are first sold or contributed to Buyer, as specified in the related Assignment.

 

Addition Representation Date ” means, as to any Additional Account, the date specified in the related Assignment; provided , that such Addition Representation Date shall not be more than 7 Business Days prior to the Addition Cut-Off Date specified in the related Assignment; provided , further , that the Addition Representation Date with respect to any Assignment executed prior to the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall mean the Addition Cut-Off Date specified in the related Assignment.

 

Additional Accounts ” is defined in Section 2.6(a) .

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble.

 

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

Agreement Termination Date ” is defined in Section 7.4 .

 

Amendment and Restatement Effective Date ” means May 1, 2018.

 

Assignment ” is defined in Section 2.6(c) .

 

Buyer ” is defined in the preamble.

 

Conveyance Date ” means a date on which Buyer acquires Transferred Receivables from Transferor pursuant to Section 2.1 or any Assignment.

 

Credit Card Program Agreement ” is defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement.

 

Debtor Relief Laws ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, suspension of payments, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets or similar debtor relief laws of the United States, any state or any foreign country from time to time in effect, affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Discount Option Receivables ” is defined in Section 2.8 .

 

Discount Option Receivables Collections ” shall mean as of any Date of Processing, occurring after the effective date of the designation of a Discount Percentage, the sum, for all Program Partners, of the product of (a) the Discount Percentage with respect to such Program Partner and (b) Collections of Principal Receivables with respect to such Program Partner (determined without giving effect to the proviso in the definition of Principal Receivables) on such Date of Processing.

 

Discount Percentage ” is defined in Section 2.8 .

 

Eligible Account ” means a credit account that satisfies the definition of “Eligible Account” in the Receivables Sale Agreement as of the applicable date specified therein.

 

Eligible Receivable ” means a Receivable that satisfies the definition of “Eligible Receivable” in the Receivables Sale Agreement; it being understood that references to “Buyer” and “Seller” in such definition shall be deemed to refer to Buyer and Transferor as defined in this Agreement.

 

Flagged Account ” is defined in Section 2.1(c) .

 

Inactive Account ” is defined in Section 2.7(d) .

 

Ineligible Receivable ” is defined in Section 6.1(c) .

 

Initial Cut-Off Date ” means, with respect to each Initial Account, the date specified in the related Account Schedule as the cut-off date for such Initial Account.

 

Involuntary Removal ” is defined in Section 2.7(b) .

 

  2

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

Maximum Addition Amount ” means, with respect to any Addition Cut-Off Date:

 

(a)  an aggregate principal balance as of such Addition Cut-Off Date of Additional Accounts not in excess of lesser of:

 

(i)       the result of (A) 15% of the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period minus (B) the Aggregate Principal Receivables in all of the Accounts that have been designated as Additional Accounts since the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period (measured for each such Additional Account as of the applicable Addition Cut-Off Date); and

 

(ii)       the result of (A) 20% of the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the first day of the calendar year in which such Addition Date occurs minus (B) the Aggregate Principal Receivables in all of the Accounts that have been designated as Additional Accounts since the first day of such calendar year (measured, for each such Additional Account, as of the applicable Addition Cut-Off Date); and

 

(b)  a total number of Additional Accounts not in excess of the lesser of:

 

(i)       the result of (A) 15% of the total number of Accounts determined as of the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period minus (B) the total number of Accounts that have been designated as Additional Accounts since the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period; and

 

(ii)       the result of (A) 20% of the total number of Accounts determined as of the first day of the calendar year in which such Addition Date occurs minus (B) the total number of Accounts that have been designated as Additional Accounts since the first day of such calendar year.

 

Originator ” means Synchrony Bank or any other originator so designated pursuant to Section 2.10 .

 

Purchase Price ” is defined in Section 2.4(a) .

 

Reassignment ” is defined in Section 2.7(a) .

 

Removed Accounts ” is defined in Section 2.7(a) .

 

Removal Cut-Off Date ” means the date as of which any credit card accounts are designated to be removed as Accounts, as specified in the related Reassignment.

 

Removal Date ” is defined in Section 2.7(a) .

 

Requesting Party ” means (i) any Person requesting that Transferor repurchase a Receivable as a result of a breach of a representation or warranty of Transferor set forth in this Agreement or (ii) any Verified Note Owner.

 

  3

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

Required Designation Date ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the 10 th Business Day following the end of such Monthly Period; provided that, with respect to any requirement to designate additional Eligible Receivables to cure an Asset Deficiency described in clause (c) of the definition of Asset Deficiency, the Required Designation Date shall be the last day of the next following Monthly Period.

 

Transferor ” means Synchrony Card Funding, LLC or any additional transferor designated as a “Transferor” pursuant to Section 2.9 .

 

Transferred Assets ” is defined in Section 2.1 .

 

Transferred Receivable ” means any Receivable purchased by Buyer from Transferor pursuant to this Agreement or any Assignment, including Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables that exist at the time of purchase of any Principal Receivables in the same Account or that arise in an Account after the date of purchase of Principal Receivables in the Account. However, Receivables that are repurchased by Transferor pursuant to this Agreement or purchased by Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement shall cease to be considered “Transferred Receivables” from the date of such purchase.

 

  4

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

ARTICLE II

SALES AND CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 2.1       Sales and Contributions . (a) By execution of this Agreement, Transferor does hereby transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to Buyer, without recourse except as provided herein, all its right, title and interest in, to and under: (i)(A) the Receivables acquired by Transferor pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement from time to time until the Agreement Termination Date, together with the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto and related Recoveries, in each case together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto, (B) without limiting the generality of the foregoing or the following, all of Transferor’s rights pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement to receive payments from any Program Partner on account of in-store payments and any other amounts received by such Program Partner in payment of Receivables and (C) all of Transferor’s other rights under the Receivables Sale Agreement, including the right to receive the Interchange Amounts (as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement) from the Seller and (ii) all proceeds of all of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Transferred Assets ”). The foregoing does not constitute and is not intended to result in the creation or assumption by Buyer of any obligation of Originator, Transferor or any other Person in connection with the Accounts or the Transferred Receivables or under any agreement or instrument relating thereto, including any obligation to Obligors, merchant banks, Program Partners, clearance systems or insurers. The foregoing conveyances shall be effective (x) on the Initial Transfer Date, with respect to all Transferred Assets arising in the Initial Accounts and existing on the Initial Cut-Off Date or arising in the Initial Accounts on or prior to the Initial Transfer Date, (y) on the applicable Addition Date, with respect to Transferred Assets arising in Additional Accounts and existing on the applicable Addition Cut-Off Date or arising in the Additional Accounts on or prior to the applicable Addition Date or (z) with respect to any other Transferred Assets, instantaneously upon the creation of each Transferred Asset.

 

(b)       On or prior to the Initial Transfer Date, Transferor agrees to record and file, at its own expense, financing statements (and continuation statements when applicable) with respect to the Transferred Receivables conveyed by Transferor existing on the Initial Transfer Date and thereafter created meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect, and maintain the perfection of, the transfer and assignment of its interest in such Transferred Receivables to Buyer, and to deliver a file stamped copy of each such financing statement or other evidence of such filing (which may, for purposes of this Section 2.1 consist of telephone confirmation of such filing promptly followed by delivery to Buyer of a file-stamped copy) as soon as practicable after the Initial Transfer Date, and (if any additional filing is so necessary) as soon as practicable after the applicable Addition Date, in the case of Transferred Receivables arising in Additional Accounts. Buyer shall be under no obligation whatsoever to file such financing or continuation statements or to make any other filing under the UCC in connection with such transfer and assignment.

 

  5

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(c)       Transferor agrees, at its own expense, (i) on or prior to (x) the Initial Transfer Date, in the case of the Initial Accounts, (y) the applicable Addition Date, in the case of Additional Accounts, and (z) the applicable Removal Date, in the case of Removed Accounts, to indicate, or cause to be indicated, in the appropriate electronic records that Receivables created (or reassigned, in the case of Removed Accounts) in connection with the Accounts have been conveyed to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement (or conveyed to Transferor or its designee in accordance with Section 2.7 , in the case of Removed Accounts) by including, or causing to be included, in such electronic records a code so identifying each such Account (or, in the case of Removed Accounts, deleting, or causing to be deleted, such code thereafter) and (ii) on or prior to the date referred to in clauses (i)(x) , (y) or (z) , as applicable, to deliver to Buyer an Account Schedule. The initial such Account Schedule, as supplemented from time to time to reflect Additional Accounts and Removed Accounts, shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Agreement and is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. Once the code referenced in clause (i) of this paragraph has been included with respect to any Account, Transferor further agrees not to permit such code to be altered during the remaining term of this Agreement unless and until (x) such Account becomes a Removed Account, or (y) Transferor shall have delivered to Buyer prior written notice of its intention to do so and has taken such action as is necessary or advisable to cause the interest of Buyer in the Transferred Receivables to continue to be perfected with the priority required by this Agreement. At any time that the code referenced in clause (i) is included with respect to any account, such account shall be a “Flagged Account.”

 

Section 2.2       Acceptance by Buyer .

 

(a)       Buyer hereby acknowledges its acceptance of all right, title and interest to the property, now existing and hereafter created, conveyed to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.1 . Trustee shall maintain a copy of Schedule 1 , as delivered to it from time to time.

 

(b)       Buyer hereby agrees not to disclose to any Person any account numbers or other information contained in the Account Schedule except (i) to Servicer, any Sub-Servicer or as required by a Requirement of Law applicable to Buyer, (ii) in connection with the performance of Buyer’s duties hereunder, (iii) to Indenture Trustee in connection with Indenture Trustee’s duties or (iv) to bona fide creditors or potential creditors of Servicer or Transferor for the limited purpose of enabling any such creditor to identify Transferred Receivables or Accounts subject to this Agreement. Buyer agrees to take such measures as shall be reasonably requested by Transferor to protect and maintain the security and confidentiality of such information and, in connection therewith, shall allow Transferor or its duly authorized representatives to inspect Buyer’s security and confidentiality arrangements from time to time during normal business hours upon prior written notice. Buyer shall promptly notify Transferor of any request received by Buyer to disclose information of the type described in this Section 2.2(b) , which notice shall in any event be provided no later than five (5) Business Days prior to disclosure of any such information unless Buyer is compelled pursuant to a Requirement of Law to disclose such information prior to the date that is five (5) Business Days after the giving of such notice.

 

  6

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

Section 2.3      Grant of Security Interest . The parties hereto intend that each transfer of the Transferred Assets shall constitute a sale or contribution by Transferor to Buyer and not a loan by Buyer to Transferor secured by the Transferred Assets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 2.3 , if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any transaction provided for herein constitutes a loan and not a sale or contribution, then the parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall, and hereby does, constitute a security agreement under applicable law and that Transferor shall be deemed to have granted, and Transferor hereby grants, to Buyer a first priority lien and security interest in and to all of Transferor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Transferred Assets, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances.

 

Section 2.4      Purchase Price; Issuance of Notes . (a) The purchase price for the Transferred Receivables and the other Transferred Assets related thereto shall equal the Outstanding Balance of the Principal Receivables included therein, adjusted consistent with any applicable Discount Percentage (such amount for any Transferred Assets, the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

(b)       The Purchase Price for any Transferred Assets sold by Transferor under this Agreement shall be payable in full in cash on each Conveyance Date or less frequently if so agreed between Buyer and Transferor; provided , however , that Buyer may, with respect to any sale or contribution, offset against such Purchase Price any amounts owed by Transferor to Buyer hereunder and which remain unpaid. On each such Conveyance Date or other date set by the parties for payment, Buyer shall, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III , make available to Transferor the Purchase Price for the applicable Transferred Assets in same day funds. If Buyer does not have sufficient cash on any Conveyance Date or other date set by the parties for payment to pay the full Purchase Price, the remaining balance shall be deemed to be contributed to Buyer in exchange for a corresponding increase in the Free Equity Amount; provided that Transferor may require Buyer to issue Notes in exchange for a decrease in the Free Equity Amount as provided in clause (c) .

 

(c)       Upon Transferor’s request, Buyer shall from time to time issue a Series of Notes to Transferor or its designee with such terms as specified in the related Indenture Supplement, so long as (i) such issuance is permitted under the terms of the Indenture and (ii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, after giving effect to each such issuance, no Asset Deficiency would exist.

 

Section 2.5      Adjustments . If on any day the outstanding amount of any Principal Receivable is reduced because of a rebate, refund, unauthorized charge or billing error to an accountholder, or because such Principal Receivable was created in respect of merchandise which was refused or returned by an accountholder, or if the outstanding amount of any Principal Receivable is otherwise reduced other than on account of Collections thereof or such amount being charged-off as uncollectible, then, Transferor shall compensate Buyer for such reductions as provided below. The compensation payable by Transferor for any such reduction shall equal the amount of the reduction in the Outstanding Balance of the Principal Receivable. Transferor shall pay such compensation to Buyer not later than the second Business Day after adjustment; and provided , further , that no such payment need be made if the Free Equity Amount exceeds zero.

 

  7

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

Section 2.6      Addition of Accounts .

 

(a)        Additional Accounts . If, at the end of any Monthly Period an Asset Deficiency exists, unless the Asset Deficiency no longer exists (calculated after giving effect to any payment of principal on the Notes to occur on the following Payment Date) as of the close of business on any day that is after the last day of such Monthly Period but on or prior to the Required Designation Date, Transferor shall, prior to the close of business on the Required Designation Date, require Originator to designate additional Eligible Accounts to be included as “Accounts” under (and as defined in) the Receivables Sale Agreement, and Transferor shall in turn designate such accounts (“ Additional Accounts ”) as Accounts for purposes of this Agreement in a sufficient amount such that no Asset Deficiency exists (calculated after giving effect to any payment of principal on the Notes to occur on the following Payment Date) as of the close of business on the Addition Date. To the extent Transferor designates Additional Accounts with Principal Receivables substantially in excess of the amount of Principal Receivables required under this subsection 2.6(a) , such excess shall be deemed to be optional Additional Accounts under subsection 2.6(b) below and will be permitted to be designated solely to the extent permitted by subsection 2.6(b) .

 

(b)        Voluntary Additions of Accounts . In addition to its obligation under subsection 2.6(a) , Transferor may also designate additional Eligible Accounts as Additional Accounts if Originator wishes to designate additional Accounts under the Receivables Sale Agreement at a time when Additional Accounts are not required pursuant to subsection 2.6(a) .

 

(c)        Conditions for Additions of Additional Accounts . Any sale or contribution of Receivables from Additional Accounts under subsection 2.6(a) or (b) shall occur only upon satisfaction of the following conditions (to the extent provided below):

 

(i)       on or before the Addition Date, Transferor shall have delivered to Buyer, a written assignment in substantially the form of Exhibit A (the “ Assignment ”) (which may be executed by the Administrator on behalf of Buyer), and Transferor shall indicate in its electronic records that the Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts have been transferred to Buyer;

 

(ii)       in the case of any designation pursuant to subsection 2.6(b) , if the designation will not cause the number or principal amount of Additional Accounts, as determined on the Addition Cut-Off Date, to exceed the Maximum Addition Amount, five Business Days’ prior written notice shall have been given to the Rating Agencies; and

 

(iii)       in the case of any designation pursuant to subsection 2.6(b) , if the designation will cause the number or principal amount of Additional Accounts, as determined on the Addition Cut-Off Date, to exceed the Maximum Addition Amount, the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to the designation.

 

  8

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

Section 2.7      Removal of Accounts .

 

(a)         From time to time, Transferor shall have the right to require the reassignment to it or its designee of all Buyer’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Transferred Receivables then existing and thereafter created in one or more Accounts (the “ Removed Accounts ”), together with the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, in each case together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto. Any such reassignment (other than a reassignment pursuant to Section 2.7(c) or (d) ) shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(i)       on or before the day immediately preceding the Removal Date, Transferor shall have given Buyer and the Rating Agencies written notice of such removal and specifying the date for removal of the Removed Accounts (the “ Removal Date ”);

 

(ii)       on or prior to the Removal Date, Transferor shall have delivered to Buyer an Account Schedule listing the Removed Accounts;

 

(iii)       with respect to any Involuntary Removal pursuant to Section 2.7(b) , Transferor shall use reasonable efforts to satisfy the Rating Agency Condition; and as to any other removal, the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied;

 

(iv)       Transferor shall have delivered to Buyer an Officer’s Certificate, dated as of the Removal Date, to the effect that Transferor reasonably believes that (A) in the case of any removal other than an Involuntary Removal, such removal will not, based on the facts known to such officer at the time of such certification, then or thereafter cause an Early Amortization Event to occur with respect to any Series of Notes, and (B) in the case of a removal other than an Involuntary Removal, no selection procedure believed by Transferor to be materially adverse to the interest of Buyer or any of its creditors has been used in removing Removed Accounts;

 

(v)       in the case of any removal other than an Involuntary Removal, no Asset Deficiency shall exist after giving effect to such removal, as measured on the Removal Cut-Off Date; and

 

(vi)       in the case of an Involuntary Removal, the Transferor shall have paid the purchase price for the Receivables in the Removed Accounts as required by Section 2.7(b) .

 

Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, Buyer shall execute and deliver to Transferor or its designee a written reassignment in substantially the form of Exhibit B (the “ Reassignment ”) (which may be executed by the Administrator on behalf of Buyer) and shall, without further action, be deemed to transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to Transferor or its designee, effective as of the Removal Date, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of Buyer in and to the Transferred Receivables arising in the Removed Accounts, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivables with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and all proceeds of the foregoing. In addition, Buyer shall execute such other documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall reasonably be requested by Transferor to effect the conveyance of Transferred Receivables pursuant to this Section. Except as required pursuant to Section 2.7(b), the consideration for the reassignment of the Receivables in Removed Accounts shall be a reduction in the Transferor Amount and the Transferor shall not otherwise be required to pay a cash purchase price for the reassigned Receivables in Removed Accounts.

 

  9

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(b)       Transferor shall from time to time designate as Removed Accounts any Accounts designated for purchase by a Program Partner pursuant to the terms of the related Credit Card Program Agreement (each, an “ Involuntary Removal ”). All Transferred Receivables in Removed Accounts designated pursuant to this Section 2.7(b) shall be repurchased on the date of the Involuntary Removal for a cash purchase price equal to the Outstanding Balance of the Principal Receivables in the Removed Accounts, plus the accrued Finance Charge Receivables in such Removed Accounts, in each case as of the same date that the balance of principal receivables in the Removed Accounts is determined for purposes of calculating the purchase price to be paid by or on behalf of the related Program Partner for such Removed Accounts in accordance with the related Credit Card Program Agreement and such purchase price shall be treated as Collections of the related Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables; provided that no such payment need be made if no Asset Deficiency would exist after giving effect to such removal, and in such case, the consideration for the Removed Accounts shall be a reduction in the Free Equity Amount.

 

(c)       On the day a Receivable becomes a Charged-Off Receivable, Buyer shall automatically and without further action or consideration be deemed to sell, transfer, and otherwise convey to Transferor, without recourse, representation or warranty (except for the warranty that since the date of the transfer of such Charged-Off Receivable by Transferor to Buyer under this Agreement, Buyer has not sold, transferred or encumbered any such Receivable or interest therein), all the right, title and interest of Buyer in and to such Receivable, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof. The purchase price for Charged-Off Receivables purchased pursuant to this Section 2.7(c) shall equal the Recovery Amount for such Charged-Off Receivables. Such purchase price shall be payable in full in cash by Transferor by deposit of the Recovery Amount into the Collection Account on the related Transfer Date.

 

(d)       Transferor may from time to time, at its option, by notice to Buyer, designate as a Removed Account any Account (each, an “ Inactive Account ”) that has had a zero balance and on which no charges have been made, in each case for at least the preceding 12 months.

 

  10

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

Section 2.8      Discount Option . For each Program Partner, Transferor shall have the option (subject to the limitations described below) to designate at any time a fixed percentage (the “ Discount Percentage ”) of the amount of all Principal Receivables existing in all the Accounts related to such Program Partner (“ Discount Option Receivables ”). Transferor may from time to time increase, reduce or eliminate (subject to the limitations described below) the Discount Percentage related to such Program Partner. All Discount Option Receivables Collections for any Date of Processing shall be treated as Finance Charge Collections. Transferor shall provide written notice to Servicer, Buyer and each Rating Agency of any initial designation, increase, reduction or elimination, and such initial designation, increase, reduction or elimination shall become effective as of the first day of the Monthly Period preceding the Monthly Period in which Transferor delivers notice of such initial designation, increase, reduction or elimination if (i) Transferor has delivered to Buyer an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that, based on the facts known to such officer at the time, Transferor reasonably believes that such initial designation, increase, reduction or elimination will not at the time of its occurrence cause an Adverse Effect, (ii) Buyer consents to such designation, increase, reduction or elimination and (iii) Transferor has provided written notice to Servicer, Buyer and each Rating Agency of such initial designation, increase, reduction or elimination no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Payment Date related to such Monthly Period; provided, that if Transferor provides notice to Servicer, Buyer and each Rating Agency less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Payment Date related to the prior Monthly Period, the Discount Percentage shall become effective as of the first day of the Monthly Period in which such notice is provided. If as a result of such designation, increase, reduction or elimination, the amount of Collections for any prior Dates of Processing during the Monthly Period would be greater than the amount of Collections as previously calculated, Buyer shall make a deposit in the amount of such difference to the Collection Account within two Business Days following the delivery of notice of such designation, increase, reduction or elimination.

 

Section 2.9      Additional Sellers . Transferor may permit Originator to designate additional or substitute Persons to be included as “Seller” under (and as defined in) the Receivables Sale Agreement if Buyer consents to such designation.

 

Section 2.10     Additional Originators . Transferor may permit Synchrony Bank to designate additional or substitute Persons to be included as “Originators” under (and as defined in) the Receivables Sale Agreement and this Agreement if Buyer consents to such designation.

 

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

Section 3.1     Conditions to all Transfers . Each sale or contribution hereunder (including the initial sale or contribution hereunder) shall be subject to satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent (any one or more of which, may be waived by Buyer) as of the Conveyance Date therefor:

 

(a)       This Agreement or counterparts hereof shall have been duly executed by, and delivered to, Transferor and Buyer, and, with respect to the initial sale or contribution, Buyer shall have received such documents, instruments, agreements and legal opinions as Buyer shall reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer.

 

  11

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(b)       The representations and warranties of Transferor contained herein or in any other Related Document required to be made on such Conveyance Date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such Conveyance Date, both before and after giving effect to such sale or contribution; and

 

(c)       Transferor shall be in compliance in all material respects with each of its covenants and other agreements set forth herein.

 

The consummation by Transferor of the sale or contribution, as applicable, of Transferred Assets on any Conveyance Date shall be deemed to constitute, as of any such Conveyance Date, a representation and warranty by Transferor that the conditions in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 3.1 have been satisfied.

 

ARTICLE IV

OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO TRANSFEROR

 

Section 4.1       Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Transferor, etc.

 

(a)       Transferor shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person unless:

 

(i)       the Person formed by such consolidation or into which Transferor is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of Transferor substantially as an entirety shall be, if Transferor is not the surviving entity, an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state or the District of Columbia, and, if Transferor is not the surviving entity, such entity shall expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to Buyer, in form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, the performance of every covenant and obligation of Transferor hereunder;

 

(ii)      Transferor has delivered to Buyer (A) an Officer’s Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section 4.1 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with, and (B) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental agreement is a valid and binding obligation of such surviving entity enforceable against such surviving entity in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity);

 

  12

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(iii)     the business entity into which Transferor shall merge or consolidate, or to which such conveyance or transfer is made, shall be (x) a business entity that may not become a debtor in any case, action or other proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code or (y) a special-purpose corporation, the powers and activities of which shall be limited in a manner consistent with the limitations set forth in the limited liability company agreement of Transferor; and

 

(iv)     if Transferor is not the surviving entity, the surviving entity shall file new UCC1 financing statements with respect to the interest of Buyer in the Transferred Assets, if any; and

 

(v)     five Business Days’ prior written notice shall have been delivered to the Rating Agencies with respect to such merger conveyance or transfer.

 

(b)       This Section 4.1 shall not be construed to prohibit or in any way limit Transferor’s ability to effectuate any consolidation or merger pursuant to which Transferor would be the surviving entity.

 

(c)       The obligations of Transferor hereunder shall not be assignable nor shall any Person succeed to the obligations of Transferor hereunder except in each case in accordance with (i) the provisions of the foregoing paragraphs, (ii) Section 2.9 of this Agreement or (iii) conveyances, mergers, consolidations, assumptions, sales or transfers to other entities (1) for which Transferor delivers an Officer’s Certificate to Buyer indicating that Transferor reasonably believes that such action will not result in a Material Adverse Effect, (2) which meet the requirements of clause (ii) of paragraph (a) and (3) for which such purchaser, transferee, pledgee or entity shall expressly assume, in an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to Buyer in writing in form satisfactory to Buyer, the performance of every covenant and obligation of Transferor thereby conveyed.

 

ARTICLE V

INSOLVENCY EVENTS

 

Section 5.1      Rights upon the Occurrence of a Insolvency Event . If an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to Transferor, Transferor shall on the day any such event occurs, immediately cease to transfer Principal Receivables to Buyer and shall promptly give notice of such event to Indenture Trustee and Buyer. Notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer to Buyer of additional Principal Receivables, Principal Receivables transferred to Buyer prior to the occurrence of such Insolvency Event and Collections in respect of such Principal Receivables, and Finance Charge Receivables whenever created accrued in respect of such Principal Receivables, shall continue to be property of Buyer.

 

  13

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

Section 6.1       Representations and Warranties of Transferor . (a) To induce Buyer to accept the Transferred Assets, Transferor makes the following representations and warranties to Buyer, as of the Initial Transfer Date and each subsequent Conveyance Date, each and all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(i)       Representation and Warranties Relating to Transferor .

 

(A)        Valid Existence; Power and Authority . Transferor (A) is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization; (B) is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification and where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would have a Material Adverse Effect and (C) has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(B)        UCC Information . The true legal name of Transferor as registered in the jurisdiction of its organization, and the current location of Transferor’s jurisdiction of organization and the address of its chief executive office are set forth in Schedule 4.1(a) , as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 4.1 , 6.3(c) or 7.6 . In addition, Schedule 4.1(a) lists Transferor’s (A) federal employer identification number and (B) organizational identification number as designated by the jurisdiction of its organization, if applicable.

 

(C)        Authorization of Transaction; No Violation . The execution, delivery and performance by Transferor of this Agreement and the other Related Documents to which Transferor is a party and the creation and perfection of all Liens and ownership interests provided for herein: (A) have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Transferor, and (B) do not violate any provision of any law or regulation of any Governmental Authority, or contractual restrictions binding on Transferor, except where such violations, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  14

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(D)        Enforceability . On or prior to the Initial Transfer Date, each of the Related Documents to which Transferor is a party shall have been duly executed and delivered by Transferor and each such Related Document shall then constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Transferor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws, now or hereafter in effect, and by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).

 

(E)        Accuracy of Certain Information . All written factual information heretofore furnished by Transferor to Buyer with respect to the Transferred Receivables for the purposes of, or in connection with, this Agreement was true and correct in all material respects on the date as of which such information was stated or certified, or as of the date most recently updated; it being understood that no breach of this representation shall occur unless Buyer shall be materially and adversely affected by the failure of any such information to be true and correct;

 

(F)        Use of Proceeds . No proceeds received by Transferor under this Agreement will be used by it for any purpose that violates Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

(G)        Judgment or Tax Lien . Transferor is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filing against Transferor.

 

(ii)       Representations and Warranties Regarding the Transferred Receivables . With respect to Transferred Receivables and Additional Accounts, Transferor represents and warrants that:

 

(A)       each Transferred Receivable satisfies the criteria for an Eligible Receivable as of the applicable Conveyance Date;

 

(B)       this Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest in the Transferred Receivables in favor of Buyer, which (x) with respect to Transferred Receivables existing as of the Initial Transfer Date and thereafter created in the Initial Accounts and the Related Security and Collections and Recoveries with respect thereto, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and the proceeds thereof, will be enforceable against Transferor upon execution of this Agreement and with respect to Transferred Receivables in Additional Accounts as of the applicable Addition Date and thereafter created, and the Related Security and Collections and Recoveries with respect thereto, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and the proceeds thereof, will be enforceable against Transferor as of the applicable Addition Date, in each case as such enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws, now or hereafter in effect, and by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity) and (y) upon filing of the financing statements described in Section 2.1 and, in the case of Transferred Receivables thereafter created, upon the creation thereof, will be prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances);

 

  15

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(C)       immediately prior to the conveyance of the Transferred Receivables pursuant to this Agreement, Transferor owns and has good and marketable title to, or has a valid security interest in, the Transferred Receivables free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person (other than Permitted Encumbrances);

 

(D)       all authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by Transferor in connection with the conveyance by Transferor of the Transferred Receivables to Buyer have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect;

 

(E)       Transferor has caused on or prior to the Initial Transfer Date or will have caused, on or prior to the applicable Addition Date, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the transfer and security interest granted to Buyer under this Agreement in the Transferred Receivables arising in the Initial Accounts and Additional Accounts, respectively; and

 

(F)       subject to Permitted Encumbrances, other than the transfer and assignment and the security interest granted to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, Transferor has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Transferred Receivables and Transferor has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against Transferor that included a description of collateral covering the Transferred Receivables.

 

The representations and warranties described in this Section 6.1(a) shall survive the sale or contribution of the Transferred Assets to Buyer, any subsequent assignment, contribution or sale of the Transferred Assets by Buyer, and the termination of this Agreement and the other Related Documents and shall continue until the payment in full of all Transferred Assets.

 

(b)         Upon discovery by Transferor or Buyer of a breach of any of the representations and warranties by Transferor set forth in Section 6.1(a) , the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other. Transferor agrees to cooperate with Buyer in attempting to cure any such breach.

 

  16

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(c)       If any representation or warranty of Transferor contained in Section 6.1(a)(ii) is not true and correct in any material respect as of the date specified therein with respect to any Transferred Receivable or any Account and as a result of such breach any Transferred Receivables in the related Account become Charged-Off Receivables or Buyer’s rights in, to or under such Transferred Receivables or the proceeds of such Transferred Receivables are impaired or such proceeds are not available for any reason to Buyer free and clear of any Lien other than Permitted Encumbrances, unless cured within 60 days (or such longer period, not in excess of 150 days, as may be agreed to by Indenture Trustee) after the earlier to occur of the discovery thereof by Transferor or receipt by Transferor or a designee of Transferor of notice thereof given by Buyer or the Indenture Trustee acting at the direction of the Majority Holders of all Series, then such Transferred Receivable shall be designated an “ Ineligible Receivable ”; provided that such Transferred Receivables will not be deemed to be Ineligible Receivables if, on any day prior to the end of such 60-day or longer period, the relevant representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as if made on such day.

 

(d)       On the first Conveyance Date that coincides with or falls after the date on which any Transferred Receivable is designated as an Ineligible Receivable, Transferor shall repurchase such Ineligible Receivable from Buyer by paying Buyer a cash purchase price; provided that no such payment need be made if the Free Equity Amount exceeds the Minimum Free Equity Amount (after giving effect to the exclusion of such Ineligible Receivables from the Aggregate Principal Receivables) on the date such payment would otherwise be due. The purchase price for the Ineligible Receivables in any Account shall equal the Outstanding Balance of the Principal Receivables in such Account, plus the accrued Finance Charge Receivables in such Account as of the end of the Monthly Period prior to the repurchase date.

 

(e)       Upon the payment, if any, required to be made to Buyer as provided in Section 6.1(d) , Buyer shall automatically and without further action be deemed to transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to Transferor or its designee, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of Buyer in and to the applicable Transferred Receivables, all moneys due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof. Buyer shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall reasonably be requested by Transferor to effect the conveyance of such Transferred Receivables pursuant to this Section. The obligation of Transferor to repurchase Ineligible Receivables pursuant to Sections 6.1(d) shall be the sole remedy respecting any event giving rise to such obligation available to Issuer or any assignee of its rights under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.2      Affirmative Covenants of Transferor . Transferor covenants and agrees that, unless otherwise consented to by Buyer, from and after the Initial Transfer Date and until the date after the Agreement Termination Date when the Outstanding Balance of all Transferred Receivables have been reduced to zero:

 

  17

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(a)        Account Allocations . If Transferor is unable for any reason to transfer Transferred Receivables to Buyer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (including by reason of the application of the provisions of Section 5.1 or an order by any Governmental Authority that Transferor not transfer any additional Principal Receivables to Buyer) then, in any such event: (i) Transferor agrees to allocate and pay to Buyer, after the date of such inability, all Collections with respect to Principal Receivables, and all amounts which would have constituted Collections with respect to Principal Receivables but for Transferor’s inability to transfer such Transferred Receivables (up to an aggregate amount equal to the amount of Principal Receivables held by Buyer on such date of inability); (ii) Transferor agrees that such amounts shall be deemed Collections of Transferred Receivables; and (iii) for only so long as all Collections and all amounts which would have constituted Collections are allocated and applied in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) , Principal Receivables (and all amounts which would have constituted Principal Receivables, but for Transferor’s inability to transfer Transferred Receivables to Buyer) that are charged off as uncollectible shall continue to be allocated in accordance with the Indenture, and all amounts that would have constituted Principal Receivables, but for Transferor’s inability to transfer Transferred Receivables to Buyer shall be deemed to be Principal Receivables for the purpose of all calculations under the Related Documents. If Transferor is unable pursuant to any Requirement of Law to allocate Collections as described above, Transferor agrees that it shall allocate collections, charge-offs and other incidents of the receivables in the Accounts between Transferred Receivables and other receivables outstanding in the Accounts on a basis reasonably intended to approximate the actual portions allocable to Transferred Receivables and other receivables respectively. The parties hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created, accrued in respect of Principal Receivables that have been conveyed to Buyer, or that would have been conveyed to Buyer but for the above described inability to transfer such Receivables, shall continue to be held by Buyer notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer of additional Principal Receivables to Buyer.

 

(b)        Notice of Material Event . Transferor shall promptly inform Buyer in writing of the occurrence of any of the following, in each case setting forth the details thereof and what action, if any, Transferor proposes to take with respect thereto:

 

(i)       any Litigation commenced against Transferor or with respect to or in connection with all or any substantial portion of the Transferred Assets or developments in such Litigation, in each case, that Transferor believes has a reasonable risk of being determined adversely and having a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(ii)       the commencement of a proceeding against Transferor seeking a decree or order in respect of Transferor (A) under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (B) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for Transferor or for any substantial part of Transferor’s assets, or (C) ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of Transferor; or

 

(iii)       Transferor’s failure to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(c)        Notice of Liens . Transferor shall notify Buyer promptly after becoming aware of any Lien on any Transferred Asset other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

  18

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(d)        Information for Reports . Transferor shall promptly deliver any material written information, documents, records or reports with respect to the Transferred Receivables that Buyer shall reasonably request.

 

(e)        Deposit of Collections . Transferor shall transfer to Buyer or Servicer on its behalf, promptly, and in any event no later than two Business Days after receipt thereof, all Collections it may receive in respect of Transferred Assets.

 

(f)        Credit Card Program Agreement and Policies . Transferor shall enforce Originator’s obligation under the Receivables Sale Agreement to comply with and perform its obligations under the Credit Card Program Agreements and the Contracts relating to the Accounts and the Credit and Collection Policies except insofar as any failure to comply or perform would not materially or adversely affect the rights of Buyer. Transferor may consent to Originator changing the terms and provisions of the Credit Card Program Agreements, the Contracts or the Credit and Collection Policies (including the reduction of the required minimum monthly payment, the calculation of the amount, or the timing, of charge offs and periodic finance charges and other fees assessed thereon), but subject to Section 6.3(b) and only if such change is made applicable to any comparable segment of the credit accounts owned and serviced by Originator which have characteristics the same as, or substantially similar to, the Accounts that are the subject of such change, except as otherwise restricted by an endorsement, sponsorship or other agreement between Originator and an unrelated third party or by the terms of the Credit Card Program Agreements.

 

(g)       Following receipt of a written request (or written notice of a request received by Transferor) during any Monthly Period from a Noteholder or Verified Note Owner seeking to communicate with other Noteholders or Note Owners regarding exercising their contractual rights under the terms of the Related Documents, Transferor shall notify Issuer of any such request received by Transferor and include in the Securities Exchange Act Form 10-D filing for Buyer related to the Monthly Period in which such request was received, the information required to be filed pursuant to Section 13.06 of the Indenture.

 

Section 6.3       Negative Covenants of Transferor . Transferor covenants and agrees that, without the prior written consent of Buyer, from and after the Initial Transfer Date and until the date after the Agreement Termination Date when the Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables transferred hereunder prior to such Agreement Termination Date have been reduced to zero:

 

(a)        Liens . Transferor shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien, other than Permitted Encumbrances, on or with respect to the Transferred Assets.

 

(b)        Periodic Finance Charges and Other Fees . Except as such reduction is otherwise required by any Requirement of Law, or as is deemed by Originator to be necessary in order for it to maintain its credit card business, based upon Originator’s good faith assessment, in its sole discretion, of the nature of the competition in the credit card business, Transferor shall not at any time consent to Originator reducing the periodic finance charges assessed on any Transferred Receivable or other fees on any Account if, as a result of such reduction, Transferor’s reasonable expectation of the portfolio yield for any Series of notes secured, directly or indirectly, by the Transferred Receivables, as of the date of such reduction would be less than the then base rate for that Series, as determined in accordance with the terms of that Series.

 

  19

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(c)        UCC Matters . Transferor shall not change its state of organization or incorporation or its name such that any financing statement filed to perfect Buyer’s interests under this Agreement would become seriously misleading, unless Transferor shall have given Buyer not less than 15 days’ prior written notice of such change and shall have delivered to Buyer a revised Schedule 4.1(a) , which shall automatically amend and restate Schedule 4.1(a) hereto.

 

(d)       [ Reserved .]

 

(e)        Sale Characterization . For accounting purposes, Transferor shall not account for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any manner other than, with respect to the sale or contribution of each Transferred Receivable, as a true sale and/or absolute assignment of its full right, title and ownership interest in the related Transferred Assets to Buyer. Transferor shall also maintain its records and books of account in a manner which clearly reflects each such sale or contribution of the Transferred Receivables to Buyer.

 

(f)        Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement . Transferor shall not amend the Receivables Sale Agreement without the consent of Buyer and the satisfaction of the conditions precedent therein.

 

Section 6.4       No-Petition Covenants .

 

(a)       Buyer covenants and agrees that, from and after the date hereof and until the date one year plus one day following the date on which all amounts due with respect to securities that were issued by any entity holding Transferred Assets have been paid in full in cash, Buyer shall not, directly or indirectly, institute or cause to be instituted against Transferor any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided that the foregoing shall not in any way limit Buyer’s right to pursue any other creditor rights or remedies that Buyer may have under any applicable law. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of Buyer hereunder, the agreements and obligations of Buyer under this Section 6.4(a) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

(b)       Transferor covenants and agrees that, from and after the date hereof and until the date one year plus one day following the date on which all amounts due with respect to securities that were issued by any entity holding Transferred Assets have been paid in full in cash, Transferor shall not, directly or indirectly, institute or cause to be instituted against Buyer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided that the foregoing shall not in any way limit Transferor’s right to pursue any other creditor rights or remedies that Transferor may have under any applicable law. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of Transferor hereunder, the agreements and obligations of Transferor under this Section 6.4(b) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  20

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

Section 6.5       Compliance with the FDIC Rule .

 

(a)       Each of Transferor and Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the purpose of this Section 6.5 is to comply with the provisions of the FDIC Rule and FDIC Rule Interpretations.

 

(b)        Schedule 6.5 is expressly incorporated in this Agreement. Each of Transferor and Buyer agree to perform their respective obligations set forth in Schedule 6.5 .

 

(c)       In the event that Synchrony Bank becomes the subject of an insolvency proceeding and the FDIC as receiver or conservator provides a written notice of repudiation as contemplated by paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of the FDIC Rule to Transferor or Buyer, the party receiving such notice shall promptly deliver such notice to the other party, with a copy to Indenture Trustee.

 

Section 6.6       Dispute Resolution .

 

(a)       If a request to Transferor to repurchase a Receivable pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Agreement is not resolved by the end of the 180-day period beginning on the date on which Transferor receives notice of such request, then the Requesting Party will have the right to refer the matter, at its discretion, to either mediation or arbitration pursuant to this Section 6.6 ; provided , however , that any such referral shall be made (i) within the applicable statute of limitations period and (ii) within 90 days of the delivery of the monthly noteholder statement following the end of such 180-day period.

 

(b)       The Requesting Party shall provide notice in accordance with Section 7.1 of its intention to refer the matter to mediation or arbitration, as applicable, to Transferor, with a copy to Issuer. Transferor agrees to participate in the resolution method selected by the Requesting Party. Transferor shall provide notice to Synchrony Bank, Issuer, the Trustee and Indenture Trustee that it has received a request to mediate or arbitrate a repurchase request.

 

(c)       If the Requesting Party selects mediation (including non-binding arbitration) as the resolution method, the following provisions will apply:

 

(i)       the mediation will be administered by a nationally recognized arbitration and mediation association, and conducted pursuant to such association’s mediation procedures in effect at such time;

 

(ii)       the fees and expenses of the mediation will be allocated as mutually agreed by the parties as part of the mediation;

 

  21

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(iii)       the mediator will be impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York that are relevant to the repurchase dispute and will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”); and

 

(iv)       if the parties fail to agree at the completion of the mediation, the Requesting Party may refer the repurchase request to arbitration under this Section 6.6 or may, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Indenture, pursue other remedies including legal proceedings.

 

(d)       If the Requesting Party selects arbitration as the resolution method, the following provisions will apply:

 

(i)       The arbitration will be administered by a nationally recognized arbitration and mediation association, and conducted pursuant to such association’s arbitration procedures in effect at such time;

 

(ii)       The arbitrator will be impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York that are relevant to the dispute hereunder and will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by the AAA;

 

(iii)       The arbitrator will make its final determination no later than 90 days after appointment or as soon as practicable thereafter. The arbitrator will resolve the dispute in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and may not modify or change this Agreement in any way. The arbitrator will not have the power to award punitive damages or consequential damages in any arbitration conducted by it, and Transferor shall not be required to pay more than the repurchase price required to be paid by Transferor in accordance with Section 6.1 . In its final determination, the arbitrator will determine and award the costs of arbitration (including the fees of the arbitrator, cost of any record or transcript of the arbitration and administrative fees) and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the parties as determined by the arbitrator in its reasonable discretion. The determination of the arbitrator will be in writing and counterpart copies will be promptly delivered to the parties. The determination will be final and non-appealable absent manifest error, except for actions to confirm or vacate the determination that are permitted under applicable federal or state law, and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(iv)       By selecting binding arbitration, the Requesting Party is waiving the right to sue in court, including the right to a trial by jury; and

 

(v)       No Person may bring a putative or certified class action to arbitration.

 

  22

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(e)       Transferor will not be required to produce personally identifiable information about any Obligor for purposes of any mediation or arbitration. The details and/or existence of any unfulfilled repurchase request, any meetings or discussions regarding any unfulfilled repurchase request, mediations or arbitration proceedings conducted under this Section 6.6 , including all offers, promises, conduct and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the parties’ attempt to resolve an unfulfilled repurchase request, any information exchanged in connection with any mediation, and any discovery taken in connection with any arbitration (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”), shall be and remain confidential and inadmissible (except as required in accordance with applicable law) for any purpose, including impeachment, in any mediation, arbitration or litigation, or other proceeding (including any proceeding under this Section 6.6 ) other than as required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable law, regulatory requirements, or court order or to the extent that Transferor, in its sole discretion, elects to disclose such information. Such information will be kept strictly confidential and will not be disclosed to any third party; provided that a party may disclose such information to its own attorneys, experts, accountants and other agents and representatives (collectively “ Representatives ”), as reasonably required in connection with any resolution procedure under this Section 6.6 , if the disclosing party (a) directs such Representatives to keep the information confidential, (b) is responsible for any disclosure by its Representatives of such information and (c) takes at its sole expense all reasonable measures to restrain such Representatives from disclosing such information. If any party receives a subpoena or other request for information from a third party (other than a governmental regulatory body) for Confidential Information, the recipient will promptly notify the other party and will provide the other party with the opportunity to object to the production of its Confidential Information or seek other appropriate protective remedies, consistent with the applicable requirements of law and regulation. If, in the absence of a protective order, such party or any of its representatives are compelled as a matter of law, regulation, legal process or by regulatory authority to disclose any portion of the Confidential Information, such party may disclose to the party compelling disclosure only the part of such Confidential Information that is required to be disclosed.

 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.1       Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever it is provided herein that any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall or may be given to or served upon any of the parties by any other parties, or whenever any of the parties desires to give or serve upon any other parties any communication with respect to this Agreement, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three Business Days after deposit in the United States mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid, (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile, email or other similar electronic transmission (with such transmission promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 7.1 ), (c) one Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number set forth below or to such other address (or facsimile number) as may be substituted by notice given as herein provided. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled to receive such notice. Failure or delay in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication to any Person (other than Buyer) designated in any written communication provided hereunder to receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever it is provided herein that a notice is to be given to any other party hereto by a specific time, such notice shall be effective only if actually received by such party prior to such time, and if such notice is received after such time or on a day other than a Business Day, such notice shall be effective only on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

  23

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

If to Transferor:

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06902
Attention:  Eric Duenwald – President

Telephone: (203) 585-2906
Facsimile: (844) 265-2601

Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com

 

with a copy to:


Synchrony Bank
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06902
Attention:  Eric Duenwald – Treasurer
Telephone: (203) 585-2906
Facsimile: (844) 265-2601

Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com

 

If to Buyer:

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust
c/o Citibank, N.A., as Trustee
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Attn: Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

Telephone: 201-763-0613
Facsimile: 201-254-3899

 

  24

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

with a copy to:

Synchrony Bank
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, CT 06902
Attention: Eric Duenwald – Treasurer

Telephone: (203) 585-2906
Facsimile: (844) 265-2601

Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com

 

Section 7.2       No Waiver; Remedies . (a) Either party’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by the other party hereto of any provision of this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of such party thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance herewith or therewith. Any suspension or waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall not suspend, waive or affect any other breach or default whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether of the same or a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of either party contained in this Agreement, and no breach or default by either party hereunder or thereunder, shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by the other party unless such waiver or suspension is by an instrument in writing signed by an officer of or other duly authorized signatory of such party and directed to the defaulting party specifying such suspension or waiver.

 

(b)       Each party’s rights and remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any other rights and remedies that such party may have under any other agreement, including the other Related Documents, by operation of law or otherwise.

 

Section 7.3       Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Transferor and Buyer and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except as otherwise provided herein. Except as provided below and in Sections 2.9 or 4.1 of this Agreement, neither Buyer nor Transferor may assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey its rights, benefits, obligations or duties hereunder, without obtaining the prior express written consent of the other party. Any such purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance by Transferor without the prior express written consent of Buyer shall be void. The terms and provisions of this Agreement are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of Transferor and Buyer with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and no Person shall be a third-party beneficiary of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.4       Termination . This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until the earlier of (a) the termination of Buyer as provided in the Trust Agreement and (b) the date selected by Transferor upon prior notice thereof to Buyer (such date the “ Agreement Termination Date ”).

 

  25

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

Section 7.5      Survival . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Related Document, no termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or procedure) of any commitment made by Transferor under this Agreement shall in any way affect or impair the obligations, duties and liabilities of Transferor or the rights of Transferor relating to any unpaid portion of any and all obligations of Transferor to Buyer, due or not due, liquidated, contingent or unliquidated or any transaction or event occurring prior to such termination, or any transaction or event, the performance of which is required after the Agreement Termination Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Related Document, all undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties and representations of or binding upon Transferor, and all rights of Transferor hereunder shall not terminate or expire, but rather shall survive any such termination or cancellation and shall continue in full force and effect until the date after the Agreement Termination Date when the Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables transferred hereunder prior to such Agreement Termination Date have been reduced to zero; provided , that the rights and remedies pursuant to the provisions of Sections 2.5 , 6.4 , 7.3 , 7.11 and 7.13 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.6    Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof. Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes or any other Person but with prior notice to each Rating Agency, at any time and from time to time, upon either (a) delivery by Issuer or Transferor to Indenture Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that Issuer or Transferor, as applicable, reasonably believes that such amendment, modification, termination or waiver will not have an Adverse Effect or (b) satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each affected Class or Tranche of Notes for which an Officer’s Certificate described in the preceding clause (a) has not been delivered, Issuer and Transferor may modify, alter or amend this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7.6 , Schedule 6.1(a) shall be automatically amended upon delivery by Transferor to Buyer of an updated Schedule 6.1(a) .

 

Section 7.7    GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

 

  26

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

(b)        EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED FURTHER , THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE Buyer FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE RECEIVABLES OR ANY SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATIONS OF TRANSFEROR ARISING HEREUNDER OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF Buyer . EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7.1 AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

(c)        BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 7.7 SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHTS OF ANY REQUESTING PARTY PURSUANT TO SECTION 6.6 .

 

  27

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

Section 7.8       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement.

 

Section 7.9       Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.10      Section Titles . The section titles and table of contents contained in this Agreement are provided for ease of reference only and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

 

Section 7.11     No Setoff . Transferor’s obligations under this Agreement shall not be affected by any right of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right Transferor might have against Buyer, all of which rights are hereby expressly waived by Transferor.

 

Section 7.12   Confidentiality . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY SET FORTH HEREIN, THE OBLIGATIONS OF CONFIDENTIALITY CONTAINED HEREIN, SHALL NOT APPLY TO THE FEDERAL TAX STRUCTURE OR FEDERAL TAX TREATMENT OF THIS TRANSACTION, AND EACH PARTY (AND ANY EMPLOYEE, REPRESENTATIVE, OR AGENT OF ANY PARTY) MAY DISCLOSE TO ANY AND ALL PERSONS, WITHOUT LIMITATION OF ANY KIND, THE FEDERAL TAX STRUCTURE AND FEDERAL TAX TREATMENT OF THIS TRANSACTION. THE PRECEDING SENTENCE IS INTENDED TO CAUSE THIS TRANSACTION TO BE TREATED AS NOT HAVING BEEN OFFERED UNDER CONDITIONS OF CONFIDENTIALITY FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1.6011-4(B)(3) (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION) OF THE TREASURY REGULATIONS PROMULGATED UNDER SECTION 6011 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH SUCH PURPOSE. IN ADDITION, EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS NO PROPRIETARY OR EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS TO THE FEDERAL TAX STRUCTURE OF THIS TRANSACTION OR ANY FEDERAL TAX MATTER OR FEDERAL TAX IDEA RELATED TO THIS TRANSACTION.

 

  28

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

Section 7.13    Further Assurances . (a) Transferor shall, at its sole cost and expense, upon request of Buyer, promptly and duly authorize, execute and/or deliver, as applicable, any and all further instruments and documents and take such further actions that may be necessary or desirable or that Buyer may request to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including authorizing and filing any financing or continuation statements under the UCC with respect to the ownership interests or Liens granted hereunder. Transferor hereby authorizes Buyer to file any such financing or continuation statements without the signature of Transferor to the extent permitted by applicable law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of any notice or financing statement covering the Transferred Assets or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a notice or financing statement where permitted by law. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Transferred Assets is or shall become evidenced by any instrument, such instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to Buyer immediately upon Transferor’s receipt thereof and promptly delivered to or at the direction of Buyer.

 

(b)       If Transferor fails to perform any agreement or obligation under this Section 7.13 , Buyer may (but shall not be required to) itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement or obligation, and the reasonable expenses of Buyer incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by Transferor upon demand of Buyer.

 

Section 7.14    Relationship of Parties . Transferor and Buyer agree that in performing their obligations pursuant to this Agreement, they are in the position of independent contractors. This Agreement is not intended to create, nor does it create and shall not be construed to create, a relationship of partner or joint venturer or any association for profit between Transferor and Buyer.

 

Section 7.15    No Indirect or Consequential Damages . NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY SUCCESSOR, ASSIGNEE OR THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OF SUCH PERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON ASSERTING CLAIMS DERIVATIVELY THROUGH SUCH PARTY, FOR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES THAT MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER.

 

Section 7.16    Limitation of Liability of the Trustee . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this document is executed and delivered by Citibank, N.A., not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of Buyer, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of Buyer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Citibank, N.A. but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only Buyer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Citibank, N.A., individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (d) Citibank, N.A. has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by Buyer or any other party to this Agreement and (e) under no circumstances shall Citibank, N.A. be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of Buyer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by Buyer under this document or any other related documents.

 

Section 7.17    Effectiveness . This Agreement amends and restates the Original Transfer Agreement as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date and the terms and provisions of the Original Transfer Agreement are restated hereby in their entirety as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date. From and after the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, each reference to the Original Transfer Agreement in any other document, instrument or agreement shall mean and be a reference to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, all obligations and liabilities of the Transferor and the Buyer under or in connection with the Original Transfer Agreement shall remain outstanding hereunder and shall be enforceable against the Transferor or the Buyer, as applicable, under this Agreement. This Agreement does not constitute a novation of the Original Transfer Agreement (or a novation of any of the obligations thereunder).

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

  29

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transferor and Buyer have caused this Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC , as Transferor
     
  By: /s/ Andrew Lee
  Name: Andrew Lee
  Title: Manager and Vice President
     
  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST , Buyer
     
  By: Citibank, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee on behalf of Buyer
     
  By: /s/ Kristen Driscoll
  Name: Kristen Driscoll
  Title: Senior Trust Officer

 

  S- 1

A&R Transfer Agreement

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

LIST OF ACCOUNTS

 

[Delivered separately.]

 

  Sched. 1  

 

 

SCHEDULE 6.1(a)

 

TRANSFEROR’S UCC INFORMATION

 

Legal Name

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

 

Delaware

 

Address of Chief Executive Office

 

170 West Election Road, Suite 125

Draper, UT 84020

 

Federal Employer Identification Number

 

82-3295851

 

Organizational Identification Number

 

6601225

 

  Sched. 6. 1 (a)  

 

 

SCHEDULE 6.5

 

REQUIREMENTS OF FDIC RULE

 

As required by the FDIC Rule:

 

(a)       As used in this Schedule, references to (i) “sponsor” shall mean Synchrony Bank, (ii) “issuing entity” shall mean, collectively, Transferor, Issuer and each other transferee of the Transferred Assets that is an “issuing entity” as defined in the FDIC Rule, (iii) “servicer” shall mean Servicer and each other “servicer” of the financial assets within the meaning of the FDIC Rule, (iv) “obligations” or “securitization obligations” shall mean the notes issued by Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, and (v) “financial assets” and “securitized financial assets” shall mean the Transferred Assets.

 

(b)       The issuing entity shall make available to investors, information describing the financial assets, obligations, capital structure, compensation of relevant parties, and relevant historical performance data set forth below:

 

(i)       On or prior to issuance of obligations and at the time of delivery of any periodic distribution report and, in any event, at least once per calendar quarter, while obligations are outstanding, information about the obligations and the securitized financial assets shall be disclosed to all potential investors at the financial asset or pool level, as appropriate for the financial assets, and security-level to enable evaluation and analysis of the credit risk and performance of the obligations and financial assets. Such information and its disclosure, at a minimum, shall comply with the requirements of Regulation AB or any successor disclosure requirements for public issuances, even if the obligations are issued in a private placement or are not otherwise required to be registered; provided that information that is unknown or not available to the sponsor or the issuing entity after reasonable investigation may be omitted if the issuing entity includes a statement in the offering documents disclosing that the specific information is otherwise unavailable;

 

(ii)       On or prior to issuance of obligations, the structure of the securitization and the credit and payment performance of the obligations shall be disclosed, including the capital or tranche structure, the priority of payments and specific subordination features; representations and warranties made with respect to the financial assets, the remedies for and the time permitted for cure of any breach of representations and warranties, including the repurchase of financial assets, if applicable; liquidity facilities and any credit enhancements permitted by the FDIC Rule, any waterfall triggers or priority of payment reversal features; and policies governing delinquencies, servicer advances, loss mitigation, and write-offs of financial assets;

 

  Sched. 6.5- 1  

 

 

(iii)       While obligations are outstanding, the issuing entity shall provide to investors information with respect to the credit performance of the obligations and the financial assets, including periodic and cumulative financial asset performance data, delinquency and modification data for the financial assets, substitutions and removal of financial assets, servicer advances, as well as losses that were allocated to such tranche and remaining balance of financial assets supporting such tranche, if applicable, and the percentage of each tranche in relation to the securitization as a whole; and

 

(iv)       The nature and amount of compensation paid to the originator, sponsor, rating agency or third-party advisor, any mortgage or other broker, and the servicer(s), and the extent to which any risk of loss on the underlying assets is retained by any of them for such securitization shall be disclosed. I ssuer shall provide to investors while any obligations are outstanding any changes to such information and the amount and nature of payments of any deferred compensation or similar arrangements to any of the parties.

 

  Sched. 6.5- 2  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF TRANSFERRED RECEIVABLES
IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS

 

(As required by Section 2.6 of the Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement)

 

ASSIGNMENT No.          OF TRANSFERRED RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS (this “ Assignment ”) dated as of                      , 20[__], by and among SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as Transferor (“ Transferor ”) and SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST (“ Buyer ”), pursuant to the Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement referred to below.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Transferor and Buyer are parties to the Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018 (as it may be amended and supplemented from time to time the “ Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement, Transferor wishes to designate Additional Accounts to be included as Accounts and to convey the Transferred Receivables in such Additional Accounts that have been designated “Additional Accounts” pursuant to the Agreement, whether now existing or hereafter created, to Buyer (as each such term is defined in the Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, Buyer is willing to accept such designation and conveyance subject to the terms and conditions hereof;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Transferor and Buyer hereby agree as follows:

 

1.        Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

Addition Cut-Off Date ” means, with respect to Additional Accounts designated hereby, [______], 20[        ] .

 

Addition Date ” means, with respect to the Additional Accounts designated hereby, the [close] [opening] of business on [                      ], 20[        ].

 

Addition Representation Date ” means, with respect to Additional Accounts designated hereby, [______], 20[        ]. 1

 

 

1 [Date will be not more than 7 Business Days prior to the Addition Cut-Off Date.]

 

  Exhibit A- 1  

 

 

2.            Designation of Additional Accounts . The Accounts listed on Schedule 1 to this Assignment have been designated “Additional Accounts” pursuant to the Agreement. Schedule 1 to this Assignment, as of the Addition Date, shall supplement Schedule 1 to the Agreement as required by Section 2.1(c) of the Agreement.

 

3.            Conveyance of Transferred Receivables . (a) Effective as of the [close][opening] of business on the Addition Date, Transferor does hereby transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey, without recourse except as set forth in this Assignment, to Buyer, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables in such Additional Accounts existing on the Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter created from time to time in such Additional Accounts until the Agreement Termination Date, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto and related Recoveries, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and all proceeds of the foregoing. The foregoing does not constitute and is not intended to result in the creation or assumption by Buyer of any obligation of any Originator, Seller, Transferor or any other Person in connection with the Accounts or the Transferred Receivables or under any agreement or instrument relating thereto, including any obligation to Obligors, merchant banks, Program Partners, clearance systems or insurers.

 

(b)       Transferor agrees to record and file, at its own expense, financing statements (and continuation statements when applicable) with respect to the Transferred Receivables in Additional Accounts existing on the Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter created meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect, and maintain perfection of, the sale and assignment of its interest in such Receivables to Buyer, and to deliver a file-stamped copy of each such financing statement or other evidence of such filing to Buyer within ten (10) days of the Addition Date. Buyer shall be under no obligation whatsoever to file such financing or continuation statements or to make any other filing under the UCC in connection with such sale and assignment.

 

(c)       In connection with such assignment, Transferor further agrees, at its own expense, on or prior to the date of this Assignment, to indicate and cause Servicer to indicate in the appropriate electronic records that Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts and designated hereby have been conveyed to Buyer pursuant to the Agreement and this Assignment.

 

(d)       Transferor does hereby grant to Buyer a security interest in all of its right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to the Receivables in the Additional Accounts existing on the Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter created, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and all Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and all proceeds of the foregoing. This Assignment constitutes a security agreement under the UCC.

 

4.            Acceptance by Buyer . Buyer hereby acknowledges its acceptance of all right, title and interest to the property, existing on the Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter created, conveyed to Buyer pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Assignment. Buyer further acknowledges that, prior to or simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Assignment, Transferor delivered to it the Account Schedule described in Section 2 of this Assignment.

 

  Exhibit A- 2  

 

 

5.            Representations and Warranties of Transferor . Transferor hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as of the Addition Date:

 

(a)       This Assignment constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Transferor enforceable against Transferor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity);

 

(b)       each Transferred Receivable satisfies the criteria for an Eligible Receivable as of the Addition Representation Date;

 

(c)       each Additional Account is, as of the Addition Representation Date, an Eligible Account,

 

(d)       the Agreement and this Assignment creates a valid and continuing security interest in the Receivables in the Additional Accounts and the Related Security and in Collections and Recoveries with respect thereto, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and the proceeds thereof in favor of Buyer, which security interest (x) is enforceable against Transferor, as such enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws, now or hereafter in effect, and by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity) and (y) upon filing of the financing statements described herein and, in the case of Transferred Receivables thereafter created, upon the creation thereof, will be prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances);

 

(e)       immediately prior to the conveyance of the Receivables pursuant to this Assignment, Transferor owns and has good and marketable title to, or has a valid security interest in, the Receivables free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person (other than Permitted Encumbrances); and

 

(f)       subject to Permitted Encumbrances, other than the transfer and assignment and the security interest granted to Buyer pursuant to this Assignment, Transferor has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Transferred Receivables. Transferor has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against Transferor that included a description of collateral covering the Transferred Receivables.

 

6.            Amendment of the Agreement . The Agreement is hereby amended to provide that all references therein, to “this Agreement” and “herein” shall be deemed from and after the Addition Date to be a dual reference to the Agreement as supplemented by this Assignment. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unamended and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

  Exhibit A- 3  

 

 

7.            Counterparts . This Assignment may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8.            GOVERNING LAW . THIS ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

9.            Limitation of Liability of the Administrator . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this instrument has been countersigned by Synchrony Bank, not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Administrator of Buyer, and in no event shall Synchrony Bank, in its individual capacity, or any beneficial owner of Buyer have any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of Buyer hereunder, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of Buyer. For all purposes of this Assignment, in the performance of any duties or obligations of Buyer hereunder, the Administrator shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Section 1 of the Administration Agreement.

 

  Exhibit A- 4  

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Assignment of Transferred Receivables in Additional Accounts to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC , Transferor
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, Buyer
     
  By: SYNCHRONY BANK ,
    not in its individual capacity but solely as Administrator on behalf of Buyer
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  Exhibit A- 5  

 

 

Schedule 1
to Assignment of Transferred Receivables
in Additional Accounts

 

ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS

 

  Exhibit A- 6  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF REASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES
IN REMOVED ACCOUNTS

 

(As required by Section 2.7 of the Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement)

 

REASSIGNMENT No. _______ OF RECEIVABLES IN REMOVED ACCOUNTS dated as of _________, 20[__] (this “ Reassignment ”), by and among SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as Transferor (the “ Transferor ”), and SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST (the “ Buyer ”), pursuant to the Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement referred to below.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS Transferor and Buyer are parties to the Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018 (as it may be amended and supplemented from time to time the “ Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS pursuant to the Agreement, Transferor wishes to remove from Buyer all Transferred Receivables owned by Buyer in certain designated Accounts and to cause Buyer to reconvey the Transferred Receivables of such Removed Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, from Buyer to Transferor; and

 

WHEREAS Buyer is willing to accept such designation and to reconvey the Transferred Receivables in the Removed Accounts subject to the terms and conditions hereof;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Transferor and Buyer hereby agree as follows:

 

1.         Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

Removal Date ” means, with respect to the Removed Accounts designated hereby, ___________, ____.

 

Removal Cut-Off Date ” means, with respect to the Removed Accounts ______________, ____.

 

2.         Designation of Removed Accounts . Schedule 1 to this Reassignment, as of the Removal Date, shall supplement Schedule 1 to the Agreement as required by Section 2.1(c) of the Agreement.

 

  Exhibit B- 1  

 

 

3.          Conveyance of Transferred Receivables . (a) Buyer does hereby transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to Transferor, without representation, warranty or recourse, on and after the Removal Cut-Off Date, all right, title and interest of Buyer in, to and under the Transferred Receivables existing at the close of business on the Removal Cut-Off Date and thereafter created from time to time in the Removed Accounts designated hereby, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and all Insurance Proceeds related thereto and all proceeds of the foregoing.

 

(b)        In connection with such transfer, Buyer agrees to execute and deliver to Transferor on or prior to the date this Reassignment is delivered, applicable termination statements prepared by Transferor with respect to the Transferred Receivables existing at the close of business on the Removal Cut-Off Date and thereafter created from time to time in the Removed Accounts reassigned hereby and the proceeds thereof evidencing the release by Buyer of its interest in the Transferred Receivables in the Removed Accounts, and meeting the requirements of applicable state law, in such manner and such jurisdictions as are necessary to terminate such interest.

 

4.          Representations and Warranties of Transferor . Transferor hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as of the Removal Date:

 

(a)         Legal Valid and Binding Obligation . This Reassignment Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Transferor enforceable against Transferor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity);

 

(b)        Early Amortization Event . Transferor reasonably believes that (i) the removal of the Transferred Receivables existing in the Removed Accounts will not, based on the facts known to Transferor, then or thereafter cause an Early Amortization Event to occur with respect to any Series and (ii) no selection procedure believed by Transferor to be materially adverse to the interests of Buyer or any of its creditors has been used in removing Removed Accounts from among any pool of Accounts of a similar type (it being understood that Transferor will not be deemed to have used such an adverse selection procedure in connection with any Involuntary Removal) as of the Removal Date;

 

(c)        List of Removed Accounts . The list of Removed Accounts attached hereto, is an accurate and complete listing in all material respects of all the Accounts as of the Removal Cut-Off Date; and

 

(d)        No Asset Deficiency . In the case of any removal other than an Involuntary Removal, no Asset Deficiency exists as of the Removal Cut-Off Date, after giving effect to the removal of the Transferred Receivables existing in the Removed Accounts.

 

  Exhibit B- 2  

 

 

5.         Amendment of the Agreement . The Agreement is hereby amended to provide that all references therein to “this Agreement” and “herein” shall be deemed from and after the Removal Date to be a dual reference to the Agreement as supplemented by this Reassignment. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms and covenants and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unamended and shall continue to be and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

6.         Counterparts . This Reassignment may be executed in two or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7.         GOVERNING LAW . THIS REASSIGNMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

  Exhibit B- 3  

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Reassignment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

  

  SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC , Transferor
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, Buyer
     
  By: SYNCHRONY BANK ,
    not in its individual capacity but solely as Administrator on behalf of Buyer
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  Exhibit B- 4  

 

 

Schedule 1
to Reassignment Agreement


REMOVED ACCOUNTS

 

  Exhibit B- 5  

 

 

Exhibit 4.11

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of May 1, 2018

by and between

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST

and

SYNCHRONY BANK,
as Servicer

  

 

 

   

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
     
SECTION 1.1 Definitions 1
     
ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT OF SERVICER; CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF SERVICER
     
SECTION 2.1 Appointment of Servicer 2
     
SECTION 2.2 Duties and Responsibilities of Servicer 3
     
SECTION 2.3 Unrelated Amounts 4
     
SECTION 2.4 Authorization of Servicer 4
     
SECTION 2.5 Servicing Fees 4
     
SECTION 2.6 Covenants of Servicer 5
     
SECTION 2.7 Reporting Requirements 7
     
SECTION 2.8 Annual Officer’s Certificate and Assessment of Compliance 7
     
SECTION 2.9 Annual Independent Public Accountants’ Servicing Report 7
     
SECTION 2.10 Reports to the Commission 7
     
SECTION 2.11 Collections 7
     
SECTION 2.12 Allocations and Disbursements 7
     
SECTION 2.13 New Issuances 8
     
SECTION 2.14 Compliance with the FDIC Rule 8
     
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     
SECTION 3.1 Representations and Warranties of Servicer 8
     
ARTICLE IV
ADDITIONAL MATTERS RELATING TO SERVICER
     
SECTION 4.1 Covenants of Servicer Regarding the Transferred Receivables 9
     
SECTION 4.2 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Servicer 9
     
SECTION 4.3 Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Receivables 10
     
ARTICLE V
SERVICER DEFAULTS
     
SECTION 5.1 Servicer Defaults 10

 

   

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI
SUCCESSOR SERVICER
     
SECTION 6.1 Resignation of Servicer 12
     
SECTION 6.2 Appointment of the Successor Servicer 12
     
SECTION 6.3 Duties of Servicer 12
     
SECTION 6.4 Effect of Termination or Resignation 13
     
ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION
     
SECTION 7.1 Indemnities by Servicer 13
     
SECTION 7.2 Limitation of Damages; Indemnified Persons 13
     
SECTION 7.3 Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others 14
     
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
     
SECTION 8.1 Notices 14
     
SECTION 8.2 Binding Effect; Assignability 15
     
SECTION 8.3 Termination; Survival of Obligations 15
     
SECTION 8.4 Confidentiality 16
     
SECTION 8.5 No Proceedings 16
     
SECTION 8.6 Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement 16
     
SECTION 8.7 Amendments and Waivers 16
     
SECTION 8.8 No Waiver; Remedies 17
     
SECTION 8.9 GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 17
     
SECTION 8.10 Counterparts 18
     
SECTION 8.11 Severability 18
     
SECTION 8.12 Section Titles 18
     
SECTION 8.13 Limited Recourse 18
     
SECTION 8.14 Further Assurances 19
     
SECTION 8.15 Pledge of Assets 19
     
SECTION 8.16 Waiver of Setoff 19
     
SECTION 8.17 Limitation of Liability of the Trustee 19
     
SECTION 8.18 Effectiveness 20

 

SCHEDULES

 

SCHEDULE 2.7 Reporting Requirements
SCHEDULE 2.14 Requirements of FDIC Rule

 

  ii  

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

This AMENDED AND RESTATED SERVICING AGREEMENT , dated as of May 1, 2018 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and among SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Issuer ”) and SYNCHRONY BANK , a federal savings association organized under the laws of the United States (“ Synchrony Bank ”), in its capacity as the initial Servicer (as defined herein).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and Synchrony Bank, as Servicer, are parties to that certain Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017 (as amended prior to the date hereof, the “ Original Servicing Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and Synchrony Bank, as Servicer, desire to amend and restate the Original Servicing Agreement in its entirety in the form of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

SECTION 1.1        Definitions .

 

(a)       All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(b)       Initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings assigned thereto in (or by reference in) the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “ Indenture ”), between SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as the indenture trustee. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the conventions set forth in Section 1.01(a) through (g) of the Indenture. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms and phrases and any definitions incorporated herein are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and the neuter genders of such terms:

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble .

 

Daily Servicing Fee ” is defined in Section 2.5 .

 

   

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

Eligible Servicer ” means (i) the Indenture Trustee or a wholly owned subsidiary of the Indenture Trustee, (ii) the initial Servicer or any Affiliate of the initial Servicer, (iii) an entity that, at the time of its appointment as Servicer: (a) is servicing a portfolio of consumer open end credit card accounts or other consumer open end credit accounts (or is a successor to an entity that was engaged and continues to be engaged in such servicing); (b) is legally qualified and has the capacity to service the Accounts; (c) is qualified (or licensed) to use the software that is then being used to service the Accounts or obtains the right to use, or has its own, software which is adequate to perform its duties under this Agreement; (d) has the ability to professionally and competently service a portfolio of similar accounts; (e) has a net worth of at least $50,000,000 as of the end of its most recent fiscal quarter and (f) which shall at the time of appointment have a long-term debt rating of at least “Baa3” by Moody’s or “BBB-” by S&P or (iv) any servicer as to which the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

 

Indemnified Amounts ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all suits, actions, proceedings, claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense, including those incurred upon any appeal).

 

Monthly Servicing Fee ” is defined in Section 2.5 .

 

Servicer ” means Synchrony Bank or any other Person designated as a Successor Servicer.

 

Servicer Default ” is defined in Section 5.1 .

 

Servicer Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 7.1 .

 

Servicer Termination Notice ” means any notice by Issuer to Servicer that (a) a Servicer Default has occurred and (b) Servicer’s appointment under this Agreement has been terminated.

 

Servicing Records ” means all documents, books, Records and other information (including computer programs, tapes, disks, data tapes, data processing software and related property and rights) prepared and maintained by Servicer with respect to the Transferred Receivables and the Obligors thereunder.

 

Successor Servicer ” is defined in Section 6.2 .

 

Unrelated Amounts ” is defined in Section 2.3 .

 

ARTICLE II

APPOINTMENT OF SERVICER; CERTAIN DUTIES
AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF SERVICER.

 

SECTION 2.1       Appointment of Servicer . Issuer hereby appoints Servicer as its agent to service the Transferred Receivables and enforce its rights and interests in and under the Transferred Receivables and to serve in such capacity until the termination of its responsibilities pursuant to Section 5.1 or 6.1 . In connection therewith, Servicer hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the duties and obligations set forth herein. Servicer may delegate any duties and obligations hereunder; provided , that Servicer shall remain liable for the performance of such duties and obligations pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

  2

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

SECTION 2.2       Duties and Responsibilities of Servicer . (a) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, Servicer shall conduct the servicing, administration and collection of the Transferred Receivables in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies.

 

(b)       Issuer shall promptly notify Servicer of (i) any designation of additional or removed Accounts (other than any Accounts removed pursuant to Section 2.7(c) and (d) of the Transfer Agreement), (ii) any designation of any additional Originator or additional Program Partner contemplated pursuant to the Transfer Agreement and (iii) any designation of a discount percentage to be applied to any or all of the Principal Receivables; provided, that if Servicer is not Synchrony Bank or an Affiliate thereof, Issuer shall provide notification of any such designation no later than five (5) days prior to the effectiveness of such designation. Any such designation or removal shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement on the date the designation or removal is given effect under the Transfer Agreement, as specified by Issuer to Servicer. In the case of any designation of an additional Program Partner, Issuer shall provide Servicer a copy of the related credit card program agreement (if not already in Servicer’s possession) prior to the date such designation is to become effective.

 

(c)       Following receipt of notice of any designation of additional or removed Accounts, any designation of an additional Originator or additional Program Partner or any discounting of any or all Principal Receivables pursuant to Section 2.2(b) , Servicer shall assist Issuer in producing any information required by Issuer in connection with such designation.

 

(d)       Servicer shall not be obligated to use separate servicing procedures, offices, employees or accounts for servicing the Transferred Receivables from the procedures, offices, employees and accounts used by Servicer in connection with servicing other credit card receivables.

 

(e)       Servicer shall maintain fidelity bond or other appropriate insurance coverage insuring against losses through wrongdoing of its officers and employees who are involved in the servicing of credit card receivables covering such actions and in such amounts as Servicer believes to be reasonable from time to time.

 

(f)       Servicer shall deliver “Instructions,” as that term is defined in the Custody and Control Agreement on behalf of Issuer, and shall direct the Custodian, on behalf of Issuer, as to the investment of funds credited to the Trust Accounts; provided that Servicer will direct the Custodian to invest only in Permitted Investments maturing no later than the required distribution date for such funds or, if earlier, the date specified in the Related Documents.

 

(g)       Servicer shall post payments on the Receivables to its records no more than two (2) Business Days, or such greater number of days as specified in the Credit and Collection Policies, after receipt. Such payments shall be allocated to principal, interest or other items in accordance with the Related Documents or the Transfer Agreement.

 

  3

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

SECTION 2.3       Unrelated Amounts . If Servicer determines that amounts which are not property of Issuer (“ Unrelated Amounts ”) have been deposited in the Collection Account, Servicer shall withdraw the Unrelated Amounts from the Collection Account, and the same shall not be treated as Collections on Transferred Receivables and shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 2.11 .

 

SECTION 2.4       Authorization of Servicer . Servicer is hereby authorized to take any and all reasonable steps necessary or desirable and consistent with the ownership of the Transferred Receivables by Issuer and the pledge of the Transferred Receivables to the Indenture Trustee in the determination of Servicer, to (a) collect all amounts due under the Transferred Receivables, including endorsing its name on checks and other instruments representing Collections on the Transferred Receivables, and executing and delivering any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation or of partial or full release or discharge and all other comparable instruments with respect to the Transferred Receivables and (b) after the Transferred Receivables become delinquent and to the extent permitted under and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, (i) commence proceedings with respect to the enforcement of payment of the Transferred Receivables, (ii) adjust, settle or compromise any payments due thereunder, and (iii) initiate proceedings against any collateral securing the obligations due under the Transferred Receivables, in each case, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policies, (c) make withdrawals from the Collection Account and any other Trust Account, as set forth in this Agreement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement and (d) take any action required or permitted under any enhancement for any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, as set forth in this Agreement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement. Issuer shall furnish (or cause to be furnished) to Servicer any powers of attorney and other documents necessary or appropriate to enable Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder, and Issuer shall assist Servicer to the fullest extent to enable Servicer to collect the Transferred Receivables and otherwise discharge its duties hereunder and to deliver “Instructions,” as that term is defined in the Custody and Control Agreement, and other directions as to the investment of funds credited to the Trust Accounts on behalf of Issuer in accordance with Section 2.2(f) .

 

SECTION 2.5       Servicing Fees . As compensation for its servicing activities and as reimbursement for its reasonable expenses in connection therewith, Servicer shall be entitled to receive a daily servicing fee in respect of each day prior to the termination of Servicer’s obligations under this Agreement (the “ Daily Servicing Fee ”). The Daily Servicing Fee for each day during a Monthly Period shall equal the result of (a) the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period, multiplied by (b) the result of 2%, divided by twelve (12), multiplied by (c) the result of one (1), divided by the actual number of days during such Monthly Period; provided , that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the Aggregate Principal Receivables for purposes of clause (a) shall be (A) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period for the period from and including the first day of the current Monthly Period, to but excluding such Reset Date and (B) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on such Reset Date, for the period from and including such Reset Date to the earlier of the last day of such Monthly Period (in which case such period shall include such day) or the next succeeding Reset Date (in which case such period shall not include such succeeding Reset Date). The share of the Daily Servicing Fee allocable to each Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, as applicable, shall be specified in the related Indenture Supplement or Terms Document, as applicable, and the Daily Servicing Fee allocated to the Notes for each day shall be paid to or retained by the Servicer from the Noteholder Allocated Collections for such day as provided in the Indenture within two (2) Business Days thereafter; provided that the Daily Servicing Fee for any day that is not a Date of Processing shall be paid to or retained by the Servicer from Noteholder Allocated Collections for the immediately preceding Date of Processing within two (2) Business Days of such immediately preceding Date of Processing. Issuer shall be obligated to pay the excess of the Daily Servicing Fee over the portions allocated to the Notes. Servicer shall be required to pay for all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities hereunder (including any payments to accountants, counsel or any other Person) and shall not be entitled to any payment or reimbursement of those expenses other than the Daily Servicing Fees.

 

  4

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

The Servicer may elect to receive, in lieu of the Daily Servicing Fees described in the preceding paragraph, as compensation for its servicing activities and as reimbursement for its reasonable expenses in connection therewith, a monthly servicing fee in respect of any Monthly Period (or portion thereof) prior to the termination of Servicer’s obligations under this Agreement (the “ Monthly Servicing Fee ”). The Monthly Servicing Fee for each Monthly Period (or portion thereof) shall equal the sum of the Daily Servicing Fees (as calculated in the preceding paragraph), for each day in such Monthly Period (or portion therof). The share of the Monthly Servicing Fee allocable to each Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, as applicable, shall be payable on the dates and in the amounts specified in the related Indenture Supplement or Terms Document, as applicable. Issuer shall be obligated to pay the excess of the Monthly Servicing Fee over the portions allocated to the Notes. Servicer shall be required to pay for all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities hereunder (including any payments to accountants, counsel or any other Person) and shall not be entitled to any payment or reimbursement of those expenses other than the Monthly Servicing Fees. The Servicer may not elect to receive a Monthly Servicing Fee for any Monthly Period in lieu of Daily Servicing Fees unless the Servicer shall have notified the Issuer in writing of such election at least five (5) Business Days prior to the first day of such Monthly Period. If the Servicer has elected to receive a Monthly Servicing Fee in lieu of Daily Servicing Fees, the Servicer may change such election and commence receiving Daily Servicing Fees for any Monthly Period provided that the Servicer shall have notified the Issuer in writing of such election at least five (5) Business Days prior to the first day of such Monthly Period.

 

SECTION 2.6       Covenants of Servicer . Servicer covenants and agrees that from and after the Initial Transfer Date and until the date on which the outstanding balances of all Transferred Receivables have been reduced to zero:

 

(a)        Ownership of Transferred Receivables . Servicer shall identify the Transferred Receivables clearly and unambiguously in its Servicing Records to reflect that the Transferred Receivables are owned by Issuer.

 

(b)        Compliance with Requirements of Law . Servicer shall (i) duly satisfy all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with the Transferred Receivables and the related Accounts, (ii) maintain in effect all qualifications required under Requirements of Law in order to properly service the Transferred Receivables and the related Accounts and (iii) comply in all material respects with all other Requirements of Law in connection with servicing the Transferred Receivables and the related Accounts, if in the case of any of the foregoing clauses (i) , (ii) and (iii) , the failure to so satisfy, comply or maintain would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  5

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

(c)        Perfection and Priority of Security Interest . Servicer shall take all action within its power and authority as Servicer to ensure that all appropriate financing statements have been filed in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect and maintain the priority of the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture in the Transferred Receivables.

 

(d)        No Rescission or Cancellation . Servicer shall not permit any rescission or cancellation of a Transferred Receivable except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority or in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies. Servicer shall reflect any such rescission or cancellation in its computer file of revolving credit card accounts. In addition, Servicer may waive the accrual and/or payment of certain Finance Charge Receivables in respect of certain past due Accounts, the Obligors of which have enrolled with a consumer credit counseling service or a customer assistance payment plan of Servicer.

 

If Servicer breaches any of the covenants contained in paragraph (d) with respect to any Transferred Receivable or the related Account, and as a result of such breach Issuer’s rights in, to or under any Transferred Receivable(s) in the related Account or the proceeds of such Transferred Receivable are materially impaired, then, unless otherwise instructed by Issuer, no later than the expiration of sixty (60) days (or such longer period, not in excess of one hundred fifty (150) days, as may be agreed to by Issuer) from the earlier to occur of the discovery of such event by Servicer, or receipt by Servicer of notice of such event given by Issuer, all Transferred Receivables in the Account or Accounts to which such event relates shall be assigned to Servicer as set forth below; provided that such Transferred Receivables will not be assigned to Servicer if, on any day prior to the end of such 60-day period or longer period, the relevant breach shall have been cured and the covenant shall have been complied with in all material respects.

 

Servicer shall effect such assignment by paying Issuer in immediately available funds an amount equal to the Outstanding Balance of the Principal Receivables in the affected Accounts, plus accrued Finance Charge Receivables in such Accounts on the first Payment Date following the Monthly Period in which such purchase obligation arises, which deposit shall be considered a Collection with respect to such Receivables. The obligation of Servicer to make payments, if any, required to be made pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be the sole remedy respecting any event giving rise to such obligation available to Issuer or any assignee of its rights under this Agreement.

 

Upon each such assignment to Servicer, Issuer shall automatically and without further action be deemed to transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to Servicer, without recourse, representation or warranty all right, title and interest of Issuer in and to such Transferred Receivables, all moneys due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof. Issuer shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall be reasonably requested by Servicer to effect the conveyance of any such Transferred Receivables pursuant to this Section.

 

  6

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

SECTION 2.7       Reporting Requirements . Servicer hereby agrees that, from and after the Initial Transfer Date and until the date on which the outstanding balances of all Transferred Receivables have been reduced to zero, it shall deliver or cause to be delivered financial statements, notices, and other information at the times, to the Persons and in a manner set forth in Schedule 2.7 .

 

SECTION 2.8       Annual Officer’s Certificate and Assessment of Compliance .

 

(a)       Servicer shall deliver to Issuer on or before the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the end of each fiscal year of Issuer (beginning with the end of fiscal year 2017), an Officer’s Certificate of Servicer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, providing such information as is required under Item 1123 of Regulation AB under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act.

 

(b)       Servicer shall deliver to Issuer on or before the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the end of each fiscal year of Issuer (beginning with the end of fiscal year 2017), a report regarding Servicer’s assessment of compliance with the applicable servicing criteria specified in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB during the immediately preceding fiscal year, as required under Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Securities Exchange Act.

 

SECTION 2.9       Annual Independent Public Accountants’ Servicing Report . On or before the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the end of each fiscal year of Issuer (beginning with the end of fiscal year 2017), Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent public accountants (who may also render other services to Servicer) to furnish a report to Issuer and each Rating Agency, which attests to, and reports on, Servicer’s assessment delivered pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , which attestation report shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Securities Exchange Act. The attestation report required by this paragraph may be replaced, at Servicer’s option, by any similar attestation report using standards which are now or in the future in use by servicers of comparable assets or which otherwise comply with any rule, regulation, “no-action” letter or similar guidance promulgated by the Commission.

 

SECTION 2.10    Reports to the Commission . Servicer shall, on behalf of Issuer, cause to be filed with the Commission any periodic reports relating to the Notes required to be filed under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

SECTION 2.11     Collections . Servicer shall, on behalf of Issuer, apply all Collections with respect to the Transferred Receivables for each Monthly Period as described in the Indenture, each Indenture Supplement and each Terms Document, as applicable.

 

SECTION 2.12      Allocations and Disbursements . With respect to each Series, Class and Tranche, Servicer shall make the allocations and disbursements for such Series, Class or Tranche, as applicable, on behalf of Issuer as is required to be made by Issuer under the terms of the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement or Terms Document, as applicable, for such Series, Class or Tranche.

 

  7

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

SECTION 2.13     New Issuances . Pursuant to one or more Indenture Supplements or Terms Documents, as applicable, Issuer may issue one or more new Series, Classes or Tranches of Notes (each, a “ New Issuance ”), as more fully described in the Indenture. To enable Servicer to perform its obligations pursuant to Section 2.12 , Issuer shall give reasonable prior notice to Servicer of each New Issuance and shall provide Servicer an opportunity to review and comment upon the form of each monthly report required to be delivered by Servicer pursuant to Schedule 2.7 , the related Indenture Supplement and the related Terms Document, as applicable.

 

SECTION 2.14      Compliance with the FDIC Rule . Servicer agrees to perform and satisfy all covenants and other agreements set forth in Schedule 2.14 .

 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

SECTION 3.1       Representations and Warranties of Servicer . Servicer represents and warrants to Issuer as of the date hereof, and as of each date on which Notes are issued:

 

(a)       It is an entity, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction in which the servicing of the Transferred Receivables hereunder requires it to be so qualified, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)       It has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(c)       This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Servicer and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles, whether applied in a proceeding at law or in equity.

 

(d)       No consent of, notice to, filing with or permits, qualifications or other action by any Governmental Authority or any other party is required for the due execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, other than consents, notices, filings and other actions which have been obtained or made or where the failure to get such consent or take such action, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)       There is no pending Litigation of a material nature against or affecting it in any court or tribunal, before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, or (ii) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

 

  8

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

ARTICLE IV

ADDITIONAL MATTERS RELATING TO SERVICER

 

SECTION 4.1        Covenants of Servicer Regarding the Transferred Receivables .

 

(a)        Maintenance of Records and Books of Account . Servicer shall maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including the ability to recreate records evidencing the Transferred Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, computer records and other information, reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all the Transferred Receivables. Such documents, books and computer records shall reflect all facts giving rise to the Transferred Receivables, all payments and credits with respect thereto, and such documents, books and computer records shall indicate the interests of Issuer in the Transferred Receivables.

 

(b)        Notice of Lien . Servicer shall advise Issuer promptly, in reasonable detail, (i) of any Lien known to it made or asserted against any Transferred Receivable, and (ii) of the occurrence of any event known to it which would have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Transferred Receivables.

 

(c)        Further Assurances . Servicer shall furnish to Issuer from time to time such statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Transferred Receivables and such other reports in connection with the Transferred Receivables as Issuer may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

 

SECTION 4.2        Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Servicer .

 

(a)       Servicer shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

 

(i)       the Person formed by such consolidation or into which Servicer is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of Servicer substantially as an entirety shall be, if Servicer is not the surviving entity, an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or the District of Columbia and, if Servicer is not the surviving entity, shall expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to Issuer in form reasonably satisfactory to Issuer, the performance of every covenant and obligation of Servicer hereunder;

 

  9

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

(ii)       Servicer has delivered to Issuer (A) an Officer’s Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with, and (B) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental agreement is a valid and binding obligation of such surviving entity enforceable against such surviving entity in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity); and

 

(iii)       either (x) the entity formed by such consolidation or into which Servicer is merged or the Person which acquired by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of Servicer substantially as an entirety shall be an Eligible Servicer (taking into account, in making such determination, the experience and operations of the predecessor Servicer) or (y) upon the effectiveness of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, a Successor Servicer shall have assumed the obligations of Servicer in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(b)       This Section 4.2 shall not be construed to prohibit or in any way limit Servicer’s ability to effectuate any consolidation or merger pursuant to which Servicer would be the surviving entity.

 

SECTION 4.3       Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Receivables . Servicer shall provide to Issuer or its designees access to the documentation regarding the Accounts and the Transferred Receivables in such cases where Issuer or such designee is required in connection with the enforcement of the rights of Issuer or any of its creditors, or by applicable statutes or regulations to review such documentation, such access being afforded without charge but only (i) upon reasonable prior written request, (ii) during normal business hours, (iii) subject to Servicer’s normal security and confidentiality procedures and (iv) at offices designated by Servicer. Nothing in this Section 4.3 shall derogate from the obligation of any Person to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors, and the failure of Servicer to provide access as provided in this Section 4.3 as a result of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section 4.3 .

 

ARTICLE V

SERVICER DEFAULTS

 

SECTION 5.1       Servicer Defaults . A “ Servicer Default ” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following events shall occur with respect to Servicer, and Issuer shall have provided written notice to Servicer declaring the existence of such Servicer Default and requiring the same to be remedied:

 

  10

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

(a)       any failure by Servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit on or before the date occurring ten (10) Business Days after the date such payment, transfer or deposit is required to be made or given by Servicer, as the case may be; provided , that, if such delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence, then a Servicer Default shall not be deemed to have occurred under this Section 5.1(a) until thirty-five (35) Business Days after the date of such failure;

 

(b)       failure on the part of Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of Servicer set forth in this Agreement that has a material adverse effect on Issuer, which continues unremedied for a period of sixty (60) days after the date on which written notice of such failure requiring the same to be remedied shall have been given to Servicer by Issuer; provided , that, if such delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence, then a Servicer Default shall not be deemed to have occurred under this Section 5.1(b) until one hundred twenty (120) days after date on which such written notice is given to Servicer by Issuer;

 

(c)       any representation or warranty made by Servicer in this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect when made, which has a material adverse effect on Issuer and which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of sixty (60) days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to Servicer by Issuer; provided , that, if the inaccuracy was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence, then a Servicer Default shall not be deemed to have occurred under this Section 5.1(c) until one hundred twenty (120) days after the date on which such written notice is given to Servicer by Issuer; or

 

(d)       any Insolvency Event with respect to Servicer;

 

and, in any such event, Issuer may, if directed by the Indenture Trustee (acting at the direction of Noteholders of not less than 66⅔% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes for all Series), by delivery of a Servicer Termination Notice to Servicer, terminate the servicing responsibilities of Servicer hereunder, without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by Servicer. Upon the delivery of any such notice, all authority and power of Servicer under this Agreement shall pass to and be vested in a Successor Servicer acting pursuant to Section 6.2 ; provided , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Servicer agrees to act as Servicer and to continue to follow the procedures set forth in this Agreement with respect to Collections on the Transferred Receivables under this Agreement until a Successor Servicer has assumed the responsibilities and obligations of Servicer in accordance with Section 6.2 .

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of a Servicer Default shall be based solely on the provisions in this Section 5.1 and the occurrence of a material instance of noncompliance with the applicable servicing criteria specified in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB shall not be determinative that a Servicer Default has occurred.

 

  11

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

ARTICLE VI

SUCCESSOR SERVICER

 

SECTION 6.1       Resignation of Servicer . Servicer may resign in the circumstances set forth in clause (a) or (b) of this Section 6.1 .

 

(a)       Servicer may resign from its obligations and duties hereunder upon the written consent of Issuer if it finds a replacement servicer that is an Eligible Servicer. No such resignation shall become effective until (i) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied and (ii) the replacement servicer shall have obtained Issuer’s approval and appointment pursuant to Section 6.2 .

 

(b)       Without limitation of clause (a) , Servicer may resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it upon its determination that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder has become impermissible under applicable law, and (ii) there is no commercially reasonable action which Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder permissible under applicable law. No such resignation shall become effective until a Successor Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of Servicer in accordance with Section 6.2 .

 

SECTION 6.2      Appointment of the Successor Servicer . In connection with the termination of Servicer’s responsibilities under this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1 or 6.1 , Issuer shall notify the Indenture Trustee and appoint a successor servicer that is an Eligible Servicer. The successor servicer shall succeed to all rights and assume all of the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of Servicer under this Agreement (such successor servicer being referred to as the “ Successor Servicer ”); provided , that the Successor Servicer shall have no responsibility for any actions of Servicer prior to the date of its appointment as Successor Servicer. The Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by executing, acknowledging and delivering to Issuer an instrument in form and substance acceptable to Issuer and by providing prior written notice of such appointment to the Rating Agencies and the Indenture Trustee. In the event the Indenture Trustee shall become the Successor Servicer, all costs associated with the transfer of servicing shall be paid by the predecessor Servicer, and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to appoint any one of its Affiliates as a Sub-Servicer or agent; provided , that it shall be fully liable for the actions and omissions of such Sub-Servicer or agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Related Documents, if the Indenture Trustee shall act as Successor Servicer, it shall not, in any event have obligations (i) with respect to the repurchase of the Transferred Receivables, (ii) to pay any fees, expenses and other amounts owing to the Administrator, (iii) to pay any indemnities owed by a Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or the Indenture, or (iv) with respect to the Servicer’s obligations under the FDIC Rule Requirements.

 

SECTION 6.3       Duties of Servicer . At any time following the appointment of a Successor Servicer:

 

  12

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

(a)       Servicer agrees that it shall terminate its activities as Servicer hereunder in a manner acceptable to Issuer so as to facilitate the transfer of servicing to the Successor Servicer, including timely delivery (i) to Issuer of any funds that were required to be deposited in the Collection Account, and (ii) to the Successor Servicer, at a place selected by the Successor Servicer, of all Servicing Records and other information with respect to the Transferred Receivables, along with payment of all costs associated with the transfer of servicing if the Indenture Trustee shall act as Successor Servicer. Servicer shall account for all funds and shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required to more fully and definitely vest and confirm in the Successor Servicer all rights, powers, duties, responsibilities, obligations and liabilities of Servicer; and

 

(b)       Servicer shall terminate each Sub-Servicing Agreement that may have been entered into by it and the Successor Servicer shall not be deemed to have assumed any of Servicer’s interest therein or to have replaced Servicer as a party to any such Sub-Servicing Agreement.

 

SECTION 6.4       Effect of Termination or Resignation . Any termination or resignation of Servicer under this Agreement shall not affect any claims that Issuer may have against Servicer for events or actions taken or not taken by Servicer arising prior to any such termination or resignation.

 

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 7.1       Indemnities by Servicer . Without limiting any other rights that Issuer or its Affiliates or any director, officer, employee, trustee or agent or incorporator thereof (each, a “ Servicer Indemnified Person ”) may have hereunder or under applicable law, Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify each Servicer Indemnified Person from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against a Servicer Indemnified Person to the extent arising out of or relating to any material breach of Servicer’s obligations under this Agreement; excluding , however , Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from (i) bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of a Servicer Indemnified Person or (ii) recourse for uncollectible Receivables. Any Indemnified Amounts subject to the indemnification provisions of this Section 7.1 shall be paid to Servicer Indemnified Person within ten (10) Business Days following demand therefor.

 

SECTION 7.2       Limitation of Damages; Indemnified Persons . NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY SUCCESSOR, ASSIGNEE OR THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OF SUCH PERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON ASSERTING CLAIMS DERIVATIVELY THROUGH SUCH PARTY, FOR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES THAT MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER.

 

  13

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

SECTION 7.3       Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others . Except as provided in Section 7.1 , neither Servicer nor any of the directors, officers, employees or agents of Servicer in its capacity as Servicer shall be under any liability to Issuer or any other Person for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith in its capacity as Servicer pursuant to this Agreement; provided that this provision shall not protect Servicer or any such Person against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. Servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person (other than Servicer) respecting any matters arising hereunder. Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its duties as Servicer in accordance with this Agreement and which in its reasonable judgment may involve it in any expense or liability.

 

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 8.1       Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever it is provided herein that any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall or may be given to or served upon any of the parties by any other parties, or whenever any of the parties desires to give or serve upon any other parties any communication with respect to this Agreement, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the United States mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid, (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile, email or other electronic transmission, (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, email address or facsimile number indicated below or to such other address (or email address or facsimile number) as may be substituted by notice given as herein provided. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled to receive such notice. Failure or delay in delivering copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication to any Person designated in any written notice provided hereunder to receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever it is provided herein that a notice is to be given to any other party hereto by a specific time, such notice shall only be effective if actually received by such party prior to such time, and if such notice is received after such time or on a day other than a Business Day, such notice shall only be effective on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

  14

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

If to Servicer:

 

Synchrony Bank
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, Connecticut 06902
Attention: Eric Duenwald – Treasurer
Telephone:  (203) 585-2906
Facsimile:  (844) 265-2601

Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com

 

If to the Issuer:

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
c/o Citibank, N.A., as Trustee
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Attn: Synchrony Card Issuance Trust
Telephone: 201-763-0613
Facsimile: 201-254-3899

 

with a copy to:

 

Synchrony Bank, as Administrator
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, Connecticut 06902
Attention: Eric Duenwald – Treasurer
Telephone: (203) 585-2906
Facsimile: (844) 265-2601

Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com

 

SECTION 8.2       Binding Effect; Assignability . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Issuer and Servicer and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as set forth in Section 2.1 , or Article VI , Servicer may not assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey any of its rights or obligations hereunder or interests herein without the express prior written consent of Issuer. Any such purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance by Servicer without the prior express written consent of Issuer shall be void. Issuer may, at any time, assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Person and any such assignee may further assign at any time its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in each case, without the consent of Servicer. Each of Issuer and Servicer acknowledges and agrees that, upon any such assignment, the assignee thereof may enforce directly, all of the obligations of Issuer or Servicer hereunder, as applicable.

 

SECTION 8.3       Termination; Survival of Obligations . This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until the date on which the Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables have been reduced to zero; provided , that the rights and remedies provided for herein with respect to any breach of any representation or warranty made by Servicer pursuant to Article III , the indemnification and payment provisions of Article VII and Sections 8.4 , 8.5 and 8.13 shall be continuing and shall survive such reduction.

 

  15

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

SECTION 8.4       Confidentiality . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY SET FORTH HEREIN, THE OBLIGATIONS OF CONFIDENTIALITY CONTAINED HEREIN, SHALL NOT APPLY TO THE FEDERAL TAX STRUCTURE OR FEDERAL TAX TREATMENT OF THIS TRANSACTION, AND EACH PARTY (AND ANY EMPLOYEE, REPRESENTATIVE, OR AGENT OF ANY PARTY) MAY DISCLOSE TO ANY AND ALL PERSONS, WITHOUT LIMITATION OF ANY KIND, THE FEDERAL TAX STRUCTURE AND FEDERAL TAX TREATMENT OF THIS TRANSACTION. THE PRECEDING SENTENCE IS INTENDED TO CAUSE THIS TRANSACTION TO BE TREATED AS NOT HAVING BEEN OFFERED UNDER CONDITIONS OF CONFIDENTIALITY FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1.6011-4(B)(3) (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION) OF THE TREASURY REGULATIONS PROMULGATED UNDER SECTION 6011 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH SUCH PURPOSE. IN ADDITION, EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS NO PROPRIETARY OR EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS TO THE FEDERAL TAX STRUCTURE OF THIS TRANSACTION OR ANY FEDERAL TAX MATTER OR FEDERAL TAX IDEA RELATED TO THIS TRANSACTION.

 

SECTION 8.5       No Proceedings . Servicer hereby agrees that, from and after the date hereof and until the date one year plus one day following the date on which the Outstanding Balances of all Transferred Receivables have been reduced to zero, it will not, directly or indirectly, institute or cause to be instituted against Issuer any proceeding of the type referred to in Section 5.1(d) ; provided that the foregoing shall not in any way limit Servicer’s right to pursue any other creditor rights or remedies that Servicer may have for claims against Issuer.

 

SECTION 8.6      Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified, altered or amended except as set forth in Section 8.7 .

 

SECTION 8.7       Amendments and Waivers . Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes or any other Person but with prior notice to each Rating Agency, at any time and from time to time, upon either (a) delivery by Issuer or Servicer to the Indenture Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that Issuer or Servicer, as applicable, reasonably believes that such amendment, modification, termination or waiver will not have an Adverse Effect or (b) satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each affected Class or Tranche of Notes for which an Officer’s Certificate described in the preceding clause (a) has not been delivered, Issuer and Servicer may amend, modify, terminate or waive this Agreement.

 

  16

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

SECTION 8.8       No Waiver; Remedies . The failure by Issuer, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Servicer of any provision of this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of Issuer thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance herewith. Any suspension or waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall not suspend, waive or affect any other breach or default whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether the same or of a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of Servicer contained in this Agreement, and no breach or default by Servicer hereunder, shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by Issuer unless such waiver or suspension is by an instrument in writing signed by an officer of or other duly authorized signatory of Issuer and directed to Servicer specifying such suspension or waiver. The rights and remedies of Issuer under this Agreement shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any other rights and remedies that Issuer may have under any other agreement, including the other Related Documents, by operation of law or otherwise.

 

SECTION 8.9        GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

 

(a)        THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

 

(b)        EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8.1 AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE (3) DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

  17

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

(c)        BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM, THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE NOTEHOLDERS BY ACCEPTING THEIR INTEREST IN THE NOTES WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 8.10      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement. Executed counterparts may be delivered electronically.

 

SECTION 8.11      Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.12      Section Titles . The section titles and table of contents contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

 

SECTION 8.13      Limited Recourse . (a) The obligations of Issuer under this Agreement are solely the obligations of Issuer. No recourse shall be had for any obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement against any incorporator, shareholder, officer, manager, member or director, past, present or future, of Issuer or of any successor or of its constituent members or its other Affiliates, either directly or through Issuer or any successor, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the acceptance hereof, expressly waived and released. Any accrued obligations owing by Issuer under this Agreement shall be payable by Issuer solely to the extent that funds are available therefor from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 and the priority of payments in the applicable Indenture Supplement or Terms Document, as applicable ( provided that such accrued obligations shall not be extinguished until paid in full).

 

  18

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

(b)       The obligations of Servicer under this Agreement are solely the obligations of Servicer. No recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing hereunder or any other obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement, against any shareholder, employee, officer, manager, member or director, agent or organizer, past, present or future, of Servicer or of any successor thereto, either directly or through Servicer or any successor thereto, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the acceptance hereof, expressly waived and released.

 

SECTION 8.14      Further Assurances . Servicer shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents, and take such further action, that may be necessary or desirable or that Issuer may request to enable Issuer to exercise and enforce its rights under this Agreement or  otherwise carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.15      Pledge of Assets . Servicer hereby acknowledges that Issuer has granted a security interest in the Transferred Receivables to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, and hereby waives any defenses it may have against the Indenture Trustee for the enforcement of this Agreement in the event of foreclosure by the Indenture Trustee. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that, in the event of foreclosure by the Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and the full performance by the parties hereto of their obligations and undertakings set forth herein. Servicer hereby agrees to deliver to the Indenture Trustee a copy of all notices to be delivered by Servicer to Issuer hereunder.

 

SECTION 8.16      Waiver of Setoff . Servicer hereby waives any right of setoff that it may have for amounts owing to it under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.17      Limitation of Liability of the Trustee . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this document is executed and delivered by Citibank, N.A., not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of the Issuer, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Citibank, N.A. but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Citibank, N.A., individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (d) Citibank, N.A. has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by the Issuer or any other party in this Agreement, and (e) under no circumstances shall Citibank, N.A. be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this document or any other related documents.

 

  19

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

SECTION 8.18      Effectiveness . This Agreement amends and restates the Original Servicing Agreement as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date and the terms and provisions of the Original Servicing Agreement are restated hereby in their entirety as of the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date. From and after the Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, each reference to the Original Servicing Agreement in any other document, instrument or agreement shall mean and be a reference to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, all obligations and liabilities of the Issuer and the Servicer under or in connection with the Original Servicing Agreement shall remain outstanding hereunder and shall be enforceable against the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable, under this Agreement. This Agreement does not constitute a novation of the Original Servicing Agreement (or a novation of any of the obligations thereunder).

 

[ Signatures Follow ]

 

  20

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective representatives thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, as Issuer
     
  By:  CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee on behalf of Issuer
     
  By: /s/ Kristen Driscoll
    Name: Kristen Driscoll
    Title: Senior Trust Officer
     
  SYNCHRONY BANK, as Servicer
     
  By: /s/ Eric Duenwald
    Name: Eric Duenwald
    Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

  S- 1

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

SCHEDULE 2.7

 

Reporting Requirements

 

Servicer shall:

 

1. Prepare a monthly report on behalf of Issuer for each Series and each Tranche that is outstanding in the manner described in the Indenture Supplement or Terms Document, as applicable, for such Series or such Tranche, as the case may be. Servicer shall also provide the Indenture Trustee with an electronic or written form of such report for each such Series and each such Tranche for delivery as set forth in the Indenture Supplement for such Series or the Terms Document for such Tranche, as the case may be.

 

2. Prepare and deliver to Issuer any attestation report, agreed upon procedures letter or similar report regarding Servicer’s compliance with its obligations under the Servicing Agreement and the servicing functions performed by Servicer with respect to the Related Documents in such form as is required to be delivered to any party by Issuer in accordance with any Indenture Supplement.

 

   

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

 

SCHEDULE 2.14

 

Requirements of FDIC Rule

 

As required by the FDIC Rule:

 

(a)       As used in this Schedule, references to (i) the “sponsor” shall mean Synchrony Bank, (ii) the “issuing entity” shall mean, collectively, the Transferor, Issuer and each other transferee of the Transferred Receivables that is an “issuing entity” as defined in the FDIC Rule, (iii) the “servicer” shall mean Servicer and each other “servicer” of the financial assets within the meaning of the FDIC Rule, (iv) “obligations” or “securitization obligations” shall mean the Notes, and (v) “financial assets” and “securitized financial assets” shall mean the Transferred Receivables.

 

(b)       To the extent serving as servicer, custodian or paying agent for the securitization, the sponsor shall not comingle amounts received with respect to the financial assets with its own assets except for the time, not to exceed two Business Days, necessary to clear any payments received.

 

(c)       The monthly reports described in Schedule 2.7 shall include such information as shall be required for the issuing entity to fulfill its obligations under clause (c) of Schedule II to the Indenture with respect to information required to be disclosed at the time of delivery of each periodic distribution report or any other information required to be provided to investors after issuance of the obligations.

 

   

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

  

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Annual Servicer’s Certificate

 

(To be delivered on or before the ninetieth (90th) day following the end
of fiscal year 2017 pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Servicing Agreement referred to below)

 

SYNCHRONY BANK

 

The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of Synchrony Bank, as Servicer (“ Synchrony Bank ”), pursuant to the Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement dated as of May 1, 2018 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”), between Synchrony Bank and Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, does hereby certify that:

 

1. Synchrony Bank is, as of the date hereof, Servicer under the Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Certificate have their respective meanings as set forth in the Agreement.

 

2. The undersigned is an Authorized Officer who is duly authorized pursuant to the Agreement to execute and deliver this Certificate to Issuer.

 

3. A review of the activities of Servicer during the fiscal year ended __________, ____, and of its performance under the Agreement was conducted under my supervision.

 

4. Based on such review, Servicer has, to the best of my knowledge, performed in all material respects its obligations under the Agreement throughout such year and no default in the performance of such obligations has occurred or is continuing except as set forth in paragraph 5.

 

5. The following is a description of each default in the performance of Servicer’s obligations under the provisions of the Agreement known to me to have been made by Servicer during the fiscal year ended ___________, _____, which sets forth in detail (i) the nature of each such default, (ii) the action taken by Servicer, if any, to remedy each such default and (iii) the current status of each such default: [ if applicable, insert “None.” ]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate this ______ day of ____________, 20___.

 

  SYNCHRONY BANK,
  as Servicer
     
  By:         
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  - 1 -

Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

  Servicing Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.12

 

FORM OF RISK RETENTION AGREEMENT, dated as of [________], 2018 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among SYNCHRONY BANK , a federal savings association organized under the laws of the United States (“ Synchrony Bank ”), SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Synchrony Card Funding ”), and SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Issuer ”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Synchrony Bank and Synchrony Card Funding have entered into an Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “ Receivables Sale Agreement ”), pursuant to which Synchrony Bank sells Receivables arising under certain Accounts to Synchrony Card Funding;

 

WHEREAS, Synchrony Card Funding and the Issuer have entered into an Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Transfer Agreement ”), pursuant to which Synchrony Card Funding conveyed to the Issuer all of its right, title and interest in and to the Receivables arising under certain Accounts;

 

WHEREAS, Synchrony Card Funding, Citibank, N.A., as the trustee (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”) and Citicorp Trust Delaware, National Association, as the Delaware trustee, have entered into an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Trust Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Issuer issued the Transferor Interest to Synchrony Card Funding;

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and The Bank of New York Mellon (the “ Indenture Trustee ”) have entered into an Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2018 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Master Indenture ”), and a SynchronySeries Indenture Supplement, dated as of [________], [____] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture Supplement ”, and together with the Master Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), pursuant to which the Issuer [will issue] [has issued and may from time to time issue] the SynchronySeries Notes; and

 

WHEREAS, Synchrony Card Funding intends to cause the Issuer to issue the Class [__]([____]-[__]) Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Terms Document, dated as of [____], [___] (the “ Terms Document ”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed by and among Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding and the Issuer as follows:

 

1.            DEFINITIONS . All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Terms Document and, if not defined therein, in the Indenture. The following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

 

AIFM Regulation ” means Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No. 231/2013, as in effect as of the date hereof.

 

 

 

 

Applicable Investor ” means each holder of a beneficial interest in any Class [__]([____]-[__]) Note that is (i) an EEA credit institution or investment firm subject to the CRR, including any consolidated group affiliate thereof; (ii) an EEA insurer or reinsurer subject to the Solvency II Regulation; or (iii) an EEA alternative investment fund manager to which the AIFM Regulation applies.

 

CRR ” means Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013, as supplemented by the CRR Delegated Regulation, as in effect as of the date hereof.

 

“CRR Delegated Regulation” means Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No. 625/2014, as in effect as of the date hereof.

 

EEA ” means the European Economic Area.

 

EU Retention Rules ” means: (i) Articles 404 – 410 (inclusive) of CRR; (ii) Articles 50 – 56 (inclusive) of the AIFM Regulation; and (iii) Articles 254 – 257 (inclusive) of the Solvency II Regulation, each as in effect as of the date hereof, together with any guidance published in relation thereto including any regulatory and/or implementing technical standards in effect as of the date hereof.

 

Solvency II Regulation ” means Commission Delegated Regulation ((EU No. 2015/35), as in effect as of the date hereof.

 

2.            REPRESENTATIONS . Synchrony Bank represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee (solely for the benefit of the Applicable Investors) that as of the date hereof:

 

(a)          Synchrony Bank has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b)          The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and do not violate any provision of any law or regulation of any Governmental Authority, or contractual or other restrictions binding on Synchrony Bank, except where such violations, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(c)          This Agreement is the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Synchrony Bank, except as the same may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws, now or hereafter in effect, and by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).

 

3.            COVENANTS . Synchrony Bank hereby confirms, represents and warrants to and agrees with, and irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, solely for the benefit of each Applicable Investor, in connection with the EU Retention Rules, on an ongoing basis, that:

 

  2  

 

 

(a)          Synchrony Bank, as “originator” for the purposes of the EU Retention Rules, currently retains, and on an ongoing basis will retain, a material net economic interest that is not less than 5% of the nominal value of the securitized exposures, in a form that is intended to qualify as an originator’s interest as provided in option (b) of each of Article 405(1) of the CRR, Article 51(1) of the AIFM Regulation and Article 254(2) of the Solvency II Regulation, by holding all the membership interest in Synchrony Card Funding, which in turn holds all or part of the Transferor Interest (the “ Retained Interest ”);

 

(b)          Synchrony Bank will not (and will not permit Synchrony Card Funding or any of its other affiliates to) allow the retained interest to be subject to any credit risk mitigation, short position or other hedge or to be sold if, as a result, Synchrony Bank would not retain a material net economic interest in an amount that is not less than 5% of the nominal value of the securitized exposures, except to the extent permitted in accordance with Article 405(1) of the CRR (as supplemented by Article 12 of the CRR Delegated Regulation), Article 51(1) of the AIFM Regulation and Article 254 of the Solvency II Regulation;

 

(c)          Synchrony Bank will not change the manner in which it retains its net economic interest in the securitized exposures while the Class [__]([____]-[__]) are outstanding, except under exceptional circumstances in accordance with Article 405(1) of the CRR (as supplemented by Article 10 of the CRR Delegated Regulation), Article 51(1) of the AIFM Regulation and Article 254 of the Solvency II Regulation; and

 

(d)          Synchrony Bank will provide ongoing confirmation of Synchrony Bank’s continued compliance with its obligations described in (a) and (b) above in or concurrently with the delivery of each Monthly Noteholders’ Statement.

 

4.            AGREEMENTS OF SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING . Synchrony Card Funding hereby acknowledges the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, further, covenants that it will not sell, hedge or otherwise mitigate its credit risk under or associated with the Retained Interest other than as directed by Synchrony Bank and as permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.            LIMITATION OF LIABILITY .

 

(a)          It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (i) this Agreement is executed and delivered by Citibank, N.A., not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of the Issuer, (ii) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Citibank, N.A. but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (iii) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Citibank, N.A., individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (iv) Citibank, N.A. has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by the Issuer or any other party in this Agreement, and (v) under no circumstances shall Citibank, N.A. be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this Agreement or any other related documents.

 

  3  

 

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other document or agreement relating to the Class [__]([____]-[__]) Notes, in no event shall Synchrony Bank or Synchrony Card Funding be liable to the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer, the Trustee, any Applicable Investor or any other Noteholder, or responsible for, losses in respect of the Class [__]([____]-[__]) Notes or any interest therein, including, without limitation any loss of value of any Class [__]([____]-[__]) Notes or any interest therein, due to the failure of the Retained Interest and compliance by Synchrony Bank and Synchrony Card Funding with the terms of this Agreement to satisfy the EU Retention Rules or other similar or equivalent provisions now or hereafter in effect.

 

6.            MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a)           THIS  AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

 

(b)           EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS INDENTURE OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY.  EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 6(d) AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID.  NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

  4  

 

 

(c)           BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS.  THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

If to Synchrony Bank:

 

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06902

Attention: Eric Duenwald – Treasurer

 

If to Synchrony Card Funding:

 

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06902

Attention:  Eric Duenwald – President

 

If to the Issuer:

 

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Attn:  Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

 

(d)          Neither this Agreement nor any term or provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated except by a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the party against whom enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought to be enforced.

 

  5  

 

 

(e)          Any part, provision, representation, warranty or covenant of this Agreement that is prohibited or is held to be void or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

 

Any part, provision, representation, warranty or covenant of this Agreement that is prohibited or is held to be void or unenforceable in any particular jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto waive any provision of law which prohibits or renders void or unenforceable any provision hereof.

 

(f)          This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the matters addressed herein, and this Agreement supersedes any prior agreements and/or understandings, written or oral, with respect to such matters.

 

(g)          The Issuer is a party to this Agreement solely for the purposes of obtaining the benefit of the representations, warranties and covenants contained therein and under no circumstances shall it be deemed to have undertaken any obligations thereunder or by virtue of its entry into this Agreement.

 

(h)          The Indenture Trustee is a third party beneficiary of this Agreement solely for the purpose of obtaining the benefit of the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein and under no circumstances shall it be deemed to have undertaken any obligations hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the Indenture Trustee have any responsibility to monitor compliance with or be charged with knowledge of the EU Retention Rules, nor shall it be liable to any Applicable Investor, Noteholder or any party whatsoever for any violation of such EU Retention Rules or such similar provisions now or hereafter in effect or for any breach of any term of this Agreement.

 

  6  

 

 

Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Card Funding and the Issuer have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the date first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY BANK
       
    By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
  SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC
       
    By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
       
  By: Citibank, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
       
    By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.13

 

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

 

between

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST ,

as Trust

 

SYNCHRONY BANK ,

as Administrator

 

Dated as of November 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
SECTION 1. Appointment of the Administrator; Duties of the Administrator 1
     
SECTION 2. Records 8
     
SECTION 3. Compensation 8
     
SECTION 4. Additional Information to Be Furnished to the Trust 8
     
SECTION 5. Independence of the Administrator 8
     
SECTION 6. No Joint Venture 8
     
SECTION 7. Other Activities of the Administrator 8
     
SECTION 8. Term of Agreement; Resignation and Removal of the Administrator 8
     
SECTION 9. Action upon Termination, Resignation or Removal 10
     
SECTION 10. Notices 10
     
SECTION 11. Amendments 11
     
SECTION 12. Successors and Assigns 11
     
SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 12
     
SECTION 14. Other Interpretive Matters 13
     
SECTION 15. Headings 13
     
SECTION 16. Counterparts 13
     
SECTION 17. Severability 13
     
SECTION 18. Not Applicable to Synchrony Bank in Other Capacities 14
     
SECTION 19. Limitation of Liability of the Trustee 14
     
SECTION 20. Indemnification 14
     
SECTION 21. No Proceedings 15

 

 

 

 

A DMINISTRATION AGREEMENT , dated as of November 30, 2017, between SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST , a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Trust ”), and SYNCHRONY BANK , a Delaware corporation, as administrator (the “ Administrator ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Trust has entered into a Master Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (as amended and supplemented by any Indenture Supplement, any Terms Document or otherwise, from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof, the “ Indenture ), between the Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee (“ Indenture Trustee ), to provide for the issuance of its asset backed notes (the “ Notes ) from time to time pursuant to one or more Indenture Supplements or Terms Documents. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS , the Trust has entered into certain agreements in connection with the issuance of the Notes and the issuance of the Transferor Interest and transactions related thereto, including (i) the Transfer Agreement, (ii) the Servicing Agreement, (iii) the Indenture, and (iv) any other Related Document entered into from time to time;

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to the Related Documents, the Trust is required to perform certain duties in connection with: (a) the Notes and the collateral therefor pledged pursuant to the Indenture (the “ Collateral ”) and (b) the Transferor Interest;

 

WHEREAS , the Trust desires to have the Administrator perform certain of the duties of the Trust referred to in the preceding clause, and to provide such additional services consistent with this Agreement and the Related Documents as the Trust may from time to time request;

 

WHEREAS , the Administrator has the capacity to provide the services required hereby and is willing to perform such services for the Trust on the terms set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual terms and covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         Appointment of the Administrator; Duties of the Administrator .

 

(a)           Appointment of the Administrator . The Trust hereby appoints Synchrony Bank to act as administrator, subject to Section 9 .

 

(b)           Duties with Respect to the Transfer Agreement . The Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall perform the administrative duties of the Trust under the Transfer Agreement. The Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall monitor the performance of the Trust and shall advise the Trust when action is necessary to comply with the Trust’s duties under the Transfer Agreement. The Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall prepare for execution by the Trust or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Trust to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Transfer Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall take all appropriate action that is the duty of the Trust to take pursuant to such documents, including, without limitation, such of the foregoing as are required with respect to the following matters (parenthetical references in this clause (b) are to sections of the Transfer Agreement):

 

 

 

 

(i)          the duty to maintain possession of the Account Schedules delivered pursuant to the Transfer Agreement ( Section 2.1 );

 

(ii)         the duty to cause the payment of the Purchase Price for each Purchase Date ( Section 2.4 );

 

(iii)        (A) the preparation and the execution of any Reassignment or any other documents and instruments of transfer and (B) the duty to take such actions as requested by the Transferor to effect the conveyance of the Transferred Receivables ( Section 2.7 ); and

 

(iv)        (A) the notification to the Transferor of any breach in representation or warranty of the Transferor under the Transfer Agreement or (B) the acceptance of a reassignment of the Transferred Receivables if such breach is not cured as provided in Section 6.1 of the Transfer Agreement ( Section 6.1 );

 

(v)         the duty to comply with the FDIC Rule and FDIC Rule Interpretations and the obligations of the Trust in Schedule 6.5 to the Transfer Agreement ( Section 6.5 ); and

 

(vi)        (A) the duty to consult with the Transferor to determine whether the Trust’s consent to any reduction of periodic finance charges or other fees would violate the Trust’s covenants contained in the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement thereto or (B) the duty to prepare, execute and deliver any notices of objection to a proposed reduction upon determination that a violation would occur ( Section 6.3(b) ).

 

(c)           Duties with Respect to the Servicing Agreement . The Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall perform the administrative duties of the Trust under the Servicing Agreement. The Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall monitor the performance of the Trust and shall advise the Trust when action is necessary to comply with the Trust’s duties under the Servicing Agreement. The Administrator shall prepare and execute on behalf of the Trust, or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Trust to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Servicing Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust shall take all appropriate action that is the duty of the Trust to take pursuant to such documents, including, without limitation, such of the foregoing as are required with respect to the following matters (parenthetical references in this clause (c) are to sections of the Servicing Agreement):

 

(i)          (A) the notification to the Servicer prior to any designation of (I) additional or removed Accounts, (II) any additional Originator or additional Program Partner and (III) any discount percentage and (B) the duty to provide the Servicer a copy of the related credit card program agreement of an additional Program Partner ( Section 2.2 );

 

  2  

 

 

(ii)         (A) the duty to furnish to the Servicer powers of attorney and other documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing duties and (B) the duty to assist the Servicer in collecting the Transferred Receivables ( Section 2.4 );

 

(iii)        (A) the notification to the Servicer of a breach of the applicable covenants under Section 2.6 of the Servicing Agreement and (B) the execution and the delivery of any documents or instruments of transfer or assignment requested by the Servicer to effect the conveyance of the Transferred Receivables to the Servicer ( Section 2.6 );

 

(iv)        the delivery of a Servicer Termination Notice to the Servicer ( Section 5.1 ); and

 

(v)         the appointment of a successor servicer ( Section 6.2 ).

 

(d)           Duties with Respect to the Indenture . The Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall perform the administrative duties of the Trust under the Indenture, any Indenture Supplement and any Terms Document. The Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall monitor the performance of the Trust and shall advise the Trust when action is necessary to comply with the Trust’s duties under the Related Documents. The Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall prepare for execution by the Trust or the Trustee or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Trust to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to any Related Document. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall take all appropriate action that is the duty of the Trust to take pursuant to the Indenture, any Indenture Supplement and any Terms Document, including, without limitation, such of the foregoing as are required with respect to the following matters under the Indenture, any Indenture Supplement and any Terms Document (parenthetical references in this clause (d) are to articles or sections in the Indenture):

 

(i)          appointing a successor Depository ( Section 2.04 );

 

(ii)         communicating with any clearing agency or Depository ( Sections 2.06 and 2.07 );

 

(iii)        the duty to cause the Note Register to be kept, and notifying the Indenture Trustee of any appointment of a new Note Register and the location, or change in location, of the Note Registrar ( Sections 3.05(a) and 3.05(i) );

 

(iv)        delivering any Notes to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation ( Section 3.08 );

 

(v)         preparing or obtaining the documents, legal opinions and instruments required for execution, authentication and delivery of the Notes, and delivery of the same to the Indenture Trustee for authentication ( Sections 3.03 , 3.04 and 3.09 ), providing for the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes ( Section 3.06 ), providing for the exchange or transfer of Notes ( Section 3.05 ) and, to the extent set forth in the related Indenture Supplement, notifying each Rating Agency in writing of the issuance of any Tranche, Class or Series of Notes;

 

  3  

 

 

(vi)        directing the Indenture Trustee with respect to the investment of funds in the Trust Accounts ( Section 4.02 );

 

(vii)       preparing or obtaining the documents, legal opinions and instruments required to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee with respect to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture ( Section 5.01(c) ) and preparing the documents necessary for the Indenture Trustee to acknowledge the same ( Section 5.01(a) );

 

(viii)      on the resignation or removal of any Indenture Trustee, assisting the Trust in appointing a suitable successor Indenture Trustee as necessary, appointing a successor Indenture Trustee ( Section 7.10(e) ) and giving written notice of such resignation or removal and appointment to each Noteholder and to each Rating Agency ( Section 7.10(f) );

 

(ix)         preparing or causing to be prepared tax returns for the Trust (if required) and the reporting information for the Noteholders ( Section 7.15 );

 

(x)          preparing on behalf of the Trust written instructions regarding any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Indenture Trustee upon the Indenture Trustee’s application therefor ( Section 7.17 );

 

(xi)         furnishing to the Indenture Trustee a list of the names and addresses of the Noteholders upon each transfer of a Note or at such other times as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably require ( Section 8.01 );

 

(xii)        preparing for the Trust such filings for filing with the Commission, and providing the Indenture Trustee with copies thereof once filed, as required by the Securities Exchange Act or otherwise as in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission ( Section 8.04 );

 

(xiii)       preparing, completing and delivering to the Indenture Trustee (with a copy to each Rating Agency), a Monthly Noteholders’ Statement ( Section 8.05 );

 

(xiv)      preparing or obtaining any necessary Opinion of Counsel, Tax Opinion, Officer’s Certificate, or other document or instrument as may be required in connection with any supplemental indenture or amendment to the Indenture, any Indenture Supplement, any Terms Document, the Trust Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Transfer Agreement or the Receivables Sale Agreement ( Article IX );

 

(xv)       giving notice to each Rating Agency and collecting the vote of Noteholders, as necessary, in connection with any supplemental indenture or amendment to the Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or any Terms Document ( Article IX );

 

  4  

 

 

(xvi)      appointing Paying Agents ( Section 10.02 ) and causing any such Paying Agents to execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee an instrument pursuant to which it agrees to act as Paying Agent as set forth in Section 10.03 of the Indenture;

 

(xvii)     preparing Officer’s Certificates of the Trust directing the Paying Agent to pay to the Indenture Trustee sums held in trust by the Issuing Entity or such Paying Agent for the purpose of discharging the Indenture ( Section 10.03 );

 

(xviii)    preparing written statements for execution by an Authorized Officer as required by Section 10.04 of the Indenture;

 

(xix)       performing or causing to be performed all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the legal existence, rights and franchises as a Delaware statutory trust of the Trust ( Section 10.05 ) and comply with applicable law ( Section 10.07 );

 

(xx)        giving prompt written notice to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency of each Event of Default and Early Amortization Event under the Indenture or any default of a Derivative Counterparty ( Section 10.08 );

 

(xxi)       providing to Noteholders and prospective Noteholders information required to be provided by the Trust pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act ( Section 10.11 );

 

(xxii)      performing and observing all of the Trust’s obligations under the Indenture, any Indenture Supplement, any Terms Document, the Trust Agreement and any other instrument or agreement relating to the Collateral including preparing and causing the Trust to file UCC financing statements and continuation statements ( Section 10.12 );

 

(xxiii)     preparing or obtaining the instruments, documents, agreements, certificates and legal opinions required to be delivered by the Trust and preparing any notice required to be given to the Rating Agencies and the Indenture Trustee, in connection with the merger or consolidation of the Trust with any other Person or the conveyance or transfer of any of the Trust’s property or assets ( Section 10.13 );

 

(xxiv)    giving written notice to the affected Noteholders of any redemption by the Transferor ( Section 11.01 ) and to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency with respect to any such optional repurchase ( Section 11.02 );

 

(xxv)     to the extent set forth in the Related Documents, preparing or obtaining the instruments, documents, agreements and legal opinions required to be delivered by the Trust and/or the Indenture Trustee and preparing any notice required to be given by the Trust to the Rating Agencies, the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer in connection with addition or removal of Collateral, and designating such Collateral to be added or removed, as the case may be;

 

  5  

 

 

(xxvi)    to the extent set forth in the Related Documents, taking, or assisting the Trust and/or the Indenture Trustee in taking, all actions necessary and advisable to obtain, maintain and enforce a perfected lien on and security interest in the Collateral in favor of the Indenture Trustee and preparing for execution and delivery or filing by the Trust all supplements and amendments to this Agreement and all financing statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments; and

 

(xxvii)   obtaining legal opinions with respect to the security interest in the Collateral ( Section 10.21 ).

 

(e)           Duties with Respect to Sale of Notes . The Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall perform the administrative duties of the Trust under any note purchase agreement, loan agreement or underwriting agreement. The Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall monitor the performance of the Trust and shall advise the Trust when action is necessary to comply with the Trust’s duties under any note purchase agreement, loan agreement or underwriting agreement. The Administrator shall prepare and execute on behalf of the Trust, or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Trust to prepare, file or deliver pursuant any note purchase agreement, loan agreement or underwriting agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust shall take all appropriate action that is the duty of the Trust to take pursuant to such documents.

 

(f)            Duties with Respect to the Trust . (i) The Administrator shall perform such calculations, and shall prepare for execution by the Trust or shall cause the preparation by other appropriate persons, of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions, as it shall be the duty of the Trust, to perform, prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Related Documents. At the request of the Trust, the Administrator shall take all appropriate action that it is the duty of the Trust to take pursuant to the Related Documents. Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement, and in accordance with the directions of the Trust, the Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall administer, perform or supervise the performance of such other activities permitted by the Related Documents as are not covered by any of the foregoing and as are expressly requested by the Trust , and are reasonably within the capability of the Administrator.

 

(ii)         The Administrator, on behalf of the Trust, shall perform the duties specified in Section 9.2 of the Trust Agreement required to be performed in connection with the resignation or removal of the Trustee, and any other duties expressly required to be performed by the Administrator under the Trust Agreement.

 

(iii)        The Administrator hereby agrees to execute on behalf of the Trust all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Trust to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Related Documents or otherwise by law.

 

(iv)        In the event that the Trust is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Administrator hereby agrees to serve as the partnership representative (within the meaning of Section 6223(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) of the Trust and perform the duties specified in Section 2.6 of the Trust Agreement in that regard.

 

  6  

 

 

(g)           Additional Duties of the Administrator .

 

(i)          In addition to the duties of the Administrator set forth above, the Administrator shall perform all ministerial duties and obligations, other than payment obligations, of the Trust under the Related Documents and shall perform such calculations and shall prepare for execution by the Trust and shall cause the preparation by other appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Trust to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Related Documents, and at the request of the Trust shall take all appropriate action that it is the duty of the Trust to take pursuant to the Related Documents.

 

(ii)         The Administrator shall perform the duties of the Administrator specified in Section 9.2 of the Trust Agreement required to be performed in connection with the resignation or removal of the Trustee, and any other duties expressly required to be performed by the Administrator under the Trust Agreement.

 

(iii)        In carrying out the foregoing duties or any of its other obligations under this Agreement, the Administrator may enter into transactions with or otherwise deal with any of its Affiliates; provided , however , that the terms of any such transactions or dealings shall be in accordance with any directions received from the Trust and shall be, in the Administrator’s opinion, no less favorable to the Trust than would be available from unaffiliated parties.

 

(iv)        It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Administrator may execute on behalf of the Trust all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Trust to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Related Documents. In furtherance thereof, upon any written request from the Administrator, the Trust shall cause to be executed and delivered to the Administrator and its agents, and to each successor Administrator appointed pursuant to the terms hereof, one or more powers of attorney substantially in the form of Exhibit A, appointing the Administrator the attorney-in-fact of the Trust for the purpose of executing on behalf of the Trust all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions.

 

(h)           Non-Ministerial Matters . (i) With respect to matters that in the reasonable judgment of the Administrator are non-ministerial, the Administrator shall not take any action unless within a reasonable time before the taking of such action the Administrator shall have notified the Trust of the proposed action and the Trust, shall have consented or provided an alternative direction. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “non-ministerial matters” shall include, without limitation:

 

(A)         the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Trust and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the Trust (other than in connection with the collection of the Transferred Receivables);

 

  7  

 

 

(B)         the amendment, change, supplement or modification of the Related Documents other than an Indenture Supplement; and

 

(C)         the appointment of successor Note Registrars, successor Paying Agents and successor Indenture Trustees pursuant to the Indenture or the appointment of successor Administrators or successor Servicers, or the consent to the assignment by the Note Registrar, Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee of its obligations under the Indenture.

 

(ii)         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Administrator shall not be obligated to, and shall not take any other action that the Trust directs the Administrator not to take on its behalf.

 

SECTION 2.        Records . The Administrator shall maintain appropriate records relating to services performed hereunder, which records shall be accessible for inspection by the Trust or its designees, at any time during normal business hours upon ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice.

 

SECTION 3.         Compensation . As compensation for the performance of the Administrator’s obligations under this Agreement and as reimbursement for its expenses related thereto, the Administrator shall be entitled to $350 per month payable in arrears on each Payment Date, which payment shall be solely an obligation of the Trust.

 

SECTION 4.         Additional Information to Be Furnished to the Trust . The Administrator shall furnish to the Trust from time to time such additional information regarding the Collateral as the Trust shall reasonably request.

 

SECTION 5.         Independence of the Administrator . For all purposes of this Agreement, the Administrator shall be an independent contractor and shall not be subject to the supervision of the Trust or Trustee with respect to the manner in which it accomplishes the performance of its obligations hereunder. Unless expressly authorized by the Trust, the Administrator shall have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any way (other than as permitted hereunder) and shall not otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.

 

SECTION 6.         No Joint Venture . Nothing contained in this Agreement: (i) shall constitute the Administrator and the Trust as members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or other separate entity, (ii) shall be construed to impose any liability as such on any of them or (iii) shall be deemed to confer on any of them any express, implied or apparent authority to incur any obligation or liability on behalf of the others.

 

SECTION 7.         Other Activities of the Administrator . Nothing herein shall prevent the Administrator or its Affiliates from engaging in other businesses or, in their sole discretion, from acting in a similar capacity as an administrator for any other Person even though such Person may engage in business activities similar to those of the Trust.

 

SECTION 8.        Term of Agreement; Resignation and Removal of the Administrator . (a) This Agreement shall continue in force until the dissolution of the Trust, upon which event this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

 

  8  

 

 

(b)          Subject to Section 8(d) , the Administrator may resign its duties hereunder by providing the Trust and the Servicer with at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice.

 

(c)          Subject to Section 8(d) , at the sole option of the Trust, the Administrator may be removed immediately upon written notice of termination from the Trust to the Administrator and the Transferor if any of the following events shall occur:

 

(i)          failure on the part of the Administrator duly to observe or perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements of Administrator set forth in this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the interests of the Trust, which continues unremedied for a period of sixty (60) days after the date on which written notice of such failure requiring the same to be remedied shall have been given to the Administrator by the Trust (or, if such failure cannot be cured in such time, shall not give within ten days such assurance of cure as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trust); provided that if such failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence, the Administrator shall have until one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of such failure to cure before a default in performance shall be deemed to have occurred under this Section.

 

(ii)         a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief, and such decree or order shall not have been vacated within sixty (60) days, in respect of the Administrator in any involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or appoint a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for the Administrator or any substantial part of its property or order the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs; or

 

(iii)        the Administrator shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or similar official for the Administrator or any substantial part of its property, shall consent to the taking of possession by any such official of any substantial part of its property, shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due.

 

The Administrator agrees that if any of the events specified in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this subsection shall occur, it shall give written notice thereof to the Trust, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee within seven days after the happening of such event.

 

(d)          Upon the Administrator’s receipt of notice of termination, pursuant to Section 8(c) , or the Administrator’s resignation in accordance with this Agreement, the predecessor Administrator shall continue to perform its functions as Administrator under this Agreement, in the case of termination, only until the date specified in such termination notice or, if no such date is specified in a notice of termination, until receipt of such notice and, in the case of resignation, until (x) the date forty-five (45) days from the delivery to the Trust and the Servicer of written notice of such resignation (or written confirmation of such notice) in accordance with this Agreement or (y) such other mutually agreed to date. In the event of the Administrator’s termination hereunder, the Trust shall appoint a successor Administrator, and the successor Administrator shall accept its appointment by a written assumption. No resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to this Section shall be effective until: (i) a successor Administrator shall have been appointed by the Trust, (ii) such successor Administrator shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in the same manner as the Administrator is bound hereunder and (iii) the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to the proposed appointment.

 

  9  

 

 

(e)          Upon appointment, the successor Administrator shall be the successor in all respects to the predecessor Administrator and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities arising thereafter relating thereto placed on the predecessor Administrator and shall be entitled to the compensation specified in Section 3 and all the rights granted to the predecessor Administrator by the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

(f)          The Administrator or the Trust, as the case may be, shall provide to the Indenture Trustee a copy of all notices required to be delivered under this Section 8 .

 

SECTION 9.         Action upon Termination, Resignation or Removal . Promptly upon the effective date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(a) , or the resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to Section 8(b) or (c) , respectively, the Administrator shall be entitled to be paid all fees and reimbursable expenses accruing to it to the date of such termination, resignation or removal. The Administrator shall forthwith upon such termination pursuant to Section 8(a) deliver to the Trust all property and documents of or relating to the Collateral then in the custody of the Administrator. In the event of the resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to Section 8(b) or (c) , respectively, the Administrator shall cooperate with the Trust and the Indenture Trustee and take all reasonable steps requested to assist the Trust and the Indenture Trustee in making an orderly transfer of the duties of the Administrator.

 

SECTION 10.      Notices . Any notice, report or other communication given hereunder shall be in writing and addressed as follows:

 

(a) if to the Trust, to:

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
c/o Citibank, N.A., as Trustee
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Attn: Synchrony Card Issuance Trust
Telephone: 201-763-0613
Facsimile: 201-254-3899

 

  10  

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Synchrony Bank, as Administrator
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, Connecticut 06902
Attention: Eric Duenwald – Treasurer
Telephone: (203) 585-2906
Facsimile: (844) 265-2601

Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com

 

(b) if to the Administrator, to:

 

Synchrony Bank, as Administrator
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, Connecticut 06902
Attention: Eric Duenwald – Treasurer
Telephone: (203) 585-2906
Facsimile: (844) 265-2601

Email: Eric.Duenwald@syf.com

 

(c) if to the Indenture Trustee, to:

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

Attention: Corporate Trust Office – Synchrony Card Issuance Trust

101 Barclay Street

New York, New York 10286

 

or to such other address as any party shall have provided to the other parties in writing. Any notice required to be in writing hereunder shall be deemed given if such notice is mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, or hand-delivered to the address of such party as provided above.

 

SECTION 11.      Amendments . This Agreement may be amended from time to time by a written amendment duly executed and delivered by the Trust and the Administrator. Promptly after the execution of any such amendment, the Administrator shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to the holder of the Transferor Certificate and each of the Rating Agencies.

 

SECTION 12.       Successors and Assigns . This Agreement may not be assigned by the Administrator unless such assignment is previously consented to in writing by the Trust and subject to the satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition in respect thereof. An assignment with such consent and satisfaction, if accepted by the assignee, shall bind the assignee hereunder in the same manner as the Administrator is bound hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be assigned by the Administrator without the consent of the Trust to a corporation or other organization that is a successor (by merger, consolidation or purchase of assets) to the Administrator; provided, that such successor organization executes and delivers to the Trust, an agreement in which such corporation or other organization agrees to be bound hereunder by the terms of said assignment in the same manner as the Administrator is bound hereunder. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall bind any successors or assigns of the parties hereto.

 

  11  

 

 

SECTION 13.     GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

 

(b)          EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED, THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED, FURTHER, THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE SUCH PARTY FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE BORROWER COLLATERAL OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE BORROWER SECURED OBLIGATIONS, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF SUCH PARTY. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 10 AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

(c)          BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

  12  

 

 

SECTION 14.       Other Interpretive Matters .

 

(a)          All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(b)          Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein and accounting terms partly defined herein to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings giving to them under GAAP.

 

(c)           Unless otherwise specified, references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any particular date shall mean such amount at the close of business on such day.

 

(d)           The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; references to any subsection, Section or clause are references to subsections, Sections and clauses in this Agreement unless otherwise specified; the term “including” means “including without limitation”; references to any law or regulation refer to that law or regulation as amended from time to time and include any successor law or regulation; references to any Person include that Person s successors and assigns; and references to any agreement refer to such agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(e)           In the event that the UCC, as in effect on the date hereof, is revised, any reference herein to specific sections of the UCC shall be deemed to be references to any such successor sections .

 

SECTION 15.       Headings . The section headings hereof have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning, construction or effect of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 16.       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which when so executed shall together constitute but one and the same agreement.

 

SECTION 17.       Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

  13  

 

 

SECTION 18.       Not Applicable to Synchrony Bank in Other Capacities . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any obligation Synchrony Bank may have in any other capacity.

 

SECTION 19.       Limitation of Liability of the Trustee . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this document is executed and delivered by Citibank, N.A., not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of the Trust, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Trust is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Citibank, N.A. but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Trust, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Citibank, N.A., individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (d) Citibank, N.A. has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by the Trust or any other party in this Agreement, and (e) under no circumstances shall Citibank, N.A. be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust under this document or any other related documents.

 

SECTION 20.       Indemnification . The Administrator shall indemnify the Trust (and its officers, directors, employees, trustees, and agents) (the “ Indemnified Parties ”) for, and hold them harmless against, any losses, liability or expense, including attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred by them (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “ Indemnified Amounts ”), incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on their part, arising out of or in connection with: (i) actions taken by either of them pursuant to instructions given by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) the failure of the Administrator to perform its obligations hereunder. The indemnities contained in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Administrator or the Trust.

 

In the event any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Indemnified Party pursuant to the preceding paragraph, such person shall promptly notify the Administrator in writing, and the Administrator shall have the option to assume the defense thereof, including the retention of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party to represent such Indemnified Party in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding upon delivery to the Administrator of demand therefor. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Administrator has failed to assume the defense thereof, (ii) the Administrator and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (iii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Administrator and the Indemnified Party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the Administrator shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such Indemnified Parties. The Administrator shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Administrator agrees to indemnify the Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. The Administrator shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

  14  

 

 

SECTION 21.       No Proceedings . From and after the date hereof and until the date one year plus one day following the date on which the Outstanding Balance of all Transferred Receivables have been reduced to zero, the Administrator shall not, directly or indirectly, institute or cause to be instituted against the Trust any proceeding of the type referred to in the definition of “Insolvency Event.”

 

  15  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST

 

  By: CITIBANK, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee on behalf of the Trust
   
  By: /s/ Kristen Driscoll
  Name: Kristen Driscoll
  Title: Vice President
   
  SYNCHRONY BANK , as Administrator
   
  By: /s/ Eric Duenwald
  Name: Eric Duenwald
  Title: SVP, Treasurer

 

  S- 1  
    Administration Agreement

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

STATE OF [__________] )
  ) ss.:
COUNTY OF [________] )

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Trust ”), does hereby make, constitute and appoint Synchrony Bank, as Administrator under the Administration Agreement (as defined below), and its agents and attorneys, as attorneys in fact to execute on behalf of the Trust all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Trust to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Related Agreements (as defined in the Master Indenture, dated as of November 30, 2017, between the Trust and The Bank of New York Mellon), including, without limitation, to appear for and represent the Trust in connection with the preparation, filing and audit of federal, state and local tax returns pertaining to the Trust, and with full power to perform any and all acts associated with such returns and audits that the Trust could perform including, without limitation, the right to distribute and receive confidential information, defend and assert positions in response to deficiencies, consents to the extension of any statutory or regulatory time limit, and settlements.

 

For the purpose of this Power of Attorney, the term “ Administration Agreement ” means the Administration Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, between the Trust and Synchrony Bank, as Administrator, as such may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

All powers of attorney for this purpose heretofore filed or executed by the Trust are hereby revoked.

 

  2  

 

 

  EXECUTED this ______ day of [_____], 2017.
   
  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
   
   
  CITIBANK, N.A.,
  not in its individual capacity but solely as
  Trustee on behalf of the Trust
   
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

  3  

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

 

Mayer Brown LLP

71 South Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606-4637

 

Main Tel +1 312 782 0600

Main Fax +1 312 701 7711

www.mayerbrown.com

 

May 4, 2018

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06902

 

Re: Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

Registration Statement on Form SF-3

 

We have acted as special counsel to Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ SCF ”), in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement on Form SF-3 (the “ Registration Statement ”) and the related form of prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”) filed by SCF with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on the date hereof under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), registering asset-backed notes (the “ Notes ”) to be issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement (the “ Master Indenture ”), between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust (the “ Trust ”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by a related Indenture Supplement (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement and a related Terms Document (the “ Terms Document ”, and together with the Master Indenture and the Indenture Supplement, the “ Indenture ”), between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form filed as Exhibits 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6 to the Registration Statement. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

We have examined executed copies of the Registration Statement, the Master Indenture, the Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement, substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.10 to the Registration Statement (the “ Transfer Agreement ”), between SCF and the Trust, a form of the Indenture Supplement and such other documents as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion (collectively, the “ Transaction Documents ”). We are familiar with the proceedings taken by SCF in connection with the authorization of the issuances and the sales of the Notes, and have examined such documents and such questions of law and fact as we have deemed necessary in order to express the opinion hereafter stated.

 

We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transactions of only United States federal law, the laws of the State of New York, the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware and the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto or the effect thereon of the laws of any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any local agencies within any state.

 

Mayer Brown LLP operates in combination with other Mayer Brown entities (the "Mayer Brown Practices"), which have offices in North America, Europe and Asia and are associated with Tauil & Chequer Advogados, a Brazilian law partnership.

 

 

 

 

Mayer Brown LLP

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

May 4, 2018

Page 2

 

We have assumed for the purposes of the opinions set forth below that the Notes will be issued in Tranches created as described in the Registration Statement and that the Notes will, at SCF’s direction, be sold by the Trust or SCF to the underwriters named in the related prospectus for such Notes for reasonably equivalent consideration.

 

In rendering the opinions set forth herein, we have relied upon and assumed:

 

A. The genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all writings submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original writings of all copies submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies, and the legal competence and capacity of all natural persons;

 

B. The truth and accuracy of all certificates and representations, writings and records reviewed by us and referred to above, including the representations and warranties made in the Transaction Documents, in each case with respect to the factual matters set forth therein;

 

C. All parties to the Transaction Documents (other than SCF and the Trust) are validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization and have the requisite organizational power to enter into such Transaction Documents;

 

D. Except to the extent that we expressly opine as to any of the following matters with respect to a particular party below: (i) the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational proceedings on the part of all parties (other than SCF and the Trust) to each such document; and (ii) the Transaction Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of all such parties (other than SCF and the Trust), enforceable against such parties in accordance with their respective terms; and

 

E. There are no other agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, among any or all of the parties that would alter the agreements set forth in the Transaction Documents.

 

On the basis of the foregoing examination and assumptions, and upon consideration of applicable law, it is our opinion that the Notes when executed, authenticated and delivered as specified in the Indenture and delivered against the payment of consideration specified in the related underwriting agreement, will be legal and binding obligations of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with their terms.

 

Our opinion set forth above is subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and by the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought.

 

 

 

 

Mayer Brown LLP

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

May 4, 2018

Page 3

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as part of the Registration Statement and to the references to this firm under the heading “ Legal Matters ” in the Prospectus, without admitting that we are “experts” within the meaning of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission issued thereunder, with respect to any part of the Registration Statement, including this opinion as an exhibit.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Mayer Brown LLP

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

 

 

Mayer Brown LLP

71 South Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606-4637

 

Main Tel +1 312 782 0600

Main Fax +1 312 701 7711

www.mayerbrown.com

 

May 4, 2018

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06902

 

Re: Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

Registration Statement on Form SF-3

 

We have acted as special counsel for Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ SCF ”), in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement on Form SF-3 (the “ Registration Statement ”) and the related form of prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”) filed by SCF with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on the date hereof under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), registering asset-backed notes (the “ Notes ”) to be issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated Master Indenture, substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement (the “ Master Indenture ”), between Synchrony Card Issuance Trust (the “ Trust ”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by a related Indenture Supplement (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement and a related Terms Document (the “ Terms Document ”, and together with the Master Indenture and the Indenture Supplement, the “ Indenture ”), between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form filed as Exhibits 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6 to the Registration Statement. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Indenture.

 

Our opinion is based on our examination of the Prospectus, the Indenture and such other documents, instruments and information as we considered necessary. Our opinion is also based on (i) the assumption that neither the Indenture Trustee nor any affiliate thereof will become either the servicer or the delegee of the servicer; (ii) the assumption that all agreements relating to the creation of the Trust and the issuance and sale of the Notes will remain in full force and effect; (iii) the assumption that all agreements and documents required to be executed and delivered in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes will be so executed and delivered by properly authorized persons in substantial conformity with the drafts thereof as described in the Prospectus, and the transactions contemplated to occur under such agreements and documents in fact occur in accordance with the terms thereof; and (iv) currently applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury regulations promulgated and proposed thereunder, current positions of the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) contained in published Revenue Rulings and Revenue Procedures, current administrative positions of the IRS and existing judicial decisions. This opinion is subject to the explanations and qualifications set forth under the headings “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” and “ Structural Summary—Tax Status ” in the Prospectus. No tax rulings will be sought from the IRS with respect to any of the matters discussed herein.

 

Mayer Brown LLP operates in combination with other Mayer Brown entities (the "Mayer Brown Practices"), which have offices in North America, Europe and Asia and are associated with Tauil & Chequer Advogados, a Brazilian law partnership.

 

 

 

 

Mayer Brown LLP

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

May 4, 2018

Page 2

 

While the tax description does not purport to discuss all possible federal income tax ramifications of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the Notes, particularly to U.S. purchasers subject to special rules under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, based on the foregoing, as of the date hereof, we hereby adopt and confirm the statements set forth in the Prospectus under the headings “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” and “ Structural Summary—Tax Status ,” which discuss the federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes. There can be no assurance, however, that the tax conclusions presented therein will not be successfully challenged by the IRS, or significantly altered by new legislation, changes in IRS positions or judicial decisions, any of which challenges or alterations may be applied retroactively with respect to completed transactions.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to this firm under the headings “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” and “ Structural Summary—Tax Status ” in the Prospectus, without admitting we are “experts” within the meaning of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission issued thereunder, with respect to any part of the Registration Statement, including this opinion as an exhibit.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Mayer Brown LLP

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

[FORM OF] ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW AGREEMENT

 

Among

 

SYNCHRONY BANK,
as Seller and as Servicer,

 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC,
as Transferor,

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST,
as Issuer,

 

and

 

[__________________],

 

as Asset Representations Reviewer

 

Dated as of [___________], [____]

  

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE I USAGE AND DEFINITIONS 1
     
Section 1.1. Usage and Definitions 1
Section 1.2. Additional Definitions 1
     
ARTICLE II ENGAGEMENT OF ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER 5
     
Section 2.1. Engagement; Acceptance 5
Section 2.2. Confirmation of Status 5
Section 2.3. Subcontractors 5
Section 2.4. Timely and Quality Performance 6
Section 2.5. Bank Review and Acceptance 6
     
ARTICLE III ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW PROCESS 6
     
Section 3.1. Review Notices 6
Section 3.2. Identification of Subject Receivables 6
Section 3.3. Review Materials 6
Section 3.4. Performance of Reviews 7
Section 3.5. Review Reports 8
Section 3.6. Review Representatives; Cooperation 8
Section 3.7. Dispute Resolution 8
Section 3.8. Limitations on Review Obligations 9
     
ARTICLE IV ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER 10
     
Section 4.1. Representations and Warranties 10
Section 4.2. Covenants 12
Section 4.3. Fees and Expenses 15
Section 4.4. Invoices 16
Section 4.5. Taxes 16
Section 4.6. Delegation of Obligations 16
     
ARTICLE V compliance 17
     
Section 5.1. Bank Policies and Directives 17
Section 5.2. Books, Records, Audit and Inspections 17
     
ARTICLE VI security 18
     
Section 6.1. Bank Security 18
Section 6.2. Use of Bank Resources 18
Section 6.3. PCI Compliance/GLB 18
Section 6.4. Notification of Security Breach 19
Section 6.5. Synchrony PII 19
     
ARTICLE VII CONFIDENTIALITY 19
     
Section 7.1. Agreements of Vendor Personnel 19
Section 7.2. Confidentiality 20

 

  i

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
Section 7.3. Acknowledgements and Restrictions 20
Section 7.4. Return 21
     
ARTICLE VIII RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; SUCCESSOR ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER 21
     
Section 8.1. Eligibility Requirements for Vendor 21
Section 8.2. Resignation and Removal of Vendor 21
Section 8.3. Successor Vendor 22
Section 8.4. Merger, Consolidation or Succession 23
     
ARTICLE IX OTHER AGREEMENTS 23
     
Section 9.1. No Petition 23
Section 9.2. Limitation of Liability 23
Section 9.3. Termination of Agreement 24
Section 9.4. Independence of Vendor 24
     
ARTICLE X indemnification 24
     
Section 10.1. Indemnification by Vendor 24
Section 10.2. Procedure 24
Section 10.3. Indemnification by Bank 25
     
ARTICLE XI LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY 25
     
Section 11.1. Limitation of Liability 25
     
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 25
     
Section 12.1. Amendments 25
Section 12.2. Assignment; Benefit of Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries 26
Section 12.3. Notices 26
Section 12.4. Language 27
Section 12.5. Governing Law 27
Section 12.6. No Waiver 27
Section 12.7. Entire Agreement 27
Section 12.8. Severability 27
Section 12.9. Independent Contractor 27
Section 12.10. Survival 27
Section 12.11. Use of Marks 28
Section 12.12. Interpretation 28
Section 12.13. Force Majeure 28
Section 12.14. Counterparts 28

 

Schedule A — Representations and Warranties, Review Materials and Tests

 

Attachment 1 –Required Insurance Coverage

Attachment 2 –Form of Indemnification Agreement

 

  ii

 

 

ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW AGREEMENT, dated as of [___________], [____], among SYNCHRONY BANK, a federal savings association, individually (“ Bank ”), as Seller (in such capacity, “ Seller ”) and as Servicer (in such capacity, “ Servicer ”), SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Transferor (“ Transferor ”), SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust, as Issuer (“ Issuer ”), and [__________________], a [______________], as Asset Representations Reviewer (in such capacity, “ Vendor ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

In connection with its credit card securitization program, Seller transferred, and will transfer, receivables arising in certain credit card accounts to Transferor. Transferor has transferred, and will transfer, such receivables to Issuer.

 

Issuer has granted a security interest in such receivables to Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee (“ Indenture Trustee ”), as security for Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture (as defined herein).

 

Issuer has determined to engage Vendor to perform reviews of compliance of Seller and Transferor with the representations and warranties made by Seller and Transferor with respect to certain credit card accounts and receivables as set forth herein.

 

The parties agree as follows.

 

ARTICLE I
USAGE AND DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1.           Usage and Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning (if any) specified in the Indenture (including any supplement thereto).

 

Section 1.2.           Additional Definitions . The following terms have the meanings given below:

 

Affiliate ” of a person (the “first person”) means a person or entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with the first person.

 

Agreement ” means, collectively, this Agreement, and the schedules, attachments and exhibits attached hereto.

 

Annual Fee ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.3(a) .

 

Asset Representations Review ” means the performance by Vendor of the testing procedures for each Test and each Subject Account and Subject Receivable according to Section 3.4 .

 

Asset Representations Reviewer ” means Vendor, and any successor or permitted assign thereof, performing the obligations of Vendor under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Bank ” has the meaning stated in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Company ” means, collectively, Bank and the Synchrony Affiliates.

 

Deliverables ” individual items or combinations of Proprietary Materials, Synchrony Proprietary Materials, Vendor Materials, or Third Party Materials delivered to Company under this Agreement.

 

Designated Persons ” has the meaning stated in Section 5.2(a) .

 

Documentation ” means all written materials related to any Services or Deliverables that are supplied by Vendor to Company hereunder, including any and all manuals, training materials, guides, functional and/or technical specifications, commentary, listings and other materials, in any or all media, for use in conjunction with the applicable Services or Deliverables.

 

Force Majeure Events ” has the meaning stated in Section 12.13 .

 

Good Industry Practice ” means, in relation to any undertaking and any circumstances, the exercise of a high degree of skill, diligence, prudence and foresight that would reasonably be expected from a highly skilled and experienced Person engaged in the same type of undertaking under the same or similar circumstances.

 

Indenture ” means that certain Master Indenture, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and between Issuer and Indenture Trustee, as such agreement may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Intellectual Property Rights ” means all right, title and interest, including all copyright rights, patent rights (including rights under all patent applications, patents, letters patent, supplementary patent certificates, inventor’s certificates, continued prosecution applications, requests for continued examination, and other similar filings or stages thereof) and trademark rights, as well as all proprietary rights (including Trade Secrets) and moral rights (including the rights of authorship and attribution and subsequent modification) throughout the world, whether under the laws of the United States, any of its several states or any foreign jurisdiction and whether or not evidenced by certificates, applications or registrations therefor and whether granted permanently, on initial issuance or granted upon reissue, re-examination, division, extension, provisionally, in continuation or in continuation-in-part and at all times further including all goodwill associated with all such right.

 

Issuer ” has the meaning stated in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Notices ” has the meaning stated in Section 6.4 .

 

Permitted Resignation Date ” means the [fifth] anniversary of the date of this Agreement, as such date may be extended by agreement of Issuer, Bank and Vendor.

 

Personal Data ” means any information relating to an identified or identifiable natural person.

 

  2

 

 

PII ” means information in any format about an identifiable individual, including, name, address, phone number, e-mail address, account number(s), identification number(s), any other actual or assigned attribute associated with, or identifiable to, an individual and any information that when used separately or in combination with other information could identify an individual.

 

Processing ” of Personal Data shall mean and include any operation or set of operations which is performed upon Personal Data, whether or not by automatic means, such as collections, recording, organization, storage, adaptation or alteration, retrieval, accessing, consultation, use, disclosure by transmission, dissemination or otherwise making available, alignment or combination, blocking, erasure or destruction. “ Processed ” shall have the correlative meaning.

 

Proprietary Materials ” means: (a) all inventions and discoveries, whether or not patentable, reduced to practice or recorded in a medium; (b) all published and unpublished works of authorship including audio-visual works, “look and feel,” artwork, illustrations, images, photographs and printed or graphic matter; (c) all tangible materials, including all prototypes, models, designs, files, templates, libraries, tools, graphics, screen displays and/or their other user interface components or “look and feel” (as that phrase is understood and applied under Title 17 U.S.C.), creative content, algorithms, formulae data, information, reports and technologies; and (d) business and technical requirements and system designs and architectures in any form or medium.

 

Review Fee ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.3(b) .

 

Review Materials ” means, for an Asset Representations Review and a Subject Account and Subject Receivable, the documents and other materials for each Test listed under “Review Materials” in Schedule A or any additional documents or other materials that Vendor may reasonably request.

 

Review Report ” means, for an Asset Representations Review, the report of Vendor prepared according to Section 3.5 .

 

Review Satisfaction Date ” means the date on which the Noteholders have voted to cause Vendor to conduct an Asset Representations Review pursuant to Section 13.05 of the Indenture.

 

Security Breach ” has the meaning stated in Section 6.4 .

 

Servicer ” has the meaning stated in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Services ” means the services to be performed by Vendor pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Subject Accounts ” means, for any Asset Representations Review, the related credit card accounts in which the Subject Receivables arose.

 

Subject Receivables ” means, for any Asset Representations Review, all Transferred Receivables which are 60-Day Delinquent Receivables as of the last day of the Monthly Period prior to the related Review Satisfaction Date.

 

  3

 

 

Synchrony Affiliate ” means any Affiliate of Bank, including, for the avoidance of doubt, Issuer.

 

Synchrony Confidential Information ” has the meaning stated in Section 7.2 .

 

Synchrony PII ” means PII furnished by Company to Vendor and PII developed or otherwise collected or acquired by Vendor in performing its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Synchrony Information Privacy Laws ” has the meaning stated in Section 6.3 .

 

Synchrony Personal Data ” includes (i) Personal Data provided to Vendor by or on behalf of Company; (ii) Personal Data (from whatever source) being Processed by Vendor on behalf of Company; (iii) Personal Data (from whatever source) pertaining to personnel of Company; and (iv) Personal Data created by Vendor based on data in sub-section (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

 

Synchrony Proprietary Materials ” shall mean any and all data, designs, specifications, inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas, know-how, techniques, materials, program materials, flow charts, notes, outlines, lists, compilations, manuscripts, writings, pictorial materials, schematics, and other items, supplied by Bank to Vendor in connection with the Services hereunder.

 

Test ” has the meaning stated in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Test Complete ” has the meaning stated in Section 3.4(c) .

 

Test Incomplete ” has the meaning stated in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Test Fail ” has the meaning stated in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Test Pass ” has the meaning stated in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Third Party Auditor ” means an independent public accounting firm that is not Affiliated with Vendor or Company.

 

Third Party Materials ” means all Proprietary Materials the Intellectual Property Rights for which are owned, by an individual or entity other than Issuer and/or Synchrony Affiliates and Vendor (including Affiliates of Vendor).

 

Trade Secrets ” means any business, scientific or technical data, information, design, process, procedure, formula, or improvement that is commercially valuable to either party and is not generally known in the industry. Each party acknowledges that the Trade Secrets of the other party have been developed by that party at great expense and with the considerable effort of skilled professionals. Each party also acknowledges that the Services and Deliverables under this Agreement may by necessity incorporate Trade Secrets.

 

Transferor ” has the meaning stated in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

 

  4

 

 

Vendor ” has the meaning stated in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Vendor Materials ” means those concepts, ideas, models, know-how, software, methodologies, technologies or techniques owned by Vendor that were not or are not created, developed or supplied specifically to Bank.

 

Work Product ” means all designs, specifications, inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas, know-how, techniques, materials, program materials, flow charts, notes, outlines, lists, compilations, manuscripts, writings, pictorial materials, schematics, and other items, created, developed or supplied specifically for Bank in connection with the Services, including, without limitation, any improvements of any Vendor Materials (as defined below), any improvements on any Synchrony Proprietary Materials, and, to the extent permitted, any improvements on materials of any third party.

 

ARTICLE II
ENGAGEMENT OF ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER

 

Section 2.1.           Engagement; Acceptance . Issuer engages [__________________] to perform the obligations of Vendor hereunder. [__________________] accepts the engagement and agrees to perform the obligations of Vendor hereunder on the terms set forth in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Vendor shall be the Asset Representations Reviewer (as defined in the Indenture).

 

Section 2.2.           Confirmation of Status . The parties confirm that Vendor is not responsible for (a) reviewing the Transferred Receivables and Accounts for compliance with the representations and warranties under the Transfer Agreement or the Receivables Sales Agreement, except as described in this Agreement, or (b) determining whether noncompliance with the representations or warranties constitutes a breach of the Transfer Agreement or the Receivables Sales Agreement.

 

Section 2.3.           Subcontractors . The unique abilities, knowledge and skills of Vendor and its personnel constitute material consideration of this Agreement. Vendor agrees that it shall not employ any agent or subcontractor in connection with the performance of any Services without the prior written consent of Bank, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Bank does consent, Vendor shall provide Bank with written evidence (reasonably acceptable to Bank) of said agent’s or subcontractor’s compliance with the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement prior to the disclosure of any Synchrony Confidential Information to, or the performance by, any such agent or subcontractor in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement. Vendor shall have formal written contracts with all subcontractors and shall ensure that all confidentiality, regulatory, and similar obligations of Vendor are contractually undertaken by each subcontractor. Vendor shall include in its subcontracts as flow-down provisions, provisions relating to, or in connection with, Vendor personnel, audit, security and safeguarding of data, confidentiality, work standards, relationship of the parties of this Agreement, and any other provisions as necessary for Vendor to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. Even if there is no breach of the underlying obligation, a failure to obtain such written agreement shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

 

  5

 

 

Section 2.4.           Timely and Quality Performance . Vendor personnel shall perform the Services with promptness and diligence and in accordance with Good Industry Practice. Vendor shall be responsible for the management of all Vendor personnel in the performance of Services, the integrity and quality of all Services and Deliverables, and the required periodic reporting of the status of all Services and Deliverables to Issuer.

 

Section 2.5.           Bank Review and Acceptance . If any Vendor personnel performing Services are found to be unacceptable to Bank for cause, including demonstration that he or she is not qualified to perform the Services assigned, Bank shall notify Vendor of such fact and Vendor shall immediately remove said Vendor personnel and, if requested by Bank, provide a qualified replacement. If any Vendor personnel are found to be unacceptable to Bank for any other lawful reason, Bank shall notify Vendor of such fact in writing and Vendor shall promptly take reasonable and appropriate action.

 

ARTICLE III
ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW PROCESS

 

Section 3.1.           Review Notices . On receipt of a Review Notice from Issuer in accordance with Section 13.05(d) of the Indenture, Vendor will start an Asset Representations Review. Vendor will have no obligation to start an Asset Representations Review until a Review Notice is received.

 

Section 3.2.           Identification of Subject Receivables . Within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of a Review Notice, Servicer will deliver to Vendor and the Indenture Trustee a list of the Accounts in which the Subject Receivables arise.

 

Section 3.3.           Review Materials .

 

(a)           Access to Review Materials . Servicer will give Vendor access to the Review Materials for all of the Subject Accounts and Subject Receivables within sixty (60) calendar days after receipt of the Review Notice in one or more of the following ways in Servicer’s reasonable discretion: (i) by providing access to Servicer’s receivables systems, either remotely or at one of the properties of Servicer, (ii) by electronic posting to a password-protected website to which Vendor has access, (iii) by providing originals or photocopies of documents relating to the Subject Accounts and Subject Receivables at one of the properties of Servicer or (iv) in another manner agreed by Servicer and Vendor. Servicer may redact or remove PII from the Review Materials without changing the usefulness of the Review Materials for the Asset Representations Review.

 

(b)           Missing or Insufficient Review Materials . Vendor will review the Review Materials to determine if any Review Materials are missing or insufficient for Vendor to perform any Test. If Vendor determines that any of the Review Materials are missing or insufficient for Vendor to perform any Test, Vendor will notify Servicer promptly, and in any event no less than thirty (30) calendar days before completing the Asset Representations Review. Servicer will use reasonable efforts to provide Vendor access to such missing Review Materials or other documents or information to correct the insufficiency within fifteen (15) calendar days. If the missing or insufficient Review Materials or other documents have not been provided by Servicer within sixty (60) calendar days after receipt of such notice, the parties agree that each Subject Account and Subject Receivable subject to the applicable Test(s) will have a Test Incomplete for the related Test(s) and the Review Report will indicate the reason for the Test Incomplete.

 

  6

 

 

Section 3.4.           Performance of Reviews .

 

(a)           Test Procedures . For an Asset Representations Review, Vendor will perform for the Subject Accounts and Subject Receivables the procedures listed under “Tests” in Schedule A for each representation and warranty (each, a “ Test ”), using the Review Materials listed for each such Test in Schedule A . For each Test, Vendor will determine in its reasonable judgment if the Test has been satisfied (a “ Test Pass ”), if the Test has not been satisfied (a “ Test Fail ”) or if the Test could not be concluded as a result of missing or incomplete Review Materials (a “ Test Incomplete ”). Vendor will use such determination for all Subject Accounts and Subject Receivables that are subject to the same Test. The Tests in Schedule A may be modified from time to time with the written consent of Issuer, Servicer and Vendor, so long as such amendment provides an alternative Test and/or set of Review Materials that in the good faith determination of the Servicer will test compliance with one or more of the applicable representations or warranties.

 

(b)           Review Period . Vendor will complete the Asset Representations Review of all of the Subject Receivables within sixty (60) calendar days after receiving access to the Review Materials as contemplated by Section 3.3(a) . However, if additional Review Materials are provided to Vendor under Section 3.3(b) , the permissible period for the Asset Representations Review will be extended for an additional thirty (30) calendar days (as such period may be extended, the “ Asset Representations Review Period ”).

 

(c)           Completion of Asset Representations Review for Certain Subject Receivables . Following the delivery of the list of the Subject Receivables and before the delivery of the Review Report by Vendor, Servicer may notify Vendor if a Subject Receivable is paid in full by the related Obligor or purchased by Servicer, Seller or Transferor according to the applicable Related Document. On receipt of notice, Vendor will immediately terminate all Tests of such Subject Receivables and the Asset Representations Review of such Subject Receivables will be considered complete (a “ Test Complete ”). In this case, the Review Report will indicate a Test Complete for such Subject Receivables and the related reason.

 

(d)           Previously Performed Test . If any Test was performed for a Subject Account or Subject Receivable included in a prior Asset Representations Review, Vendor will not perform such Test again, but will include the results of such previous Tests for any such duplicate Subject Account or Subject Receivable in the Review Report for the current Asset Representations Review. If the same Test is required for more than one representation or warranty listed on Schedule A , Vendor will only perform the Test once but will report the results of the Test for each applicable representations or warranty on the Review Report.

 

(e)           Termination of Asset Representations Review . If an Asset Representations Review is in process and all Outstanding Notes of Issuer will be paid in full on the next Payment Date, Servicer will notify Vendor and Indenture Trustee no less than ten (10) calendar days before such Payment Date. On receipt of notice, Vendor will terminate the Asset Representations Review immediately and will have no obligation to deliver a Review Report.

 

  7

 

 

Section 3.5.           Review Reports . Within five (5) calendar days after the end of the Asset Representations Review Period, Vendor will deliver to Indenture Trustee, Bank, Servicer, Seller and Transferor a Review Report indicating for each Subject Account and Subject Receivables whether there was a Test Pass or a Test Fail for each Test, or whether such Subject Account and Subject Receivable was assigned a Test Complete and the related reason. The Review Report will contain a summary of the Asset Representations Review results, which may (in whole or in part) be included in the Form 10-D report with respect to Issuer for the Monthly Period in which the Review Report is received. Vendor will ensure that the Review Report does not contain any Synchrony PII. On reasonable request of Servicer or Indenture Trustee, acting solely on behalf of the Noteholders, Vendor will provide additional detail on the Test results.

 

Section 3.6.           Review Representatives; Cooperation .

 

(a)           Servicer, Seller, and Transferor Representatives . Each of Servicer, Seller and Transferor agrees to designate one or more representatives who will be available to assist Vendor in performing the Asset Representations Review, including responding to requests and answering questions from Vendor about access to Review Materials, obtaining missing or insufficient Review Materials and/or providing clarification of any Review Materials or Tests.

 

(b)           Vendor Representative . Vendor will designate one or more representatives who will be available to Issuer, Servicer, Seller, Transferor and Indenture Trustee during the performance of an Asset Representations Review.

 

(c)           Seller and Transferor Cooperation . Each of Seller and Transferor shall (i) cooperate with Vendor in completing procedures for an Asset Representations Review and (ii) provide Vendor with reasonable access to its offices and information databases upon written request from Vendor.

 

(d)           Questions About Asset Representations Review . Vendor will make appropriate personnel available to respond in writing to written questions or requests for clarification of any Review Report from Issuer, Indenture Trustee, Seller, Transferor or Servicer until the earlier of (i) the payment in full of all of the Outstanding Notes of Issuer and (ii) one year after the delivery of the Review Report. Vendor will not be obligated to respond to questions or requests for clarification from Noteholders or any other Person and will direct such Persons to submit written questions or requests to Indenture Trustee.

 

Section 3.7.           Dispute Resolution . Vendor agrees and acknowledges that any Review Report may be used by Issuer, Seller, Transferor, Indenture Trustee or Servicer in any dispute resolution proceeding related to the Subject Receivables and/or Subject Accounts. No additional fees or reimbursement of expenses shall be paid to Vendor regarding Issuer’s, Seller’s Transferor’s, Indenture Trustee’s or Servicer’s use of any Review Report; provided that Vendor will be reimbursed for Vendor’s out of pocket expenses incurred in its participation in any dispute resolution proceeding.

 

  8

 

 

Section 3.8.           Limitations on Review Obligations .

 

(a)           Review Process Limitations . Vendor will have no obligation:

 

(i)          to determine whether a Delinquency Trigger has occurred or whether the required percentage of Noteholders has voted to direct an Asset Representations Review under the Indenture;

 

(ii)         to determine which Accounts and Transferred Receivables are subject to an Asset Representations Review;

 

(iii)        to obtain or confirm the validity of the Review Materials;

 

(iv)        to obtain missing or insufficient Review Materials from any party or any other source;

 

(v)         to determine whether noncompliance with the representations or warranties constitutes a breach of the provisions of any of the Related Documents;

 

(vi)        to take any action or cause any other party to take any action under any of the Related Documents or otherwise to enforce any remedies against any Person for breaches of representations or warranties about the Subject Accounts and Subject Receivables;

 

(vii)       to determine the reason for the delinquency of any Transferred Receivable, the creditworthiness of any Obligor, the overall quality of any Transferred Receivable or the compliance by Servicer with its covenants with respect to the servicing of such Transferred Receivable; or

 

(viii)      to establish cause, materiality or recourse for any failed Test.

 

(b)           Testing Procedure Limitations . Vendor will only be required to perform the testing procedures listed under “Tests” in Schedule A , and will not be obligated to perform additional procedures on any Subject Account or Subject Receivable or to provide any information other than a Review Report indicated for each Subject Account and Subject Receivable whether there was a Test Pass or a Test Fail for each Test, or whether the Subject Account or Subject Receivable was a Test Complete and the related reason. However, Vendor may provide additional information about any Subject Account or Subject Receivable that it determines in good faith to be material to the Review. Issuer expressly agrees that Vendor is not advising Issuer or any investor or future investor in securities issued by Issuer concerning the suitability of Issuer or any investment strategy. Issuer expressly acknowledges and agrees that Vendor is not an expert in accounting, tax, regulatory, or legal matters, and that Vendor does not provide legal advice as to any matter.

 

  9

 

 

ARTICLE IV
ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER

 

Section 4.1.           Representations and Warranties . Vendor represents and warrants to Issuer as of the date hereof and at all times prior to the termination of this Agreement:

 

(a)           No Proceedings . There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the best of Vendor’s knowledge, threatened in writing before a federal or State court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over Vendor or its properties (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Vendor’s ability to perform its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement.

 

(b)           Eligibility . Vendor meets the eligibility requirements in Section 8.1 .

 

(c)           Safeguards . Vendor has, and will continue to have, adequate administrative, technical and physical safeguards designed to: (i) ensure the security and confidentiality of all Synchrony Confidential Information, (ii) protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of Synchrony Confidential Information and (iii) protect against any unauthorized acquisition of, access to or use of Synchrony Confidential Information.

 

(d)           Interference with Services . Vendor is under no obligation or restriction, nor will it assume any such obligation or restriction that does or would in any way interfere or conflict with, or would prevent, limit, or impair in any way the performance by Vendor of any of the terms of this Agreement or of the Services.

 

(e)           Performance . All Services will be performed accurately, completely and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Additionally, Vendor represents and warrants that its Services hereunder will be performed by qualified individuals in a professional, workmanlike and timely manner conforming to Good Industry Practice, and in strict accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, codes and standards of government agencies or authorities having jurisdiction.

 

(f)           Organizational Existence . Vendor (i) is a corporation or organization duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (ii) is duly qualified as a corporation and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualifications; (iii) has the requisite corporate power and authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage, and operate its properties, to lease the properties it operates under lease, and to conduct its business as now conducted and hereafter contemplated to be conducted; (iv) has all necessary licenses, permits, consents, or approvals from or by, and has made all necessary notices to, all authorities having jurisdiction, to the extent required for such current ownership and operation or as proposed to be conducted; and (v) is in compliance with its certificate of incorporation and by-laws.

 

  10

 

 

(g)           Corporate Power . The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder: (i) are within the party’s corporate power; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary or proper corporate action; (iii) do not and will not contravene any provisions of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws; (iv) will not violate any law or regulation or any order or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality; (v) will not conflict with or result in the breach of, or constitute a default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement, or other instrument to which it is a party or by which any of its property is bound; and (vi) do not require any filing or registration with or the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency, authority, or any other person which has not been made or obtained previously. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered, and constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to the availability of equitable remedies.

 

(h)           Solvency . Vendor is solvent.

 

(i)           No Default . Vendor is not in default with respect to any material contract, agreement, lease, or other instrument to which it is a party, nor has it received any notice of default under any such material contract, agreement, lease or other instrument which as a consequence of any such default, would materially and adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(j)           No Burdensome Restrictions . No contract, lease agreement, or other instrument to which Vendor is a party or by which it is bound, and no provision of applicable law or governmental regulation, materially and adversely affects its business, operation, prospects, property or financial condition such as to impair its ability to meet its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(k)           Accuracy of Information Correct . To the best of Vendor’s knowledge and belief, all information furnished by Vendor for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any information hereafter furnished by Vendor, is true and correct in all material respects and no such information omits to state a material fact necessary to make the information so furnished not misleading. Vendor further warrants that there is no fact known which has not been disclosed and which materially and adversely affects its financial condition, business, property, or prospects.

 

(l)           No Claims/No Infringement . Vendor has, and during the term of this Agreement will continue to have, all rights to any and all intellectual property used in connection with the provision of the Services. No claim (whether or not embodied in an action, past or present) that the Services infringe on any patent, copyright, trademark or service mark, or misappropriate any trade secret or other proprietary right, has been threatened or asserted, and no such claim is pending against Vendor or against any entity from which Vendor obtained such rights. To the best of the Vendor’s knowledge and belief, Issuer’s use of the Services as contemplated in this Agreement will not infringe on any patent, copyright, trademark, or service mark or misappropriate any trade secret or infringe any proprietary or Intellectual Property Right of any party, including Vendor, any employee or contractor of Vendor or any third party. Bank shall be notified in writing immediately of any such claim described in this Section 4.1(l) .

 

  11

 

 

(m)           Sarbanes Oxley . If applicable, Vendor is in compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (“ Sarbanes-Oxley ”) and it will supply to Bank, in a form and manner specified by Bank, documents attesting that Vendor has in place key controls that are effective and have been tested by a third party, such as a Third Party Auditor, that monitor and ensure compliance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. Upon Bank’s written request, Vendor shall certify such of its internal systems and processes as Bank deems necessary to support Bank’s compliance with Section 404 of Sarbanes Oxley.

 

(n)           Complaint Tracking . To the extent not prohibited by law, rule or order, Vendor shall, as soon as reasonably practical upon Vendor’s knowledge thereof, notify Bank of all complaints, counterclaims, actions or suits received by Vendor relating to any Services provided by Vendor to Issuer hereunder, including, but not limited to, complaints, counterclaims, actions or suits received from or filed or made by any governmental agency or department, or other third party. Copies of all written materials or communications relating to adverse claims and governmental investigations shall be forwarded to Bank. Vendor shall maintain a written log of all complaints received by Vendor, which shall be available for review by Bank’s auditors or any regulatory body. Without limiting the foregoing, with respect to any threatened or filed complaint, action, suit or counterclaim relating to any Services provided by Vendor to Issuer hereunder, Vendor immediately shall forward a copy of all related correspondence to Bank within two (2) Business Days after receipt by Vendor.

 

(o)           Disclaimer . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, EACH PARTY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

(p)           Independent Contractors . Vendor has complied with, and covenants that during the term of this Agreement, shall continue to comply with, all laws, rules and regulations required by appropriate government authorities of independent contractors, including the appropriate withholding, reporting and payment of all required taxes.

 

Section 4.2.           Covenants . Vendor covenants and agrees that:

 

(a)           Eligibility . It will notify Issuer, Transferor, Seller, Bank, Servicer and Indenture Trustee promptly if it no longer meets the eligibility requirements in Section 8.1 .

 

(b)           Review Systems; Personnel . It will maintain business process management and/or other systems necessary to ensure that it can perform each Test and, on execution of this Agreement, will load each Test into these systems. Vendor will ensure that these systems allow for each Subject Account and Subject Receivable and the related Review Materials to be individually tracked and stored as contemplated by this Agreement and in accordance with Good Industry Practice. Vendor will maintain adequate staff that is properly trained to conduct Asset Representations Reviews as required by this Agreement.

 

  12

 

 

(c)           Maintenance of Review Materials . It will maintain copies of any Review Materials, Review Reports and other documents relating to an Asset Representations Review, including internal correspondence and work papers, for a period of two (2) years after the delivery of any Review Report. After such two (2) year period, Vendor shall (at Bank’s option) either (i) promptly return to Bank all such information in its possession or (ii) destroy or erase permanently all such information and confirm in writing to Bank that it has done so.

 

(d)           Work Product . Bank shall be the sole owner of, and Vendor will assign, and does hereby assign, to Bank, all Work Product and all copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret and other proprietary rights in and to the Work Product, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, custodianships, security interest or other encumbrances, restrictions, claims or charges of any kind.

 

(e)           Business Continuity . Vendor will prepare and maintain, at no additional cost to Bank, a Business Continuity Plan (“ BCP ”) designed to enable Vendor to continue to provide services in the event of a disaster or other BCP-triggering event. At Bank’s request, Vendor will provide Bank with a copy of the BCP. Vendor will maintain the BCP, update it and test it at least once every calendar year.

 

(f)           Opinion of Counsel . On the date hereof and promptly upon written request, Vendor shall provide an opinion of counsel, which may be an opinion of in-house counsel, addressed to Servicer, Bank, Indenture Trustee, the owner trustee of Issuer, Issuer, each Rating Agency and the underwriters or purchasers of asset-backed notes issued by, or lenders to, Issuer to the effect that:

 

(i)          Vendor is validly existing and in good standing as a [__________] under the laws of the State of [__________] and has the power and authority to transact the business in which it is now engaged and to enter into and to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(ii)         the execution, delivery and performance by Vendor of this Agreement and the consummation by Vendor of the Services contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action;

 

(iii)        this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Vendor, enforceable against Vendor in accordance with its term; and

 

(iv)        the execution and delivery by Vendor of this Agreement and the consummation of the Services contemplated hereby will not conflict with, result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under (A) the limited liability company agreement of Vendor, (B) to such counsel’s knowledge, any material indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument of agreement to which Vendor is a party or by which Vendor is bound or (C) to such counsel’s knowledge, any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, order or ruling of any court or governmental authority having jurisdiction over Vendor.

 

  13

 

 

(g)           Control .  It will comply with all Company policies, including but not limited to, data security and data protection policies, provided to and acknowledged and accepted in writing by it in connection with performing its duties under this Agreement and the Indenture. It shall also adhere to reasonable quality assurance procedures to ensure that the performance of the Asset Representations Reviews have been delivered in accordance with Good Industry Practice.

 

(h)           Insurance . Vendor shall obtain and keep in force, during the term of this Agreement, insurance coverage for the benefit of Vendor and Company, issued by insurance carriers with a minimum A.M. Best rating of A, VII, as set forth in Attachment 1 as Attachment 1 may be updated and modified from time to time. To the extent permitted by its respective policies of insurance, Vendor hereby waives any right of recovery against Company for any loss or damage that is covered by any insurance policy maintained or required to be maintained with respect to this Agreement. Vendor shall inform its insurers of this waiver and shall secure from them amendments to the policies recognizing and providing such waiver. The insurance obtained and maintained by Vendor in accordance with this Agreement shall in no way affect the limitations of Vendor’s liability or indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

 

(i)           Information .

 

(i)          Vendor shall (x) within 30 calendar days after prior written request from the Transferor, provide to the Transferor such information regarding Vendor for purposes of compliance with Items 1109(b), 1117 and 1119 of Regulation AB in connection with the Issuer’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, and (y) within five (5) Business Days after prior written request from the Transferor, enter into an Indemnification Agreement in substantially the form of Attachment 2 hereto in connection with a Series, Class or Tranche of Offered Notes (as such term is defined in the Indemnification Agreement referenced herein).

 

(ii)         As promptly as practicable following notice to or discovery by Vendor of any material changes to the most recently provided information for purposes of compliance with Items 1109(b), 1117 or 1119 of Regulation AB, provide to the Transferor, in writing, notice of such material changes.

 

(iii)        Information regarding Vendor for purposes of compliance with Items 1109(b), 1117 and 1119 of Regulation AB (“ Regulation AB Information ”) shall include:

 

(a)          Vendor’s name and form of organization;

 

(b)          a description of the extent to which Vendor has had prior experience serving as an asset representations reviewer for asset-backed securities involving credit card receivables;

 

(c)          a description of any affiliation between Vendor and any of the following parties to a securitization transaction to which this Agreement relates, as such parties are identified by name to Vendor by the Transferor in the written requests made to Vendor pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 4.2(i);

 

  14

 

 

(i) the sponsor;

 

(ii) any depositor;

 

(iii) the issuing entity;

 

(iv) any servicer;

 

(v) any trustee;

 

(vi) any originator;

 

(vii) any significant obligor;

 

(viii) any enhancement or support provider;

 

(ix) any underwriter;

 

(x) any person hired by the sponsor or an underwriter to perform due diligence on the Receivables; and

 

(xi) any other material transaction party; and

 

(d)          a description of any material pending legal or other proceedings involving Vendor or of which any property of Vendor is subject that, individually or in the aggregate as to the Vendor, would have a material adverse impact on investors in the Notes.

 

(iv)        In connection with each Report on Form 10-K and each Report on Form 10-D with respect to the Notes filed by or on behalf of the Transferor, Vendor shall be deemed to represent and warrant, as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the date of filing for each Report on Form 10-K with respect to the Regulation AB Information most recently provided by Vendor, and as of the related Payment Date for each Report on Form 10-D with respect to the Regulation AB Information most recently provided by Vendor, that such Regulation AB Information is materially correct and does not have any material omissions (to the extent Transferor has identified the transaction parties to Vendor), unless Vendor has provided an update to such Regulation AB Information.

 

Section 4.3.           Fees and Expenses .

 

(a)           Annual Fee . Bank will pay Vendor, as compensation for agreeing to act as Asset Representations Reviewer under this Agreement, an annual fee as described in a letter agreement between Bank and Vendor. The annual fee will be paid as agreed by Bank and Vendor until this Agreement is terminated.

 

  15

 

 

(b)           Review Fee . Following the completion of an Asset Representations Review and the delivery to Indenture Trustee, Bank, Servicer and Transferor of the Review Report, or the termination of an Asset Representations Review according to Section 3.4(e) , and the delivery to Bank of a detailed invoice, Vendor will be entitled to a fee as described in a letter agreement between Vendor and Bank (the “ Review Fee ”). However, no Review Fee will be charged for any Tests that were performed in a prior Asset Representations Review or for any Asset Representations Review in which no Tests were completed prior to Vendor being notified of a termination of the Asset Representations Review in accordance with Section 3.4(e) . Bank will pay the Review Fee to Vendor in accordance with the terms of the detailed invoice from Vendor.

 

(c)           Reimbursement of Travel Expenses . If Servicer provides access to the Review Materials at one of its properties, Bank will reimburse Vendor for its reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with the Asset Representations Review within thirty (30) days of receipt of a detailed invoice.

 

(d)           Dispute Resolution Expenses . If Vendor participates in a dispute resolution proceeding and its reasonable expenses for participating in the proceeding are not paid by a party to the dispute resolution within ninety (90) days after the end of the proceeding, Bank will reimburse Vendor for such expenses within thirty (30) days of receipt of a detailed invoice.

 

(e)           No Hidden Charges . Except as provided in Section 4.3(c) and (d) , all Annual Fees and Review Fees shall be inclusive of all overhead costs, payroll taxes, employee benefits, training, travel and living, supplies, administration, insurance and other expenses or costs of any nature and all Vendor’s equipment.

 

Section 4.4.           Invoices . Vendor shall submit invoices in the month following the month in which the services were furnished, and Bank shall pay all undisputed correct invoices within sixty (60) days following the receipt thereof by Bank. Bank reserves the right not to pay any invoice issued more than one hundred eighty (180) days from delivery of the related Deliverable or completion of the related Services and/or after such other mutually agreed payment date.

 

Section 4.5.           Taxes . All fees are exclusive of any taxes that may be levied or assessed on the services (except for taxes which may be levied on Vendor’s gross revenues or net income or business privileges, property, or license taxes of Vendor, which taxes shall not be the responsibility of either Bank or any Synchrony Affiliate). All taxes, duties, fees and other governmental charges of any kind (including sales, services and use taxes, but excluding taxes based on the gross revenues or net income of Vendor or business privileges, property, or license taxes of Vendor) which are imposed by or under the authority of any government or any political subdivision thereof on the fees for any of the Services shall be borne by Bank and shall not be considered a part of, a deduction from or an offset against such fees. Vendor and Bank shall cooperate with each other in minimizing any applicable tax and in obtaining any exemption from or reduced rate of tax available under any applicable law or tax treaty.

 

Section 4.6.           Delegation of Obligations . Vendor may not delegate or subcontract its obligations under this Agreement to any Person without the consent of Bank, which may be withheld in Bank’s sole discretion.

 

  16

 

 

ARTICLE V
compliance

 

Section 5.1.           Bank Policies and Directives . Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2(g) , Vendor shall, and shall ensure that all Vendor personnel will, abide by all reasonable directives issued by Bank, including those relating to its Code of Conduct for Suppliers, Contractors and Consultants as described at http://investors.synchronyfinancial.com/corporate-governance/code-of-conduct.aspx, all on-site rules of behavior, work schedules, security procedures and other standards and procedures as may be established by Bank from time to time and as such are applicable to Vendor; provided that in the event of a conflict between such directives, including Bank’s Code of Conduct for Suppliers, Contractors and Consultants, the provisions of this Agreement will govern.

 

Section 5.2.           Books, Records, Audit and Inspections .

 

(a)          Vendor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Bank in meeting its audit and regulatory requirements. During the term of this Agreement, the records regarding Company that are maintained and/or produced by Vendor under this Agreement shall be made available for examination and audit by any regulatory agency or government agency that has jurisdiction over Company’s business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein precludes or prevents Bank from conducting an audit or review arising from one or more questions or issues with respect to which Bank has provided prior notice to Vendor. Vendor shall permit (i) Bank and any of its designated and identified employees; (ii) any existing customer whose business is being directly supported by the Services and to whom Bank is obligated to provide such access, provided, that in each such instance, such individual(s) shall be subject to confidentiality requirements consistent with those in this Agreement; and (iii) any regulatory body (collectively, the “ Designated Persons ”) to access (A) any Vendor resource performing Services for Issuer; (B) any part of the premises where the Services are being performed for Issuer; (C) systems used to perform Services for Issuer; and (D) any data and records owned or maintained by Vendor pursuant to this Agreement. Such access shall include making copies of files. Such access shall be provided no more than once annually (unless circumstances arise that warrant additional audits) at reasonable hours and in a manner designed to avoid unreasonable interference with the performance of the Services. Vendor will cooperate fully with, and will provide reasonable assistance to, the Designated Persons in connection with such access. If Bank or Vendor learn, through any such audit or review or otherwise, that any invoice rendered by Vendor to Bank was not correct, then, as appropriate, Vendor shall promptly reimburse Bank for the amount of any overcharge or Bank shall promptly pay to Vendor the amount of any undercharge. In addition, upon reasonable request of Bank, the Vendor shall provide an independent audit report from a nationally recognized Third Party Auditor to Bank as to the security, availability and processing integrity of Vendor’s third party data center and backup tape storage center, which report shall, if Vendor is not otherwise obtaining such a report for itself or other clients or in accordance with laws, rules and regulations applicable to it, be obtained at the expense of Bank. In the event Bank finds it reasonably necessary in its sole discretion, based on any material deficiencies found during audit(s) described in this Section, to perform follow-up audits or reviews, Vendor will be responsible for all reasonable expenses incurred by Bank, including without limitation, the auditor’s or review personnel’s salary for such subsequent audits or reviews.

  17

 

 

ARTICLE VI
security

 

Section 6.1.           Bank Security . Vendor is responsible for providing network security and security for such of its facilities where its servers or other network equipment are located and at facilities where work on the Services is conducted. If applicable and as mutually agreed by Bank and Vendor from time to time pursuant to Section 4.2(g) , Vendor will ensure that such security materially meets Bank standards as to network and physical level security as described in the assessment questionnaires. Vendor will implement and maintain physical, technical and organizational measures designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of Synchrony Confidential Information in order to prevent, among other things, accidental, unauthorized or unlawful access, use, modification, disclosure, loss, or destruction of Synchrony Confidential Information. The security measures taken will be in compliance with applicable data protection laws and will be implemented and maintained as appropriate to the risks represented by the processing and the nature of the Synchrony Confidential Information.

 

Section 6.2.           Use of Bank Resources . In the course of performing Services, Vendor may have access to Bank’s or a Synchrony Affiliate’s information technology resources. In such event, Vendor shall use such resources exclusively for performing Services on authorized efforts. Unauthorized use of Bank’s or a Synchrony Affiliate’s information technology resources includes, but is not limited to, the following:

 

(a)          failure to reasonably safeguard resources from damage, misuse or theft;

 

(b)          circumventing or attempting to compromise, for any reason, computer security regulations such as security software, computer dial-up controls and administrative or operational procedures, without consent of Bank;

 

(c)          tampering with a computer system in a manner which is generally believed to (i) cause harm to computer information, or (ii) lead to the unavailability of the computer resources; and

 

(d)          performing work of a personal or business nature not directly related to the work required to be performed under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.3.           PCI Compliance/GLB . If Vendor receives PCI Data from Bank or a Synchrony Affiliate, Vendor agrees to comply with and adhere to the Payment Card Industry (“ PCI ”) Data Security Standards promulgated by the PCI Data Security Standards Council and available at https://www.pcisecuritystandards.org. If at any time during the term hereof, Vendor is required to receive PCI Data in order to perform Services and fails to be in full compliance with the then current PCI Data Security Standards, Bank shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, subject to Section 8.2(b) , upon immediate written notice to Vendor, without penalty or further obligation of any kind. If Vendor shall process any Synchrony Confidential Information (including but not limited to Personal Data) that is subject to Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 and regulations promulgated thereunder or other federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances governing the privacy and security of Synchrony Confidential Information (collectively “ Synchrony Information Privacy Laws ”), Vendor agrees to comply with Synchrony Information Privacy Laws, and to protect and maintain the privacy of such Synchrony Confidential Information accordingly.

 

  18

 

 

Section 6.4.           Notification of Security Breach . Vendor shall notify Bank as soon as reasonably practical, but in no event less than forty-eight (48) hours upon discovery or notification of any actual, suspected, potential or threatened Security Breach (as defined below). Vendor agrees to take action immediately, at its own expense, to identify and eradicate (or to equip Bank to identify and eradicate) any further Security Breach and carry out any recovery reasonably necessary to remedy any impact of such Security Breach. Vendor shall also provide Bank with a detailed description of the Security Breach, the type of data that was the subject of the Security Breach, the identity of each affected Person, and any other information Bank may request concerning such affected Persons and the details of the breach, as soon as such information can be collected or otherwise becomes available. Vendor shall also carry out any recovery actions and notify, at its expense, all affected Persons as required by applicable law or by Bank in its sole discretion. The foregoing does not relieve Vendor or prohibit Vendor from commencing any actions related to any notice or other obligations it may have under the law. The content of any filings, communications, notices, press releases, or reports related to any Security Breach (“ Notices ”) must first be approved by Bank prior to any publication or communication thereof to any third party, except that the foregoing shall not prohibit Vendor from communicating with local, state or federal law enforcement when required to do so by law. Vendor shall pay for or reimburse Bank for all costs, losses and expenses relating to any Security Breach, including without limitation, the cost of Notices; any such costs, losses and/or expenses shall not in any way be limited under this Agreement. “ Security Breach ” means any event or circumstances that involve unauthorized access, use, or acquisition of data that compromises the confidentiality, integrity or availability of any Synchrony Confidential Information (including any Personal Data) maintained, processed or transmitted by Vendor or any Affiliate of Vendor or subcontractors, or the loss or inability to account for any medium or equipment containing such Synchrony Confidential Information in an unencrypted state or any other circumstances as defined in any applicable local law.

 

Section 6.5.           Synchrony PII . Company does not grant Vendor any rights to Synchrony PII. Company does not intend to share, provide or supply any Synchrony PII to Vendor. However, if Vendor receives any Synchrony PII, Vendor will immediately (i) notify Bank and (ii) indefeasibly delete and destroy such Synchrony PII subject to Section 7.4 .

 

ARTICLE VII
CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Section 7.1.           Agreements of Vendor Personnel . Vendor represents, warrants, and covenants that prior to the commencement of any Services, all Vendor personnel shall have executed a confidentiality and assignment agreement that is at least as restrictive as this Article VII , and that assigns full ownership of all Work Product and rights therein to Vendor, so that Vendor may transfer the relevant rights in the Work Product (other than those owned by Vendor under the express terms of Article VII ) to Bank in accordance with Article VII . Vendor shall not allow any Vendor personnel to provide any Services or to access Synchrony Confidential Information unless such Vendor personnel has signed such an agreement.

 

  19

 

 

Section 7.2.           Confidentiality .

 

(a)           Non-Disclosure . Vendor shall keep in strictest confidence all information of Bank or any Synchrony Affiliate that is confidential or proprietary in nature, including all such information identified as confidential at the time of disclosure or that, from the circumstances, in good faith should be treated as confidential, and that relates in any way to the business and affairs of Bank, Synchrony Affiliates or their vendors or customers, that Vendor or Vendor personnel may acquire or develop in connection with or as a result of this Agreement or the Services to be provided hereunder (“ Synchrony Confidential Information ”). Synchrony Confidential Information expressly includes, but is not limited to, (i) the Work Product other than any Work Product filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (ii) all non-public financial information, business records, Bank data, business processes, employee information, marketing plans, databases, reports, diagrams, schematics, log files, flow charts, software programs, hardware configurations, network architecture, security protocols, firewall settings and other technical information and (iii) Synchrony Personal Data. Vendor shall handle all Synchrony Confidential Information with the same degree of care as it uses to maintain the confidentiality of its own confidential information, which shall in no event be less than the highest degree of care.

 

(b)           Exclusions . Vendor’s obligations under this Article VII shall not apply to any portion of Synchrony Confidential Information that: (i) at the time of its disclosure to Vendor was in the public domain or subsequently becomes a part of the public domain other than by breach of a confidentiality obligation, (ii) Vendor had in its possession at the time of disclosure by Bank, as established by written documentation in existence at that time, and that was not acquired directly or indirectly from Bank or with knowledge of confidentiality restrictions; or (iii) Vendor subsequently independently acquires by lawful means from a third party whose disclosure to Vendor does not violate a duty of confidentiality.

 

(c)           Compelled Disclosure . Should Vendor become compelled by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction to disclose any portion of Synchrony Confidential Information in connection with a lawsuit or similar proceeding or to any governmental agency, Vendor shall, to the extent not prohibited by law, rule or order, give Bank prompt prior written notice of such fact, including in its notice the legal basis for the required disclosure and the nature of the Synchrony Confidential Information that must be disclosed. Vendor shall cooperate fully with Bank in obtaining a protective order or other appropriate protection relating to the disclosure and subsequent use of the Synchrony Confidential Information. Vendor will disclose only that portion of the Synchrony Confidential Information that is legally required to be disclosed.

 

Section 7.3.           Acknowledgements and Restrictions . Vendor acknowledges that all Synchrony Confidential Information is valuable, is deemed to be a Trade Secret, and will be protected by civil and criminal law, including where appropriate, copyright law. As between the parties, all Synchrony Confidential Information shall remain the sole and exclusive property of Bank or Synchrony Affiliates and other than the licenses expressly granted herein, no disclosure or permitted use of Synchrony Confidential Information under this Agreement shall be construed as the grant of any right, title or interest, by license or otherwise, in or to Synchrony Confidential Information. Except where Bank is required by applicable law to permit it, neither Vendor nor any Vendor personnel may reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble Synchrony Confidential Information nor circumvent any protection schemes or devices supplied with any Synchrony Confidential Information. If Bank grants Vendor or any Vendor personnel access to a Company computer network, Vendor or such Vendor personnel (as applicable) shall abide by all Company network use policies. Vendor shall access and use Synchrony Confidential Information only to the minimum extent necessary to exercise its rights or fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. Vendor agrees to protect the confidentiality of the applicable access password(s) and agrees to be strictly liable for any unauthorized access using such password(s). Vendor will not use or permit the use of any Synchrony Confidential Information for the benefit of anyone other than Company or as required to perform its obligations under this Agreement. Neither Vendor nor any Vendor personnel will use, copy, reprint, duplicate, or recreate in whole or in part, alone or in combination with anything else, any Synchrony Confidential Information, except as required for Vendor’s performance pursuant to this Agreement. Vendor agrees that the remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of this Article VII shall be inadequate, and in addition to any other remedy available at law, in equity or under this Agreement, Bank shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief.

 

  20

 

 

Section 7.4.           Return . Vendor covenants that upon demand therefor, upon the completion of any Services or as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, and upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, it will deliver to Bank (or, to the extent lawful, destroy and certify to Bank the destruction of) all copies of any and all Synchrony Confidential Information and all materials related or pertaining to this Agreement, including relevant planning data, or any technical and programming documentation and files, and will not retain any Synchrony Confidential Information in any form without the prior written consent of Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Vendor (a) may retain copies of Synchrony Confidential Information for the purposes of maintaining legal or regulatory compliance to which it may be subject or in connection with its internal document retention or corporate governance policies, and (b) is not required to destroy any computer records or files containing Synchrony Confidential Information which have been created pursuant to automatic archiving and back-up procedures. The terms and conditions set forth herein shall survive termination of this Agreement with respect to Synchrony Confidential Information retained pursuant to this Section 7.4 .

 

ARTICLE VIII
RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL;
SUCCESSOR ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER

 

Section 8.1.           Eligibility Requirements for Vendor . Vendor must be a Person who (a) is not an Affiliate of Seller, Transferor, Servicer, Indenture Trustee, Trustee or any of their Affiliates and (b) was not, and is not an Affiliate of a Person that was, engaged by Seller or any underwriter to perform any due diligence on the Transferred Receivables.

 

Section 8.2.           Resignation and Removal of Vendor .

 

(a)           No Resignation of Vendor . Vendor will not resign as Asset Representations Reviewer unless (i) Vendor no longer meets the eligibility requirements in Section 8.1 ; (ii) upon determination that the performance of its duties under this Agreement is no longer permissible under applicable law, (iii) with the consent of Bank; (iv) in the event of non-receipt of payment, as described in this Section 8.2 or (v) upon one year’s (or such shorter period of time to which Issuer may agree) written notice to the other parties hereto, which notice may be delivered at any time on or after the Permitted Resignation Date. Except as otherwise provided in clause (v) of the immediately preceding sentence, Vendor will deliver ninety (90) days’ prior written notice of its resignation to the other parties hereto, and, in the case of a resignation pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Vendor shall deliver with such notice of resignation, an Opinion of Counsel supporting its determination.

 

  21

 

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Vendor may resign and terminate this Agreement if it does not receive any payment required to be made in connection with an undisputed invoice under the terms of this Agreement, which failure continues un-remedied for a period of ninety (90) days after written notice of such failure shall have been given to Bank.

 

(b)           Removal of Vendor for Cause . Subject to Section 8.2(e) , Issuer, by notice to Vendor, may immediately remove Vendor and terminate its rights and obligations under this Agreement if any of the following events shall occur:

 

(i)          Vendor no longer meets the eligibility requirements in Section 8.1 ;

 

(ii)         Vendor breaches any of its representations, warranties, covenants or obligations in this Agreement; or

 

(iii)        an Insolvency Event of Vendor occurs.

 

(c)           Voluntary Removal of Vendor . Subject to Section 8.2(e) , Issuer, in its sole discretion, may remove Vendor and terminate its rights and obligations under this Agreement by providing Vendor with at least thirty (30) calendar days’ prior written notice (or, in the case of any violation of Section 6.3 , immediately); provided , however , that any such termination without cause shall not be effective until the Vendor has completed and delivered all Review Reports for any then in-progress Asset Representations Review.

 

(d)           Notice of Resignation or Removal . Issuer will notify Bank, Transferor, Seller, Servicer, Trustee and Indenture Trustee of any resignation or removal of Vendor.

 

(e)           Continue to Perform After Resignation or Removal . No resignation or removal of Vendor will be effective, and Vendor will continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement, until a successor Vendor has accepted its engagement according to Section 8.3(b) .

 

Section 8.3.           Successor Vendor .

 

(a)           Engagement of Successor Vendor . Following the resignation or removal of Vendor, Issuer will engage a successor Vendor who meets the eligibility requirements of Section 8.1 .

 

(b)           Effectiveness of Resignation or Removal . No resignation or removal of Vendor will be effective until the successor Vendor has executed and delivered to Issuer, Seller, Bank, Servicer and Transferor an agreement accepting its engagement and agreeing to perform the obligations of Vendor under this Agreement or entering into a new agreement with Issuer, Servicer, Seller, Bank and Transferor on substantially the same terms as this Agreement.

 

  22

 

 

(c)           Transition and Expenses . If Vendor resigns or is removed, Vendor will cooperate with Bank, Seller, Servicer, Transferor and Indenture Trustee and take all actions reasonably requested to assist Bank, Servicer, Transferor and Indenture Trustee in making an orderly transition of Vendor’s rights and obligations under this Agreement to the successor Vendor. Vendor will pay the reasonable expenses of transitioning Vendor’s obligations under this Agreement and preparing the successor Vendor to take on the obligations on receipt of an invoice with reasonable detail of the expenses from Bank, Transferor or the successor Vendor; provided that Vendor will not be responsible for paying the transition expenses as described in this Section 8.3(c) if Vendor is removed by Issuer without cause or if Vendor is removed in accordance with clause (iv) of the first sentence of Section 8.2(a) . Bank will pay any reasonable expenses of transitioning Vendor’s obligations under this Agreement and preparing a successor Asset Representations Reviewer to take on the obligations of Vendor to the extent not paid by Vendor.

 

Section 8.4.           Merger, Consolidation or Succession . Any Person (a) into which Vendor is merged or consolidated, (b) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which Vendor is a party or (c) succeeding to the business of Vendor, if that Person meets the eligibility requirements in Section 8.1 , will be the successor to Vendor under this Agreement. Such Person will execute and deliver to Issuer and Servicer an agreement to assume Vendor’s obligations under this Agreement (unless the assumption happens by operation of law).

 

ARTICLE IX
OTHER AGREEMENTS

 

Section 9.1.           No Petition . Each of the parties, by entering into this Agreement, agrees that, before the date that is one year and one day (or, if longer, any applicable preference period) after payment in full of (a) all securities issued by Transferor or by a trust for which Transferor was a depositor (including, without limitation, Issuer) or (b) the Notes, it will not start or pursue against, or join any other Person in starting or pursuing against (i) Transferor or (ii) Issuer, respectively, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other proceedings under any bankruptcy or similar law. This Section 9.1 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.2.           Limitation of Liability . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this document is executed and delivered by Citibank, N.A., not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of Issuer, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of Issuer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by Citibank, N.A. but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Citibank, N.A., individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto, (d) Citibank, N.A. has made no investigation as to the accuracy or completeness of any representations and warranties made by Issuer or any other party to this Agreement and (e) under no circumstances shall Citibank, N.A. be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by Issuer under this document or any other related documents.

 

  23

 

 

Section 9.3.           Termination of Agreement . This Agreement will terminate, except as provided in Section 12.10 or as otherwise stated in this Agreement, on the earlier of (a) the payment in full of all outstanding Notes and the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and (b) the date Issuer is terminated under the Trust Agreement.

 

Section 9.4.           Independence of Vendor . Vendor will be an independent contractor and will not be subject to the supervision of Issuer for the manner in which it accomplishes the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Unless authorized by Issuer, Vendor will have no authority to act for or represent Issuer and will not be considered an agent of Issuer. Nothing in this agreement will make Vendor and Issuer members of any partnership, joint venture or other separate entity or impose any liability of such on either of them.

 

ARTICLE X
indemnification

 

Section 10.1.           Indemnification by Vendor . Vendor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank, Synchrony Affiliates and assigns and their respective officers, directors, trustees, employees and agents harmless against any and all suits, claims, actions, proceedings, demands, damages, judgments, liabilities, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of investigation and settlement awards) of any kind (collectively, “ Losses ”) asserted by any person or entity (including, without limitation, relating to injury or death of any person or destruction of any property, real or personal) arising out of, connected with or resulting from (i) the material or intentional breach or violation by Vendor of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation under this Agreement (including without limitation any other agreement or instrument delivered by it in connection with this Agreement or any applicable policy of Bank provided to and acknowledged and accepted in writing by Vendor); (ii) the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Vendor in the performance of its duties under this Agreement; (iii) the failure of Vendor or any subcontractor to properly and securely handle and manage Synchrony Confidential Information, including any Personal Data, or any breach of data security or confidentiality relating thereto; or (iv) any and all lien notices, lien claims, liens, encumbrances, security interests, or other lien rights of any kind filed by any party, including without limitation any subcontractor, which in whole or in part are based on any work, goods, services, material or equipment provided or to be provided under this Agreement.

 

Section 10.2.           Procedure . With respect to any claim for indemnification hereunder, the indemnified party shall send a written notice to the indemnifying party promptly upon becoming aware of any claim covered hereunder; provided, however, that the indemnified party’s failure to notify the indemnifying party of any such claim shall not relieve indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder. Indemnifying party shall have the obligation to assume the defense of any such claim if it gives written notice of its intent to assume the defense of such claim within twenty (20) days of receipt of indemnified party’s notice of such claim. If indemnifying party does so assume the defense of such claim, it may control such defense and any action related to such claim, and may enter into any settlement or compromise of such claim, provided that such settlement or compromise requires only the payment of money damages, all of which shall be paid by indemnifying party. Any other settlement or compromise shall require the prior written consent of indemnified party, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion. Indemnified Party may also participate in such defense through its own counsel at its own expense. If indemnifying party fails to diligently defend any claim, or it fails to give notice of its assumption of the control and defense of any such claim within the requisite notice period as herein provided, then indemnified party shall have the right to defend any such claim in its sole discretion and with counsel of its own choosing, all at indemnifying party’s expense.

 

  24

 

 

Section 10.3.           Indemnification by Bank . Bank agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Vendor, Affiliates of Vendor and assigns and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents harmless against any and all Losses of any kind asserted by any person or entity (including, without limitation, relating to injury or death of any person or destruction of any property, real or personal), arising out of, connected with or resulting from any act taken by Vendor (acting in good faith) under this Agreement or the Indenture, unless such Losses are the result of (a) the material breach of this Agreement or the Indenture, as applicable, by Vendor, (b) Vendor’s failure to comply with requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, in performing its duties as Vendor hereunder or the Indenture, as applicable, (c) the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Vendor, or (d) any material failure of the representations, warranties or covenants made by Vendor hereunder or in connection herewith to be true and correct.

 

ARTICLE XI
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY.

 

Section 11.1.           Limitation of Liability . Vendor will not be liable to any person for any action taken, or not take, in good faith under this Agreement or for error in judgment; however, Vendor will be liable for its willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence in performing its obligations under this Agreement and the Indenture. In no event will any party hereto be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages (including loss of profit).

 

ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 12.1.           Amendments .

 

(a)          This Agreement only can be modified in a written document executed by the parties hereto without the consent of the Noteholders or any other Person; provided, that, except with respect to amendments (i) to clarify an ambiguity, correct an error or correct or supplement any term of this Agreement that may be defective or inconsistent with the other terms of this Agreement or to provide for, or facilitate the acceptance of this Agreement by, a successor Vendor, (ii) to the Tests set forth on Schedule A executed pursuant to Section 3.4 of this Agreement or (iii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement, either (a) such amendment shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel or officer’s certificate, in each case addressed and delivered to Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, reasonably result in an Adverse Effect or (b) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to such amendment. With respect to any amendment for which clauses (a) or (b) of the immediately preceding sentence cannot be satisfied, this Agreement can be amended with the consent of the Noteholders of a majority of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes of each adversely affected Series, Class or Tranche.

 

  25

 

 

(b)          Transferor will notify the Rating Agencies and the Indenture Trustee in advance of any amendment. Promptly after the execution of an amendment, Transferor will deliver a copy of the amendment to the Rating Agencies.

 

Section 12.2.           Assignment; Benefit of Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries .

 

(a)           Assignment . Except as stated in Section 8.4 , this Agreement may not be assigned by Vendor without the consent of Bank, Seller, Servicer and Transferor. Any Synchrony Affiliate party to this Agreement may assign, upon notice to Vendor, any of its rights and delegate any of its duties under this Agreement, either in whole or in part at anytime, to any Synchrony Affiliate or successor of any Synchrony Affiliate. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

(b)           Benefit of Agreement; Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the benefit of and will be binding upon the parties hereto and their permitted successors and assigns. Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, Citibank, N.A., as Trustee of the Issuer, and the Synchrony Affiliates will be third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement and entitled to enforce this Agreement against Vendor. No other Person will have any right or obligation under this Agreement.

 

Section 12.3.           Notices .

 

(a)           Notice . All notices to be given to the parties hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given and be effective when delivered personally or if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth in Section 12.3(b) , or to such other address as either party may designate by notice to the other parties pursuant to this Section.

 

(b)           Notice Addresses . Any notice, request, demand, consent, waiver or other communication will be delivered or addressed to (i) (a) in the case of Bank, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, Attention: Manager – Securitization, (b) in the case of Transferor, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, Attention: Manager – Securitization, (c) in the case of Indenture Trustee, 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, Attention Corporate Trust Office – Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, (d) in the case of Servicer and Seller, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, Attention: Manager – Securitization, (e) in the case of Vendor, [__________________], 1700 Lincoln Street, Suite 2600, Denver, Colorado 80203, Attention: SVP, Surveillance; with a copy to [__________________], 100 Beard Sawmill Road, Ste. 200, Shelton, CT 06484, Attention: General Counsel, and (f) in the case of Issuer, Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, c/o Citibank, N.A., as Trustee, 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attn: Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, with a copy to Bank, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, Attention: Manager – Securitization; or (ii) as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party.

 

  26

 

 

Section 12.4.           Language . Regardless of any language into which this Agreement may be translated and/or thereafter executed, the official, controlling and governing version of this Agreement shall be exclusively the English language version. The headings as to the contents of particular sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way define, limit, expand, or otherwise affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The language of all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either of the parties.

 

Section 12.5.           Governing Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed under the laws of the State of New York, U.S.A., without regard to its conflicts of law principles. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is excluded. Any judicial action or proceeding between the parties relating to this Agreement must be brought in the courts of the State of New York, U.S.A., or the United States District Court for New York. Each party consents to the jurisdiction of such courts, agrees to accept service of process by mail, and hereby waives all jurisdictional and venue defenses otherwise available to it.

 

Section 12.6.           No Waiver . The failure of either party at any time or times to enforce or require performance of any provision contained in this Agreement shall in no way operate as a waiver or affect the right of such party at a later time to enforce such provision.

 

Section 12.7.           Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior written agreements and contemporaneous oral agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, that if the parties have entered into a confidentiality and non-disclosure agreement, the terms of such agreement shall survive and govern the parties’ obligations as set forth in such agreement between the execution date thereof and the effective date of this Agreement. Neither party has relied upon any representation of the other not set forth herein as an inducement to enter into this Agreement.

 

Section 12.8.           Severability . Each provision herein shall be treated as a separate and independent clause, and the unenforceability of any one clause shall in no way impair the enforceability of any of the other clauses of the Agreement. Moreover, if any provision contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to scope, activity, subject, or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it or them so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with the applicable law.

 

Section 12.9.           Independent Contractor . Vendor and all Vendor personnel are independent contractors and neither Vendor nor any Vendor personnel shall be deemed an employee of Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, or agency relationship between the parties. Neither Vendor nor any Vendor personnel shall have the right to bind Company to any contract, agreement, or obligation.

 

Section 12.10.          Survival . All provisions of this Agreement related to confidentiality, indemnification, intellectual property rights, warranties, non-solicitation, and limitations on liability shall expressly survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

  27

 

 

Section 12.11.          Use of Marks . Vendor parties shall not use Bank’s or any Synchrony Affiliate’s name, photographs, logo, trademark, or other identifying characteristics or that of any Synchrony Affiliate without Bank’s prior written approval.

 

Section 12.12.          Interpretation . Whenever any provision of this Agreement uses the term “including” (or “includes”), such term shall be deemed to mean “including without limitation” and “including but not limited to” (or “includes without limitations” and “includes but is not limited to”) regardless of whether the words “without limitation” or “but not limited to” actually follow the term “including” (or “includes”). The words, “Herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” “hereof” and other equivalent words shall refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not solely to the particular portion of this Agreement in which any such word is used. All definitions set forth herein shall be deemed applicable whether the words defined are used herein in the singular or the plural. Wherever used herein, any pronoun or pronouns shall be deemed to include both the singular and plural and to cover all genders.

 

Section 12.13.          Force Majeure . Subject to paragraph (b) below, neither party shall be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement to the extent such failure or delay both: (i) is caused by any of the following: acts of war, terrorism, civil riots or rebellions; quarantines, embargoes and other similar unusual governmental action; extraordinary elements of nature or acts of God (other than localized fire, hurricane, tornado or flood); and (ii) could not have been prevented by the non-performing party’s reasonable precautions or commercially accepted processes, or could not reasonably be circumvented by the non-performing party through the use of substitute services, alternate sources, work-around plans or other means by which the requirements of a customer of services substantively similar to the Services hereunder would be satisfied. Events meeting both of the criteria set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above are referred to individually and collectively as “ Force Majeure Events .” The parties expressly acknowledge that Force Majeure Events do not include vandalism, the regulatory acts of governmental agencies, labor strikes, or the non-performance of third parties or subcontractors relied on for the delivery of the Services, unless such failure or non-performance by a third party or subcontractor is itself caused by a Force Majeure Event, as defined above. Upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, the non-performing party shall be excused from any further performance or observance of the affected obligation(s) for as long as such circumstances prevail, and such party continues to attempt to recommence performance or observance to the greatest extent possible without delay provided that the non-performing party shall provide the other party with written notice immediately upon becoming actually aware of its occurrence.

 

Section 12.14.          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Left Blank]

 

  28

 

 

EXECUTED BY:

 

  SYNCHRONY BANK, in its individual capacity and as Seller and Servicer
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, as Transferor
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Asset Representations Review Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, as Issuer
   
  By: Citibank, N.A., not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee of the Issuer
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Asset Representations Review Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  [__________________], as Vendor
     
  By:     
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Asset Representations Review Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Schedule A

 

Representations and Warranties, Review Materials and Tests

 

Section Reference   Representations and Warranty   Review Materials   Tests
     

 

  1  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

Attachment 1

REQUIRED INSURANCE COVERAGE
As Required by Article IV of the Agreement

 

Vendor, shall at its own expense provide and maintain throughout the performance of Services, the following insurance coverages and limits:

 

Employer’s Liability Insurance/Workers’ Compensation Insurance, including coverage for occupational injury, illness and disease, and other similar social insurance as prescribed by the law of the state in which the Services are to be performed with minimum limits per employee and per event of $1,000,000 USD or the minimum limits required by law, whichever limits are greater;

 

Commercial General liability Insurance, including Products, Completed Operations, Premises Operations, Personal and Advertising Injury, Contractual and Broad Form Property Damage liability coverages, on an occurrence basis, with a minimum combined single limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

Automotive Liability Insurance covering use of all owned (if any), non-owned and hired automobiles for bodily injury, property damage, uninsured motorist and underinsured motorist liability with a minimum combined single limit per accident of $1,000,000 USD or the minimum limit required by law, whichever limit is greater;

 

Comprehensive Crime, Employee Dishonesty and Computer Theft coverage, for loss arising out of or in connection with any fraudulent or dishonest acts committed by the employees of Vendor, acting alone or in collusion with others, including the property and funds of others in their possession, care, custody or control, and such policy extends to Company’s property in the event of any theft of Company money or property, or money or property of others for which Company is responsible and in the possession of Vendor, with a minimum limit per event of not less than $1,000,000 USD;

 

Professional Errors & Omission insurance covering the activities of Vendor, with coverage limits of not less than Five Million Dollars per claim or per occurrence/Five Million Dollars aggregate ($5,000,000/$5,000,000). Policy may be placed either on an “occurrence” basis with full prior acts coverage for claims arising out of services rendered on a “claims made” basis, providing coverage for claims arising out of services rendered without any limitations for prior acts, and which may provide a one (1) year tail or grace period for claims made after the expiration date of the policy.

 

If Vendor will have access to IT systems or Personal or Synchrony Personal Data, Privacy Liability and Network Risk Insurance covering the activities of the contractor, including loss of, mishandling of or failure to prevent unauthorized access to, or use of, systems or data, including data containing private or confidential information of Company or others for which Company is responsible, with coverage limits of not less than $10,000,000 in the aggregate. Policy may be placed either on an “occurrence” basis with full prior acts coverage for claims arising out of services rendered on a “claims made” basis, providing coverage for claims arising out of services rendered without any limitations for prior acts, and which may provide a one (1) year tail or grace period for claims made after the expiration date of the policy.

 

 

 

 

Umbrella Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of $5,000,000 USD in excess of the insurance coverage described in, Section 13.05 (b) and (c) above;

 

Vendor will add Company as an additional insured to the insurance policies noted in this section of the agreement with the exception of errors and omissions, workers compensation insurance and Crime Insurance , and provide Company at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice prior to lapse or termination of any of the above insurance coverages. Upon Company’s request, Vendor shall provide Company with a certificate of insurance certifying that minimum insurance coverages as required above are in effect. Vendor shall notify Company promptly of any modification, cancellation or lapse of any insurance coverage required by this Attachment 1 to the Agreement.

 

Insurance companies affording coverage hereunder must have an A-VII or better rating, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies. If during the term of this Agreement an Vendor insurer fails to meet or exceed such rating, Vendor will place such coverage with an insurer with such rating as soon as commercially reasonable. Vendor will require that its Subcontractors maintain adequate levels of insurance coverage, with limits commensurate with the nature and extent of the services being performed by such Subcontractor.

 

All insurance maintained by Vendor in compliance with this Agreement, shall be primary to any other insurance owned, secured or placed on behalf of Company, which insurance shall not be called upon by Vendor’s insurer to contribute in any way. Vendor shall secure endorsements to this effect from all insurers of such policies.

 

  2

 

 

Attachment 2

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated as of [_____], 20[__], is between Synchrony Card Funding, LLC and [__________________].

 

In consideration of good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1           Certain Defined Terms. The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

Agreement ” means this Indemnification Agreement, as the same may be amended in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Asset Representations Review Agreement ” means the Asset Representations Review Agreement, dated [___________], [____], among Synchrony Bank, individually, as Seller and as Servicer, Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, as Transferor, Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, as Issuer, and [__________________], as Asset Representations Reviewer, as such agreement may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Depositor ” means Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Offered Notes ” means the [Class] [___] SynchronySeries Notes referred to as offered notes by the Prospectus.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any other entity, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus, dated [_____], 20[__], relating to the offering of the Offered Notes.

 

Securities Act ” means the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. Sections 77a et seq. , and any regulations promulgated thereunder, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

 

Securities Exchange Act ” means the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 15 U.S.C. Sections 78a et seq. , and any regulations promulgated thereunder, as may be amended or modified from time to time.

 

    1 Form of Indemnification Agreement

 

 

Vendor ” means [__________________], Delaware limited liability company.

 

Vendor Information ” means the information attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

ARTICLE II. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 2.1           Each party hereto represents and warrants that:

 

(a)          it has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b)          this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such party; and

 

(c)          assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party hereto, this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party.

 

Section 2.2           Vendor represents and warrants to the Depositor that as of the date of the Prospectus, there are no material pending legal or other proceedings involving Vendor or of which any property of Vendor is the subject that, individually or in the aggregate as to the Vendor, would have a material adverse impact on investors in the Offered Notes. As promptly as possible following notice to or discovery by Vendor of any event or circumstance that would make the representation and warranty in the previous sentence untrue, Vendor shall provide the Depositor notice of such event or circumstance.

 

ARTICLE III. INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 3.1            Indemnification . Vendor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Depositor and its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Depositor within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act from and against, any and all claims, losses, liabilities, actions, suits, judgments, demands, damages, costs or expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys) of any nature resulting from or directly related to (i) any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Vendor Information, (ii) any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading or (iii) a breach of any of the representations and warranties of Vendor contained in Section 2.2 of this Agreement, in each case solely to the extent such claims, losses, liabilities, actions, suits, judgments, demands, damages, costs or expenses are not incurred as a result of the Depositor’s misfeasance, bad faith, fraud or negligence. In no event shall Vendor be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether Vendor has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

    2 Form of Indemnification Agreement

 

 

Section 3.2            Notification; Procedural Matters . Promptly after receipt by any indemnified party under Section 3.1 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under Section 3.1 , notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided , however , that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under Section 3.1 except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by such failure; and provided further , however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under Section 3.1 . In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that, by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, the indemnifying party elects to assume the defense thereof, it may participate with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided , however , that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party or parties shall reasonably have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it or them and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of such counsel, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under this paragraph for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel (plus any local counsel) in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence, (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party shall have authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party. No party shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim settled without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In no event shall the indemnifying party be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) representing an indemnified party separate from its own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.         

 

ARTICLE IV. GENERAL

 

Section 4.1            Successors . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their affiliates and their respective successors and assigns and the officers, directors, partners and controlling Persons referred to in Article III hereof and their respective successors and assigns, and no other Person shall have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

Section 4.2            Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

 

    3 Form of Indemnification Agreement

 

 

Section 4.3            Acknowledgement . Vendor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Vendor Information shall be used in the Prospectus.

 

Section 4.4            Miscellaneous . Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated except by a writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 4.5            Notices . All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered to (a) in the case of the Depositor, Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, [______], Attention: [______]; and (b) in the case of Vendor, [__________________], [______], Attention: [_______]; or, in each case, to such other address as to which the applicable party has notified the other parties in writing pursuant to this Section.

 

Section 4.6            Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW) ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH DISPUTE SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

 

Section 4.7            Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)          SUBMITS FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF; AND

 

(b)          CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME.

 

* * * * *

 

    4 Form of Indemnification Agreement

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC
     
  By:  
  Name:    
  Title:    
     
  [_____ _________________]
     
  By:  
    Name:                   
    Title:  

 

 

    5 Form of Indemnification Agreement

 

 

Exhibit A

 

VENDOR INFORMATION

 

Item 1109(b)(1)-(2)

 

Item 1117 : See Representation 2.2 of this Indemnification Agreement.

 

Item 1119 : The following is a description of Vendor’s affiliation, if any, with any of the following persons, in each case, to the extent that the identity of such persons has been identified to Vendor: the sponsor, the depositor, the issuing entity, each servicer, each trustee and each person hired by Synchrony Bank or an underwriter to perform due diligence on the Receivables, any originator, any significant obligor, any enhancement or support provider, any underwriter, or any other material transaction party.

 

    6 Form of Indemnification Agreement

 

 

Exhibit 24.2

 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC

 

SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

 

May 4, 2018

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is a duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of Synchrony Card Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and that the attached resolutions are a true and correct copy of the resolutions duly adopted by unanimous written consent of the Board of Managers of the Company on May 4, 2018, which resolutions have not been amended, modified or superseded and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate as of the date first written above.

 

  By: /s/ Paul Werner
    Name: Paul Werner
    Title:  Secretary

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

Secretary’s Certificate (Resolutions)

 

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that Paul Werner is a duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of the Company, and that the signature above is such person’s authentic signature.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate as of the date first written above.

 

  By: /s/ Andrew Lee
    Name: Andrew Lee
    Title: Vice President

 

Synchrony Card Funding, LLC

Secretary’s Certificate (Resolutions)

 

 

 

 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC

 

UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT OF DIRECTORS

 

May 4, 2018

 

We, the undersigned, being all of the members of the Board of Managers (the “ Board ”) of SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), hereby consent and agree to the adoption of the following resolutions through this Unanimous Written Consent of Managers (this “ Consent ”):

 

WHEREAS , the Company has in the past and may in the future desire to enter into one or more transactions for the financing of pools of credit card receivables acquired or originated by Synchrony Bank, a Federal savings bank (the “ Bank ”), its affiliates and any other originator of credit card receivables and any rights of the Bank (which transactions may be in the form of (i) a public or private offering of securities or (ii) any other form of structured asset-backed financing) (the “ Financing Program ”) and to perform related activities in connection with the Financing Program, including without limitation, acting as registrant with respect to the Registration Statement (as defined below) and other registration statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) on Form SF-3;

 

WHEREAS , the Board has determined that it is in the Company’s best interest to file a registration statement using Form SF-3 with the SEC;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby:

 

RESOLVED, that each of the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Principal Executive Officer, the Principal Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, or any Assistant Secretary of the Company (each, an “ Authorized Officer ”, and collectively, the “ Authorized Officers ”) is hereby authorized and empowered, for and on behalf of the Company, to prepare, execute and file, or cause to be prepared and filed with the SEC (i) a registration statement on Form SF-3 for registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), in an amount to be determined by the Authorized Officer, of asset-backed securities (the “ Securities ”) directly or indirectly secured by credit card receivables and other related assets, and any and all amendments (including, without limitation, post-effective amendments) or supplements thereto, together with the prospectus, all documents required as exhibits to such registration statement or any amendments or supplements and other documents which may be required to be filed with the SEC with respect to the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act (such registration statement, the “ Registration Statement ”) and (ii) any other documents, including without limitation Form 8-Ks, Form 10-Ks, Form 10-Ds or letters or agreements relating to the asset-backed securities issued in connection with the Registration Statement, and to take any and all other action that any such Authorized Officer shall deem necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing.

 

 

 

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the foregoing resolutions shall not limit the persons who are authorized to execute the Registration Statement and it is hereby provided that each of the members of the Board and each of the officers of the Company are authorized, but not required, to sign the Registration Statement and each member of the Board and each officer of the Company signing the Registration Statement is authorized to appoint an agent and/or attorney-in-fact to execute future amendments and other documents relating to the Registration Statement.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the Registration Statement or any amendments thereto filed to effect the registration or qualification of part or all of the Securities for offer and sale or transfer under the federal securities laws or securities or Blue Sky laws of any state may be executed on behalf of any member of the Board of Managers of the Company or any Authorized Officer of the Company by Eric Duenwald, to the extent such member or Authorized Officer has authorized such person to do so in a written power of attorney signed by such member or Authorized Officer;

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that any Authorized Officer of the Company is hereby authorized and empowered, for and on behalf of the Company, to execute and deliver, to file, and to perform under, all documents, instruments, agreements and certificates related to or contemplated by the Registration Statement, each such document, instrument, agreement and certificate being in a form acceptable to such Authorized Officer, and the approval thereof by the Board of Directors being conclusively evidenced by such Authorized Officer’s execution thereof;

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the Secretary or any other officer of the Company be and hereby is authorized to certify a copy of these resolutions and the names and signatures of some or all of the Company’s officers;

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that in order to fully carry out the intent and effectuate the purposes of the foregoing resolutions, the Authorized Officers are hereby authorized and empowered, for and on behalf of the Company, to do and perform such other acts and things and to make, deliver, file and record such other agreements, instruments, certificates and documents, including any related filings pursuant to securities laws, and to pay such fees, costs and expenses, as may in their judgment be necessary or appropriate to carry out and comply with, or evidence compliance with, the terms, conditions and provisions of these resolutions, the documents referenced herein, and such other agreements, documents and instruments as may be delivered by the Company in connection therewith; and

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that all of the acts performed or to be performed, and the agreements, facilities, instruments, documents, schedules and certificates negotiated, executed, delivered or performed or to be negotiated, executed, delivered or performed, by any of the above-referenced officers of the Company, and their agents and representatives, for and on behalf of the Company, in connection with the Registration Statement, or the actions described or referred to in these resolutions, whether heretofore or hereafter done or performed, which are in conformity with the intent and purposes of these resolutions, shall be, and the same hereby are, ratified, confirmed and approved in all respects.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Consent as of the date first above written. This Consent may be executed by the undersigned in one or more counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

/s/ Andrew Lee  
Andrew Lee  
   
/s/ Eric Duenwald  
Eric Duenwald  
   
/s/ Mary Anne Gilvin  
Mary Anne Gilvin  
   
/s/ Kevin Burns  
Kevin Burns  
   
Being all of the Managers of  
SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING, LLC,  
a Delaware limited liability company  

 

S- 1

 

 

 

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM T-1

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305(b)(2)            x

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

New York
(Jurisdiction of incorporation
if not a U.S. national bank)
13-5160382
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
   
225 Liberty Street, New York, N.Y.
(Address of principal executive offices)
10286
(Zip code)

 

 

 

SYNCHRONY CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
(Exact name of obligor)
(Issuing Entity)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
82-3295851
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
   
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, CT
(Address of principal executive offices)
06902
(Zip code)

 

SYNCHRONY CARD FUNDING LLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
(Depositor for the Issuing Entity)

 

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
82-3295851
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
   
777 Long Ridge Road
Stamford, CT
(Address of principal executive offices)
06902
(Zip code)

 

 

 

SynchronySeries Asset Backed Notes
(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. General information. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee:

 

(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name   Address
     
Superintendent of the Department of Financial Services of the State of New York   One State Street, New York, N.Y.  10004-1417, and Albany, N.Y. 12223
     
Federal Reserve Bank of New York   33 Liberty Street, New York, N.Y.  10045
     
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation   550 17 th Street, NW
Washington, D.C.  20429
     
The Clearing House Association L.L.C.   100 Broad Street
New York, N.Y. 10004

 

(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Yes.

 

2. Affiliations with Obligor.

 

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

 

None.

 

16. List of Exhibits.

 

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

1. A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York, itself formerly Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains the authority to commence business and a grant of powers to exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits 1a and 1b to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-21672, Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-29637, Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121195 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152735).

 

 

 

  

4. A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-207042).

 

6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-188382).

 

7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the trustee, The Bank of New York Mellon, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 4th day of May, 2018.

 

  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
   
  By:   /s/ Leslie Morales
    Name: Leslie Morales
    Title:   Vice President

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 7

 

 

 

Consolidated Report of Condition of

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

of 225 Liberty Street, New York, N.Y. 10286
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business December 31, 2017, published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.

 

  Dollar amounts in thousands  
       
ASSETS      
       
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:        
Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin     4,671,000  
Interest-bearing balances     103,042,000  
Securities:        
Held-to-maturity securities     40,315,000  
Available-for-sale securities     75,943,000  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:        
Federal funds sold in domestic offices     0  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell     14,998,000  
Loans and lease financing receivables:        
Loans and leases held for sale     0  
Loans and leases held for investment     29,491,000  
LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses     133,000  
Loans and leases held for investment, net of allowance     29,358,000  
Trading assets     3,358,000  
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)     1,388,000  
Other real estate owned     4,000  
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies     585,000  
Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures     0  
Intangible assets:        
Goodwill     6,390,000  
Other intangible assets     834,000  
Other assets     16,419,000  
Total assets     297,305,000  

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES      
Deposits:        
In domestic offices     127,898,000  
Noninterest-bearing     77,656,000  
Interest-bearing     50,242,000  
In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs     121,992,000  
Noninterest-bearing     5,485,000  
Interest-bearing     116,507,000  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:        
Federal funds purchased in domestic offices     4,917,000  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     1,401,000  
Trading liabilities     2,775,000  
Other borrowed money:
(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)
    4,542,000  
Not applicable        
Not applicable        
Subordinated notes and debentures     515,000  
Other liabilities     6,284,000  
Total liabilities     270,324,000  
         
EQUITY CAPITAL        
Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus     0  
Common stock     1,135,000  
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)     10,764,000  
Retained earnings     15,872,000  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     -1,140,000  
Other equity capital components     0  
Total bank equity capital     26,631,000  
Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries     350,000  
Total equity capital     26,981,000  
Total liabilities and equity capital     297,305,000  

 

 

 

 

I, Michael Santomassimo, Chief Financial Officer of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

 

Michael Santomassimo
Chief Financial Officer

 

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this statement of resources and liabilities. We declare that it has been examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions and is true and correct.

 

     
Charles W. Scharf
Samuel C. Scott
Joseph J. Echevarria
  Directors
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 36.1

 

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

I, [Name of Chief Executive Officer of Synchrony Card Funding, LLC], certify as of [the date of the final prospectus] that:

 

1.          I have reviewed the prospectus, dated [●], 20[●], relating to the Synchrony Card Issuance Trust, SYNCHRONYSeries Class [●] (20[●]-[●]) notes (the “securities”) and am familiar with, in all material respects, the following: the characteristics of the securitized assets underlying the offering (the “securitized assets”), the structure of the securitization, and all material underlying transaction agreements as described in the prospectus;

 

2.          Based on my knowledge, the prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading;

 

3.          Based on my knowledge, the prospectus and other information included in the registration statement of which it is a part fairly present, in all material respects, the characteristics of the securitized assets, the structure of the securitization and the risks of ownership of the securities, including the risks relating to the securitized assets that would affect the cash flows available to service payments or distributions on the securities in accordance with their terms; and

 

4.          Based on my knowledge, taking into account all material aspects of the characteristics of the securitized assets, the structure of the securitization, and the related risks as described in the prospectus, there is a reasonable basis to conclude that the securitization is structured to produce, but is not guaranteed by this certification to produce, expected cash flows at times and in amounts to service scheduled payments of interest and the ultimate repayment of principal on the securities (or other scheduled or required distributions on the securities, however denominated) in accordance with their terms as described in the prospectus.

 

5.          The foregoing certifications are given subject to any and all defenses available to me under the federal securities laws, including any and all defenses available to an executive officer that signed the registration statement of which the prospectus referred to in this certification is part.

 

  By:    
     
  Name: [Chief Executive Officer of Synchrony Card Funding, LLC]
  Title:    Chief Executive Officer of Synchrony Card Funding, LLC